CISAES OF THE Sth
Of JAPAN mb Int
AIDIACTHT ARES
Of Tit Stl OF
OKHOTSK AND Tit
YELLOW Sth

IN. KRASTUKOVE

Part Four of the Keys . . . completes the
review of the largest and economically
richest order of fishes, Perciformes, begun
in Part Three of this series. It includes 12
suborders with keys and brief descriptions
of 230 species, and information on their
ecology and distribution. This work
‘should prove invaluable to ichthyologists
and, like the other Parts, serve as a basis
for utilizing fish stocks of the seas of the
Far East. The present volume also
provides a basis for zoogeographic
generalizations.

Fishes of the Sea of Japan
and the Adjacent Areas of the Sea of Okhotsk
and the Yellow Sea

| ay Hy wo Bak eae ;

Maes

Fishes of the Sea of Japan
and the Adjacent Areas of
the Sea of Okhotsk
and the Yellow Sea

PART 4

Teleostomi
XXIX. Perciformes
2. Blennioidei-13. Gobioidei
(CXLV. Fam. Anarhichadidae-CLXXV. Fam. Periophthalmidae)

G.U. Lindberg and Z.V. Krasyukova

BRUCE B. COLLETTE
Scientific Editor

Smithsonian Institution Libraries
and
The National Science Foundation
Washington, D.C.
1989

TT 81-52179

Ryby Yaponskogo morya i Sopredel’nykh Chastei Okhotskogo i
Zheltogo Morei
Akademiya Nauk SSSR

Keys to the Fauna of the USSR
Published by the Zoological Institute of the Academy of Sciences
of the USSR, No. 108

Nauka Publishers
Leningrad, 1975

© 1989 Oxonian Press Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi

Translated from the Russian by Dr. B.R. Sharma
General Editor: Dr. V.S. Kothekar

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

Lindberg, G.U. (Georgii Ustinovich)
Fishes of the Sea of Japan and the adjacent areas of the
Sea of Okhotsk and the Yellow Sea.

(Keys to the fauna of the USSR; no. -108)

Translation of: Ryby [Aponskogo moria i sopredel’nykh
chastei Okhotskogo i Zheltogo moria.

Bibliography: v. 4, p.

Vol. 4 has index.

Contents: -pt. 4. Teleostomi.

Supt. of Docs. no.: SI 1.2: F 53/3

1. Fishes—Japan, Sea of. 2. Fishes—Okhotsk, Sea of.
3. Fishes—Yellow Sea. I. Krasitkova, Z.V. (Zoia
Valentinovna) II. Collette, Bruce B. III. Title. IV. Series:
Opredeliteli po faune SSSR. English; no. -108.
QL623.53.L5613 1986 597.0952 86-600345

Translated and published for the Smithsonian Institution Libraries
pursuant to an agreement with the National Science Foundation,
Washington, D.C., by Amerind Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.,

66 Janpath, New Delhi 110001

b)

Typeset and printed at Rekha Printers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, India

UDC 597.583.1 (265.3/.5) (083.71)

Part Four of the Keys . . . completes the review of the largest and
economically richest order of fishes, Perciformes, begun in Part Three of
this series. It includes 12 suborders with keys and brief descriptions of 230
species, and information on their ecology and distribution. This work
should prove invaluable to ichthyologists and, like the other Parts, serve as
a basis for utilizing fish stocks of the seas of the Far East. The present
volume also provides a basis for zoogeographic generalizations.

Editor-in-Chief
Academician Late B.E. Bykhovskii

Editorial Board Y

I.M. Gromov, I.M. Likharev, Late A.S. Monchadskii,
O.A. Skarlato, A.A. Strelkov, A.A. Shtakel’berg

Editor of Part Four
A.P. Andriyashev

Foreword to the English Edition

The Smithsonian Institution Libraries, in cooperation with the National
Science Foundation, has sponsored the translation into English of this and
hundreds of other scientific and scholarly studies since 1960. The program,
funded with Special Foreign Currency, represents an investment in the
dissemination of knowledge to which the Smithsonian Institution is
dedicated.

This volume concludes the four-part treatise on the fishes of the Sea of
Japan and adjacent areas begun by G.U. Lindberg in 1959. Included are
accounts of the remainder of the order Perciformes that was begun in Part
Three with the suborder Percoidei. Twelve suborders are treated here:
Blennioidei (nine families, forty-six genera, ninty-six species), Ophidioi-
dei (three families, six genera and species), Ammodytoidei (two families,
genera, and species), Callionymoidei (two families, five genera, fifteen
species), Siganoidei (Siganus fuscescens), Acanthuroidei (two families,
four genera and species), Trichiuroidei (two families, seven genera and
species), Scombroidei (three families, twelve genera, twenty-three
species), Luvaroidei (Luvarus imBerialis), Tetragonuroidei (Tetragonurus
cuvieri), Stromateoidei (four families, eight genera, ten species), and
Gobioidei (five families, thirty-five genera, sixty-three species). Not
covered are the twelve most advanced orders of the fishes in Lindberg’s
classification including the Scorpaeniformes, Pleuronectiformes, Tetrao-
dontiformes, and Lophiiformes. It is unfortunate that Professor Lindberg
did not complete the study of these families before his death in 1976 (see
obituary in Copeia, 1977, 612-13).

The three preceding parts were translated for the Smithsonian
Institution Libraries and the National Science Foundation by the Israel
Program for Scientific Publications. Part One was originally published in
1959 and the English translation appeared in 1967. Part Two was pub-
lished in 1965 and its English version in 1969, Part Three was published in
1969 and the English translation appeared in 1971. Although the present
volume may seem dated, because of the lapse of twelve years since the
publication of the original Russian version, it is still valuable as an entry
into the extensive Russian literature on this subject which is not

viii

adequately known by Western ichthyologists. The author thoroughly
covers the literature through about 1969. References to later works
include 1970 (16), 1971 (7), 1972 (3), and one 1974 paper added in the
addendum.

Ichthyologists specializing in various groups have generously read
through the relevant parts of the translations and indicated where the
original Russian needed to be checked. The specialists include M. Eric
Anderson of the California Academy of Sciences (on Zoarcidae), Daniel
M. Cohen of the Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History (on
Ophidioidei), National Science Foundation Postdoctoral Fellow Edward
O. Murdy (on Gobioidei), Victor G. Springer of the National Museum of
Natural History (on Blennioidei), and Betsy B. Washington of the
National Marine Fisheries Service Systematics Laboratory (on
Ammodytoidei). I have reviewed the entire text to correct minor errors
and omissions in the translation and I have also made some minor
changes in the interest of readability.

Bruce B. Collette, Research Associate
Department of Vertebrate Zoology and
Director, Systematics Laboratory
National Marine Fisheries Service
National Museum of Natural History
Washington, D.C. 20560

Foreword

3 The purpose of the present volume and also the boundaries of the water
bodies covered by it have been outlined in the Introduction to Part One,
published in 1959 (and subsequently, with Parts Two and Three,
translated into English). In Part One a map of the Sea of Japan and
adjacent waters is presented together with an index of geographic names
taken from the Sea Atlas (vol. I, 1950).

Part Four of the Keys...includes (except for the suborder Percoidei,
published in Part Three) members of the following suborders of
the order Perciformes: Blennioidei, Ophidioidei, Ammodytoidei,
Callionymoidei, Siganoidei, Acanthuroidei, Trichiuroidei, Scombroidei,
Luvaroidei, Tetragonuroidei, Stromateoidei, and Gobioidei. Representa-
tives of these groups have been found in the Sea of Japan, the Sea of
Okhotsk, and the Yellow Sea. A key to all the suborders of the order Perci-
formes is given in Part Three.

The 12 suborders are represented in the Sea of Japan by 30 families
with 106 genera and 190 species. In addition, 14 genera and 31 species
have been described from adjacent waters. Some genera and species have
also been considered which are found in fresh waters; they represent 1
suborder, 5 families, 8 genera, and 11 species, which occur in the water
bodies under consideration.

As in Part Three, in designating genera we did not verify the
correctness of the “type species”, as implied in the decisions of the
International Zoological Congress. Whenever the term “type” is used, it
implies the type specimen based on data available in published literature.

Like the three earlier parts, this part too is primarily a review of
literature. However, for the comparison of descriptions of families,
genera, and species presented here, we examined fishes in the collections
of the Institute of Zoology, Academy of Sciences of the USSR, Museum of
the Pacific Fisheries and Oceanography Research Institute (TINRO), and
the Kuril-Sakhalin Expedition (KSE) of 1947-1949. As a result of this
examination, additions and emendments were made to the descriptions
and in the keys, or new keys compiled in accordance with the additional
data obtained.

The literature reviewed by us, in addition to that included in the
previous parts of the Keys...,has been cited under the diagnosis of each
suborder.

Unfortunately, the data presented in the list of fish names from the
northeastern part of the Atlantic Ocean (Clofnam, 1973) could not be
used, since by the time this list was received the manuscript was already in
press.

The format in Part Four is the same as that followed earlier: brackets
and breviers indicate that the particular species, genus, or family has not
yet been found in the Sea of Japan; numbered forms indicate that they are
known for the Yellow Sea or the southern part of the Sea of Okhotsk (up to
50°00’ N); and unnumbered forms unknown even in this region, but
considered by us possible inhabitants of adjacent waters.

The body length, given at the end of the description of a species, if not
specifically designated otherwise, is always the absolute maximum known
to us.

Information on the biology is usually omitted but SES in which
this information is available are listed.

The suborders Blennioidei and Scombroidei have been compiled by
Z.V. Krasyukova and the others by G.U. Lindberg. Finalization of the
manuscript for the press was done jointly.

Names of the expeditions from which material was examined during
the writing of Part Four of this Key... have been abbreviated as follows:

GEVO — Hydrographic Expedition of the Pacific Ocean
DVE — Far East Expedition of the Department of Agriculture

KSE — Kuril-Sakhalin Marine Multi-Disciplinary Expedition of the
Institute of Zoology, Academy of Sciences of the USSR and
TINRO

GGI — Expedition of the State Hydrological Institute and TINRO

ZIN — Hydrobiological Expedition of the Zoological Institute of

the Academy of Sciences of the USSR in the Sea of Japan

Original sketches and diagrams were prepared by the artist M.M.
Zharenkov.

The authors are grateful to A.P. Andriyashev for his invaluable advice
and assistance in the editing of the manuscript.

Contents

FOREWORD TO THE ENGLISH EDITION................... vii
TE TT TRS ami iil ih date 20 pl RRA RR SOR ix

SYSTEMATIC LIST OF SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES OF

FISHES OF THE SEA OF JAPAN AND ADJACENT

We Pe eR ye es eG SPAS AS Meee REP te a ota ye XV
Bu OT OET PICTOU. cg hihi ava cakes cy ese do Kow tas eee eee 1
CXLV. Family ANARHICHADIDAE-Wolffishes....... 4
CXLVI. Family CRYPTACANTHODIDAE-—Wrymouths 5
— [Family ZAPRORIDAE—Prowfishes] ............ 8
CXLVHi,. Family TRIPTERYGIIDAE—Thiplefins .......... 11
eh Vill Family CHARNOPSIDAEB 3). ..3..0e.ciee ee 14
CXLIX. Family BLENNITDAE—Combtooth Blennies.... 18
CL, Family PHOLIDIDAE—Gunnels. 2.0... 6... ess 28
CLI. Family STICHAEIDAE—Packlebacks ............. 43
CLIL.. Family ZOARCIDAE RE cipouts.. ......uc. es ee 143
Se MOTAch \MrCIOIdel sf... 4s Fas sine eave aud an pina sien ne § <p osu oes 232
CLUI, Family BROTULIDAE—Brotulas,. o.5 656s ewees 233
CLV. Family, OPHIDIIDAE—Cusk, Bele aais... 6.0.5.5: 240

CLV. Family CARAPIDAE (FIERASFERIDAE)—
PERIENCE. ; ico eye I ice» Ousanar 242
B IPOLGET AMMITIOUVIOIGE!.<. . fo iihcuttic<edipd ae =k voy be eos winuie'oee # oe 247
CLVI. Family AMMODYTIDAE~—Sand Lances......... 248
— [Family BLEEKERIIDAE—Japanese Sand Lances] 251

CLVII. Family HYPOPTYCHIDAE-Shortfin Sand

LECE SY SE UR aR a he SR alls Le amine Prey ae 251

Xil

10.

11.

1)

13,

“suborder Callionymoirdel\.2o ic vs sna ee ee ae 256
—' (Pamily DRACONETTIDAEL outa eae ose. 256
CLVUI. Family CALLIONYMIDAE—Dragonets ......... 257
Suborder, Siganoidel:..). sh.k Oeen cs. seen en os 294
CLIX. Family SIGANIDAE—Rabbitfishes .............. 294
Suborder A canthunoideig sv .n ene eee eee 297
CLX. Family ACANTHURIDAE-—Surgeonfishes....... 207
— [Family ZANCLIDAE—Moorish Idols] .......... 305
Suborder “Prichimroidetc 6 43 a een Ba ee ee ea Berane. 310
CLXI. Family GEMPYLIDAE—Snake Mackerels....... 310
CLXII. Family TRICHIURIDAE—Cutlasstishes.........: 319
Suborder Scombnoidei aes) ee ee ae) eee 330
CLXIII. Family SCOMBRIDAE—Mackerels.............. 332
CLXIV. Family ISTIOPHORIDAE-Sailfishes, Spearfishes 375
CLXV. Family XIPHITIDAE—Swordfishes................ 387
Suborder AE UV ALONG We nie bya cto. ciciae Lae a eae a 392
CLXVI. Family LUVARIDAE-—Louwvars.................. 392
Suborder Tetragonuroidei......... Ziel auaciaccdy Reaneier te deat on cee er 395
— [Family TETRAGONURIDAE-Squaretails]..... 398
SuBbordemStromateoidet. i. eee eet ea os 401.
CLXVII. Family NOMEIDAE—Man-of-War Fishes,
PDTITURISIICS: Airis ORR eR ee MN SAO cm ie chee 404
CEXVITE.FamilysARIOMMIDAB 33s nce) a ee en. 410
CLXIX. Family CENTROLOPHIDAE—Rtffs............. 414
CLXX. Family STROMATEIDAE-—Butterfishes ......... 424
Suborder Gobroid eins scenes een oe eee 433
CLXXI. Family ELEOTRIDAE-—Sleepers ................ 434
CLXXII. Family GOBITIDAE—Gobies..................... 443

CLXXII. Family TRYPAUCHENIDAE) 0.2) 2.5.4 2aaeee 526

CLXXIV. Family GOBIOIDIDAE (TAENIOIDIDAE)—
I OM ONE bh osc 'd)s'd tebe diets io piiials's wacdbeieh an os

CLXXV. Family PERIOPHTHALMIDAE—Mudskippers ..
BIBLIOGRAPHY

INDEX OF LATIN NAMES OF GENERA AND SPECIES...

xili

Systematic List of Species and Subspecies of Fishes

of the Sea of Japan and Adjacent Waters

5 VI. CLASS TELEOSTOMI (cont'd. )
Subclass ACTINOPTERYGII (cont'd. )
XXIX. Order Perciformes (cont'd. )

2. Suborder Blennioidei

CXLV. Family ANARHICHADIDAE
1. Genus Anarhichas Linné, 1758
Tere OPIGMIAINS RUGS; Le. Cy uns s open dete ord eokee ras cous

CXLVI. Family CRYPTACANTHODIDAE
1. Genus Cryptacanthoides Lindberg, 1930
ete eRege PATI OTR MU ee

— [Family ZAPRORIDAE]
— [Genus Zaprora Jordan, 1896]
SOR RE TH TRE oie 2 NLL) (a ah Ie NC

CXLVII. Family TRIPTERYGIIDAE
1. Genus Tripterygion Risso, 1826

1. T. etheostoma Jordan and Snyder, 1902..................
2.1, sbamurum Jordan and SirydersAG02 wk eid tod sae cidew ses

CXLVIII. Family CHAENOPSIDAE
1. Genus Neoclinus Girard, 1858
Lon. orvope Uotdan and Snyder: 1902). ce iek we sees

CXLIX. Family BLENNIIDAE
1. Genus Blennius Linné, 1758
Lo B. yaiabei. Jordan and Sayder, 1900 iis. occ oe cn seamees
2. Genus Istiblennius Whitley, 1943

L. f. -enosimae (Jordan and’ Snyder; 1902). eves. e toes...
2.-J. . stellifer (Jordan and Snyder, 1902) 2 esc)... Qevey..

10

t2
14

16

19

21
21

Xvi

N

HAAR WP NP
aaa Baa a Ta)

mn PWN re

3. Genus Omobranchus Valenciennes, 1836

y japonicus. (Bleeker 1869)... 2.2/0 Seite. ee eee. Oe
W elevans \Steindachner, 187). 2) oe) aeons ara cae
iQekir (natayaiia: E941) ei 8 tend Uh lee i an mma oie

4. Genus Dasson Jordan and Hubbs, 1925

SeoeS

. D. trossulus (Jordan and Snyder, 1902)...................

CL. Family PHOLIDIDAE
1. Genus Pholis Scopoli, 1777
Nnichis: (Karer SOS )ie unt sc... ante aie ete nena
. dolichogaster dolichogaster (Pallas, 1811) ..............
. dolichogaster taczanowskii (Steindachner, 1880)........
fasciatus (Blochrand Schneider lsu) ws ae
" ONNatus MG ITARG SOA) pel ee Ce ee ipa ok aia 2 ee
. nebulosus (Temminck and Schlegel, 1845).............
jane! Wane and Wane.1935|':). ie ss an a eee

CLI. Family STICHAEIDAE
1. Genus Stichaeus Reinhardt, 1837

. punctatus punctatus (Fabricius, 1780)] ................
; punctatus pulcherrimus Taranetz, 1935.................
. ericonewn blermemstein: A890... uk..4. cee siecle whe «acctiseion
OCHTIGHIGINE »MATANCEA. LV 939%,... 2. op. < aes 2 ee Dee
mozawaenordeanrand Sryder, 1902 Speen ee

HRnnne

2. [Genus Eumesogrammus Gill, 1864]

. [Eumesogrammus praecisus (Kroyer, 1836)]................

3. Genus Stichaeopsis Kner and Steindachner, 1870
nana Kner and Steindachner, 1870.2.) 2). 20.2:
epallax lerdan. and: Snyder 19022 Payee ae
nevelsko (Schmidt, QUA) sails See seen) ON cs ene

4. Genus Ernogrammus Jordan and Evermann, 1898

) Ea vhexagrammus (Schiegel, 1845)2. oo 200. ee

5. Genus Bryozoichthys Whitley, 1931
lysimus (Jordan and: Snyder W903) ote). |. eee
6. Genus Chirolophis Swainson, 1839

&

C.saitone Gordan: and Snyder 90S) Fo ee |
C., wars (Wang tand Warne: 1935) |i anes :

C. otohime Gordan and “Snyder; 1902), y22 38522. k6 a
Ch snyder (aranetz, “LIBS)\ 1 Seiya ee ae ee ean
Cs japonicus Werzenstein: 1892 3.) Bena a ee

np.

7. Genus Soldatovia Taranetz, 1937
polyactocephala (Pallas, 1811) . 2.2... T2004... Atted. nonin
8. Genus Lumpenus Reinhardt, 1836

Bh UPL NV IMLONS MN POO cai isa.0'i ve sure Sa olan wads seo
PITCH CTONAUOL AB IO vidaic oc <i. phoma aR sies «con's be eos

9. Genus Anisarchus Gill, 1864

GMTE TNS ER CTILMAE GTS EO luisa sc ie wa msanteinias bias ks se 6
. macrops (Matsubara and Ochiai, 1952).....05.........

10. Genus Leptoclinus Gill, 1864

. maculatus diaphanocarus (Schmidt, 1904) .............

11. Genus Acantholumpenus Makuschok, 1958

LGCK AD Cater Lae Oe cn eae del oe

12. Genus Lumpenella Hubbs, 1927

. longirostris (Evermann and Goldsborough, 1907)......

13. Genus Lumpenopsis Soldatov, 1915

triocellatus (Matsaparawe i043) saci ehsGl ess 6 ot EM
2 DAVICMMar SORGRTEIY AOE Mic. cheng he lunstes bales. » ak

14. Genus Kasatkia Soldatov and Pavlenko, 1915

. memorabilis Soldatov and Pavlenko, 1915.............

15. Genus Ascoldia Pavlenko, 1910

. variegata variegata Pavienko, 1910 ....................
. variegata knipowitschi Soldatov, 1927..................

16. Genus Opisthocentrus Kner, 1868

BLOrelarus (AieOniss Wel ihm. tek ie wa ee ook cet wee
zononpe-sordan and Snyder 19W2*. os cee. ek ee os
» apoowske (Steindachner, 16380) ))0 rw

17. Genus Alectrias Jordan and Evermann, 1898
curds (hammocra: LORS ai ee ie

A paliinus (LAndierd, LOSS) |natat cs; dated wttths noun sinners
. alectrolophus alectrolophus (Pallas, 1811)..............
. alectrolophus benjamini Jordan and Snyder, 1902.....

18. Genus Pseudalectrias Lindberg, 1938

CMITASOUL CE OROV ss LOIS). oc oc MEARS OEY

19. Genus Dictyosoma Schlegel, 1846
buerger: Van der Fioeven 185042 five. een

— [Genus Azygopterus Andriashev and Makuschok, 1955]

[A.

corallinus Andriashey and Makuschok, 1955].........

XVil

95

96
98

ao
102

103

106

108

112
112

115

117
Lt7

121
124
124

129
130
130
133

134

138

144

XViii

1

ie
2

—"

20. Genus Eulophias Smith, 1902
Ee stanweriasmaith 1902. chs oF) SE ley a a ne

CLII. Family ZOARCIDAE
1. Genus Lycozoarces Popov, 1935
Pearerant POpOY, LOSS. oes ae Aen oa coals ee ma
[Za hubbst POPOV, LISS ie nike. ss eel eae ene ea
2. Genus Krusensterniella Schmidt, 1904
[Kc notabilis Schimidpesloa ie re: hau eae rere

LiKe tmacwlatayAnditasmeven| 9S 8a om hun seas eee
LK) multispinosa Soldatov! O17 |.. see ee

3. Genus Zoarces Cuvier, 1829

Zs PELONEGLUS KCTS a. hie NN mies 2 Oe ee ee eR aa

2.2. cil Jordan andestarkse lOUS wnat Aes nee wis

iF
2

4. Genus Neozoarces Steindachner, 1880

Ni pulcher Steindachnem LSS ns. \o ee ee ee ee ee
N. steindachneri Jordan and Snyder, 1902................

5. Genus Zoarchias Jordan and Snyder, 1902

. yeneficus Jordancandsonyvder, L902 Wises Bee? oe
: uchidal (Matsulbanaualoa2) ro. 0, oog RT a a
6. Genus Lycodes Reinhardt, 1838
. japonicus, Matsubara and Twat, l9S Ta ee le as
» eaudimaculatus Matsubara. 1936 ie eee
térdor Katayanna lors oi 6 eck oe I ey PU Sn ys
: SUSCHOKayIMROPOV OSM iui 4). day ek Seen aa el
diapterus nakamurai (Tanaka, 1914)...................
pignanetiiAndniashey. 1950) 2 i. uae aecc users ae Magee aes
. soldatovi Taranetz and Andriashev, 1935..............
. macrolepis Taranetz and Andriashev, 1935............
onevipes ocnotensis Schmidt. TOSOme ere. ts pias ee
VereKmoraus Schmidt, VOSO\e citeeeme cf tae
h palearis jasciatus (Schmidt, TSO ae,
~ paleans schmidti Giat7ianov | QO errs aes ec eee
. tanakae Jordan and Thompson, 1914 .................
1 SISMOLOIdes| MOMEN, NOVUIN 5)... Ree eRe ee ee
. raridens Taranetz and Andriashey, 1937...... A cee
— [Genus Lycenchelys Gill, 1884]

7. Genus Petroschmidtia Taranetz and Andriashey, 1934

NN

eslalesst feels gay algae eee) ale cola eae

P. toyamensis’ Katayama; 194.3) ae ae
P. albonotata Taranetz and Andriashev, 1934............

— [Genus Hadropareia Schmidt, 1904]

143

149
131i

154
155
155

159
161

164
166

167
168

175
La
17S
180
182
185
187.
188
190
190
192
194
196
198
199

204
206

&

Pe ar oa
= Eh Bo i |

8. Genus Bilabria Schmidt, 1936

Oe TOR ETC Tansy en A SRR i ee

9. Genus Davidojordania Popov, 1931

merenland POON: (los. s hcs. b oktice Mates Fy nis ce 0c
. poecilimon (Jordan and Fowler, 1902).................
lacertina (Payientevlolo)s. i. se alo eile.
L brachyrayneka (ecnmidt: 1904)... Sted o's cane ve
SB eolota (HOWIeG let pee iiatos cies detbadss Vee itea ree iss

10. Genus Gymnelopsis Soldatov, 1917

OCeliaiie MONEGOV, VOL Sota, ow eeen sadech vata eens
PPRASUAUCOVTSGIOALOVe WEL Tops cates cello case chareta’s oes

11. Genus Gengea Katayama, 1941

S pavonica, Mastagarnay BOARS Pee i wl lak vcs or ada bars

12. Genus Allolepis Jordan and Hubbs, 1925

? Rallanal tora and Wubbs, 19252 rh ek dl eke os
Sy ce ra) re am) sla RS ee RR a oe

13. Genus Lycogramma Gilbert, 1915

pivesia (Organ and POwlerel002).;,.........s00sescnne es

14. Genus Zestichthys Jordan and Hubbs, 1925

» tanekae Jordan and HUbbSs, 2920"... ssl ees

3. Suborder Ophidioidei

CLIII. Family BROTULIDAE
1. Genus Brotula Cuvier, 1829

. multibarbata Temminck and Schlegel, 1842...........

2. Genus Sirembo Bleeker, 1858

. imberbis (Temminck and Schlegel, 1842)..............

3. Genus Hoplobrotula Gill, 1863

. armata (Temminck and Schlegel, 1847)...............

4. Genus Neobythites Goode and Bean, 1866

. sivicolus (Jordan*and ‘Snyder, 1901): . 30... ee.

CLIV. Family OPHIDIIDAE
1. Genus Otophidium Gill, 1885

[wasiro JOMan ang, FOWIEn 1902 ee oe eck wee te

CLV. Family CARAPIDAE (FIERASFERIDAE)
1. Genus Encheliophis Miiller, 1842

. VJordanicus) sagamianus (Tanaka, 1908) ...............

4

xix
210

213
215
217
218
220

222
22a

225

226
228

229

2%

234
236
237

239
242

244

XX
4. Suborder Ammodytoidei

CLVI. Family AMMODYTIDAE
1. Genus Ammodytes Linné, 1758
LAS thexaprerus Pallas (US Ise es. ie te ae ehae aeares evekee

— [Family BLEEKERIIDAE]

CLVII. Family HYPOPTYCHIDAE
1. Genus Hypoptychus Steindachner, 1880
ky A. dybowskn Steindachner, S80.) ee ae ae aie

5. Suborder Callionymoidei

— [Family DRACONETTIDAE]
— [Genus Draconetta Jordan and Fowler, 1903]

CLVIII. Family CALLIONYMIDAE
1. Genus Draculo Snyder, 1911

1. Des mirabilis: Sayderwuol ke. ae tie ce ce eee eg st
— [Genus Calymmichthys Jordan and Thompson, 1914]

2. Genus Callionymus Linné, 1758
C. japenrens outta 1782) oo) iy eee salee readies ere
C. doryssus (Jordan and Fowler, 1903). 0300.20...
C. calliste Jordan and Fowler, 1903 2.5.) ) 322 ee See
GC. plands Ochiai (VOSS Casi ih. eee RA ae ee ee ta nas hea
C. ‘hatanus Gunther. US 79). 514 bes pap On eran ice eae
Co flagnsiordan and Rawier, 1903.) ie wee See eae
Cpunctaius Richardson, 18460 se ie OR a ds 2 ae
C. lunatus Temminck and Schlegel, 1845 ................
C. beniteguri Jordan and Snyder, 19007) 02 0... Se.
C. valenciennesi Temminck and Schlegel, 1845.......... I
C.. yirgsis Jordan and? Fowler, V903 7 ya) ee
12. |C. kitaharai Jordan .and) Seale, 1906), 3% edn l die. oe.

3. Genus Synchiropus Gill, 1859

1. S. ijimai Jordan and Thompson, 1914... ............3..4:
2. S. altivelis (Temminck and Schlegel, 1845)...............

SON ANALY >

6. Suborder Siganoidei

CLIX. Family SIGANIDAE
1. Genus Siganus Forskal, 1775
TS. fuscescens(@touttuyny V782)i. te ee eee es oetae

250

259

261

268
270
272
212
2S,
275
279
281
281
283
283
285

293
293

296

_

7. Suborder Acanthuroidei

CLX. Family ACANTHURIDAE
1. Genus Acanthurus Forskal, 1775

2. Genus Naso Lacépéde, 1802

3. Genus Prionurus Lacépéde, 1804

— [Family ZANCLIDAE]
— [Genus Zanclus Cuvier, 1831]
(2. cornutus (Linnie, 1758) ) ss aie ee, eee)

8. Suborder Trichiuroidei

CLXI. Family GEMPYLIDAE
1, [Genus Rexea Waite, 1911]

ete eeatareri (Cuvier, Lea Ute satis ssw u's cme sn a conse

2. Genus Promethichthys Gill, 1893
Pi mromethieus (Cuvier, USS UD avidin. oaks

CLXII. Family TRICHIURIDAE

PRO SCQUS: CLAMG” NOS) a, Macs learnt Me vs.ceh ed eey ves

SM RCORIL DI POERE AN ey) Sescaei te, LF cons teaeabeaitec are Asc. © é

Jp microlepidotus Lacepede, 1804). <0 w2iies,oes he vic coe

en eee

se eee

se eee

1. Genus Benthodesmus Goode and Bean, 1882

Adee ERIIISS CCVIBCIEES ELOY Ly eine ae oc tes esis Sle cea ole a as

2. [Genus Evoxymetopon (Poey) Gill, 1863]
3. [Genus Assurger Whitley, 1933]

4. [Genus Eupleurogrammus Gill, 1863]
Li rnuticns (Gray Say ii. Rnd Ges 2
5. Genus Trichiurus Linné, 1758

9. Suborder Scombroidei

CLXIII. Family SCOMBRIDAE
‘1. Genus Thunnus South, 1845

. T. thynnus orientalis (Temminck and Schlegel, 1844)

a0 wim ns

OLA. taenigins Oey TSOa TE WOW ee a tee

» [AS anzac Alexander 1906), BO PHAR aes...

ee eT C MCI SW Jen. Uke tae castrate ot take tau: Deets

Wad ya

Xxi

299

302

305

308

318

219

323

323

325

326

326

341

Xxii

2) EE alalunea. (Bonnaterre, 1788) seen ae ee Pee
Peobesws, Cuawe. US SO) ie sk tic ull Ve Ns aca ee et arya
i. valbgeares (Bonnaterre,, L788) (20. toe. ne eee ee an
i: toyeco! (Bleeker 1852) (29202 0a Seon ae ae

2. Genus Sarda Cuvier, 1829

Sy
4.
a

aA &bwWwWN

oS) orientalis: (Schlegels ASF) eG he ee ee
3. Genus Euthynnus (Liitken) Jordan and Gilbert, 1882
(WE affinis yairo (kishinouye! 923)" eerie oe eee ee

4. Genus Katsuwonus Kishinouye, 1915

ZK, pelamisy (LAMTMO MURS) oe Ne 8) a eet tals hen yen

5. Genus Auxis Cuvier, 1829

vA. thazard (eacepede, 802)? . < \\iweys Ao aia ae aie es

6. Genus Scomber Linné, 1758

. S. japonicus Houttuyn,
, SS. ifapeinocephalus Bleecker 854) oa ae.ee eee sae

NG SOR. 2 Wate athe een eee

7. Genus Scomberomorus Lacépéde, 1802

. S. commersoni (Vacepede, 1800) 7.3.0 e oe. eee

Ss sinensis (Wacepedenwist2) ies "one ie ee anata
_ |S. suttatus Bloch) and Schneider, V800}ose 8) 0 ee,
iS. uRoreanus: (kishinouyes i915) io 050 eee a laa
= Suk QE WOMEBS) (KETV Ie TG SI) 87.040 a i aed aad Ne Dea ae

8. Genus Acanthocybium Gill, 1862

WAY SOLA TINCUNVICE RS SL s.0 ours OCA ae mea aie tone

CLXIV. Family ISTIOPHORIDAE
1. Genus Istiophorus Lacépéde, 1802

.-I. platypterus (Shaw and Nodder, 1792).................-

.2. Genus Tetrapturus Rafinesque, 1810

Te ‘aneustirostris Tanaka, 19 15,55 casi auc sete: OL. 5 cere
. T. audax Phillipi, 1887

CC ee

3. Genus Makaira Lacépéde, 1803

. M. mazara (Jordan and Snyder, 1901)....................

2 Me indica (Cuwier, WS Sd) kia co Wipes a iays hah ee te

CLXV.

Family XIPHIIDAE

1. Genus Xiphias Linné, 1758

. X. gladius Linne, 1758

Ce

343
345
347
350

352
354
356
358

360
362

365
367
367
370
370

373

376

380
380

383
383

389

Xxiii
10. Suborder Luvaroidei
CLXVI. Family LUVARIDAE

1. Genus Luvarus Rafinesque, 1810
1, L. imperialis Rafinesque, 1810 ............. eee eee eee eee 393

11, [Suborder Tetragonuroidei]

— [Family TETRAGONURIDAE]
— [Genus Tetragonurus Risso, 1810]
LAE cuviert Risso, TETO Wark ete tan cw Reniheite es oe > 398

12. Suborder Stromateoidei

CLXVII. Family NOMEIDAE
— [Genus Cubiceps Lowe, 1843] '
— [C. gracilis (Lowe, 1843)].,.........-cce cece ee eee een e eens 405

— [Genus Nomeus Cuvier, 1817]
— [N. gronovii (Gmelin, 1788)]............. eee eee eee eee e ees 407
, 1. Genus Psenes Valenciennes, 1833
1. P. pellucidus Liitken, 1880 ............... cece serene eens 410

CLXVIII. Family ARIOMMIDAE
1. Genus Ariomma Jordan and Snyder, 1904
1. A. lurida Jordan and Snyder, 1904 ..................eees 412

CLXIX. Family CENTROLOPHIDAE
— [Genus Icichthys Jordan and Gilbert, 1880]

— [L. lockingtoni Jordan and Gilbert, 1880].............---- 416
1. Genus Hyperoglyphe Ginther, 1859
1. H. japonica (Déderlein, 1885).........--. eee eee e eee eee 419
2. Genus Psenopsis Gill, 1862
1. P. anomala (Temminck and Schlegel, 1850).............. 422

CLXX. Family STROMATEIDAE

1. Genus Pampus Bonaparte, 1837
1. P. argenteus (Euphrasen, 1788)..........--.+-eeeee eee ees 427
2. P. echinogaster (Basilewsky, 1855)...........2-00++ee sees 429
— [P. chinensis (Euphrasen, 1788)]........-...-02+ee sree eee 432

XXiV

Se ease ee ee
DAAAAGBAARAYA

. [A.

Q

aN

13. Suborder Gobioidei

«

CLXXI. Family ELEOTRIDAE
1. Genus Eleotris Gronow, 1763

. oxycephala Temminck and Schlegel,

1845

ry

2. [Genus Asterropteryx Rippell, 1828]

semipunctatus Rippell, 1828]......

Ce

3. Genus Vireosa Jordan and Snyder, 1901

hanae Jordan and Snyder, 1901....

4. Genus Eviota Jenkins, 1902

. abax (Jordan and Snyder, 1901)....

CC ee ry

5. Genus Parioglossus Regan, 1912

dotui Tomiyama, 958.5 wee.

Ce

CLXXII. Family GOBIIDAE
1. Subfamily Tridentigerinae
1. Genus Tridentiger Gill, 1858

trigonocephalus (Gill, 1858).........

. obscurus (Temminck and Schlegel, 1845)..............

Ce i i ey

2. Genus Triaenopogon Bleeker, 1874

barbatus (Giinther, 1861)...........

Cr |

2. Subfamily Gobiinae
1, Genus Gobius Linné, 1758

. abei (Jordan and Snyder, 1901)....

semidoliatus Valenciennes, 1837 ...

Cr |

Ce

. ornatus campbelli (Jordan and Snyder, 1901)..........
D USCUSAIMTID Slo POD Sins i se ie nae
. caninus Valenciennes, 1837].......
. phaunwy (Biceker, 1853) 2...
. gymnauchen (Bleeker, 1860)........
> Siurinus Rutter U897 ks EGON s
. SEM ES (GiNe 1859) fae SH ee

Ce ey

Ty

er |

i ee ey

eee ee eee ee ee eee ee oe

2. Genus Cryptocentrus Ehrenberg, 1837

. filifer (Valenciennes, 1837).........

Cr ey

3. Genus Acanthogobius Gill, 1859

: lactipes (Hilgendort, 1873) eee 2):
. flavimanus (Temminck and Schlegel, 1845) ...........

ry

4. Genus Pterogobius Gill, 1863

. zonoleucus Jordan and Snyder, 1901

Ce TON et i ies) Or ORCL YY ot

435

437

439

439

44)

445
445

448

454
454
457
457
459
459
461
461
463

465

468
470

473

Ww

IAAP YNS
GY Gy Gite aise SY

elgpoises (rUttleny LOTAy Ce eet ol ak eee
. zgacalles: Jordan and. Snyder, 1901) s))0...0.0 0.000000...
. virgo Temminck and Schlegel, 1845...................

5. Genus Glossogobius Gill, 1862

. olivaceus (Temminck and Schlegel, 1845)........ AEA |

6. Genus Gymnogobius Gill, 1863

SIREN ROTATION rater ee SL fe ee Be ag
. nigripinnis (Wang and Wang, 1935)]. ... sc... .-
. macrognathus (Bleecker, 1860) 0.30.0... Sins cea eee
. nigrimembranis Wu and Wang, 1931]......... ae eee
PF SPURGEL COGN SLO oR ai. Sincs concn NORD cae Se te ee
. mororanus (Jordan and Snyder, 1901).................
. heptacanthus (Hilgendorf, 1878) oie.).. 6 oiccce sack aseas.

7. Genus Chloea Jordan and Snyder, 1901

~ castanea: (@ Shaughitessy,: 18:75). se be ae

8. Genus Chasmichthys Jordan, 1901

. dolichognathus (Hilgendorf, 1878) .....0.).....5.0...5.
POMENOSUS LCs BICHOTNIE, LOOP ates cet 54. « 5 drei e wedy tain eins oo «

9. Genus Parachaeturichthys Bleeker, 1875

PP POIVACHIG (BIGOMOR NBO OMe oc 'aioe ciel aerge wl eb cists vlc enla e

10. [Genus Lophiogobius Ginther, 1873]

, ocellicguda Gunther lS 73y eek oe Be ec ek ce's

11. Genus Synechogobius Gill, 1862

. hasta (Temminck and Schlegel, 1845).................

12. Genus Chaeturichthys Richardson, 1844

, MCHSLUS TOLAAN: ANG SMGUCE, JLOUD as sich yes ose sre) olawae
~~ mexanema Bleeker, LES3 VA IF aN fee e se ee ee
) Stigmatias: Richardson: 1844), 7s ee ee otis

13. Genus Sagamia Jordan and Snyder, 1901

“geneionema(Hilgendorf,) 1879)i). 080 gd Bee

3. Subfamily Luciogobiinae
1. Genus Astrabe Jordan and Snyder, 1901

» Jactisella Jordan and Snyderis 1901.0 oc vegies wens

2. Genus Clariger Jordan and Snyder, 1901

.. Coxnturus Joraan,.ane anyoer, L901... sii. c sks eye oS

3. Genus Eutaeniichthys Jordan and Snyder, 1901

mth Pardee AON Shyer LOUD we ods .0tauictis som. bielt « 2:5

XXVi

lest testes! Test lest le

~

wey

4. Genus Leucopsarion Hilgendorf, 1880

. petersi ,Hilgendorf, U880) sul ieee ei

5. Genus Luciogobius Gill, 1859

ueOrratus ASI, LS SOF Oh ce Ta ae ete em ok os eae thei
“varandis Arai AST Os nqutine ia on Py e Tk saan ays
4 elongatus Regans OOS. Re yioe Mak ok Sunt Mew nae arun ead
Ss waikavensis Dotu, Hho ST ok sine 6. yet ghar lia nail ein
Dalliaus Rezan LOA Me ane eh Taran ag eae
MalbusRe same lO4 Os Cente ei dang le eee me tees

6. Genus Inu Snyder, 1909

moma Snyder, (1909/19) ai) Ae! lee lene eons

7. Genus Expedio Snyder, 1909

parvulussony der OOS RI: . x ONAL ND Liao Suneny ar Ue

4. Subfamily Apocrypteinae
1. [Genus Apocryptodon Bleeker, 1874]

. 1A. madurensis. (Bleeker S49) | ee Cee Ie ae

2.-[Genus Boleophthalmus Valenciennes, 1837]

\ BOS pectinizosizis((iinnesalhyOoyl =. o2 ss ie eee ee ee

5. Subfamily Sicydiaphinae
1. Genus Sicyopterus Gill, 1860
japonicus: Qhamakan 1909) Or oi 0S ie aan arsine ly

CLXXIII. Family TRYPAUCHENIDAE
1. [Genus Trypauchen Valenciennes, 1837]

. [T. vagina (Bloch and Schneider, 1801)]..................

2. Genus Ctenotrypauchen Steindachner, 1867

. C. microcephalus (Bleeker, 1860) .....................2-5.

2; IG...chimensis Steindachner,” SGyii|* uae eae eee

CLXXIV. Family GOBIOIDIDAE (TAENIOIDIDAE)
1. [Genus Taenioides Lacépéde, 1798]

LE. cirratus: (Bly tht G0) ia anne ee Oi as

2. Genus Odontamblyopus Bleeker, 1874

: 0. ‘rubicundus Gaamiulton, 1822)" es ae FR er ei oe

CLXXV. Family PERIOPHTHALMIDAE
1. Genus Periophthalmus Bloch and Schneider, 1801

uP: cantonensiss(OSDEEKA MIST), 582.) ee nine nee Uae

212

515
515
516
516
518
518

520

520

522

523

525

527

529
529

py!

533

5a

15

2. Suborder Blennioidei

Body never deep; either oblong or moderately or highly elongate.
Maxillae not firmly attached to premaxillae and hence protractile.
Number of rays in dorsal and anal fins equal to number of corresponding
neural and hemal spines of vertebrae. If more than one dorsal fin, then
first dorsal usually with spines, although thin and flexible; if without spiny
rays and body oblong, caudal fin any shape but not bifurcate. Pelvic fins
usually absent. If pelvics present, either jugular or mental (always slightly
anterior to bases of pectoral fins), and usually poorly developed—either
without spiny ray or with small spine difficult to distinguish, and with
segmented, usually unbranched, soft rays numbering 2-4, rarely 1. If
pelvic fins relatively well developed, with 1 spine and 3-4 bi- or trifurcate
soft rays, their length much less than half length of pectorals, except in the
genus Leptoclinus in which length more than half (Lindberg, 1971).

Key to Families of Suborder Blennioidei'

1 ( 2). Teeth on vomer, palatines, and along sides of lower jaw large
and massive; anterior part of lower jaw and premaxillae with
strong conical canines. Dorsal fin with flexible spiny rays at
least in anterior part; posterior rays thickened and hard. Scales
very small, embedded in skin: Branchiostegal membranes bro-
adly attached to isthmus. Pelvics not present.” Body moderately
elongated. Rays in dorsal and anal fins less than 100. Excep-
tionally, body may be elongated or eel-like, and number of rays
in fins notably increased to around 240 (Anarhichthys). .....
‘waht bg SRT WOE Ss Bar To LN sae ee CXLV. Anarhichardidae.

2 ( 1). Such teeth not present.

3 (18). Spiny rays of dorsal fin usually more numerous than soft rays;
latter often not present at all. If soft rays present, caudal fin
more or less distinguishable and not entirely confluent with
dorsal and anal fins.

4 ( 5). Mouth superior; oral slit almost vertical (Figure 3). Dorsal fin
with long base and only spiny rays of moderate height.
Pelvic fins absent. Scales usually absent. Gill openings small.

‘Lindberg, 1971.

2In Andamia (Salariinae, Blenniidae) pelvics short, less than half length of pectorals, but
adapted for climbing along rocks. Sucker near lower lip possibly also serves the same
purpose.

16

Lates);

8 (15).

9 (10),
10 (9).

1 Ge

L2(11):

13 (14).

Branchiostegal membranes fused with isthmus. Teeth fairly
SPMOR Seeger cs A Malet le ct oa CXLVI. Cryptacanthodidae.

. Mouth not superior; oral slit horizontal or oblique, but not

vertical.

. Caudal peduncle short but well defined. Dorsal and anal fins

not confluent with caudal fin. Base of anal fin short, less
than half length of base of dorsal fin. Lower jaw thickened and
protrudes slightly beyond upper jaw (Figure 4). Pelvic fins
absent. Minute scales not only present on body but also
continue ontofins Ane. A wis hou ee ae Bs ee [Zaproridae].
Caudal peduncle poorly developed or absent; if present, base
of anal fin long, much more than half length of base of dorsal fin;
dorsal and anal fins usually connected with caudal fin or
almost confluent with it. Lower jaw not thickened.

Tropical, heat-loving marine blennies. Soft (segmented) rays
in pelvic, dorsal, and anal fins usually simple, unbranched.
Pelvic fins long,’ more than half length of pectoral fins, with
barely developed spiny ray and 1-3 unbranched, well-defined,
rarely rudimentary, soft rays. Lateral line, if present, always
single, passing above pectoral fin. Number of principal rays of
caudal fin 13 or less. 2 nostrils on each side.

Dorsal fins usually well separated, 3 (Figure 6). Cirri not
present on occiput. Scales usually ctenoid. Rays of pectoral
fins usually branched, rays of caudal fin always branched....
SRR D Ls Tete ays 0 Cena COW Dre OLA ce ye CXLVII. Tripterygiidae.
Dorsal fins 1 or 2. Usually cirri present not only above eyes,
but also on occiput. Scales, if present, not ctenoid. Rays of
pectoral fins never branched. Rays of caudal fin mostly un-
branched.

First dorsal fin short except in members of the tribe Clinini, in
which first dorsal fin continuous and long. Lachrymal (preor-
bital) bone anteriorly broad, posteriorly not reaching vertical
from middle of eye. Scales present, regular, or some other shape.
so PRUE tok Lai ANS dh pe ial ce Weaae. ...eee... [Clinidael].
First dorsal fin long. Lachrymal (preorbital) bone posteriorly
reaches vertical from middle of eye or even farther. Scales
absent, except in Neoclinus (Figure 8) (Chaenopsidae), in which
small random scales occur.

Anterior teeth on jaws often resemble incisors, never enlarged
or comb-shaped. Teeth on jaws usually conical but some may be
enlarged and curved. Mouth large. Upper jaw usually extends

Relatively tong pelvic fins known in Leptoclinus (Stichaeidae).

14 (13).

ty (5),

16 (17).

17 (16).

iS" (3).

19 (20).

20 (19).

j res

distinctly beyond eyes. Body distinctly elongate.............
Sek ak RROD as <b sMlee ined c lotbhaiareie dacpeke f cert CXLVIII. Chaenopsidae.
Anterior teeth on jaws large, comb-shaped. One or more canines
usually located behind former. Mouth comparatively small;
upper jaw generally does not extend beyond eyes. Body rela-
[i CY gis ol 6 al Rs a eS ee As CXLIX. Blenniidae.
Northern, cold-loving marine blennies. Soft (segmented) rays
in pelvic (if present), dorsal, and anal fins usually unbranched;
if rays in pelvic fins branched, then so highly reduced that
average number of segments in ray does not exceed 5 except
in Leptoclinus (Stiochaeidae). Pelvic fins short (except in
Leptoclinus), less than half length of pectoral fins, with one
poorly developed spine and 2-4 branched or rudimentary un-
branched rays covered with skin and difficult to discern. Lateral
line, if present, not simple; often branched or with additional
branches; dorsal branch passes above pectoral fin and does not
curve down to extend along middle of body. Number of principal
rays of caudal fin, if not reduced, 13 or more. One nostril on each
side of snout.

Caudal fin with branched principal as well as marginal rays.
Pelvic fins, if present, rudimentary, with 1 short spine and 1
SANDEL TUDO TICMRCES ENV CS 5 cas aa case opin ¥ dee ioe CL. Pholididae.
Caudal fin with only principal rays branched (Figure 26). Pelvic
fins, if present, more or less developed, with 1 spine and 2-4 soft
Tay ke Me chic area ES See Stig oS.8' 0 9 a CLI. Stichaeidae.
Spiny rays usually absent in dorsal fin; if present, fewer in
number than soft rays and, moreover, caudal fin in this case dis-
tinctly confluent with dorsal and anal fins (Zoarces, Krusens-
terniella, Zoarchias, Neozoarces).

Gill openings large, extending far forward. Branchiostegal
membranes well separated and only rarely narrowly connected
anteriorly and slightly attached to isthmus or not attached at
all.* Scales absent. Vent distinct and located farther behind base
of pectoral fins than in Carapidae [Ophidioidei]. Pelvic fins
DICEENE WE MOSENE OY OU Slee LEON a: [Lycodapodidae].
Gill openings small or moderate in size, not extending far
forward.’ Branchiostegal membranes broadly connected, some-
times forming fold across isthmus, and attached to latter. Pelvic
fins, if present, thoracic. Pectoral fins large, at least half head

‘Gill openings and branchiostegal membranes similar in Lycogramma (Zoarcidae), but
this genus has scales. Shmidt (1950: 108) considers»the family Lycodapodidae a subfamily of

Zoarcidae,

SExcept for Lycogramma (Zoarcidae).

18

4 ~

length; if slightly smaller, then dorsal fin with spiny rays, or gill
Openings very small but equal to size of pupil. ..............
<2) a ER eae or a i ae ean in An Dae 2 UE oe CLII. Zoarcidae.

CXLV. Family ANARHICHADIDAE‘—Wolffishes

Body moderately or highly elongate, compressed laterally, covered
with very small thin scales embedded in skin, not overlapping. Head not
covered with scales. Barbels not present. Snout blunt. Mouth large. Upper
jaw slightly protractile. Teeth large, differentiated into three major types
(caninelike, conical, and molariform); strongest teeth located on vomer
and its opposite parts, the dentaries (see Figure 28). Suprapharyngeal
teeth located on three pads. Teeth of jaws and palatines adapted for
rupturing and crushing organisms with hard shells (mollusks, crustaceans,
echinoderms). Gill openings widely separated by isthmus. Gill slits broad.
Opercular siphon present. Rays of branchiostegal membranes 6-8 (often
7). Dorsal fin single, continues from occiput to caudal fin or confluent
with it (Anarhichthys’). All rays of dorsal fin spiny, or soft throughout fin,
or become thicker and harder toward posterior end. Pectoral fins large,
round, inserted low. Pelvic fins absent. Rays of pectoral and caudal fins bi-
or trifurcate, as are some of the posteriormost rays of anal fin. Remaining
rays of anal fin unbranched. Anal fin with one undeveloped spine at orgin.
Number of pores in canals on lateral line of head variable. Canal of lateral

‘line on body absent; seismosensory papillae free located in form of upper

and middle branches.
Two genera. One genus known from the Sea of Japan.

1. Genus Anarhichas Linné, 1758—Wolffishes

Anarhichas Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. X, 1758: 247 (type: A. /upus L.).

Body moderately elongate, maximum body depth (even in larvae) not
more than 9 times in body length. Caudal fin completely separate from
anal fin but connected with dorsal through highly reduced rays. Vertebrae
and rays in dorsal and anal fins less than 100 (precaudal vertebrae not
more than 31). Posterior reduced rays of dorsal fin hard.* Branchiostegal
rays (6) 7, Lateral line bifurcate; upper branch located only on trunk,
lower branch continues almost to base of caudal fin and distinctly visible
in live fish in water (Barsukov, 1959).

‘Description of family taken in part from the monographs of Barsukov (1959) and
Makushok (1958).

Distributed along the Pacific coast of North America from Kodiak Island (Alaska) to San
Diego (Barsukoy, 1959).

8Soft rays of anal fin consist of very large number (several dozen) of short segments;
posteriormost rays of anal fin branched, others unbranched.

20

4 species, 1 known from the Sea of Japan.

1. Anarhichas orientalis Pallas, 1811—Bering Wolffish (Figure 1)

Anarhichas orientalis Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat., 3, 1811: 77, pl. 3.
(eastern Kamchatka). Popov, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 14, 1931: 380-385,
pl. I. Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 158. Shmidt, Ryby Okho-
tskogo Morya, 1950: 66. Andriyashev, Ryby Severnykh Morei SSSR, 1954:
227, figs. 115, 116. Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 62, 122. Barsukov,
Sem. Zubatok, 1959: 110, fig. 29, pls. I-XX.

Anarhichas lepturus, Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904; 206.
Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 486.

37100. Tatar Strait, Datta Bay. August 28 [sic]. Fisherman Sosyukin. 1
specimen.

D LXXXVI-LXXXVIII; A 53-55; P 20-22; C 23-25; vertebrae 88-89
(precaudal 29-31, caudal 57-59); branchiostegal rays 7. Maximum body
depth of adults about 5 times in its absolute length, in juvenile fish about 7
times in this length. Length of head from tip of snout to posterior angle of
opercle about 22% of standard length (in young fish about 18%). Width of
pectoral fin base in adults more than 60% of body depth (at origin of anal
fin). Caudal fin rounded. Color dark chocolate-brown, usually without
spots and stripes. Sides of young fish 15 to 17 cm (Figure 2) with 3-4 dark
longitudinal stripes consisting of fused irregular spots spreading from
head almost to base of caudal fin.’ Bases of dorsal and anal fins with one

- dark longitudinal stripe each, interrupted at some places. Above this

stripe 8-9 very large but dull spots located on dorsal fin, not reaching
upper margin of fin. Caudal fin without spots and stripes. Top of head and
cheeks with dark spots, but spots on cheeks smaller.

Biology almost unstudied.

Length to 112 cm, but possibly even longer (Barsukov, 1959: 112).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Tatar Strait, Datta Bay
(Taranetz, 1935: 98); near the southwestern coast of Sakhalin, along the
coast of Hokkaido, and along the southwest coast of Sakhalin (Ueno, 1971:
83); Gulf of Oshoro (Kobayashi, 1962: 258); Sea of Okhotsk, Bering Sea
(Shmidt, 1950: 66).

CXLVI. Family CRYPTACANTHODIDAE—Wrymouths

Body elongate and slender, laterally compressed, naked or covered with
minute cycloid scales. Lateral line absent or consists only of open pores
without tubules. Head oblong, almost rectangular. Mucous canals well
delineated on lower jaw and preopercle. Head on upper side flat, with
deep round pits (fossae) in space between eyes and behind them. Mouth

°Color of young fish described by Taranets (1935).

61

‘(ps6 ‘AOYSeAIPUY Woy) vog SUTIOG “UOWON Jo JIN “Wu YEg INoge YISUET “YSHIIOM ZuLIOg—sypjualo spyriysup “| 9INBIF

21

7

large, very oblique. Lower jaw massive, protrudes forward. Premaxillae
not movable. Jaws with fairly sharp conical teeth, large teeth on vomer,
and sometimes onypalatines. Branchiostegal membranes attached to
isthmus. Gill openings sometimes continue downward toward front.
Dorsal fin long, covered with skin, composed entirely of fairly long, spiny
rays. Dorsal and anal fins connected with caudal fin through membrane.
Pelvic fins absent. Pectorals short (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).
4 genera. 1 genus known from the Sea of Japan.

Key to Genera of Family Cryptacanthodidae

1 (2). Body covered with scales. Lateral line present. Isthmus narrow.
Palatines with teeth. Pacific coast of North America...........

2 (1). Body naked.

3 (4). Lateral line present. Isthmus broad. Palatines with teeth.......
Tess AS ANAS bie veae ote aa 1. Cryptacanthoides Lindberg.

4 (3). Lateral line reduced.

5..(6).. Isthmus: narrow. Palatines with’ teeth... ... 4.000000. Ansaeinian.t
Cats VE ee ee eee |) 0) OTS [Cryptacanthodes Storer, 1839]."’

6 (5). Isthmus fairly broad. Palatines without teeth...................
ee Se RO ET INT tat heen) aoe e: [Lyconectes Gilbert, 1895].

1. Genus Cryptacanthoides Lindberg, 1930—Wrymouths

Cryptacanthoides Lindberg. In: Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor....,
1930: 482 (type: C. bergi Lindberg).

Body highly elongate; anterior part moderately and posterior part
highly compressed laterally. Maximum body depth 14.4 times in standard
length. Body naked. Lateral line consists of about 80 minute open pores
arranged along median line of body. Poorly defined anal papilla present.
Head elongate; rectangular on upper side, with well-developed pits. Snout
short, blunt; nostrils tubular, located immediately behind premaxillaries.
Eyes small, deeply hidden in ocular pit; interorbital space broad. Mouth
broad, almost vertical, lower jaw protrudes far forward. Premaxillae with
two rows of blunt conical teeth; teeth in outer row large, in inner row
smaller. Dentaries with one row of teeth along side and two rows near
symphysis. Vomer and palatines with teeth. Five teeth, similar to jaw
teeth, located on head of vomer; palatines with one similar tooth each.
Gill openings do not continue downward anteriorly, their lower end at
level of lower margin of pectoral base. Branchiostegal membranes

0Dacific coast of North America (Norman, 1957: 470).
"Distributed along the Atlantic coast of North America (Norman, 1957: 470).
"Known from near the Aleutian Islands (Norman, 1957: 470).

22

8

connected and broadly attached to triangular isthmus; branchiostegal rays
6; gill rakers short. Pectoral fins short; pelvic fins absent. Dorsal fin
origin above base of pectoral fin and consists of only spiny rays. Anal fin
with two spiny rays, others soft and branched. Dorsal and anal fins
connected with caudal; latter well developed, long, and pointed (Soldatov
and Lindberg, 1970).

1 species. Also found in the Sea of Japan.

1. Cryptacanthoides bergi Lindberg, 1930—Berg’s Wrymouth (Figure 3)

Cryptacanthoides bergi Lindberg. In: Soldatov and Lindberg. Obzor...,
1930: 484, figs. 66, 67 (Peter the Great Bay). Matsubara, Fish Morphol.
and Hierar., 1955: 754, fig. 272.

Lyconectes ezoensis Hikita and Hikita, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 1, 2, 1950:
140, 1 fig.

25131. Peter the Great Bay. June 7, 1932. Generozova. 1 specimen.

31831. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. September 23, 1947. G.U. Lindberg.
1 specimen.

31832. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. September 23, 1947. G.U. Lindberg.
2 specimens.

D'LXIX@A WATS PA2C18: 1.3 80:

Width of head much more than maximum depth of body. Interorbital
space less than snout length. Maxillary does not reach anterior margin of
eye. Eye 2.5 times in the interorbital space and 13.6 times in head length.
Body naked. Lateral line with about 80 open pores. Basic body color light
yellow. Chocolate-brown stripe extends under dorsal fin along body;
similar stripe above anal fin, but lighter in color. Series of spots along sides
around each pore of lateral line formed by concentration of pigment of
same color; second series of smaller and lighter spots located below first
series. Dorsal fin with chocolate-brown spots. Pectoral, anal, and caudal
fins without spots (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Length 218 mm (Hikita and Hikita, 1950).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 484); Tartar Strait (Taranets, 1937b: 158);
near Sado Island (Honma and Sugihara, 1963: 6); Toyama Bay (Katoh et
al., 1956: 322); Wakasa Bay (Takegawa and Morino, 1970: 382); San’in
region (Katoh et al., 1956: 322). Reported from the eastern coast of
Sakhalin (Ueno, 1971: 84); Aniva Bay (our specimens); Volcano Bay (Sato
and Kobayashi, 1956: 15); Kushiro (Hikita and Hikita, 1950: 140).

[Family ZAPRORIDAE—Prowfishes]"*

Body slightly stout, compressed laterally. Caudal peduncle short but

13Position of this family in the classification still remains somewhat uncertain. According
to American authors (McAllister and Krejsa, 1961), who have examined this aspect carefully,
Zaproridae is close to Stichaeidae and should be located between it and Anarhichadidae.

LOCGY PIRAP ONT PUR RORPIOR) SESE, SRE HS Zeiaak “Se ago ANE y)3ue7] “YNoWwWAIM s, 310g —1810q saployjunonjdduiy *¢ oIn3Igq IZ

=e

Hod she veh we a
PR Fr TO et ia a
aay a Ae :

ei ee eee eee ee ee

‘(pS6I “ASYSPALIPUY Wo) Bog BULIOG “UOVION Jo J[NH “WU OL] INOGe YIBUST “YsIJOM BuLOg—syyUau0 svYyrIyADUP “7 BINBIA 61

YN ire et 5
cs

<>
oe fel

23

10

well defined; dorsal and anal fins not connected with caudal. Base of anal
fin short, distinctly less than half basal length of dorsal fin. Head short;
lower jaw stout and protrudes slightly forward beyond upper jaw. Lateral
line absent. Pelvics absent. Scales small, cover body and membranes of all
fins over 2/3 their height.

1 genus and 1 species. Northern part of the Pacific Ocean.

[Genus Zaprora Jordan, 1896—Prowfish]

Zaprora Jordan, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 1896: 202 (type: Z. silenus
Jordan).

Characters of genus same as in description of family.

1 species. Northern part of the Pacific Ocean, from California to Alaska,
and southern coast of Hokkaido (Kushiro).

[Zaprora silenus Jordan, 1896—Prowfish] (Figure 4)

Zaprora silenus Jordan, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 1896: 203, pl. 20
(Vancouver Island). Jordan and Evermann, Fish. N. and M. Amer., 3,
1898: 2850. Chapman and Townsend, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 11, 2, 1938:
89-117, figs. 1-10 (osteology). Ueno, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 3, 2, 1954: 79,
fig. 2. Ueno and Abe, Bull. Hokk. Reg. Fish. Res. Lab., 28, 1964: 20, figs.
13, 14.

25499. Sea of Okhotsk, Kamchatka. 1932. M.N. Krivobok. | specimen.

39003. Bering Sea, 57°50’ N, 179°14’ E. September 9, 1967. LS.
Kodolov. 1 specimen. ;

39004. Bering Sea, 54°38’ N, 170°50’ E. September 21, 1967. V.V.
Fedorov. 1 specimen.

D 53-56; A 24-28; P 22-24; branchiostegal rays 5; gill rakers on first
gill arch 8 +17 (Ueno and Abe, 1964).

Bering Sea.

1]

This lone member of the family is characterized by the presence of a
short but well-developed caudal peduncle and short anal fin. Length of
base of anal fin more than 2 times in length of dorsal fin base. Smail
mouth, with stout lower jaw. Numerous pores on head. It may be
mentioned that the caudal peduncle is not shown in the sketch given by
Ueno (1954a, Fig. 2); this may have been an oversight on the part of the
artist, since the caudal peduncle is distinct in the photograph published in
the paper by Ueno and Abe (1964, Fig. 13).

Length to 725 mm (Jordan and Evermann, 1898: 2850).

Distribution; Not found in the Sea of Japan. 3 specimens reported from
Kushiro, Pacific coast of Hokkaido (Ueno and Abe, 1964: 20). Described
from the waters of British Columbia (Jordan); recorded from California up
to the Gulf of Alaska (Clemens and Wilby, 1961: 234). Found in the
Bering Sea (Nos. 39003, 39004).

CXLVII. Family TRIPTERYGIIDAE—Triplefins

Body short and covered with relatively large ctenoid scales.

Distinguished from related families, especially Clinidae, by presence of
dorsal fin divided into three distinct parts: First part immediately behind
head with 3-4 fine flexible, spiny rays; second part consists of
unsegmented, flexible, hard rays; and third part consists of segmented soft
rays. Anal fin with fairly long base and soft rays. Pelvics always present.
Pectorals large. Caudal fin rounded, relatively large, and separate from
dorsal and anal fins; principal rays branched. Head generally with
prenasai and supraorbital cirri. Inhabit tropical and temperate waters of
the world oceans, but not recorded from the eastern coast of the Pacific
Ocean. Mostly littoral fishes found in the surf region of coral reefs and
rock crevices. Generally elude catches.

4-5 genera, 1 genus known from the Sea of Japan.

1. Genus Tripterygion Risso, 1826—Triplefins

Tripterygion Risso, Hist. Nat. Europe, Méridionale, 3, 1826: 241 (type:
T. nasus Risso). Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 444
(synonymy). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 730.

Body covered with ctenoid scales. Lateral line complete or incomplete.
Mouth moderate in size, jaws almost equal in length. Cirri absent on
occiput. Eyes large. Dorsal fin in 3 parts: First part with 3-4 flexible spiny
rays; second part with 10-24 rays; and third soft part with 7-15 rays.
Caudal fin rounded. Anal fin long. Pectorals also long, their lower rays
simple and stout (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a). Male and female differ in
shape and size of anus and genital papilla (Tomiyama, 1951) (Figure 5, A,
B.-A; db):

Many species. 2 found in the Sea of Japan.

12

Figure 5. Anus and genital papilla in Tripterygion (Matsubara, 1955).
A-—male; B—female; a—anus; b—genital papilla; c—first spiny ray of anal
fin.

Key to Species of Genus Tripterygion from the Sea of Japan"

1 (2)..D T+ XIV 10; A 21. Body with dark vertical stripes..........

vet eeeeeceeeeseeesesseseses lL, T. etheostoma Jordan and Snyder.

24 2 (1). DIT + XVII 12; A 27. Body light-colored, caudal fin usually dark.
ed ti) ha hn) a es AR ich 2 an ei 9 2. T. bapturum Jordan and Snyder.

1. Tripterygion etheostoma Jordan and Snyder, 1902—Striped Triplefin

(Figure 6)

Tripterygion etheostoma Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25,
1902: 444, fig. 1 (Misaki). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
730, fig. 263. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 155. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2. Fishes,
1958: 118, fig. 348 (color figure).

Enneapterygius etheostoma Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 42, 1912: 518.
Jordan, Tanaka and Snyder, J. Coll. Sci. Tokyo Univ., 33, 1, 1913: 378, fig.
339.

D III, XIV-XV, 9-10; A I 19-21; P 15-16; transverse rows of scales
along side of body 34-37. Gill rakers on first gill arch 6, very short. Head
naked, 4 times in standard length, depth 4.5 times. Depth of caudal
peduncle almost 3 times in head length. Diameter of eyes 3.5 times in
head length, interorbital space 8 times, and snout 3 times. Teeth small,
arranged in bands on jaws and vomer. Branchiostegal membranes form
broad fold across isthmus. Coloration of female: body yellowish-white,
with 6 dark chocolate-brown vertical bars across it, irregular chocolate-
brown spots on head, all fins except pectorals with numerous chocolate-
brown spots forming striped pattern; pectorals with barely discernible
spots. Coloration of male: body very dark except for narrow white spaces
behind second and third dorsal fins; vertical bars contrast sharply with

From Jordan and Snyder, 1902a.

= =
= a=
oer
s=
s=——*-

Sse
ae amuse

Figure 6. Tripterygion etheostoma—Striped triplefin. Length 65 mm. Misaki (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a).

25

27

14

dull background color of remaining part of body; fins, excluding caudal,
almost black; second dorsal fin with narrow white stripe along margin; soft
dorsal and anal fins with large white spots at posterior end. Caudal
peduncle of female similar in color to that of male (Jordan and Snyder,
1902a).

Length, up to 65 mm (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from near Sado Island (Honma
and Sugihara, 1963: 5); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 24); Wakasa Bay
(Takegawa and Morino, 1970: 382); San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 21);
Cheju-do Island (Mori, -1952; 127). Along the Pacific coast of Japan
reported from Tiba Prefecture to Okinawa (Matsubara, 1955: 730).

2. Tripterygion bapturum Jordan and Snyder, 1902—Black-Tailed

Triplefin (Figure 7)

Tripterygion bapturum Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25,
1902: 447, fig. 2 (Misaki). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
731. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 118, fig. 347 (color figure).

D Ill, XVII, 12; A 126; P17; transverse series of scales 43; 7. /. 28. Head
naked, 4.2 (and depth 6) times in standard length. Depth of caudal
peduncle, diameter of eye, and snout length 3.25 times in head length.
Body more elongate than in 7. etheostoma. Color of specimens preserved
in alcohol fairly distinct. Body without dark stripes,” light-colored,
yellowish, each scale with dark edging, large light chocolate-brown blotch
located on operculum, snout and lips dark, first dorsal fin with blotches,
second fin dark along base, third fin with a few dark blotches, and anal fin
light-colored with series of dark minute blotches near base. Caudal fin
blackish with white border along posterior margin and at base (Jordan and
Snyder, 1902a).

Length, to 70 mm (Abe, 1958). -

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known from near Sado Island (Honma
and Sugihara, 1963: 5); Toyama Bay and San’in region (Katoh et al., 1956:
322). Found along the Pacific coast of Japan (Matsubara, 1955: 731).

CXLVII. Family CHAENOPSIDAE

This family (according to Clark Hubbs—a subfamily of Blenniidae)
includes several genera of combtooth blennies which were scattered in
various families of this suborder before its revision (Hubbs, 1953: 12). The
character that distinguishes this family from the other families of the
suborder is the nature of the first suborbital (lachrymal) bone, which
extends far forward and forms the entire lower margin of the orbit. Unlike
all the genera of the family Blenniidae, all the genera of Chaenopsidae

Body and median fins with stripes in sketch by Abe (1958).

‘(BZQ61 ‘“JopAUS puUR UepPIOL‘) FARSI “Ww Q¢ YISUOT ‘Ujo|diny poyrel-yourq—wninidng uoisdajduy “1 21n3i4 - 97

Hg

16

have a few conical teeth on the jaws, and some may be slightly enlarged
and curved. The teeth in the anterior part of the jaws are often similar to
incisors but not arranged in the form of a comb. The upper jaw generally
continues far beyond the vertical from the posterior margin of the eye.
Body usually elongate, slightly eel-like.

Hubbs included 4 tribes in Chaenopsinae (which we have raised to a
family), of which one, Neoclinidi, is found along the American and Asian
coasts of the Pacific Ocean.

One genus known from the waters of Japan and the Sea of Japan.

1. Genus Neoclinus Girard, 1858

Neoclinus Girard, Fishes: In Pacific Railroad Expl. and Surv., 10, 4,
1858: 114 (type: N. blanchardi Girard). Cl. Hubbs, Copeia, 1, 1953: 12.

Zacalles Jordan and Snyder (nec Zacalles Foerster, 1868, Insecta, Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 448 (type: Z. bryope Jordan and Snyder).

Calliblennius Barbour, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 25, 1912: 187
(type: Zacalles bryope Jordan and Snyder).

The characteristic feature of this genus, the only member of the tribe
Neoclinidi, is the presence of scales and lateral line on the body.

Four species found in the Pacific Ocean, of which one recorded from
the waters of Japan and the Sea of Japan.

1. Neoclinus bryope (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a) (Figure 8)

Zacalles bryope Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 448,
fig. 3 (Misaki).

Calliblennius bryope Barbour, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 25, 1912:
187.

Neoclinus bryope Cl. Hubbs, Stanford Ichthyol. Bull., 4, 2, 1952: 52;
Copeia, 1, 1953: 17. |

22862. Sagami Bay. April 9, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 6 specimens.

23416. Sagami Bay. April 11, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1 specimen.

D XXIV-XXVI (XXV-XXVI) 14-18 (16-17); A II 28-31 (29-30); P 12-
15 (14); 7. 7. 19-23 (20-23); gill rakers 10 + 10 = 20 (Hubbs, 1953: 17).

Head naked. Body covered with very thin cycloid scales, often fused
with skin, about 21 scales in oblique row. Space above lateral line on
thorax and abdomen naked. Lateral line short, continues to apex of
pectoral fin.

Differs from the closely related species, N. stephensae Cl. Hubbs from
California, in height of spiny rays in dorsal fin almost equal to body depth,
and distinctly greater than height of anal fin; absence of cirri on occiput;
and in coloration. Membrane between first and second spiny rays of dorsal
fin with ocellar spot (absent in Californian species).

Standard length less than 100 mm (Hubbs, 1953).

‘(RZ06] ‘JopAUS puUe UePIOL“) I¥eSI, “WW Q/ YIBUET ‘adodig snulj20aN *g BINT 92

18

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Sado Island (Honma,
1952: 226); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 24); San’in region (Mori,
1956a: 21). Pacific coast of Japan from Tokyo to Tosa Bay of Shikoku
Island (Matsubara, 1955: 736).

CXLIX. Family BLENNIIDAE—Combtooth Blennies

Body naked, not covered with scales. Spiny and soft rays of dorsal fin
almost equal; 1 or 2 spines in anal fin; caudal fin free, with 10-15
principal rays; pelvics jugular, each with small spiny and 2-4 soft simple
rays. Mouth not protractile. Jaws with single row of thin, close-set teeth;
curved (or straight—Springer, 1968) canine teeth present on posterior end
of lower jaw. Palatines usually without teeth (Regan, 1912).

Distinguished from the related family Clinidae by bones of infraorbital
ring strong; preorbital (lachrymal) continues posteriorly to vertical from
middle of eye or further; and other 3 bones also strong, well developed,
with height less than width (Hubbs, 1952). ;

Cirri or tentacles usually present on head. Segmented rays in pelvic and
unpaired fins usually simple and unbranched. Lateral line, if present,
always single, passing above pectoral fins.

Springer (1968), on the basis of a detailed study of the skeleton of
members of Blenniidae, divided the family into 2 subfamilies—Blenniinae
and Nemophidinae. The former included 3 tribes: Blenniini, Omo-
branchini, and Salariini:

Many genera, 4 known from the Sea of Japan.

Key to Genera of Family Blenniidae’®

1 (4). Dermal cirri or tentacles present on head. Gill openings large.

2 (3). Canine teeth present on posterior part of both jaws. Solitary
strong tooth present on vomer. Teeth on jaws curved, incisor-
Shaped. and) immovable=.20ge).7 9). eo 1. Blennius Linné.

3 (2). Canine teeth absent on posterior part of jaws. Teeth absent on
vomer and palatines. Teeth on jaws minute, movable, and set
in whleshy? Guns, Yas 8 ea aL 2. Istiblennius Whitley.

4 (1). Dermal cirri or tentacles absent on head.-Gill opening small,
located above pectoral fins.

5 (6). Posterior part of both jaws with one curved canine tooth each
CBIg Ure 2 AN Mane haemenuirs chet OM 3. Omobranchus Valenciennes.

6 (5). Posterior end of lower jaw with well-developed, curved, canine
tooth; upper jaw without such tooth or tooth very poorly developed
CPigures 12 Bier amr oe le ia. 4, Dasson Jordan and Hubbs.

16Key includes only genera known from the Sea of Japan and adjacent parts of the Yellow
Sea and the Sea of Okhotsk.

29

19
1. Genus Blennius Linné, 1758

Blennius Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. X, 1758: 256 (type: B. ocellaris L.).

Body elongate, compressed laterally, naked, without scales. Head
short; profile usually bluntly rounded. Mouth small, horizontal. Jaws with
single row of long, fine, curved, close-set teeth; posterior part of jaws with
canine teeth. Premaxillae immovable. Gill opening broad, continues
forward. Branchiostegal membranes either not attached to isthmus or
form broad fold across it. Dorsal fin continuous, with small notch between
spiny and soft parts. Pectoral fins moderate in size. Pelvic fins well
developed, inserted anterior to vertical from base of pectorals (Jordan and
Snyder, 1902a).

Several species. One reported from the Sea of Japan.

1. Blennius yatabei Jordan and Snyder, 1900 (Figure 9)

Blennius yatabei Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1900: 374,
pl. XIX (Misaki). Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1902: 451, fig.
4. Wang and Wang, Fish of Shangtung, III, 1935: 209, fig. 35. Abe, Enc.
Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 117, fig. 345 (color figure).

22863. Sagami Bay. April, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 2 specimens.

D XII, 16; A I, 19; P 14; VI, 2. Body depth 3.5 to 4.0 times in its total
length. Supraorbital dermal tentacle long, its length equal to diameter of
eye,'’ and with 4-6 branches.

Color of fish preserved in alcohol olive-green to chocolate-brown. Body
with minute blackish spots. In live fish spots on lower part of body
yellowish, tips of supraorbital tentacle brick-red.

Morphological changes in structure of rays of anal fin occur in males
during spawning (Tomiyama, 1952a).

Biology of this species very poorly studied; development of lateral line
in larvae would be of particular interest (Iwai, 1963).

Length, to 90 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Pusan (Mori, 1952: 126);
Sado Island (Honma and Sugihara, 1963: 6); Toyama Bay (Katayama,
1940: 24); Wakasa Bay (Takegawa and Morino, 1970: 382), San’in region
(Katoh et al., 1956: 322). Southern Japan (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a: 450).
Cheju-do Island (Uchida and Yabe, 1939: 13); Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) in
the Yellow Sea (Zhang et al., 1955: 164). Pacific coast of Japan (Shmidt,
1931: 147). Ryukyu Island (Aoyagi, 1955: 78).

2. Genus Istiblennius Whitley, 1943

Istiblennius Whitley, Austral. Zool., 10, 2, 1943: 185 (type: Salarias
miilleri Klunzinger, 1880).

"This ratio changes with age (Tomiyama, 1950b).

‘(®Z06[ IOpAUg puUe ULpPIOL) IyeSI JaqvInd sniuualg “6 91NBIA O€

3

—_

21

Distinguished from the closely related genera Salarias and Ento-
macrodus, which are not found in the waters under study, by high dorsal
fin with deep notch connected with caudal fin (anal fin not connected with
caudal fin), absence of large recurved tooth at posterior end of lower jaw,
and simple unbranched supraorbital dermal tentacle (Whitley, 1943).
Differs from the genera Blennius and Omobranchus in absence of canine
teeth in posterior part of jaws, absence. of teeth on vomer and palatines,
and movability of teeth on jaws.

Several species. Two known from the Sea of Japan.

Key to Species of Genus Istiblennius'*®

1 (2). Head with high dermal crest on occiput. D XIII 21; A 23. Color
dark chocolate-brown, with spots and bands with greenish sheen.
WET re yn ee UR 1. I. enosimae (Jordan and Snyder).

2 (1). Head without dermal crest on occiput. D XII 16; A 20. Color cho-
colate-brown with transverse dark stripes and numerous white dots
and Bands... 78peeareee ee. . 2. I. stellifer (Jordan and Snyder).

1. Istiblennius enosimae (Jordan and Snyder, 1902) (Figure 10)

Scartichthys enosimae Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25,
1902: 460, fig. 9 (Misaki).

Salarias enosimae, Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 207.

Istiblennius enosimae, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
750, fig. 270. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2. Fishes, 1958: 114, fig. 335 (color figure).

D XIII 21; A I 22; P 14. Head 5.1 times and body depth almost 5 times
in standard length. Depth of caudal peduncle 2 times and diameter of eyes
4.5 times in head length (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a).

Secondary sexual characters well expressed in adult male and female
(Tomiyama, 1959).

Length, to 150 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution : Found in the Sea of Japan; known from the central part of
Honshu south up to Ryukyu Islands (Matsubara, 1955: 750). Known from
Cheju-do Island (Mori, 1952: 126).

2. Istiblennius stellifer (Jordan and Snyder, 1902) (Figure 11)

Scartichthys stellifer Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902:
461, fig. 10 (Japan).

Entomacrodus stellifer, Springer, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 122, 1967: 49,
pl. 4.

Salarias stellifer, Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 217.

Istiblennius stellifer, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 749.
Abe, Enc. Zool., 2. Fishes, 1958: 115, fig. 337 (color figure).

18From Jordan and Snyder, 1902a.

‘(87061 ‘IapAUS pue UepIOL) TEST WU ZT ysusy] ‘apuisoua sniuuajqusy “Q{ N34 TE

Istiblennius stellifer. Wakano-ura (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a).

Figure 11.

32

33

24

D XII 16; A 1 19”; P 14. Head and body depth 4.5 times in standard
length. Depth of caudal peduncle 9.5 times and diameter of eyes 4.5 times
in head length (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a). Vertebrae 34-36, in specimens
from Japan more often 35 (Springer, 1967).

Length, to 90 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from near Sado Island (Honma,
1952: 226); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 24); near Cheju-do Island
(Mori, 1952: 126). Along the Pacific coast of Japan reported for Tiba
Prefecture, Tsuruga Bay, and Wakano-ura Bay (Matsubara, 1955: 749).

3. Genus Omobranchus Valenciennes, 1836

Omobranchus Ehrenberg. In: Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 11, 1836:
287 (type: O. fasciolatus Ehrenberg).

Aspidontus Quoy and Gaimard, voy. SLs, * ZOOL. 3, 1835s
(type: A. taeniatus Quoy and Gaimard).

Head blunt, mouth small, as in Blennius, gill opening above base of
pectoral fin, dorsal fin entire, canines at posterior end of both jaws very
long (Figure 12, A), and dermal crest on head very poorly developed”
(Swainson, 1839).

Many species. Three known from the Sea of Japan.

Key to Species of Genus Omobranchus”

1 (4). Dermal crest on head between eyes very poorly developed, some-
times not discernible. Sides of body either with longitudinal or
transverse dark stripes.

2 (3). Body sides with longitudinal dark stripes. Body grayish to choco-
late-brown. D XII 22; A I 22......... 1. O. japonicus (Bleeker).

3 (2). Body sides with transverse dark bands in anterior part. Body
vellowishior orange. Dy XL 223,Ay 24h eee OL ce
Pe Hes BHA MAE MeL OMYEL Pramas 2 \ 2. O. elegans (Steindachner).

4 (1). Dermal crest on head well defined between eyes in both male
and female. Sides of body with about 10 indistinct dark transverse
bands) DD) XOD me An TD 2 Se Be ee es A 3. O. uekii (Katayama).

1. Omobranchus japonicus (Bleeker, 1869) (Figure 13)

Petroscirtes japonicus Bleeker, Versl. Kon. Akad. Wet. Amst., 3, 1869:
246 (Jedo). Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 245.

Omobranchus japonicus, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
739, fig. 267. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 117, fig. 344 (color figure).

Often 18 for specimens from Japan (Springer, 1967).
20In O. uekii, described by Katayama (1941), dermal crest on head well defined.
*IMfatsubara, 1955: 739.

35

25

B

Figure 12. Teeth in Omobranchus (A) and Dasson (B)
(from Matsubara, 1955).

Aspidontus dasson Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902:
456, fig. 8.

Aspidontus japonicus, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25,
1902: 458.

D XII 21-22; A 1 22; P 13; V2.

Color dark chocolate-brown in anterior part and light chocolate-brown
in posterior part of body. Body sides with 4 dark parallel stripes (Fowler,
1958). Young differ in color; future dark stripes along sides of body visible
as usual spots or dots (Tomiyama, 1952b).

Length, to 90 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Pohang (Mori, 1952:
126); San’in region (Katoh et al., 1956: 322); Yamaguchi Prefecture
(Yoshida and Ito, 1957: 268); Korean Peninsula (Matsubara, 1955: 739).

2. Omobranchus elegans (Steindachner, 1876) (Figure 14)

Petroscirtes elegans Steindachner, Ichthyol. Beitr., 5, 1876: 169
(Nagasaki). Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 243.

Aspidontus elegans, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1902:
453, fig. 6.

Omobranchus elegans, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
740. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2. Fishes, 1958: 116, fig. 342 (color figure).

nee en se

eS

Figure 13. Omobranchus japonicus. Length 90 mm. Japan (Abe, 1958).

34

Figure 14. Omobranchus elegans. Hakodate (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a).

34

27

22864. Sagami Bay. April 11, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 6 specimens.

D XII 22; A I 24; P 13. Head 5 times and depth 5.5 times in standard
length; gill rakers on first gill arch from 8 to 10, small (Jordan and Snyder,
1902a).

Ovoviviparity was proposed earlier for these fishes. Studies by Tomi-
yama (1950a) confirmed that fertilized eggs are laid.

Length, to 80 mm (Abe, 1958).

. Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Pusan (Mori, 1952: 126);
~ coast of Japan from Hakodate (Matsubara, 1955: 740) to San’in region
(Mori, 1956a: 21). Southern coast of Korean Peninsula (Mori and Uchida,
1934: 21); Cheju-do Island (Uchida and Yabe, 1939: 13). Yellow Sea, Gulf
of Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang, 1955: 163). Along the Pacific coast of Japan
reported from Misaki, Wakano-ura, and Enoshima (Jordan and Snyder,
1902a: 455) and Nagasaki (Okada and Matsubara, 1938: 397).

3. Omobranchus uekii (Katayama, 1941) (Figure 15)

Petroscirtes uekii Katayama, Zool. Mag., 53, 12, 1941: 591-592, fig. 1
(Toyama Bay).

Omobranchus uekii, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 740.

D XII 21; A 23; P 13; V 2. Head 4.7 times, depth 4.3 times, caudal fin
5.0 times, pectoral fins 5.0 times, and pelvic fins 6.9 times in standard
length. Eyes 4.8, snout -7.0 and interorbital space 4.5 times in head
length. Body elongate, highly compressed laterally (Katayama, 1941).
Dermal crest present on head with 3 dark transverse stripes. Body sides,
except for caudal peduncle, with about 10 indistinct dark transverse
stripes (Matsubara, 1955).

Length 69 mm (Katayama, 1941).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Toyama Bay (Katayama,
1941: 591) and Wakasa Bay (Takegawa and Morino, 1970: 382). Reported
from the Pacific coast of Japan (Matsubara, 1955: 740).

Figure 15. Omobranchus uekii. Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1941).

28

4. Genus Dasson Jordan and Hubbs, 1925

Dasson Jordan and Hubbs, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 10, 2, 1925: 318 (type:
Aspidontus trossulus Jordan and Snyder).
Distinguished from related genera by movability of close-set teeth on

36 jaws, slightly recurved canine in posterior part of lower jaw, and small

3

—

canine at posterior end of upper jaw (see Figure 12, B); gill openings
reduced to small pore on upper side of base of pectoral fin; and height of
dorsal fin equal throughout length (Jordan and Hubbs, 1925).

Several species. One known from the Sea of Japan.

1. Dasson trossulus (Jordan and Snyder, 1902) (Figure 16)

Aspidontus trossulus Jordan and Snyder. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25,
1902: 455, fig. 7 (Japan).

Dasson trossulus, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar.; 1955: 742.
Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 238.

Omobranchus trossulus, Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 116, fig. 341
(color figure).

D X 21; A119; P 13. Length of head slightly more than 4 times and
body depth 4.75 times in standard length. Height of caudal peduncle 2.4
times, eyes 3.6 times, and interorbital space and snout slightly more than
3 times in head length.

Body color grayish, with 2 longitudinal violet-black stripes, and broad
blackish stripe extending from tip of snout to base of caudal fin; width of
this stripe in anterior part of body equal to diameter of eye. Dorsal fin with
broad dark stripe along base, its upper part with dark spots and stripes;
anal fin with 5 large dark blotches; vertical dark stripe located on base of
caudal fin; pectoral and pelvic fins light-colored (Jordan and Snyder,
1902a).

Sexual dimorphism and change in color with age described by
Tomiyama (1951).

Length, to 200 mm (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a).

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known from Pusan (Mori, 1952: 126);
Sado Island (Honma, 1955: 225); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 248);
Wakasa Bay (Takegawa and Morino, 1970: 382); San’in region (Mori,
1956a: 22). Along the Pacific coast of Japan reported from Misaki (Jordan
and Snyder, 1902a), Tiba Prefecture, and everywhere southward (Matsu-
bara, 1955: 742).

CL. Family PHOLIDIDAE—Gunnels

Body elongate, highly compressed laterally, covered with overlapping
scales. Head small, without dermal tentacles and crests,” naked (only the

22Sometimes a skin fold forms in the interorbital space during fixation, which may be
mistaken for a crest (Makushok, 1958). \

‘(BZQ61 ‘JopAUG PU ULPIOL‘) TyeSIL “WW ¢/ YIBUST ‘snjnssou uOsspg ‘g] 2INBIA 9¢€

38

30

body of Pholis nebulosus covered with scales).”* Mouth small and oblique.
Teeth present on vomer, absent on palatines. Stomach straight, not
distinctly demarcated from intestine, which forms small loops. Pyloric
ceca absent. Branchiostegal membranes broadly fused, not attached
to isthmus. Rays of branchiostegal membranes 5.” Opercular siphon
present.

Seismosensory canals normally developed, opening on outer side
through constant number of pores for entire family: nasal pores 2,
interorbital pore 1 (sometimes closed), postorbital pores 6, occipital pores
3, suborbital pores 6, preopercular pores 5, mandibular pores usually 4 (in
Ph. gunellus and Ph. dolichogaster only 3) (Figure 17, A, B).” Lateral line
of body present, represented by middle branch of open seismosensory
papillae, readily distinguished in fresh specimens but not discernible in
preserved ones. Vertebrae 84-107; precaudal vertebrae 36-60; vertebrae
short and asymmetrical. Dorsal fin with short nonflexible spines. One or
two spines present at origin of anal fin. Membranes of dorsal and anal fins
fused to a great extent with caudal fin. Pectorals with 10-15 rays, vertical
base, small (Pholis, Apodichthys), rudimentary (Xererpes), or absent
(Ulvicola). Pelvic fins rudimentary (I 1 in Pholis)*> or absent. .

Small fishes inhabiting the littoral zone where they remain in clumps of
algae, or under rocks in pools formed at low tide. Parents care for laid eggs.
Feed on minute benthic invertebrates (Makushok, 1958).

Two subfamilies,’ 4 genera.

Key to Subfamilies and Genera of Family Pholididae®

1 (2). Two spines at origin of anal fin. Pelvic fins present. Precaudal
vertebrae not more than 47 (subfamily Pholidinae)............
A ARMIN UNRATE atl SU US ss iy Coll AR 1. Pholis Scopoli.

2 (1). One spine at origin of anal fin. Pelvic fins absent. Precaudal verte-
brae not less than 50 (subfamily Apodichthyinae).”

The single differentiating feature of Enedrias nebulosus from species of Pholis gave
Makushok (1958) a basis for including this species in Pholis, since the other characters of this
genus totally incorporate those of Enedrias.

*4Erroneously stated as 4 by Boulenger (1904: 711).

McAllister (1968: 145) indicated’5 to 6 (7). Sometimes an increase in number of
preopercular pores up to 6-8 is observed (Makushok, 1958: 108).

26Completely disappear in some specimens of Pholis fasciatus (Jenson, 1942: 44).

27Hubbs (1927) was the first to separate subfamilies.

?8From Makushok (1958: 110). The genus Gunnellops Bleeker, included by some authors
(Jordan and Snyder, 1901; Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930; Norman, 1958; Fowler, 1958) in the
families Pholididae or Blenniidae, was included in the family Cepolidae by A.Ya. Taranetz
(unpublished manuscript). This was probably taken into account by Makushok (1958), who
included this genus in the family Pholididae. In the addendum to Part Three of our Fishes of
the Sea of Japan.... which includes the family Cepolidae, this question has been analyzed.

2711 3 genera of this subfamily are monotypic.

37

31

B

Figure 17, Seisomosensory system of head in Pholidae (Makushok,
1958).

A-—dorsal view; B—lateral view.

3 (4). Spine of anal fin very large, with deep notch toward front and con-
vex on posterior side, and set in a well-developed dermal recess.
LR disrik Fan teeta *eaeeueeeesss+.. [Apodichthys Girard, 1854].°°
4 (3). Spine of anal fin less developed, usual in shape, dermal recess not

expressed. ;
5 (6). Pectoral fins present..... [Xererpes Jordan and Gilbert, 1895].*!
6 (5). Pectoral fins absent........ [Ulvicola Gilbert and Starks, 1897].*

1. Genus Pholis Scopoli, 1777—Gunnels

Pholis Gronow, Zoophylaceum, 1765: 78 (not binomial).

Pholis Scopoli, Introd. Hist. Nat., 1777: 456 (type: Blennius gunnellus
L.). Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 470. Soldatov and
Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 450. Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937:
154. Andriyashev, Ryby Severnykh Morei SSSR, 1954: 252. Matsubara,
Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 761. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 262.
Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 62.

Enedrias Jordan and Gilbert. In: Jordan and Evermann, Fish. N. and M.
Amer., 3, 1898: 2414 (type: Gunnellus nebulosus Temminck and Schlegel).

Distinguished from closely related genera by presence of 2 (not 1)
spines at origin of anal fin, fewer precaudal vertebrae (not more than 47),

Pacific coast of North America.

31Reported from California.

32Reported from California.

39

32

a

and presence of well-developed pectoral fins (rudimentary in Xererpes and
absent in Ulvicola).

Most species of Pholis are distributed along the northern coast of the
Pacific Ocean. Ph. gunnellus is endemic to the northern part of the
Atlantic Ocean where Ph. fasciatus is also distributed (Greenland).

About 10 species, 5 known from the Sea of Japan.

1 (10).
2a" 3);

> Ww
—~
~sIN
wwe

SiGe):

(oil oe)

ICA):

SG 9):

SACS):

Key to Species of Genus Pholis”

Head naked, not covered with scales.

Pectoral fins small, 3-4 times in head length. Dorsal fin with
about 93 spiny rays, anal fin with 2 spines and 46-48” soft
rays. Body sides with 2 longitudinal rows of dark markings
which form single stripe, with light-colored longitudinal stripe
between them (Figure 18). All fins light-colored.............
TEA Bap nui tS, SURI RAS AED GBA ee 1. Ph. pictus (Kner).

. Pectoral fins moderate in size, 1.25 to 3 times in head length.
. Dorsal and anal fins completely confluent with caudal fin, do

not form notch at connections with it. Body distinctly compres-
sed laterally.

Dorsal fin with about 93 spiny rays. Pectoral fins 2.5-2.7 times
in head length. Body red. Narrow dark stripe continues from
eye tO; base Of pectoral fin ees. eae eee ae) cera
ii ba ARS eM 2. Ph. dolichogaster dolichogaster (Pallas).
Dorsal fin with about 82 spiny rays. Pectoral fins 3 times in
head length. Body gray, with stripes. Yellow stripe with dark
margins continues from eye through base of pectoral fin....
2)! eb Me ae 2a. Ph. dolichogaster taczanowskii (Steindachner).
Dorsal and anal fins form notch at connections with caudal fin. .
Body relatively less compressed laterally.

Dorsal fin with 84-89 spiny rays, anal fin with 2 spiny and 40-44
soft rays. Dorsal fin with several rectangular dark spots. Body
sides OF agulis’ dark. TEC). i rr tua Gan aun en aides iin chat cree
apis Sh wa ae OREN UY ea LN 3. Ph. fasciatus (Bloch and Schneider).
Dorsal fin with about 77 spiny rays, anal fin with 2 spiny and
about 35 soft rays. Dorsal fin without rectangular dark spots.
Body usually yellowish-green on back and yellow or orange on
belly, sometimes red or chocolate-brown. Body sides with about
20 poorly defined transverse dark stripes. Dark stripe continues
downward from eye. All fins with red stripes. Gray V-shaped
pattern with black edge located between eye and occiput. About

33Matsubara, 1955, with additions.
34Range of A: 43-51; D 86-95.

40

33

14 red spots located along base of dorsal fin, which are partially
or completely edged with black ...... 4. Ph. ornatus (Girard).

10 ( 1). Head covered with scales. Dorsal fin with 76-84 spiny rays, anal
fin with 2 spiny and 37-44 soft rays.*°

11 (12). Pectoral fins 2.6 times in head length. Between 13-17 dark spots
located along back and base of dorsal fin....................
RTE hts Sas 5. Ph. nebulosus (Temminck and Schlegel).

12 (11). Pectoral fins 1.25 times in head length. 15 or more, paired ver-
tical dark spots along back. Each pair separated by narrow light-
BOLOTEO pUAMG © «ssc 5)cd cdot 6. [Ph. fangi Wang and Wang].

1. Pholis pictus (Kner, 1868)—Decorated Gunnel (Figure 18)

Urocentrus pictus Kner, Sitzungsb. Denkshr. Acad. Wiss., 58, 1868: 51,
pl. 7, fig. 21 (Singapore—erroneous; possibly De-Kastri Bay).

Pholis pictus, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 25, 1902: 471,
fig. 15. Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 172. Soldatov and
Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 451. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950:
73. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 761, fig. 281. Fowler,
Synopsis..., 1958: 263, fig. 21.

12405. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1 specimen.

12406. Sea of Japan, Peter the Great Bay. April 5, 1900. P. Yu. Shmidt.
1 specimen.

12407. Sea of Japan, Peter the Great Bay. May 6, 1900. P. Yu. Shmidt.
1 specimen.

12408. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. August 24, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt.
2 specimens.

13098. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. 1899. V. Brazhnikov. 2 specimens.

13099. Liman of Amur River. 1902. V . Brazhnikov. 1 specimen.

17806. Tatar Strait, De-Kastri Bay. May 18, 1911. Lyaskovskii. 1 speci-
men.

17807. Tatar Strait, De-Kastri Bay. November 9, 1911. Lyaskovskii.
1 specimen.

17808. Tatar Strait, De-Kastri Bay. May 12, 1912. Derbek. 1 specimen.

18932. Primor’e, Vladimir Bay. June 17, 1913. DVE. 1 specimen.

18933. Tatar Strait. May 1, 1913. DVE. 1 specimen.

18934. Primor’e, Olga Bay. May 8 and June 14, 1913. DVE.
2 specimens.

18935. Tatar Strait, Vanino Bay. May 2, 1913. DVE. 1 specimen.

18936. Sea’ of Japan, Peter the Great Bay: June 12, 1913. DVE.
10 specimens.

18937. Tatar Strait. May 18, 1912. DVE. 2 specimens.

18938. Primor’e, Vladimir Bay. June 23, 1913. DVE. 1 specimen.

35 According to Pavienko (1910: 47) A III 34 for P. nebulosus requires confirmation.

4

—

34

18939. Ussuriisk Bay. October 1, 1912. DVE. 1 specimen.

26145-26150. Peter the Great Bay (Preobrazhenie Bay, Kvandagou,
Petrov Island).

30487. Western Sakhalin, Shirokaya Pad’. August 10-22, 1933. A.
Kuznetsov. 13 specimens.

-31607-31611. Tatar Strait, Antonovo. August, 1946. KSE. 16 speci-
mens.

34768. Western Sakhalin, Shirokaya Pad’. August 22, 1933. 8
specimens.

35127. Kuril Islands, Iturup Island. August 22, 1953. V. Makushok. 4
specimens.

D LXXXVI-XCV; A II 43-51; P 10-12; V I 1; vertebrae 98-101, of
which 41-45 precaudal. Species highly variable in number of rays as well
as color. Most characteristic coloration given in key to species. Sometimes
spots of upper and lower rows fused, forming pattern all over body.
Vertical dark stripe continues through midpoint of eye, broadens slightly
in interorbital space, and fuses with analogous stripe on other side. Broad
light-colored stripe located behind eye also merges on occiput. Dorsal fin
confluent with caudal fin and forms small notch (Soldatov and Lindberg,
1930). Buccal cavity with broad palatine and narrow mandibular
membranes. Upper part of gill opening with siphon formed of dermal
process of operculum and broad thick fold of skin on trunk, which
continues to margin of pectoral fin. Upper lip undivided, lower lip divided
medially (Shmidt, 1950). Body color of live fish greenish-gray with
blackish spots, head gray, almost black on upper side; yellow strip
continues behind eyes from lower margin of preopercle upward and
through occiput, which is bordered by black stripes. Predominant color
reddish-yellow, dorsal fin reddish, bluish dots located along base. Caudal,
anal, pectoral, and pelvic fins reddish. Elements of pattern in younger
specimens arranged somewhat differently: brown spots on back fuse into
single dark stripe of stretched narrow spots separated by narrow intervals
(Shmidt, 1904).

Specimens of KSE (44, Nos. 41663-41686) 24 to 222 mm long conform
to description given above. These fish were caught in Tatar Strait, near
Moneron Island, in Aniva Bay and near Kunashir and SiaSkotan Islands in
July and August, 1947-1949 at depths ranging from 3 to 110 m, with water
temperature near bottom usually 3.0 to 8.7°C, and bottom comprising
rocks, stones, sand, silted sand, and in some places black silt. At places of
catches the biocenosis comprised Zostera marina, Z. nana, and
Laminaria. Ph. pictus was often present among red algae, Ahnfeltia.
Flounders and soles (Lepidopsetta bilineata, Limanda punctatissima,
Pleuronectes herzensteini), Hypsagonus quadricornis, and Opistocentrus
ocellatus were incidental in the catches.

‘(0061 “UURWIZAg pue URpPJOL) spuUR]s] JopuewWOY ‘[auUuNs po[ddiys—iajspsoyojop sajspsoyojop syoyg ‘6{ 21n3t4 (4a

=" = A eee
wd GTZ

ee am PPT aT
AW weer ire settee SAG tent Seer Se
MISTS 3 seas tlets Se Srcnics

FE pita,

OLLIE

‘

(87061

JopAug pue ueplor) Avg Isey-oq ‘JouuNs poyueweUIO—smjaid soy “g{ 21N3Iq ‘Ob

36

Length, to 308 mm (Shmidt, 1904).

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay to the
Gulf of De-Kastri (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 451) (in Primor’e Nos.
18932, 18934, 18938); Tatar Strait, coast of Sakhalin (Ueno, 1971: 84);
Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 25). Sea of Okhotsk, liman of Amur River,
Aniva Bay, off southern Kuril Islands, Iturup Island (Shmidt, 1950: 73).
Possibly also the Bering Sea (Jordan, Tanaka and Snyder, 1913: 388).

2. Pholis dolichogaster dolichogaster (Pallas, 1811)—Stippled Gunnel

(Figure 19)

Blennius dolichogaster Paiias, Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat., 3, 1811: 175, pl. 2,
fig. 2 (Kamchatka).

Pholis dolichogaster, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902:
471. Soldatov and Lindberg, Review..., 1930: 452. Taranetz, Kratkii
Opredelitel’..., 1937: 154; Izv. TINRO, 12, 1937: 39 (Shirokaya Pad’).
Andriyashev, Ryby Severnykh Morei SSSR, 1954: 254, fig. 132. Matsu-
bara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 761.

D XCI-XCIII; A II 44-47; P 13-14 (Shmidt, 1904). Distinguished from
related species by color and relatively developed pectoral fins (about 2
times in head length). Color of some fish uniformly red (color often
preserved in alcohol). Sometimes color chocolate-brown to olive-green
(yellowish in alcohol). Small dark spots located along body sides, and
sometimes hazy transverse stripes also. Several whitish round spots
arranged in middle of body, with three to four dark minute spots along
sides. Narrow dark stripe (not discernible or barely so in alcohol) extends
from eye along slit toward base of pectoral fin. Dorsal and anal fins
darkish, with light-colored stripes (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Specimens of KSE (40, Nos. 41641-41649) 39 to 173 mm long conform
to description given here. X-rays of 16 specimens showed: D XC-XCIII; A
II 45-49. Specimens caught by KSE near eastern coast of Sakhalin and off
SiaSkotan Island in July, August, and September, 1947-1949 at depths of
2.5 to 148 m, with water temperature near bottom —0.3 to +5.3°C, and
bottom comprising rocks, stones, sand, and black silt. At places of catches
biocenosis comprised Zostera marina and Suberites domuncula. Incidental
fishes in the catches: Icelus uncinalis crassus, Malacocottus zonurus
zonurus, Eumesogrammus praecisus, Artediellus dydymovi, and Psychro-
lutes paradoxus.

Length, 250 m (Andriyashev, 1954).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from northern part, De-Kastri
Bay (Shmidt, 1950: 74); Shirokaya Pad’ (Taranetz, 1937a: 39). In the Sea of
Okhotsk found near the eastern coast of Sakhalin and off SiaSkotan Island
(specimens of KSE). Bering Sea (Taranetz, 1937b: 154).

43

aT

2a. Pholis dolichogaster taczanowskii (Steindachner, 1880)—Gray
Gunnel (Figure 20)

Centronotus taczanowskii Steindachner, Ichthyol. Beitr., 9, 1880: 24, pl.
3, fig. 1 (Strelok Strait, Peter the Great Bay).

Pholis taczanowskii, Jordan and Evermann, Fish N. and M. Amer., 3,
1898: 2416. Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 473.
Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 452. Matsubara, Fish Morphol.
and Hierar., 1955: 761.

Pholis dolichogaster taczanowskii, Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’...,
1937: 154.

18947. Peter the Great Bay. 1907-1908. V. Brazhnikov. 1 specimen.

41640. Kuril Islands, Kunashir Islands. July 19, 1951. O.G. Kusakan. 1
specimen. :

D LXXXII-LXXxXIV; A II 45. ;

Distinguished from Ph. dolichogaster dolichogaster by smaller number
of rays in dorsal fin and gray color (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 452).

Head 9 times and depth 10 times in standard length. Teeth conical,
with blunt cusps. Dorsal fin very low. Snout slightly longer than long-
itudinal diameter of eye.

Specimen No. 41640 was caught in the littoral zone from boulder
dumps.

Length, to 120 mm.

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay, near
Pusan, Wonsan, and Hakodate (Taranets, 1937b: 154). In the Sea of
Okhotsk reported from the southwestern and eastern coasts of Sakhalin
(Ueno, 1971: 84) and known near Kunashir Island (KSE).

3. Pholis fasciatus (Bloch and Schneider, 1801)—Banded Gunnel

(Figure 21)

Centronotus fasciatus Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichthyol., 1801: 165,
pl. XXXVII, fig. 1 (Tranquebar).

Pholis fasciatus, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 25, 1902: 473
(Aomori). Pavlenko, Ryby Zaliva Petr Velikii, 1910: 48. Soldatov and
Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 453. Taranetz, Kratkii Opredilitel’..., 1937:
154. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 671.

41662. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. July 20, 1947. Z.I. Petrova. 5
specimens.

D LXXXIV; A II 40; VI 1; P 12; C 18; Br. 5 (Bloch and Schneider,
1801). Distinguished from other Far East species by rather larger
pectoral fins, equal to half head length, and peculiarities of coloration of
dorsal fin. In Ph. fasciatus 9 to 12 dark longitudinal stripes extend
along back and often on body sides, which continue onto dorsal fin.
Posterior transverse stripes reach anal fin without continuing or, as shown

‘(TOSI “Jopreuyos pue yoold) jeqonbuvly, “Wu g¢ 4ysueT ‘jeuuns papueq—smoiosnf syoYd {7 Inst] (4

EE

ea

“eg yeoIH 2} 1049d “Lp68l ON WUE 18 yjsue7] ‘jouuns KeiZ—1ysmouvzon) saysvsoyrijop S110Yd “OC omar (4

44

39

in the drawing of the type specimen, continuing onto fin. Pectorals and
caudal fin without spots or stripes. Two dark stripes originate behind eyes
from top of head down to its lower surface, which are separated by yellow
space. Basic body color in live fish reddish, in alcohol yellowish, with dark
sinuous stripes reaching belly; transverse connections between these
stripes sometimes impart reticulate pattern to body (Soldatov and
Lindberg, 1930). Ventrally, scales do not continue beyond pelvics, in front
of which surface is naked (Shmidt, 1950: 75). Our specimens (length 83 to
123 mm) were caught at a depth of 23 m from among clumps of red algae.
Shrimps, Strongylocentrotus pulchellus, Asterias amurensis, and Spiron-
tocaris were incidental in the catches.

Length to 150 mm (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Pavlenko, 1910: 48); Oshoro Bay (Kobayashi, 1962: 258); along the Sea of
Japan, coast of Hokkaido (Ueno, 1971: 84); and near Aomori (Jordan and
Snyder, 1902a: 473). Sea of Okhotsk, Bering Sea, Arctic Ocean (Taranets,
1937b: 154). Greenland (Shmidt, 1950: 75).

4. Pholis ornatus (Girard, 1854)—Saddleback Gunnel (Figure 22).

Gunnellus ornatus Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1854: 49
(California).

Pholis ornatus, Jordan and Evermann, Fish. N. and M. Amer., 3, 1898:
2419; 4, 1900, fig. 833. Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 174.
Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 454. Taranetz, Kratkii Opre-
delitel’..., 1937: 155. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 761.

18950. Peter the Great Bay. October 10, 1912. DVE, 2 specimens.

34341. Western coast of Sakhalin, Shirokaya Pad’. August 18, 1933. A.
Kuznetsov. 1 specimen.

37295. Sea of Japan, Ussuriisk Gulf. 1962. ZIN. 1 specimen.

41687. Sea of Japan, Tatar Strait. September 16, 1933. A. Kuznetsov. 1
specimen.

41688. Sea of Japan, Tatar Strait. 1929. GGI. 1 specimen.

41689. Sea of Japan, Tatar Strait. September 20, 1933. A. Kuznetsov. 1
specimen.

D LXXIV-LXXIX; A II 35-38; V I 1 (Makushok, 1958).

Distinguished from related species by presence on dorsal fin of 12 to 14
red spots with dark characteristic margin (in form of parentheses).

Body highly compressed laterally, maintaining almost equal height up
to origin of anal fin, and notably reducing toward caudal fin. Head small,
somewhat rounded. Maxilla extending slightly beyond anterior margin of
orbit. Dorsal and anal fins low. Origin of anal fin almost midway between
base of pectoral fin and end of caudal fin (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Length to 300 mm (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

40

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Pavlenko, 1910: 48); Olga Bay, near Cape Lazarev, Nevel’sk Strait
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 454); Tatar Strait (specimens of KSE);
along the Sea of Japan coast of Hokkaido (Ueno, 1971: 84) and Wakasa
Bay (Takegawa and Marino, 1970: 383). Described from the coast of
California. Known from San Francisco to the Bering Sea and Kamchatka.

5. Pholis nebulosus (Temminck and Schlegel, 1845)—Scalyhead Blenny

(Figure 23)

Gunnellus nebulosus, Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss.,
1845: 138, pl. 73, fig. 2 (Japan).

Enedrias nebulosus, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902:
468, fig. 14. Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 175. Pavlenko,
Ryby Zaliva Petr Velikii, 1910: 47. Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor...,
1930: 450. Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 154. Matsubara, Fish
Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 761. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 260, fig. 20.

Pholis nebulosus, Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 62.

6602. Sea of Japan, Vladivostok. 1883. I.S. Polyakov. 3 specimens.

11602. Korean Peninsula, Choson-man Gulf. 1897. F.F. Busse. 3
specimens. i

12427. Korean Peninsula, Choson-man Gulf. October 18, 1896. A.A.
Bunge. 1 specimen.

12429-12430. Sea of Japan, Peter the Great Bay, Zolotoi Roz. April 20,
1900. P.Yu. Shmidt.

13088. Korean Peninsula, Pusan. March, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 4
specimens.

18839. Sea of Japan, Primor’e, Olga Bay. June 14, 1913. DVE. 11
specimens.

18840-18843. Sea of Japan, Peter the Great Bay. 1912-1913. DVE. 1
specimen. Aa

18844. Peter the Great Bay. 1907-1908. V.K. Brazhnikov. 3 specimens.

20473-20476. Peter the Great Bay. June-August, 1896. M.Ya.
Yankovskii. 7 specimens.

22176. Peter the Great Bay. July 25, 1927. E.P. Rutenberg. 1 specimen.

25987-26012. Peter the Great Bay. August-September, 1934. ZIN. 11
specimens.

30709. Peter the Great Bay. May 18, 1914. A.I. Cherskii. 4 specimens.

41650. Sea of Okhotsk, Kunashir Island. July 28, 1951. O.G. Kusakin. 1
specimen.

41651. Sea of Okhotsk, Kunashir Island. July 7, 1951. O.G. Kusakin. 3
specimens.

41652. Sea of Okhotsk, Kunashir Island. July 8, 1954. Shchegolev. 1
specimen.

46

4]

D LXXVI-LXXXIV; A II 37-44; P 11-12 (Soldatov and Lindberg,
1930: 450).

Distinguished from closely related species (as well as Ph. fangi) by
presence of scales on head. Pelvic fins small, with one spine and one soft
ray. Pectoral fins relatively small, rounded, with 12 to 15 rays. Numerous
(more than 12) dark spots along back and base of dorsal fin characteristic.

Length to 220 mm (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known off the Korean Peninsula,
Pusan, Wonsan (Mori, 1952: 129); Choson-man Gulf (Nos. 11602, 12427,
12428); Chongjin (Mori, 1956a: 21); Peter the Great Bay to Olga Bay
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 450); western Sakhalin, Sea of Japan, coast
of Hokkaido (Ueno, 1971: 84); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 25): Sado
Island (Honma, 1952: 226); Wakasa Bay (Takegawa and Morino, 1970:
382); and farther south up to Fukuoka region, northern Kyushu
(Tsukahara, 1967: 299); and Nagasaki (Shmidt, 1931b: 147). Yellow Sea
(Wang and Wang, 1935: 215); Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955:
167). Sea of Okhotsk, coast of Hokkaido and southern Kuril Islands (Ueno
1971: 84). Pacific coast of Japan (Jordan and Hubbs, 1925: 320).

>

6. [Pholis fangi Wang and Wang, 1935]—Fang’s Gunnel (Figure 24)

Enedrias fangi Wang and Wang, Contr. Biol. Lab. Sci. China, 11, 6,
1935: 215, fig. 39 (Chefoo). Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 262.

Pholis fangi, Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 62.

Enedrias nebulosus, Zhu et al., Ryby Vostochno-Kitaiskogo Morya,
1963: 379, fig. 285.

D LXXVIII; A II 39; P15; VI 1; gill rakers on lower part of arch 11.
Close to Ph. nebulosus but differs in long pectorals with length less than 2
times in head length (in Ph. nebulosus more than 2 times); longer head
length, 7.4 times (versus 8.5) in standard length; convex profile of head
(versus flat); larger diameter of eye; location of origin of anal fin at vertical
from 36th ray of dorsal fin (versus 38th); and characteristic body
coloration (depicted in figure and described in key).

It should be noted that the fish described by Chinese ichthyologists
(Zhu et al., 1963, fig. 285), fully corresponds to the morphological
characters and coloration of Ph. fangi, although the drawing is labeled Ph.
nebulosus (probably by mistake).

Length of type specimen 121 mm. Length of specimen described by
Chinese ichthyologists, 160 mm.

Distribution: Not found in the Sea of Japan. Described from Chefoo
(Wang and Wang, 1935: 215); indicated for the Gulf of Chihli (Bohai)
(Zhang, 1955: 168). Commonly found also in the East China Sea (Zhu et
al., 1963: 379).

‘(S61 ‘SUBM PUL BURA) OOJOYD “WU QO] YIZUST ‘JouuNs ssuej—isunf soy “yZ aINsIy St

‘(0061 ‘UURWIOAT put URPIOL) eIUIOJIIeD “WU QNE 4IZUET JouUNS yorgo|ppes—snjoULO sIjoYd “ZZ sINSIA SP

47

43

CLI. Family STICHAEIDAE—Pricklebacks

Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 67.

Body moderately or highly elongate, usually covered with overlapping
scales. Head without dermal tentacles or with several dermal processes
(Chirolophinae), or with dermal crest (Alectriinae, Cebidichthys**). Head
naked (in most forms), scales present only on cheeks. Mouth usually
small, conical, oblique or horizontal. Upper as well as lower lip well
developed. Mental processes absent. Teeth on jaws arranged in one or
several rows (especially on upper jaw), conical (except for most members
of Chirolophinae). In most forms pyloric ceca well developed (usually 4-
6). Branchiostegal membranes usually widely united, not attached to
isthmus (situation different in Lumpeninae, Anoplarchus, and some
members of Stichaeinae). Branchiostegal rays 6 or 5 (Alectriinae, some
members of Opisthocentrinae). Gill openings continue far beyond upper
margin of base of pectorals. Well-developed siphon or upper notch
present. Seismosensory canals of head (Figure 25, A-I) generally well
developed; pores usually arranged in single row.”

Preopercular pores usually 6, 4 on lower jaw. Vertebrae from 43
(Stichaeopsis hopkinsi’*®) to 110-113 (Azygopterus) and more (Eulophias).
Precaudal vertebrae 13-45. All rays of dorsal fin spiny or its posterior part
with soft rays (Dictyosoma, Cebidichthys, Eulophias). Origin of anal fin
with 1-5 small spines (degree of development highly variable from species
to species, from poorly developed spinules to fully formed spines). Bases
of pectoral fins vertical (except in some members of Opisthocentrinae);
fins usually large, sometimes highly reduced or even absent; number of
rays varies from 8 to 21. Pelvic fins present or absent.

Makushok (1958: 54) reported that the “family Stichaeidae has no
specific structural character (that is found) in all its members” and that “a
comparative analysis of different systems of organs indicates a mosaic
pattern of characters in the family due to sharply directed morphological
adaptations and not to phylogenetic differences.”

Eight subfamilies, 30 genera, and 54 species. In the Sea of Japan all 8
subfamilies, 19 genera, and 34 species known; in adjacent waters 1 genus
and 4 species.

Makushok (1958: 63) considered the family Stichaeidae close to the
families Ptilichthyidae, Pholididae, and Anarhichadidae, and placed these
in the superfamily Stichaeoidea, giving the characters detailed below.

Body moderately long or highly oblong, covered with minute cycloid

36Genus Cebidichthys from the subfamily Xiphisterinae is not found in our waters; it is
known only from the coast of California.

Arrangement differs in Stichaeinae and Dictyosoma.

38Absent in our waters; known from the coast of California.

44

Figure 25. Arrangement of main seismosensory canals of head in
Stichaeidae.

A-—suborbital canal; B—mandibular-opercular canal; C—supraorbital

canal; D-—postorbital canal; E-—occipital canal, or supratemporal

commissure; F—anterior postorbital pore; G—anterior and posterior nasal

pores; H—posterior suprahumeral pore; I-commencement of trunk canal
of lateral line.

scales, which continue on head and fins or are reduced to varying degrees
(if scales do not continue on head, then restricted on upper side to
occipital canal). Each side with one small unpaired nostril at the
end of a long olfactory tubule. Gill arches 4, slit behind last arch
not closed. Oral valves (palatine and mandibular) usually present
(completely reduced only in the genera Anisarchus and Lumpenella).

48 Swim bladder absent. Seismosensory canals of head open exteriorly
through pores. Most forms without seismosensory canals in trunk (present
only in some groups of Stichaeidae). Number of vertebrae varies from 43
(Stichaeopsis hopkinsi®) to 240 (Ptilichthyidae”’) and more (Anarhichthys).
Dorsal and anal fins long, continuous, their membranes reaching base of
caudal fin and in several cases fused to a lesser or greater extent with it.
Dorsal fin usually with only spiny rays, but some members of Stichaeidae
and Prtilichthys with soft rays in posterior part of dorsal fin. Anal fin
originates immediately behind vent, its first ray usually nonsegmented, in
the form of a spinule or spine. Preanal distance usually less than half total
body length. Caudal fin never bifurcate (usually rounded-oval), principal
rays 12-15 (usually 13-14). Pectoral fins, if present, with 8-21 rays.
Pelvic fins thoracic, with 1 spine and maximum 4 soft rays; completely
reduced in most groups. Soft rays of fins usually bi- or trifurcate
(Makushok, 1958: 63).

3°Known from waters off eastern coast of Kamchatka and Vancouver Island.
‘Distributed in northern part of the Pacific Ocean.

49

45

Benthic, predominantly coastal fishes; some members of various
groups encountered at considerable depths (Anarhichas latifrons and
Lumpenella). Many species display parental care by protecting laid eggs.
Eggs laid on bottom, usually large. Juvenile fish littoral-pelagic. Predomi-
nantly small fishes (except for wolffishes). Usually feed on minute benthic
invertebrates. Exceptionally predaceous (for example, Stichaeus grigor-
jewi). Typical phytophagous forms probably do not exist (Makushok,
1958: 65).

Distribution: Known from northern part of the Pacific Ocean (most
forms) and the Atlantic Ocean, as well as the Arctic Ocean. Southern
boundary of area of distribution passes through southern part of the Sea of
Japan, central California, Cape Cod, and Cape La Manche, coinciding
with the northern boundary of the area of distribution of tropical blennies.

Key to Families of Superfamily Stichaeoidea*'

1 (6). Teeth not differentiated in shape. Head of vomer not elongate;
vomerine teeth, if present, conical.

2 (5). In caudal fin only principal rays branched (Figure 26, A).

3 (4). Body not greatly elongate (no more than 134 vertebrae). Gill
openings on lower side continue much above upper margin of base
of pectoral fins; siphon or upper notch of operculum present
(Figure 27, A, B). Branchiostegal rays 5 or 6. Spiny rays of dorsal fin
connected through membrane. Dermal mental process absent.
Riya arg 3 Ei Ramen tt Nae Me pe ee ice 1. Stichaeidae.

4 (3). Body greatly elongate (vertebrae 238—240). Gill openings on lower -
side barely reach lower margin of base of pectoral fins; siphon or
upper notch absent in operculum. Branchiostegal rays 3.7 Spiny
rays of dorsal fin not connected by membrane. Dermal mental

PrOceeR HreKeNt oy AE oo ey soe eee ince en [Ptilichthyidae].”°
5 (2). In caudal fin, not only principal rays but adjoining procurrent rays
aiso_bratiched (Figtire 26, B)..:.... 4.282.202 5.28 2. Pholididae.

6 (1). Teeth sharply differentiated in shape. Head of vomer highly elon-
gate, with large molars (Figure 28, A-C).... 3. Anarhichadidae.

Key to Genera of Family Stichaeidae“
1 (44). Pectoral fins present.

*lFrom Makushok (1958: 66), with modifications.

“McAllister (1968: 145) indicated 6.

One genus and | species (P. goodei Bean, 1882). Few captures. Eastern coast of
Kamchatka, environs of Unalaska Island, and Vancouver Island (Puget Sound) (Makushok,
1958: 117).

44Prom Makushok (1958: 68), with some modifications.

46

48 Figure 26. Caudal fin of Opisthocentrus dybowskii (Stichaeidae)
(Makushok, 1958).

A—principal rays; B—procurrent rays.

2 (43). Vertebrae not more than 94. Caudal fin more or less separate and
with at least 12 (12-15) principal rays.

3 (10). Trunk with well-developed seismosensory canals, usually taken
as “lateral line.” Pelvic fins present (subfamily Stichaeinae).

4 (5). Trunk with one seismosensory canal on each side of body
COPE) see cosy acid ao ates cee 1. Stichaeus Reinhardt.

B

Figure 27. Postero-upper part of operculum of Stichaeidae (Makushok,
1958).
A-—siphon; B—upper notch; a—opercle; b—subopercle, c—cleithrum; d—
branchiostegal membrane.

50

6 ( 7).
7 ( 6).

8 ( 9).

2 C8):

47

Figure 28. Teeth of Anarhichas orientalis (Anarhichadidae) (Barsukov,

1959),

A-—vomerine teeth; B—palatine teeth; C—teeth on interpremaxillae

Posterior part of anal fin with 2-3 spines (Figure 29, A). Pectoral
bens atlas VR rave ee in ow eek es 2. [Eumesogrammus Gill].
Posterior part of anal fin without spines. Pectoral fins with no
more than 16 (15-16) rays.

Branches or anastomoses with blind ends proceed randomly
from longitudinal seismosensory canals of trunk (Figure 30, A-
C). Mandibular pores 4. Branchiostegal membranes not attached
tovisth meas sto ada 3. Stichaeopsis Kner and Steindachner.
Vertical branches with blind ends proceed regularly from longi-
tudinal seismosensory canals of trunk (Figure 31). Mandibular
pores 3. Branchiostegal membranes fused for most part with
PREMISE 5) Lk ws coe 4. Ermmogrammus Jordan and Evermann.

Figure 29. Posterior part of anal fin of Eumesogrammus (Shmidt and
Andriyashev, 1935).

A-—spines.

; =
°

SSMS :
cua UNE kom

WN teense

Ieee

eee. HX

Guerin

51 Figure 30. Seismosensory system of Stichaeopsis, lateral view
(Makushok, 1961).

A—S. nevelskoi; B—S. epallax; C—S. nana.

: es
a RAVAAR ARRAS NANG PL

Ps OTE EINES -IINOINONIN NG PARA

CANVIA LAL \
< — CAL LAAN
a\p>. 2 I~ va)
YS EIT NEMse nue eee SS

+
2 oe 2
Rei Le Orcas ALA AA
aS) a Reid NMANADNMA AALLARNMAA AY ’
—< oe Oe « Sys VALAA AAA. WUAAMA LUX

~

AAPIAID ALLIS LO
CONN De

51 Figure 31. Seismosensory system of Ernogrammus hexagrammus, lateral
view (Makushok, 1961).

52

1 (3).

11 (18).
12 C17).

13 (14).

ra (13).
15 (16).

16 (15).

1 Ps IP

18 (11).

19 (36).

20 (29).

49

Figure 32. Jaw teeth of Chirolophinae (Makushok, 1958).
A-—Bryozoichthys lysimus; B—Chirolophis japonicus.

Combination of different characters: a) trunk with well-deve-
loped seismosensory canals but pelvic fins absent; b) seismosen-
sory canals absent (sometimes one short canal present) but
pelvic fins usually present.

Head with dermal processes in form of barbels and cirri on upper
side (Subfamily Chirolophinae).

Pelvic fins well developed (I 4 or I 3), their soft rays branched,
similar to soft rays of anal fin. Supraorbital cirri 2 pairs.
Teeth on jaws conical, arranged in several rows (Figure 32, A);
teeth also present on vomer and palatines...................
“ey Yo Baers ie ger ere Pa ar hoa 5. Bryozoichthys Whitley.
Teeth on jaws incisor-shaped, arranged in 2 irregular rows
(Figure 32, B); teeth absent on vomer and palatines.
Opercular siphon present (Figure 27, A). Postorbital pores 7,
mandibulat-pores 4 2. oe eee ce ae 6. Chirolophis Swainson.
Opercular siphon absent (replaced by upper notch; see Figure
27, B). Postorbital pores 5, mandibular pores 3..............
Ai Rae et PNG hee Goes L. Sildatovia. Taranetz,*
Pelvic fins poorly developed (I 2) or absent, their soft rays, like
those of anal fin, simple, not branched. Supraorbital cirri 3 pairs.
bey! aah aed agian RAG [Gymnoclinus Gillbert and Burke, 1912].*
Head without dermal processes in form of barbels and cirri on
upper side (if such present, in form of snout-occipital crest; see
Alectrias cirratus).

Pectoral fins large (less than 2 times in head length) with at least
12 (12-21) rays. Pelvic fins usually present (absent in Kasatkia
and Opisthocentrus).

Gill openings continue forward ventrally; branchiostegal mem-
branes narrowly attached to isthmus. Postorbital, occipital, and

*Spelling of author names in taxonomic divisions is sometimes at variance with spelling
in text and bibliography since the Israeli orthography has been followed in this translation—
General Editor. j

Reported off Bering Island.

52

50

21 (26).
22) 25

23 (24).

24 (23).

25° (22):
26 (21).
27 (28).
28 (27).

29 (30).

30 (31).

31 (30).

suborbital canals of head completely reduced (Figure 33).
Mandibular pores not more than two (subfamily Lumpeninae).
Outer ray of pelvic fins and first ray of anal fin in form of poorly
developec spinules.

Lower rays of pectoral fins shorter than middle rays. Teeth
absent on vomer.

Gill openings do not reach forward to vertical from posterior
margin of eye. Oral valves (palatine and mandibular) present.
Mandibular pores 2. Principal rays of caudal fin 13 (6 +7). Scales
Cover, eMlinevOMeek ei ei ten 8. Lumpenus Reinhardt.
Gill openings continue beyond vertical from middle of eye. Oral
valves absent. Mandibular pore single. Principal rays of caudal
fin 12 (6 +6). Scales on cheeks greatly reduced.............
GaAs Are tatieni ne ena te tiauee olds coal cell vec war 9. Anisarchus Gill.
Lower rays of pectoral fins much longer than middle rays. Teeth
PRESEME SON! sVOMEI eye) cnn Bis eee ih aes 10. Leptoclinus Gill.
Outer ray of pelvic fins and at least first two rays of anal fin in
form of spines.
Scales on head present only on cheeks. Palatines with teeth. Oral
VALVES: DRESEME oe fe oer: 11. Acantholumpenus Makushok.
Scales cover entire head. Oral valves absent ................
iN A TAR AE tah ile ana or nO UR ES 12. Lumpenella Hubbs.
Gill openings do not continue forward ventrally; branchiostegal
membranes broadly fused and not attached to isthmus. Post-
orbital and occipital canals of head developed and suborbital
canal, if reduced, only partially so. Mandibular pores at least 3
(subfamily Opisthocentrinae).

Branchiostegal rays 6. Interorbital pore 1, preopercular pores 5.
Pectoral fins with not more than 13 rays... )....4.....0+ 905
Ee aes eee hime ac ut abe ry inter coer Ue 13. Lumpenopsis Soldatov.
Branchiostegal rays 5. Interorbital pores at least 3 (3-5),
preopercular pores 6. Pectoral fins with at least 17 (17-21) rays.

Figure 33. Seismosensory system of head in Lumpenus fabricii, lateral

view (Makushok, 1958).

53

53

51

32 (33).

33) (32),
34 (35).
35 (34).
36 (19).

37 (42).

38 (41).

39 (40).
40 (39).

L QDEMINES WAGED oie 2603 «dey vivtbaw ale ae [Anoplarchus Gill, 1861].”°
41 (38).

42 (37).

Figure 34. Suborbital ossicles of Opisthocentrinae (Makushok, 1958).

A~—Kasatkia memorabilis; B—Opisthocentrus dybowskii.

Suborbital canal continuous (Figure 34, A). All spiny rays of
dorsal fin equal in thickness and rigid.......................
hee lek teed anette’ <5 ies faa ay 14. Kasatkia Soldatov and Pavlenko.
Suborbital canal interrupted in middle (Figure 34, B). Spiny rays
of dorsal fin gradually thicken posteriorly, anterior rays flexible.
PeIVAG HS SDLCHOIN 6h cerc b o.e oyu dots os 15. Ascoldia Pavlenko.
Pelyit: fins: AOseNt: roe ok cx. s Sadesiee 16. Opisthocentrus Kner.
Pectoral fins small (more than 2 times in head length) or highly
reduced, with not more than 12 (8-12) rays. Pelvic fins absent.
Trunk without seismosensory canals; seismosensory papillae
open in form of middle and upper branches. Branchiostegal rays
5. Scales cover only posterior half of body or completely absent.
Spiny rays of dorsal fin anteriorly slender and flexible, gradually
thickening and becoming rigid posteriorly (subfamily Alec-
triinae).

Scales present on posterior part of body. Palatines with teeth.
Dermal crest on head reaches occiput. Suborbital canal well
developed.

Branchiostegal membranes not attached to isthmus.........
SE ee ee ee 17. Alectrias Jordan and Evermann.
Branchiostegal membranes broadly attached to isthmus (gill

Body completely devoid of scales. Palatines without teeth.
Dermal crest does not reach occiput. Suborbital canal highly
POCUGEU ES hatte eRe. ea 5 dy 18. Pseudalectrias Lindberg.
Trunk with seismosensory canals. Branchiostegal rays 6. Scales
cover entire body except head (subfamily Xiphisterinae). Entire
body with dense network of seismosensory canals. Snout-
Occipital crest-absent or rudimentary. ii.) Jods. es AVE

‘Reported from Alaska to San Francisco. Absent in western part of the Pacific Ocean
(Lindberg, 1938).

rs

55

52

43 ( 2). Vertebrae at least 130. Caudal fin completely confluent with
dorsal and anal fins, with not more than 10 rays (most probably
including procurrent rays also) (Figure 99) (subfamily Eulo-
PIMIET ACN WA, Pl antl etna 20. Eulophias H.M. Smith.

44 ( 1). Pectoral fins absent (subfamily Azygopterinae)..............

[Azygopterus Andriashev and Makushok, 1955].”’

ee

1. Subfamily Stichaeinae

Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 77.

Body moderately elongate, compressed laterally (anteriorly rounded in
several forms), covered with overlapping scales. Head large, naked,
without dermal processes. Mouth moderate or large (Stichaeus grigorjewi).
Vomer and palatines with teeth. Branchiostegal membranes broadly fused
in most forms and not attached to isthmus; however, in Ernogrammus
membranes attached to isthmus and in Stichaeus punctatus and S.
ochriamkini narrowly fused with each other, but not attached to isthmus.
Nasal pores 2 or 3 (4-5 in Stichaeopsis ncna). Pores on posterior part of
supraorbital, postorbital, occipital, and posterodorsal part of suborbital
canals arranged in 2 rows in most forms (Figure 35, A-E). Preopercular
pores 6 (only in Stichaeopsis nana 10-12 and in Ernogrammus usually 7),
mandibular pores 4 or 3 (Ernogrammus). The most characteristic pecu-
liarity of this subfamily, manifested in a highly variable form (supra-
specific variability), is the structure of the canals in the lateral line
of the body and the extent of their anastomoses. Vertebrae 46-60, pre-
caudal vertebrae 13-20. Dorsal fin with stiff spines. Anal fin with 1, often
2 spines at origin. Principal rays of caudal fin 12-14. Membrane of anal fin
only touches caudal fin; membrane of dorsal fin continues slightly onto ©
base. Pectoral fins large, with 14-18 rays. Pelvic fins well developed (I 4; I
3), their soft rays, like soft rays of other fins, divide 2-3 times.

Most species distributed along the Asian coast of northern part of the
Pacific Ocean (mainly in the Sea of Japan and the Sea of Okhotsk).”*
Usually found on stony-pebbled bottom in the littoral zone with clumps of
fucoids and laminaria, up to depths of 100 to 200 m. Feed on minute
benthic invertebrates, mostly crustaceans.”

5 genera. 3 in the Sea of Japan and 1 in adjacent waters.

t

1. Genus Stichaeus Reinhardt, 1837
Stichaeus Reinhardt, Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Nat.-Math. Abhandl..

*7 Reported from Alaska to San Francisco. Absent in western part of the Pacific Ocean.

48Ranges of Stichaeus punctatus and Eumesogrammus praecisus extend even to the western
part of the Atlantic Ocean.

Except for Stichaeus grigorjewi; no doubt this species became predaceous.

54

53

Figure 35. Seismosensory system of head, dorsal view (Makushok, 1958).

A—Eumesogrammus praecisus; B—Stichaeopsis epallax; C—Ernogrammus
hexagrammus; D—Stichaeopsis nevelskoi; E—Stichaeopsis nana.

1837: 109 (type: Blennius punctatus Fabricius). Jordan and Evermann,
Fish. N. and M. Amer., 3, 1898: 2439. Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus., 25, 1902: 495. Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 467.
Andriyashev, Ryby Severnykh Morei SSSR, 1954: 229. Matsubara, Fish
Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 766. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 281.
Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 78 (comparative notes).

Dinogunellus Herzenstein, Mélanges Biologiques..., 13, 1, 1890: 119.
Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 497. Soldatov and
Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 469.

Body moderately elongate, compressed laterally, covered with minute
cycloid scales, head naked. Teeth on jaws, vomer, and palatines.*’ Mouth

Teeth of upper jaw arranged in two to four rows, of lower jaw in single row, which
bifurcates near symphysis (Makushok, 1958: 15),

56

54

conical,°' jaws equal, or lower jaw protrudes slightly forward. Head with
numerous regularly arranged pores in canals of seismosensory system.
“Lateral line” represented by upper seismosensory canal originating from
postorbital canal and extending to caudal part of body, not reaching
caudal base. Posterior part of anal fin without spiny rays. Opercular siphon
present (Figure 27, A). Branchiostegal rays 6.”

4 species. All known from the Sea of Japan.

Key to Species of Genus Stichaeus”

1 (4). Seismosensory canal of body with one row of pores; each scale of
“lateral line” with single pore.

2 (3). Number of pores in seismosensory canal 72-86. Dorsal fin with 24-
30 rays anterior to vertical from last pore of canal. Lower part of
head usually with pattern...[S. punctatus punctatus (Fabricius)].

3 (2). Number of pores in seismosensory canal 60-73. Dorsal fin with 21-
23 rays anterior to vertical from last pore of canal. Lower part of
head usually without pattern.... 1. S. p. pulcherrimus Taranetz.

4 (1). Seismosensory canal of body with two rows of pores; each scale of
“lateral line” with two pores.

5 (6). Dorsal fin with 52-56 rays; anal fin with 42-45 rays. Upper lip very
fleshy. Suborbital seismosensory canal with 6 pores...........
aCe a5! GUS Po aes. cece 08 6 26S, Srigonewl Hetzensteim

6 (5). Dorsal fin with less than 52 rays; anal fin with less than 42 rays.

_ Upper lip not fleshy. Suborbital seismosensory canal with 2-3
pores/

7 (8). At least 15 rays in dorsal fin posterior to vertical from last pore of
seismosensory canal of trunk. Branchiostegal membranes not
attached to isthmus, narrowly fused with each other. Dorsal fin
with.3or 4.roundish dark, blotches #3... . 4). a5... ee

8 (7). Less than 15 rays in dorsal fin posterior to vertical from last pore of
seismosensory canal of trunk; branchiostegal membranes not
attached to isthmus, broadly fused with each other. Dark blotches
not present on dorsal fin .... 4. S. nozawae Jordan and Snyder.

[Stichaeus punctatus punctatus (Fabricius, 1780)—Arctic Shanny]
(Figure 36)

Blennius punctatus Fabricius, Fauna Greenland, 1780: 153 (western
Greenland). ‘

Stichaeus punctatus, Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 188

S1Bxcept for S. grigorjewi, in which mouth semisuperior.

°?Genus Stichaeus is the least specialized in the family Stichaeidae (Andriyashev, 1954;
Makushok, 1958, 1961b).

From Taranetz (1937: 156), with some modifications.

55

(comparative characters). Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 156.
Shmidt, Ryby Okhotsokogo Morya, 1950: 68 (characters and confirmation
of characters). Andriyashev, Ryby Severnykh Morei SSSR, 1954: 230, fig.
| be gs

D XLVI-XLIX; A I-II 32-35; principal rays of caudal fin 7 + 6-7; P 15-
16; V 1 4; vertebrae 51-55; precaudal 14-16, caudal 36-40 (Makushok,
1958: 120).

Specimens from the Bering Sea with 72-86 pores in seismosensory
canal of trunk. Number of rays in dorsal fin anterior to last pore of canal
24-30; distance from this pore to caudal fin 23-36% of standard length.
Interorbital space 31-38% of eye diameter. Lower part of head usually
with pattern (Taranetz, 1935: 96).

D XLVI-L; A I-II, 35-36; P 14-16 (Shmidt, 1904; 189). Shmidt
compared Pacific specimens with those collected from the Arctic Ocean
and northern part of the Atlantic Ocean and showed that there were no
significant differences between them.

Color of five fish bright red, sides darkened with diffuse brownish
spots; head with series of sinuous brown lines on opercle and subopercle,
and 3-4 sinuous stripes from eye downward to chin. Arrangement and
number of sinuous lines on head not similar. Dorsal fin reddish, darkened,
with gray diffuse dots, and with 5 ocellar black or bluish tinged spots in
which yeliow spot occurs in posterior part. Spots almost equidistant. Anal
fin reddish, with about 10-14 diffuse black spots. Pectoral fins with
minute brown dots forming indistinct bands (Shmidt, 1904: 189).

Makushok (1958, 1961b), like Andriyashev (1954), considers S. p.
punctatus the most primitive member of the genus, characterized by:
position of narrowly fused branchiostegal membranes which are not
attached to isthmus; presence of siphon on operculum (noted for this
species by Shmidt in 1950); distinct thickening of spiny rays from anterior
toward posterior end of dorsal fin (all rays of this fin rigid); presence of one
or two poorly developed spiny rays at origin of anal fin; pelvic fin with
single spine and 4 soft rays; caudal fin with 13-14 principal rays;
branchiostegal rays six; relatively large eyes; terminal mouth; and single
seismosensory canal which continues slightly beyond midpoint of
standard length.

Distribution: Unknown in the Sea of Japan. Described from the west
coast of Greenland. Known in the Chukchi Sea (Cape Lisfurne). In the
Bering Sea found along both coasts. Along the Pacific coast of North
America continues to the Prince of Wales Island (56°N) (Andriyashev,
1954: 231).

1. Stichaeus punctatus pulcherrimus Taranetz, 1935 (Figure 37)
Stichaeus punctatus pulcherrimus Taranetz, Vestn. Dal’nevost. Fil.

"yS1OYYO: JO BOS “QOTGE ON “WW ZO] YIZUST snwiuayojnd snipjound snapysng “LE 2INSIA iS

‘(pS6l ‘ASUSPALIPUY) PUR[USEIDH “WU ZG] YIsUSeT AuURYS dNOIW—SNIvJOUNd snivjoUNd snaDYINS “O€ aInsIy LS

sons se ge

58

57

Akad. Nauk SSSR, 13, 1935: 96 (Sea of Okhotsk); Kratkii Opredelitel’...,
1937: 156. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 68 (comparative
characters).

Stichaeus punctatus, Shmidt, 1904: 188-190 (in part). Pavlenko, Ryby
Zaliva Petr Velikii, 1910: 52. Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 468.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 766. Fowler, Synopsis...,
1958: 282.

29480. Sea of Japan, Peter the Great Bay. 1911. V.K. Soldatov, 2
specimens.

35166. Sea of Okhotsk, Ayan Bay. August 3, 1916. GEVO. 11
specimens.

39865. Sea of Okhotsk, Terpenia Gulf. September 8, 1947. KSE. G.U.
Lindberg. 1 specimen.

39866. SiaSkotan Island. September 13, 1949. KSE. B.E. Bykhovskii. 2
specimens.

40282. Sea of Okhotsk, Penzha Bay, Yama Bay. September 1, 1908.
F.Ya. Derbek. 1 specimen.

40283. Sea of Okhotsk, coast of western Kamchatka. August 14, 1914.
GEVO. 2 specimens.

D XLV-XLIX; A 32-35 (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 468).

Seismosensory canal of trunk opens through 60-73 pores. Dorsal fin
with 21-23 rays anterior to vertical from last pore of canal. Distance from
this pore to base of caudal fin 36-42% of standard length. Interorbital
space 21-24% of diameter of eye. Lower part of head usually without
pattern. Length 117 mm (Taranetz, 1935: 96).

Shmidt (1950: 68) reported that in addition to the characters given by
A.Ya. Taranetz, he noted the following: “Number of pores in the lateral
line 60-76 (in S. p. punctatus, 77-88); head length 24.2-26.0% of standard
length (in S. p. punctatus 20-22.6%); body depth near anus 13.5-16.3% of
standard length (in S. p. punctatus 12.7-13.3%). Body deeper and less
elongate than in S. p. punctatus. Lower lip with fairly broad gap in middle;
in anterior half broader but highly attenuate toward corner of mouth.
Upper lip with small notch in middle.” Shmidt (1904: 189) also reported
that the coloration of live specimens of S. p. pulcherrimus from Peter the
Great Bay distinctly differs from that in specimens of S. p. punctatus
caught in northern regions of the Pacific and Atlantic oceans: “Sides dark
with diffuse brownish spots. Dorsal fin with 4 bluish spots, second spot
among 5 absent. Head without sinuous lines; entire head sharply
divided, however, by horizontal line through lower margin of pupil into
two parts—brownish above this line and whitish below it, without a single

>4Soldatov and Lindberg (1930: 468) reported: “Young fish with five dark oval spots on the
dorsal fin; in adults these are indistinct or disappear.”

59

58

dark spot.” The considerable data obtained by DVE and TONS (Soldatov
and Lindberg, 1930: 468), as well as our data (KSE) reveal that these fish
dwell on a highly variable bottom: stone, sand, silt, stones with shells, and
silt with shells. An analysis of our data concerning the major characters of
the subspecies is presented in Table 1. Morphological parameters which
are not characteristic of S. p. pulcherrimus and bring these specimens
close to the type subspecies (S. p. punctatus) have been italicized in
the Table. In all likelihood, representatives of S. p. pulcherrimus found in
the southern part of the Sea of Okhotsk (Nos. 39865, 39866) and in Peter
the Great Bay are intermediate between the sharply distinct subspecies
taken from the extreme northern regions of their area of distribution. The
ecological conditions of Terpenia Gulf and SiaSkotan Island are probably
such that intermediate forms could appear there as described by Lindberg
and Andriyashev (1938) for the subspecies Icelus spiniger intermedius
under the conditions of the western part of the Bering Sea and in the Sea
of Okhotsk near the southwestern coast of Kamchatka. A study of this
phenomenon would be of considerable zoogeographic interest.

TABLE 1

Number of rays in dorsal fin
Number of pores anterior to vertical from

Number of in seismosensory last pore of seismosensory
No. spec. Locality canal of trunk canal of trunk
35166 11 Sea.of Okhotsk; 58-70 24-27 in 5 specimens
Ayan Gulf 20-30 in 6 specimens
29480 2 Sea of Japan, 69-69 22-30
Peter the [sic]
Great Bay
39865 1 Sea of Okhotsk, 86 20
Terpenia Gulf
39866 2 SiaSkotan Island 81—86 21-22

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay and
Tatar Strait. Sea of Okhotsk, Shantar Islands, from Nikolai Bay to Ayan
Bay (collections of DVE and TONS), Terpenia Gulf (No. 39865), and
SiaSkotan Island (No. 39866).

2. Stichaeus grigorjewi Herzenstein, 1890—Grigorev’s Prickleback

(Figure 38)

Stichaeus grigorjewi Herzenstein, Mélanges Biologiques..., , 13, 1,
1890: 119 (Volcano Bay, Hokkaido). Taranetz, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1,
3, 1936: 144; Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 157. Makushok, Stichaeoi-
dea..., 1958: 60 (subgenus Dinogunellus Herzenstein). Matsubara, Fish
Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:-766.

60

Figure 38. Stichaeus grigorjewi. Length 500 mm. Japan (Jordan and
Snyder, 1902a).

Stichaeus elongatus Sakamoto, J. Imp. Fish. Inst., 26, 1; 1930: 15 fig: 1.

Dinogunellus grigorjewi, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25,
1902: 497, fig. 27. Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 191,
Pavlenko, Ryby Zaliva Petr Velikii, 1910: 52. Soldatov and Lindberg,
Obzor..., 1930: 469.

22187. Sea of Japan, Ussuriisk Bay. September 15, 1927. EP.
Rutenberg. 1 specimen.

37007. Kuril Islands, Iturup Island. August 15, 1953. V.M. Makushok. 1
specimen.

39867. Kuril Islands. Iturup Island. September 4, 1948. KSE. Semenov.
3 specimens.

39868. Kuril Islands. September 24, 1948. KSE. G.U. Lindberg. 1
specimen.

39869. South Kuril Strait. September 3, 1948. KSE. G.U. Lindberg. 1
specimen.

39870. Sea of Japan, Tatar Strait. August 12, 1949. KSE. G.U. Lindberg.
1 specimen.

40050. Sea of Japan, Peter the Great Bay. May 15, 1970. V.V. Fedorov. 1
specimen.

D LIII-LVI; A 1 41-43; principal rays of caudal fin 6 + 6-7; P 14; VI 3:
vertebrae 58-61: precaudal 15-16, caudal 42-45 (Makushok, 1958: 12).

Body depth 93-7; times in total length. Head highly depressed
dorsally, length* 2; and width 1}-1} times in head length and 43-4! times
in body length. Eyes situated on top of head and their diameter 15 times in
the head length, 11-11} times in the postorbital space and 13-14 in the
interorbital space. Mouth very large when open; upper jaw extends
distinctly beyond vertical from posterior margin of eye. Vomer and
palatines with well-developed teeth. Lateral line consists of paired pores
and continues from upper end of gill slit along dorsum, disappearing
toward posterior end of body (Herzenstein, 1890: 119).

*Error in Russian text; should read “depth”—General Editor.

— 60

Body covered with minute scales. Head naked. Lower jaw protrudes.
All rays of dorsal fin spiny; length of middle rays equal to snout length
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 469). Anal fin with one small spine.

According to the description given by Shmidt (1904: 191), specimens
from Peter and Great Bay and the eastern coast of Sakhalin are
distinguished by a smaller number of spiny rays in the dorsal fin (LII
versus LIV—LVI) and arrangement and larger size of teeth on lower jaw.

Lower jaw with 2 canines anterior to group of symphysial teeth (Figure
39, A, a). These canines are notably shifted forward and protrude when
mouth is closed. Body color in live fish chocolate-brown to gray, dorsal
side densely covered with brown to almost black spots (Shmidt, 1904:
191).
In our 10 specimens (113-400 mm in length) D LII-LII; A I 42;
diameter of eye 9-10.8% of head length. These fish were caught in the
South Kuril and Tatar Strait at depths of 51-83 m on a silty bottom. The
large collections of DVE and TONS (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 469)
indicate that this species dwells on other types of bottoms as well (pure
silt, sand, stones). Catches of S. grigorjewi also contained many flatfishes

ono
Ad
Vee
bev

AANA
ie
Wy

VyvenveV

veo
t
L

uee
ars
wiper ee 2
by rv
CRA
vy

Figure 39. Jaw teeth of Stichaeus grigorjewi. (Makushok, 1958).
A—lower jaw; a—canines; B—upper jaw.

61

61

Figure 40. Seismosensory system of head of Stichaeus grigorjewi, dorsal
view (Makushok, 1958).

(Limanda aspera, Hippoglossoides elassodon robustus, Pleuronectes
quadrituberculatus, Acanthopsetta nadeshnyi), cod, eelpout (Lycodes
tanakae), great sculpin (Myoxocephalus polyacanthocephalus) and
antlered sculpin (Enophrys diceraus).

This species is the only predaceous representative of the family and
exhibits, as pointed out by Makushok (1958), several structural features:
upper position of the eyes, large superior mouth, branchiostegal
membranes broadly fused, and occurrence of 2 rows of pores in the
preorbital canal (Figure 40).

Found to a depth of 150 m (Sakamoto, 1930). Consumed by man (Abe,
1958: III).

Length, to 510 mm (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Pusan and Chongjin
(Mori, 1952: 128); Peter the Great Bay and farther north to De-Kastri Bay
(Shmidt, 1904: 192); reported from western Sakhalin coast near Shirokaya
Pad’ (Taranetz, 1937b, 157); known off Hokkaido (Matsubara, 1955: 766);
Sado Island (Honma, 1952: 226); Toyama Bay (Sakamoto, 1930: 15); and
San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 21). In the Sea of Okhotsk found near Iturup
Island and in the South Kuril Strait (collections of KSE). Along the Pacific
coast of Japan found in Volcano Bay (Sato and Kobayashi, 1956: 14) and
farther south to Tokyo (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a: 497). In the Yellow Sea
recorded from Namp’o (Mori, 1952: 128). China (Fowler, 1958: 283).

3. Stichaeus ochriamkini Taranetz, 1935—Okhryamkin’s Prickleback
(Figure 41)
Stichaeus ochriamkini Taranetz, Vestn. Dal’nevost. Fil. Akad. Nauk

SSSR, 13, 1935: 96 (Sea of Japan); Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1, 3, 1936:

144; Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 157. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya,

1950: 68.

62

18730. Sea of Japan, Peter the Great Bay. October 16, 1912. 1 specimen.

31675. Western coast of Sakhalin, Antonovo. September, 1946. B.E.
Bykhovskii. 1 specimen.

36847. Sea of Japan, Peter the Great Bay. November 20, 1925.
6 specimens.

39824. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. September 23, 1947. KSE. G.U.
Lindberg. 1 specimen.

39825. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. August 3, 1947. KSE. O. A. Skarlato.
1 specimen.

39826. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. 1947. KSE. M. N. Politskii.
3 specimens.

39827. Sea of Japan, Moneron Island. August 18, 1948. KSE. G.B.
Semenova. | specimen.

39828. Tatar Strait. August 24, 1949. KSE. G.U. Lindberg. 4 specimens.
39829. Tatar Strait. August 24, 1949. KSE. G.U. Lindberg. 1 specimen.
39830. Tatar Strait. August 28, 1949. KSE. G.U. Lindberg. 1 specimen.
39831. Tatar Strait. August 23, 1949. KSE. G.U. Lindberg. 2 specimens.
39832. Tatar Strait. August 19, 1949. KSE. G.U. Lindberg. 1 specimen.
39833. SiaSkotan Island. September 10, 1949. KSE. G.U. Lindberg.
specimen.

39874. West coast of Sakhalin. September 27, 1948. KSE. GB.
Semenova. | specimen.

40285. West coast of Sakhalin, Aleksandrovsk. September 20, 1933. A.
Kuznetsov. 1 specimen,

40307. West coast of Sakhalin. September 27, 1948. KSE. 1 specimen.

D XLVI-XLVIII; A I-II 32-34; principal rays of caudal fin 7 + 6-7; P
14-15; VI 4; vertebrae 50-53: precaudal 14-15, caudal 37-39 (Makushok,
1958: 120). D XLV-XLVIII; A 33-37; P 14-15. Dorsal fin with 15-21 rays
posterior to vertical from end of lateral line. Head length 20.2-24.5% and
body depth above origin of base of anal fin 11.5-14.1% of standard length.
Diameter of eye 21.3-29.3% of head length. Interorbital space 20-33%
(41%) of diameter of eye. Lateral line consists of two rows of pores. Lower
part of head without pattern. Dorsal fin with one spot in anterior part and
three spots in posterior part (Taranetz, 1935).

Very similar to S. punctatus but differs in structure of lateral line (2
rows of pores versus one), and from S. nozawae in number of rays of dorsal
fin posterior to vertical from end of lateral line (15-21 versus 9-13),
narrow interorbital space, shape of head, and presence of spot on dorsal
fin.

Makushok (1958) reported that, like S. punctatus, this species is also
primitive compared to other members of the genus. Opercular siphon
present. Branchiostegal rays 6. Anal fin origin with 1-2 poorly developed

—

63

63

spines. Branchiostegal membranes narrowly fused and not attached to
isthmus.

Our specimens (30-130 mm in length): D XLVI-XLVII; A I 32-34;
dorsal fin with 16-22 rays posterior to vertical from end of lateral line.
Head length 20-28% of standard length. In most specimens arrangement
of spots on dorsal fin similar to description by Taranetz (1953), but some
with different arrangement, of these spots: two rounded dark spots in
anterior part of fin and three in posterior part, or one spot in anterior part
of fin and four spots in posterior part, or only three spots on dorsal fin.
Often a row of minute dark spots extends along base of dorsal fin.

Fish in the collections of the Kuril-Sakhalin Expedition were more
often found on a sandy bottom, sometimes slightly silted or with pebbles,
gravel, and stones; often in thickets of red algae; and occasionally in
clumps of Zostera. Catches of S. ochriamkini also contained a large
number of flounders and walleye pollock, as well as cod and Jordan’s
sculpin (Triglops jordani). Isolated specimens of herring, Lycodes palearis
fasciatus, Enophrys diceraus, and Podothecus were also found. Among
invertebrates, catches included a large number of shrimps (Pandalus and
Spirontocaris), often sea urchins (Strongylocentrotus pulchellus and S.
droebachiensis), sea cucumbers (Cucumaria japonica), and starfishes
(Asterias amurensis). Sometimes crab (Paralithodes camtschatica) was also
present. Animals recovered from clumps of red algae were likewise red in
color. Temperature of water near bottom at sites of catches ranged from
2:0:t0'3 B°C) tarely 13°C) .

Length, 133 mm.

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay and
up to the northern part of Tatar Strait, near the west coast of Sakhalin and
the west coast of Moneron Island. In the Sea of Okhotsk found in Aniva
Bay and the South Kuril Strait (our specimens).

4..Stichaeus nozawae Jordan and Snyder, 1902—Nozawa’s Prickleback

(Figure 42)

Stichaeus nozawae Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902:
496, fig. 26 (Otaru, Hokkaido). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930:
468. Taranetz, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1, 3 (80), 1936: 144; Kratkii
Opredelitel’..., 1937: 157. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
766. Fowler, Synopsis...,. 1958: 284 (synonymy).

39806. South Kuril Strait. September 3, 1948, KSE. G.B. Semenova.
2 specimens.

39807. South Kuril Strait. September 2, 1948. KSE G.B. Semenova.
1 specimen.

39808. Tatar Strait. September 24, 1948. KSE. G.U. Lindberg. 4
specimens.

‘(Z061 ‘IepAuS pue UepIO
{) Ueder “wu ¢¢z yIsueT ©
J Yoreqepoud s emezZON—avunzo
! ¢ = U snavYyINS “Tp VNB
: C9

Fn

? en it

tig tin tile

. ede jo tye) . 86 5 “WU 83
. Td

65

39809. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. August 30, 1947. KSE. G.U.
Lindberg. 1 specimen.

39810. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. August 17, 1947. KSE. G.U.
Lindberg. 1 specimen..

39811. Tatar Strait. August 23, 1949. KSE. G.U. Lindberg and MI.
Legeza. 1 specimen.

39812. Tatar Strait. August 28, 1949. KSE. G.U. Lindberg and MI.
Legeza. 1 specimen.

39813. Tatar Strait. August 26, 1949. KSE. G.U. Lindberg and M.I.
Legeza. 2 specimens.

39814. Tatar Strait. August 26, 1949. KSE. G.U. Lindberg. 1 specimen.

39815. Tatar Strait. August 23, 1949. KSE. G.U. Lindberg and M.I.
Legeza. 3 specimens.

39816. Tatar Strait. August 26, 1949. KSE. G.U. Lindberg and M.I.
Legeza. 1 specimen.

39817. Tatar Strait. August 18, 1949. KSE. G.U. Lindberg and M.I.
Legeza. 2 specimens.

39818. South Kuril Strait. September 19, 1949. KSE. G.U. Lindberg and
M.I. Legeza. 2 specimens.

39819. Sea of Okhotsk, east coast of Sakhalin. September 30, 1949.
KSE. G.U. Lindberg and M.I. Legeza. 1 specimen.

39820. SiaSkotan Island. September 18, 1949. KSE. G.U. Lindberg and
M.I. Legeza. 2 specimens.

39821. Kunashir Island. September 18, 1949. KSE. G.U. Lindberg and
M.I. Legeza. 2 specimens.

39822. South Kuril Strait. September 18, 1949. KSE. G.U. Lindberg and
M.I. Legeza. 3 specimens.

39823. SiaSkotan Island. September 14, 1949. KSE. E.F. Gur’yanova. 1
specimen.

39790. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. September 21, 1947. KSE. Z.I.

- Petrova. 1 specimen.

64

39791. Tatar Strait. August 24, 1949. KSE. G.U. Lindberg. 1 specimen.

39792. Tatar Strait. August 14, 1949. KSE. M.I. Legeza. 1 specimen.

39793. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. August 15, 1947. KSE. Z.I. Petrova.
1 specimen.

39794. West coast of Sakhalin, Kholmsk. August 4, 1947. KSE. G.U.
Lindberg. 2 specimens.

39795. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. July 28, 1947. KSE. G.U. Lindberg.
17 specimens.

39796. Tatar Strait, Antonovo. August 6, 1947. KSE. G.U. Lindberg. 1
specimen.

39797. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. September 14, 1948. KSE. G.U.
Lindberg. 1 specimen.

66

39798. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. September 13, 1948. KSE. G.U.
Lindberg. 1 specimen.
39799. La Perouse Strait. September 13, 1948. KSE. G.U. Lindberg. 1

specimen.

39800. South Kuril Strait. September 4, 1948. KSE. G.U. Lindberg. 1
specimen.

39801. Tatar Strait. September 30, 1948. KSE. G.U. Lindberg. 1
specimen.

39802. La Perouse Strait. September 13, 1948. KSE. G.B. Semenova. 2
specimens. .

39803. South Kuril Strait. September 3, 1948. KSE. G.B. Semenova. 1
specimen.

39804. La Perouse Strait. August 24, 1948. KSE. G.B. Semenova. 5
specimens.

39805. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. September 13, 1948. KSE. G.B.
Semenova. 3 specimens.

39806-7. South Kuril Strait. September 2-3, 1948. KSE. 3 specimens.

39808. Tatar Strait. September 24, 1948. KSE. 4 specimens.

39809-10. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. August, 1947. KSE. 2 specimens.

40046. Sea of Japan. November 20, 1925. Expedition ship Gidrolog. 1
specimen. .

40048. Sea of Japan, Peter the Great Bay. May 24, 1960. V.V. Barsukov.
2 specimens. .

40049. Sea of Japan, Pos’et Bay. 1967. 1 specimen.

40286. Sea of Japan, Peter the Great Bay. November 16, 1925.
Hydrographic ship Gidrograf. 1 specimen.

40294. Sea of Japan. June 17, 1970. Fishing trawler Milogradovo. V.V.
Fedorov. 2 specimens.

40295. South Kuril Strait. September 3, 1948. KSE. G.B. Semenova. 1
specimen.

40296. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. August 6, 1947. KSE. G.U.
Lindberg. 1 specimen.

40297. Sea of Japan. June 17, 1970. Fishing trawler Milogradovo. V.V.
Fedrov. 4 specimens.

20498. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. July, 1947. Z.I. Petrova. 1 specimen.

D XLIU-LI; A I-II 33-37; principal rays of caudal fin 6 + 6-7; P 14-15;
V 1 3; vertebrae 48-55: precaudal 14-16, caudal 34-41 (Makushok, 1958:
120).

D LI; A 137. Head length 5 times and maximum body depth 63 times in
standard length. Depth of caudal peduncle 34 times, snout 53 times,
longitudinal diameter of eye 54 times, and interorbital space 10 times in
head length.

65

67

Body compressed laterally, head usually small and pointed. Eyes large,
set in upper anterior part on sides of head, interorbital space convex,
suborbital region narrow. Lower jaw protrudes slightly forward beyond
upper jaw, lips thin, maxilla extends beyond vertical from posterior
margin of eye. Teeth on jaws form narrow bands, outer teeth slightly
enlarged; tip of each jaw with 2 canines which are stronger on lower jaw;
vomer and palatines with narrow band of minute teeth. Gill openings V-
shaped; branchiostegal membranes form fold across isthmus. Pseudo-
branch large. Gill rakers short, 3+9. Nostrils with small tubules.
Head without dermal processes. Body covered with minute smooth scales,
membrane of dorsal and base of caudal fins covered with minute scales;
head naked. Lateral line simple, extends from upper corner of gill opening
along upper part of body and terminates near caudal fin; pores of lateral
line arranged in 2 rows. Dorsal fin originates above gill opening and
terminates without fusing with caudal fin. Anal fin originates at vertical
from 14th ray of dorsal fin. Caudal fin slightly rounded, its length 1} times
in head length. Pectoral fins rounded lower rays shorter than upper ones.
Pelvic fins small, pointed, 3 times in head length (Jordan and Snyder,
1902a).

Seismosensory system of head (Figure 43, A) differs slightly from that
of S. punctatus (Figure 43, B) and S. grigorjewi (Figure 40).

In the 83 specimens examined by us (length 46 to 596 mm). from the
collections of the Kuril-Sakhalin Expedition: D XLI-LI; A I 31-39; dorsal
fin with 5 to 12 rays posterior to vertical from end of lateral line; ratio of
diameter of eye to head length 17-23%. Our material was collected from
various depths (6.5 to 118 m). Bottom at sites of catches varied—sandy
with gravel, pebbles and gravel, rarely silted sand, silt and argillaceous silt.

Figure 43. Seismosensory system of head, dorsal view (Makushok, 1958).

A-—Stichaeus nozawae; B—Stichaeus punctatus.

65

68

Some specimens were collected from clumps of red algae. All catches of
S. nozawae contained an abundance of invertebrates as well as various fish
species. Predominant fishes were flounders (Lepidopsetta, Acanthopsetta,
Limanda, Glyptocephalus, etc.), Podothecus gilberti, Triglops jordani,
Enophrys diceraus, and Hemilepidotus gilberti. Frequent among the
invertebrates were starfishes (Asterias amurensis), mollusks (Leda), rarely
brittle stars, sea urchins, hydroids, and bryozoans. Water temperature at
bottom in places of catches ranged from 2 to 12°C.

Length, to 600 mm.

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay,
Pos’et Bay, Tatar Strait, west coast of Sakhalin, and La Perouse Strait.
Reported from Otaru, Hokkaido (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a: 496). In the
Sea of Okhotsk found near east coast of Sakhalin, Aniva Bay, South Kuril
Strait, and off Kunashir and SiaSkotan islands (our specimens).

2. [Genus Eumesogrammus Gill, 1864]

Eumesogrammus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 16, 1864: 209
(type: Clinus praecisus Kroyer). Andriyashev, Ryby Severnykh Morei
SSSR, 1954: 231 (synonymy, description). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and
Hierar., 1955: 765. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 284 (description).

Close to the genus Stichaeus, but differs in presence of 4 branches of
lateral line (Figure 44, A, B) and structure of anal fin, in which last 2-3

Figure 44. Seismosensory system of Eumesogrammus praecisus
(Makushok, 1961).

A—lateral view; B—ventral view.

66

69

rays convert into short, spiny rays. One amphiboreal species (Andri-
yashev, 1954).

iF [Eumesogrammus praecisus (Kroyer, 1836)] (Figure 45)

Clinus praecisus Kr6éyer, Naturhist. Tidsskr., 1, 1836: 25 (Greenland).

Ernogrammus storoshi, Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 193
(eastern Sakhalin). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 464.

Eumesogrammus praecisus, Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 67,
fig. 2. Andriyashev, Ryby Morei SSSR, 1954: 231, fig. 119. Matsubara,
Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 765. Fowler, Synopsis... , 1958: 285.

39875. Sea of Okhotsk, Terpenia Peninsula, Nizmennaya Inlet.
September 9, 1947. KSE. G.U. Lindberg. 2 specimens.

39876. Sea of Okhotsk, Terpenia Peninsula, Nizmennaya Inlet.
September 9, 1947. KSE. G.U. Lindberg. 2 specimens.

39877. Sea of Okhotsk, east of Mordvinov Bay. September 4, 1947.
KSE. G.U. Lindberg. 2 specimens.

D XLVII-XLIXx; A II 29-30 II-III; P 18; V I 3; vertebrae 50-52 (15-
16 + 34-36) (Makushok, 1958: 120)»

Seismosensory canals of body 4 (Figure 44, A, B). In addition to upper
and middle canals, lower and ventral canals also present which usually
anastomose at base of pectoral fins; ventral canals on either side of body
not connected with each other and terminate blindly before base of pelvic
fins near anal opening; few vertical branches originate from upper canal
and extend toward base of dorsal fin (Makushok, 1961b). Upper part of gill
opening with siphon formed from dermal process of operculum and short
fold of trunk. Process of operculum closes siphon on lower side and closely
situated above pectoral fin (Shmidt, 1950).

Body color in live fish chocolate-brown to gray with darker and often
indistinct bands or spots. Head dark; dark stripe extends from eye
obliquely downward and backward and is bordered by two light-colored
stripes. Dorsal fin with black ocellar spot. Other fins dark, with light-
colored border.

Found at depths of 40-142 m, on stony-pebbled bottom, at positive
temperatures close to zero (often 1-2°C), and salinity 32-33°/o. (Andri-
yashev, 1954).

In the 6 specimens examined by us (length 53 to 158 mm) from the
collections of the Kuril-Sakhalin Expedition: D XLVII-XLVIII; A II 30
II-III; P 18. These fish were caught from a sandy bottom, sometimes with
an admixture of pebbles, gravel, and stones, sometimes slightly silted. In
catches of E. praecisus stones were often scooped up with hydroids,
bryozoans, sponges, and acorn barnacles, as well as many specimens of
Chionecoetes opilio and Gorgonocephalus. Fishes included: Gymnelis
haemifasciatus, Melletes papillio, Stelgistrum steinegeri, Aspidophoroides

67

70

bartoni, Taurocottus bergi, Crystallias matsushimae, Leptoclinus maculatus
diaphoanocarus, and many eelpouts.

Length, to 230 m (Andriyashev, 1954).

Distribution: Unknown from the Sea of Japan. In the Sea of Okhotsk
near Terpenia Peninsula and Cape Svobodnyi in Mordvinov Bay (material
of KSE). Found along the Asian coast of the Bering Sea north up to Bering
Strait (Andriyashev, 1954: 233). Greenland: Hudson Bay (Taranetz,
1937b: 156).

3. Genus Stichaeopsis Kner and Steindachner, 1870

Stichaeopsis Kner and Steindachner, Sitzb. Acad. Wiss., 61, 1870: 441
(type: S. nana Kner and Steindachner). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor...,
1930: 466. Taranetz, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1, 3, 1936: 141; Kratkii
Opredelitel’..., 1937: 155. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 66.
Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 291.

Plagiogrammus Bean, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 16, 1893: 699.

Ozorthe Jordan and Evermann, Fish N. and M. Amer., 3, 1898: 2441.
Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor...,°1930: 465.

Body moderately elongate, highly compressed laterally, without scales.
Head short and pointed. Jaws equal, with pointed teeth; teeth absent on
vomer and palatines. All rays of dorsal fin spiny, only one anterior ray with
flexible apex, others rigid. Pelvics inserted anterior to base of pectoral
fins. Lateral lines three (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

4 species, 3 known from the Sea of Japan.”.

Key to Species of Genus Stichaeopsis”*

1 (2). Head and body highly compressed laterally. Interorbital space
highly raised, almost crestate. Anal fin with not more than 26 rays.
Spe i Ae ic Se oa RR rl 1. S. nana Kner and Steindachner.

2 (1). Head and anterior part of body almost round in cross section.
Interorbital space almost flat or concave. Anal fin with at least-28
rays.

3 (4). Vertical branches of lateral lines, if present, extend only from first
(upper) line toward base of dorsal fin, and from third (lower) line to
baseiof anal “fin ((Pisunre 308: B)tenc pier os ee Gace 9 ae ee
o Pa Se A OSES EL i ee OC Vs ee 2. S. epallax (Jordan and Snyder).

4 (3). All lateral lines with branches (Figure 30, A). Branches originating
from right and left of second (middle) lateral line anterior to anal
fin often meet on abdomen.......... 3. S. nevelskoi (Schmidt).

>>Fourth species of this genus, Stichaeopsis hopkinsi (Bean, 1894) found along the coast of

California.
56Taranetz (1937b), with modifications.

68

71

1. Stichaeopsis nana Kner and Steindachner, 1870—Dwarf Prickleback

(Figure 46) |

Stichaeopsis nana Kner and Steindachner, Sitzb. Acad. Wiss., 1870: 21
(De-Kastri Bay). Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 495
(desoription). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 467, fig. 64.
Taranetz, Dokl. Akad. Nauk, SSSR, 1, 3, 1936: 142; Kratkii Opredeli-
tel’..., 1937: 156, fig. 95. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar..., 1955:
766. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 295 (description and synonymy).

Ozorthe dictyogrammus, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S.-Nat. Mus., 25,
1902: 493, fig. 25. Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930, 465, fig. 64.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 766.

31676. West coast of Sakhalin, Antonovo. August 28, 1946. KSE. 1
specimen.

31731. West coast of Sakhalin, Antonovo. August 10, 1946. KSE. 4
specimens.

39878. Little Kuril range, Zelenyi Island. September 11, 1949. KSE. 1
specimen.

39879. Little Kuril range, SiaSkotan Island, Krabovaya Inlet. 1949. KSE.
5 specimens.

39880. Little Kuril range, Sia8kotan Island, Dimitrova Inlet. September
5, 1949. KSE. 2 specimens.

39881. Little Kuril range, SiaSkotan Island, Krabovaya Inlet. August 6,
1949. KSE. 2 specimens.

39882. Little Kuril range, SiaSkotan Island, Krabovaya Inlet. July 11,
1949. KSE. [no. of specimens not given].

39883. Kunashir Island, south coast of Kuril. August 20, 1951. V.
Shchegolev. 1 specimen.

39884. Kunashir Island, south coast of Kuril. August 19, 1951. O.K.
Kusakin. 5 specimens.

40306. Kunashir Strait, Kunashir Island. June 23, 1969. 1 specimen.

D XLIV; A I 24-25; P 16; VI 4; vertebrae 48-50 (19-20 + 29-30); three
seismosensory canals of trunk with numerous anastomoses (Figure 30, C);
distal ends of vertical branches of upper and lower canals connected
through horizontal anastomoses, forming additional longitudinal canals
right at base of dorsal and anal fins. Unpaired canal formed as secondary
structure on ventral surface of body (Figure 47) (Makushok, 1961b).

Makushok (196lb) has reported several anatomical features
distinguishing S. nana from other closely related species. These are:
replacement of opercular siphon by postero-upper notch (Figure 27, B),
reduction in first spiny ray of anal fin, and bifurcation of fourth (inner) ray
of pelvic fin.

Body color light chocolate-brown with reddish or chocolate-brown
spots. Anal and dorsal fins with dark border along margin. Dark stripes

a2

Figure 45. Eumesogrammus praecisus. Length 110 mm. Bering Strait (Andriyashey, 1954).

66

Figure 46. Stichaeopsis nana—dwarf prickleback. Length 100 mm. Japan (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a).

68

69

73

with light-colored margins originate from eye in direction toward pelvic
fin. Pectoral and caudal fins with light-colored stripes. Rounded black spot
above upper end of gill opening (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

In 23 specimens collected during the Kuril-Sakhalin Expedition (length
32 to 276 mm), morphological characters corresponded to the description
of this species. However, some fish had 46 spiny rays (versus 44) in the
dorsal fin and 23-25 soft rays (versus 24-25) in the anal fin. The fish
examined by us were caught on different types of bottoms: stones witha
large admixture of broken shells, rocks with sand, empty shells and gravel,
silted sand and sandy silt.

Length, to 200 mm (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay, De-
Kastri Bay (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 466); west coast of Sakhalin
(KSE); and reported from Hakodate (Matsubara, 1955: 766). In the Sea of
Okhotsk found near Kunashir Island and the Little Kuril ridge (KSE).
Along the Pacific coast of Japan indicated for Nemuro (Matsubara, 1955:
766).

2. Stichaeopsis epallax Jordan and Snyder, 1902 (Figure 48)

Ernogrammus epallax Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25,
1902: 491, fig. 24 (Otaru, Sea of Japan). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor...,
1930: 464. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 766.

Stichaeopsis epallax, Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 156.
Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 67. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958:
292.

39834. Little Kuril ridge, Yurii Island. August 19, 1947. KSE. 4
specimens. .

39835. Kunashir Island. August 11, 1951. O.G. Kusakin and V.
Shchegolev. 1 specimen.

39863. West coast of Sakhalin, Antonovo. August 7, 1952. M.I. Legeza.
1 specimen.

40051. Kunashir Island. June 30, 1969. A.N. Golikov. 1 specimen.

D XLVI-XLVIII; A II 31-33; P 15; V13; vertebrae 50-51 (17-18 + 33-
34) (Makushok, 1958: 120).

Head long, pointed, 5 times in standard length. Interorbital space
narrow, concave; lower jaw protrudes slightly forward. Body covered with
minute oblong cycloid scales. Head and body without distinct stripes or
spots. Pectorals with 4-5 indictinct darkish stripes (Soldatov and Lind-
berg, 1930). More vertical branches originate from upper canal of
lateral line and extend toward base of dorsal fin than found in
Eumesogrammus praecisus; a large number originate from lower canal and
extend toward base of anal fin; ventral canals meet in front of base of

74

‘(QS61 “YOUSNYR]) MOIA [eIJUEA ‘xDj]Dda sisdoapYyINS JO WiasAS AIOSUSSOWSIOS “6p SINSIT

OL

OL

7

rary

75

pelvic fins and terminate blindly near anal fin’’ (Figure 49). Anal fin with
2 thin spines (Makushok, 1961b).

Dwells at depths of 100 m in the Sea of Okhotsk and remains in littoral
zone in the Sea of Japan (Shmidt, 1950).

In the specimens collected during the Kuril-Sakhalin Expedition: D
XLVII-XLVIII; A II 31-33. These were collected from shallow waters
(10-20 m), where the bottom consisted of sand and stones.

Length, to 275 mm (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 464); in Tatar Strait, near the Soviet Gavan
(DVE); and off the west coast of Sakhalin (KSE). Described from Otaru
(Jordan and Snyder, 1902a: 492); known from Hakodate (Snyder, 1912:
449); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 25); and off Sado Island (Honma,
1963: 21). South Kuril Strait (KSE).

3. Stichaeopsis nevelskoi (Schmidt, 1904) (Figure 50)

Ozorthe nevelskoi, Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 194.
Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 466. Matsubara, Fish Morphol.
and Hierar., 1955: 766.

Stichaeopsis nevelskoi, Taranetz, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1, 3, 1936:
143; Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 156. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya,
1950: 66, pl. III, fig. 2..Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 293.

39864. Sakhalin, west coast. August 23, 1952. M.I. Legeza. 1 specimen.

D XLVI-XLVIII; A II 30-32; P 16; VI 3; vertebrae 52-54 (17-18 + 34-
37) (Makushok, 1958: 120). Head short, broad at occiput. Eyes large, their
maximum diameter equal to snout length. Jaws, vomer, and palatines
with minute sharp teeth. Dorsal fin consists of spiny rays only, almost
equal in height throughout length, commencing slightly behind origin of
pectoral fin. Anal fin slightly notched along margin. Caudal fin rounded at
end. Pectoral fins long, rounded at end, their length almost equal to length
of head. Length of pelvic fins equal to distance from snout tip to anterior
margin of pupil (Shmidt, 1904).

Vertical branches of upper and lower canals of lateral lines respectively
originate near bases of dorsal and anal fins, and are more numerous than
in S. epallax. Vertical canals attain greater development, especially in
anterior part of body. Upper, middle, and posterior part of lower canal
discernible among longitudinal canals; of abdominal paired canals only an
insignificant rudiment remains near pelvic fins, together with rudiment of
unpaired abdominal canal (Figure 51) (Makushok, 1961b).

‘7Pinchuk (1974: 951) pointed out deviations in structure of seismosensory system of
trunk of this species.

76

‘
HAY
we

He
| 1 Wed

Figure 50. Stichaeopsis nevelskoi. Length 93 mm. Sea of Okhotsk (Makushok, 1960).

72

Seismosensory system of Stichaeopsis nevelskoi, ventral view (Makushok, 1961).

Figure 51.

2

77

Specimens preserved in alcohol chocolate-brown, with minute black
spots on head; stripes on head not evident. Sides of trunk with 5 broad
dark bands. Membrane of dorsal fin marked with irregular dark stripes
between which large light-colored spots occur, and large black roundish .
spot located on anterior end of dorsal fin. Light-colored anal fin with 7
dark brown oblique stripes. Rays of pectoral fins and marginal rays of
caudal fin with dark spots (Shmidt, 1904).

Dwells at depths of 35-80 m (in the Sea of Okhotsk) and 100 m in the
Sea of Japan (Shmidt, 1950).

Length, to 235 mm.

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Tatar Strait north to De-
Kastri Bay, and off the west coast of Sakhalin. In the Sea of Okhotsk found
in Tauisk Bay and off the east coast of Sakhalin near Cape Bellingshausen;
known off west coast of Kamchatka (Shmidt, 1950: 67).

4. Genus Ernogrammus Jordan and Evermann, 1898

Ernogrammus Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 47, 1898:
2441 (type: Stichaeus enneagrammus Kner). Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 489. Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 192.
Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 463. Matsubara, Fish Morphol.
and Hierar., 1955: 765.

This genus is similar to Stichaeopsis and hence Taranetz (1936)
included the solitary species of Ernogrammus as a synonym of
Stichaeopsis. But Makushok (1958, 1961b) established that the single
member of the genus Ernogrammus (E. hexagrammus) from the viewpoint
of structure of the lateral line is not related through transitional froms with
species of Stichaeopsis. Moreover, E. hexagrammus differs from them in
a large branchiostegal membrane fused with the isthmus, presence of 3
mandibular pores (versus four), and 7 preopercular pores (versus 6).

1 species. Also known from the Sea of Japan.

1. Ernogrammus hexagrammus (Schlegel, 1845) (Figure 52)

Stichaeus hexagrammus Schlegel. In: Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna
Japonica, 1842-1850: 136, pl. 73, fig. 1.

Stichaeopsis hexagrammus, Taranetz, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1, 3,
1936: 143; Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937; 156. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958:
293.

Ernogrammus enneagrammus, Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U.S. Nat.
Mus., 47, 1898: 2441.

Ernogrammus hexagammus, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
25, 1902: 490, fig. 23. Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 192.
Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 463. Matsubara, Fish Morphol.
and Hierar., 1955: 765.

73

78

39871. Kunashir Island. July 28, 1951. O. Kusakin. 2 specimens.

39872. Kunashir Island. August 8, 1951. O. Kusakin and B. Shchegolev.
18 specimens.

39873. Kunashir Island. August 11, 1951. O. Kusakin and B.
Shchegolev. 1 specimen.

39874. West coast of Sakhalin. 1948. KSE. 1 specimen.

D XLII-XLII; A I 28-30; C 6-7 + 6-7; P 14; V 1 4; vertebrae 46-47
(15 + 31-32) (Makushok, 1958: 120).

In addition to characters given in the description of the genus, let us
mention that in FE. hexagrammus the first spine of the anal fin is
completely reduced (Makushok, 1958: 34) and the seismosensory system
of the trunk represented by 4 longitudinal canals on each side of the body;
short vertical branches with blind ends (not anastomosed) originate from
these canals on both sides regularly (one on each myomere), which open
at their distal ends through large pores. The upper and middle canals are
not connected, while the ventral canals are connected with each other
anterior to the base of the pelvic fins and, furthermore, anastomose twice
with the lower canals (Figure 53) (Makushok, 1961b: 243). ‘

Length, to 130 mm (Abe, 1958: 111).

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known from Pusan (Mori, 1952: 128);
Peter the Great Bay (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 463); north to De-
Kastri Bay and Cape Tyk at Sakhalin; off Sado Island (Honma, 1963: 21);
Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 25); San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 21); along
Pacific coast of Japan from Hokkaido to Nagasaki (Okada and Matsubara,
1938: 402). Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955: 170). Sea of
Okhotsk (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a: 491). Our specimens, Kunashir
Island and west coast of Sakhalin.

2. Subfamily Chirolophinae

Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 81.

Body moderately elongate, compressed laterally, covered with
imbricate scales. Head naked (Chirolophis japonicus has scales on cheeks),
short, blunt, and upper side attenuate from sides; underside broad,
covered, similar to adjacent part of body, with numerous cirrose processes
and tentacles, among which 2 supraorbital pairs very characteristic.*®
Mouth small, not very wide. Teeth on jaws conical, arranged in several
rows (Figure 32, A) or incisor-shaped and arranged in two alternate rows,
their flat cusps forming a continuous cutting edge (Figure 32, B). Teeth on
vomer and palatines absent.’ Seismosensory canals of head well

8 This is probably a camouflaging adaptation in forms living in clumps of coastal algae
(Makushok, 1958: 15).
>? Present only in Bryozoichthys.

79

‘(1961 “YoysnyeP]) MIA [eUIA “SNUMDISDXAY SNUIWDIZOULT JO Wo Sks AJOSUSSOWISIAG “¢¢ aINSIY

ra ELE SUR r-)

695 WR we)
*j . CNY aw cas Vag aw aR cat ap | ae a
-AARAQARS oe gpa UN ee me a

(87061

‘

vy

Oa he ACD A pe Re RPS

YY

JopAug pure uepior) ueder ‘ww OZI WSUS] ‘snuumoDI3vxXay snuuMoi3Z0Uq ‘TS 9Insiy

€L

CL

80

developed, open exteriorly, through constant number of pores in most
cases: 2 nasal, 7 interorbital, 7 postorbital, 4 occipital, 6 suborbital, 6
preopercular, and 4 mandibular.” Seismosensory papillae of trunk open in
form of middle and upper branches, and only origin of upper branch
included in short canal opening exteriorly through pores. Vertebrae 57-
71, of which 15-17 precaudal. Dorsal fin with stiff spinules, which usually
carry cirri at origin of fin. One poorly developed spinule located at origin
of anal fin. Principal rays of caudal fin 14-15. Membrane of anal fin
touches caudal fin; membrane of dorsal fin continues slightly onto base.
Pectoral fins large, with 13-15 rays. Pelvic fins well developed (I 4 or I 3).

Distribution: Most species distributed in northern part of the Pacific
Ocean.” Found near coasts among outgrowths of algae on stony bottom,
and in depths of 50 to 90 m and more. Feed on minute invertebrates
(mollusks, polychaetes, and hydroids).

Four genera. Three known from the Sea of Japan.

5. Genus Bryozoichthys Whitley, 1931

Bryolophus Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1903: 617
(type: B. lysimus Jordan and Snyder, 1903). Non Bryolophus Ehrenberg,
1839.

Bryozoichthys Whitley, Austr. Zool., 6, 1931: 334. Substitute for
Bryolophus Jordan and Snyder. Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 60.

Body elongate, compressed laterally. Mouth small. Branchiostegal
membranes form fold across isthmus. Teeth on jaws form narrow band;
teeth not present on vomer and palatines.** Body covered with minute
scales, head naked, without scales. Lateral line represented by short row of
pores above pectoral fin. Interorbital space and occiput with dermal
processes. Dorsal fin commences above gill opening, consists of only
spiny rays; pelvic fins jugular; caudal fin well developed (Jordan and
Snyder, 1903b).

According to our observations, the main features of this genus should
be the conical shape of the multiserial teeth on the jaws, which are
grouped in a narrow band, presence of minute teeth on vomer and
palatines, and nasal tubules which attenuate apically but open through
comparatively broad pores.

1 species. Known from the Sea of Japan, Sea of Okhotsk, and Bering
Sea.

6Soldatovia has 5 postorbital and 3 mandibular pores.

1 along the Asian coast—Chirolophis japonicus, Ch. snyderi, Ch. otohime, Ch. saitone,
Ch. wui, and Soldatovia polyactocephala; along the American coast—Ch. decoratus, Ch.
nugator, and Ch. tarsodes. Ch. ascanii is endemic to the Atlantic.

62 4 ccording to Taranetz (1937b: 151), Andriyashev (1937: 328), and our observations (No.
39952), teeth are present on the vomer and palatines.

75

81

1. Bryozoichthys lysimus (Jordan and Snyder, 1903) (Figure 54)
Bryolophus lysimus Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1903: 617,
fig. 3 (Unalaska Island). Andriyashev, Issled. Morei SSSR, 25, 1937: 328.

Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 73.

Bryozoichthys lysimus, Whitley, Austr. Zool., 6, 1931: 3 (Unalaska
Island). Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 153. Makushok,
Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 60.

- 12438. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. September 28, 1901. P. Yu. Shmidt. 1
specimen.

19122. Sea of Okhotsk, St. Iona Island. June 26, 1914. GEVO. 1
specimen.

30605. Bering Sea, St. Matthew Island. 1932. A.P. Andriyashev. 1
specimen.

39952. Sea of Japan, Tatar Strait near Nevel’sk. August 3, 1947. G.U.
Lindberg. 1 specimen.

In our specimens D LXI-LXIV; A I 48; P 15.°

As percentage of total length: head length 13-17%, body depth at origin
of anal fin 11-12.5%, and length of pectoral fin 10-12%, As percentage of
head length: diameter of eye 25-30.5%, snout length 17.5-22.0%, length of
pelvic fins 29-33%, and interorbital space 9-10%, Snout short and blunt.
Maxilla extends beyond vertical from anterior margin of eye; lower jaw
protrudes slightly forward; teeth on jaws relatively small and conical,

’ arranged in several rows. Minute teeth on vomer and palatines. Gill rakers

about 15, short. Nasal tubules open through broad orifices. Branchiostegal
membranes do not continue downward in front, broadly fused, and not
attached to isthmus. Very thin dark stripe extends along margin of
branchial membranes. Pectoral fins relatively large, their length equal to
length of postorbital space; dark rounded spot at base of fin continues
onto rays. Dorsal fin with dark spots between 4th and 7th rays; anterior 3
rays with branched cirri. Anal fin originates at vertical from 15th dorsal
ray. Dorsal and anal fins connected with base of caudal fin through
membrane. Lateral line rudimentary, represented by 5 pores above base
of pectoral fin. Upper surface of head, from nostrils to occiput and up to
origin of dorsal fin with dermal tentacles, some of which bifurcate at tip.
One unbranched barbel located above and beside nostril; unpaired cirrus
occurs in center of upper surface of snout and is distinctly branched. One
unbranched or slightly branched process located on anterior and posterior
margin of orbit, pair of unbranched cirri in center of interorbital space,
and 1 unbranched cirrus located between posterior pair of supraorbital
cirrose processes. Further back, up to origin of dorsal fin, 18 unbranched
or branched cirri occur. Chin with pair of barbels. Upper part of

63 4 ndriyashev, 1937: D LXV, A 48, P 15; Makushok, 1958: D LXIII-LXVI, A 150, P 14.

76

82

operculum without cirri. Cirri not found on branchiostegal membranes
and sides of head. Body covered with minute scales.

Description of our specimens (length slightly more than 100 mm)
similar to characters of type specimen, except that in our specimens teeth
present on vomer and palatines and gill rakers short (not long).

We agree with Andriyashev (1937), who concluded that if the type
specimen of B. /ysimus actually has no teeth on the vomer and palatines,
then the specimens in our collection (Nos. 19122, 30605, 39952) should be
placed in a separate genus and species.

The fish in our collections were caught from depths of 80-240 m. One
of the beam trawls, the one in which specimen no. 39952 was hauled in,
contained Heliometra glacialis f. maxima and Ophiura sarsi, as well as
Aspidophoroides.

Length 100 mm.

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known from Tatar Strait near Nevel’sk
(No. 39952). In the Sea of Okhotsk found in Aniva Bay (No. 12438) and
near St. Iona Island (no. 19122). In the Bering Sea found off St. Matthew
Island (Andriyashev, 1937: 329). Described on the basis of a specimen
from the Bering Sea (Unalaska Island).

6. Genus Chirolophis Swainson, 1839

Chirolophis Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fish., Amph. and Rept., 2, 1839: 275
(type: Blennius palmicornis Yatrrell = Blennius ascanii Walbaum). Shmidt,
Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 71. Andriyashev, Ryby Severnykh SSSR,
1954: 233.

Bryostemma Jordan and Starks, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 5, 1895: 841
[type: Blennius polyactocephalus (non Pallas) = Bryostemma decoratum
Jordan and Snyder]. Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902:
464. Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 438. Taranetz, -Kratkii
Opredelitel’..., 1937: 151 (differentiation from Bryozoichthys and
Soldatovia). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 759.

Azuma Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 463 (type:
A. emmnion Jordan and Snyder). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor... 1930:
438. Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 153. Matsubara, Fish
Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 759. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958; 254.

Body moderately elongate, compressed laterally, covered with minute
scales. Head short, compressed laterally, without scales”; dorsally covered
with simple or branched cirrose processes or tentacles, of which usually 2
supraorbital pairs better developed.® Lateral line reduced to 3-15 distinct

4Except for Ch. japonicus Herzenstein and Ch. wui Wang and Wang, in which the
head is partly covered with scales.

In Ch. snyderi Taranetz and Ch. japonicus Herzenstein these cirrose processes are
highly dendroid.

77

83

pores (upper branch) above pectoral fin. Gill openings do not continue
forward, branchiostegal membranes fused, form broad fold across
isthmus. Teeth on jaws arranged in single row (or in 2 alternate rows),
their flat tips forming continuous cutting edge.” Teeth not present on
vomer and palatines. Upper margin of operculum posteriorly connected
with body through free skin fold, forming unique siphon for release of
water from gill chamber. Dorsal fin long, with 50-62 spiny rays. One short
spine located at origin of anal fin. Pectoral fins large, more than half head
length. Pelvic fins I 3-4, without true spiny rays (Andriyashev, 1954).
Number of pores in seismosensory canal of head constant in all members
of the genus: nasal 2, interorbital 7, postorbital 7, suborbital 6, occipital 4,
preopercular 6, and mandibular 4 (Makushok, 1961b: 232). Structural
features of gill filaments in species of this genus described by Shmidt
(1950: 72).

9 species. 4 known from the Sea of Japan and one from adjacent waters.

Key to Species of Genus Chirolophis

1 (4). Anal fin with I 36-40 rays; dorsal fin with 51-56 rays.

2 (3). Cutaneous processes present only on upper part of head, slightly
branched. Heag neakes., 1) LI; A 1 36... .:.... Ay. eee
Ligh TAP Pcie, CRM ash cos s 1. Ch. saitone Jordan and Snyder.

3 (2). Cutaneous processes numerous, present not only on upper surface
of head, but also on anterior rays of dorsal fin and throughout
opercular margin; processes sometimes dendritic. Head partly

° bovaned wiliimoales: tr I Vis LAO as oo. gS eee
pH AL ee LRA NE gh yee Ue aN Oe 2. [Ch. wui Wang and Wang].

4 (1). Anal fin with I 45-47 rays; dorsal fin with 59-62 rays.

5 (6). Cutaneous processes present only on upper part of head; 4-5
anterior rays of dorsal fin with little cutaneous growths. A I 45-46;
| Ty >, SAS te eg 3. Ch. otohime Jordan and Snyder.

6 (5). Cutaneous processes present on entire head and anterior rays of
dorsal fin; processes fleshy and dendritic.

7 (8). Head naked. Anterior part of dorsum between occiput, dorsal fin,
and lateral line, as well as membranes of fins also without scales. D
DER AO OAT ee heros as 4. Ch. snyderi Taranetz.

8 (7). Head and entire body covered with scales. Scales also present on
membranes of dorsal, anal, and pectoral fins. D LXI-LXII; A 1 45-
ihn 9. UE he Pc. nee en ng aa 5. Ch. japonicus Herzenstein.

1. Chirolophis saitone (Jordan and Snyder, 1903) (Figure 55)
Bryostemma saitone Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1903:

Teeth probably adapted for clipping invertebrates dwelling on the bottom (Makushok,
1958: 16). ’

84

(€061

‘(87061 ‘9pAUg pue uepIOr) URdef “WW og YIBUET *auosMS siydojosyD “cc oINSIg

NS ne \ NN

‘IopAUg pue UepIOL) purIS] eysejeuQ “wu OOT WsusT ‘snwisd) sdyjyoi0z0dig ‘ps oIn3Iy

8L

SL

The

85

467, fig. 13 (Aomori). Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 153.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 759.

Chirolophis saitone, Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 61.

D LI; A I 36 (Makushok, 1958).

Eyes large, set in antero-upper part of head; snout short, suborbital
space narrow; lower jaw slightly longer than upper; maxilla extends
beyond vertical with anterior margin of pupil. Teeth small, close-set,
arranged in two rows in anterior part of mouth. Gill rakers short and
pointed. Head naked, body covered with minute cycloid scales. Anterior
nostrils with long tubules. Interorbital space and occiput with long,
branched tentacles; similar processes located on upper margin of orbit,
slightly longer than diameter of eye. Dorsal fin originates above upper
margin of gill slit, bears only highly sinuous rays about 2.25 times in head
length.

Color light olive-green, with minute indistinct chocolate-brown spots;
dark chocolate-brown spots occur along sides of eye and body near base of
dorsal fin; several small spots situated along body and several minute
spots at base of anal fin, which continue as dark stripes onto fin; abdomen
light-colored. Differs from the closely related species, Ch. otohime, in less
bright coloration of body and shorter anal fin (Jordan and Snyder, 1903a).

Length 95 mm (Jordan and Snyder, 1903a).

Distribution: Described from Mutsu Bay (Aomori). Not found at other
places in the Sea of Japan.

2. [Chirolophis wui (Wang and Wang, 1935)] (Figure 56)

Azuma wui Wang and Wang, Contrib. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China, 11, 6,
1935: 210, fig. 36 (Chefoo). Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 256.

Chirolophis wui, Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 61.

D LVI; A I 40; P 15; V I 3 (Makushok, 1958).

Body slightly elongate, significantly compressed laterally throughout
length; dorsal profile commencing from occiput slightly raised, ventral
profile more or less flat. Head relatively small, short, blunt, and com-
pressed to some degree. Eyes moderate in size, set in anterior upper
part of head; interorbital space narrow, slightly convex, its width much
less than diameter of eye; snout conical, its tip broadly rounded. Nostrils
on each side considerably separate; anterior nostril small and located in
front of eye. Mouth almost horizontal, not very large; jaws equal in length,
but sometimes lower jaw protrudes slightly forward; maxilla reaches
vertical from posterior margin of eye. Teeth small, arranged in two rows.
Tongue very thick, its tip broadly rounded. Gill rakers thick and short, 14
on lower part of first arch. Scales very small, cycloid, and barely embedded
in skin throughout entire body; chin, opercle, and posterior part of
preorbital covered with minute scales; remaining part of head naked.

86

‘(se6, ‘BURA PUR SUBM) BOS MOT[SA “WW C6] WSUS] PlepuRIs

‘mm siydojouy “9¢ 21N3t4

8L

87

Membranes of dorsal, anal, and pelvic fins with scales which continue
almost up to margin of fin; bases of pectoral and caudal fins also covered
with scales. Top of head, occiput, margin of operculum, and anterior rays
of dorsal fin with cutaneous processes, which are broad and fleshy at base
and pointed or branched at tips. Dorsal fin originates almost at origin of
pectoral fin and extends posteriorly to connect with caudal fin in upper
part of its base; dorsal fin with only spiny rays. Anal fin commences under
17th ray of dorsal fin and posteriorly also connects with base of caudal fin,
where its membrane forms narrow deep notch. Caudal fin rounded.
Pectoral fin 1.2 times in head length, middle rays longest. Pelvic fins
jugular.

Color of fish preserved in formalin slightly pinkish. Body with 9 dark
spots which continue onto rays of dorsal fin, and 7 indistinct spots above
anal fin which continue onto fin in form of irregular blotches. Caudal fin
with 2 black vertical stripes, remaining part of fin white. Pectoral and
pelvic fins dark, light-colored along margin.

This species is close to Ch. japonicus but differs from it in larger
number of rays in dorsal and anal fins (Wang and Wang, 1935).

Type specimen 193 mm long.

Distribution: Described from Yellow Sea (Chefoo). No other record of
this species known to date.

3. Chirolophis otohime (Jordan and Snyder, 1902) (Figure 57)

Bryostemma otohime Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25,
1902: 466, fig. 12 (Hakodate). Wang and Wang, Contrib. Biol. Lab. Sci.
Soc. China, 11, 6, 1935: 212. Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 153.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 759.

Chirolophis otohime, Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 61.

Soldatovia otohime, Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 259.

D LVIII-LXI; A I 44-45; P 15; V 3 (Makushok, 1958).

Body deep, laterally compressed for the most part. Lower jaw protrudes
slightly forward, upper jaw reaches vertical from posterior margin of
pupil; teeth in anterior part of jaw arranged in 2 rows, in posterior part one
row, close-set, their tips forming cutting edge. Gill rakers on first gill arch
4+411, short, and pointed. Body covered with minute, close-set, cycloid
scales. Head naked. Upper part of head with small cutaneous processes
arranged along median line.

Dorsal fin originates above upper end of gill slit, connects with base of
caudal fin, and consists entirely of spiny rays; tips of anterior 4-5 rays free
and with cirri. Thin membrane of dorsal fin without notch between tips of
rays. Height of anterior part of dorsal fin 2.25 times in head length. Anal
fin not high, its rays slightly more than diameter of eye. Membrane of this
fin deeply notched between tips of rays. Membrane of dorsal and anal fins

81

88

not covered with scales. Caudal fin obtusely rounded, its length 1.33 times
in head length. Pectoral fins also rounded, their membranes deeply
notched between tips of rays, their length 1.12 times in head length; pelvic
fins 3 times in head length.

Dorsal part of body with 10-11 narrow vertical stripes, with
corresponding number of large dark spots on dorsal fin; ventral part of
body with 10 broad vertical stripes, with correspondingly large black spots
on anal fin; dark spots on abdomen separated by white spots. Head fuliy
covered with chocolate-brown to black stripes and spots; cutaneous
processes of head with transverse stripes. Caudal fin with large black
blotch in middle part; base and margin white. Pectoral and pelvic fins
dark, margin white (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a).

Length 82 mm (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a). .

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Hakodate (Jordan and
Snyder, 1902a: 467). In the Yellow Sea reported from Chefoo (Wang and
Wang, 1935: 212).

4. Chirolophis snyderi (Taranetz, 1938)—Snyder’s Prickleback

(Figure 58)

Bryostemma snyderi Taranetz, Vestn. Dal’nevost. Fil. Akad. Nauk
SSSR, 28, 1938: 123, fig. 6 (western coast of Sakhalin). Matsubara, Fish
Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 759.

Chirolophis snyderi, Andriyashev, Ryby Severnykh Morei, 1954: 236,
fig. 120 (synonymy, description). Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 61.

Bryostemma polyactocephalum (non Pallas), Jordan and Evermann,
Fish N. and M. Amer., 3, 1898: 2408 (partly, specimens from
Petropavlovsk). Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 465
(partly, specimens from Petropavlovsk). Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh
Morei..., 1904: 170 (partly, species not of Pallas). Soldatov and Lindberg,
Obzor..., 1930: 439 (partly, species not of Pallas). Andriyashev, Issled.
Morei SSSR, 25; 1937: 327.

12439. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. August 24, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1
specimen.

D LVIJI-LXI; A 1 43-45; P15; V14; vertebrae 63-65 (16-17 + 46-49)
(Makushok, 1958).

D LX”; A I 45; P 14; pores of lateral line 7.°%° Scales in oblitte
transverse row from origin of anal to dorsal fin 49. Gill rakers 5 + 13-
3 +11. Pyloric caeca 5. Teeth only on jaws, arranged in two rows; their
cusps as in all other members of the genus close-set, forming continuous
cutting edge (Figure 32, B). Five pairs of tentacles arranged on top of

67D) LIX-LX; A I 44-47 (Andriyashev, 1954).
68Pores in lateral line 6-8 (Andriyashev, 1954).

89

‘(Qc6] ‘ZI9UBIRL) OS BULIOG “WW Egy YIBUST “yoRgoTyoIId siapAug—Mapdus siydojosyD “gg 21N3I4

08

82

90

Figure 59. Arrangement of cirri (shaded) and pores of seismosensory
canal of Chirolophis snyderi (Makushok, 1958).

head, with additional pair of smaller ones very close-set at base. Several .
tentacles along posterior margin of operculum and lower jaw, usuaily less
dendritic and less broad than in Chirolophis japonicus (Azuma japonica).
Pair of tentacles on chin, several scattered on other parts of head. Occiput
with several large tentacles (Figure 59). Head without scales, naked. In
lateral line first few pores directed upward and backward, other pores
arranged in tandem parallel to body axis. Row of tentacles (about 5)
parallel lateral line of pores, decreasing in size posteriorly. Another row of
4 longer tentacles located above first row. Minute tentacles located on
anterior margin of first and second rays of dorsal fin, and large tentacles at
tips of second and third rays. Body in formalin with vague dark spots
arranged in chessboard pattern. Spots of upper row continue along base of
dorsal fin, bifurcate, and continue onto fin. Caudal fin with two indistinct
transverse dark stripes. Anal fin with row of indistinct dark spots.”
Pectoral fins light-colored (Taranetz, 1938a). Color of live fish very vivid.
Body pinkish-orange with 11 short lilac-red bands, which lighten in color
on lower side and merge. Minute spots on dorsal fin. Anal fin pinkish with
11 indistinct reddish spots. Rays of caudal fin with two bright red
transverse stripes. Pelvic fins dark (Andriyashev, 1954).

Length, to 183 mm (Taranetz, 1938a).”

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from west coast of Sakhalin
(Taranetz, 1938a: 123). Sea of Okhotsk, Bering Sea (Andriyashev, 1954).

First ray of this fin in form of single poorly developed spine.
Probably attains much larger dimensions (Andriyashev, 1954).

83

91

5. Chirolophis japonicus Herzenstein, 1892—Japanese War Bonnet
(Figure 60)

Chirolophis japonicus Herzenstein, Mélanges Biologiques..., XIII, 3,
1892: 219-235 (Japan, Hakodate). Makushok, Stichaeoidea.... 1958: 61.

Azuma emmnion Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902:
463, fig. 11 (Hakodate). Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 153.
Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 438.

Azuma japonica, Taranetz, Vestn. Dal’nevost. Fil. Akad. Nauk SSSR,
28, 1938: 121. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 255, fig. 19.

20696. Vladivostok (market). 1908. N.A. Pal’chevskii. 1 specimen.

22186. Vladivostok (market). 1927. E.P. Rutenberg. 1 specimen.

_ 26075. Peter the Great Bay. September 1, 1934. ZIN. 1 specimen.
26076. Peter the Great Bay. September 26, 1934. ZIN. 1 specimen.
26295. Peter the Great Bay. October, 1934. ZIN. 1 specimen.

D LXI-LXII; A I 46-47; P 13-15 (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).”

Head small, short, and blunt. Jaws equal in length, lower jaw
sometimes protrudes slightly forward; maxilla extends up to vertical with
posterior margin of pupil. Gill rakers short, thick, pointed at ends, 6 + 11
on first gill arch.

Body uniformly chocolate-brown to black; 10 blackish spots size of eye
located on upper part of dorsal fin; 11 or 12 indistinct broad vertical stripes
in lower half of body, 10 of which located above anal fin and continue onto
fin.

» Caudal fin with 2 broad vertical blackish stripes; interval between

stripes and margin white. Pelvic fins blackish, with white edging. Head
mottled, chin and throat white (Jordan and Snyder, 1903a).

Length to 440 mm (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Taranetz, 1938a: 121); near Won’san and Pusan (Mori and Uchida, 1934:
21); Hakodate (Jordan and Snyder, 1903a: 464); Sado Island (Honma,
1963: 21); Toyama Bay (Katoh et al., 1956: 322); San’in region (Mori,
1956a: 21). In the Yellow Sea found near Mokpo (Mori and Uchida, 1934:
21) and in Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955: 171). Along the
Pacific coast of Japan reported from Miyako (Matsubara, 1955: 759).

7. Genus Soldatovia Taranetz, 1937

Soldatovia Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 152 (type: Blennius -
polyactocephalus Pallas, 1811). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar.,
1955: 759. Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 118. Fowler, Synopsis...,
1958: 258.

ae LX-LXIII; A 1 45-47; principal rays C 6-7 + (7) 8 (9); P 13-14; VI 4; vertebrae 63-65
(16-17 + 46-49) (Makushok, 1958).

92

“AVG PAIUY “[pZ9T “ON “WU ci YIsUe] prepurig ‘youqa [youd s.Aojyeplog—vjvydaso0javAjod viaojppjog “19 oInsIy

M

y

£8

c8

84

93

Body elongate, compressed laterally, covered with small scales. Head
naked. Eyes set high, near profile of head. Snout slopes downward from

eye toward mouth; mouth located below eyes. Branchiostegal membranes

do not continue: downward toward front, forming broad fold across
isthmus. Teeth on jaws arranged with alternating bases in two close-set
rows, their flat cusps convergent, forming single row. Teeth absent on
vomer and palatines. Notch present on upper posterior margin of
operculum. Nasal tubules attenuate toward upper side and open through
small orifice. Two pairs of cirri present above eyes. Top of head behind
eyes and in front of dorsum with two parallel rows of cirri. Lateral line
represented by 3-4 pores above base of pectoral fin. Dorsal fin with only
spiny rays. V I 3 (Taranetz, see Makushok, 1958: 118).

1. Soldatovia polyactocephala (Pallas, 1811)—Soldatov’s Prickleback

(Figure 61)

Blennius polyactocephalus Pallas, Zool. Rosso-Asiat., 3, 1811: 179
(Kamchatka). Jordan and Evermann, Fish N. and M. Amer., 3, 1898: 2408;
4, 1900, fig. 828 (partly, specimens not from Petropavlovsk). Jordan and
Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 465 (partly, specimens not from
Petropavlovsk). Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 170 (partly,
species of Pallas). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 439 (partly,
species of Pallas).

Chirolophis polyactocephalus, Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950:
i

Soldatovia polyactocephala, Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937:
153. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 759. Fowler,
Synopsis..., 1958: 259. Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 119.

26241. Sea of Okhotsk, Cape Aniva. June 28, 1932. A. Ya. Taranetz. 1
specimen.

D LII-LX; A 141-43; P 14-15.” Longitudinal rows of scales above base
of anal fin 38-46; /. /. 3 (in 3 specimens) or 4 (in 1 specimen). Vertebrae
63 (based on | specimen). Pyloric caeca 3. Gill rakers 4-8 + 2-9 (based on
one specimen). Head length 15.8-17.3%, body depth at origin of anal fin
14.8-16.2% and least body depth 4.7-5.1% of standard length. Diameter of
eye 23.1-28.2%, length of lower jaw 47-51%, and length of pectoral fin 95-
112% of head length. Above eyes, 7 pairs of cirri located on occiput and
behind occiput on dorsum (Figure 62). Number and arrangement of cirri
constant; shape and size highly variable. First pair of cirri equal to or
longer than second pair. Several cirri present on anterior part of dorsal fin.
Usually two simple barbels present on chin, sometimes also occur on
operculum or along lower posterior margin of slit. Upper pores on head

?D LV; A 142; principal rays C 7 + 8; P 14-15; V1 4; vertebrae 60 (15 + 45) (Makushok,
1958: based on one specimen).

85

94

Figure 62. Arrangement of cirri (shaded) and pores of seismosensory
canals of head in Soldatovia polyactocephala (Makushok, 1958).

very small. Body light-colored, brownish, with irregular and indistinct
dark spots. Several brighter spots located along base of dorsal fin. Dark
vertical stripe above eye. Light-colored triangular spot situated anterior to
stripe and covers apex of snout and lips. Dorsal, pectoral, and caudal fins
light-colored, with vague dark spots and stripes. Tips of rays of anal fin
white, rest of fin gray. Belly and lower surface of head light-colored
(Taranetz; see Makushok, 1958: 119). Dwells on pebbled bottom. Caught
from depth of 56 m.

In our specimen (length 92 mm): D LX; A 42; P 14; ratio of length of
head to standard length 17.1. In all other characters conforms to above
description of species. This specimen was caught in the littoral zone at a
depth of 40 m.

Length, to 415 mm (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay and
near Aomori (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 439); from Hakodate (Shmidt,
1950: 71); and Oshoro Bay (Kobayashi, 1962: 258). Eastern Sakhalin near
Aniva Bay; Kamchatka (Taranetz, 1937b: 153).

3. Subfamily Lumpeninae

Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 84.

Body very moderately to highly elongate; head region with scales only
on cheeks (only in Lumpenella is entire head covered with scales). Head |
large, without cutaneous processes. Mouth medium or large (Leptoclinus).
Teeth on vomer and palatines present or absent. Gill openings continue
forward; branchiostegal membranes narrowly attached to isthmus. Siphon

86

J

of operculum absent (upper notch present: Figure 27, B). Branchiostegal
rays 6. Postorbital, occipital, and suborbital canals completely reduced,
and mandibular canal partly reduced; seismosensory papillae open
(Figure 63). Remaining canals of head open through fixed number of
pores: nasal 2, interorbital 1, postorbital 1, preopercular 5, and

- mandibular 2 (1 in Anisarchus). Lateral line in form of middle branch of

open seismosensory papillae. Vertebrae 60-94, precaudal 23-30. Spiny
rays of dorsal fin long, stiff, equal in thickness. Anal fin origin with one
poorly developed spiny ray or 2-5 spines. Caudal fin either rounded, oval-
pointed, or truncate, with 12 (Anisarchus) or 13 principal rays. Membranes
of dorsal and anal fins only touch base of caudal fin and only in Anisarchus
medius are they usually completely fused (without notch) with base.
Pectoral fins large, with 12-16 rays. Peivic fins well developed (I 3), their
soft rays usually unbranched. Soft rays of anal, caudal (principal), and
pectoral fins with 2-3 or more branches

Separation of caudal fin from dorsal and anal fins, reduction of
seismosensory canals of head, loss of siphon on operculum, larger size of
gill openings, and elongate body, “independent location of caudal fin” *
are characters of specialization which, in the opinion of Makushok (1958:
54), are present in members of the subfamily Lumpeninae which have
acquired great mobility.

6 genera. 5 known from the Sea of Japan.

Distribution: Northern part of the Pacific and Atlantic oceans and north
Arctic Ocean. Most members of Lumpeninae dwell on the continental
slope; usually found on a silty bottom at depths of 10 to 150 to 200 m or
more. Only Lumpenella longirostris moves into the bathyal zone (400-500
m). Feed on minute benthic invertebrates: polychaetes, crustaceans, and
bivalve mollusks.

8. Genus Lumpenus Reinhardt, 1836

Lumpenus Reinhardt, Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Nat.-Math. Afhandl., 6,
1836: 110 (type: Blennius lumpenus Fabricius = L. fabricii Reinhardt).
Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 68, 87.

Makushok (1958) separated from the composite genus Lumpenus
Reinhardt the following independent genera: Anisarchus Gill (type L.
medius Reinhardt) and Acantholumpenus Makushok (type: L. mackayi
Gilbert = L. fowleri Jordan and Snyder = Blennius anguillaris Pallas).

The characters of the genus Lumpenus presented below were defined

73Only in some specimens of Lumpenella longirostris are individual preopercular pores -
fused; in Acantholumpenus mackayi all interorbital pores fused.

*Present in Lindberg but not in Makushok (1958: 55); says the same thing as first phrase
of the sentence—Editor.

96

85

Figure 63. Seismosensory system of head in Lumpenus fabricii (dorsal
view) (Makushok, 1958).

while taking into account these changes and are based on the key to the
subfamilies and genera of the family Stichaeidae compiled by Makushok
(1958: 72). Couplets 20 to 25 have also been considered.”

Head without cutaneous processes in form of barbels and cirri (if
processes present, in form of snout-occipital crest). Pectoral fins large (less
than 2 times in head length), with at least 12 (12-21) rays. Pelvic fins
present. Gill openings continue forward ventrally; branchiostegal
membranes narrowly attached to isthmus. Gill openings do not reach
forward to vertical from posterior margin of eye. Postorbital, occipital, and
suborbital canals of head completely reduced (Figure 63). Mandibular
pores not more than two. Outermost ray of pelvic fins and first ray of anal
fin in form of poorly developed spine. Teeth not present on vomer.”
Lower rays of pectoral fins shorter than middle ones. Oral valves (palatine
and mandibular) present. Mandibular pores two. Caudal fin free, not
connected with dorsal and anal fins. Principal rays of caudal fin 13 (6 +7).
Scales cover entire body.

Three species. Two known from the Sea of Japan.

Key to Species of Genus Lumpenus”
1 (2). D LXIV-LXXI; A I 45-50. Base of dorsal fin usually with dark

SisiPe HOM bACK hte Bel cae ae ke a seed 1. L. sagitta Wilimovsky.
2 (1). D LXI-LXV; A O-I 39-43. Dark stripe not present on back along
baseof dorsal) fim oc) Sees ae eae 2. L. fabricii Reinhardt.

1. Lumpenus sagitta Wilimovsky, 1956—Sagittate Eelblenny (Figure 64)
Lumpenus sagitta Wilimovsky (=L. anguillaris auct., non Blennius

Tn delineating characters of the genus Lumpenus, only features of external structure
were considered.

™If teeth present on palatines, always arranged in single row. Makushok (1958: 17) has
reported that the presence of teeth on the palatines and the vomer is usually typical of least
specialized species. This is very helpful in determining the extent of affinity between species.

From Taranetz, 1937b: 157.

87

97

anguillaris Pallas, 1811), Stanf. Ichthyol. Bull., 7,2, 1956: 23 (new name in
place of Leptogunellus gracilis Ayres).

Leptogunellus gracilis Ayres, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 1, 1855: 26
(California). .

Leptogunellus lampetraeformis Kobayashi and Ueno (non Walbaum,
1792), Bull. Fac: Fish. Hokkaido Univ., VI, 4, 1956: 239.

Lumpenus anguillaris, non Pallas, Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor...,
1930: 470.

40199. Sea of Okhotsk, Terpenia Gulf. October 3,. 1949. KSE. 1
specimen.

‘40313. Sea of Okhotsk, Terpenia Gulf. September 15, 1947. KSE. 3
specimens.

40314. South Kuril Strait. September 18, 1949. KSE. 1 specimen.

40315. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. August 17, 1947. KSE. 1 specimen.

40316. Sea of Okhotsk, Terpenia Gulf. September 12, 1947. KSE. 1
specimen.

40317. Peter the Great Bay. September 1, 1954. Legeza and Dorofeeva.
1 specimen.

40324. Eastern Sakhalin coast. September 11, 1947. KSE. 1 specimen.

40344. La Perouse Strait. August 24, 1948. KSE. 5 specimens.

40345. Tatar Strait. September 24, 1948. KSE. 1 specimen.

D (LXIV) LXV-LXXI; A I, 45-50; C 6 +7; P 15-16; VI, 3; vertebrae
75-80 (26-28 + 46-54) (Makushok, 1958).

Specimens of the Kuril-Sakhalin expedition,” with D LXIV-LXxXI
(more often LXV -LXVII); A I, 45-50 (often 45). Fish caught mostly from
depths of 1 to 70 m, at water temperatures near bottom ranging from 7-
16°C, from a sandy bottom with an admixture of silt, pebbles, and stones.
These fish were caught incidentally in catches of flounders and walleye
pollock. Other incidental fishes: Triglops jordani, Podothecus gilberti,

’ Lycodes palearis, Gymnocantus herzensteini, G. detrisus, Glyptocephalus

stelleri, Myoxocephalus jaok, and M. polyacanthocephalus; among the
invertebrates found often were Cucumaria japonica, Asterias amurensis,
Ophiura sarsi, rarely Gorgonocephalus and Chiridota; among nudibranch
mollusks a small number of Yoldia and rarely Leda; among crustaceans
Erimacrus isenbeckii, Paralithodes platypus, and Hyas coarctatus, some-
times many polychaetes were found on the bottom. Red alga was prolific.

Color not retained to the same degree in all fish, but characteristic dark

stripe along base of dorsal fin was distinct, as well as thin dark stripe along

outer margin of this fin. Dark transverse stripes retained on dorsal fin in
some specimens. Upper half of body pigmented, lower half light-colored.
Pigmented spots on sides of body with indistinct contours. Dark spot

"Of 140 specimens, 68 were examined.

89

98

present in upper part of pectoral fin, continues onto body in region of
humeral band. Caudal fin with dark transverse stripes.

Length of our specimens ranged from 68 to 290 mm.

» Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Taranetz, 1937: 157); near mouth of Tuman-gang River, Tatar Strait, and
liman of Amur River (Shmidt, 1950: 78); La Perouse Strait (No. 40344);
off Hakodate (Taranetz, 1937b: 157); Sado Island (Honma, 1963: 2\')g
Toyama Bay (Katoh et al., 1956: 322). In the Sea of Okhotsk specimens of
KSE were collected near he eastern and southeastern coasts of Sakhalin,
South Kuril Strait, and off SiaSkotan Island. Northern part of the Pacific
Ocean and south to San Francisco and Japan (Taranetz, 1937b: 157).

2. Lumpenus fabricii Reinhardt, 1836—Slender Eelblenny (Figure 65)
Lumpenus fabricii Reinhardt, Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Nat. -Math.
Afhandl., 6, 1836: 110 (Greenland). Andriyashev, Ryby Severnykh Morei
SSSR, 1954: 244, figs. 126, 127. Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 61,
Gunellus fabricii Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 11, 1836:
431 (Greenland).

Lumpenus fabricii, Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 471. Rass,
Acta Zool., 17, 1936: 395, figs. 1-16 (age-dependent variability of major
characters). Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 157. Shmidt, Ryby
Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 79, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar.,
1955: 769. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 279.

20340. Tatar Strait. June 24, 1910. Derbek. 1 specimen.

40284. Sea of Okhotsk, Terpenia Gulf. October 2, 1949. KSE. 1
specimen.

D (LXI) LXIII-LXV (LXVD; A I, 40-437; P 15-16 (17); V 1, ' (35
vertebrae 70-73. Head low, pointed toward snout. Mouth horizontal,
upper jaw distinctly protrudes forward in relation to lower one. Lower lip
interrupted anteriorly, lobes present but poorly defined. Rays of dorsal fin
gradually shorten anteriorly with the first 1-2 rays barely perceptible and
not connected by acommon membrane. Anal fin equal in height through-
out length, its posterior rays not elongate. Posterior rays of dorsal and anal

‘fins do not continue onto caudal fin, but connect with its base

(Andriyashev, 1954).

Color yellowish. About 6 dark spots located along base of dorsal fin and
series of minute midbody spots. Dorsal fin with scattered spots; caudal fin
with 4 dark transverse stripes; remaining fins pale yellow (Soldatov and —
Lindberg, 1930). Similar morphological characters and age-dependent
variability of major characters reported by Rass (1936).

Seismosensory system of this species depicted in Figure 33.

8Soldatov and Lindberg (1930) reported D LVIII-LX; A 35-38. In our specimen (No.
40284) from Terpenia Gulf we found D LXIII; A I 38.

99

Information on biology of this eelblenny given by Andriyashev (1954).

Length, to 365 mm.

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from the northern part of Tatar
Strait and liman of Amur River (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 471). In the
Sea of Okhotsk found in Terpenia Gulf (No. 40284). Arctic Sea, Bering
Sea (Taranetz, 1937b: 157).

9. Genus Anisarchus Gill, 1864

Anisarchus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 16: 210 (type: Clinus
medius Reinhardt). Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 61, 71.

This genus differs from the closely related genus Lumpenus Reinhardt
in that the gill openings continue beyond a vertical line with the middle of
the eye, oral valves rudimentary, mandibular pore one, principal rays of
caudal fin 12 (6 + 6), anterior part of skull slopes sharply, mesethmoid
very broad, and scales on cheeks highly reduced (Makushok, 1958: 71).

Two species. Both known from the Sea of Japan.

Key to Species of Genus Anisarchus”

1 (2). Dorsal fin with more than 57 spiny rays. Anal fin with more than 35
soft rays. Posterior rays of dorsal and anal fins distinctly continue
beyond base of caudal fin. Diameter of eyes equal to or less than
OUTS CE i1 Te ae a a 1. A. medius (Reinhardt).

2 (1). Dorsal fin with less than 57 spiny rays (54-56). Anal fin with 35 or
less spiny* rays (33-35). Posterior rays of dorsal and anal fins do not
continue beyond base of caudal fin. Diameter of eyes more than
length of snout......... 2. A. macrops (Matsubara and Ochiai).

1. Anisarchus medius (Reinhardt, 1838)—Stout Eelblenny (Figure 66)

Clinus medius Reinhardt, Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Nat.-Math. Afhandl.,
7, 1838: 114, 121, 194 (Greenland).

Lumpenus medius, Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 186
(comparison of Pacific and Atlantic specimens). Soldatov and Lindberg,
Obzor..., 1930: 471. Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 157. Shmidt,
Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 80. Andriyashev, Ryby Severnykh Morei
SSSR, 1954: 243, fig. 124 (synonymy and description). Matsubara, Fish
Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 769. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: .280
(synonymy and description).

Anisarchus medius, Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 61

D LVIII-LXIII; A I, 37-42; P 14-15; VI, 3; C 6 + 6 (Makushok, 1958).

From Matsubara (1955: 769), with modifications.
*Obvious error in Russian text. In description of the species, soft rays are indicated—
General Editor.

‘(p61 ‘AeySeAIIpUY) veg TYOyNYD ey) Jo wed usoYyjNog “WU pe] YISUST “AUUD[QJo0 yNO}s—smIpam snyrDSIUp “99 FINS 88

a et PTE SET IT oe
IES ons Ser tre aE
SG ee Be Crees Gee O 7, padi roar idbar pelea
, Na Z it oS aaeaelte = ee e
Ay po sotal te bis ee eid et e : ape.
: ) | ; A iy . =
~. 5 e ‘ A ete oe one pas . % oot i ia d ;
J i. ia); Le . > ee s- Af a : . ) :
CRBs ay £5 gale Pn : ee ATH fo: we a 4
Le rh a: gp 2? .-<' hn ete -? FE <9
aren ; LEENA ? 7

i me =p Aste d)

Xi

Mdddddddkbideddidd

Uldldddlée”

101

In the Pacific specimens examined by Makushok, vertebrae numbered

90 65-70 (23-25 + 43-50). Snout blunt, not pointed. Body comparatively

deep, height at origin of dorsal fin more than 8% of total length (Andri-

yashev, 1954). Mandibular seismosensory canal highly reduced (Figure
67) (Makushok, 1958).

Shmidt (1904: 186) compared specimens of A. medius from the
Atlantic and Pacific oceans and concluded that they were completely
identical. Color of live fish probably variable. Shmidt (1904) reported the
body as reddish, while Andriyashev (1954) reported it as light yellow with
indistinct yellowish spots.

In the northern seas, according to Andriyashev (1954), found at depths
of 10-15 to 150 m, often 30-100 m, almost exclusively ona silty bottom. It
prefers lower benthopelagic temperatures (mostly subzero), but is also

_ known from warmer waters with temperatures up to 3 to 5°C (Spitsbergen)
and above (White Sea). Not found in less saline marine waters, preferring
salinity above 30°/... Feeds on minute benthic animals (polychaetes,
bivalve mollusks, and crustaceans).

Specimens collected during KSE (33) from the Sea of Japan in the
region of southern Primor’e (No. 40261), Tatar Strait (Nos. 40270, 40287);
Sea of Okhotsk in the region of Terpenia Gulf (Nos. 40267, 40275, 40276);
southeastern coast of Sakhalin and Aniva Bay (Nos. 40266, 40268, 40269,
40271, 40272, 40273, 40274); eastern coast of Sakhalin (Nos. 40262, 40265,
40277, 40278, 40279); and Pacific coast of Iturup Island (No. 40321): D
LVIII-LXIII; A I-il, 36-46; diameter of eye less than length of
snout. Pigmentation preserved poorly. Traces of roundish dark spots

Figure 67. Anisarchus medius. Reduction of anterior part of mandibular
seismosensory canal (Makushok, 1961).

9

—

102

visible on sides of body and dorsal fin; black spot located in anterior part
of dorsal fin between first and second rays.

Our specimens were found in catches of flounder (Hippoglossoides
elassodon robustus) form depths of 14 to 300 m, where a silty bottom
predominated, sometimes with an admixture of sand, stones, and clay,
containing a large number of mollusks (Leda). The by-catches also
included Cardium groenlandicum, Yoldia hyperborea, Ophiura sarsi,
Gorgonocephalus, Chionocoetes opilio, and rarely sponges (Geodia).
Among fishes, in addition to Anisarchus medius, these were also
caught: Icelus spiniger intermedius, Gymnocanthus sp., Stichaeus nozawae,
Lycodes tanakae, Eumicrotremus birulai, Podothecus gilberti, Allolepis
hollandi, and Dasycottus setiger.

Length, to 246 mm.

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known in southern Primor’e (KSE) .
and Tatar Strait near Cape Syurkum (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 471).
Found in the Sea of Okhotsk in Terpenia Gulf and Aniva Bay (KSE).
Pacific coast of Iturup Island (KSE). Along the coasts of Japan, found in
Volcano Bay, off Hokkaido Island (Sato and Kobayashi, 1956: 14). Arctic
Ocean and Far East seas, circumpolar (Andriyashev, 1954: 242).

2. Anisarchus macrops (Matsubara and Ochiai, 1952) (Figure 68)

Lumpenus medius, Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 157
(indications of variability). .

Lumpenus macrops Matsubara and Ochiai, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 2, 4-5,
1952: 206, fig. 1 (Sea of Japan). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar.,
1955: 769. Matsubara and Ochiai, Fig. and Descr., Fishes of Japan, 59,
1958: 12362 pl.-237, fies 597:

Anisarchus macrops, Makushok, Stichaeoidea ...1958: 61.

- 40263. Tatar Strait. August 17, 1949. KSE. 1 specimen.

40264. Tatar Strait. September 30, 1948. KSE. 1 specimen.

40311. Southern Primor’e. March 3, 1912. Lyaskovskii. 1 specimen.

D LVI; A 135; P 13*°; V 13; branchiostegal rays 6; longitudinal series
of 123 scales along median line of body; gill rakers on first gill arch 5 + 14.
Specimens preserved in formalin light yellowish-chocolate-brown,
with 11 dark chocolate-brown indistinct blotches located on sides of body;
first blotch occurs immediately behind head, last one at base of caudal fin;
smaller spots located between larger blotches (from fifth to tenth); minute
vague spots present in preocular region; apex of snout blackish. Caudal fin
with 4 broad chocolate-brown transverse stripes. Dorsal fin with 11 large,
vague, elongate, light chocolate-brown spots, first notably darker than the

801 LII-LVI; A I, 32-35; VI, 3; vertebrae 61 (Makushok, 1958). The author notes that a
reduction in number of rays in the pectoral fins is observed in Anisarchus macrops (less than
12 to 13 rays) and considers this phenomenon a secondary one.

92

103

others. Pectoral, pelvic, and anal fins light-colored (Matsubara and Ochiai,
1952: 206). Biology unknown. Most probably feeds on different types of
algae (Abe, 1958: 110).

Two of our specimens were caught in Tatar Strait from depths of 255-
263 m in sandy silt, with D LVI, A I, 35-36. Dorsal fin with 11 dark
blotches, the first very vivid. Last rays of dorsal fin do not continue beyond
base of caudal fin and last rays of anal fin slightly continue beyond base of
caudal fin. Upper profile of head slopes abruptly from eyes downward. 4
transverse dark stripes well expressed on caudal fin.

Lenght, to 170 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Tatar Strait and southern
Primor’e (KSE), off Sado Island in Toyama Bay near Ishikawa and Fukui
Prefectures (Matsubara and Ochiai, 1952: 209). Possibly widely dis-
tributed along the coast of Japan (Abe, 1958: 110).

10. Genus Leptoclinus Gill, 1864

Leptoclinus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1861: 45 (type:
Lumpenus aculeatus Reinhardt). Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
25, 1902: 498. Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor ..., 1930: 469. Taranetz,
Kratkii Opredelitel’ ..., 1937: 157. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya,
1950: 81. Andriyashev, Ryby Severnykh Morei SSSR, 1954: 248.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 768. Makushok, Sti-
chaeoidea ..., 1958:61.

Close to the genus Lumpenus, but teeth present not only on palatines
but also on vomer. Upper jaw not protractile. Lower rays of pectoral fin
elongate. Caudal fin notched at end (Andriyashev, 1954).

One amphiboreal species with, according to Andriyashev (1937), two
subspecies: one found in the Atlantic Ocean and the other in the Pacific
Ocean and also known from the Sea of Japan.

Key to Subspecies of Leptoclinus maculatus*'

Dae): LL MI-L ey 1s ae vertebrae /0-72. 2... 2... eo. get
Le Lins 3 oe SUL HE:S ERE S hers « 1. L. m. diaphanocarus (Schmidt).
21)” D LVU-LXI:; (AvT 34-37 vertebrae 66-69. ........ 5.0... ok
Pe hasc Ovo: aes Pea ea hotge o es > c [L. m. maculatus (Fries, 1837)].*

1. Leptoclinus maculatus diaphanocarus (Schmidt, 1904) (Figure 69)
Plectobranchus diaphanocarus, Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei ...,
1904: 182 (eastern Sakhalin).
Leptoclinus maculatus, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
768.

®'From Andriyashev (1954: 248).
82Distribution: northern part of the Atlantic Ocean (Andriyashev, 1954: 249).

WENS IBVL “7OTOh “ON “WU coy YISUET ‘sniv20uUvYdDIp snjojnoDW snulj20}daT “69 21N3Iq 6

‘(CS6I ‘1eIydO pue vivqnsjey]) ueder Jo Bag “WW LC] WWsUeT sdo1vW snyodinsiup “gg 9INBIy 16

93

105

Leptoclinus maculatus diaphanocarus, Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’
, 1937: 157. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya 1950: 81. Andriyashev,
Ryby Severnykh Morei SSSR, 1954: 248, fig. 129, 1 (radiograph).

D. LXI-LXIII; A I, 37-39; P 15; C 13-15; VI, 3; branchiostegal rays 6
(Shmidt, 1904),

D LXI-LXIV; A I-II, 37-40; vertebrae 70-72 (Andriyashev, 1954).

Head compressed laterally, pointed anteriorly, and slightly flat dorsally.
Skull bones transparent. Eyes large, round; snout lengt equal to diameter
of eye. Mouth large, posterior end of maxillary reaching vertical from first
third of pupil. Teeth of upper and lower jaws in 2 rows (anterior row
consists of larger canine-shaped teeth). Body highly compressed laterally,
covered with minute, indistinct caducous scales. Scales also present on
cheeks. Vent almost midbody. Anterior 6-7 spines in dorsal fin free but
each connected by triangular membrane to (dorsum); first spine located
on vertical with posterior margin of opercle.* Color of specimens pre-
served in alcohol yellowish, live fish probably almost transparent; brown
pigment spots present on some specimens. Caudal fin grayish; others
transparent (Shmidt, 1904: 183).

Our specimens (22; KSE, Nos. 40200-40210) from Tatar Strait, Aniva
Bay, Terpenia Gulf, and southeastern coast of Sakhalin characterized by:
D LXI-LXIV; A I-II, 37-39; P 15; ratio of diameter of eye to head length
3.3 to 3.8; ratio of snout length to head length 4.4 to 6.0. Round dark spots
observed on many preserved specimens, arranged along sides of body and
on dorsal fin. Length of our specimens 114 to 163 mm.

Biology not studied. It is known that the specimens collected by A.P.
Andriyashev were obtained from depths of 8- 68 m, with a stony-pebbled
bottom and temperature close to zero.

KSE specimens were collected from depths of 33 to 187 m, from sauily
bottom (shallow depths) and silted sand or argillaceous silt (greater
depths); sometimes bottom with admixture of stones and pebbles. In
some habitats bottom water temperature varied from —1.8 to + 1.9°C.
This species was usually encountered incidentally in catches of flounders
(Hippoglossoides elassodon robustus, Acanthopsetta nadeshnyi, Limanda
aspera) together with Myoxocephalus, Podothecus gilberti, Artediellus
dydymovi schmidti, Triglops jordani, Lycodes uschakovi, L. tanakae, L.
raridens, Lumpenus medius, Icelus spiniger, Percis japonica; among
invertebrates, catches included a large number of Gorgonocephalus caryi,
many Cucumaria japonica and mollusks (Leda), and far fewer Ctenodiscus
crispatus, Pandalus borealis eous, P. goniurus, and Chionocoetus opilio.

Length, to 175 mm (Andriyashev, 1954).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known in Tatar Strait (Taranetz,

83In our specimen (No. 40202) located on vertical line with origin of gill slit.

94

106

1937b: 157 and specimens of KSE). In the Sea of Okhotsk found off the
southeastern coast of Sakhalin (KSE), Aniva Bay (KSE), Terpenia Gulf
(Shmidt, 1950: 81 and KSE), and off eastern coast of Sakhalin (Shmidt,
1904: 182). Lake Notoro, northern coast of Hokkaido (Hikita, 1952: 12).
Bering Sea, north up to Anadyr Gulf. Possibly region of Bering Strait
(Andriyashev, 1954: 248).

11. Genus Acantholumpenus Makuschok, 1958

Acantholumpenus Makushok, Stichaeoidea ..., 1958: 61, 72, 87 (type:
Lumpenus mackayi Gilbert = L. fowleri Jordan and Snyder = Blennius
anguillaris Pallas).

This genus is distinguished by a spiny outer ray in the pelvic fins and
spiny anterior rays (at least 2) in the anal fin, absence of teeth on vomer,
and location of jaw teeth in 2-4 central rows (Figure 70, A, B). Scales on
head present only on cheeks. Palatines with teeth. Oral valves present.
Posterior precaudal vertebrae without parapophyseal connections. Skull
low and narrow (Makushok, 1958).

One species. Also known from the Sea of Japan.’

1. Acantholumpenus mackayi (Gilbert, 1893) (Figure 71)

Lumpenus mackayi Gilbert, Rept. U.S. Fish Comm., 1893 (1895): 450,
pl. 32 (Bristol Bay). Jordan and Evermann, Fish N. and M. Amer., 3, 1898:
2436; 4, fig. 839. Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor ..., 1930: 472. Shmidt,
Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 78.

Lumpenus fowleri Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902:

- 500, fig. 28 (Kushiro).

93

Lumpenella mackayi, Taranetz, Vestn. Dal’nevost. Fil. Akad. Nauk
SSSR, 13, 1935: 97; Kratkii Opredelitel’ ..., 1937: 157. Matsubara, Fish
Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 768.

A VOB
Figure 70. Acantholumpenus mackayi. Teeth on jaws.

A—upper jaw; B—lower jaw.

95

107

Lumpenus anguillaris, Tanaka, Figs. and Descr., Fishes of Japan, XII,
1913: 211, pl. 57, fig. 3; 2113, pl. 59, fig. 220. Fowler, Synopsis ..., 1958:
279.

Blennius anguillaris Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat., 3, 1811: 176, pl. 42, fig.
3 (Kamchatka, America, and Islands).

Acantholumpenus mackayi, Makushok, Stichaeoidea ..., 1958: 61.

D LXIX-LXxXvV; A II, 41-47 (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930)"

Characters given in description of genus.

Coloration: Continuous dark stripe located under dorsal fin and
interrupted stripe in form of punctation along middle of side of body;
indistinct row of spots in-between punctation. Sexual dimorphism well
expressed. Males with longer caudal fin, notably broadened in middle and
sharply pointed toward end. Caudal fin of females not only shorter and
narrower, but also truncate at end, with rounded corners (Soldatov and
Lindberg, 1930).

Length of our few specimens (5; nos. 40195-40198; 40308-40309), 320
to 457 mm. Collected from Peter the Great Bay, Aniva Bay, Terpenia
Gulf, and SiaSkotan Island. D LXXIII-L XXV; A II, 44-45. Body color
preserved: dark stripe continues beyond base of dorsal fin; elongate dark
spots along middle of side of body form punctate stripe; sometimes third
short stripe visible between these two stripes commencing near upper
margin of gill opening and extending backward without reaching base of
caudal fin. Dark spots discernible between dark stripes. Minute blackish
spots present along outer margin of dorsal fin.

Length, to 582 mm (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Distribution: In the sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay, Tatar
Strait, and liman of Amur River (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 472);
Pusan (Okada and Matsubara, 1938: 404); Olga Bay (Popov, 1933: 15);
noted for Hakodate (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a: 501); Sado Island
(Honma, 1952: 226); Niigata (Tanka, 1913: 210); Toyama Bay (Katayama,
1940: 25). In the Sea of Okhotsk found in Terpenia Gulf, Aniva Bay, and
off SiaSkotan Island (KSE). Along the Pacific coast of Japan reported from
Lake Notoro (Hikita, 1952: 3) to Muroran (Snyder, 1912: 449) Pacific coast
of America from Alaska to San Francisco (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a: 500).

12. Genus Lumpenella Hubbs, 1927

Lumpenella Hubbs, Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci., 7, 1927: 378 (type:
Lumpenus longirostris Evermann and Goldsborough). Soldatov and
Lindberg, Obzor ..., 1930: 473. Makushok, Stichaeoidea ..., 1958: 61, 72.

Body elongate, covered with small cycloid scales. Lateral line absent.

841) LXVIII-LXXV; A II, 41-47; principal rays C 6 + 7; P 14-15; VI, 3; vertebrae 76-80
(27-29 + 49-52) (Makushok, 1958).

96

108

Head pointed; snout produced somewhat beyond small horizontal
mouth. Eyes elliptical. Dorsal fin consists entirely of hard and fairly high
spines. Anal fin with 3-5 (usually 5) spines and about 40 soft rays. Pelvic
fins small, I 2. This genus is close to the genus Lumpenus but differs from
it in shape of heal, snout, and eyes, and large number of spines in anal fin
(Hubbs, 1927). Head entirely covered with scales. Teeth of upper and
lower jaws arranged in 2-4 central rows. Palatine and vomerine teeth
absent. Oral valves (palatine and mandibular) completely reduced.
Caudal fin oval, truncate. Skull high and broad (Makushok, 1958).
One species. Also known from the Sea of Japan.

1. Lumpenella longirostris (Evermann and Goldsborough, 1907)—

Longsnout Prickleback (Figure 72) ,

Lumpenus longirostris Evermann and Goldsborough, Bull. U.S. Bur.
Fish., 26, 1907: 340, fig. 115 (Aleutian Islands).

Lumpenella longirostris, Hubbs, Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci., 7, 1927: 378.
Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor .., 1930: 474. Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’

, 1937: 157. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 80, pl. IV, fig. 2.

Lumpenella nigricans Matsubara and Ochiai, Japan J. Ichthyol., 2, 4-5,
1952: 210, fig. 2 (Kushiro). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
768.

D LXV-LXVI; A II-V, 39-42; P 13-14; VI, 2-3.* Branchiostegal rays 6
Scales in longitudinal row 190. Gill rakers on first gill arch 4 +16
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 474; Matsubara and Ochiai, 1952: 210).

Body and fins of specimens preserved in formalin dark chocolate-brown
but belly, lips, branchiostegal membranes, and fins (except dorsal) black
(Matsubara and Ochiai, 1952).

P.Yu. Shmidt described the coloration of his live specimens as dark
chocolate-brown with a light-colored pattern. In one specimen 8 vague
dark spots distinguishable under base of dorsal fin. Head blackish toward
anterior end; oral, gill, and belly cavities black. Belly, pectoral fins, anal
and caudal fins black; dorsal fin blackened along margin.

Caught at great depths, up to 600 m, at low temperatures but not below

0°C (Shmidt, 1950: 81).

Our specimen (No. 40289) from the Sea of Okhotsk (51° 12.8’ N and
155° 27.3’ E) was caught at a depth of 820 m with bottom water
temperature —2.3°C. Length of fish 340 mm, D LXV; AII, 42; P 13; VI, 3.

Length, to 370 mm (Matsubara and Ochiai, 1952: 210).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan recorded as L. nigricans near Sado
Island (Honma, 1963: 210). Along the Pacific coast of Japan reported

85y J, 3 (Matsubara and Ochiai, 1952).
86) LXV-LXVII; A II-III, 40-42; principal rays C 6 + 7; P 13-14; VI, 3; vertebrae 71-74
(24-25 + 47-49) (Makushok, 1958).

109

(ZS6I ‘IeIYOO pue vieqnsjeP) OPleyyoH “WU p/¢ YISUST “yorqo[yod jnoussuo[—sijsossuo] vjjauadunyT ‘7/ 91N314

‘(Z061 “JapAUS PU UepPIOLF) OpleyyoH] ‘WW c[¢ YBUET WpyIDW SnuadunjoYyjUuDIP ‘{ 1 9INBIA

> mA a oe .~ pr ee ae ~ ams = Ze :
S_ 8 555 ec as aad

$6

v6

97

110

from Kushiro, Hokkaido (Matsubara, 1955: 768); also known southward
almost to Kuji (Nos. 41542-41544). Sea of Okhotsk, eastern coast of
Sakhalin, St. Iona Island, southeastern Alaska (Shmidt, 1950: 81). Our
specimen was caught in the Sea of Okhotsk far away in Cape Lopatka.
Bering Sea (Taranetz, 1937b: 157). Described from the Aleutian Islands.

4. Subfamily Opisthocentrinae
4

Makushok, Stichaeoidea ..., 1958: 90.

Body laterally compressed, low or relatively deep (Ascoldia,
Opisthocentrus), and covered with overlapping scales. Head without
cutaneous processes; scales cover entire head (Ascoldia, Opisthocentrus
ocellatus, and O. zonope), or present only on cheeks (Lumpenopsis
pavienkoi and Plectobranchus*’), or completely absent (Kasatkia,
Opisthocentrus dybowskii). Mouth small. Teeth present only on vomer.®

Branchiostegal membranes broadly fused and not attached to isthums.
Branchiostegal rays 5 or 6 (Lumpenopsis, Allolumpenus*’). Seismosensory
canals of head, except subocular one, well developed and open through
constant number of pores. Lateral line of body in form of middle and
upper branches of open seismosensory papillae. Vertebrae 53-72,
precaudal 17-24. Spines of dorsal fin long, hard, and equal in thickness, or
anterior ones slender and flexible, gradually thickening toward tail where
posteriormost convert into hard spines (Ascoldia, Opisthocentrus). Anal
fin origin with 1 (Allolumpenus) or 2 spines. Membranes of dorsal and
anal fins only slightly touch base of caudal fin (in Ascoldia and
Opisthocentrus dorsal fin slightly overlaps base of caudal fin). Principal’
rays of caudal fin 13-14 (Lumpenopsis, Kasatkia) or 14-15 (Ascoldia,
Opisthocentrus). Pectoral fins large, with 12-21 rays. Pelvic fins well
developed, with 1 spine and 3 unbranched rays, or rudimentary
(Ascoldia), or absent (Opisthocentrus and Kasatkia). —

Distributed in the northern part of the Pacific Ocean. Littoral fish;
mode of life not known (Makushok, 1958).

6 genera, 4 known from the Sea of Japan.

13. Genus Lumpenopsis Soldatov, 1915

Lumpenopsis, Soldatov, Ezhegodn. Zool. Muzeya Rossiisk. Akad.
Nauk, 20, 1915: 635 (type: L. pavlenkoi Soldatov). Soldatov and Lindberg,
Obzor ..., 1930: 474. Makushok, Stichaeoidea ..., 1958: 72.

Body highly elongate, compressed laterally, covered with minute

scales; lateral line absent. Head long, compressed laterally, snout
87Distributed from California north to British Columbia. \

88Present on vomer and palatines in Plectobranchus.

Distributed along Pacific coast of Canada (Departure Bay).

97

111

Figure 73. Seismosensory system of head in Lumpenopsis pavlenkoi,
lateral view (Makushok, 1958).

elongate. Cirri or tentacles absent on head. Eyes moderate in size, set high
on head. Teeth arranged in narrow bands on jaws. Teeth present on
vomer. Dorsal fin composed of a large number of sharp spines. Caudal fin
long. Pectoral fins large, more than half head length, middle rays longest.
Pelvic fins present, I 3 (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930). Gill openings do
not continue ventrally toward front; branchiostegal membranes broadly
fused and not attached to isthmus. Branchiostegal rays 6. Postorbital and
occipital canals of head normally developed and subocular canal, even if
reduced, only partly so. Number of pores in canals of head constant and
constitute diagnostic character for indentification of genus: nasal 2,
interorbital 1, postorbital 5, suborbital 2, occipital 3, preopercular 5, and
mandibular 3 (Figure 73). Anal fin origin with 2 spines, its soft rays
bifurcate. Membranes of dorsal and anal fins touch only base of caudal fin.
Opercular siphon replaced by postero-upper notch (Makushok, 1958).

In the opinion of V.M. Makushok, several morphological characters of
this genus bring it closer to the subfamily Lumpeninae (presence 6f scales
on cheeks, 6 branchiostegal rays, 5 subopercular pores, and 1 interorbital
pore); another series of characters is typical of the subfamily Opistho-
centrinae (broad fusion of branchiostegal membranes, which are not
attached to isthmus, presence of postorbital and occipital seismosensory
canals, and presence of ocelli on dorsal fin).

Two species. Both known from the Sea of Japan.

* Key to Species of Genus Lumpenopsis”
1 (2). Dorsal fin with 42-49 spines.”' Body pale yellow, with 12 chocolate-

%From Matsubara, 1955: 768.

91aAn unfortunate misprint was incorporated in the diagnosis of Lumpenopsis
(Leptoclinus) triocellatus given by Matsubara in the key for species (1955: 768, couplet a’): D
LXII-LXIX. The figure published by the author shows D XLIX. It should read D XLIil-
XLIX.

98

112

brown to gray spots randomly arranged on sides. Dorsal fin with 3
round black spots greater in size than pupil (in posterior half of
BUT ae pases aie Renee VAN Ra Ca 1. L. triocellatus Matsubara.
2 (1). Dorsal fin with 47 spines. Body light chocolate-brown. 6 trapezoi-
dal spots on dorsum with base directed toward median line of body
side. Dorsal fin with 5 rounded dark spots arranged at base of fin in-
between apices of trapezoidal spots of back....................
A ORR Gir arpa Gee Gerth Caer Sal Ta aay 2. L. pavlenkoi Soldatov.

1. Lumpenopsis triocellatus (Matsubara, 1943)—Three-spotted

Eelblenny (Figure 74).

Leptoclinus triocellatus Matsubara, J. Sigenkagaku Kenkyusyo, 1, 1943:
37, fig. 1, pl. 1 (Tsurga Bay). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
768, fig. 283.

Lumpenopsis triocellatus, Makushok, Stichaeoidea ..., 1958: 61, 92
(explanation erroneously attributed to genus Leptoclinus).

D XLII-XLIX; A II, 24-31; P 13; V I, 3 (Makushok, 1958).

Characters given in description of genus and in key to species.

Like Makushok, neither could we find the first description of this
species (Matsubara, 1943); hence we reproduce the explanation given by
V.M. Makushok regarding the affinity of MLeptoclinus triocellatus
Matsubara to the genus Lumpenopsis:

“Presence of postorbital and occipital canals in Leptoclinus triocellatus
Matsubara, which open respectively through five and three pores, two
pores on suborbital bone (Fig. 75), two well-developed spines at anal fin
origin, 13 rays in pectoral fin, 49 spines in dorsal fin, oval-rounded caudal
fin, and finally, ‘ocelli’ on dorsal fin—these justify its affinity to the genus
Lumpenopsis ... This species differs from L. pavlenkoi in the presence of
two anterior ‘ocelli’ on dorsal fin and slight elongation of unbranched
lower rays of pectoral fins”.

Length of specimen depicted in Matsubara’s figure (Matsubara, 1955,
pl. 82, fig. 283) about 110 mm.

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from off Sado Island (Honma,
1958: 21). Along the Pacific coast of Japan reported from Tsuruga Bay
(Matsubara 1955: 768). |

2. Lumpenopsis pavlenkoi Soldatov, 1915—Pavlenko Eelblenny

(Figure 76)

Lumpenopsis pavlenkoi Soldatov, Ezhegodn. Zool. Muzeya Rossiisk
Akad. Nauk, 20, 1915: 636, drawing (Péter the Great Bay). Soldatov and
Lindberg, Obzor ..., 1930: 474. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar.,
1955: 767. Makushok, Stichaeoidea ..., 1958: 61, 92 (comparative notes).

18859. Peter the Great Bay, Cape Gamov. October 16, 1912. DVE. 1
specimen.

113

‘yeWIQIosId—y ‘yeydis00—g ‘[eIQI0jsod—y

‘(SS6l ‘BIeQns}e) Pedy Jo sjeued AIOSUSSOWSIes JO selOg ‘SNJD]JAI0141 SisdouadwnT “cy eIN3I4 66

<= Set an en

288=ser-—-

114

‘(S161 “OyUsTAeg PUL AOJYPIOS) Weg Ie] “WU gg YIBUST ‘s1j1qvioWaM DIYIWSDY “11 2INBIY 001

‘(ST6I “AOepjos) Avg yeoIH sy} Iojoq “WW Z/ YISUST ‘AUUSTGI99 s,oyUa|Aeg—i0yUaavd sisdouadunT ‘9/, oIN3Iq 66

Le teely

2: RS By ho fer PM
Ze aagie: Masi, SUB:

CLAIMED 9) yy7tr

99

100

115

25976. Southern Primor’e. September 23, 1934. ZIN. 1 specimen.

Peal; A TT, 30: V i 37

Head naked; small scales present only on cheeks (Figure 73). Mouth
moderate. Lower jaw short, maxilla reaches vertical with anterior margin
of pupil. Rays of dorsal fin very low. Dorsal fin originates at vertical with
base of pectoral fin. Rays of anal fin higher than rays of dorsal
fin; anal fin originates slightly ahead of vertical with midpoint of standard
length. Caudal fin long but shorter than head length, slightly rounded at
end. Pelvic fins inserted ahead of base of pectoral fin, long and narrow,
with three unbranched soft rays (Soldatov, 1915). Specimens examined by
Soldatov were caught in Peter the Great Bay at a depth of 30 m and in
Tatar Strait at a depth of 30-40 m.

Length 72 mm (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay and
Tatar Strait (Soldatov, 1915: 636).

14. Genus Kasatkia Soldatov and Pavylenko, 1915

Kasatkia Soldatov and Lindberg, Ezhegodn. Zool. Muzeya Rossiisk.
Akad. Nauk, 20, 1915: 638 (type: K. memorabilis Soldatov and Pavlenko).
Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor 1930: 444. Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’
..., 1937: 154. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 760. Fowler,
Synopsis ..., 1958: 275. Makushok, Stichaeoidea ..., 1958: 61, 74.

Body elongate, compressed laterally, and covered with smooth scales
except for head. Pectoral fins large, rounded, more than half head length.
Branchiostegal membranes fused and not attached to isthmus. Dorsal fin
with hard spines, devoid of flexible rays. Anal fin with 2 spines. Pelvic fins
absent (Soldatov and Pavlenko, 1915: 638). Branchiostegal rays S.
Interbranchial pores 5, preopercular pores 6. Suborbital canals continuous
(Figure 43, A). Dorsal fin with 18 rays. Soft rays of anal fin bifurcate.
Membranes of dorsal and anal fins touch only base of caudal fin
(Makushok, 1958).

One species. Known from the Sea of Japan.

1. Kasatkia memorabilis Soldatov and Pavlenko, 1915 (Figure 77)

Kasatkia memorabilis Soldatov and Pavlenko, Ezhegodn. Zool. Muzeya
Rossiisk Akad. Nauk, 20, 1915: 639, drawing (Peter the Great Bay).
Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 444. Taranetz, Kratkii Opredeli-
tel’ ..., 1937: 154. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 760.
Fowler, Synopsis... , 1958: 276, fig. 24. Makushok, Stichaeoidea ..., 1958:
61.

18977. 42°31’ N, 131°14’ E. April 7, 1913. DVE. 1 specimen.

*D XLVIII; A II, 31; V I, 3 (Makushok, 1958).

101

116

26043. Sea of Japan. 1934. ZIN. 1 specimen.

D LXIII-LXV; A II, 45-47; P 18.”

Head elongate. Eyes relatively large. Mouth small, slightly oblique.
Maxilla reaches vertical with anterior margin of eye. Teeth on jaws small
and pointed; slightly smaller teeth present on vomer, no teeth on
palatines. Dorsal fin originates slightly anterior to vertical with base of
pectoral fin. First and last rays of dorsal fin reduced. Dorsal fin originates
slightly anterior to vertical-with base of pectoral fin. First and last rays of
dorsal fin reduced. Anal fin originates closer to tip of snout than to base of
caudal fin. Caudal and pectoral fins rounded. Pelvic fins absent. Vent
situated immediately anterior to origin of fin. Color of specimens
preserved in alcohol yellow. Dorsal fin with 12-14 dark spots; series of
dull spots located on dorsum along base of dorsal fin; 12-13 indistinct
longitudinal spots on sides of body. Dark oblique stripe continues onto
cheeks from eye toward margin of operculum (Soldatov and Lindberg,
1930). Number of pores in seismosensory canals of head constant: 2 nasal,
4 interorbital, 7 postorbital, 7 suborbital, 5 occipital, 6 preopercular, and 4
mandibular (Makushok, 1961b).

Length, to 96 mm (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930)

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay and
Tatar Strait (Taranetz, 1937b: 154).

15. Genus Ascoldia Pavlenko, 1910

Ascoldia Pavlenko, Ryby Zaliva Petr Velikii, 1910: 50 (type: A.
variegata Pavlenko). Soldatov, Sb. v Chest’ Knipovicha, 1927: 399.
Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor ..., 1930: 440. Taranetz, Kratkii
Opredelitel’ ..., 1937: 153. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 76.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 760. Fowler, Synopsis...,
1958: 268. Makushok, Stichaeoidea ...,1958: 61.

Body elongate, compressed laterally, covered with small cycloid scales;
head covered with very small scales. Mouth small, with fleshy lips. Jaws
and vomer with small conical teeth, palatines without teeth. Lower jaw
slightly reduced. Dorsal fin high.” Pectoral fins long, equal in length to
head. Pelvic fins present but reduced to a single spine and 2-3 rudi-
mentary rays. Gill openings do not continue far forward; branchiostegal
membranes broadly fused and not attached to isthmus (Soldatov and
Lindberg, 1930). Pores of seismosensory canals well developed on head:
nasal 2, interorbital 5, postorbital 7, suborbital 3 + 2,” occipital 3, pre-

31) LXV-LXVII; A II, 47-49; principal rays C 7-8+7; P 17-18; vertebrae 70-72
(18 + 52-54) (Makushok, 1958).

94 Anterior rays of fin thin and flexible, thicken gradually posteriorly and turn stiff, and

often last rays convert into stout spines (Makushok, 1958).
*>Suborbital canal interrupted in middle; 3 pores in lower part and 2 in upper.

103

117

opercular 6, and mandibular 4 (Makushok, 1961: 232). Body without
lateral line.

One species and 1 subspecies. Former known from the Sea of Japan,
and latter from adjacent waters.

Key to Subspecies of Ascoldia variegata

1 (2). Anal fin with 2 spines and 38-39 soft rays; V I, 2. Sea of Japan.
A TOPE H/F h Ds Ye 1. Ascoldia variegata variegata Pavlenko.
2 (1). Anal fin with 2 spines concealed in skin and 34-36 soft rays; VI, 3.
Sea of Okhotsk .... la. Ascoldia variegata knipowitschi Soldatov.

1. Ascoldia variegata variegata Pavienko, 1910—Pavlenko’s Red
Prickleback (Figure 78)

Ascoldia variegata Pavlenko, Ryby Zaliva Petr Velikii, 1910: 50, fig. 9
(Askold Island). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 440. Makushok,
Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 61.

Ascoldia variegata variegata, Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937:
153. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 760. Fowler,
Synopsis..., 1958: 268, fig. 22.

* 40310. Peter the Great Bay. July 10, 1949. G.U. Lindberg. 1 specimen.
D LVIII-LX; A II, 38-39; P 21; C 15; VI, 2 (Pavlenko, 1910).
Head 5 times and depth 4 times in standard length; depth of caudal

peduncle 2 times in head; eyes 6.9 times in head length in adults and 4.6
times in young fish; interorbital space 4 times in head; pelvic fins 2
times in longitudinal diameter of eye; pectoral fins 1.5 times and snout 4 '
times in head length. Interorbital space very broad, convex, covered with
small scales. Mouth small; jaws and vomer with minute, barely discer-
nible teeth. Entire body and head covered with cycloid scales. Pectoral
fins well developed, pelvic fins present but very small, with one spine and
2 rudimentary rays.

Color of live fish red. Large number of diffuse greenish-yellow spots
scattered on red background of body and dorsal fin. Number of spots on
dorsal fin 8-9, more numerous on body (Pavlenko, 1910).

Length, to 430 mm.

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay and
off Askold Island (Pavlenko, 1910: 51).

la. Ascoldia variegata knipowitschi Soldatov, 1927—Knipovich’s Red
Prickleback (Figure 79)

Ascoldia variegata knipowitschi Soldatov, Sb. v Chest’ Knipovicha,
1927: 399, fig. 1 (Abrek Inlet, Shantar Islands). Soldatov and Lindberg,
Obzor..., 1930: 440. Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 153. Shmidt,
Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 76. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and
Hierar., 1955: 760. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 268.

‘(L761 ‘AOVePIOS) spurs] eJULYG “WU 16 YISUET youqoTyoud por s,yorAodIy—1yIsModIuy DJDBalvA DIpjOIsy “GL 21NB1A TOI

ee 5 EF AGES atts
2 = m SEZ C2 -“ye. Be
Bog” eo Ps
Be SE of eed
BS

WY

‘ACG JL9ID 9) 1019d ‘OLE ‘ON “WW yo] YISUST ‘yorqosyord pol s.oyUs[AeG—VIDsalIDA DIDZaLVA DIPJOISpy “B/ 21NSI ZO

Oe t

LLY

119

40374. Sea of Japan. Tatar Strait. August 12, 1949. KSE. 1 specimen.

41614. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. December 27, 1972. KSE. 2
specimens.

D LVII-LIX; A II, 34-36; P 20-22; V I, 3.

Head 21.6-25.0%, body depth 15.8-21.1%, depth of caudal peduncle
7.7-8.2%, eyes 5.0-6.0%, interorbital space 4.8-5.4%, snout 5.0%, pectoral
fins 17.0-17.4% and pelvic fins 3.5-3.8% of standard length. Two rays
anterior to anal fin concealed in skin (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Interorbital space broad, convex, covered with minuscule scales. Eyes
large. Black stripe continues from margin of eye downward. Dorsal fin
originates anterior to vertical with posterior margin of operculum, consists
of spines; anterior and posterior rays slightly shorter than middle ones,
and membrane of last spine reaches base of upper rays of caudal fin.
Almost all rays of dorsal fin stiff. Anal fin origin anterior to vertical at
middle of standard length. Membrane of last ray of anal fin does not reach
base of lower rays of caudal fin; membrane of anal fin deeply notched
between tips of rays. Pectoral fins rounded, longer than half head length;
caudal equal to pectoral fin in length and slightly rounded along posterior
margin. Pelvic fins small, less than diameter of orbit.

Body color of specimens preserved in alcohol uniformly yellowish,
without pattern; belly pale. Anal fin with narrow dark stripe along outer
margin of fin. Dorsal fin with 9-10 dark spots. Body color in live fish light
chocolate-brown, not red as in A.v. variegata Pavlenko (Soldatov, 1927).

Ascoldia variegata is extremely close to species of the genus
Opisthocentrus, from which it differs only in the presence of pelvic fins. It
differs further from Opisthocentrus dybowskii in the presence of scales on
the head, and from O. ocellatus and O. zonope by the ma of 5
interorbital pores (Makushok, 1958).

Our specimens (41) varied in length from 55 to 118 mm; A II 35-36”; V
I, 3; D LIX-LXtI; ratio of head length to standard length 4-4.6. These fish
were caught by KSE from Terpenia Gulf, Aniva Bay, and coastal waters of
SiaSkotan Island in depths ranging from 1.5 to 60 m,” with fairly variable
bottom (stones and sand, sandy silt, silted sand, rocks, rocks and sand,
rocks and shells, broken shells). Catch also included cod, flounder, and
Myoxocephalus.

Judging from the incidentals in the catches, it may be stated that red
algae,”* laminaria, sponges, and bryozoans also occurred in the habitats of
Ascoldia variegata knipowitschi. Clumps of Zostera marina and Z. nana,
red seaweed, and hydroids were likewise present. Among invertebrates,

In one specimen, A II, 37.
%7In one case bottom temperature 0.2°C.
%8 Also Suberites, Agarum, and Ectocarpus.

120

Asteria amurensis, Ophiura sarsi, and white and chocolate-brown
Cucumaria were encountered.

Length, to 440 mm (No. 41614).

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known from Tatar Strait (No. 40374).
Described from Abrek Inlet (Shantar Island) and found off Ola Island (Sea
of Okhotsk). Our specimens were found in Aniva Bay, Terpenia Gulf, and
coastal waters of SiaSkotan Island (Nos. 40360, 40361-40373), and from
the southwestern coast of Paramoshir Island (No. 41614).

16. Genus Opisthocentrus Kner, 1868

Opisthocentrus Kner, Sitzb. Acad. Wiss., 58, 1868: 49 (type: Centronotus
quinquemaculatus Kner). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 443,.
Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 153. Makushok, Stichaeoidea...,
1958: 61. :

Pholidapus Bean and Bean, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 19, 1896: 398 (type:
P. grebnitzkii). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 445. Taranetz,
Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 154. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 274.

Abryois Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 486, fig. 22
(type: A. azumae). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 761.

This genus differs from other related genera in absence of pelvic fins
and medial interruption of suborbital seismosensory canal. All rays of
dorsal fin spiny, anteriorly slender and flexible, gradually thickening and
becoming stiff toward posterior end, and often convert into stout spines
near caudal peduncle. Genus characterized by slope of 45° of pectoral fins
and reduction in strength of spines of anal fin. Teeth on upper jaw
arranged in 2-4 rows, lower with 1 row. Number of pores of seismosensory
canals of head: nasal 2, interorbital 3 or 5, postorbital 7, suborbital 3 in
lower and 2 in upper part of medially interrupted canal, occipital 3 or 6,
preopercular 6, and mandibular 4 (Makushok, 1958).

3 species. All found in the Sea of Japan.

Key to Species of Genus Opisthocentrus

i (4). Head covered with scales. 3 interorbital pores in seismosensory
canal. Posterior maxillary teeth not larger than anterior ones.
Height of middle rays of dorsal fin equal to or more than half body

depth.
2 (3). D LVI-LXIII. Head with diffuse transverse stripes Dorsal fin with
SHO vOcellarAspots): se te ane biaekts weer. 2 1. O. ocellatus (Tilesius).

3 (2). D XLVIII-LV. Head with sharply delineated transverse stripes.
Dorsal fin with less than 6 ocellar spots (usually 4)...........
ZEN Ue Ata, AP aan PT GEO 2. O. zonope Jordan and Snyder.

4 (1). Head naked. 5 interorbital pores in seismosensory canal. Posterior

104

121

Figure 80. Maxillary teeth of Opisthocentrus dybowskii
(Makushok, 1958).

A-—large teeth.

maxillary teeth larger than anterior ones (Figure 80).” Height of
middle rays of dorsal fin less than half body depth. +... ce,
4s One maliet SM Mea, Veta | area 3. O. dybowskii Steindachner.

1. Opisthocentrus ocellatus (Tilesius, 1811)—Ocellate Blenny (Figure 81)

Ophidium ocellatum Tilesius, Mem. Acad. Imp., St. Petersburg, 2, 1811:

237, pl. 8, fig. 2 (Kamchatka).

Opisthocentrus ocellatus, Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904:
180 (synonymy, description). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 443
(synonymy, description). Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 154.
Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 76. Matsubara, Fish Morphol.
and Hierar., 1955: 760, fig. 279. Fowler, Synopsis... , 1958: 271. Abe, Enc.
Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 112, fig. 330 (color diagram). Makushok,
Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 61.

Opisthocentrus ochotensis Ueno, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 3 (4-5), 1954: 102-
106, figs. 1-4 (male).

D LVI-LXIII; A II, 31-42.'"

In addition to differences mentioned in the key to species, this species
is characterized by the absence of a stripe continuing from the origin of
the dorsal fin through the base of the pectoral (Soldatov and Lindberg,
1930). P.Yu. Shmidt noted that the available description required
supplementary information, namely, oral cavity with palatine and
mandibular membranes. Upper lip continuous, lower lip interrupted in
middle. Upper part of gill opening with siphon formed by fleshy margin of
operculum and very short fleshy fold attached to trunk (Shmidt, 1950).

°° This peculiarity is an exception in the subfamily Opisthocentrinae,

'D LVIII-LXII; A II, 37-39; principal rays C 7-8 + 6-7; P 20-21; vertebrae 63-67 (22-
23 + 40-44) (Makushok, 1958).

122

(gS61 ‘AoysnyeW) snyjj220 snuyuasoyssidQ Ut Weysks A1osuesOUUsIeg “7% OINSILA

901

(Z06| ‘IepAuS pue ULPIOL) WW QO] YISUST “AUUETG o1e][900—snNjD]J290 snaguaz0yssidQ “1g 21N3Iy

col

SS

N
eS:

iS

ea ie _ 2 ; Ds |

Ba

106

123

Color of live fish reddish; reticulate gray spots on sides continue onto
dorsal fin on which ocellar spots additionally located.'*' Eye intercepted
by brown stripe that continues from occiput toward chin; similar brown
stripe originates from posterior corner of eye and extends toward angle of
operculum (Shmidt, 1904).

Some males with flexible spines in anterior part of dorsal fin, differing
from hard ones, which can be greatly elongate. O. ocellatus has upper
branch of open seismosensory papillae situated parallel to median line
and usually interrupted in middle of trunk (Figure 82) (Makushok, 1958).

Our specimens (41; Nos. 31586-31589, 40281; 40304-40393) 34 to 167
mm long, D LVI-LXI, with 5 to 6 rounded dark spots on dorsal fin and 3-4
indistinct dark stripes on head (well developed in large specimens)
directed from eye downward toward interbranchial space and lower angle
of operculum and upward toward occipital region. In smaller fish, 34 to 52
mm, these stripes almost indiscernible. Color also retained in some
specimens in form of dark network. Fish were caught in Tatar Strait near
Moneron Island, in Aniva Bay, and off SiaSkotan Island from depths of 1
to 68 m, from a stony or silted sand bottom. They were encountered in
catches mainly comprising flounders and walleye pollock. Occurrence of
red algae, laminaria, sponges, bryozoans, ascidians, and hydroids was
incidental. Catch likewise included Cucumaria japonica, Asterias
amurensis, Triglops jordani, Podothecus gilberti, and Lycodes palearis
fasciatus.

Length, to 171 mm (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan from Peter the Great Bay north to
Tatar Strait (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 444); off Moneron Island (No.

' 13022); Primor’e indicated for Olga Bay and Soviet Gavan (Popov, 1933:

149). Reported from Oshoro Bay (Kobayashi, 1962: 258), Otaru,
Hakodate, Aomori (Shmidt, 1950: 76), Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 24),
Sado Island (Honma, 1963: 6). Found near the Korean Peninsula, Sonen
Inlet, Port of Shestakov (Shmidt, 1950: 76). Widely represented in the Sea
of Okhotsk from liman of Amur River to western coast of Kamchatka,
Terpenia Gulf, Aniva Bay, and farther up to SiaSkotan Island (KSE). In the
north found to the Bering Sea (Andriyashev, 1939b: 84). Along the Pacific
coast of Japan found in Lake Notoro (Hikita, 1952: 13), near Nemuro
(Franz, 1910: 85), in Volcano Bay (Sato and Kobayashi, 1956: 13), near
Muroran, and reported from off Nagasaki (Shmidt, 1950: 76), which needs
confirmation.

101Number of ocelli on dorsal fin probably a variable character since different researchers
report different numbers. Abe (1958, Fig. 330) depicts 6; Jordan and Snyder (1902, Fig. 20)
and Steindachner (1880) have published figures with 5. Shmidt (1904) indicated 4-5 for fish
from the Gulf of Busse; our specimens had 5-6.

107

108

124

2. Opisthocentrus zonope Jordan and Snyder, 1902—Girdled Blenny

(Figure 83)

Opisthocentrus zonope Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25,
1902: 485, fig. 21 (Muroran, Hokkaido). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor...,
1930: 444. Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 253. Matsubara, Fish
Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 760. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 272, fig. 23.

18691. Peter the Great Bay. October 13, 1912. DVE 2 specimens.

18692. Ussuri Bay. October 1, 1912. DVE. 2 specimens.

18975. Peter the Great Bay. September 25, 1911. DVE. 2 specimens.

37297. Sea of Japan, Ussuri Gulf. 1962. ZIN. 1 specimen.

40280. Sea of Japan. August 28, 1970. E. Tsimbalyuk. 1 specimen.

40560. Vladivostok. May 25, 1947. E.P. Rutenberg. KSE. 2 specimens.

D LI; A II, 33’ (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a).

Description of species based on characters given in genus and in key to
species.

Color slightly olive-green, body sides with distinct randomly arranged
stripes, spots, and lines, which in some specimens form reticulate pattern;
head with sharply demarcated narrow dark stripes; narrow stripes extend
from origin of dorsal fin downward and intercept base of pectoral fin; base
of caudal fin with narrow vertical dark stripe (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a).

Our specimens (10): D L-LV, fin with 4-5 dark rounded spots. Other
characters accord with description of species.

Length to 118 mm (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay, in
Primor’e reported from Olga Bay and Soviet Gavan (Soldatov and
Lindberg, 1930: 444). Found in Oshoro Bay (Kabayashi, 1962: 258), near
Otaru (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a: 486).

3. Opisthocentrus dybowskii (Steindachner, 1880)—Dybowskii’s Blenny

(Figure 84)

Centronotus dybowskii Steindachner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss., 82, 1880: 259
(Strelok Bay).

Abryois azumae Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 488,
fig. 22 (Muroran). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 761.

Pholidapus dybowskii, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25,
1902: 488. Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 148 (synonymy,
description). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 447 (synonymy,
description). Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 153. Shmidt, Ryby
Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 77. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 275.

1027) XLVIII-L; A II, XXXIV-XXXVII*; principal rays C 7-8 + 6-7; P 20-21; vertebrae -
56-58 (19-20 + 36-38) (Makushok, 1958).

*Apparent misprint in Russian original as notation conveys spiny rays when, in fact, the
second part of the anal fin contains soft rays—General Editor.

125

Figure 84. Opisthocentrus dybowskii—Dybowskii’s blenny. Length 400 mm. Hokkaido (Jordan and Snyder, 1902).

107

109

126

Opisthocentrus dybowskii, Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 61.

D LVII-LXIV; A II, 36-44.'°

More oblong and broader body than in closely related species, covered
with small smooth scales, head naked. Mouth small, horizontal or slightly
oblique. Teeth on jaws and vomer; palatines without teeth. One or two
highly conical teeth on premaxilla behind narrow band of teeth. Posterior
rays of dorsal fin thicker and slightly lower than remaining ones. Pectoral
fin longer than caudal. Anal fin lower than dorsal fin. Body color variable.
Number of ocelli usually not more than four, sometimes completely
absent (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 447).

Our specimens (130; Nos. 40562-40574) ranged in length from 14 to
430 mm; D LX-LXIV; A II, 38-41; dorsal fin with 1 to 4 rounded dark
spots usually located in anterior part of fin. Fish collected by KSE in Tatar
Strait, off southwestern coast of Sakhalin, in Aniva Bay, and off SiaSkotan
Island, from silty bottom at shallow depths (up to 2 m), usually with
laminaria, Zosteraceae, and algae.

Length, to 460 mm (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Distribution: Widely represented in the Sea of Japan: off Wonsan
(Taranetz, 1937b: 154), in Peter the Great Bay and north to Tatar Strait
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 448). Known near Otaru (Jordan, Tanaka
and Snyder, 1913: 392). In the Sea of Okhotsk found in Aniva Bay, also
Terpenia Gulf, north to Avachinskaya Inlet (Shmidt, 1950: 77). South-
ward found to Kuril Islands (Taranetz, 1937b: 154), SiaSkotan Island
(KSE). Sea of Okhotsk and Pacific coast of Hokkaido, and reported from
Lake Notoro (Hikita, 1952: 12) and Volcano Bay (Shmidt, 1950: 77).
Farther south known from Sagami Bay (Franz, 1910: 85).

5. Subfamily Alectriinae

Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 96.

Body moderately elongate. Embedded scales retained only in posterior
part of body or completely absent (Pseudalectrias). Head with snout-
occipital fleshy crest. Mouth relatively large (extends up to vertical
posterior to eye or beyond it as in Alectrias alectrolophus benjamini).
Teeth present on vomer and palatines (absent on palatines in Pseuda-
lectrias). Branchiostegal membranes broadly fused and not attached to
isthmus, or broadly fused with it (Anoplarchus). Branchiostegal rays 5.
Seismosensory canals of head normally developed, opening exteriorly
through constant number of pores: nasal 2, interorbital 4, suborbital 1,
postorbital 7, preopercular 6, and mandibular 4 (Figure 85, A, B).

1031) LXI-LXV; A II, 38-40; principal rays C 7-8 +7; P 18-19; vertebrae 67-70 (23-
24 + 43-46) (Makushok, 1958).
'0¢Numbers differ in Pseudalectrias (Figure 86, A, B).

127

109 Figure 85. Seismosensory system of head in Alectrias alectrolophus
(Makushok, 1958).

A-—dorsal view; B—lateral view.

109 Figure 86. Seismosensory system of head in Pseudalectrias tarsovi.
A-—dorsal view; B—lateral view.

110

128

Lateral line of body in form of middle and upper branches of free
seismosensory papillae. Vertebrae 62-69, precaudal 16-21. Spiny rays of
dorsal fin slender and flexible in anterior part, gradually becoming thicker
and stiffer posteriorly. One undeveloped spine located at origin of anal fin.
Principal rays of caudal fin 12-14. Membranes of unpaired fins usually
fused with base of caudal fin. Pectoral fins small or highly reduced
(Pseudalectrias), with 8-10 rays. Pelvic fins absent.

Loss of one ray of branchiostegal membranes (5 versus 6), reduction of
scales, unique structure of rays of dorsal fin, loss of pelvic fins, and partial
reduction of pectoral fins, are traits of specialization which, in the opinion
of Makushok (1958: 54), have developed as a result of adaptation of move-
ment in the supralittoral zone.

Distributed in the northern part of the Pacific Ocean. Inhabitants of
pebbled-gravelly shores in the littoral zone. Parents protect their eggs.
Feed on minute benthic invertebrates (polychaetes, mollusks, and
crustaceans).

3 genera. Two known from the Sea of Japan.

17. Genus Alectrias Jordan and Evermann, 1898

Alectrias Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 47, 1898: 2869
[type: Anoplarchus alectrolophus (Pallas) = Blennius alectrolophus Pallas].
Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1902: 475. Shmidt, Ryby
Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 176. Hubbs, Pap. Michigan Acad. Scuc ke
1927: 371. Lindberg, Genera and Species of Fishes of the Family
Blenniidae, 1938: 499. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 69.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 763. Andriyashev, Ryby
Severnykh Morei SSSR, 1954: 238. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 286.
Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 61.

Alectridium Gilbert and Burke, Bull. Bur. Fish., 30, 1910: 87 (type: A.
aurantiacum). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 459. Taranetz,
Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 155. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya,
1950: 70. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 764. Fowler,
Synopsis..., 1958: 288.

An addition should be made to the description of the subfamily,
namely, that in members of the genus Alectrias the upper and lower jaw
teeth are arranged in 2-4 central rows (Figure 87, A, B), and the occipital
pit is absent. Branchiostegal rays 5 (Makushok, 1958).

3 species. 2 known from the Sea of Japan, and 1 from adjacent waters.

Key to Species of Genus Alectrias'”

1 (2). Cirri present above eyes. P 8-9. Length of pectoral fins 6% of
standard length. Crest on head high.... 1. A. cirratus (Lindberg).

105From Lindberg (1938), with additions (Taranetz, 1937b).

110

111

129

Figure 87. Jaw teeth of Alectrias alectrolophus (Makushok, 1938).
A—upper jaw; B—lower jaw.

2 (1). Cirri not present above eyes.

3 (4). Crest on head low, with process in interorbital space resembling
cockscomb. P.10. Length of pectoral fins 8% of standard length.
TE RS nt hale OOS TR | er 2. [A. gallinus (Lindberg)].

4 (3). Crest on head without process. P 11. Length of pectoral fins 5% of
standard length.

RMS INT 02) Be 9.17 ET WIE fe igo OE gS
eae emu ns Batts Rte 3. A. alectrolophus alectrolophus (Pallas).

1. Alectrias cirratus (Lindberg, 1938) (Figure 88)

Alectridium cirratum Lindberg, O Rodakh i Vidakh Ryby Sem.
Blenniidae, 1938: 505, fig. 4 (Peter the Great Bay). Matsubara, Fish
Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 764.

Alectrias cirratus, Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1948: 61, 99 (compara-
tive notes).

18856. Vladimir Bay. September 17, 1913. DVE. 1 specimen.

25160. Peter the Great Bay. August 17, 1937. A.I. Savinov. 1 specimen.

D LX; A XLII; P 8-9."

Body and head compressed laterally, crest on head well developed,
high, slightly dentate on upper side, not smooth, extending from snout to
midpoint of occiput; distance from pore behind crest to origin of dorsal fin
2.5% of standard length. Well-developed lobate cirrus located above each
eye, situated on upper rim of eyeball. Upper jaw extends to vertical with
posterior margin of eye. Posterior part of body covered with small rounded
scales embedded in skin and adjacent (not overlapping) (Lindberg, 1938).

06Body depth 7 3/5 in standard length (Fowler, 1958: 286).

'07Body depth 5 4/5 in standard length (Fowler, 1958: 286).

108F) LVII-LX; A I XLI-XLIV; C 6-7 + 6 (7); vertebrae 61-65 (16-18 + 45-47) (Maku-
shok, 1958).

130

Length, to 97 mm.
Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay and
Vladimir Bay.

2. [Alectrias gallinus (Lindberg, 1938)] (Figure 89)

Alectridium gallinum Lindberg, O Rodakh i Vidakh Ryb Sem. Blennii-
dae, 1938: 506, fig. 5 (Sea of Okhotsk, Ukoi). Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo
Morya, 1950: 70. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 764.
Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 288.

Alectrias gallinus, Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 61, 99 (compara-
tive notes).

40358. Sea of Okhotsk, Terpenia Gulf. September 8, 1947. KSE. 2
specimens.

40359. Sea of Okhotsk, Terpenia Gulf. October 1, 1947. KSE. 1
specimen.

D LXI; A I, 44; P 10.°°

Body and head compressed laterally. Crest on head moderately deve-
loped, with unique process between eyes giving crest appearance of a
cockscomb. Upper margin of crest, excluding process, smooth or
edentate. Crest extends from apex of snout almost to origin of dorsal fin;
distance from pore behind crest up to origin of dorsal fin 1.2% of standard
length. Cirri absent above eyes. Upper jaw extends to vertical with
posterior margin of pupil. Figmented spots arranged beyond midpoint of
posterior part of body. Pectoral fins relatively long (1/2 head length)
(Lindberg, 1938).

Three specimens of this species from the collection of KSE ranged in
length from 78 to 98 mm. D LX]; A I, 44; P 10; length of pectoral fins 8.3-
8.8% of standard length; ratio of body depth to this length 7.0-7.8. Fish
caught at a depth of 48 m with a bottom temperature of 2.3°C. Bottom in
region of catches comprised pebbles, gravel, and silted green sand.
Incidental catch comprised numerous hydroids, sponges, bryozoans, and
exoskeletal parts of the crab Paralithodes camtschaticus; among fishes
only Melletes papilio was found.

Length, to 98 mm.

Distribution: Not known from the Sea of Japan. Sea of Okhotsk, near
Cape Ukoi, Erineiskii Gulf, and Tanisk Inlet (Lindberg, 1938: 507).
Specimens of KSE from Terpenia Gulf (Nos. 40358, 40359).

3. Alectrias alectrolophus alectrolophus (Pallas, 1811)—Stone Cockscomb
(Figure 90)
Blennius alectrolophus Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat., 3, 1811: 174
(Penzha Gulf).

1091) LXI-LXIII; A I, 44; C 6-7 +6 (7); vertebrae 65-67 (18-19 + 47-48) (Makushok,
1958). :

443

112

113

131

Alectrias alectrolophus, Jordan and Evermann, Fish N. and M. Amer.,
1898: 2869. Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 174 (partly,
specimens of the Sea of Okhotsk). Andriyashev, Ryby Severnykh Morei
SSSR, 1954: 238, fig. 122. Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 61, 99
(comparative notes).

Alectrias alectrolophus alectrolophus Hubbs, Pap. Michigan Acad.
Sci., 7, 1927: 371 (synonymy). Lindberg, O Rodakh i Vidakh Ryb Sem.
Blenniidae, 1938: 502, fig. 3. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 70.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 763.

Anoplarchus alectrolophus, Jordan and Evermann, Fish N. and M.
Amer., 1898: 2421. Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 459 [partly,
specimens from stations of TONS (5) and DVE (46, 161)].

Anoplarchus alectrolophus alectrolophus, Taranetz, Kratkii Opredeli-
tel”. ...1937:. 133.

Alectridium aurantiacum Gilbert and Burke, Bull. Bur. Fish., 30, 1910:
87, fig. 31. Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 459. Taranetz, Kratkii
Opredelitel’..., 1937, 155. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 70.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 764.

Addendum*: Pinchuk (1974) confirmed on the basis of new studies the
conclusion of Peden (1967) regarding the independent status of the
species Alectridium aurantiacum Gilbert and Burke, 1942.

D LXI-LXII (LIX-LXIV); A 42-44; P 10.'”

Crest on head well developed, with significant height in occipital
region; distance from pore behind crest to origin of dorsal fin 2.2-2.3% of
standard length. Lateral line continuous along side, well developed; dorsal
line of pores also well defined (Lindberg, 1938).

Upper part of gill opening with siphon formed from dermal outgrowth
of operculum as well as short dermal fold on trunk, which does not reach
base of pectoral fin. Lower lip interrupted for short distance. Palatine and
mandibular membranes present in oral cavity (Shmidt, 1950).

Seismosensory system of head in this species does not differ from that
in other species of Alectrias (Makushok, 1958).

Color of live fish highly variable, from dull gray or almost black to
bright pattern of spots. Sinuous line usually extends along dorsum,
separating dark portion from light-colored spots that continue onto dorsal
fin (Andriyashev, 1954).

Our specimens (50, of which 20 examined) from KSE ranged in length

‘01 LVIII-LXIV; A I, 42-46; C 6-7 + 6-7; P 9-10; vertebrae 62-69 (16-19 + 45-50)
(Makushok, 1958). -

*The original Russian book contains addenda and corrections to the text on p. 443. These
addenda and corrections have now been included in the flow of the text at the appropriate
places with indication of the type of change and page number of the original book in the left-
hand margin—General Editor.

132

‘(PS61 “AeYseATIpUY) YsIOYYO Jo keg “WW HOT YISUET ‘quIodsyo09 au0\s—snydojouoayp Snydo]o1j2aj0 Sv14jI217 ‘06 2INBI ZIT

EQQG\\ ££ F722

‘ ie at

LL YU

(861 “S19qPUIT) YsOYYO Jo veg “Wu pg YISUET ‘snUI/03 svIraip “68 ainsi

ESE 7

aa
SSS SASS =

$

PIA 3 A : ‘
VAS / f LMS Lys
ir 2 3

é uel
Oa ee ee.

E
—

‘A. 2 "Mth,
Pe se Soe rea ~ oy
ore SH ee

Rees ee eee Lott

CII

114

133

from 46 to 110 mm. D LXI-LXVI; A 42-45; P 10; ratio of body depth to
standard length 7.1-8.5 times of length of pectoral fin 5-7.2. Fish caught
in Aniva Bay, near SiaSkotan and Kunashir Islands, at depths of 2.5 to 50
m. Bottom stony or with broken shells and gravel.

Length, to 128 mm (Shmidt, 1904),

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known in De-Kastri Bay; not found
farther south. Northern part of the Sea of Okhotsk, Bering Sea, and farther
east to west coast of Alaska (Lindberg, 1938: 503). Like Alectridium
aurantiacum, found near Aniva Bay (Shmidt, 1950: 70 and collections of
KSE, No. 31699). Known from near SiaSkotan and Kunashir Islands (KSE,
Nos. 40395-40399; 40551-40559).

3a. Alectrias alectrolopus benjamini Jordan and Snyder, 1902
(Figure 91)

Alectrias benjamini Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902:
475, fig. 16 (Hakodate). Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 287.

Alectrias alectrolophus benjamini Hubbs, Pap. Michigan Acad. Sci.,
1927: 372. Lindberg, O Rodakh i Vidakh Ryb Sem. Blenniidae, 1938: 503.
Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 70. Matsubara, Fish Morphol.
and Hierar., 1955: 763.

Alectrias alectrolophus, Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904:
176 (partly, specimens from Vladivostok). Pavlenko, Ryby Zaliva Petr
Velikii, 1910: 70.

Anoplarchus alectrolophus, Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930:
459 (partly, stations of DVE 207, 210, 256, 331; TONS 40, 140, 172, 273,
289). .

18066. Primor’e. Preobrazheniya Inlet. October 6, 1908. Derbek. 1
specimen.

20472. Amur Bay. July 19, 1898. M. Yankovskii. 1 specimen.

25973. Sea of Japan. October 7, 1934. ZIN. 1 specimen.

34340. West coast of Sakhalin. August 20, 1933. A. Kuznetsov. 1
specimen.

D LV; A I, 41.

Body depth equal to head length. Head large. Mouth oblique. Maxilla
extends beyond vertical with posterior margin of eye. Jaws equal in
length. Interorbital space convex. Teeth minute, pointed, arranged on
jaws in narrow band, outer teeth largest; vomer and palatines with
narrow bands of minute teeth. Gill rakers about 12; pseudobranchs large.
Head with distinct crest extending from tip of snout to occiput; maximum
height of crest slightly less than diameter of eye. Head naked, without
dermal cirri. Dorsal fin originates at vertical with base of pectoral fin,
continues to caudal fin, and fuses with latter; fin membrane unnotched
between tips of spines. Caudal fin rounded posteriorly and its length half
head length; pectoral fins also rounded, 2.5 times in the head length.

443

134

Color of specimens preserved in alcohol yellowish-olive-green, darker
on upper side than on lower. Several whitish spots, longer than eye,
arranged along dorsum; background of dorsum between these spots
darker,: light-colored spots themselves mottled black, and several smaller
spots extend along median line of body side. Cheeks, chin, and throat
marked with minute black dots; crest with 4 dark vertical stripes; anal fin
with alternate white and black spots near base. Caudal fin with indistinct
dark- and light-colored vertical stripes. Pectoral fins light-colored, with a
few dark stripes (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a).

Length, to 95 mm (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Poset Bay (Taranetz,
1937b: 155); Peter the Great Bay, Olga Bay, Vladimir Bay (Soldatov and
Lindberg, 1930: 459). In the north found to Aleksandrovsk-Sakhalin
(Taranetz, 1937a: 39); described from Hakodate, reported from Sado
Islands (Honma, 1963: 21); Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) in Yellow Sea (Zhang
et al., 1955: 173); and Chefoo (Wang and Wang, 1935: 217). In the Sea of
Okhotsk found in Aniva Bay (Shmidt, 1950: 70). Reported from
Aikawa and Muroran (Snyder, 1912: 449).

18. Genus Pseudalectrias Lindberg, 1938

Pseudalectrias Lindberg, O Rodakh i Vidakh Ryb Sem. Blenniidae,
1938: 507 (type: Alectrias tarasovi Popov). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and
Hierar., 1955: 764. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 290. Makushok, Stich-
aeoidea..., 1958: 61, 100 (comparative notes).

Pseudalectrias, in which branchiostegal membranes are not attached to
the isthmus and broadly fused with each other, differs from Alectrias in
these characters: complete reduction of scale cover; absence of palatine
teeth; reduction of pyloric caeca and dermal crest; reduction of
pectoral fins and primary elements of shoulder girdle; reduction in
number of preopercular, mandibular, and suborbital pores; and laterally
compressed skull (Makushok, 1958: 100).

One species. Known only only from the Sea of Japan.

1. Pseudalectrias tarasovi (Popov, 1933) (Figure 92)

Alectrias tarasovi Popov, Issled. Morei SSSR, 19, 1933: 150 (De-Kastri).

Pseudalectrias tarasovi, Lindberg, O Rodakh i Vidakh Ryb Sem.
Blenniidae, 1938: 507, fig. 6 (Petrov Island, Sea of Japan). Matsubara,
Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 764. Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958:
61. Fowler, Synopsis ..., 1958: 290, fig. 28.

25308. Sea of Japan, Petrov Island. September 12, 1934. ZIN. 2
specimens.

Addendum: Pinchuk (1974), based on an examination of 13 specimens,

1AOSDAD] SDIAJJaJDPNASd *7 21IN3I14 SII

‘

‘(C61 ‘AOdO) WeNg Ie] “Ww {{] YIBUET

135

if

LE COMA TIE

ell

SDIIAJP [6 IINSIA

‘ulumpl(uaqg snydojo.2a]0

<

JapAug pue ueploOs) aJepoyey] “Ww cg YISUST

Wi

‘(7061

> ROTA SS Da

_ Be ee OS & ee sé ze : ga ieee.
LUNADNVNNTI INE

i

7

ec oag SN

GUI

115

136

has provided further data on color in vivo, range of dimensions (up to
133 mm), and distribution (SiaSkotan Island).

D XXVI-XXXV (61); A 43 (Lindberg, 1938).

Body entirely naked, moderately elongate, compressed laterally, and

‘uniformly and gradually attenuate toward caudal fin. Least body depth

near base of last spine on dorsal fin 2.5 times in maximum depth.
Membranes of dorsal and anal fins fused with caudal fin. Dorsal fin with
two types of rays: about 25-26 rays in anterior part of fin soft and flexible,
simple, and nonsegmented; remaining 35 rays stiff and spiny. Rays of anal
fin soft and unbranched. Makushok (4958: 33) has reported that only a
small number of rays of this fin have retained traces of branching, the
others have completely lost this character and converted into simple,
unbranched soft rays. Head moderate in size, about 7 times in standard
length, and without scales. Crest poorly developed, located only in region
of snout and interorbital space, and does not fuse on occiput. Eyes small,
about 5.5 times in head length. Mouth large, slightly oblique, and conical.
Posterior end of upper jaw distinctly continues beyond posterior margin of
eye (Lindberg, 1938). Maxillary teeth arranged in 2-4 rows, and teeth on
dentary in 1 row. Size of teeth reduces from front to back (as in Opistho-
centrinae, Stichaeus, and Xiphisterinae). Occipital pit present. Pores
of seismosensory canals of head (Figure 86, A, B): nasal 1, interorbital
3, postorbital 6, suborbital 1, occipital 4, preopercular 5, mandibular 2
(Makushok, 1961b).

Body color of preserved specimens dark chocolate-brown, with no
sharply expressed pattern; dark spot present near upper margin of gill
opening; 2 white spots located near base of caudal fin. Oblique light-
colored stripe distinct on head (Lindberg, 1938).

The specimen described by A.P. Popov was caught in May under stones
in De-Kastri Bay near Bazal’tovogo Island.

Length, to 117.6 mm (Popov, 1933a).

Distribution: Known only from the Sea of Japan, De-Kastri Bay, and
off Petrov Island (Lindberg, 1938: 509).

6. Subfamily Xiphisterinae

Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 100.

Body elongate, compressed laterally, covered with minute imbricate
scales. Head naked, with well developed snout-occipital fleshy crest in
Cebidichthys'’; in some members of Dictyosoma rudiment of this struc-

"'D LXI-LXII; A I, 43-44; principal rays C 6 + 6; P 9-10; vertebrae 64-65 (20-21 + 44-
45) (Makushok, 1958).

2 Distributed along coast of California (Norman, 1957: 467). Makushok (1957) thinks
that the fleshy crest on head is associated with some peculiarities of life in the supralittoral
zone. This structure is seen in many littoral members of Blenniidae and in species of
Neozoarces.

16

137

ture evident, while in Phytichthys'’ and Xiphister'“ it is totally absent.
Mouth small. Teeth present on vomer and palatines (Cebidichthys.
Dictyosoma) or absent. Seismosensory canals of head well developed, only
some open exteriorly through constant number of pores: nasal 2, inter-
orbital 5, preopercular 6 or 7 (Dictyosoma), mandibular 4 (Dictyosoma) or
3. Number of other pores highly variable. Seismosensory canals of trunk
well developed; one (upper) canal present in Cebidichthys, complex
network of anastomoses in Dictyosoma,.and 4 canals on each side
with regular branches terminating blindly in Phytichthys and Xiphister.
Vertebrae 68-81: precaudal 19-31. Dorsal fin with only short spines
(Phytichthys, Xiphister) or consistently elongate spines in anterior part, or
soft branched rays in posterior part (Cebidichthys, Dictyosoma). Anal fin
origin with 1 undeveloped spine (Xiphister), 2 (Dictyosoma), or 2-3
spines (Phytichthys). Principal rays of caudal fin 13-14 (Dictyosoma).
or 12 (Xiphister). Pectoral fins small (Cebidichthys, Dictyosoma),
considerably reduced (Phytichthys), or rudimentary (Xiphister), with
10-12 rays. Pelvic fins absent. As in the subfamily Alectriinae, with
adaptation to the supralittoral zone, body elongation is observed in
members of the subfamily Xiphisterinae, which is related to serpentine
movements, reduction of paired fins, and loss of pelvic fins. Probably the
complexity of the seismosensory system is also a specialization.

Distribution: Northern part of the Pacific Ocean along the American
coast. Only the genus Dictyosoma is represented along the Asian coast,
and is endemic to the Sea of Japan. Dwell in the littoral zone in clumps
of algae. Parents protect their eggs (Makushok, 1958).

4 genera. 1 known from the Sea of Japan.

19. Genus Dictyosoma Schlegel, 1846

Dictyosoma Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., 1846: 139 (type: D.
buergeri Van der Hoeven). Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1902:
481. Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 448. Taranetz, Kratkii
Opredelitel’..., 1937: 154. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
761. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 269. Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958:
61, 104 (comparative notes).

Characters of the genus giver in description of the subfamily.

It should be noted that the genus Dictyosoma is characterized by:
doubling of row of pores of some seismosensory canals of head (posterior
part of supraorbital, postorbital, occipital, and posterior part of suborbital
canals) (Figure 93); increase in number of preopercular pores (7 versus
6); and development of complex network of seismosensory canals of trunk

3) istributed from Alaska to California, especially the Aleutian Islands (Norman, 1958:
464).

4 istributed from Alaska to California (Norman, 1957: 464).

138

116 Figure 93. Seismosensory canals of head in Dictyosoma buergeri
(Makushok, 1958),
(Figure 94). Makushok (1958: 15) considered these structural peculiarities
an expression of specialization of the genus.
Membranes of dorsal and anal fine fused for most part with base of
caudal fin, but usually with fairly deep notch.
1 species. Known from the Sea of Japan.

1. Dictyosoma buergeri-Van der Hoeven, 1850 (Figure 95)
Dictyosoma Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., 1845: 139, pl. 73, fig.
3 (color figure) (Nagasaki).
Dictysoma buergeri Van der Hoeven, Handbuch der Dierkunde, 1850:
117 347. Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1902: 482. Soldatov and
Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930:'449. Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937:

— Mee So OSCR Sesccass

——*

117 Figure 94. Seismosensory canals of trunk in Dictyosoma buergeri
(Makushok, 1958)

A-—lateral view; B—ventral view.

139

‘(SPSI ‘1e8214oS pue yourwWWo]) ueder ‘ww 967 YISUET ‘wasuang pwmosogzig ‘sé 91n3I4q

ee ae

Lil

119

140

154. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 761. Fowler,
Synopsis..., 1958: 269. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2., Fishes, 1958: 113, fig. 333
(color figure). Makushok, Stichaeoidea.:., 1958: 61.

Dictysoma temminckii Bleeker, Verhand. Batavia. Genootsch., 25, 1853:
42 (Japan).

D LVIII 9'"; A Il, 43; P 10; C 10; branchiostegal rays 6 (Temminck
and Schlegel, 1845: 139).

Head 6.5 times, body depth 7.5 times in standard length. Eyes 6.5
times, interorbital space 13 times, and snout 4.33 times in head length.
Gill rakers 2 + 10 (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930). Dorsal fin with only
spines in anterior part, only last few rays of fin soft. Transition between
these sharp, distinct. Spines gradually increase in height, but soft rays are
slightly greater in height than posteriormost spines, and do not decrease
in length toward caudal fin (as happens in most fish), but rather, elongate.
At origin of anal fin first spine particularly well developed. Pores of
seismosensory canals of head: nasal 2, interorbital 11-13, postorbital
12-13, suborbital 12-15, occipital 4-6, preopercular 7, and mandibular
4 (Makushok, 1958).

Length, to 375 mm (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Pusan (Shmidt, 1904:
368); off Hakodate (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a: 449); Aomori (Okada and
Matsubara, 1938: 401); Sado Island (Honma, 1963: 21); Toyama Bay
(Katayama, 1940: 25);.San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 21). Reported for
Cheju-do Island (Uchida and Yabe, 1939: 13) and Chefoo (Wang and
Wang, 1935: 318). Pacific coast of Japan known all along Honshu (Okada
and Matsubara, 1938: 401). Nagasaki (Shmidt, 1931b: 148).

[Subfamily Azygopterinae]

Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 104.

Body elongate, highly compressed laterally, covered with extremely
small imbricate scales. Head naked, without fleshy processes. Vomer and
palatines without teeth. Branchiostegal membranes broadly fused and
not attached to isthmus. Branchiostegal rays 6. Seismosensory canals of
head well developed, open exteriorly through constant number of pores
(Figure 96, A-C): nasal 2, interorbital 1, postorbital 3, occipital 1,
suborbital 6, preopercular 3, and mandibular 3. Trunk with middle branch
of open seismosensory papillae. Vertebrae 110-113, precaudal 42-45.
Dorsal fin with short spines. Anal fin origin with one small spine, other
rays soft, unbranched. Highly reduced caudal fin almost completely fused
with membranes of dorsal and anal fins; 10 rays present, of which 6
principal (Figure 97). Pectoral and pelvic fins absent.

115.) LIT-LVIII, 7-10 (Abe, 1958). D LIII-LIX 7-11; A II, 40-44; principal rays C 6-7 + 6-
7; P 12; vertebrae (63) 68-72 [(19) 20-22 + (44) 47-50] (Makushok, 1958).

141

ate eww ewe tte

Cc

118 Figure 96. Seismosensory system of head in Azygopterus corallinus
(Makushok, 1958).

A—dorsal view; B—lateral view; C—ventral view.

118 Figure 97. Caudal fin of Azygopterus corallinus (Makushok, 1958).

120

142

Mode of life not known.
1 genus. Not known from the Sea of Japan. Known off Kuril Islands.

[Genus Azygopterus Andriashev and Makuschok, 1955]

Azygopterus Andriyashev and Makushok, Vopr. Ikhtiologii, 3, 1955: 50,
figs. 1-2 (type: A. corallinus Andriashev and Makuschok).

Description of genus given in characters of the subfamily.

1 species. Not known from the Sea of Japan.

[Azygopterus corallinus Andriashev and Makuschok, 1955] (Figure 98)

Azygopterus corallinus, Andriyashev and Makushok, Vopr. Ikhtiologii,
3, 1955: 50, figs. 1-2 (Kuril Islands).

D CVI; A I, 64; vertebrae 111 (45 + 66).'"

Species described on the basis of a specimen (1 of 5) caught from
depths of 100-150 m off the. Kuril Islands. Most probably this fish is
adapted to life in outgrowths [of hydrocorals], leading to elongation of its
body, confluence of the dorsal and anal fins, reduction of caudal fin, and
complete loss of pectoral and pelvic fins. Specimens of A. corallinus differ
in color. Those caught along with hydrocorallines were uniformly pale
pink, while those found among brittle stars had a large number of
light-colored transverse stripes, which made them resemble brittle stars
somewhat (Andriyashev and Makushok, 1955).

Length 96.5 mm (Andriyashev and Makushok, 1955).

Distribution: Not known from the Sea of Japan. Described from the
Kuril Islands. Nadezhda Strait.

7. Subfamily Eulophiinae

Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 107.

Body significantly elongate, rounded anteriorly (in cross section),
naked. Head without fleshy processes. Mouth small. Vertebrae at least
130, of which precaudal at least 30. Posterior part of dorsal fin with soft
rays. Large spine occurs at origin of anal fin. Caudal fin greatly reduced,
entirely confluent with dorsal and anal fins. Pectoral fins small. Soft rays
of all fins unbranched. Pelvic fins absent.

Mode of life not known.

One genus. Known from the Sea of Japan.

20. Genus Eulophias Smith, 1902

Eulophias H.M. Smith, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., 1902: 93 (type: E.
tanneri Smith). Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 477, fig.

161 CV-CVII; A I, 63-64; principal rays of C 3 + 3; vertebrae 110-113 (42-45 + 68-72)
(Makushok, 1958).

121

143

17. Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 193C: 460. Taranetz, Kratkii
Opredelitel’..., 1937: 155. Makushok, Stichazoidea..., 1958: 61.
Description of genus as given in characters of the subfamily.
2 species. | known from the Sea of Japan, the other from the Pacific
coast of Japan.

Key to Species of Genus Eulophias'"’

1 (2). Anal fin with 1 spine and 75 soft rays. Caudal fin with 7 soft rays.
Length of pectoral fins almost 3 times in head length ........
REA aD A he, CPM ME AR. yee. nieve eo RO RN 1. E. tanneri Smith.
2 (1). Anal fin with 1 spine and 95 soft rays. Caudal fin with 10 soft rays.
Length of pectoral fins 3.6 times in head length...............
Rive 85 Ba RE [E. owasii Okada and Suzuki, 1954].'"

1. Eulophias tanneri Smith, 1902 (Figure 99)

Eulophias tanneri H.M. Smith, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., 1902: 94
(Tsuruga). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 756. Soldatov and
Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 461. Makushok, Stichaeoidea..., 1958: 61.

ieee 13: aL. 1S:

Body eel-like, cylindrical in anterior part, compressed laterally in
posterior part, and pointed at end. Maximum body depth 5% and head
length 12% of standard length. Eyes large, about 33% of head length; snout
short, equal to half eye length. Caudal fin distinct, but confluent with
dorsal and anal fins. Pectoral fins short, narrow, pointed, less than half
head length (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930). Length of only specimen
examined 50 mm.

Distribution :*In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 461). Along the Pacific coast of Japan
reported from Sagami Bay (Matsubara, 1955: 756). Described from
Tsuruga Bay.

CLII. Family ZOARCIDAE—Eelpouts

Body notably elongate, sometimes eellike, covered with minute,
contiguous, cycloid scales, or scaleless. Dorsal and anal fins long, border
body, completely confluent with caudal fin. Fins with only soft,
segmented or branched rays; rarely posterior part of dorsal fin with short
spiny rays (Zoarcinae, Neozoarcinae). Pectoral fins well developed, pelvic
fins rudimentary and jugular, or absent. Size of gill openings highly
variable, usually in form of small vertical slit, but sometimes continue far
forward (Lycogramminae) or, contrarily, reduced (Gymnelinae); in
Lycozoarces branchiostegal membranes form fold across isthmus.

'l7Erom Matsubara (1955: 756).
8H istributed along the Pacific coast of Japan (Mie Prefecture) (Matsubara, 1955: 756).

144

‘(ZO61 ‘JopAUS pue uepslos) Uedef “WU Cy ysueT ‘Mauun) sviydojny °66 21N3IJ 0ZI

SR a eon mee a :

SO SS oo . “ 5;
S bevels retest) BRE TB “ >. ~ me ae ‘Son Oo a

Soy) ey Mig oay ne

AZ
LL OO TROTIO ee, ee DPPC IFITA OR ii i a et i ee

‘(SS6I ‘YOUSNYR PUL AdYseATIPUY) SPURS] [LINyY “WU 96 Ysue] ‘snuijjos09 sniaidostzp “g6 21N3IJ 071

122

145

Branchiostegal rays 5-7. Pseudobranchs present. Mouth nonprotruding,
inferior, or terminal. Teeth present on jaws; sometimes absent on vomer
and palatines. Opercle without spines. Swim bladder absent. Pyloric ceca
usually rudimentary, not more than three. Parietals divided by
supraoccipital. Wings of parasphenoid contiguous with nondivergent
process of frontals. Opisthotics small. Suborbitals membranous. Each
radial of dorsal and anal fins corresponds to neural or hemal process of
vertebrae. Number of vertebrae varies from 66 (Bothrocarina) to 139
(Lycenchelys, Zoarces). Body of vertebra symmetrical (Lycodinae,
Lycogramminae) or middle strand shifted toward anterior margin of
vertebra. Benthic fishes; large eggs deposited in small numbers on
bottom. Larvae do not pass through planktonic stage (Andriyashev, 1954).

Among the 14 genera of this family known from the Sea of Japan,
radiographs were taken to 10 (Lycozoarces, Krusensterniella, Zoarces,
Neozoarces, Lycodes, Bilabria, Davidojordania, Gymnelopsis, Allolepis, and
Lycogramma).

In our opinion, it is essential to determine the number of rays of the
unpaired fins—dorsal, caudal, and anal—from radiographs of all members
of the eelpout family. Many ichthyologists in counting the rays of this
group of fishes have included some rays of the upper half of the caudal
fin in the number of rays of the dorsal fin, and some rays of the lower
half in the rays of the anal fin. In counting vertebrae we have not taken
into account here the last one (with a urostyle). By the term “lateral
line” we mean the series of freely located neuromasts, and not the pores
of the seismosensory canal.

More than 30 genera are known in the northern part of the Pacific
Ocean, as well as in the Arctic, Atlantic, and Antarctic Oceans; these
fishes are known from the littoral to the profundal zones (Andriyashev,
1954). Species of 14 genera have been recorded from the Sea of Japan.

Key to Genera of Family Zoarcidae'”

1 ( 2). Branchiostegal membranes broadly connected, from transverse
fold across isthmus. Pelvic fins present (Lycozoarcinae)......
PR AIM ited 20s (AMET HEM Ty 0 1. Lycozoarces Popov.

2 ( 1). Branchiostegal membranes more or less attached to isthmus,
do not form transverse fold across it.

3 (10). Dorsal fin with spiny rays.

4 ( 7). Short spiny rays occur in posterior part of dorsal fin (Zoarcinae).

5 ( 6). Pelvic fins absent. Teeth present on vomer and palatines. ..

2. Krusensterniella Schmidt.

ed

9From Taranetz (1937b: 159) and Matsubara (1955: 770), with additions and modi-
fications applicable to specimens from the Sea of Japan.

123

146

6 ( 5). Pelvic fins present. Teeth absent on vomer and palatines...
Ua SR: Ween CUAL ER CTO gah REY SEES EY OLY OP RG a St 3. Zoarces Cuvier.

7 (4). Short spiny rays occur in anterior part -of dorsal fin

(Neozoarcinae).

Head with fleshy process...... 4. Neozoarces Steindachner.'””

Head without: flesity, process: 2:0 inssci 2p oe eee |

Ieee Licseeessssseses.... 5. Zoarchias Jordan and Snyder.’

10 ( 3). Dorsal fin without spiny rays.

11 (22). Pelvic fins present, albeit very small, in adult fish.

12 (17). Chin with pair of crests with one row of large pores or a
stretched dermal fold at base (Lycodinae).

13 (16). Teeth present on palatines, sometimes absent on vomer. Mental
crests usually not fused anteriorly.

14 (15). Palatine membrane absent. Length of anal fin more than one-
thicd’totalglensthignnwicce a. pea 6. Lycodes Reinhardt.

15 (14). Narrow palatine membrane present. Length of anal fin not more
than one-third total length ........ [Lycenchelys Gill, 1884].'”

16 (13). Teeth absent on vomer and palatines. Mental crests fused
antertonly.)ii 270): 7. Petroschmidtia Taranetz and Andriashev.

17 (12). Chin without crests or stretched dermal fold (Hadropareinae).

18 (19). Head and anterior part of body roundish in cross section.
Cheeks highly inflated. Body naked.................... pe
Vie HOEY ARE Sk Neha |e aE, [Hadropareia Schmidt, 1904].'”

19 (18). Head and anterior part of body compressed laterally. Cheeks
not highly inflated. Body with scales, sometimes few in number.

20 (21). Teeth absent on palatines. Upper lip with notch in fornt and

a aN
co \O

\O CO
-~

attached to tip: OlsnoutieLl ye: Ary eee 8. Bilabria Schmidt.
21 (20). Teeth present on palatines. Upper lip entire, without notch,
not attached to tip of snout........ 9. Davidojordania Popov.

22 (11). Pelvic fins absent.
23 (28). Membrane of palatines well developed. Slit of gill openings
relatively small, slopes below upper margin of base of pectoral

20Mfakushok (1961c), on the basis ofa careful analysis of the morphological peculiarities
of the genera Neozoarces and Zoarchias, established their close affinity with the family
Zoarcidae, and assigned these genera to the subfamily Neozoarcinae in this family. The close
affinity between Neozoarcinae and Zoarcidae is confirmed by similarity of structure of the
mouthparts, digestive tract, gill apparatus, seismosensory system, vertebrae and related
elements, soft fin rays, tail with supportive skeleton, skull, etc. Honma and Sugihara (1963)
and Honma and Kitami (1970) have included the genus Zoarchias in the family
Cebidichthyidae.

21 See footnote No. 120.

12H istributed mainly in deep seas of the northern hemisphere and the Antarctic Ocean
(Andriyashey, 1954: 307). Not found in the Sea of Japan.

3Reported from the northwestern part of the Sea of Okhotsk; described from Shantar
Islands. ;

147

fin, but does not continue beyond lower margin of base. Lateral
line entire, not interrupted (Gymnelinae).

24 (25). Body naked. Teeth present on vomer and palatines. Lower lip

_ interrupted in front............ [Gymnelis Reinhardt, 1836].'%

25 (24). Body with scales, often only in caudal part, in small numbers
and barely discernible.

26 (27). Vomer with two canine teeth. Body with scales only in caudal
part. Pectoral fins without black dots. A 67-75..............
DAR eTR ON Aster Sie. ai ke age raeey 10. Gymnelopsis Soldatov.

27 (26). Vomer without two canine teeth. Body with scales not only in
caudal part, but also on trunk and unpaired fins. A 86......
i Coe atest) Oe cnt acts hicelaaalse ok be tei 11. Gengea Katayama.

28 (23). Palatine membrane absent or rudimentary. Slit of gill openings
large, distinctly continues beyond lower margin of base of
pectoral fin. Lateral line consists of two parts—upper and middle
(Lycogramminae).

29 (30). Scales on body elongate, with longitudinal axis pointing various
directions (Figure 144, A).... 12. Allolepis Jordan and Hubbs.

30 (29). Scales not elongate.

31 (32). Scales present on occiput, isthmus, and anterior half of

UIDUROOA CE Yoh ca. ie es ee a Pe 3s hs 13, Lycogramma Gilbert,
32 (31). Scales absent on occiput, isthmus, and anterior half of
EMOTE. Ghai Cine oh ees 14. Zestichthys Jordan and Hubbs.

1. Genus Lycozoarces Popov, 1935—Eelpouts

Lycozoarces Popov, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, IV (IX), 6-7 (75-76),
1935:'° 285 (type: L. hubbsi Popov). Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’...,
1937: 166. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 783.

Body elongate, compressed laterally. Head large, slightly compressed.
Mouth opening large; corner of mouth extends beyond posterior margin
of eye. Lips fleshy. Lower lip rather notably thickened anteriorly and thin
posteriorly. Teeth well developed on jaws, vomer, and palatines. Gill
openings broad. Branchiostegal membranes broadly connected, form
broad fold across isthmus. Unpaired fins high. Body of vertebrae
asymmetrical. Hard rays not present in fins. Body naked. Lateral line
present (Popov, 1935).

The distinctive character of this genus is the presence of a fold across
the isthmus.

In the diagnosis of the genus Popov (1935) mistakenly indicates that

'24Nistributed from Barents Sea eastward to Chukchi Sea; also reported from the northern
part of the Bering Sea and the Sea of Okhotsk.

125 article probably delayed in publication since the description of Lycozoarces regani n.
sp. was prepared in 1933.

124

148

“the corners of the mouth extend far beyond the posterior margin of the
eyes.” This is not a character of the genus, but merely a specific
distinction, about which the author himself made a mention in his brief
description of L. regani (Popov, 1933) and L. hubbsi (Popov, 1935). In the
former species “the ends of the corners of the mouth do not extend
beyond the vertical from the posterior margin of the eyes,” while in the
latter species “the upper jaw continues beyond the vertical from the
posterior margin of the eyes.”

We compared the type specimens of these species and are convinced of
the correctness of this distinctive character. Because our own material was
limited, we could not ascertain whether this character persists at different
stages of growth nor in which sex. Possibly this morphological peculiarity
disappears with age. Taranetz (1937b: 166) and Shmidt (1950: 109, pl. 10,
fig. 2) consider only one species, L. hubbsi. But until further studies are
done, we accept two species—L. reganiand L. hubbsi. One is known from
the Sea of Japan as well as the Sea of Okhotsk, and the other found only in
the Sea of Okhotsk.

Key to Species of Genus Lycozoarces

1 (2). Maxilla does not extend beyond vertical from posterior margin of
eye. Margin of fold of branchiostegal membranes without notch in
interbranchial space (Figure 100, A)........ 1. L. regani Popov.

2 (1). Maxilla extends beyond vertical from posterior margin of eye.

Figure 100. Head of Lycozoarces regani, ventral view. No. 29987.
A-—margin of fold of branchiostegal membranes.

125

149

Margin of fold of branchiostegal membranes notched in inter-
branchial space (Figure 102, A)........... 2.(L. hubbsi Popov].

1. Lycozoarces regani Popov, 1933—Regan’s Eelpout (Figure 101)

Lycozoarces regani Popov, Issled. Morei SSSR, 19, 1933: 151, fig. 2'”°
(Tatar Strait). Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’ ..., 1937: 166.

24833. Sea of Okhotsk, 53°40’ N, 144°02' E. September 10, 1932. M.
Krivobok. 2 specimens.

29987. Sea of Japan, Tatar Strait. September 12, 1931. N.I. Tarasov.
1 speciemen.

30601. Sea of Okhotsk, 58°22.8’ N, 143°06’ E. August 19-21, 1932.
I.A. Polutov. 1 specimen.

33333. Sea of Okhotsk, 58°50’ N, 146°18’ E. July 20, 1916. GEVO.
1 specimen.

33750. Sea of Okhotsk, collection of E/S Vityaz. August 24, 1949.
Institute of Oceanology, Academy of Sciences of the USSR. 1 specimen.

34843. Sea of Okhotsk, 57°25’ N, 141°18’ E. August 14, 1910. Derbek.
1 specimen.

36979. Sea of Okhotsk. 1912. Lyaskovskii. 1 specimen.

Because the description of this species given by Popov is so laconic
(1933a), we give here a brief description on the basis of eight specimens:
D 64-69; A 49-54; P 15; C 13-14; vertebrae 66-71;'”’ maxilla does not
extend beyond vertical from posterior margin of eye; margin of fold of
branchiostegal membranes across isthmus without notch (Figure 100, A).
Anterior part of dorsal fin with one or two roundish dark spots. Pectoral
fins not flabelliform and roundish along posterior margin. Head length
4.2 to 5.0 times in the total length, diameter of eye 2.8 to 3.7 times
in the head length. Width of interorbital space 2.0 to 4.0 times in the
diameter of eye. Maximum height of dorsal fin 1.4 to 2.1 times and that
of anal fin 1.5 to 2.6 times in the maximum body depth.

Length of pelvic fins 0.9 to 1.3 times in the diameter of eye.’** Opercular -
siphon well developed. Pores of seismosensory canals of head:
preopercular 4 (rarely 3), mandibular 3, suborbital 7, preorbital 1,
postorbital 5, interorbital 1, and occipital 3. Lateral line mediolateral,
complete, represented by about 86 freely located neuromasts (in
specimens preserved a long time, difficult to discern).

Length of our specimens ranged from 76 to 142 mm.

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Tatar Strait (No. 29987).
A larger number of specimens obtained from the Sea of Okhotsk.

1261 the key, erroneously included under no. 1.

27Counts of rays of fins and of vertebrae based on radiographs.

'28Delvic fins not shown in the drawing given by Popov (1933a), although these are well
developed in the type specimen. We have added these fins in the copy of the drawing given
here.

4
\y

|
i Ht
ce

hs
x
; +;
\ 2

(Sy ;
mt; ne CY fi
1) 6
A hs

t,
\
Ne
‘
V/ yo mi Ses
e \ Pelee
y pages * mocief
xy Gn Game mofin i4)
D
ANY ae
ty
\

Figure 101. Lycozoarces regani—Regan’s eelpout. Length 96 mm. Tatar Strait (Popov, 1933).

125

126

151

2. [Lycozoarces hubbsi Popov, 1935—Hubb’s Eelpout] (Figure 102)

Lycozoarces hubbsi Popov, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 4, 6-7, 1935: 285-
286, fig. (Sea of Okhotsk). Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 166.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 783.

26566. Sea of Okhotsk, 54°14’ N, 143°45’ E. July 12, 1928. A.M. Popov.
1 specimen.

33749. Sea of Okhotsk, 57°47.5’ N, 148°06’ E. August 19, 1932. Fishing
trawler Plastun. 1 specimen.

Head length 4.5 times in standard length. Head slightly compressed
laterally, but much broader than body. Cheeks prominent. Eyes large,
about 4.5 times in the head length. Oral slit large, oblique, opens slightly
below lower horizontal line of eye. Upper jaw extends beyond vertical
from posterior margin of eye; length of upper jaw more than 0.5 head
length. Postorbital distance equal to length of upper jaw. Both jaws
almost equal anteriorly. Anterior pair of nostrils in form of tubules. Series
of pores (7) very distinct under eyes. Teeth present on jaws, vomer, and
palatines. Teeth in anterior part of jaws irregularly arranged, while those
posteriorly arranged in regular row. Anal fin originates behind vertical
from end of pectoral fins, but closer to end of head than to end to body.
Pelvic fins very short and located slightly anterior to pectoral fins (Popov,
1935).

Examination of our specimens yielded the following data: D 64-67; A
49-53; P 15; C 13-14; vertebrae 65-68.’ Maxilla extends far beyond
vertical from posterior margin of eye. Margin of fold of branchiostegal
membranes across isthmus with notch (Figure 102, A). Anterior part of
dorsal fin without well-developed spots. Pectoral fins flabelliform. Length
of head 4.0 to 4.5 times in total length; diameter of eye 4.0 to 4.1
times in the head length; width of interorbital space 2.2 to 2.4 times
in the diameter of eye. Maximum height of dorsal fin 0.8 to 0.9 times and
that of anal fin 1.5 to 1.6 times in the maximum body depth. Length of
pelvic fins equal to diameter of eye.

Pores of seismosensory system of head sufficiently distinct and similar
in number to L. regani. Lateral line mediolateral, complete, represented
by about 80 free neuromasts.

L. hubbsi differs from L. regani not only in larger size of maxilla,
which extends beyond vertical from posterior margin of eye, and presence
of notch in branchiostegal fold across interorbital space, but also in
relatively larger height of dorsal fin, relatively smaller size of eyes,
and shape of pectoral fins.

Length, to 180 mm.

Distribution: Not known from the Sea of Japan. Known only from the

29Count of rays of fins and of vertebrae based on radiographs.

152

a \

Healy ee ea

eae }ij

ely Me

Ns | eed
| |

126 Figure 102. Lycozoarces hubbsi—Hubb’s eelpout. Length 170 mm. No.
26566. Sea of Okhotsk.
A-—head of same specimen, ventral view:
a—margin of fold of branchiostegal membranes.

Sea of Okhotsk. Records of distribution in Primor’e (Ueno, 1971: 87)
require confirmation.

2. Genus Krusensterniella Schmidt, 1904

Krusensterniella Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 197 (type:
K. notabilus Schmidt). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 490.
Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 161. Andriyashev, Vestn.

127

153

Dal’nevost. Fil. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 32, 1938: 117. Matsubara, Fish
Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 772. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 302.

Body very elongate, its depth 13 to 16 times in its length. Scales cover
entire body or only posterior part. Lateral line poorly expressed.'”°
Structure of dorsal fin resembles that of Zoarces in few short spiny
rays in posterior part (2-20).'"' Pelvic fins absent. Gill openings small.'”
Lips thin, upper lip continuous, lower lip interrupted in front, with
very poorly expressed anterior lobes. Palatine membrane present. Minute
but distinct pores present on head. Pyloric ceca two (Andriyashev, 1938).
This genus differs sharply from Zoarces in presence of teeth on palatines
and vomer, smaller size of gill openings, and absence of pelvic fins.

Based on an examination of 13 specimens in our collection, the
following data may be added: preanal distance varies from 30.0
to 34.4% of total length; pores of seismosensory system of head:
preopercular 3-4, mandibular 4, suborbital 7, preorbital 1, postorbital 4,
unpaired interorbital 1, and occipital commissures 3; vertebrae 99-119
(20-22 + 79-97); rays in dorsal fin 99-116 (45-60 + III-XVIII + 35-57);
anal fin with 83-96 rays; skeleton of free part of caudal fin with 6 principal
and 3 to 4 marginal rays (2 +3 +3 +4 1-2).

3 species. 1 known from the Sea of Japan; 2 known from the Sea of
Okhotsk.

Key to Species of Genus Krusensterniella’™

1 (4). Spiny rays in dorsal fin less than 10. Pyloric caeca tubercular.
2 (3). Spiny rays in dorsal fin 2-3. Scales extremely sparse anterior to
vertical from commencement of vent and not represented in region
up to gill openings. Color monochromatic, light, or with barely
@iscermble pattern of bands across body. ...6.4.. 06:3 0c0iecss
Pre ees E ee Le SER AP ee ee ee [K. notabilis Schmidt].
3 (2). Spiny rays in dorsal fin 5-7. Scales covered entire body up to gill
openings and base of pectoral fins. Series of distinct dark spots, not
larger than diameter of eye, visible along median line of body
Sl eG iu A bhai, Oa Sip ) dann: woah 1. K. maculata Andriaschev.
4 (1). Spiny rays in dorsal fin more than 10. Pyloric caeca digitate...
RON Nes Rea Be Meee ee es wk ........ 2. [K. multispinosa Soldatov].
1307 ateral line mediolateral, incomplete, represented by about 40 free neuromasts. Pores
of seismosensory system of head well developed.
'31Makushok (1961c) rightly noted that the formula of the dorsal fin of Krusensterniella
should be accepted with appropriate allowances, since all the rays of the dorsal fin before the

stiff spines are entire (do not consist of lateral halves), i.e., these are essentially the same
spines in spite of their slenderness and flexibility.

'32Dermal fold behind and on upper side of gill openings forms siphon together with
margin of operculum (Shmidt, 1950).

'3erom Andriyashev (1938), with additions.

129

154

[Krusensterniella notabilis Schmidt, 1904] (Figure 103).

Krusensterniella notabilis Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904:
198, fig. 12 (Sakhalin, northern part of eastern coast). Soldatov and
Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 490. Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’.... 1937:
161. Andriyashev, Vestn. Dal’nevost. Fil. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 32,
1938: 119. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 772.

Enchelyopus elongatus Tanaka (non Kner), J. Univ. Tokyo, 3, 1, 1931:
48 (northern Japan).

13011. Northeastern coast of Sakhalin. 1899. V.K. Brazhnikov. 6
specimens.

13012. Northeastern coast of Sakhalin. 1899. V.K. Brazhnikov. 3
specimens.

D 53-57, II-III 61-63; A 98-103; Br. 5.

Trunk highly compressed laterally, attenuate, and thins toward
posterior end; covered with minute cycloid scales, particularly dense at
posterior end. Body depth 14 to 15 times in its length. Lateral line
expressed only in anterior part of body. Head small, compressed laterally,
its length 6.8 to 7.4 times in the standard length; forehead convex. Snout
length always equal to maximum diameter of eye. Lower jaw shorter than
upper. Jaws, vomer, and palatines with sharp, conical, fairly large, wide-
set teeth.'* Scales absent on head. Series of large distinct pores under
eye and along margin of preopercle. Anterior nostrils without tubules,
posterior ones with long tubules. Dorsal fin high in anterior part; length of
largest rays 1.2 times in the head length in adult fish and twice in young
fish, and significantly. greater than body depth. Height of soft rays in
posterior part of dorsal fin 3.0 to 3.6 times in the head length."” Body color
yellowish, with diffused dark spots forming indistinct broad transverse
bands. Fins transparent, yellowish. Dorsal with large spot in anterior
part!** (Shmidt, 1904). .

In our specimens preanal distance varied from 31.3 to 34.0% of total
length.

Radiographs of our specimens (7 of 9) ranging in length from 82 to 182
mm yielded the following additional data: vertebrae 115-119 (25 + 90-
94): D 113-116 (54-57 + III + 55-57); A 94-96; skeleton of free part of

caudal fin morphologically well isolated from dorsal and anal fins, which

134’ nterior part of palatines covered with numerous minute teeth, which correspond to
group of minute teeth on symphysis of lower jaw. Palatine membrane broad, covering part of
teeth on vomer. Gill openings extend up to midbase of pectoral fins. Gill rakers smooth,
spine-shaped, 12 in number (in both series) (Andriyashev, 1938).

135] argest ray of anterior part of dorsal fin usually three times length of largest ray of
posterior part and seven to ten times length of hard spiny rays (Andriyashev, 1938).

1364 ndriyashey (1938) has reported up to three such spots.

130

155

are very close to it, and represented by 3 upper and 3 lower principal rays
and 4 marginal (2 each in upper and lower lobes of this fin).

Length, to 189 mm.

Distribution: Not known from the Sea of Japan. All known specimens
caught near east coast of northern part of Sakhalin (Andriyashev, 1938:
119),

1. Krusensterniella maculata Andriashev, 1938'*’ (Figure 104)
Krusensterniella maculata Andriashev, Vestn. Dal’nevost. Fil. Akad.
Nauk SSSR, 32, 1938: 118 (Tatar Strait). Lindberg, Predvaritel’nyi
Spisok..., 25, 1947: 170. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955S:
773. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 303.
29989. Tatar Strait. October 13, 1933. Z.I. Kobyakova. 2 specimens.
40166. Sea of Japan, southern Primor’e. 1900, Lyaskovskii. 1 specimen.
D 49-53, V-VII 64; A ca 100; P 11-12 (Andriyashev, 1938).
This species is close to K. notabilis Schmidt, but differs in greater
number of spiny rays (5-7 versus 2-3) in the dorsal fin, shorter predorsal

distance (11.2-12.9%), shorter and higher head, much better developed

scale cover, longer pectoral fins, and characteristic coloration in the
form of 20 to 30 black spots and dots along median line of body, extending
from apex of gill opening to tail (each spot not more than diameter of
eye). A similar series of smaller dark spots extends along the dorsal
fin. Black ocellar spot absent in anterior part of dorsal fin. In the
type specimen anterior part of dorsal and anal fins with black edging.
Head with minute but distinct, uniformly arranged pores: (3 +4) on
lower jaw and preopercle, (8) under eye, 3 across occiput, 3 on each side
in longitudinal occipital series, and 1 interorbital. Number and arrange-
ment of pores as in K. notabilis (Andriyashev) 1938).

Specimens of this species were caught from depths of 53 to150 m.

Preanal distance in our specimens varied from 30.0 to 31.6% of the total
length.

Radiographs of our specimens (3) yielded the following data: vertebrae
104-112; dorsal fin with 99-113 rays, anterior part with 45-60 rays,
followed by 7 spines, then 41-50 rays; anal fin with 87-96 rays; skeleton of
free part of caudal fin as in K. notabilis.

Length, to 144 mm.

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Lindberg, 1947: 160) and Tatar Strait up to Pes’et (Andriyashev, 1938:
119).

2. [Krusensterniella multispinosa Soldatov, 1917] (Figure 105)
Krusensterniella multispinosa Soldatov, Ezhegodn. Zool. Muz. Rossiisk.

37K maculata Andriashev was first mentioned by Taranetz (Kratkii Opredelitel’...,
1937b) in his key to species.

bilis. Length 187 mm. Sakhalin (Shmidt, 1904),

iella nota

Figure 103. Krusenstern

iella maculata. Length 100 mm. No. 40166. Sea of Japan.

128

» 131

157

Akad. Nauk SSSR, 23, 1917: 159, drawing (Sea of Okhotsk, Shantar °
Islands). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor ..., 1930: 490, fig. 68. Taranetz,
Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 161, fig. 99. Andriyashev, Vestn. Dal’nevost
Fil. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 32 1938: 120. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya,
1950: 84. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 772, fig. 289.
Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 303, fig. 34.

19961. Sea of Okhotsk, Ayan Inlet. July 26, 1912. DVE. 1 specimen.

34728. Sea of Okhotsk, 50°3’ N, 144°8’ E. July 29, 1919. GEVO. 1
specimen.

34991. Sea of Okhotsk, southeast coast of Sakhalin- September 29,
1949. KSE. 1 specimen.

D 46-48, XVII-XX 37; A 71-75; P 11-12; Br. 5'°8 (Soldatov, 1917b).

Differs from K. notabilis and K. maculata in greater number of spiny
rays in dorsal fin, relatively less elongate and stouter body, presence
of scales only in posterior part of caudal peduncle, greater number of
flexible rays in dorsal and anal fins, and presence of not 4 but 3 pores
on preopercle.'”

Head larger than in any other species, its length 15.9% of the total
length. Predorsal distance also greater than in other species (17.6%
of the total length versus 14.2 to 15.3% in K. notabilis and 11.2 to
12.9% in K. maculata), preanal distance 34.1% of this length (versus
30.2 to 33.1% in K. notabilis and 29.1 to 30.8% in K. maculata). Lateral
line mediolateral, rather well defined, consists of minute pores, and
extends from apex of gill opening along median line of body up to origin
of scaly cover, i.e., extends beyond vertical from origin of anal fin.'*°
Color (in alcohol) monochromatic, light, without traces of spots and
stripes (Andriyashev, 1938).

We may also add that the preanal distance in our specimens varied
from 33.6 to 34.4% of the total length. It should be noted that in specimen
No. 34991 (length 116 mm) dark, almost rectangular, spots were
distinguishable on sides of body. Specimen No. 34728 had 4 pores along
margin of opercle, 3 in region of lower angle of this bone and near the
upper end of its outer margin. Radiographs of our specimens (3) yielded
the following data: vertebrae 99-103; rays in dorsal fin 99-102 (45-

— 47+ XVIII + 35-41); rays in anal fin 83-85; and structure of free part of

caudal fin as in two previous species.
Length 105 mm (Soldatov, 1917b).
Distribution: Not known from the Sea of Japan. Two specimens caught

1384 ccording to Andriyashev (1938): D 46, XVIII 41; A 78; P 11.

'39Qther pores on head similar to those in other species (Andriyashev, 1938).

1497p our specimens about 40 neuromasts located freely between upper end of gill opening
and vertical from first fifth of anal fin; further counting in preserved specimens was difficult
due to nonavailability of appropriate techniques.

158

* from the Sea of Okhotsk at a depth of 87 m near Shantar Islands (Soldatov,
1917b) and third near the southeast coast of Sakhalin from a depth of
160 m (No. 34991).

3. Genus Zoarces Cuvier, 1829—Eelpouts

Zoarces Cuvier, Régne Anim., ed. 2, 2, 1829: 240 (type: Blennius
viviparus L.). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 488. Andriyashey,
Ryby Severnykh Morei SSSR, 1954: 256.

Posterior part of dorsal fin with short spiny rays.'*' Body highly
elongate, covered with minute cycloid scales. Upper jaw protrudes slightly
forward in relation to lower one. Jaws with blunt conical teeth; vomer
and palatines without teeth. Palatine and mandibular membranes well
developed. Gill openings continue below lower margin of base of pectoral
fin. Pelvic fins slightly anterior to vertical from base of pectoral fins
(Andriyashev, 1954).

An examination of our specimens of species of this genus (15) yielded
the following data: preanal distance from 31.7 to 39.4% of the total length.
Lateral line mediolateral, complete, and well defined through free
neuromasts. Pores of seismosensory system of head: preopercular 4,
mandibular 4, suborbital 7, preorbital 1, postorbital 4, unpaired inter-
orbital 1, and occipital 3.

Radiographs of our specimens of 2 species of this genus (Nos. 12397,
13004, 13008, 18054, 19123, 20352, 22871, 28014, 31669, 35564, 37098,
40824) revealed: vertebrae from 118 to 132 (precaudal 21-26, caudal 89-
107); number of rays. in dorsal fin (118) 122-132 (82-94 + VII-
XVIII + 20-29); rays in anal fin 93-110; skeleton of free part of caudal fin
with 2-3 principal rays in upper part and 4 such rays in lower part; and
number of marginal rays from 2 to 3 on each side of fin.

4 species. 2 species known from the Sea of Japan.”

Key to Species of Genus Zoarces'”

1 (2). Dorsal fin with 6 to 16 spiny rays; anterior part of fin without

GarkenSpOt 4. yn Toke ee oR eae 1. Z. elongatus Kner.
2 (1). Dorsal fin with more than 16 spiny rays; anterior part of fin
WitheGarkespoOl. .. hice. ves eee 2. Z. gillii Jordan and Starks.

M1 These rays are much shorter than the soft rays anterior and posterior to them, and tend
to form a characteristic notch in the dorsal fin of Zoarces. Cases of complete absence of these
short spiny rays are known, in which case the notch is also totally absent (J. Schmidt, 1917;
Andriyashev, 1954; Makushok, 1961c).

42 Composition of the genus requires special analysis. Possibly, Shmidt (1904) was right
in considering all the presently known species of this genus simply forms of Z. viviparus L.

435 rom Matsubara, 1955, with modifications.

159

132 1. Zoarces elongatus Kner, 1868—Elongate Eelpout (Figure 106)

13

Ww

Zoarces elongatus Kner, Sitzb. Acad. Wiss., 1868: 52, pl. 7, fig. 2 (Tatar
Strait, De-Kastri Bay). Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 196.
Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 488. Taranetz, Kratkii
Opredelitel’..., 1937: 161. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 301, fig. 32.

Zoarces viviparus elongatus, Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1960:
83.

Enchelyopus elongatus, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
7134 fig. 292.

D 75-94, VII-XII 18-23; A 80-100; P 17-19 (Soldatov and Lindberg,
1930).

D 80, XII 22; A over 90; C 11; V 3; P 19-20; Br. 6 (Kner, 1868).

Body firm, elongate, slightly attenuate posteriorly, and covered with
cycloid scales. Head elongate, without scales, rounded on sides. Snout
short, blunt, convex. Eyes relatively small, lips fleshy, mouth large.

Maxilla barely reaches middle of eye. Teeth on lower and upper jaws
blunt, strong and broad, but thin slightly toward apices; anteriorly
arranged in two rows and laterally in one row. Teeth on vomer and
palatines absent. Dorsal fin originates anterior to vertical from gill
opening; anterior part highest. Base and entire fin in lower part covered
with sparser scales than in posterior part. Anal fin anteriorly also higher
and covered with scattered scales anteriorly only at base and posteriorly
up to margin of fin. Pectoral fins rounded on lower side, rays thickened.
Pores well developed near eyes, on jaws, preopercle, and occiput. Lateral
line forms curve in anterior part, and barely discernible in posterior part of
body (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Z. elongatus Kner does not differ in body coloration from Z. viviparus
L. Basic color greenish-gray or chocolate-brown to gray, dorsal side with
series (14-16) of dark spots that continue into dorsal fin; series of similar
but more diffuse spots located along lateral line (Shmidt, 1904).

In our specimens (12) preanal distance varied from 31.7 to 39.4% of the
total length. Lateral line mediolateral, complete, represented by free
neuromasts, numbering about 100 up to vertical from end of first third of
anal fin; beyond this point counting of neuromasts extremely difficult.
Some neuromasts were detected at isolated places along lateral line of
body up to base of caudal fin, indicating completeness of lateral line.
Arrangement and number of pores of seismosensory system of head
given in characters of genus. Radiographs of our specimens (12) yielded
the following data: number of vertebrae (118) 122-127, with precaudal
ranging from 21 to 26 and caudal 89 to 104; number of rays in dorsal fin
115-126 (82-92 + VII-XV + 22-29); rays in anal fin 93-103; skeleton of
free part of caudal fin with 3-4 principal rays in upper half, 3-4 in
lower half, and 4-6 marginal.

‘(SS6I ‘Bieqns}e) JNOd[s9 a}e3U0|q—snjn3Zu0jJa SazID0Z “QQ eINTIA ZEI

‘(O€61 “SI9qQpUrT pUe AOJePlOS) Ys}oyYXO Jo veg “WW co, WISUEeT ‘vsoUuIdsHjnW Djjalusajsuasniy~ “GOT 2INSIA O€I.

<ENSSSS

anon Me DUGT Oe “GeO: OE Cr,
dite ENO pREMON Pity) oe orere

cae Sp BELGE,
RO Se eg CZ,
SOTA,

ore

é 36
2.0 Rae! oe
7

134

161

Fish from the Sea of Okhotsk (Nos. 41653-41661) were caught from
depths of 4 to 36 m, with bottom temperature 5 to 6°C, and bottom
consisting of rocks, stones, sand, and sandy silt. At these places the
biocenosis comprised Tellina calcarea and laminarians. The stones in
these sites were covered with tubes of Lithothamnion and Serpulidae.
Together with specimens of this species, catches comprised sponges,
hydroids, and bryozoans.

Length, to 300 mm (Shmidt, 1904),

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Tatar Strait and liman
of Amur River (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 488); Primor’e (Ueno, 1971:
85); from west (Taranetz, 1937b: 39), southwest, and east coasts of Sakhalin
(recorded as Z. viviparus; Ueno, 1971: 85). In the Sea of Japan, coast
of Hokkaido (Jordan and Fowler, 1902b: 766); Sado Island (Honma, 1952:
226); Wakasa Bay (Takegawa and Morino, 1970: 383); San’in region
(Mori, 1956a: 21). In the Yellow Sea recorded from the Gulf of Chihli
(Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955: 174). In the Sea of Okhotsk found in northern
part (Shmidt, 1950: 83) to southern Kuril Islands (specimens of KSE,
Nos. 41653-41661). Pacific coast of Japan (Ueno, 6, 1971: 85).

2. Zoarces gillii Jordan and Starks, 1905—Gill’s Eelpout'”

(Figure 107)

Zoarces gillii Jordan and Starks, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 28, 1905: 212,
fig. 11 (Pusan). Mori, Mem. Hyogo Univ. Agric., 1952: 130. Fowler,
Synopsis..., 1958: 300.

Zoarces tangwangi Wu, Contrib. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China, 6, 6, 1930:
60 (China). Chu, Biol. Bull. St. John’s Univ., 1, 1931: 182. Lindberg,
Predvaritel’nyi Spisok..., 1947: 169.

Enchelyopus gilli, Jordan, Tanaka and Snyder, J. Coll. Sci. Univ. Tokyo,
33, 1913: 399 (Pusan, west coast of Hokkaido). Mori and Uchida, J.
Chosen Nat. Hist Soc., 19, 1934: 22 (Korean Peninsula). Wang and Wang,
Contrib. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China, 11, 6, 1935: 221, fig. 43. Matsubara,
Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 773.

22871. Sea of Japan (Pusan). March 27, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 4
specimens.

D 84, XIX 14; A 80.

- Head length 5.6 times and depth 10 times in standard length. Diameter
of eye 5 times, length of maxilla 2.2 times, and length of snout 3.3 times
in head length. Gill rakers short and pointed, 3 + 14 on anterior gill
arch (Jordan and Starks, 1905: 212). Vertebrae 131-132 (25 + 106-107);
rays of dorsal fin 131-132 (91-94 + XVII-XVIII + 20-23); and rays
of anal fin 106-110. This species differs from Z. e/ongatus not only
in greater number of spiny rays in dorsal fin, presence of dark spot in

4Chu et al. (1963: 381) consider this species a synonym of Enchelyopus elongatus (Kner).

162

(S06

|] ‘JapAug pue uepior) uesng Ww ¢7z Yy3UET ‘jNoOdIoe S[IO—UU3 Senuv0Z “LO 2Insty

wets

€€l

163

anterior part of dorsal fin, greater number of rays in anal fin, relatively
large preanal distance (37.4 to 39.4%), but also broad and even interorbital
space, high-set eyes, relatively short maxilla (not extending beyond
vertical from posterior margin of eye), position of origin of dorsal fin (at
vertical from gill opening versus anterior to this vertical in Z. elongatus),
and coloration of body and fins.

Length, to 240 mm (Fowler, 1958).

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known from Pusan and Wonsan (Mori,
1952: 130); coast of Hokkaido (Jordan, Tanaka and Snyder, 1913: 399);
and San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 21). In the Yellow Sea found near Chefoo
(Wang and Wang, 1935: 221). China (as Z. tangwangi Wu), recorded from
Fu-chow (Wu, 1930: 60).

4. Genus Neozoarces Steindachner, 1880

Neozoarces Steindachner, Ichthyol. Beitr., 9, 1880: 26 (type: N. pulcher
Steindachner). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 461. Matsubara,
Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 756.

Body elongate, laterally compressed, posteriorly pointed. Dorsal and
anal fins confluent with very small caudal fin. Dorsal fin consists of
two parts: longer part with low, slender, pointed spiny rays, and slightly
shorter part with higher soft rays. Pectoral fins well developed. Mouth
large, maxilla distinctly extends beyond vertical from posterior margin
of eye. Blunt conical teeth in jaws, vomer, and palatines. Snout with
fleshy process. Gill openings broad; branchiostegal membranes fused
and not attached to isthmus. Scales small, deeply embedded in skin
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930). Seismosensory canals of head with narrow
lumen, open exteriorly through small number of pores arranged in single
row. Number of pores (with rare individual deviations) strictly constant:
nasal 2, interorbital 1, postorbital 6, occipital 3, suborbital 6, preopercular
4, and mandibular 4 (Figure 108, A). Trunk with two branches of open
seismosensory pores: middle one, a continuation of postorbital canal,
extends along mediolateral line of body up to base of tail; upper one
interrupted in middle of body (Makushok, 1961c: 203).

Radiographs of 16 of our specimens of 2 species (Nos. 12399, 18761,
20349, 20483, 33312, 37335, 41106, and Nos. 25475, 31625, 37667, 37668)
permits us to add these characters of the genus: number of vertebrae
varies from 94 to 100 (precaudal 18-21, caudal 75-82); number of rays in
dorsal fin 93-99 (XLII-XLVI + 49-59), of anal fin I 73-79; and skeleton of
free part of caudal fin with 6-7 principal and 4-6 marginal rays.

Two species. Both known from the Sea of Japan.

135

164
Key to Species of Genus Neozoarces'”

1 (2). Head not more than 6 times in standard length.'*° Reticulate
pattern yery distinct in lower halt ofihead 7.0 eet. ee
eh abe ts ia REMI oe TIER ae REN DN. A ret 1. N. pulcher Steindachner.

2 (1). Head more than 6 times in standard length. Reticulate pattern
in lower half of head either absent of poorly developed........
ee Me oo sa 2. N. steindachneri Jordan and Snyder.

1. Neozoarces pulcher Steindachner, 1880—Handsome Eelpout

(Figure 108)

Neozoarces pulcher Steindachner, Ichthyol. Beitr., 9, 1880: 27, pl.
6, fig. 2 (Peter the Great Bay). Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei...,
1904: 177. Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 481. Taranetz, Kratkii
Opredelitel’..., 1937: 155. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 69.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 756. Fowler, Synopsis: .
1958: 320:

8660. Peter the Great Bay. 1888. Sliunin. 1 specimen.

12399. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. August 24, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 3

specimens.

18761. Péter the Great Bay, Strelok Strait. June 12, 1911. DVE. 1
specimen.

20349. Tatar Strait, De-Kastri Bay. August 5, 1909. Derbek. 4
specimens.

20483. Peter the Great Bay. Amur Gulf. August 7, 1898. M. Yankovskii.
4 specimens.

33312. Tatar Strait, Shirokaya Pad’. August 18 and 22 [no year]. L.
Kuznetsov. 2 specimens.

37335. Peter the Great Bay. September 30, 1907. V.K. Brazhnikoy. 1
specimen.

41106. Peter the Great Bay, Amur Gulf. September 9, 1974. V.I.
Pinchuk. 1 specimen.

41107. Peter the Great Bay, Ussuriisk Gulf. September 5-7, 1972. V.I.
Pinchuk. 2 specimens.

D XLI, 50; A I, 75; P 10 (Steindachner, 1980).

Spiny rays of dorsal fin low, 1.5 to 2.0 times less in height than soft
rays (Shmidt, 1904).

Head length 5.25 to 6.3 and maximum body depth 9 to 9.5 times in total
length. Diameter of eye 4.75 to 6.0 times, snout 4.5 to 5.0 times, length of
pectoral fins 2 to 2.5 times in the head length (Steindachner, 1980).

Serom Taranetz, 1937b.
“6 Dossibly, 6.3 times in standard length (Steindachner, 1880).

165

‘peoy Jo sjeuvo Alosuasowsios Jo JUoWasuUrIIe—Yy

‘(O88I “JouUyoRpuUle}S) Avg JedIH 9Y} 19]9qg “WW QT] YIZUeT jnodjoo sWospuey—/ayrjnd sasivoZ0aN “gO 2IN3I4 9€1

= ay GAEY ,

of,

bi, =, Se Ss
se “ee LOLA:

137

166

Branchiostegal rays 7. Trunk with two branches of open seismosensory
papillae: middle, a continuation of postorbital canal, extends along
mediolateral line of body up to base of tail; and upper branch interrupted
in middle part of body (Makushok, 1961c: 203). In our specimens, preanal
distance varies from 34.0 to 40.6% of total length.

Radiographs of 10 specimens from 84 to 160 mm in length yielded the
following data: vertebrae 96-100 (18-21 + 75-82); number of rays in
dorsal fin 94-99 (XLII-XLVI + 49-59), in anal fin I 73-78; skeleton of free
part of caudal fin with 6-8 principal and 4-5 marginal rays.

These are small, brightly colored fish,’*’ dwelling near the coast
among stones and clumps of algae. Eggs large, bright pink, and few in
number. Parents probably protect their eggs (Makushok, 1961c: 207).

Length, to 160 mm.

Distribution: In‘the Sea of Japan known from Hamhung-Namdo
Province on the east coast of the Korean Peninsula (Mori, 1952: 127);
Peter the Great Bay (our specimens). In the north found to Tatar Strait
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 462); along the east (Popov, 1933a: 149)
and west coasts (Taranetz, 1937b: 155). In the Sea of Okhotsk known from
Aniva Bay (Shmidt, 1950: 69), near the southwest and east coasts of
Sakhalin and off the coast of Hokkaido (Ueno, 1971: 85).

2. Neozoarces steindachneri Jordan and Snyder, 1902—Steindachner’s

Eelpout (Figure 109)

Neozoarces steindachneri Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25,
1902: 479, fig. 18 (Hokkaido, Otaru and Hakodate islands). Soldatov and
Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 462. Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’...,
1937: 155. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 756. Fowler,
Synopsis..., 1958: 321.

25475. Western Sakhalin. May 29, 1934. A. Ya. Taranetz. 3 specimens.

31625. Southern Sakhalin. August-September, 1946. KSE. 21
specimens.

37296. Sea of Japan, Ussuriisk Gulf. 1962. EZIN. 1 specimen.

37667. Western Sakhalin, Antonovo. July 29, 1963. V.G. Averintsev. 1
specimen.

37668. Sea of Okhotsk. Aniva Bay. August 16, 1963. L.L. Chislenko and
A.N. Golikov. 1 specimen.

‘D XXXVIII, 49; A I, 72; gill rakers on first gill arch 4 + 12 (Jordan
and Snyder, 1902a).

Radiographs of our 6 specimens 73 to 108 mm in length yielded the
following data: number of vertebrae varies from 94 to 100, including 18-

M47 Sh midt (1904) mentions that the light-colored bands on the dorsal and anal fins which

continue on the trunk broaden in such a way that they become clavate. Body gray on sides,
with pattern of minute yellowish dots.

138

167

19 precaudal and 76-81 caudal; variation in number of vertebrae probably
even greater, since Makushok (1961lc: 203) found: vertebrae 106-108,
precaudal 20 and caudal 86-88. Number of rays in dorsal fin varies from 94
to 99; spiny part with XLII-XLVI rays, followed by 49-59 soft rays. Anal
fin I 73-78. Skeleton of free part of caudal fin with 6-8 principal and 4-5
marginal rays. Meristic characters very similar to those of N. pulcher.

This species differs from N. pulcher in relatively shorter head, shorter
upper jaw, relatively smalller preanal distance (32.5 to 38.3% of total
length), absence (or poor development) of pattern on lower surface of
head, and more variegated body color. It dwells among algae in coastal
waters.

Length, to 108 mm.

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 462); west coast of Sakhalin (Taranetz,
1937b: 155); coast of Japan, recorded off Otaru (Jordan and Snyder,
1902a; 481). In the Sea of Okhotsk known from Aniva Bay, Lake Busse
(Okada and Matsubara, 1938: 401); near east coast of Sakhalin (Ueno,
1971: 85). Recorded in the Sea of Okhotsk from coast of Hokkaido and
Lake Notoro (Hikita, 1952: 12). Along the Pacific coast of Japan known
from Hakodate (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a: 479).

5. Genus Zoarchias Jordan and Snyder, 1902—Eelpouts

Zoarchias Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 480 (type:
Z. veneficus Jordan and Snyder). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor...,
1930: 462.

This genus differs from Neozoarces in shorter spiny part of dorsal
fin and greater number of rays in higher posterior part. Fleshy process
on snout absent (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

4 or 5 species. 2 known from the Sea of Japan.

Key to Species of Genus Zoarchias'*

1 (2). Dorsal fin with 28 spiny rays; part of dorsal fin with soft rays begins
far behind vertical from origin of anal fin. A I, 85-88 .........
Ne ht VLE rd hlak Tala ie la 1. Z. veneficus Jordan and Snyder.
2 (1). Dorsal fin with 15 spiny rays; part of dorsal fin with soft rays begins
slightly anterior to vertical from origin of anal fin. A I, 69.....
Lott abeals* yn Mie ito A 3°: Ft ales day ba ba 2. Z. uchidai Matsubara.

1. Zoarchias veneficus Jordan and Snyder, 1902 (Figure 110)
Zoarchias veneficus Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902:
480, fig. 19 (Hakodate, Muroran, Otaru). Soldatov and Lindberg,

M8For species known from the Sea of Japan and adjacent parts of the Sea of Okhotsk and
the Yellow Sea.

168

Obzor..., 1930: 462. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 757.
Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 322.

D XXVIII, 77; A I, 78; gill rakers on first gill arch 3+ 12 (Jordan
and Snyder, 1902a).

Tomiyama (1972) researched the reason for the discrepancy in number
of rays in the anal fin indicated by Jordan and Snyder in text (A I, 78)
and depicted in their figure (A I, 88). After examining several specimens
of L. veneficus from Hakodate, Tomiyama states that the correct number
of rays is shown in the figure and should be retained as A I, 85-88.

Anal fin originates almost under the 18th ray of the dorsal fin. Standard
length about 11 times the depth. Typical members pale chocolate-brown
with dark reticulate pattern on body (Matsubara, 1955).

Close to the species Z. major Tomiyama, 1972,'” from which it differs
in greater number of rays in the dorsal fin (XXIX 80), shorter base of
anal fin (judging from figure, begins under the 21st ray of dorsal fin), and
(as pointed out by Tomiyama) broad dark spots in dorsal fin and presence
of elongate lustrous black spot in anterior part.

Length 70 mm. .

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from coasts of Hokkaido
(Ueno, 1971: 85), Otaru (Jordan and Snyder, 1902a: 481); Sado Island
(Honma, 1963: 31); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 25); Wakasa Bay
(Takegawa and Morino, 1970: 382); San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 21).
Found along the Pacific coast of Japan from Muroran (Jordan and Snyder,
1902a: 480) to Boshu Province (Okada and Matsubara, 1938: 401).

2. Zoarchias uchidai Matsubara 1932—Uchida’s Eelpout (Figure 111)

Zoarchias uchidai Matsubara, Bull. Japan. Soc. Sci. Fish., 1, 2, 1932:
1, fig. 1 (Pusan). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 757, pl.
80, fig. 275. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 323.

D XV, 78; A I, 69.

Anal fin originates under 6th soft ray of dorsal fin. Eyes small, diameter
about 7 times and interorbital space 10 times in head length (Matsubara,
1955). Anterior spiny rays of dorsal fin slender and highly elongate (equal
to soft rays of this fin), gradually shortening posteriorly in such a

139 way that posterior spiny rays lower than soft rays which follow them
(Makushok, 1961c).

Length 120 mm (Matsubara, 1932).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known off Pusan (Matsubara, 1932:
1). Reported from south coast of the Korean Peninsula (Mori and Uchida,
1934: 22).

49Recorded from west coast of Kyushu Island (Ike Island.)

69

l

(ZE6] ‘BIRQns]e|) URSNg “WW {Z] YIBUeT ‘jnodjoe s.eplyoy—op!yIN SVIYIIvOZ “TT ons 6£1

VLA:

LLL SS Wt:

140

141

170

6. Genus Lycodes Reinhardt, 1838—Eelpouts

Lycodes Reinhardt, Overs. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Nat.- Math. Afhandl.,
7, 1838: 153 (type: L. vahlii Reinhardt), Jordan and Evermann, Fish.
N. and M. Amer., 3, 1898: 2461. Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor... , 1930:
492. Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 161. Andriyashev, Ryby
Severnykh Morei SSSR, 1964: 266.

Body moderately elongate, its depth at origin of anal fin 7 to 14 times in
total length (or 7 to 14% of it). Teeth on jaws, vomer, and palatines
present. Mouth inferior, upper jaw protrudes forward beyond lower jaw.
Mandibular and maxillary membranes completely reduced. Pair of
mental crests present on lower side of head, each crest consisting of skin-
covered cartilaginous overgrowth of lower margin of dentary. Neither cirri
nor tentacles present on head. Lower lip broadens posteriorly (infralabial
lobe) and fuses anteriorly (interlabial space). Lower jaw and upper jaw
without large nostril-shaped pores. Gill openings do not continue forward,
separated by isthmus; folds across latter absent. Body naked or covered
with minute scales separated from each other. Lateral line usually consists
of minute and barely discernible free neuromasts and differs in position
(Figure 112, A-F); mediolateral line (extends along median line of body);
ventral (slopes down and back toward anal fin, continuing above it for
greater or lesser distance); or doubled, mediolateral and ventral

-(bifurcates near apex of gill opening; usually anterior part of mediolateral

branch poorly developed). In some species lateral line transitional or
ventrolateral, i.e., arcs down toward belly in anterior part of body, but at
vertical from vent rises up and continues along median line of body up to
tail; usually the posterior (ascending) part of arc poorly discernible,
interrupted, or totally absent. In many species pores of dorsal series even
wider-set and individual minute pores additionally present on head (latter
do not form a true circumorbital ring). Dorsal fin without spiny rays.
Pelvic fins rudimentary, jugular. Pectoral fins usually with 14-16 rays.
Most species with 2 tubercular pyloric caeca; rarely caeca absent. Otoliths
large. Vertebrae 87-119 with symmetrical centra (Andriyashev, 1954).

Benthic fishes, preferring silty bottom, which many burrow into. Eggs
laid on bottom, large, and numerous. Emerging larvae probably do not
pass through a pelagic stage. Food comprises benthic crustaceans,
polychaetes, bivalve mollusks, echinoderms, and rarely fishes (Andri-
yashev, 1954).

About 50 species. In the Sea of Japan 12 species are known, and
1 species from adjacent waters.

171

A

140 Figure 112. Major types of lateral line in Lyodes (Andriyashev, 1954).

A-—mediolateral; B—ventrolateral; C—incomplete double; D—complete
double: E—complete ventral: F—incomplete ventral.

142

172

LWA G22.) F
2S):

Dis):
LOn@r 1).
11 (10).
28 isl
13 (18).
14 (15).
15 (14).

16 (17).

Key to Species of Genus Lycodes'*

Mental crests fused anteriorly.'*' Gill openings large.

Gill openings do not reach base of pelvic fins. P 14-15; rays
of lower part unbranched and relatively thick. Length of pelvic
fins equal to diameter of eye or slightly more. D 79-84; A 69-73.
Vertebrae 87-93. Dark pattern well expressed on sides of body.
Lateral. line incomplete; ventral) si. een oe
BR rags ana Ry POR 4 OS 1. L. japonicus Matsubara and Iwai.
Gill openings reach base of pelvic fins.

Posterior end of body with large white blotch, almost equal
to head length. Several diffuse black spots located over and
around this blotch. D 98-101; A 83-88; P 19-21. Vertebrae 106-
111. Lateral line ventral..... 2. L. caudimaculatus Matsubara.

4). Posterior end of body without large white blotch.
. Upper part of body and dorsal fin with pattern in form of stripes

arranged in shape of A, with upper vertical part located on dorsal
BHT, i 6 Sh ova 8 RR [L. semenovi Popov, 1931].
Body and dorsal fin without such pattern.

Body pale, without stripes, grayish-red. D 76-79; A 64-67;
P 15-16. Vertebrae 84-85. Lateral line mediolateral.........
6g MOSER ONIN SLs SAMUEL BANS. «Seen 3. L. teraoi Katayama.
Body with light-colored transverse stripes.

Heeth absentiemsvomerme. ne... [L. colletti Popov, 1931].
Teeth present on vomer. Lateral line mediolateral ..........
paps i Rae a trey Peek AL CRIN ae 5 a Ne 4. L. uschakovi Popov.
Mental crests not fused anteriorly.’ Gill openings do not
continue to pelvic fins.

Lower rays of pectoral fins elongate, form lobe.

Dorsal fin with less than 90 rays (82-88), anal fin with 67-72,
and pectoral fin with 19-20. Lateral line ventral ............
SE Ce eae NERO D EE PRE TEURE LS ff da tuton 1 [L. macrochir Schmidt, 1950].
Dorsal fin with more than 90 rays and anal fin with more than
70.

P 17-19. Rays of lower part of pectoral fins unbranched, pointed

150K ey based on that given by Matsubara (1955) with additions from the works of Taranetz
(1937b), Matsubara and Iwai (1951), and our data. For a more complete understanding of the
genus, species distributed in the northern part of the Sea of Okhotsk are included: L.
semenovi, L. macrochir, L. heinemanii, L. brunneofasciatus, L. jenseni, L. brevicauda, and L.

colletti.

151¥n fused mental crests the inner margins form a fold across the chin, which is very
distinct in well-developed crests and poorly defined in less-developed crests.

‘521 independent mental crests the anterior ends fuse with the lower lip in the center and
no fold forms across the chin (Figure 128, A, a).

143

rs

at ends. Vertebrae 112-117. Interorbital space 12 to 25 times in
the head length. Upper jaw distinctly protrudes forward beyond
lower one. In closed mouth, teeth on premaxilla greatly exposed.
Dorsal side of body grayish to chocolate-brown, underside light-
colored, lateral sides without narrow pale transverse stripes.
Lateral line ventral....... 5. L. diapterus nakamurai (Tanaka).

17 (16). P 20-23. Rays of lower part of pectoral fins unbranched. Caudal
fin comparatively long, more than 0.5 diameter of eye. Vertebrae
108-111. Interorbital space 10-18 times in the head length.
Upper jaw just barely protrudes beyond lower one. In closed
mouth teeth almost not visible on premaxilla. Body dark
chocolate-brown, usually with six to seven narrow white
transverse stripes. ............. [L. hubbsi Matsubara, 1955].’°

18 (13). Lower rays of pectoral fin not elongate, do not form lobe.

19 (20). Body without scales, naked. Dorsal fin with less than 80
rays. Length of pelvic fins less than diameter of eye.........

Cepeerranp tps tre ia teen. piste, Mil [L. heinemanni Soldatov, 1916]

20 (19). Body with scales, at least in posterior part

21 (22). Lateral line ventral, passing along base of anal fin almost up to
rays of caudal fin........ [L. brunneofasciatus Suvorov, 1935].

22 (21). Lateral line different, not ventral.

23 (34). Belly covered with scales.

24 (25). Lower 9 to 10 rays of pectoral fins form negligible lobe.
D 91-106; A 76-87. Body black, without stripes and spots (at
places of sloughed scales only white spots remain). Lateral line
ventrolateral. ....... 6. L. soldatovi Taranetz and Andriashev.

25 (24). Lower rays of pectoral fin do not form notched lobe; fin
obliquely truncated in lower part. D 79-89; A 64-72. Body
relatively light-colored; seven to eight dark spots along back
separated by light-colored intervals. Lateral line mediolateral.
aR A ae tt 7. L. macrolepis Taranetz and Andriashev.

26 (27). Pelvic fins very short, less than 0.5 diameter of eye. Body
light-colored, without stripes and spots. Margin of dorsal and
aia! pits Care, Teveral Te WEMerOlatel al. cscs ces ce c+ oct te eae
ate MAE te 8. L. brevipes ochotensis Schmidt.

27 (26). Pelvic fins longer than 0.5 diameter of eye. Body with

1537 Aubbsi has been recorded from the Pacific coast of Hokkaido and Honshu.
Matsubara (1955: 776) indicated that a description of the species was forthcoming in the near
future. None has been published to date. Neither has another species, L. sadoensis
Matsubara and Honma, been described although recorded by Honma (1963: 21) from near
Sado Island, and by Morino and Takegawa (1970: 383) from Wakasa Bay. We cannot consider
the latter species for our waters due to the absence of a published description, and the
inadequacy of the photograph published by Honma (1969: 31, Fig. 9) for writing up a
description.

174

28 (29).
29 (28).
30 (31).
Bw iB);
32 G3):
33)/(G2):
34 (23).

35 (40).

36 (39).
37:\G8).

38 (37).

39 (36).

40 (35).

spots or stripes (except in L. jenseni). Margin of dorsal and anal
fins not darker than background color of fins.
Pectoral fins with 21 rays. Dorsal fin with light-colored Y-shaped
spots, which continue onto back. Lateral line ventrolateral...
Bee ale tp SRNR SY Es aN 9. [L. ygreknotatus Schmidt}.
Pectoral fin with not more than 18 rays. Dorsal fin without
Y-shaped spots.
Mental crests poorly developed, low, with rounded tips. Upper
jaw short, reaches posteriorly only to anterior margin of eye.
Body color monochromatic. Lateral line ventrolateral........
PPURNAISA, Aac SEER SD NN [L. jenseni Taranetz and Andriashey, 1935].
Mental crests well developed, from pointed process or lobe
toward front. Upper jaw extends posteriorly beyond anterior
margin of eye, and protrudes beyond lower jaw.
Pectoral fins rounded at posterior margin, longest rays in
middle. (P l7\\Lateralvtine wentrolateral: i234). 85)4) 4p. ia
Beak UU eg aa en RV 10. L. palearis fasciatus (Schmidt).
Pectoral fin truncated at posterior margin, longest rays in
upper third. P 18. Lateral line ventrolateral..................
EO CM SG ML IMMA HK 10a. L. palearis schmidti Gratzianov.
Belly naked, or if scales present, only in posterior part.
Preanal distance less than 50% of total length. Dorsal and
anal fins at least partly covered with scales.
Teeth on lower jaw distinctly close-set, numerous.
Upper half of body and head chocolate-brown, with rounded
light-colored spots. Lower half of body and head light-colored.
Margin of dorsal and anal fins dark; fins usually with light-
colored spots and oblique stripes. Lateral line medio-lateral.
Sag TSA ASO ELS SR A MOREE 11. L. tanakae Jordan and Thompson.
Upper half of body and head with light-colored S-shaped marks,
which continue onto dorsal fin. Vertical fins usually without
light-colored oblique stripes. Lateral line mediolateral.......
CE AE 12. L. sigmatoides Lindberg and Krasjukova n. nov.
Teeth on lower jaw wide-set (especially in posterior. part)
and few. Upper half of body with about seven dark transverse
stripes which continue onto dorsal fin. Apices of gill openings
connected by light-colored stripe which curves forward. Lateral
linesmediolaterals wi iitioedonila ata Hou Cem eid CAN ae
OT SRN th 13. L. raridens Taranetz and Andriashev, 1935.
Preanal distance more than 50% total length. Dorsal and anal
fins not covered with scales. Lateral line mediolateral.......

144

i

1. Lycodes japonicus Matsubara and Iwai, 1951—Japanese Eelpout

(Figure 113)

Lycodes japonicus Matsubara and Iawi, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 1, 6, 1951:
368, figs 1-3 (Toyama Bay). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
ioe

D 79-84; A 69-73; P 14-15; vertebrae 87-93.

Six lower rays of pectoral fin simple, more or less thickened, and
membrane between rays deeply notched; lower half of fin symmetrical to
upper half. Pelvic fins relatively long, almost equal or slightly larger than
diameter of eye, and length 3.3 to 4.5 times in the head length. Pyloric
caeca 2, rarely 3. Head in males broader and higher than in females
(Figure 114, C, D). Eyes fairly large, their diameter slightly less or equal to
snout length. Lower inner margin of lower jaw does not form protruding
fleshy lobes. Belly covered with scales; scales continue downward and
forward, beyond base of pectoral fin. Teeth minute, sharp. On pre-
maxillary teeth arranged in 2 rows in front and in 1 row along sides.
Vomer with 9 to 10 teeth. Lower jaw with 3 rows of teeth in anterior part
and 1 row in posterior part (Figure 114, A, B). Sides of body of adult fish
with characteristic coloration, especially pattern (Figure 113) (Matsubara
and Iwai, 1951b). Color of males and females changes with age and,
probably, in fish close to 122 mm in length stabilizes (Figure 115, A-D).

The authors of this species have provided a detailed description and
drawing (Figure 114, C, D) of the arrangement of the seismosensory pores
of the head: pores minute (visible only under lens) on operculum and
lower jaw, suborbital bones, near nasal tubules, in postorbital region,
occiput, and on surface anterior to dorsal fin. Mandibular-opercular series
consists of about 7-8 pores arranged along margin of operculum and 3-4
on lower jaw. Suborbital series comprises 7-8 pores, of which 2 or 3 on
cheek, 3 on upper lip, and 3 on anterior margin of snout. Nasal pores 6-7,
arranged from base of nasal tubules to midway between nostril and
anterior margin of eye. Post-orbital series of 5 pores begins immediately
behind eye and directed toward beginning of lateral line. 1 or 2 pores
located on occiput. Predorsal series comprises 4-5 pores’ arranged from
origin of dorsal fin to upper end of operculum. Lateral line indistinct,
incomplete, and does not curve downward; instead it proceeds smoothly
from occiput to pectoral fin, barely extending beyond its anterior third
(Matsubara and Iwai, 1951b).

Length, to 137 mm (Matsubara and Iwai, 1951b).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Toyama Bay (Matsubara
and Iwai, 1951b: 368) and off Sado Island (Honma, 1963: 21).

4The authors of this description make no distinction between pores and free
neuromasts, referring to both as pores.

‘(1S6I ‘TeM] pue viegns}ey) Avg ewrAo] “Ww 6Z7] WIZUST jNOdI[>se esouvdef—snaiuodpl sapood]T “¢[] sins Prl

145

145

177

Figure 114. Teeth and head of Lycodes japonicus (Matsubara and Iwai, 1951).

A—premaxilla, a—vomer, b—palatine; B—lower jaw; C—head of male, c—dorsal view,
d—lateral view; D—head of female, e—dorsal view, f—lateral view.

2. Lycodes caudimaculatus Matsubara, 1936—White-Blotched Tail Eel-
pout (Figure 116)
Lycodes caudimaculatus Matsubara, J. Imper. Fish. Inst., 31, 2, 1936:

115,.fig. 1 (Mie ‘SPery Pacific coast of Japan). Matsubara and Iwai,

Japan. J. Ichthyol., 1, 6, 1951: 373. Matsubara, Fish morphol. and Hierar.,

' 1955: 775, fig. 293.

41193. Pacific coast of Japan, 37°45’8” N, 141°55'3" E. January 13,

1973. V.V. Fedorov. 3 specimens.
41194. Pacific coast of Japan, 36°58’ N, 141°29’ E. April 2, 1973.

A.S. Sokolovskii. 1 specimen.
41195.-Pacific coast of Japan, 36°55’ N, 141°23’ E. April 15, 1973.

A.S. Sokolovskii. 3 specimens.

178

‘W O[] WSU] ‘ojeW—q ‘WH EI] YISUIT ‘oyeMaJ—D ‘Wu YO, YI8UET ‘a[eWoj—q ‘WU ¢'6OT YISUST ‘“o[eMaJ—VW
‘(IS6] ‘TeM] puL eIeqns}eW) Snoiuodvf sapord] Jo UONeIO[OO UL UOHeLeA “CTT ainsi Or

terre,
ae ae

ie

ta terete msese 200 gerne rnett o eae elec Ge mee
ee bh eit Aeemae tere stews 90440 +a eres men

es >

146

147

179

D 98-101; A 83-86; P 19-21; vertebrae 106-111 (Matsubara and Iwai,
1951b).

Differs from L. japonicus in asymmetrical pectoral fin,'°? smaller
pelvic fins with length less than diameter of eye, and absence of dots
on sides of body. Oval white spot and a few small dark spots located only
in caudal part. Dark spots present in posterior part of dorsal and anal
fins (Matsubara and Iwai, 1951b).

In 7 of our specimens, 171 to 242 mm long, mental crests were poorly
developed and fused. Lateral line ventral, complete, and in form of
free neuromasts (more than 200 throughout line). Pores of seismosensory
system of head distinct: suborbital 8, postorbital 4, preopercular 4-6,
mandibular 4, and 3 neuromasts in occipital row, with 3 free neuromasts
near posterior nostril. Preanal distance 33.6 to 39.9% of the total
length. Radiographs of these specimens revealed that the number of
vertebrae varied from 107 to 109 (precaudal 22-23, caudal 84-86);
number of rays in dorsal fin from 101 to 103, of anal fin from 86 to 88; and
skeleton of free part of caudal fin with 8 principal and 5 marginal rays.

Information on biology not available. Probably dwells at fairly large
depth since our specimens were caught between 260 to 500 m, and places
of occurrence given below in the distribution of this species are quite
deep. Catches from shallow waters not known to date.

Length, to 242 mm.

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known only in Wakasa Bay (Takegawa
and Morino, 1970: 383). Recorded from the Pacific coast of Japan near
Mie Prefecture (Matsubara, 1936), reported for Teshio, and farther south
to Kochi Prefecture (Matsubara, 1955: 775).

5

3. Lycodes teraoi Katayama, 1943—Pale Eelpout (Figure 117)

Lycodes teraoi Katayama, Ann. Zool. Japon, 22, 2, 1943: 103, fig. 2
(Tsuiyama, Hyogo Prefecture). Matsubara and Iwai, Japan. J. Ichthyol.,
1, 6, 1951: 373. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 775. Fowler,
Synopsis..., 1958: 305.

D 76; A 64; P 15'°; V 3 (Katayama, 1943).

Head length 4.76 times, depth 10.18 times, distance from tip of
snout to vent 2.43 times, and distance from origin of pelvic fin
to anal fin 3.62 times in the total length. Longitudinal diameter of eye
5.66 times, interorbital distance 17.0 times, snout length 3.09 times,
length of maxilla 2.61 times, length of postorbital part of head 2.0 times,
length of pectoral fin 2.26 times and length of pelvic fin 6.8 times in
head length. Body elongate, compressed laterally, attenuate toward tip

'SST ower tays branched and membrane between them not deeply notched; in L. japonicus

lower rays simple and membrane between them deeply notched.
'S°T) 76-79; A 64-67; P 15-16 (Matsubara, 1955).

149

180

of tail. Head depressed, interorbital space narrow and convex. Mouth
moderate in size, maxilla continues to vertical from middle of eye.
Upper jaw protrudes beyond lower by distance almost equal to half
longitudinal diameter of eye. Teeth small but strong, present on jaws,
vomer, and palatines. Tongue thick, blunt at end, and not free toward
front. Gill openings large, almost equal in length to maxilla. Branch-
iostegal membranes widely fused with isthmus. Nostrils with small
tubules. Lateral line mediolateral, continues along middle of body,
without reaching end. Scales small and round, embedded in skin, and
absent only on head, in middle part of belly, and at base of pectoral and
pelvic fins. Dorsal fin originates almost at vertical from middle of pectoral
fin. Anal fin originates almost at vertical from 15th ray of dorsal fin. Dorsal
fin higher than anal. Pectoral fins short. Pelvic fins very small (Katayama,
1943).

Characterized by grayish-pink pale body devoid of stripes and spots,
light-colored fins, and notably protruding upper jaw.

Length more than 300 mm (Matsubara and Iwai, 1951b).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Wakasa Bay (Takegawa
and Morino, 1970: 383); off coast of Hyogo Prefecture (Matsubara, 1955:
775); Tayama (Katayama, 1952a: 5); and San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 21).

4. Lycodes uschakovi Popov, 1931—Ushakov’s Eelpout (Figure 118)

Lycodes uschakovi Popov, Issled. Morei SSSR, 14, 1931: 141, pl. II,
fig. 7 (northern part of Sea of Okhotsk). Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya,
1950: 96. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 775.

Lycodes collettii Popov, Issled. Morei SSSR, 14, 1931: 143, pl. II,
fig. 6 G7°115S% N, 1487195” B):

Lycodes lindbergi Popov, Issled. Morei SSSR, 14, 1931: 142, pl. II,
fig. 5 (58°11'5” N, 148°19’5” B).

24834. Sakhalin, east coast. July 22, 1918. GEVO. e specimens.

25269. Sea of Japan, northern part. June 7, 1931. D. Okhryamkin. 3
specimens.

34845. Sakhalin, east coast. July 22, 1918. GEVO. / ispectmient

36935. Sakhalin, east coast. July 2, 1918. GEVO. 3 specimens.

39308. Sea of Okhotsk. September 23, 1963. V.P. Shuntov. 1 specimen.

39342. Sea of Okhotsk. October 31, 1963. V.P. Shuntov. 1 specimen.

41637. Sea of Japan, Tatar Strait. August 23, 1949. KSE. 1 specimen.

41638. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. September 24, 1947. KSE. 3
specimens.

41639. Sea of Finan Tatar Strait. August 22, 1949. KSE. 4 specimens.

The description of this species given by Popov (1931a) on the basis of
a young specimen has been rightly considered by Shmidt (1950) as
insufficient and too short. Shmidt furnished a description after examining
9 adult specimens.

81

|

(Te6l ‘AOdod) Ys}OYXO Jo vag “WW Cog, YIBUST ‘jNOd[9I0 s.AoYeYysS—/doyDYyISN saporAT ‘Q{] 341N3BIY

8h

‘(€p6[ “eWeArjey) uedes ‘WW ¢g] YISUST jNOd[90 a[eg—0p1a] sapoodT “1 {] 91N3Iy 8r1

‘(OCH “BIVQns}e) DINJOIJoIg BIT “WW 907 YISUST yNOd]99 [Ie] poydio[q-9I14YM—SNJDjNIDUIpNDI sapoIAT ‘OT] 2INSIYA Srl

"SP Son

oS 6550 6747:
9S L5292.
Sn EK PO

yyy

182

D 78-80; A 64; P 18; gill rakers on first arch 3 + 12 (Shmidt, 1950).

Body relatively long, its depth 10 times and length of head 4 to 5
times in total length. Head large, slightly depressed, occiput convex.
Eyes protrude slightly above upper contour of head. Posterior end of
maxilla reaches vertical from anterior margin of pupil. Lips thick; lateral
lobe of lower lip broad, suspended, and lip not interrupted toward front
but attenuate. Mental crests short, anterior ends fused. Teeth on upper
jaw arranged in 2 rows: outer with 7-8 blunt teeth (anterior ones larger),
and inner row with 1-2 teeth. Teeth on lower jaw arranged in 1 row
posteriorly and 3-4 rows anteriorly. Vomer with 2-3 small blunt teeth,
palatines with 4-5 arranged in single row. Trunk covered with relatively
large scales, which continue on sides of body to posterior margin of
pectoral fins. Naked strip extends along anterior half of dorsal fin near its
base; scales on posterior end of fin continue onto base. Surface of back
anterior to dorsal fin, head, abdomen, thorax, and chin naked. Color gray
to chocolate-brown, back darker, and abdomen and lower part of head
light-colored. Light-colored stripe present between upper corners of gill
openings; sides of body with 8 to 10 transverse light-colored stripes, which
continue onto dorsal fin; those in posterior part of body also continue onto
anal fin. Sometimes dark spot present in anterior part of dorsal fin
(Shmidt, 1950).

The specimens of KSE were caught from depths of 78 to 148 m, where
the bottom water temperature ranged from +0.4 to —1.9°C. Bottom silty
with admixture of sand, pebbles, and stones. Sites of catches were
abundantly inhabited by Gorgonocephalus caryi, Ctenodiscus crispatus,
many Pandalus borealis eous; fishes in the catches comprised many
flounders (Limanda aspera, Hippoglossoides elassodon robustus, Pleuro-
nectes quadritubérculatus, Acanthopsetta nadeshnyi), numerous cods,
fewer eelpouts, and rarely Lumpenus medius, Myoxocephalus polyacantho-
cephalus, Enophrys diceraus, Dasycottus setiger, and Icelus spiniger cata-
Dhractus.

Length, to 356 mm.

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known from northern part near Cape
Peshchernyi, west coast of Tatar Strait (Shmidt, 1950: 98), and Primor’e
(Lindberg, 1947: 171). In the Sea of Okhotsk known from Aniva Bay
(Lindberg, 1947: 171), and north to Shantar Islands (Shmidt, 1950: 98).

5. Lycodes diapterus nakamurai (Tanaka, 1914)—Nakamura’s Eelpout
(Figure 119)
Furcimanus nakamurae Tanaka, Fig. and Descript., Fish of Japan,
XVIII, 1914: 303, pl. 82, fig. 277°’ (Niigata).

1S7Misprinted as fig. 276 on p. 303 of text; should read pl. 82 and fig. 277, which were
included in volume XVII.

Figure 119. Lycodes diapterus nakamurai—Nakamura’s eelpout. Length 285 mm. Niigata (Tanaka, 1914).

150

183

150

152

184

Lycodes nakamurai, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 776.

Lycodes diapterus nakamurae, Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937:
164. Lindberg, Predvaritel’nyi Spisok..., 1947: 171. Shmidt, Ryby
Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 98.

24822. Sakhalin, east coast. September 11, 1932. M.N. Krivobok. 3
specimens.

26887. Sea of Okhotsk, 56°18’ N, 145°04’ E. August 28, 1914. GEVO.
4 specimens.

30966. Sea of Japan, 47°41’ N, 140°06’ E. July 21, 1932. M.I. Krivobok.
1 specimen.

41611. Sea of Japan, Tatar Strait. August 23, 1949, KSE. 2 specimens.

41612. Sea of Japan, Tatar Strait. August 23, 1949. KSE. 2 specimens.

41613. Sea of Okhotsk, Cape Aniva. September 24, 1947. KSE. 2
specimens.

D 104-107; A 94-96; P 18-19; gill rakers on first arch 9 + 13";
nasal tubules less than half diameter of eye. Pectoral fins with well-
developed deep notch; length of shortest Tay about two-thirds length of
longest ray (Shmidt, 1950).

Tanaka (1914) reported differences from the subspecies L. diapterus
diapterus Gilbert such as shorter pectoral fins, broader interorbital space,

deeper body, and longer nasal tubules. Shmidt (1950) mentioned that the

only differences between L. diapterus nakamurai and L. diapterus
diapterus Gilbert are smaller size of eyes and deeper notch in pectoral fins
in the former. It should be noted that the latter has 8-9 transverse stripes
on the body, which are absent in our subspecies.

Our subspecies differs from L. diapterus beringi Andriashev in deeper
notch in pectoral fins, absence of transverse stripes on body, and very
distinct ventral lateral line. In the 8 specimens examined by us, the
mental crests were not fused and poorly developed. Preanal distance
varied from 33.5 to 36.0% of total length, vertebrae from 112 to 117~
(20-22 + 92-96), rays in dorsal fin from 106 to 114, in anal fin 93-98.
Caudal fin with 8-10 principal and 2-4 marginal rays. Specimens of our
subspecies were obtained from depths of 148 to 207 m, with bottom water
temperatures of +0.9, 2.0, and —0.4°C. Bottom consisted of argillaceous
silt with a few pebbles. |

Sites of catches were abundantly inhabited by Gorgonocephalus caryi,
Pennatulidae with Asteronyx loveni, Ctenodiscus crispatus, and Pandalus
borealis predominant; among fishes only Sebastolobus macrochir was
recorded. .

Length 273 mm (Tanaka, 1914).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Pohang (Mori, 1952:
130); in Primor’e (Lindberg, 1947: 171); near the west coast of Hokkaido

1584 411 (Tanaka, 1914).

443

185

(Hikita and Hirosi, 1952: 48); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 25); off Sado
Island (Honma, 1952: 226); Wakasa Bay (Takegawa and Morino, 1970:
383); and San’in region (Mori, 1952: 21). Sea of Okhotsk (Nos. 24822,
26887).

In the region of the southern Kuril Islands, in the Pacific Ocean, and
east of the Iturup and Zelenyi islands, eelpouts (9 specimens) from the
“diapterus’ group in the collection of KSE had a ventral lateral line. These
were identified by A.P. Andriyashev in 1950 as L. (Furcimanus) taranetzi,
sp. n. Description of the species was not published. Here we present the
diagnosis and an illustration of the species kindly supplied by A.P.
Andriyashev, the editor of this volume.

Lycodes (Furcimanus) taranetzi Andriashev, sp. n.—Taranetz Eelpout
(Figure 119-A)

Lycodes taranetzi Lindberg, 1950: 251 (see Andriyashev in litt., nomen
nudum).

Addendum: This species does not appear in the key to species of
the genus Lycodes because the description and drawing were received
from the author after this book went to press.

Holotype: No. 42247. Kuril-Sakhalin Expedition of the Institute
of Zoology, Academy of Sciences of the USSR and TINRO, trawler
Toporok, St. 101, September 14, 1949. Pacific side of Iturup Island. Depth
414 m, bottom temperature 2.3°C; caught in beam trawl along with sand
and gravel, and considerable nodular material. Collected by G.U.
Lindberg and M.I. Legeza. Total length 303 mm. Institute of Zoology,
Academy of Sciences of the USSR—paratypes: same place, male, total
length 340 mm; others juv. 187, 180, 175, 167, and 136 mm. Institute of
Zoology, Academy of Sciences of the USSR, No. 42248; Toporok, St. 88,
September 11, 1949; east of Zelenyi Island in group of southern Kuril
Islands, juv. 150 mm at a depth of 382-295 m. Institute of Zoology,
Academy of Sciences of the USSR, No. 42262.

Close to the American species Lycodes diapterus Gilbert in ventral
type of lateral line, poorly expressed and anteriorly fused mental crests,
smooth slender lobe in lower iip, distinctly notched pectoral fins, general
coloration, and other characters. However, distinctly differs in smaller
number of vertebrae (105 in holotype, 104-107 in 7 paratypes),'* and
complete absence of scales on occiput, scales not continuing in front
beyond transverse occipital white stripe, and scales far from reaching
minute pores of supratemporal (occipital) commissure. According to

1594 ccording to Schultz (1967: 5), in the holotype and paratype of L. diapterus Gilbert
(1891) vertebrae 121 (21 + 100); in our specimen (Zoological Institute, Academy of Sciences
of the USSR, No. 25869) 20 + 101.

“MOIA [eIJUOA ‘peoy—e
‘av900 ole “eI “WU egg WISUST ‘Jnod]s9 ZjoUBIe] —/Z/aUDID} sapookT “V-611 2INSIA IST
3 e

‘gdKJO[OH] “LpZZy ‘ON ‘PueIsy dninj] Jo ysve

153

187

Gilbert, L. diapterus has minute scales in larger specimens (total length
288 and 101 mm), “which continue onto occiput and cover it completely.”
In our specimens of L. diapterus from California (Santa Barbara Channel;
150 fathoms, R.L. Bolin, Zoological Institute Academy of Sciences of the
USSR, No. 25869, total length 169 mm) scales cover entire occiput, and
extend farther forward (at some places with intact skin) almost to
level of posterior margin of lens. In addition, our specimens of L.
diapterus differ from close forms in strong development of scales on
pectoral fins as well as in details of coloration.

D + 1/2 Cin holotype 107 (in paratype with total length 342 mm—108);
A respectively 92 (92); P 20 (20). Head length with membrane 18.1
(18.0)%, predorsal distance 19.8 (20.2)%, preanal distance 34.3 (34.8)%,
length of upper lobe P 10.2. (10.8), of lower lobe P 9.1 (8.9), and body
depth at origin of anal fin 9.2 (9.1)% of the total length. As percentage
of head length, longitudinal diameter of eye 27.3 (29.3), snout length from
anterior margin of eye 26.4 (24.4). Scales cover not only entire body and
unpaired fins, but also pectoral fins, reaching middle of their upper lobe
3 +8

1+8

Body dark chocolate-brown, abdomen bluish; narrow straight white
stripe continues across occiput; body with 6-8 narrow light-colored
stripes, which continue onto D, broaden toward lower side, and become
quite diffuse; in younger specimens these stripes are sharper. Belly
chocolate-brown to black or completely black.

Species named in honor of the famous expert on fishes of the Pacific
Ocean, Anatoli Yakovlevich Taranetz.

Distribution: Southern Kuril Islands (Iturup and Zelenyi) in depths
ranging from 295 to 414 m.

and almost to end of lower lobe. Gill rakers ; pyl. caeca—0.

6. Lycodes soldatovi Taranetz and Andriashev, 1935—Soldatov’s Eelpout

(Figure 120)

Lycodes soldatovi Taranetz and Andriyashev, Zool. Anz., 112, 9-10,
1935: 246, Abb. 3 (Sea of Okhotsk, Terpenia Gulf). Taranetz, Kratkii
Opredelitel’..., 1937: 163. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 90, pl.
6, fig. 2. Matsubara. Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 777.

24846. West coast of Kamchatka. 1°22. I.A. Polutov. 1 specimen.

25190. Sea of Okhotsk, Cape Terpenia. July 5, 1932. S. Generozova. 2
specimens.

37963. 57°58’ N, 154°15’ E. July 30, 1963. V.P. Shuntov. 1 specimen.

37978. Bering Sea. September 7, 1963. V.V. Fedorov. 2 specimens.

37979. 51°06’ N, 156°06’ E. July 9. 1913. V.P. Shuntov. 1 specimen.

D 105-106; A 87; P 22-23 (Andriyashev and Taranetz, 1935). Differs
from close species in very small eyes (11.8 to 13.9% of head length),

155

188

broad interorbital space (6.2 to 6.6% of head length), long snout (31.5
to 33.4% of head length), and dark almost blackish body. Semi-deepwater
species (Taranetz and Andriyashev, 1935).

In our 7 specimens ranging in length from 266 to 607 mm, mental crests
were not fused, and had poorly defined lobes at anterior end. Lateral
line ventrolateral, complete, fairly distinct in preserved fish. Pores
of seismosensory system of head in preserved specimens almost not
discernible. Preanal distance 41.3 to 49.0% of total length.’ Radiographs
showed number of vertebrae varied from 96 to 106 (precaudal 20-25,
caudal 76-83); rays of dorsal fin from 91 to 100, of anal fin 76 to 86;
skeleton of free part of caudal fin with 8-9 principal and 4-5 marginal rays.

Length, to 660 mm (Andriyashev and Taranetz, 1935).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Sado Island (Katho
et al., 1956: 323). Recorded from the Sea of Okhotsk, east of Cape
Terpenia, and near the west coast of Kamchatka; also known from the
Bering Sea (Taranetz and Andriyashev, 1935: 246).

7. Lycodes macrolepis Taranetz and Andriashev, 1935—Large-Scaled

Eelpout (Figure 121)

Lycodes macrolepis Taranetz and Andriyashev, Zool. Anz., 112, 9-10,
1935: 251, figs. 6 and 7. Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937:
163. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 88, pl. 5, fig. 1. Matsubara,
Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 777. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 305,
fig. 35.

24837. Sea of Okhotsk, 57°02’ N, 114°40’ E. September 5, 1932. M.N.
Krivobok. 3 specimens.

25274. Sea of Okhotsk. September 2, 1932. M.N. Krivobok. 1 specimen.

29998. Sea of Okhotsk, 55°36’ N, 139°55’ E. August 29, 1932. P. Yu.
Shmidt. 1 specimen.

30985. Sea of Japan, Soviet Gavan’. July 22, 1932. M.N. Krivobok. 1
specimen.

D. 83-89; A 64-72;.P 20 (Taranetz and Andriyashev, 1935).

Distinguished by presence of 7-8 dark stripes on body, lateral line
mediolateral, very small interorbital space (about 4% of head length),
relatively small number of rays in dorsal and anal fins, and absence of lobe
in lower part of pectoral fin. In our 4 specimens (length from 150 to 162
mm), mental crests were not fused, and were well developed, and preanal
distance varied from 43.3 to 47.0%. On the basis of radiographs number of
vertebrae varied from 86 to 90 (precaudal 19-21, caudal 67-69); rays of
dorsal fin 79-83, of anal fin 66-69. Caudal fin in free part with 8-10
principal and 3-5 marginal rays.

160Given as 44.8 to 46.0% by Taranetz and Andriyashev (1935: 247).

189

‘(SE6] ‘AQYSRALIPUY PUL ZJoOURIe]L) YsSIOYYO JO vog ‘WU EC] YIBUST “jNOdJoo payeos

-931e[—sidajosgvU saporaT

‘(SEG ‘AOYSPALIPUY PUe ZjJOURIR]) J[NH eIUadIoy “WW QQg¢ YIZUET ‘jNOdJee s,AojyePpjog—IMojnpjos saporcT

‘TZ eansig

OZI e1ns1y

vSI

bSI

190

Length 161 mm (Taranetz and Andriyashev, 1935).

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known from Tatar Strait, Soviet Gavan
(Shmidt, 1950: 88); near west coast of Sakhalin, Cape Aleksandr (Taranetz
and Andriyashev, 1935: 251); off Sado Islands (Honma, 1963: 21); Toyama
Bay (Katho et al., 1956: 323); near coast of Tayima Province (Katayama,
1952: 5); and San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 22). Sea of Okhotsk (Shmidt,
1950: 88).

8. Lycodes brevipes ochotensis Schmidt, 1950—Short-finned eelpout

(Figure 122)

Lycodes brevipes ochotensis Shmidt (east coast of Sakhalin) in: Taranetz
-Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 163 (without description). Shmidt, Ryby
Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 89 (description).

Lycodes brevipes, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 777.

25271. Sea of Okhotsk, 53°17’ N, 144°10’ E. 1932. S. Generozova.
1 specimen.

36177. Sea of Okhotsk, 51°58’ N, 144°27’ E. August 1 O SO abe
Nikolaev. 2 specimens.

D 87; A 76; P 20. Lateral line ventrolateral (Shmidt, 1950). Close to
typical form, known from southeastern part of the Bering Sea. Differs
from typical form in smaller size of eyes and monochromatic chocolate-
brown body devoid of stripes and spots. Differs further from description of
subspecies L. b. diapteroides reported from the northeastern part of the ~
Bering Sea by Taranetz and Andriyashev in 1937 in smaller number of
rays in dorsal and anal fins (87 and 76 versus 99-101 and 83-85), relatively
larger head length, incomplete lateral line (in L. b. diapteroides reaches
only to anal opening), and smaller number and different arrangement of
teeth on jaws, vomer, and palatines.

Examination of our 3 specimens of L. b. ochotensis (length 281 to 342
mm) revealed variation in the preanal distance (percentage of total
length) from 39.1 to 40.0 and unfused mental crests. Pores of -seismo-
sensory system of head well defined: suborbital 8, postorbital 4,
mandibular 4, preorbital 2, occipital 3, and margin of preopercle 4.
Number of vertebrae in radiographs of all specimens 98 (precaudal 20-21,
caudal 77-78); rays of dorsal fin 93, of anal fin 78. Skeleton of free part of
caudal fin with 8-10 principal and 3-4 marginal rays.

Length 277 mm (Shmidt, 1950).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known only from the coast of
Hokkaido (Ueno, 1971: 86). In the Sea of Okhotsk recorded from the east
coast of Sakhalin (Shmidt, 1950: 90) and Okhotsk Sea coast of Hokkaido
(Oshoro Maru cruise, 1969: 390).

9. [Lycodes ygreknotatus Schmidt, 1950|—Y-barred eelpout (Figure 123)
Lycodes ygreknotatus Shmidt (Shantar Islands) in: Taranetz, Kratkii

"Y¥S1OYYO JO vag *
S “€p8p7 “ON “WU [6], YISUST yNod[9e porseq-X ‘snjojouyas3zd sapookT ‘¢E7Z] 21NBig
9S1

=_—
ON
te

“¥s10YIO jo Bas . Te) . - . .
. . SI

SSS

i
i

157

192

Opredelitel’..., 1937: 163 (without description). Shmidt, Ryby
Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 92 (description). Matsubara, de Morphol. and
Hiérar195500777.

24843. Sea of Okhotsk. August 28, 1932. M.N. Krivobok. 1 specimen.

37966. Sea of Okhotsk, 56°24’ N, 145°45’ E. August 27, 1963. V.P.
Shuntov. 2 specimens.

DD 882042 772 P 21.

Body elongate, depth 9 times and head length 5 times in total length.
Eyes large, their diameter slightly less than snout length. Interorbital
space narrow. Bony crest well developed on occiput. Upper jaw longer
than lower one. Maxilla reaches vertical from anterior margin of eye.
Mental crests well developed, with rounded and anteriorly protruding
ends of lobes (not fused). Teeth on upper jaw 11 and arranged in single
row; on lower jaw arranged in 3 rows in front, 2 rows in middle part of jaw,
and in 1 row (16 teeth) in posterior part. Vomer and palatines with teeth.
Dorsal and anal fins covered with scales at base, number increasing
posteriorly. Lateral line complete, ventrolateral. Pectoral fins rounded, do
not reach vertical from vent by distance equal to twice diameter of eye;
rays in lower lobe protrude slightly at ends, all branched. Length of pelvic
fins equal to 0.5 diameter of eye. Color chocolate-brown; belly, thorax,
and chin gray. Dorsal fin smoky with black edging; 5 Y-shaped, milk-white
blotches located on fin which continue onto sides of body. White patches
also present above gill opening. Pectoral fins dark gray (Shmidt, 1950).

This detailed description can be supplemented with characters of the
preanal distance, which in our specimens (length from 192 to 228 mm)
varied from 42 to 46%, and with results of analysis of radiographs. Number
of vertebrae varied insignificantly, 92-93 (precaudal 20-21, caudal 72);
rays of dorsal fin 87-88, of anal fin 73-74; and free part of caudal fin with 8
principal and 4 marginal rays.

Length 228 mm.

Distribution: Reported from the Sea of Japan by just one author, in
Primor’e (Ueno, 1971: 86). This find needs verification since to date
we know only of a specimen from the sea of Okhotsk near Shantar Islands
(Shmidt, 1950: 93) and from the northern part of this sea (No. 37966).
No other records have been published.

10. Lycodes palearis fasciatus (Schmidt, 1904)—Crested Striped Eelpout
(Figure 124)

Lycenchelys fasciatus Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 203,
pl. 6 (Aniva Bay). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor.:., 1930: 498. .
Lycodes palearis fasciatus, Taranetz and Andriyashev, Zool. Anz., 1
12, 112, 9-10, 1935: 253 (notes on classification of L. palearis).
Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 163 (northern part of the

Sea of Japan, Aniva Bay).

158

193

Lycodes fasciatus, Fowler, Synopsis ..., 1958: 308, fig. 37.

13092. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. August 23, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1
specimen.

13093. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. August 23, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1
specimen.

24840. Sea of Japan, Silant’ev Bay, June 29, 1931. D. Okhryamkin. 1
specimen.

25272. Sea of Japan, Jigit Bay. July 1, 1932. M. Krivobok. 2 specimens.

29102. Sea of Okhotsk, 50°34’ N, 155°46’ E. August 4, 1932. S.

' Generozova. 4 specimens.

32554. Sea of Okhotsk, 52°30’ N, 167°47' E. August 4, 1932. S.
Generozova. 1 specimen.

41621-41632. Sea of Okhotsk, Sakhalin Island. 1947-1949. KSE. 42
specimens.

D 103-105; A 86-88; P 17 (Shmidt, 1904).

Close to typical form; differs from it in relatively longer pelvic fins
(0.5 diameter of eye versus 1.5 to 1.3), relatively larger size of eyes
(4.0 times in the head length versus 5 to 6 times), and different
body coloration (light gray instead of chocolate-brown to olive-green).

Blackish dark spots and bands present on light gray background of
body. Head with series of irregularly diffuse patches under eye and on
operculum and parietals. Occiput with large spot. First light-colored
transverse stripe located slightly anterior to dorsal fin, followed by series
of light-colored stripes (14 to 15) which reach middle of body and continue
in upper part of dorsal fin. Oblong black stripe occurs on upper margin of
anterior part of dorsal fin. In young specimens light-colored stripes
continue to lower body surface (Shmidt, 1904).

Shmidt (1950) provided a description of this subspecies and considered
it a synonym of L. palearis brashnikowi. We do not agree with him since
L. palearis brashnikowi differs sharply from L. palearis fasciatus
and can be considered an independent subspecies and, possibly, even
species (see synonymy of L. p. schmidti Gratzianov = L. p. brashnikowi
Sold., as interpreted by Taranetz and Andriyashev, 1935).

Furthermore, in the 5 specimens of this species examined by us (length
45 to 367 mm), the imental crests were not fused. Not all the pores of
the seismosensory system were discernible on the head; we detected only
7 suborbital, 4 mandibular, preopercular, and postorbital, and 1
preorbital. Preanal distance was 38.3 to 42.2% of total length. Radiographs
showed that the number of vertebrae varied from 101 to 104 (precaudal
23-28, caudal 78-81) and a lesser number (than indicated by Shmidt) of
rays in the dorsal (96-98) and anal fins (80-82).

Specimens of KSE were caught in depths of 25 to 187 m with bottom
water temperature ranging from +0.2 to —0.3 to —1.7°C. Bottom silty,

194

rarely sandy and pebbled. Incidentals in the catch comprised: Asterias
amurensis, Yoldia hyperborea, Leda, rarely Chionoecetes opilio and
Cucumaria japonica, and rarer still Chiridota and Gorgonocephalus.
In all cases in which specimens of our species were obtained from silt,
Macoma, Amphipoda, and Maldanidae were also recovered. Among
fishes, the more frequently found were: Podothecus gilberti, Hippoglos-
soides elassodon robustus, cods, and walleye pollock, rarely Lumpenus
gracilis and L. medius, and rarer still Artedeillus dydymovi schmidti,
Triglops jordani, Davidojordania brachyrhyncha, and Percis japonica.

Length 367 mm.

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from the northern part
(Taranetz, 1937b: 163). In the Sea of Okhotsk described from Aniva Bay;
catches known from the southeast coast of Sakhalin (KSE) and off
Hokkaido (Oshoro Maru Cruise, 1969: 390). The latter record requires
confirmation.

10a. Lycodes palearis schmidti Gratzianov, 1907—Schmidt’s Crested
' Eelpout (Figure 125)

Lycodes sp. Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 200, fig. 13
(east coast of Sakhalin, Cape Senyavin, No. 13010, two specimens).

Lycodes schmidti, Gratsianov, Tr. Otd. Ikhtiologii Russkogo Obshch.
Akklimatizatsii Zhivotnykh i Rastenii, I[V, 1907: 426, 430 (from Shmidt,
1904: 200, specimens not examined).

Lycodes brashnikovi Soldatov, Ezegodn. Zool. Muzeya Rossiisk. Akad.
Nauk, 22, 1917: 112, fig: 1 (Sea of Japan, 42°18’ N, 130°46’ E, including
No. 13010, two specimens). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930:
495, fig. 71.

Lycodes palearis brashnikovi, Taranetz and Andriyashev, Zool. Anz.,
1, 12, 112, 9-10, 1935: 253 (remarks on classification of L. palearis).
Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 163. Andriyashev, Issled. Morei
SSSRi251937 5 352)

Lycodes perspecillum (non Kréyer) Tanaka, Ann. Zool. Japan, 1908:
252. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 93.

13010. Sakhalin, Cape Senyavin. 1899. V. Brazhnikov. 2 specimens.

19167. Sea of Okhotsk, 53°17’ N, 154°47’ E. August 5, 1907. Smirnov
3 specimens.

34671. Sea of Okhotsk, 58°38’ N, 152°45’ E. August 22, 1912. Derbek.
1 specimen.

D 95; A 78; head 4.5 (4.2) times in length (Gratsianov, 1907: 426, see
Shmidt, 1904: 200).

Differs from the typical form in lower number of rays in dorsal and
anal fins (91-98 and 71-83’ versus 105 and 90), almost entirely covered

16lRays counted in radiographs of 5 specimens.

195

Ld

i

<

5

\
\

eS

Figure 124. Lycodes palearis fasciatus—Crested striped eelpout.. Length 125 mm. Aniva Bay (Shmidt, 1904),
Figure 125. Lycodes palearis schmidti Gratzianov—Shmidt’s crested eelpout. Length 262 mm. Sea of Japan (Soldatov, 1917).

156
159

16

oO

196

with scales, and truncate posterior margin of pectoral fin with longest
rays in upper third versus middle part in L. p. palearis. Preanal distance
in our specimens 40.0 to 46.8% of total length.

Length 262 mm (Soldatov, 1917a).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Soldatov, 1917a: 114). Reported from Sado Island as L. perspecillum
Kroyer (Katho et al., 1956: 323). In the Sea of Okhotsk known off east
coast of Sakhalin (Shmidt, 1904: 200). ;

11. Lycodes tanakae Jordan and Thompson, 1914—Tanaka’s Eelpout
(Figure 126)

Lycodes tanakae Jordan and Thompson, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 6, 1914:
299, pl. 37, fig. 2 (Noto Peninsula, Honshu). Matsubara, Fish Morphol.
and Hierar., 1955: 778.

300016. Cape Chanadedan (Cape Peshchurov), east coast of the Korean
Peninsula. June 17, 1931. D.I. Okhryamkin. 1 specimen.

41633. Sea of Okhotsk, Sakhalin Island, south of Cape Senyavin.
October 4, 1949. KSE. 2 specimens.

41634. Sea of Okhotsk, Sakhalin Island, south of Cape Senyavin.
October 4, 1949. KSE. 2 specimens.

41635. Sea of Okhotsk, Sakhalin Island, south of Cape Senyavin.
October 4, 1949. KSE. 1 specimen.

41636. Sea of Okhotsk, Sakhalin Island, Mordvinov Gulf. September 2,
1947. KSE. 1 specimen.

D 97; A 76; P 20; V 3. Head length 4.4 times and body depth 8.75 times
in total length. Body depth 2 times, length of maxilla 2.6 times, diameter
of eye 8.0 times, snout length 3.5 times, and length of pectoral fin 1.6
times in head length. Pelvic fin 1.33 times in eye diameter. Snout blunt
at tip. Preanal distance 2.14 times in the total length. Dorsal
fin originates at vertical from middle of pectoral fin. Anal fin originates at
vertical from 24th ray of dorsal fin. Teeth on upper jaw strong, arranged in
1 row, slightly bent at tips, and continue only to midway between snout
and posterior end of upper jaw. Teeth of lower jaw close-set, large, strong,
and arranged in | row along sides of jaw; minute teeth in anterior part
of jaw arranged in 2 distinct rows. Vomer with 2 strong teeth. Color mainly
chocolate-brown, with rounded white spots in upper half of body sides
and on dorsal fin. Abdomen and thorax light-colored. Dorsal and anal
fins dark (Jordan and Thompson, 1914).

Our examination of 7 specimens (ranging in length from 208 to 433
mm) yielded the following additional data: mental crests not fused and
well developed. Lateral line mediolateral. Length of head 4.0-4.9, body
depth 6.4-9.5 times in total length. Body depth 1.6-2.0, length of maxilla
2.2-2.6, diameter of eye 5.2-7.5, length of snout 3.0-3.9, and length of
pectoral fin 1.5-1.7 times in head length. Pelvic fin 1.2-1.6 times in eye

ia

197

Figure 126. Lycodes tanakae—Tanaka’s eelpout. Length 160 mm. Sea of Japan. Honshu (Jordan and Thompson, 1914).

159

161

198

diameter. Preanal distance 2.0-2.4 times in total length. Dorsal fin
originates at vertical between 0.2 to 0.5 length of pectoral fin. Anal fin
originates at vertical between 20th to 24th ray of dorsal fin. Width of
interorbital distance 13.0-19.0 times in head length. D 93-97; A 72-76;
vertebrae 98-101 (27-29 + 70-73); skeleton of free part of caudal fin with
6-8 principal and 3-5 marginal rays.’ Color of our fish did not fully
correspond to description of type specimen, differing in shape and size of
light-colored spots in upper half of body and dorsal fin.

Specimens of KSE were caught at depths of 56 to 96 m, with bottom
water temperature ranging from —1.2 to —1.8°C. Bottom sandy, rarely
silted sand. Catches of our species included the following: Ophiura sarsi,
Leda, Yoldia, Lycodes raridens, Lumpenus medius, and Eumicrotremus
birulai.

Length 880 m (Andriyashev, 1955: 393).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from off Wonsan (Mori, 1952:
130); Cape Chanadedan (No. 30016); off south coast of Sakhalin (Nos.
41633, 41634, 41635); off northwest coast of Hokkaido (Hikita and Hirosi,
1952: 49): off Sado Island (Honma, 1952: 226); in Toyama Bay (Katayama,
1940: 25); Wakasa Bay (Takegawa and Morino, 1970: 383); and San’in
region (Mori, 1956a: 21). In the Sea of Okhotsk known from Mordvinov
Gulf (No. 41636), near Sakhalin (Nos. 41633-41635), and off coast of
Hokkaido (Oshoro Maru Cruise, 1969: 361).

12. Lycodes sigmatoides nomen novum—Sigmoid Eelpout (Figure 127)

Lycodes schmidti Soldatov (nomen praeoccupatum, Gratsianov, 1907:
430), Ezhegodn. Zool. Muzeya Rossiisk. Akad. Nauk, 22, 1917: 115, fig. 2
(partly, western Sakhalin, Ognevo). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor...,
1930: 496 (partly). /

Lycodes tanakae (non Jordan and Thompson), Taranetz, Kratkii
Opredelitel’..., 1937: 163. Lindberg, Predvaritel’nyi Spisok..., 1947: 171
(partly); Issled. Dal’nevost Morei SSSR, 1959: 251 (partly).

19165. Tatar Strait. July 5, 1913. DVE. 3 specimens.

19166. Tatar Strait, Cape Syurkum. August 25, 1911. DVE. 1 specimen.

29098. Sea of Japan. August 13, 1932. M. Krivobok. 1 specimen.

29104. Tatar Strait. June 26, 1910. F.A. Derbek. 1 specimen.

30017. Sea of Japan, 50°45’ N, 141° E. June 17, 1910. F.A. Derbek.
2 specimens.

30019. Tatar Strait. August 5, 1932. M. Krivobok. 1 specimen.

D 92-96: A 72-83; P 18-20. Head length 21.3 to 24.1%, anterodorsal
distance 26.6 to 27.6%, preanal distance 44.3 to 50.0%, length to pelvic fin
17.7 to 20.2%, length of snout 6.0 to 7.5%, length of peivic fin 2.1 to 2.9%,
length of pectoral fin 14.3 to 15.0%, longitudinal diameter of eye 2.6

62Counts of rays in fins and of vertebrae based on radiographs of 7 specimens.

163

199

to 4.0%, body depth before origin of dorsal fin 13.2 to 15.0%, body depth
before origin of anal fin 11.2 to 12.6%, and length of gill opening 9.0
to 12.0% of total length. Teeth sharp, canine-shaped, arranged in single
row ON upper jaw and on palatines. Teeth not present on symphysis of
upper jaw. Vomer with 3-5 teeth, 1-2 enlarged. Teeth on lower jaw
minute, in anterior part arranged in 3-4 rows, those on sides strong, sharp,
and canine-shaped. Characteristic light-colored S-shaped spots located on
back, which continue onto dorsal fin. Back and dorsal fin without dark
oblique stripes. Margins of dorsal and anal fins light-colored. Upper
half of head dark, on sides without pattern of spots and lines. Occiput with
a few spots (Soldatov, 1917a).

In the 7 specimens examined by us (length from 290 to 552 mm) the
preanal distance varied from 44.1 to 47.7% of total length. Radiographs
showed vertebrae 99-106 (precaudal 26-27, caudal 73-80); number of
rays in dorsal fin from 93 to 96, of anal fin from 75 to 77; skeleton of free
part of caudal fin with 8 principal and 4-5 marginal rays.

Length, to 556 mm (Soldatov, 1917a).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Tatar Strait (our
specimens) and off the southwest coast of Sakhalin (Lindberg, 1959: 251).
In the Sea of Okhotsk reported from Aniva Bay (Lindberg, 1959: 251).
Recorded from the eastern coast of Sakhalin (Cape Rymniv, 50°15’ N). In
the eastern part of the Sea of Okhotsk replaced by the closely related
species, L. brevicauda Taranetz and Andriashev, 1935

13. Lycodes raridens Taranetz and Andriashev, 1937—Few-Toothed
Eelpout (Figure 128)

Lycodes sp. Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 199 (Sakhalin,
east coast, Cape Rymnik, No. 13009).

Lycodes schmidti Soldatov, Ezhegodn. Zool. Muzeya Rossiisk. Akad.
Nauk, 22, 1917: 115 (partly, only No. 13009).'

Lycodes raridens Taranetz and Andriashev. In: Andriyashev, Issled.
Morei SSSR, 25, 1937: 335, fig. 15 (southern part of the Anadyr Gulf).
Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 162. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo
Morya, 1950: 87 (partly). Andriyashev, Ryby Severnykh Morei SSSR,
1954: 288, fig. 160, 161.

Lycodes ee Ne Taranetz and Andriashev. In: Taranetz, Kratkii
Opredelitel’.... , 1937: 163

eames of one of the syntypes (No. 13009) was done by A.Ya. Taranetz and A.P.
Andriyashev in 1934 (A.A.).

1647n the Keys to..., Lycodes raridens Taranetz and Andriashev was erroneously printed
under the name tous paucidens Taranetz and Andriashev (L. paucidens = L. raridens).
The first description should be considered invalid since the work of A.P. Andriyashev was

published earlier (1937, sent to press December 27, 1936) than the Kratkii Opreaziitel’..., by
A.Ya. Taranetz (1937, sent to press August 31, 1937) (A.A.).

200

>
Scouw

Se

eS

iy
EG
$ ASTM

d
gS)

eae

LOPTETN

Figure 127. Lycodes sigmatoides—sigmoid eelpout. Length 149 mm. East coast of Sakhalin (Soldatov, 1917).

162

Figure 128. Lycodes raridens—few-toothed eelpout. Length 120 mm. Anadyr Gulf (Andriyashev, 1964).
A—head of same specimen, ventral view; a—mental crests.

162

201

13009. Sea of Okhotsk, Sakhalin, Cape Rymnik. 1899. V. Brazhnikov. 1
specimen.

30010. Sea of Okhotsk, Sakhalin. July 4, 1932. S. Generozova. 2
specimens.

36178. Sea of Okhotsk, 51°21’ N, 144°11’ E. August 20, 1959. A.P.
Nikolaev. 1 specimen.

36179. Sea of Okhotsk, 51°41’ N, 144°10’ E. August 20, 1959. A.P.
Nikolaev. 1 specimen.

36936. Sea of Okhotsk, 46°39’ N, 143°43’ E. July 5, 1960. V.V. Barsukov.
1 specimen.

41615. Sea of Okhotsk, Terpenia Peninsula. September 9, 1947. KSE. 1
specimen.

41616. Sea of Okhotsk, Sakhalin coast, Cape Svobodnyi. September 4,
1947. KSE. 1 specimen.

41617. Sea of Okhotsk, east coast of Sakhalin. October 2, 1949.
Makarov. KSE. 2 specimens.

41618. Sea of Japan, Tatar Strait, west coast of Sakhalin. October 8,
1949. KSE. 2 specimens.

41619. Sea of Okhotsk, east coast of Sakhalin, Cape Ostryi. October 4,
1949. KSE. 4 specimens.

41620. Sea of Okhotsk, east coast of Sakhalin, Cape Ostryi. October 4,
1949. KSE. 1 specimen.

D 83-93: A 72-76; P 18-19; gill rakers on first gill arch 310-12
0 + 13-14

Head length 19.5 to 24.1%, predorsal distance 24.8 to 28.7%, preanal
distance 45.6 to 48.0% length of pectoral fin 13.0 to 14.7%, body depth at
vertical with origin of dorsal fin 9 to 11%, body depth at vertical with origin
of anal fin 8.8 to 10.8%, and interorbital distance very broad—1.7 to
1.9% of total length. Snout length 27.0 to 31.7%, length of pelvic fin
11.4 to 13.0%, longitudinal diameter of eye 14.6 to 19.3%, and interorbital
distance 7.4 to 8.3% of head length.

Teeth on jaws very characteristic for this species—sparse, few, with
spaces in-between. On lower jaw 3-4 wide-set large teeth arranged
posteriorly in 1 row, and smaller teeth arranged in 2 rows anteriorly. On
upper jaw 6-9 small teeth arranged in 1 row, sometimes with 1-2
additional teeth located at inner margin toward the front. Palatines with
6-8 sharp teeth arranged in 1 row; vomer with 2-4 teeth. Scales minute,
cover entire posterior part of body. Scales absent on belly in specimens
from the Bering and Chukchi Seas, usually present in specimens from the
Sea of Okhotsk.'® Scales also present on dorsal and anal fins. Lateral line
single, simple, mediolateral, and extends along median line of body to tail.

165 sually in posterior part (Shmidt, 1950: 87).

202

Head of young specimens dark, light-colored spots usually located
behind each eye; number of light-colored spots increases with age and,
through fusion, form complex reticulate light-colored pattern in larger
specimens. Lower margin dark on sides of head, with distinct pattern
rising under eyes and descending on cheeks, operculum, and toward
snout; dark spot present under each eye, separated from remaining dark
region by light-colored up-curved stripe. Upper posterior parts of
operculum connected through distinct light-colored stripe directed in
front in form of semicircle. Upper part of body with about 7 dark
transverse spots which continue in form of broad stripe onto dorsal fin and

164 terminate at margin of fin in darker color, giving impression of
continuous dark stripe edging dorsal fin. Posterior part of body with dark
marbled spots that also continue onto anal fin; this pattern is more
complex in adult specimens, forming an intricate reticulate pattern in
upper part of body. Lower part of body, belly, and lower surface of head
yellowish-white; sometimes belly and anal fin darker (Andriyashev,
1937). .

Specimens of KSE (11) caught from depths of 53 to 187 m with bottom
water temperature ranging from +1.4 and +3.5 to —0.7°C. Bottom sandy-
argillaceous, rarely with silt. Incidentals in the catch comprised large pink
sea anemones, Hyas.coarctatus, Macoma calcarea, and Gorgonocephalus;
among fishes mainly walleye pollock and flounders, were caught
(Acanthopsetta nadeshnyi), and a small number of Enophrys dicereus,
Gymnocanthus sp., Leptoclinus maculatus, and Crystallias matsushimae.

Length, to 700 mm (Andriyashev, 1955: 393).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Tatar Strait (No. 41618).
In the Sea of Okhotsk represented from the east coast of Sakhalin (Nos.
30010, 41615, 41616, 41617, 41619, 41620) to the west coast of Kamchatka
(Andriyashev, 1954: 290). Bering and Chukchi seas (Andriyashev, 1954:
290).

[Genus Lycenchelys Gill, 1884—Wolf Eelpouts]

Lycenchelys Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1884 (type: Lycodes
muraena Collett). Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 106. Andri-
yashev, Ryby Severnykh Morei SSSR, 1954: 307. Andriyashev, Tr. Zool.

Inst. Akad. Nauk USSR, 18, 1955: 350.

Close to the genus Lycodes Reinhardt, but mandibular and maxillary
branches of canals on lateral line usually open through series of large
nostril-like pores arranged on lower jaw to lower side of posterior margin
of preoperculum, and above upper jaw almost in straight line from tip
of snout to anterior margin of preoperculum, without forming circumorbi-
tal ring of round minute pores (Figure 129). Characteristic mental crests of
Lycodes not developed, converted into low, bifurcate raised portions,

164

165

203

Figure 129. Diagram of seismosensory system of head in Lycenchelys
(Andriyashev, 1955).

A-—pores of mandibular series; B—pores of maxillary series; C—

preopercular pore; D—occipital pores; E—postorbital pores; F—preorbital

pore (unpaired); G—interorbital pore (unpaired); H—pore behind tubular
nostril. :

fused with each other anteriorly and with space between lips. Palatine-
maxillary membrane present but narrow. Mouth inferior. Teeth present
on jaws, vomer, and palatines. Teeth on lower jaw arranged in patch of few
irregular rows in front; canine-shaped teeth absent. Branchiostegal rays 6.
Body more elongate than in Lycodes, its depth about 4 to 6 (8)% of total
length. Anterior part of body short, preanal distance less than 1/3 of total
length. Body covered with dense, minute scales embedded in skin. Lateral
line indistinct, usually ventral; rarely mediolateral branch present. Dorsal
fin originates above pectoral fin or slightly behind end of it. Vertebrae
111-136. Body color in most species monochromatic, dark to bluish-black
in lower part of head and belly. Body of species from less deep waters
light-colored, often spotted. Deep sea, silt-loving forms, with length up to
35 cm. Eggs laid on bottom, young not planktonic (Andriyashev, 1955).
About 30 species.

Members of this genus are not found in the Sea of Japan. In the Sea of
Okhotsk two species are known: L. rassi Andriashev, 1955 and L.
hippopotamus Schmidt, 1950. Both species are known only from the
central part of this sea, east of Sakhalin.

7. Genus Petroschmidtia Taranetz and Andriashev, 1934

Petroschmidtia, Taranetz and Andriyashev, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR,
11, 1934: 506 (type: P. albonatata Taranetz and Andriashev). Taranetz,
Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 161. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya,
1950: 107. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 774.

Body~moderately elongate, covered with fairly large scales. Teeth
on jaws minute, none significantly enlarged. Vomer and palatines without
teeth. Mental crests formed by inner margin of dentaries strong, high,
entirely fused anteriorly and covered with skin. Upper lip thin and
continuous; lower lip thickened in posterior part. Large nostril-like pores
(as in Lycenchelys Gill) absent; very minute pores occur on head and

204

poorly developed mucous cavities above upper jaw and on lower jaw. Gill
openings very broad, entend downward to base of pelvic fins. Palatine
membranes not developed. Pectoral fins rounded, without notch;
pelvic fins well developed.

Species of this genus dwell on silty bottom and feed on minute animals
(Cumacea, Ostracoda, etc.). Because of these ecological peculiarities,
it is necessary to review the series of features distinguishing this genus
from all known representatives of the family Zoarcidae, namely: complete
reduction of teeth on vomer and palatines; strong development of fused
mental crests in form of plough; numerous minute teeth on jaws; small
mouth; relatively thin and nontubercular gill rakers without spinules;
absence of pyloric caeca; and large gill openings (Taranetz and
Andriyashev, 1934).

Two species. One known only from the Sea of Japan, the other from the
Sea of Okhotsk.

Key to Species of Genus Petroschmidtia'®

1 (2). Interorbital space broad (17.7 to 26.4% of the head length).
Head length 19.6 to 25.0% of total length. D 88-95; P 18-20. Dorsal
fin with 4 to 10 dark spots (in young fish with white margin).'”’
aye ta ieiete Sive ioe t yt eaea u e e P 1. P. toyamensis Katayama.

2 (1). Interorbital space narrow (about 2.7 to 3.7% of the head length).
Head length 17.7 to 21.2% of total length. D 95-98; P 17-18. Dorsal
fin with 4 to 7. white spots that continue onto back............
seed Sie bey ea ae 2. P. albonotata Taranetz and Andriashev.’®

1. Petroschmidtia toyamensis Katayama, 1941 (Figure 130)

Petroschmidtia toyamensis Katayama, Zool. Mag., 53, 12, 1941: 593
(Toyama Bay). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 774, fig. 290.

D about 97; A about 86; P 19; V 2.

Head length 4.55, body depth 8.0, distance from origin of pelvic fins
to anal fins 3.9 times in total length. Maximum eye diameter 6.1, snout
3.04, maxilla 2.4, distance between eyes 6.7, length of pectoral fin 2.1,
and length of pelvic fin 6.7 times in head length.

Body elongate, laterally compressed, attenuate toward tail. Head also
compressed, lateral sides vertical, width less than maximum depth.

166Mfatsubara, 1955: 774.

'67In specimens with a length of 305 mm these spots were absent, and margins of
D and A were dark (Katayama, 1941, Figure 1) (see Figure 130).

'68This species was earlier known only from the northern part of the Sea of Okhotsk, but
the Japanese ichthyologist Ueno (1971: 86) has reported its occurrence in the Sea of Japan
along the coast of Hokkaido. Thus we must consider it a species of the marine area under
study. However, additional confirmation for this region is not known.

205

‘([p6l ‘euledejey) Avg eueAO] “WW cog YISUST ‘Sisuampdo] DIIPIMYISONagd ‘“YE{ 21NBIY 991

35 s 5 ee

a 2 ; Rasy
05 oe gatap” ay
r Fooe?

et” ee
oer ratne?
6?

166

16

oo

206

Mouth moderate in size. Maxilla extends up to vertical from middle of
eye. Lower jaw slightly shorter than upper, mental crests strong and high,
fused anteriorly. Nostrils with small fleshy tubules. Lateral line curves
above pectoral fin and continues farther horizontally along medial line of
body to tail. Head, occiput, and bases of pectoral fins naked; trunk, tail,
and fins covered with scales embedded in skin. Dorsal fin originates
slightly posterior to vertical with base of pectoral fin. Anal fin originates
under vertical with the 14th ray of dorsal fin. Dorsal fin higher than anal
fin. Pectoral fins short. Pelvic fins very short, almost equal to
diameter of eye. Body color in specimens preserved in formalin chocolate-
brown to gray, head darker; dorsal and anal fins, howerver, dark along
margins; pectoral fins dark (Katayama, 1941). Body color changes with age
(Figure 131, A-C).

Length, up to 305 mm.

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known off the coast of Hokkaido
(Ueno, 1971: 86); Sado Island (Honma, 1963: 21); Toyama Bay
(Matsubara, 1955: 774); Wakasa Bay (Takegawa and Morino, 1970: 383);
littoral zone of Hyogo Prefecture (Matsubara, 1955: 774); entire coast of
Tajima Strait (Katayama, 1952: 5); and San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 21).
Along the Pacific coast of Japan reported from Yamato Province (Mori,
1956a: 29).

2. Petroschmidtia albonotata Taranetz and Andriashev, 1934

(Figure 132)

Petroschmidtia albonotata Taranetz and Andriyashev, Dokl. Akad.
Nauk SSSR, 11, 8, 1934: 507, figs. 1-2 (Sea of Okhotsk). Taranetz, Kratkii
Opredelitel’..., 1937: 161. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 107.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 774.

24606. Sea of Okhotsk. September 6, 1932. P. Yu. Shmidt. 2 specimens.

24607. Sea of Okhotsk. September 6, 1932. P. Yu. Shmidt. 3 specimens.

34421. Sakhalin Island, southeastern coast. 1947. KSE. 1 specimen.

37976. Sea of Okhotsk. August 3, 1963. V.P. Shuntov. 3 specimens.

37977. Sea of Okhotsk. July 19, 1963. V.P. Shuntov. 3 specimens.

D 95-98; A 80-84; P 17-18.

Head 17.7 to 21.2% of standard length; diameter of eye 22.1 to 28.4%
of the length, less than that of snout, length of which reaches 25.7 to
28.4% of head length (eyes of smaller specimen equal to snout);
interorbital space very narrow (2.7 to 3.7% of head length). Teeth on
jaws minute, sharp, not enlarged in front. Teeth on upper jaw arranged in
2 rows (outer row with 18, inner row with 9 to 10), with 2-3 teeth in-
between them in anterior part; all teeth fine, slightly retrorse. Gill rakers
on first gill arch not tubercular, same as in Lycodes, compressed laterally,
and totally without spines in inner as well as outer row of rakers. Mental

‘WW ¢gz inoge Y}3Ue
. I-O ‘ww
(SS6I ‘pleqns}e O£T jnoqge yigu
W) sisua e[-—q ‘ww
EEO OP PAY SOAS TY SPY TN ge ce alegre
o Ul sosuByD °
I€l ens
LOI

A.

e

WEN

aie

RAVES.

cS si

169

208

crests well developed, thick, high, covered with skin and fused anteriorly.
Upper jaw short, hardly reaches vertical with middle of eye, slightly
protrudes beyond lower jaw. Minute pores and indistinct mucous cavities
developed on head. Gill openings very large, reach base of pelvic fins.
Body moderately elongate, compressed laterally. Scales fairly large,
separate, and cover entire body except for part of belly behind pelvic
fins, narrow strip under these fins, and triangular space from origin
of dorsal fin to line connecting apices of gill openings. Head and
occiput naked. Individual scales continue on anterior part at base
of dorsal fin; posteriorly number of scales increases and cover up to
three-fourths height. Anterior half of anal fin naked, posterior half with
scales over one-half to three-fourths height of fin. Lateral line
mediolateral, without curves, and distinct along body to tail. Dorsal fin
fairly high, anal fin distinctly low. Body color uniform, gray to olive-green,
slightly lighter on lower side. Scales lighter in color than surrounding skin.
Dorsal fin dark, with 4-7 light-colored longitudinal or roundish spots,
which continue onto back in form of short, narrow, light-colored stripes.
Usually an oblong white spot present on caudal fin.

Food mainly consists of minute crustaceans (Cumacea as well as
Ostracoda, minute Isopoda and Gammaridae). A characteristic feature is
the absence in their gut of Decapoda, Mollusca, Polychaeta, and other
larger organisms, which are common in the food of species of Lycodes
Reinh. (Taranetz and Andriyashev, 1934).

An examination of 10 of our specimens (length 205 to 390 mm) yielded
the following additional data: Pores of seismosensory canals of head
difficult to distinguish, but lateral line well expressed and represented by
freely located neuromasts numbering about 100. Preanal distance varied
from 39.4 to 44.3% of total length. Analysis of radiographs showed some
variations in meristic characters. Number of vertebrae varied from 95 to
103 (precaudal 21-22, caudal 74-82); number of rays in dorsal fin from 89
to 98, in anal fin from 74 to 82. Skeleton of free part of caudal fin with 10
principal and 2-4 procurrent rays. Bivalve molluscs were seen in
radiographs of the gut of some fish (specimen No. 37977), and since they
were sufficiently numerous one may assume that they constitute some
part of the food of Petroschmidtia albonotata.

Length, to 390 mm

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from the coast of Hokkaido
(Ueno, 1971: 86). Known from the northern part of the Sea of Okhotsk
(Taranetz and Andriyashev, 1934: 507) and off the southeastern coast of
Sakhalin (No. 34421).

[Genus Hadropareia Schmidt, 1904—Stout Pouts]
Hadropareia, Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1904: 204 (type:

‘(pe6l ‘AoyseALIpUY PUR ZJOULIR]L) YSIOYXO JO keg ‘WW [PZ YIBUST ‘MIDJOUOG]D DUpIwYISONag ‘7E{ 91N3I4 891

169

210

H. middendorffii Schmidt). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930:
492. -

Body narrow and long, entirely naked. Large head characterized by
strong development of cheeks and notable dilation in preopercular region.
Teeth slightly conical (blunt at end) on jaws and vomer; palatines without
teeth. Lateral line in form of a few pores in anterior part of body.
Branchiostegal membranes attached to isthmus. Gill openings small.
Mouth large, maxilla extends distinctly beyond vertical with posterior
margin of eye. Pelvic fins small. This genus differs from other genera of
the family Zoarcidae in absence of teeth on palatines and presence of
teeth on vomer (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930). Oral cavity with palatine
and mandibular membranes (Shmidt, 1950).

To date one species has been described—H. middendorffii Schmidt,
1904, which is known from the northwestern part of the Sea of Okhotsk.

8. Genus Bilabria Schmidt, 1936—Double-Lips

Bilabria Shmidt, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1, 2, 1936: 93-96 (type:
Lycenchelys ornatus Soldatov). Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950:
113.

Body elongate, compressed laterally, and covered with scales. Head
small, with almost vertical cheeks. Mouth horizontal; upper jaw longer
than lower one. Upper lip consists of two separate folds, anteriorly
attached to skin of snout (Figure 133); lower lip also split, anteriorly wide.
Teeth on jaws and vomer, but none on palatines. Gill openings large, with
skin fold behind. Vertical fins confluent. Lateral line straight (medio-
lateral). This genus is close to the genus Davidojordania Popov, but
differs in absence of teeth on palatines, structure of upper lip, and
presence of lateral line (Shmidt, 1936a).

One species. Known from the Sea of Japan and the Sea of Okhotsk.

1. Bilabria ornata (Soldatov, 1917)—Ornate Double-Lip (Figure 134)
Lycenchelys ornatus Soldatov, Ezhegodn. Zool. Muzeya Rossiisk, Akad.
Nauk, 23, 1917: 162, fig. 2 (Tatar Strait).

Figure 133. Head of Bilabria ornata, anterior view (Shmidt, 1950).

170

211

Bilabria ornata, Shmidt, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1, 2, 1936: 94 (Tatar
Strait and Aniva Bay). Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 164.
Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 114, fig. 9. Fowler, Snyopsis. ..,
1958: 316, fig. 40.

13089. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. August 28, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1
specimen.

D 110; A 93; P 16.

Body oblong, gradually attenuate toward tail, and covered with
roundish, separate scales uniformly arranged throughout body. Trunk
roundish on lower side, caudal part compressed laterally. Head
comparatively short, flat on occiput, rounded on sides; snout slopes
downward abruptly and much larger than longitudinal diameter of eye.
Eyes raised, close-set on top of head. Upper jaw protrudes over lower one.
Maxilla extends beyond middle of eye. Teeth on upper jaw arranged in 2
rows: those of outer row large, blunt at tip; those of posterior row small,
also blunt at tip; at posterior ends of upper jaw teeth arranged in 1 row
only. Vomer with just 3 blunt teeth. Palatines without teeth. Teeth of
lower jaw blunt, arranged in 2 rows but at posterior ends of jaw also
arranged in 1 row. Dorsal fin almost twice height of anal fin. Pectoral fins
rounded, without elongate lower part; dark spots present on bases.
Pelvic fins small, almost equal to diameter of eye. Gill openings equal to
snout length (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Preanal distance 32.3% of total length. Lateral line mediolateral,
difficult to discern. Pores of seismosensory system of head: mandibular 4,
preopercular 4, subopercular 7, preorbital 1, postorbital 4, interorbital 1,
and occipital 3.

Radiographs of our specimen showed: vertebrae 117 (23 precaudal and
94 caudal); number of rays of dorsal fin 117, of anal fin 98. Skeleton
of free part of caudal fin with 6 principal rays; number of procurrent
rays difficult to determine.

Body color (preserved in alcohol) chocolate-brown; entire body
covered with minute dark spots. Irregularly shaped dark spots distinct on
dorsal and anal fins.

Length 166 mm (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Tatar Strait, near

- Grossevich (Soldatov, 1917c: 162). In the Sea of Okhotsk reported from

Aniva Bay (Shmidt, 1936a: 94) and east coast of Sakhalin (Ueno, 1971:
86).

9. Genus Davidojordania Popov, 1931—Jordan’s Eelpouts

Davidojordania Popov, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1931: 212 (type:
Lycenchelys lacertinus Pavienko). Shmidt, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1, 2,

POT

PHS

1936: 93 (comparison with the genus Bilabria). Taranetz, Kratkii
Opredelitel’..., 1937: 164. Lindberg, Predvarital’nyi Spisok..., 1947: 170.
Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 111 (distribution). Matsubara,
Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 780. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 309.

Body elongate and compressed laterally. Body depth 16 to 17 times in
length. Head length 6 to 7 times in length. Length of pectoral fin slightly
more than postorbital distance. Eye diameter slightly less than length
of snout,’” but much more than width of interorbital space. Corners
of mouth reach posterior margin of eye. Length of pelvic fin equal to
diameter of eye. Upper jaw slightly longer than lower one. Lower lip very
thin posteriorly and uniformly thickened anteriorly. Upper lip fairly
thick, gradually thickening toward front. Mental crests on chin absent.
Teeth on jaws conical. Teeth present on vomer and palatines. Dorsal fin
originates at vertical with base of pectoral fin. Dorsal and anal fins
consist of soft rays. Pectoral fins do not reach origin of anal fin. Dorsal
and anal fins confluent with caudal fin. Body covered with minute scales.
This genus differs from the genera Lycenchelys and Lycodes in absence
of nasal pores under upper lip and distinct mental crests on chin, presence
of minute round pores under eye and on occiput, and almost equal length
of both jaws (Popov, 1931c). It differs from the genus Bilabria in absence
of lateral line, presence of teeth on palatines, and ordinary upper lip
(Shmidt, 1936a). i

An examination of our species of this genus yielded the following
additional data: preanal distance varied from 30.0 to 38.1% of total length;
number of vertebrae from 98 to 120 (precaudal 20-23, caudal 77-97);
number of rays in dorsal fin 97 to 118, in anal fin 81 to 102. Skeleton of free
part of caudal fin with 6 principal and 6-7 marginal rays’”

It is not correct to state that the lateral line is absent. It is better
to consider it incomplete, since in D. jordaniana it is expressed by
7 to 8 free neuromasts, and in D. lacertina by 14. The seismosensory
system of the head comprises these pores: mandibular 4, preopercular 4,
postorbital 4, suborbital 6, preorbital 1, and occipital 3.

5 species, all known from the Sea of Japan.

Key to Species of Genus Davidojordania'”

1 (6). Snout length equal to or more than diameter of eye.
2 (5). Head large; its length 5.6 to 6.0 times in total length.

169Diameter of eye more than snout length in D. spilota and D. brachyrhyncha. Also, in
these species corners of mouth do not reach vertical with posterior margin of eye, and jaws
are equal in length.

Counts of vertebrae and rays of fins based on radiographs of 12 specimens of species of
this genus.

1From Fowler, 1958: 310.

172

213

3 (4). Postorbital distance 1.6 times im head I[ength. Gill opening
barely reaches half base of pectoral fin. Body depth slightly less
than Il times in its length............. 1. D. jordaniana Popov.

4 (3). Postorbital distance half head length. Gill opening almost reaches
level of lower margin of base of pectoral fin. Body depth 13 times in
PG CMOTIBEI Cob te see 2. D. poecilimon (Jordan and Fowler).

5 (2). Head small, its length 7.0 to 7.6 times in total length.........
ROUEN Ne AAD gs Wie Peas tia le) ik wales asveaee 3. D. lacertina (Pavienko).

6 (1). Snout length in specimens of corresponding size less than diameter

of eye.
7 (8). Body depth 9.2 times in total length; D 83-93; A 68-70'”;
Lah ES Se Wg Sie re 4. D. brachyrhyncha (Schmidt).

8 (7). Body depth 11.4 times in total length; D 70; A 64; P17......
RRR Re Np 8 YS ek ae a a 5. D. spilota (Fowler).

1. Davidojordania jordaniana Popov, 1936 (Figure 135)

Davidojordania jordaniana Popov. In: Shmidt, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR,
1, 2 1936: 95 (Sea of Japan, Tatar Strait). Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’...,
1937: 165. Soldatov and Lindberg, Predvaritel’nyi Spisok..., 1947: 170.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 780. Fowler, Synopsis...,
1958: 310.

23946. Tatar Strait. June 14, 1912. F.A. Derbek. 2 specimens.

23947. Tatar Strait. June 14, 1912. F.A. Derbek. 3 specimens.

D 90; A 80; P 16; C 10.

Body compressed laterally, elongate; its depth 11.2 times and head
length 5.6 times in total length. Snout length equal to diameter of eye;
postorbital length 1.6 times in head length. Upper jaw reaches posterior
margin of eye. Upper lip continuous; lower lip interrupted and each half
broadens anteriorly. Minute teeth on jaws, vomer, and palatines, teeth on
jaws arranged in 2-3 rows toward front, and in 1 row at back. Palatine
membrane present. Gill opening reaches almost half base of pectoral fin
and with skin fold behind it. Dorsal fin originates behind base of pectoral
fin, anteriorly low, thereafter its height equals diameter of eye. Anal fin
lower than dorsal fin. Caudal fin short. All 3 fins confluent. Pectoral fins
relatively large; their length 8.3 times in total length. Length of pelvic fins
equal to diameter of eye; they extend beyond base of pectoral fins by
about 1/3 their length. Entire body covered with cycloid scales. Color
yellowish to chocolate-brown; sides with 3 rows of dark chocolate-brown
spots; dark spots also located on upper surface of head. Dorsal fin with
brown tinge and 3-5 rounded dark spots with diffuse margins (Shmidt,
1936a).

In our 5 specimens (length 90 to 116 mm) short lateral line well

'72Radiographs of our specimens showed a greater number of rays: D 102-106; A 92-96.
s

‘WeNS IeIeL ‘OP6ET ‘ON “WW YS] WISUST ‘vuDIUDpsOf vIUvpsofopiAvg ‘“CE] FINS

‘(LI61 *AOVBPIOS) MVS IBlL WwW 99] yjysueT ‘dilj-o|qnop o}vUlO—DjJDUdO DMQDIIG ‘pel eInsIy , OLT

i yen ae Oa < ; \s R
SEM UAT
IA I oh Tae

tc AIS WIM wt ala

174

215

developed in form of 7-8 free neuromasts beginning from last pore of
postorbital seismosensory canal of head and extending slightly down and
back. Pores of seismosensory system of head well defined, their number
indicated in characters of genus. Preanal distance varied from 35.1 to
38.1% of total length. Radiographs showed insignificant variation in
number of vertebrae, from 98 to 99, and number of rays of dorsal fin—97 to
98; anal fin with 81 rays. Skeleton of free part of caudal fin with 6 principal
and 7 marginal rays.

Length 116 mm.

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Tatar Strait (Taranetz,
1937b: 165) and near Primor’e (Ueno, 1971: 86).

2. Davidojordania poecilimon (Jordan and Fowler, 1902) (Figure 136)
Lycenchelys poecilimon Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 7M
1902, 748, fig. 2 (Sendai Bay or Matsushima Bay, off Kinkazan Island).
Davidojordania poecilimon, Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937:
165. Lindberg, Predvaritel’nyi Spisok..., 1947: 170. Matsubara, Fish
Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 780, Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 310, fig. 38.
20138. Sea of Japan, Cape Gamov. October 16, 1912. DVE. 1 specimen.
29988. Sea of Japan, Ussuriisk Gulf. September 3, 1925. 2 specimens.

Pe 007s: AOU oP AY,

Head length almost 6 times, body depth 13 times in total length; body
depth slightly less than half head length, [?—-Ed.] length more than 4.5
times, diameter of eye almost 4 times, length of upper jaw 2 times,
pectoral fin slightly less than 2 times in head length. Head length slightly
less than half snout-to-vent length; snout-to-vent length almost half
length of caudal part of body.

Body elongate, its depth more or less equal throughout one but
maximum depth occurs immediately behind head and gradually reduces
posteriorly. Body compressed laterally and width of head more than
maximum width of body. Head elongate oblong; snout slightly blunt or
entirely blunt and convex; eyes large, elongate; lips moderately thick,
mouth large; maxilla extends slightly beyond vertical from posterior
margin of eyes. Teeth on jaws arranged in 1 row; those of upper jaw
stronger. Tongue thick, rounded, relatively long, and not free anteriorly.
Gill opening large, located on side of head; branchiostegal membranes
broadly attached to isthmus. Head naked, as is occiput and region around
pelvic and pectoral fins. Body covered with minute, roundish cycloid
scales; greater part of base of vertical fins covered with minute scales,
especially in posterior part.

Color of preserved specimens light chocolate-brown, with 11 H-shaped
dark chocolate-brown marks along sides of body, of which 3 at posterior
end actually dark transverse stripes. These markings always continue

216

Figure 136. Davidojordania poecilimon. Matsushima (Jordan and Fowler, 1902).

173

175

ZL}.

onto vertical fins. Upper surface of head chocolate-brown with inter-
secting isolated dark stripes. Lower surface of trunk, pectoral and
pelvic fins, and anterior part of anal fin light-colored (Jordan and Fowler,
1902b: 749). |

Radiographs of a specimen 147 mm long (No. 29988) additionally
revealed: vertebrae 117 (22 precaudal and 95 caudal), 115 rays in dorsal
fin, and 96 in anal fin. Preanal distance 30% of total length.

Length 150 mm (Jordan and Fowler, 1902b).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay (Nos.
20138, 29988); off Sado Island (Honma, 1963: 8); Niigata (Lindberg, 1947:
170); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 25); Wakasa Bay (Takegawa and
Morino, 1970: 383); and San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 22). Along the Pacific
coast of Japan known from Hokkaido (Ueno, 1971: 86) to Matsushima Bay
(Jordan and Fowler, 1902b: 749).

3. Davidojordania lacertina (Pavlenko, 1910)—Lizard-headed Eelpout

(Figure 137)

Lycenchelys lacertinus Pavlenko, Ryby Zaliva Petr Velikii, 1910: 53,
figs. 10, 11 (Peter the Great Bay). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor...,
1930: 499,

Davidojordania lacertina, Shmidt, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1, 2, 1936:
95 (Vladamir Bay). Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 165. Lindberg,
Predvaritel’nyi Spisok..., 11947: 170. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and
Hierar., 1955: 780. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 311.

20139. Peter the Great Bay, Askold Island. April 5, 1913. DVE. 1
specimen.

20145. Peter the Great Bay, Sibiryakov Island. October 11, 1912. DVE.
1 specimen.

D 102; A 90; P 15; V 4. Head length about 9 times'” and body
depth 12.5 times in total length. Pelvic fin almost equal to diameter
of eye; interorbital distance 5.5 times in head length. Lateral line absent.
Head similar in shape to head of lizard, naked. Snout length much greater
than longitudinal diameter of eye. End of upper jaw at level of posterior
margin of pupil. Teeth on jaws arranged in two rows, in front in three
rows, conical, sharp; anterior row with 8 teeth, posterior row with 15
to 17 very large teeth, and middle row with 15 minute teeth. Vomer with
5 teeth arranged in form of arch. Palatines with 4 to 5 minute teeth each.
Branchiostegal membranes broadly attached to isthmus. Length of gill
opening greater than snout length.

'3Shmidt (1936a: 95) reported that the head length is not 9.0 but 7.0 to 7.3 times in the
total length; this corresponds to the data obtained while studying our specimen depicted in
Figure 137 (specimen No. 20139).

aT)

218

Color very characteristic: body along dorsal fin covered with numerous
dark spots, on lower side of tail up to pectoral fin with isolated groups
of large black spots in which 3 fuse and form an angle (such groups of
spots about 18). Dorsal and anal fins with numerous dark transverse
stripes (Pavlenko, 1910).

An examination of our specimens 69 to 170 mm in length yielded
the following additional data: Lateral line short, begins at large
pore of postorbital canal of head and extends in form of 14 to 15 free
neuromasts in anterior part of body sides. Head with distinct pores in
seismosensory canals, equal to number given in characters of genus.
Radiographs (specimen Nos. 20139, 20145) showed: vertebrae 119-120
(precaudal 22-23, caudal 97); rays of dorsal fin 117-118, of anal fin 99-
102; skeleton of free part of caudal fin with 6 principal and 6 procurrent
rays.

Length 150 mm (Pavlenko, 1910).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Pavlenko, 1910: 53) and Vladamir Bay (Shmidt, 1936a: 96).

4. Davidojordania brachyrhyncha (Schmidt, 1904)—Jordan’s

Short-Snouted Eelpout (Figure 138)

Lycenchelys brachyrhynchus Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei...,
1904: 201, pl. 6, fig. 3 (Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay). Soldatov and Lindberg,
Obzor..., 1930: 497.

Hadropareia brachyrhynchus, Popov, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1931: 211
(Aniva Bay, No. 13091).

Davidojordania brachyrhyncha, Shmidt, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR. 1, 2,
1936: 94. Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 164. Shmidt, Ryby
Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 111. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar.,
1955: 780 Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 312.

13091. Sea of Okhotsk, Aniva Bay. August 18, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 3
specimens. . )

19618. Sea of Okhotsk, Alexander Bay. July 15, 1911. DVE. 2
specimens.

D 85-93; A 68-70; P 12-15. Head length 7.2 times in coral length.
Snout length equal to about 0.6 to 0.7 times the eye diameter. Length of
postorbital part of head 1.75 times in the head length. Upper lip
interrupted; lower lip double, with lobes broadening anteriorly. Gill
openings reach level of one-third base of pectoral fin. Pectoral fins short,
their length 11 times in body length. Pelvic fins extend beyond base of
pectoral fins by half their length; length of pelvic fins equal to diameter of
eye. Body sides and belly covered with cycloid, barely sessile scales; scales
absent on thorax and anterior to pectoral fins (Shmidt, 1936a).

ia lacertina—lizard-headed eelpout. Length 175 mm. No. 20139. Peter the Great Bay.

Figure 137. Davidojordan

175

ia brachyrhyncha—Jordan’s short-snouted eelpout. Length 112 mm. Aniva Bay (Shmidt, 1904).

Figure 138. Davidojordan

176

178

220

Body reddish or brownish. Entire trunk and head with pattern of
minute, irregularly arranged brown spots that continue onto unpaired fins.
Light-colored stripe continues through lower part of eye toward lower
corner of operculum and fuses toward front on snout. Occiput with 4 light-
colored stripes, forming X-shaped pattern. Dorsal fin with 2-5 rounded
black spots located in anterior part (young specimen with circular spots
and haze on dorsal fin). Lower side of body yellowish. Pectoral fins
reddish, without spots (Shmidt, 1904).

An examination of our specimens 74 to 120 mm in length yielded the
following additional data; preanal distance varied from 31.1 to 34.8% of
the total length. Radiographs showed slight variation in number of
vertebrae, from 104 to 108 (precaudal 20-21, caudal 83-87); rays of dorsal
fin from 102 to 106, of anal fin from 92 to 96. Number of rays in fins much
higher than indicated by Fowler (1958: 310). *

Length 121 mm (Shmidt, 1904).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Tatar Strait (Taranetz,
1937b: 164). In the Sea of Okhotsk mainly found in northwestern part
(Shmidt, 1950: 113) and south to Aniva Bay (Shmidt, 1904: 204).

5. Davidojordania spilota (Fowler, 1943)—Jordan’s Slender Eelpout

(Figure 139)

Lycenchelys spilotus Fowler, New Philippine Fishes, 1943: 89, fig.
24 (Niigata).

Davidojordania spilotus Fowler, Synopsis ..., 1958: 31 (east coast
of Sea of Japan).

D 70; A 64.

Body depth 11.4 times and head length 6 times in total length. Snout
5.2 times in head length, convex. Eyes larger than snout length and
interorbital space. Mouth low, horizontal, jaws equal in length. Maxilla
almost reaches vertical with middle of eye, its length 3 times in the head
length. Interorbital space narrow, 4 times in the eye diameter, concave.
Scales present only on trunk and caudal part of body; anterior part of back
along base of dorsal fin, strip in middle of belly, and head naked (Figure
140, A, B).

Color of preserved fish slightly chocolate-brown: dark square spots
located along sides of body, and elongate dark chocolate-brown patches
along base of dorsal fin. Two dark patches present on operculum. Lower
surface of head and body whitish (Fowler, 1943).

Length 70 mm (Fowler, 1943).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known near Niigata (Fowler,. 1943:
90). Other records not known.

10. Genus Gymnelopsis Soldatov, 1917
Gymnelopsis Soldatov, Ezhegodn. Zool. Muzeya Rossiisk. Akad. Nauk,

l

"MIA [BIJUOA—G {MOIA [eSIOP—Y

‘(€p6l “19[MOA) syed ssajayeog ‘njoj1ds viuvpsofopiavg “Qp{ 21N314 OL

‘

(€p61 “I9[MO4) e1eSIIN ‘WU Q/ YISUST ‘jnNOd]99 Jopus|s s,UepIOof—DjO/I1ds DIuDpsofopiAvg ‘“E¢{ 91NBI 9LI

222

23, 1917: 160 (type: G. ocellatus Soldatov). Soldatov and Lindberg,
Obzor..., 1930: 504. Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’..., 1937: 165.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 781.

Body elongate, compressed lateally, attenuate posteriorly, and only tail
covered with minute round cycloid scales. Minute teeth present on jaws
and palatines. Jaws almost equal in length. Gill openings small, located
along sides of head. Branchiostegal membranes broadly attached to
isthmus. Large pores along eyes and on sides of head. Pores of lateral line
discernible only in anterior part of body. Pelvic fins absent. Dorsal and
anal fin confluent with caudal fin and consist only of soft rays (Soldatov
and Lindberg, 1913).

Two species. One species known from the Sea of Japan, the other from
both the Sea of Okhotsk and the Sea of Japan. |

Key to Species of Genus Gymnelopsis
1 (2). Vomer with 2 pairs of large canine-shaped teeth. Head without

row of pores under eye.......... . [G. ocellatus Soldatov, 1917].
2 (1). Vomer without 2 pairs of canine-shaped teeth. Head with well-
developed row of pores under eye.... 1. G. brashnikovi Soldatov.

[Gymnelopsis ocellatus Soldatov, 1917—Ocellate Gymnelopsis]
(Figure 141)

Gymnelopsis ocellatus Soldatov, Ezhegodn. Zool. Muzeya Rossiisk.
Akad. Nauk SSSR, 23, 1917: 161, fig. 1 (northern part of Sea of Okhotsk).
Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 504, fig. 73. Taranetz, Kratkii
Opredelitel’..., 1937: 165. Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo Morya, 1950: 124.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 781, fig. 298.

Gymnelopsis ocellatus giintheri Popov. In: Shmidt, Ryby Okhotskogo
Morya ios 0eal 25>)

~ 20167. Sea of Okhotsk, between Ayan and Prokof’ev Island. July 26,
1912. DVE. 1 specimen.

25256. Sea of Okhotsk, Tauisk Inlet. August 18, 1930. P.V. Ushakov. 2
specimens:

D 91-97; A 67-75; P 11; Br. 6.'" Head and trunk without scales;
minute scales present only in caudal part of body. Head compressed
laterally, oblong, constricted dorsally; profile of head convex. Mouth
moderate in size. Teeth small and conical on jaws and palatines. Vomer

_ with 2 large canine-shaped teeth. Eyes large, set high in anterior part of
head. Lips not fleshy. Upper jaw does not protrude over lower one. Gill

'4Radiographs of our 3 specimens (Nos. 20167, 25256) showed: D 104-108; A 86-90;
vertebrae 106-110 (precaudal 21-23, caudal 85-88); canine teeth on vomer well developed;
origin of dorsal fin at vertical of 4th to Sth vertebra; and skeleton of free part of
caudal fin consists of 6 principal and 4 procurrent rays.

we

180

223

openings small. Branchiostegal membranes broadly attached to isthmus.
Pectoral fins relatively broad and rounded. Color of specimens preserved
in alcohol, light chocolate-brown with dark indistinct stripes and large
number of minute white spots along back. Dorsal fin with 3-7 well-
developed ocelli'” (Soldatov, 1917c).

Buccal cavity with palatine and mandibular membranes. Well-
developed fold behind operculum slopes down to beginning of base of
pectoral fin, and together with fleshy margin of operculum forms
respiratory siphon (Shmidt, 1950). Preanal distance varies from 33.0 to
34.4% of total length.

Length 117 mm.

Distribution: Not known in the Sea of Japan. In the Sea of Okhotsk
known north of Shantar Island between Ayan and Prokofev Island
(Soldatov, 1917c: 161).

1. Gymnelopsis brashnikovi Soldatov, 1917—Brazhnikov’s Gymnolepsis

(Figure 142)

Gymnelopsis brashnikovi Soldatov, Ezhegodn. Zool. Muzeya Rossiisk.
Akad. Nauk, 23, 1917: 162 (east Sakhalin coast). Soldatov and Lindberg,
Obzor..., 1930: 505. Taranetz, Vestn. Dal’nevost Fil. Akad. Nauk SSSR,
A352 193352 98: :

13029. East coast of Sakhalin near Cape Eustaphia. July 3, 1899. V.
Brazhnikov. 1 specimen.

D 110; A 78; P 11; Br. 6.' This species differs from G. ocellatus
in better developed scales on caudal part of body, relatively smaller
[sic] number of rays in dorsal fin, absence of rounded dark spots on
dorsal fin, and absence of canine teeth on vomer (Soldatov, 1917c).

Taranetz (1935: 98) and Shmidt (1950: 124) do not consider the species
G. brashnikovi described by Soldatov (1917c) an independent one because
of its extreme similarity to G. ocellatus; they therefore relegate G.
brashnikovi to the synonymy of the latter. Neither author paid sufficient
attention to the presence of 2 pairs of canine teeth on the vomer of G.
ocellatus, absence of numerous seismosensory pores under the eye and
closer position of the dorsal fin to the head, the first ray of which (judging
from radiographs) is located at the vertical of the 4th to Sth vertebra in
G. ocellatus. Our radiographs revealed that G. brashnikovi has almost
the same number of rays in the unpaired fins and vertebrae as G.. ocellatus
but differs from the latter in absence of canine teeth on the vomer,
greater distance between occiput and origin of dorsal fin, the first ray
of which in G. brashnikovi is located at the vertical of the 8th to

These spots may be faint or totally absent.
"Radiographs of specimen No. 13029 showed: D 104-105; A 89; P 11; vertebrae 109-
110; vomer without canine teeth; origin of dorsal fin at vertical of 8th to 9th vertebra.

ED

ag

Ze

Se,

LI 4
Sere
CEE
Le

yp

Vis

DE EEE:

IY,
Lop

"Ce

Figure 141. Gymnelopsis ocellatus—Ocellate gymnelopsis. Length 120 mm. Northern part of the Sea of Okhotsk (Soldatov, 1917).

179

[An error has occurred in this drawing or in the text. Upper jaw protrudes in relation to
lower, but in the description of the holotype it is mentioned that the upper jaw does not
; ®

protrude over the lower one—Editor.]

Figure 142. Gymnelopsis brashnikovi—Brazhnikov’s gymnelopsis. Length 97 mm. No. 13209. Coast of east Sakhalin.

179

18

—_

Zee

9th vertebra, notably smaller preanal distance (31.6% of total length),
and presence of well-defined series of large rounded pores under the
eyes.'”’ Furthermore, as pointed out by Soldatov (1917c), the scale cover
in G. brashnikovi is better developed in the caudal part of the body and no
rounded dark spots occur on the dorsal fin. These differences provide
a basis for considering G. brashnikovi an independent species, as done
by V.K. Soldatov.

Length 100 mm (Soldatov, 1917c).

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known from Pohang (Mori, 1952: 130).
In the Sea of Okhotsk caught off the east coast of Sakhalin near Cape
Eustaphia (Soldatov, 1917c: 162).

11. Genus Gengea Katayama, 1941

Gengea Katayama, Zool. Mag., Tokyo, 53, 12, 1941: 591 (type: G.
japonica Katayama). Katayama, Ann. Zool. Japon., 22, 2, 1943: 101.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 781. Fowler, Synopsis...,
1958: 319.

Body oblong and compressed laterally. Mouth terminal; teeth present
on jaws, vomer, and palatines. Gill openings relatively small. Lateral line
present along middle of anterior part of body, and absent in posterior
part. Scales small and rounded, embedded in skin, cover body except for
head, ventral surface, and bases of pectoral fins. Origin of dorsal fin
slightly ahead of vertical from origin of anal fin. Pelvic fins absent
(Katayama, 1943),

One species. Known from the Sea of Japan.

1. Gengea japonica Katayama, 1941 (Figure 143)

Gengea japonica Katayama, Zool. Mag., Tokyo, 53, 12, 1941: 591
(Toyama Bay). Katayama, Ann. Zool. Japon., 22, 2, 1943: 101. Matsubara,
Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 781. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 319.

D 93; A 89; P 11. Head 6.48, body depth 11.88, and preanal distance
3.24 times in total length. Eye diameter 4.40, interorbital distance 9.42;
snout 5.50, length of upper jaw 2.27, postorbital part of head 1.73, and
length of pectoral fin 2.27 times in head length (Katayama, 1943).

Differs from Gymnelopsis ocellatus Soldatov in the following
characters; 1) vomer with 2 canine teeth; 2) scales present on trunk,
caudal part of body, and unpaired fins; 3) origin of dorsal fin much behind
head; 4) pectoral fin with black spot; and 5) larger number of rays in anal
fin (89 versus 67-75 in G. ocellatus) (Katayama, 1943). The last distin-
guishing feature mentioned by Katayama was not confirmed by our radio-
graphs of G. ocellatus, in which A 86-90.

Length 214 mm (Katayama, 1943).

'7Suborbital pores 6. Head with other well-defined pores: mandibular 3, preopercular 3,
postorbital 4, occipital 3, and interorbital 1.

226

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from near Niigata (Matsubara,
1955: 781); Sado Island (Honma, 1963: 8); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1941:
591); wear Fukui Prefecture (Matsubara, 1955: 781); Wakasa Bay
(Takegawa and Morino, 1970: 383); off the coast of Hyogo Prefecture
(Katayama, 1943: 10); and San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 22).

12. Genus Allolepis Jordan and Hubbs, 1925

Allolepis Jordan and Hubbs, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 10, 2, 1925: 322
(type: A. hollandi Jordan and Hubbs). Taranetz, Kratkii Opredelitel’... é
1937: 165. Lindberg, Predvaritel’nyi Spisok..., 1947: 170. Matsubara,
Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 782. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 317.
Lindberg et al., Issled. Dal’nevost Morei SSSR, 6, 2, 1959: 251.

Body elongate, gradually attenuate toward caudal end. Dorsal fin
consists only of soft rays. Pelvic fins absent. Pectoral fins usual in shape.
Gill openings broad but do not continue far forward ventrally.
Branchiostegal membranes attached along sides of isthmus. Gill rakers
reduced to very short blunt tubercles. Teeth on premaxilla form thin outer
row, better developed in anterior part. Teeth on lower jaw arranged in
broad band with slightly enlarged teeth in outer row. Teeth present on
vomer and palatines. Head behind eyes covered with rounded scales.
Scales on body elongate but do not overlap (Jordan and Hubbs, 1925).

Two species. Both recorded from the Sea of Japan.

1. Allolepis hollandi Jordan and Hubbs, 1925 (Figure 144)

Allolepis hollandi Jordan and Hubbs, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 1925: 323,
pl. 12, fig. 2 (Fukui). Taranetz, Kratkii Opredilitel’..., 1937: 165.
Lindberg, Predvaritel’nyi Spisok..., 1947: 171. Matsubara, Fish Morphol.
and Hierar., 1955: 782. Fowler, Synopsis. .., 1958: 317, fig. 41. Lindberg
et al., Issled. Dal’nevost. Morei SSSR, 6, 2, 1959: 251.

Lycogramma crystallonota Schmidt. In: Popov, Issled. Morei SSSR,
ah Bicjoudheyale : :

24499. Sea of Japan. October 4, 1931. D.I. Okhryamkin. 3 specimens.

32227. Sea of Japan. 1933. N.M. Somova. 1 specimen.

33081. Sea of Okhotsk. August 27, 1949. P.Yu. Shmidt. 3 specimens.

33091. Sea of Japan. August 10, 1933. N. Spasskii. 2 specimens.

37967. Sea of Japan, Peter the Great Bay. September 1, 1965. L.I.
Serobaba. 3 specimens.

D 115; P 17. Head and snout-to-vent length together 1.95 times in the
body length up to base of caudal fin; head 6.15 and depth 9.0 times in
the same length. Arrangement of scales on body very characteristic
(Figure 144, A). Color light, pinkish-chocolate-brown, darker along base
of dorsal fin, at tip of snout, and on opercles. Vertical fins blackish along
margin (Jordan and Hubbs, 1925).

“saleos Jo JuUOWOsURIIE—V
(S761 ‘SQqnH pue uepsor) ueder jo vag “Wu 7ZE YIBUET “YpUD]JoY Sidajoj]p “ppl 21NBIA 781

‘(Tp6] ‘ewedejey) Aeg ewesoyl ‘Ww p17 YIBUST “vIIUOdDf DasUaH “Ep] 9INBIA 08!

182

183

228

Examination of our specimens (length 113 to 250 mm) and radiographs
of 9 specimens revealed significant variation in meristic and morpho-
logical characters. Number of vertebrae varied from 115 to 125
(precaudal 17-19, caudal 97-107); number of rays in dorsal fin from 110 to
122, in anal fin from 90 to 110; skeleton of free part of caudal fin with 8-10
principal and 2 procurrent rays. Preanal distance varied in the range of
32.8 to 36.6% of total length. Lateral line developed by free neuromasts
in two branches: upper one begins at upper end of gill opening and,
rising upward, passes near base of dorsal fin with vertical of end of
first quarter of dorsal fin; other branch begins at vertical with end of
upper branch and passes along median line of body to caudal fin
(lateral line not immediately perceptible, requires careful scrutiny; hence
Jordan and Hubbs erroneously state that it is reduced to an indistinct
strip). Pores of seismosensory system of head: suborbital 8, postorbital 4,
preorbital 1, unpaired interorbital 1, preopercular 3, and mandibular 4.

Pores of occipital series not observed by us (in fixed Mera

Length 322 mm (Jordan and Hubbs, 1925).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay (our
specimens); Wonsan (Mori, 1952: 131); northern part of Tatar Strait
(Taranetz, 1937b: 165), off coast of Hokkaido (Ueno, 1971: 87); Sado
Island (Honma, 1963: 21); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1948: 25); off coast of
Fukui (Jordan and Hubbs, 1925: 323); Wakasa Bay (Takegawa and
Morino, 1970: 343); and San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 22). In the Sea of
Okhotsk found off the northeast coast of Sakhalin (Shmidt, 1950: 120) and
in Aniva Bay (Ueno, 1971: 87).

2. Allolepis nazumi Mori, 1956'”

Allolepis nazumi Mori, Sci. Rep. Hyogo Univ. Agric., 2, 2; Nat. Sci.,
1956: 29 (Yamato Bank, central pes of the Sea of Japan). Fowhn
Synopsis..., 1958: 318.

D 110; a 88-91; P 14: gill rakers 2-3 + 12, short. Lateral line very
indistinct. Body depth 7.67 to 8.10 times in total !ength. Head and body
compressed laterally throughout Jength. Snout protrudes forward, 3.1
times in head length; eyes 4.2 to 4.8 times in the same length. Maxilla
reaches vertical with anterior margin of eye. Upper jaw longer than lower
one. Teeth present on jaws, vomer, and palatines. Head naked except for
part behind eyes, with very minute and rounded scales embedded in skin.
Body without scales on occiput, in anterior half of abdomen, and on strips

"8since the author’s description and drawing of this species were not available to us, we
present its characters as listed by Fowler (1958), and tentatively include it in this genus as an
independent species. No doubt a very careful examination will place this species only as a
synonym of A. hollandi. ;

184

229

behind bases of pectoral fins. Mainly these characters distinguish A.
nazumi from A. hollandi Jordan and Hubbs (Fowler, 1958).

Length 298 mm.

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Yamato Bank.

13. Genus Lycogramma Gilbert, 1915

Lycogramma Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 48, 1905: 364 (type: Maynea
brunnea Bean). Jordan and Hubbs, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 10, 2, 1925: 320.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 783.

Deep sea eelpout, without pelvic fins and with broad gill openings that
continue forward ventrally onto throat. Branchiostegal membranes
narrowly separated from each other anteriorly. Bones of head perforated,
with deeply embedded seismosensory canals. Body covered with scales.
Lateral line very distinct, consists of two parts: anterior part located high
along body side, parallel to back, and ends above vertical line behind anal
opening (at a distance almost equal to eye diameter); posterior part
originates below and slightly ahead of end of anterior part of lateral line
and continues to end of body along middle part of side (Gilbert, 1905).

1. Lycogramma zesta (Jordan and Fowler, 1902) (Figure 145)

Bothracara zesta Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902:
749, fig. 3 (Sagami Bay). Jordan and Starks, Bull. U.S. Fish Comm., 22,
1902 (1904): 601.

Lycogramma zesta, Jordan and Hubbs, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 10, 2,
1925: 320. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 783.

D 112; A 92; P 17; Br. 6. Head 5 times in total length; longitudinal
diameter of eye 6.5 times in head length and 2 times in snout length.
Length of pectoral fin half head length.

Body elongate, highly compressed laterally, attenuate toward posterior
end, and covered with very minute rounded cycloid scales. Head broad,
its width about half head length. Dorsal, anal, and caudal fins confluent.
Dorsal fin originates slightly behind vertical from base of pectoral fin.
Pectoral fins broad, with pointed tip.

Color of fish monochromatic, chocolate-brown, without spots (Jordan
and Fowler, 1902b).

Length 482 mm (Jordan and Fowler, 1902b).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known off the northwest coast of
Hokkaido (Hikita and Hirosi, 1952: 51); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940:
25); and San’in region (Yanai, 1905: 22). Along the Pacific coast of Japan
known from Sagami Bay (Jordan and Fowler, 1902b: 749).

230

“(S761

(Z061

‘

‘sqqny pue uepsos) opreyxyoH “Wu y6y WISUCT

‘apyouny skyyousaZ ‘gy] 21N31J

Io[MO4 pue Uepio“) Avg TWieseS “WW 7gp YIBUST “YISaZ DIUWIDIZOIAT ‘“CSp] 9INBIA

yah SAA kT

v81

esl

185

231

14. Genus Zestichthys Jordan and Hubbs, 1925

Zestichthys Jordan and Hubbs, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 10, 2, 1925: 321
(type: Z. tanakae Jordan and Hubbs).

This genus is very close to the genus Lycogramma, but differs from
it in lack of scales throughout entire head, on occiput, on surface behind
pectoral fins, and in anterior half of abdomen. Lateral line very poorly
developed; upper line very short, main line probably medial, without
clearly defined pores. Teeth on jaws, vomer, and palatines minute and
arranged in bands. Head compressed laterally (Jordan and Hubbs, 1925).

1. Zestichthys tanakae Jordan and Hubbs, 1925 (Figure 146)

Zestichthys tanakae Jordan and Hubbs, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 10, 2,
1925: 321, pl. 12, fig. 1 (Hokkaido, Kushiro), Matsubara, Fish Morphol.
and Hierar., 1955: 783, fig. 302.

D about 112; A difficult to count precisely; P 14. Head and trunk 1.7
times in the body length up to the caudal fin; head 5.85 times and body
depth 10.8 times in the same length. Longitudinal diameter of eye 5.65
times in head length. Head and body compressed laterally. Head very soft
and with many long stripes of indefinite shape. Maxilla reaches vertical
with anterior margin of eye (in closed mouth). Gill rakers on first gill
arch 3+ 13=16, short. Body, except for head, occiput, and anterior
half of abdomen, covered with very small random scales, partly embedded
in skin. Fins partly covered with scales. Main lateral line median in
position, begins at vertical with anal opening and expressed only
in form of “poreless fold”; upper branch of lateral line in form of series
of light-colored minute spots extending short distance backward from
upper corner of gill opening, apparently without pores. Vertical fins
completely confluent. Pelvic fins absent. Body color very light chocolate-
brown, darkening toward abdomen. Fins dark, especially along margin,
with darker color in caudal part of body (Jordan and Hubbs, 1925).

Length 490 mm (Jordan and Hubbs, 1925).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known along coast of Hokkaido
(Ueno, 1971: 87) and off Sado Island (Katoh et al., 1956: 323). Found
along the Pacific coast of Japan (Matsubara, 1955: 783).

185

186

3. Suborder Ophidioidei

Fins, even pelvic fins, without spiny rays. Pelvic fins, if present, jugular
or mental, represented by 1-2 filamentous cirrose rays. Vent behind
pectoral fins; if, however, pelvic fins absent, vent located near base of
pectoral fins. Caudal fin absent or fused with dorsal fin or anal fin and, if
distinguishable, then pointed or rounded, but not bifurcate. Body oblong
or elongate. Operculum usually with spines. Rays of dorsal and anal fins
more numerous than vertebrae.

Osteological characters of the suborder and individual families given
by Gosline (1960: 373-381; 1968: 1-78) and Nielsen (1969: 10-11).
McAllister (1968: 114) separated the suborder Ophidioidei into an
independent order, Ophidiiformes.

5-6 families, 3 found in the Sea of Japan.

Key to Families of Suborder Ophidioidei’

1 (4). Vent on belly behind pectoral fins. Scales usually present.
Pelvic fins developed. Mouth usually protractile.

2 (3). Pelvic fins, if present, jugular, rarely under eyes, but in
this case pectoral fins almost reach vent. Arrangement of scales
usual ahd not at a right angle in relation to each other. Branchio-
stegal membranes usually separate and not attached to
PS DIODES: «1/2 Gah ole See PA Ae oN Datta arises a apne anes CLIII. Brotulidae

3 (2). Pelvic fins under anterior margin of eyes, almost on chin between
right and left halves of lower jaw, and with mental barbels. Pectoral
fins short, not more than half distance to vent. Arrangement of
scales sometimes unusual (Figure 147); scales situated at a right
angle in relation to each other, as in fresh-water eels of the genus
Anguilla. Branchiostegal membranes almost separate, slightly
Attache datO- ISTHMUS, 925%. 2%) ee eae a ees CLIV. Ophidiidae.

4 (1). Vent on throat near base of pectoral fins. Scales absent.

5 (8). Pelvic fins absent.

6 (7). Palatines with teeth. Body and tail compressed laterally; body
USUally NOt VERY \GlLOMP ALC Wx \ Awl oer Were CLV. Carapidae.

Nielsen (1969: 57) recorded the occurrence of members of the genus Barathronus
(Aphyonidae) in Sagami Bay (Pacific coast of Japan). The family Aphyonidae differs from
other families of the suborder Ophidioidei (Nielsen, 1969: 10) in a larger number of caudal
vertebrae (31-48 versus 9-23) and the absence of scales, pyloric caeca, and spines on the
opercle. Nielsen relegated the family Pyramodontidae to a subfamily of Carapidae.

186

187

233

Figure 147. Otophidium taylori. Arrangement of scales.

7 (6). Palatines without teeth. Body and tail cylindrical: body highly

MOISE. TEMES CAIN oe Salah yes cc ce vc eee [Disparichthyidae].’
8 (5). Pelvic fins present, cirrose, jugular, but distinctly behind vertical
Lys Wiehe) Collar ads at oh ale i leila balehe [Pyramodontyidae].’

CLIII. Family BROTULIDAE-Brotulas

Body elongate, compressed laterally, covered with minute cylindrical
scales, sometimes naked. Dorsal and anal fins well developed, long, and
usually more or less confluent with reduced caudal fin; rarely latter
free. Pelvic fins, if present, jugular. Vent usually at some distance from
head. Mouth usually protractile. Gill openings broad. Branchiostegal
membranes separate and not attached to isthmus. Opercle usually with
spine (Weber and Beaufort, 1951: 398).

Marine, coastal, and deep sea fishes. Abouth 80 genera, of which 20
known from off the coasts of Japan, including the Sea of Japan.

Key to Genera of Family Brotulidae

1 (2). Snout and lower jaw with 6 long fleshy barbels each...........
rot Siclah. tub, Cec eres oR ens ALU he ely ee oon ey 1. Brotula Cuvier.

2 (1). Snout and lower jaw without barbels.

3 (6). Base of pelvic fins near vertical with eye.

4 (5). Preopercle without spines, opercle with 1 spine. Rays of pelvic
fins not. bifurcate at nds. iss om ss cn. 2. Sirembo Bleeker.

*New Guinea, Tahiti, Cuba.
3Pacific coast of Japan (J. Smith, 1955b: 546).

234

5 (4). Preopercle with 3 spines, opercle with 1 spine. Rays of pelvic
fins, bifurcate at ends wu. tk uae wee 3. Hoplobrotula Gill.
6 (3). Base of pelvic fins far behind vertical with eye. Preopercle
with 2 spines. Rays of pelvic fins bifurcate at end. Dorsal fin origin
behind vertical with upper angle of gill opening. Body and head
covered with scales. Lateral line distinct in anterior part of body.
First gill arch with at least 5 long pointed rakers (excluding
rudimentary ones). Pectoral fins without filamentous rays. .....
Bh ERA cece oan a 4. Neobythites Goode and Bean.

1. Genus Brotula Cuvier, 1829—Brotulas

Brotula Cuvier, Regne Animal, 2 ed. 2, 1829: 335 (type: Enchelyopus
barbatus Schneider). Beaufort and Chapman, Fish. Indo-Austral. Arch.,
IX, 1951: 403.

Body elongate. Head, tail, and body covered with minute cycloid scales.
Lateral line usually compete, passing slightly above median line of body.
Mouth fairly large. Bands of minute teeth on jaws, vomer, and palatines.
Upper and lower jaws with barbels. Branchiostegal membranes separate
and not attached to isthmus. Pseudobranchs rudimentary. Eyes oblong,
moderate in size. Dorsal and anal fins confluent with caudal fin, with large
number of rays (more than 150), and covered with minute thin scales.
Pectoral fins roundish. Pelvic fins jugular and each consists of two close-
set rays (Beaufort and Chapman, 1951).

Few species, dwelling at moderate depths in the coastal waters of the
Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific oceans.

1. Brotula multibarbata Temminck and Schlegel, 1842—Multi-whiskered

Brotula (Figure 148)

Brotula multibarbata Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss.,
1842: 251, pl. 111, fig. 2 (Nagasaki). Hubbs, Copeia, 3, 1944: 170 (detailed
‘list of synonyms). Kamohara, Rep. USA Mar. Biol. Sta., 1 (2), 1954: 2,
fig. 1. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, fishes, 1958: 155, fig. 458 (color figure).

Brotula japonica Steindachner and Déderlein, Fische Japan, Beitrage,
4, 1887: 24 (Tokyo).

7654. Nagasaki. 1884. Polyakova. 1 specimen.

22872. Nagasaki. 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1 specimen.

22873. Kagoshima. 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1 specimen.

D ca 120; A ca 85; P 22; /. /. ca 150, 22/48; gill rakers on first arch
4 +418 (3 well developed) (Kamohara, 1954: 2).

189 In our specimens 400 and 423 mm in length D> 100; A>80; P

20-24; V 2; gill rakers 5+1+15 (3 well developed).

Length, to 600 mm (Abe, 1958).

O29 OSA qu-

Jon 5g 2
S999, PIS S25

So

POP D0--

Agere

oe
a

>

<@

Brotula multibarbata—multiwhiskered brotula. Length 330 mm. Japan (Temminck and Schlegel, 1842).

Figure 148.

188

236

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan found off Sado Island (Katoh et al.,
1956: 323) and in Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 28). Pacific coast of Japan
from Tiba Prefecture southward (Matsubara, 1955: 803). Eastern part of
the Pacific and Indian oceans (Hubbs, 1944: 165).

2. Genus Sirembo Bleeker, 1858—Sirembo

Sirembo Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sci. Indo-Néerl., 3, Japan, 4, 1858: 22
(type: Brotula imberbis Temminck and Schlegel). Jordan and Fowler,
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 756.

Body moderately elongate, covered with very minute scales. Lateral
line simple, anteriorly well developed, posteriorly indistinguishable. Eyes
moderate in size. Dorsal and anal fins confluent with caudal fin. Each
pelvic fin reduced to 1 ray, its base located almost on vertical from
eye. Preopercle without spines, opercle with one spine (Jordan and
Fowler, 1902b: 756).

Coastal fishes of the Pacific coast of Japan as well as the Sea of Japan,
and usually the China and South China seas. 2 species known; 1 found in
the waters under survey here.

1. Sirembo imberbis (Temminck and Schlegel, 1842)—Nonwhiskered

Sirembo (Figure 149)

Brotula imberbis Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss.
(1842) 1846: 253, pl. 111, fig. 3 (Omura Bay, Nagasaki).

Sirembo imberbis Bleeker, Act. Soc. Inod-Néerl., 3, Japan, 4, 1858:
22. Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 757. Shmidt, Tr.
Tikhookeansk Kom. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1931: 150. Kamohara, Rep. USA
Mar. Biol Sta., 1 (2), 1954: 8.

22874. Nagasaki. February 12, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1 specimen.

22875. Kagoshima. February 18—March 9, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1
specimen.

22876. Tokyo. March 25, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1 specimen.

23122. Obama. March 28, 1903. N. Grebnitskii. 1 specimen.

D ca 90; A ca 70; P 22; V1; 7. 7. 110. 10/20; gill rakers on first
arch 3-5 + 8-16 (4 well developed) (Kamohara, 1954).

Counting rays was extremely difficult in our 3 specimens; hence these
counts lay no claim to precision and are slightly higher than the number
reported by Kamohara: D 87-100; A 72-80; P 24-26; V 1; gill rakers 4-
5 + 8-10.

In other respects our Speenmens conform to the description of this
species.

Characters of the species given in description of genus. Differs from
S. marmoratum (Goode and Bean, 1895), found off the Philippines and
China within the limits of the South China Sea, in absence of longitudinal

190

237

dark narrow stripes on body and head and spots along margins of dorsal
and anal fins.

Length, to 230 mm (Jordan and Fowler, 1902b).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Pusan (Mori, 1952:
131); Sado Island (Honma, 1952: 225); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 25);
and San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 22). Along the Pacific coast of Japan
found from Tokyo southward (Matsubara, 1955: 803). East China and
South China seas (Zhu et al., 1963: 384).

° 3. Genus Hoplobrotula Gill, 1863—Hoplobrotulas

Hoplobrotula Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1863: 253 (type:
Brotula armata Temminck and Schlegel). Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 760.

This genus differs from the genus Sirembo in presence of strong spines
on preopercle and terminal bifurcation of ray of pelvic fin. Differs
from the genus Neobythites in attachment of pelvic fins near vertical
from eye and larger number of spines on preopercle (3 versus 2).

1 species found on the coasts of Japan and China. Sea of Japan.

1. Hoplobrotula armata (Temminck and Schlegel, 1847)—

Armored Hoplobrotula (Figure 150)

Brotula armata Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., 1847:
255 (Nagasaki).

Sirembo armata, Steindachner and Déderlein, Fische Japan, Beitrage,
4, 1887: 24.
' Hoplobrotula armata, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1900:
767, pl. 38. Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 760.
Shmidt, Tr. Tikhookeansk Kom. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1931: 150. Abe, Enc.
Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 155, fig. 458 (color figure).

22877. Kagoshima. March 20, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 2 specimens.

22878. Kagoshima. February 25, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1 specimen.

22879. Nagasaki. February 18-March 9, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 2
specimens.

D 79-86; A 61-74; P 21-23; V 1, forked; vertebrae 44 (Abe, 1958: 155);
gill rakers 5 + 16; J. 7. 112, 9/27 (Jordan and Fowler, 1902b: 760).

Scales on body fairly large, also on operculum, and along sides of upper
part of head; upper surface of head and anterior part naked. Upper
posterior part of maxilla not covered by preorbital. Pelvic fins with 1 ray
each, divided into 2 long branches, inner one much longer than outer.
Branchiostegal rays 8.

Length of our specimens 600 mm.

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Bohai (Mori, 1952:
131); Sado Island (Honma, 1952: 226); Niigata (Matsubara, 1955: 803);

238

(781

‘

‘TyBseseN “6/877 “ON “WU /o¢ YISUST ‘e[NJOIGO|doY pslOoWIe—vDiDWUD DjnNJoO1qo]doy “Q¢{ 2INZIq

Jese]yoS pur yourwWWoey) ueder “Wu c/] YISUEeT ‘OquIoIIs poloystyMuUOU

—S1qlaqul Oquiasig “GP 2INBIA

881

061

19

—_

192

239

Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 25); Wakasa Bay (Takegawa and Morino,
1970: 383); Miyazu (Jordan and Hubbs, 1925: 325); and San’in region
(Mori, 1956a; 22). Known from off Cheju-do Island (Mori, 1952: 131) and
from the Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) in the Yellow Sea (Zhang et al., 1955: 176).
Along the Pacific coast of Japan found from Tiba Prefecture south to
Nagasaki. Coast of China south to Hainan (Zhu et al., 1962: 716; 1963:
383).

4. Genus Neobythites Goode and Bean, 1866

Neobythites Goode and Bean, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 8, 1886: 600 (type:
N. gilli Goode and Bean). Beaufort and Chapman, Fish. Indo-Austral.
Arch., IX, 1951: 415.

Watasea Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 23, 1901: 765 (type:
W. sivicola Jordan and Snyder).

Body elongate, tail pointed. Head, body and tail covered with minute
scales. Lateral line terminates in caudal part of body at some distance
from caudal fin. Eyes moderate in size; snout short, roundish, sometimes
protruding slightly. Barbels absent. Mouth fairly broad. Bands of very
minute teeth present on jaws, vomer, and palatines. Opercle with spine;
preopercle sometimes with 2 weak spines. Gill rakers well developed.
Branchiostegal rays 8. Pseudobranchs present but few. Dorsal and anal
fins more or less confluent with caudal fin. Each pelvic fin consists of 2
rays partly or entirely separate throughout their length (Beaufort and
Chapman, 1951: 415).

The pelvic fins of Neobythites, unlike those in Brotula, Sirembo, and
Hoplobrotula, are attached far behind a vertical with the eye, as in
many other genera from Japan.

About 10 species in the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific oceans, found at
great depths and near the coast. 3 species known from the Pacific coast
of Japan, 1 of which found in the Sea of Japan.

1. Neobythites sivicolus (Jordan and Snyder, 1901)—White-spotted

Brotula (Figure 151)

Watasea sivicola Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 23, 1901:
765, pl. 37 (Misaki, Iokogama). Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
25, 1902: 759 (description of type from Iokogama). Jordan, Tanaka and
Snyder, Catalogue Fishes Japan, 1913: 404, fig. 376.* Shmidt, Tr.
Tikhookeansk Kom. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1931: 150.

Neobythites sivicolus Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
797, fig 305. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1958: 334, fig. 46.

22880. Nagasaki. February 18, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 2 specimens.

‘Coloration in drawing similar to N. fasciatus (see Matsubara, 1955: 797).

240

' 22881. Pusan. March 26, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1 specimen.

D 93-96; A 74; 1. 1. ca‘100,

Differs from other Japanese species, as pointed out by Matsubara, in
absence of dark ocellate spot with white border on dorsal fin, which is
typical for N. nigromaculatus Kamohara, and dark spots on sides of body
and dorsal fin, which are typical for N. fasciatus Smith and Radcliffe.
It differs from the latter species in smaller number of rays in anal fin
(74-75 versus 88-90) and position of vent, location of which from tip of
snout constitutes 43 to 44% (versus 30%) of standard length.

Our specimens, 178 to 203 mm in length, conform to the description of
the species.

Length 234 mm (Jordan and Fowler, 1902b).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Pohang (Mori, 1952:
131); Pusan (Shmidt, 1931b: 150); Sado Island (Honma, 1963: 21);
Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 26); Miyazu (Jordan and Hubbs, 1925:
325); San’in region (Mori, 1956a; 22); Cheju-do Island (Mori, 1952: 131).
Found throughout the Pacific coast of Japan (Matsubara, 1955: 797).

CLIV. Family OPHIDIIDAE—Cusk Eels

Body elongate, compressed laterally, more or less eel-like, usually
covered with minute oval scales not arranged in regular pattern; instead
scales imbricate and form oblique rows in which groups of scales located
perpendicular to each other (Figure 147), Head fairly large. Lower jaw
shorter than upper. Both jaws and usually vomer and palatines with teeth.
Premaxilla protractile. Gill openings very broad. Branchiostegal mem-
branes separate and only slightly attached to isthmus behind base of.
pelvic fins. Pseudobranchs small, gill arches 4; slit present behind last
arch. Vent more or less far from head. Dorsal and anal fins not high,
without spiny rays, fused around tail. Pelvic fins inserted under eyes and
usually resemble long barbel divided in two. Swim bladder and pyloric
caeca present (Jordan and Fowler, 1902b: 751).

About 10 genera found in tropical and temperate seas, especially near
America. 1 genus found off the coast of Japan, also represented in the.
Sea of Japan.

1. Genus Otophidium Gill, 1885—Cusk Eels

Otophidium Gill. In: Jordan, Cat. Fish. North Amer., 1885: 126 (type:
Genypterus omostigma Jordan and Gilbert).

Head naked. Scales on body rudimentary, poorly embedded in skin.
Swim bladder short, thick, with large opening posteriorly. Opercle with
spine concealed in skin.

oe
: Sa

Jy

62

Sats 7
Loews
KY YW
Se)

Pal ¢ ¥:

i.
A)

ae

By

))

Vip Ll fo
D5

m)

3
a
sien

Sark: [
pyr)
seo

0)
)

aie
¢

ey
Z,
ms

Ms

oe,
S05
OX
2350)

J

Y) Yi;
Mahrnee

Whhhd

VM

Figure 151. Neobythites sivicolus—white-spotted brotula. Length 190 mm. Japan (Matsubara, 1955);

191

241

193

194

242

Several species. 1 species off the coast of Japan, also known from the
Sea of Japan.

1. Otophidium asiro Jordan and Fowler, 1902—Japanese Cusk Eel

(Figure 152) ;

Otophidium asiro Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902:
752, fig. 4 (Misaki).

DSA 252 PL 252 Nee,

Body elongate, fairly deep, compressed laterally, with pointed tail.
Head compressed laterally, about equal in length to anterior part of body.
Snout rather bluntly rounded. Eyes large; posterior margin of eye nearer
to tip of snout than to gill opening. Maxilla extends slightly beyond
vertical with posterior margin of eye; posterior part broadens consi-
derably, constituting about 1/3 bone length. Nostrils rather small,
located in front of eyes. Teeth on jaws in form of broad bands, in front of
which | row of large teeth occurs; vomer and palatines with conical teeth.
Tongue fairly thin, pointed, and attached to lower surface of oral cavity.
Gill openings very large. Branchiostegal membranes slightly attached to
isthmus. Pseudobranchs with 1 small filament; gill rakers round, 3 + 3 on
first arch. Spine of opercle covered with skin. Head naked; body covered
with more or less minute oblong and cycloid scales. Dorsal, anal, and

_ caudal fins confluent, caudal fin pointed. Dorsal fin originates above posterior

part of pectoral fin, which is rather small; tip of pectoral fin pointed. Pelvic
fins inserted ahead of vertical through middle of eye and usually consist of
2 filamentous rays, longer one 1} times in head length. Lateral line above
median line of body, almost on back, and extends parallel to upper
profile of back up to base of caudal fin. Swim bladder much thicker and
short, with large opening. Color of specimens preserved in alcohol uni-
formly chocolate-brown; margins of vertical fins blackish-chocolate-
brown (Jordan and Fowler, 1902b: 752). Absent in our collection.

Length 204 mm (Jordan and Fowler, 1902b).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from San’in region (Morei,
1956a: 22). Pacific coast of Japan—Misaki, Kumano, Koti (Matsubara,
1955: 803).

CLV. Family CARAPIDAE (FIERASFERIDAE)—Pearlfishes

Body elongate, thin, compressed laterally or cylindrical, naked, with
pointed caudal part. Head short and usually the broadest and deepest part
of body. Snout bluntly rounded. Eyes large, oval, located in upper part
of sides of head. Posterior nostrils in form of crescent-shaped slit
immediately in front of eye; anterior nostrils roundish, situated at tip of
small papilla near middle of snout. Mouth large, usually oblique; lower
jaw shorter than upper. Maxilla reaches or extends beyond posterior

243

margin of orbit. Teeth on jaws, vomer, and palatines; usually larger on
vomer, smallest on upper jaw. Tongue smooth, pointed, with free tip.
Branchiostegal membranes slightly attached to isthmus. Gill openings
' broad. Branchiostegal rays 6 or 7. Upper posterior margin of opercle
elongate, resembles small cusp protruding downward over base of
pectoral fin. Vent in adult fishes shifted far forward. Dorsal and anal fins
long, low, originate immediately behind head and continue up to end of
body where they become confluent. Caudal fin absent. Neither pelvic fins
nor their girdles present. Pectoral girdles always present, but pectoral fins
may be reduced or even absent. Sex cannot be determined on the basis of
external appearance. Eggs pelagic and probably pass through planktonic
stage in their development; larvae benthic (Arnold, 1956: 259).

Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific oceans. 3 genera. 2 genera off Pacific coast
of Japan, one of which has been indicated for the Sea of Japan.

Key to Genera and Subgenera of Family Carapidae (Adults Only)’

1 (4). Maxilla concealed in skin. Teeth on jaws and palatines arranged

MEN es ORE A oe eR a 1. Encheliophis Miiller.
2 (3). Pectoral fins ptesent........ Subgenus Jordanicus Gilbert, 1905.
3 (2). Pectoral fins absent...... [Subgenus Encheliophis Miiller, 1842].

4 (1). Maxilla well developed (not concealed in skin). Teeth-on jaws
and palatines arranged in several rows in form of band. Anterior
teeth not canines. Body cylindrical or slightly compressed laterally;
maximum body depth usually in region of head...............
re CE Se 2 a a ae [Carapus (Carapus) Rafinesque, 1810°].

1. Genus Encheliophis Miiller, 1842

Encheliophis Miller, Ber. Verh. Preuss. Akad., 1842: 205 (type: E.
vermicularis Miller). Smith, J. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (12) 8, 1955: 415.

Jordanicus Gilbert, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., 23 (2) (1903) 1905: 656
(type: Fierasfer umbratilis Jordan and Evermann). Matsubara, Japan.
J. Ichthyol., 3, 1, 1953: 31. Smith, J. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (12) 8, 1955:
403.

Encheliophiops Reid, Rep. Allan Hancock Pacific Exp., 9, 1940: 47
(type: E. hancock Reid).

Encheliophis (subgenus Jordanicus), Arnold, Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat.
Hist.), 4, 6, 1956: 259, 295.

Differs from the genus Carapus Rafinesque, 1910 in that the maxilla
of Encheliophis is covered with skin, and the teeth on the jaws and

SArnold, 1956: 259 (in part, only for the Pacific Ocean).
69 species reported off the Pacific coast of Japan and 1 species off the northern island of
Ryukyu (Kamohara and Yamakawa, 1965: 26).

195

196

244

palatines are arranged in 1 row and not several. The subgenus Jordanicus
differs from the subgenus Encheliophis in that it has at least a small
pectoral fin (undeveloped in Encheliophis) and larger number of
branchiostegal rays (7 versus 6). é

The subgenus includes 2 species; 1 species known from the Sea of
Japan and off the Pacific coast of Japan.

1. Encheliophis (Jordanicus) sagamianus (Tanaka, 1908)—Japanese

Pearlfish (Figure 153)

Carapus sagamianus Tanaka, Ann. Zool. Japan., 7, 1, 1908: 40
(Sagami); Fig. and Descr., Fishes of Japan, II, 1911: 26, pl. 7, fig. 23.

Carapus sagamius Franz, Abhandl. Math.-Phys. Klasse, Akad. Wiss., 4,
Suppl., 1, 1910: 31, pl. 5, fig. 25 (Uraga and Misaki, Sagami Province).

Jordanicus sagamianus, Jordan and Hubbs, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 10, 2,
1925: 323 (Misaki). Matsubara, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 3, 1, 1953: 31.

Encheliophis (Jordanicus) sagamianus, Arnold, Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat.
Hist.), 4, 6, 1956: 301.

Head length 9.75 times and body depth at origin of anal fin 14 times
in total length. Eye diameter 4.66, interorbital space 4.75, snout length
4.50, and length of upper jaw 2.25 times in head length.

Body long and slender, eel-like, but compressed laterally, and
terminating in long slender caudal end. Head rather small, slightly
larger in depth than in width. Eyes moderate in size, interorbital space
broad and convex. Snout appears pointed in lateral view, broadly
rounded in dorsal view. Mouth semi-inferior; upper jaw protrudes
beyond lower jaw. Maxilla extends to vertical with posterior margin of
eye. Teeth on jaws minute, sharp, and arranged in 1 row; teeth on
palatines slightly larger and also arranged in 1 row; teeth on vomer
larger than on palatines and arranged in narrow band of 4 longitudinal
rows. Dorsal fin originates behind pectoral fins; distance from lower end
of base of pectoral fin to origin of dorsal fin equal to distance from former
to snout tip; height of dorsal fin, measured along ray at end of first third of
fin equal to diameter of eye. Anal fin originates behind base of pectoral
fin, almost at vertical from midpoint of its length; height of anal fin
measured along ray in highest part of fin equal to length of postorbital part
of head. Pectoral fins small, inserted below median line of body side, with
pointed tip. Caudal fin small and confluent with dorsal and anal fins.
Pelvic fins absent. Body naked; anterior part with series of pores
passing in upper half of body parallel to dorsum and forming smooth
arch, extending in posterior part along middle of body. Color of fish
preserved in formalin light chocolate-brown, with numerous minute
dark spots; all fins light-colored, without spots (Tanaka, 1911: 26).

‘(806E ‘ByeUeL) YoIeyS ‘ueder ‘ww SLI WSUS] ‘Ysyjieod asourdes—snuniwpspvs (snojunpsof) siydoljayougq “¢cy sini S6l

ree

rg

‘(ZO61 “J2[MO pue uepsor) yo10¥g ‘Joo ysno esourdef—ouisp wnipiydojg ‘Zc] eins14q £61

Sa CER
SRN SOO
SoS
On
SSS
td

Sy G
SKS
S97 VY

246

Species differs from Encheliophis (Jordanicus) gracilis (Bleeker, 1856)’
in that teeth on vomer arranged not in 1 short median row, but
in band of about 4 rows.

Length, to 175 mm (Tanaka, 1908).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Toyama Bay
(Katayama, 1940: 25). Along the Pacific coast of Japan known from
Sagami southward (Matsubara, 1955: 804), where it lives inside the body
cavity of littoral holothurian Holothuria monocaria (Lesson) (Tanaka,
1911: 28).

T§mith (1955a: 404) considered Carapus sagamianus Tanaka a synonym of Jordanicus
gracilis, but Arnold (1956: 301) recognized it as an independent species.

4. Suborder Ammodytoidei

196 Body elongate; vent behind midpoint of body. Dorsal and anal fins
without spiny rays, and even without thin flexible rays. Caudal fin
bifurcate or deeply forked, and well separated from dorsal and anal fins.
Pelvic fins usually absent, but if present, small, jugular, with one spine
and three soft rays. Head oblong; snout slightly elongate, pointed; lower
jaw protrudes forward notably. Lateral line present. Gill openings normal,
not reduced. Scales, if present, cycloid. Swim bladder absent (Berg, 1940:
318).

These are small marine fishes dwelling along sandy coasts and in
coastal waters of the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific oceans, as well as in the
Barents, Kara, East Siberian, and Chukchi seas in the Northern Arctic
Ocean.

Three families. Two known from the Sea of Japan. ©

Key to Families of Suborder Ammodytoidei

1 (4). Dorsal fin long; its base much longer than base of anal fin.
Lateral line passes along back. Branchiostegal membranes sepa-
rate. Body covered with cycloid scales of moderate size, but often
on sides of body below lateral line scales detectable only in dry
specimens examined under binocular microscope. Branchiostegal
rays 7-8. Pectoral fins with 13 rays; caudal fin with 15 principal
rays. :

2 (3). Rays of dorsal fin about 40. Dermal folds (keels) not present
on sides of belly. Oblique dermal folds not present on sides of
body. Caudal peduncle deep and long, almost equal to head
ET o 1 RRM GORI SPD aye se iS |" SRE Rd tl aa ae [Bleekeriidae].

3 (2). Rays of dorsal fin about 60 (51-64). Dermal folds (keels) present
on both sides of belly. Oblique dermal folds present on sides of
body. Caudal peduncle low and very short ....................
oF ye phan Nene et tenet cat besa bed hate inetd hy tel ete CLVI. Ammodytidae.

4 (1). Dorsal fin short, its base equal to length of base of anal fin.
Lateral line passes along median line of body side. Branchiostegal
membranes fused but not attached to isthmus. Body entirely

197

248

naked. Branchiostegal rays 4. Pectoral fins with 9 rays; caudal fins
Withee MING Als TAS: diced (eee pony CLVII. Hypoptychidae.'

CLVI. Family AMMODYTIDAE-—Sand Lances

Body elongate and compressed laterally. Long dorsal fin with about 60
(50-64) rays, anal fin with about 30 (24-36) rays; number of vertebrae
(60-78) slightly more than number of rays of dorsal fin. Caudal peduncle
very short and low. Skin with large number of oblique folds directed
downward toward caudal end. Skin between folds covered with
minute, deeply embedded, cycloid scales. Lateral line continues along -
upper margin of body sides. Two dermal folds (keels) extend along both
sides of belly from throat to midpoint of base of anal fin and even further. —
Median dermal fold also present on belly but poorly expressed.

About five genera found in temperate waters of all oceans. One genus
in waters of Japan, also known from the Sea of Japan. °

1. Genus Ammodytes Linné, 1758—Sand Lances

Ammodytes Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, pt. 1, 1758: 247 (type: A. tobianus
L.). Andriyashev, Ryby Severnykh Morei SSSR, 1954: 316.

Body elongate, compressed laterally. Head elongate and pointed.
Premaxilla protractile. Jaws and vomer (Figure 154, A, B) without teeth.
Vertebrae 60-78. Dorsal fin long, with large number of soft unbranched
rays (51-68), originates above pectoral fin and continues almost up to base
of caudal fin, but not confluent with it. Anal fin much shorter than half
length of dorsal fin, with 24-36 rays similar to dorsal ones, and also not
confluent with caudal fin. Pectoral fins rather long and narrow; their
length more than three times width at base and greater than length of
lower jaw. Pelvic fins absent. Skin with large number of oblique folds
extending from back downward toward caudal end; skin between folds
covered mainly with cycloid scales. Lateral line passes along upper margin
of body side. One dermal fold present on each side of belly, which extends
from throat almost (sometimes) to base of caudal fin. Sometimes dermal
fold present along abdominal surface of body.

'Gosline (1963: 100) indicated the following as distinctive features of the family
Hypoptychidae: jaws relatively equal in length (“jaws subequal”), firm attachment (“firmly
attached”) of ascending processes on premaxillae and presence of teeth on premaxillae.
However, in the large number of specimens of Hypoptychus dybowskii examined by us we
found the following: lower jaw protrudes notably beyond upper, although shorter than in
Ammodytes; ascending processes of premaxillae not firmly attached, and bones shifted well
forward; teeth on premaxillae detected with difficulty on paired and dry bones and only
under high magnification of binocular microscope discernible as minute tubercles.

It should be noted that the postlarval stage of development in Ammodytes is very similar
to that in adult forms of Hypoptychus dybowskii (Einarsson, 1951).

198

198

249

Figure 154. Ammodytes hexapterus. No. 34102. Mednyi Island. Shape of
“vomer.

A-—lateral view; B—ventral view.

About 10 species described (for details, see Richards et al., 1963: 367-
374), but classification still controversial, especially for species in the
northern part of the Pacific Ocean, from where S species have been descri-
bed: A. hexapterus Pallas, 1831; A. personatus Girard, 1859; A. alascanus
Cope, 1873; A. aleutiensis Duncker and Mohr, 1939; and A. japonicus
Duncker and Mohr, 1939.

As observed by Richards et al. (1953), A. hexapterus Pallas, 1831 is
recognized as a circumpolar and highly variable species, which differs
from A. dubius Reinhardt, 1838, found in the northern part of the Atlantic
Ocean off the North American coast, and described on the basis of
specimens from Greenland, in greater body depth and distribution not at
the coast of freshened waters, but in much deeper seas and in marine
waters with normal salinity. Meristic characters are very similar in the two
species, and even differences in body depth are relatively minor. As
indicated by Lindberg (1937), A. hexapterus is widely distributed in the
Pacific Ocean. It differs from A. personatus, with which the northwestern
Pacific sand lances were confused, solely in smaller number of vertebrae
(60-66 versus 67-72). But now that the number of vertebrae in A.
hexapterus (Richards et al., 1963: 376) has been established as 61-73, the
difference between these two species in terms of this character disappears.
Hence only one species should be recognized in the northwestern part of
the Pacific Ocean—A. hexapterus. The position of A. japonicus Duncker
and Mohr, 1939 remains unclear since these authors reported a large
number of oblique body folds (pl. str. 165-188), while in other species,
except for A. alascanus (pl. str. 182), this number does not exceed 169 (A.
aleutiensis D. and M.; the authors included Japanese sand lances, A.

250

personatus, as a synonym of this species). Furthermore, in A. japonicus
the lateral line originates (according to these authors) not above the
pectoral fin, but at the vertical from the midpoint of the opercle. An
examination of our specimens from the Sea of Okhotsk and the Sea of
Japan off the south coast of Sakhalin (5 specimens) and from Obama
(Japan) and the Yellow Sea (5 specimens), showed that the lateral line
originates in them above the operculum, and the number of folds (pl. str.)
along the sides of the body varies from 143 to 169.

The foregoing indicates that a special revision of sand lances from the
northern part of the Pacific Ocean is required. At present the highly
variable species—A. hexapterus Pallas, 1811—should be recognized from
these waters, including the Yellow Sea.

1. Ammodytes hexapterus Pallas, 1811—Pacific Sand Lance (Figure 155)
Ammodytes hexapterus Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat., 3, 1811: 226
(northern Kuril Islands). Lindberg, Vestn. Dal’nevost Fil. Akad. Nauk
SSSR, 27, 1937: 85. Richards, Perlmutter and McAneny, Copeia, 2, 1963:
358.
Ammodytes personatus Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 8, 1856:

_ 137 (Cape Flattery, Washington State). Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Pisces, 1958:

199

151, fig. 447.

Ammodytes alascanus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philad. Soc., 13, 1873: 30
(Sitka, Alaska).

Ammodytes tobianus (non Linné) Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei...,
1904: 209. Lindberg and Dul’keit, Izv. Tikho-okeansk. Nauchno-Prom. St.,
Se LO 29e 562

Ammodytes personatus, Lindberg, Vestn. Dal’nevost Fil. Akad. Nauk
SSSR, 27, 1937: 90, fig. 4 (Obama, near Nagasaki).

Ammodytes aleutensis Duncker and Mohr, 1939: 20 (Unalaska,
Aleutian Island).

Ammodytes japonicus Duncker and Mohr, 1939: 20 (Otaka on Takaido).

Ammodytes hexapterus hexapterus, Andriyashev, Ryby /Severnykh
Morei SSSR, 1954: 321 (Anadyr Gulf; vertebrae in 17 specimens, 67-70).

D 51-62; A 23-33; V 61-73 (Richards et al., 1963).

A 31 (29-34); vert. 65 (61-69) from 202 specimens (Ishigaki and Kaga,
LISTS):

Counting of vertebrae from radiographs showed the following: from
Anadyr Gulf 67, 68, 70, 71; Alaska 70, 71; Puget Sound 69, 69, 69; and
Gulf of Mordvinov, Sea of Okhotsk 67. In specimens from Japan (Obama)
the number of vertebrae was 62. Information on biology is available in
works by Kitakata (1957) and Kobayashi (1961c).

Length, to 180 mm.

Distribution: Found throughout the Sea of Japan. Yellow Sea: Bohai
(Zhang et al., 1955: 177); Tsingtao (Wang and Wang, 1935: 293). Okhotsk

251

and Bering seas, Bristol Bay, south to California. Found throughout Japan
(Matsubara, 1955: 720). In the Arctic Ocean adults recovered from the
Chukchi Sea (Kolyuchinskaya Inlet) and larvae from the East Siberian
Sea near the mouth of the Kolyma River (Andriyashev, 1954: 322).

[Family BLEEKERIIDAE—Japanese Sand Lances]

Tropical and subtropical fishes. Body fairly elongate, compressed
laterally. Fairly long dorsal fin with about 40 rays; anal fin with about 15
rays. Number of vertebrae almost corresponds to number of rays in dorsal
fin. Caudal peduncle deep and long, almost equal to head length. Oblique
dermal folds not present along sides of body. Body covered with scales
arranged in distinct rows and directed downward toward caudal end on sides.
Lateral line passes near base of dorsal fin and only on caudal peduncle
curves downward and terminates near midpoint of base of caudal fin.
Dermal folds (keels) not present along sides of abdomen, and median
abdominal fold also absent. Pelvic fins absent (Bleekeria Giinther, 1862)’
or present and jugular (Embolichthys Jordan, 1903).

Two to three genera known in the Indian Ocean, western part of the
Pacific Ocean, and the Atlantic Ocean (the Lesser Antilles). One genus
near the Pacific coast of Japan and Taiwan (China) represented by a single
species—Embolichthys mitsukurii (Jordan and Evermann, 1903) (Figure
156). Not found in the Sea of Japan.

The species Ammodytes septipinnis described by Pallas (1811) and later
(Bean, in: Jordan and Evermann, Fishes N. and M. Amer., 1898: 2841)
included in the new genus Rhynchias, has never been found subsequently.
In all probability this species does not belong to Ammodytoidei.

CLVII. Family HYPOPTYCHIDAE-—Shortfin Sand Lances

Differs from other families of the suborder Ammodytoidei in short
dorsal fin, length of which is equal to length of anal fin; two fins similar
in shape and position; anterior rays of both fins much higher than
posterior rays. Body naked. Lateral line passes along middle of sides of
body. Branchiostegal membranes broadly connected but not attached to
isthmus. Very distinct and almost transparent dermal fold passes along
middle of belly from base of pectoral fins to vent.

Osteological characters of the family furnished by Gosline (1963).

One genus in the northern part of the Sea of Japan and southern part
of the Sea of Okhotsk, as well as off the Pacific coast of northern Japan.

*There are 3 specimens of Blcekeria viridianguilla (Fowler) in the collection of the
Institute of Zoology, Academy of Sciences of the USSR registered as No. 36539 (coast of
Hainan Island, November-December, 1959, B.E. Bykhovskii and L.F. Nagibina). A figure of
this species is presented in an article by Zhu and associates (1962: 721, fig. 534).

“(SS6I ‘BIeqns}eW) Ueder “WW c[] YISUST Wunynsyim skyysjoqug ‘g¢{ sinsIq

pueys] Ups “ZOTPE “ON “[91S] Wu QZ YIUET ‘ooUR] pues oIfIOeg

Se
NENANVONCONAAR

0

002

—Sniajdpxay sajdpowwmp ~¢cc{ 2In3siq

==
i.

_

007

Bititins —
is ene — TO ore

201

202

253

1. Genus Hypoptychus Steindachner, 1880

Hypoptychus Steindachner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss., 82, 1, 1880 (1881): 257
(Hypoptychus dybowskii Steindachner). Fowler, Synopsis..., 12, 1-2,
1959: 72.

Characters of this monotypic genus given in description of family.

One species, distributed in the Sea of Japan, southern part of the Sea
of Okhotsk, off Shikotan Island, and off the north coast of Japan in the
Pacific Ocean.

1. Hypoptychus dybowskii Steindachner, 1880—Shortfin Sand Lance

(Figure 157)

Hypoptychus dybowskii Steindachner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss., 82, 1, 1880
(1881): 257, pl. 2, fig. 2’ (Peter the Great Bay). Fowler, Synopsis..., 12, 1-
2, 1959: 73, fig. 50 (from Steindachner).

Hypoptychus steindachneri Franz, 1910, Abhandl. Acad. Wiss. Math.
Phys. Klasse, 1910: 8, pl. 5, fig. 28.

D 19-21; A 19-21; P 9.

Body elongate, thins slightly toward tail and head. Snout pointed, oral
opening almost horizontal, lower jaw distinctly protrudes beyond upper
one. Eyes fairly large, slightly smaller than snout length, upper margin
of eye at level of upper profile of head.

Examination of our specimens (27) from Peter the Great Bay, Tatar
Strait (Soviet Gavan and Kholmsk), Aniva Bay, and Shikotan Island
showed that they conform to the’ characters of this species given by
Steindachner (Fowler, 1959: 73). The only differences include: number of
rays of dorsal fin [19 (3), 20 (18), 21 (5) versus 20]; number of rays of anal
fin [19 (3), 20 (16), 21 (4) versus 20]'; size of eyes (3.7-4.0 versus 3.4-3.75);
and size of snout? (3.1-3.4 versus 3.0) in relation to head length.
These ratios in fish from different regions are given in Table 2.

TABLE 2
Ratio to
Place of No. of Total D A head length

llecti i length Sa aes Pea |
collection specimens eng Exe eh
diameter length

Peter the Great Bay 9 61-88 “20-21 20-21 3.8 3.4

Tatar Strait 5 65-95 19-20 19-20 327 3.1

Aniva Bay 1 TT 20 20 4.0 2

Shikotan Island 12 66-92 20 19 3.9 3.4

3Misprinted as “Figure 3” in the text of Steindachner’s article.
4Abe (1958) reported: D 20-21; A 18-20.
*Snout length measured from tip of upper jaw to vertical from anterior margin of eye.

y.

Figure 157. Hypoptychus dybowskii—shortfin sand lance. Length 94 mm. No. 40043. Peter the Great Ba

201

202

255

Body pigmentation in our fish much more vivid than described by
Steindachner. Pigmented spots occur not only in anterior part of back and
sides of body, but further, beyond origin of dorsal fin, densely covering
dorsal and lateral sides of caudal fin (see figure by Fowler, 1959, fig. 50).

Length, to 95 mm.

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from northern parts, along
continental coast of Soviet Gavan (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 509),
Olga Bay (Popov, 1933a: 140), and Peter the Great Bay where it is
common (described from Strelok Bay). Also reported slightly north of
Wonsan (Mori, 1952: 132); found by us along island coast near Kholmsk;
reported from Oshoro Bay near Otaru (Kobayashi, 1962: 258); and off
Sado Island (Honma, 1963: 20). In the Sea of Okhotsk we confirmed its
occurrence in Aniva Bay and near Cape Korsakov. Found by us off
Shikotan Island; along the Pacific coast of Japan indicated for Muroran
(Jordan and Tanaka, 1927: 391) and Sagami Bay (Franz, 1910: 8).

5. Suborder Callionymoidei'—
Dragonets

202 The flatness of the head and trunk of these fishes and the nature and

203

location of the broad pelvic and pectoral fins recall fishes of the order
Cottiformes. The suborders differ in the absence of the characteristic
suborbital stay of Cottiformes in the suborder Callionymoidei. Pelvic fins
inserted ahead of pectoral fins, with 1 very short spine and 5 soft rays.
Body naked. Mesethmoid (Figure 158, A) large, forming interorbital
septum and replacing orbitosphenoid. Vertebrae 21. Ribs absent (Berg,
1940: 319).

2 families distributed in the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific oceans.
Both families represented off the coast of Japan and one (Callionymidae)
also known from the Sea of Japan.

Key to Families of Suborder Callionymoidei’

1 (2). Preopercle with long bony process in form of spine (Figure
159, A-C). Opercle and subopercle not rudimentary. Lateral line
present. Gill openings very small: os. 3. Sess Callionymidae.

2 (1). Preopercle without bony spiny process. Opercle and subopercle
rudimentary, each represented by straight prickly spine (Figure
160). Lateral line absent. Gill openings moderate in size. .....
aes Bat ek he ND tl oe oo is 2 Al ee. | (Draconetinigzell

[Family DRACONETTIDAE]

Close to Callionymidae but differs in cephalic structures: preopercle
with smooth margins, without processes, and opercle and subopercle
reduced and each represented by an almost straight, simple, pointed spine
(Figure 160). Gill openings much broader than in Callionymidae, and
branchiostegal membranes widely attached to isthmus. Lateral line
absent (Jordan and Fowler, 1903).’

2 genera. 1 genus known from the Pacific coast of Japan.

'Gosline (A reinterpretation of the teleostean fish order Gobiesociformes, Proc. Calif.
Acad. Sci., 4th series, 38, 19, 363-382, 7 figs.) includes the suborder Callionymoidei, with its
2 families, Callionymidae and Draconettidae, as a suborder in the order Gobiesociformes.

*From Matsubara, 1955: 710.

3Diagnosis of family from Briggs and Berry (1959).

ya

202 Figure 158. Callionymus sp. Lateral view of skull (Berg, 1940).
A—mesethmoid.

[Genus Draconetta Jordan and Fowler, 1903]

Draconetta Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1903: 939
(type: D. xenica Jordan and Fowler).

Characters of the genus given in description of family.

2 species; both known from the Pacific coast of Japan, but not reported
for the Sea of Japan.

CLVIII. Family CALLIONYMIDAE—Dragonets
Head and body flat and caudal part of body compressed laterally, or

bit:

a

i
\

abe:

a

ees

203 Figure 159. Processes of preopercle (Matsubara, 1955).
A—Callionymus japonicus; B—C. valenciennesi; C—Synchiropus allivelis;
a—spine directed forward.

258

‘(SS6I ‘eleqns}eW) ueder “wu $6 WSsUeT “‘vIIUaX DYJauo0IDIG ‘Qg] 2INBIq

VOC

205

259

head and body more or less cylindrical. Scales absent. Lateral line single,
complete, continues onto head; on upper surface of head and dorsal
surface of caudal peduncle lateral line from each side of body joined
together through transverse processes. Dorsal fins usually 2, rarely 1; first
fin short, with 2-4 thin spines; second fin long, with simple unbranched or
branched rays. Anal fin moderate in length, its base usually shorter than
base of second dorsal fin. Pelvic fins inserted before pectoral fins, wide-
set, large, with 1 very short spine and S soft rays; last ray usually connected
through membrane with spine of base of pectoral fin. Pectoral fins large,
rounded. Mouth protractile, small, horizontal or almost horizontal.
Branchiostegal membranes entirely fused with isthmus. Gill openings
almost entirely covered with skin and hence acquire shape of small slits
near upper margin of opercles. Preopercle with well-developed bony
process, partially covered with skin; lower margin often with small spine
near base directed forward in form of cusp (Figure 159, A, B); one or
several odontoid spines on upper side of process closer to its pointed apex.
Jaws with several rows of pointed teeth. Palatines without teeth.
Vertebrae few—21 (Beaufort and Chapman, 1951: 50).

About 10 genera’ in temperate and warm waters of the Atlantic, Indian,
and Pacific oceans, but not found near the Pacific coast of America. 4
genera represented in waters of Japan, 3 from the Sea of Japan.

Key to Genera of Family Callionymidae

1 (2). One dorsal fin (Figure 161); rays soft. Lateral line one. Pelvic
and pectoral fins not connected through dermal membrane. Gill
opening located near upper margin of operculum, lateral.
Opercular dermal valve present, formed by outgrown branchio-
stegal membrane supported by elongate rays. Preopercular bony
process with 3-4 odontoid spines along upper margin; lower
margin without spine directed forward in form of cusp.*.......
BP es ae AN mee ee te aia, ob of toll See od iteeeve: 4.’ Dracalo Snyder.

2 (1). Two dorsal fins.

3 (4). Opercular dermal valve present, formed by outgrown branch-
iostegal membrane supported by elongate rays. Posterior margin of
upper jaw with conical process distinctly protruding out near
corner of mouth (Figure 162). Longitudinal dermal fold present,
inclined upward, and passes below lateral line form top of pectoral

‘Schultz and Woods, 1948: 419.

*Does not correspond with description of genus or species or Fig. 161—General Editor.

= | species, Calymmichthys xenicus Jordan and Thompson, 1914, described from Sagami
Bay (Pacific coast of Honshu Island).

260

(Z161 ‘tephus) ueder “Ww ce YIZUST prepuRyg ‘syIqv4M OjNIDIG “19 eins

Kinet uta

v0

207

261

4 (3). Opercular dermal valve formed by outgrown branchiostegal
membranes supported by elongate rays absent. Conical process of
upper jaw absent. Longitudinal dermal fold passing below lateral
line from top of pectoral fin to base of caudal fin absent. Gill
opening located either on upper side or lateral side of head.

5 (6). Spine directed forward in from of cusp present (Figure 159,
A, B, a) on lower margin of bony process of preopercle. Head and
body extremely flat. Soft rays of second dorsal fin simple, only last
ray branched. Gill opening located on dorsal side of head ....
SD Te? Pretest 2. Callionymus Linné.

6 (5). Spine directed forward in form of cusp (Figure 159, C) on lower

* margin of bony process of preopercle absent. Head and body more

or less cylindrical. Soft rays of second dorsal fin branched except
for first short ray.* Gill opening slightly shifted to lateral side of
DSORU RA ee er eS Be tele ss crete SN 3. Synchiropus Gill.

1. Genus Draculo Snyder, 1911

Draculo Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 40, 1911: 545 (type: D. mirabilis
Snyder). “

Dorsal fin with 13-14 soft but unbranched rays; first dorsal fin
consisting of weak spiny rays absent. Anal fin similar to dorsal fin in size
and location, with 13-14 rays. Pelvic and pectoral fins not connected
through membrane. Preopercular bony process with three to four
odontoid spines along upper margin and one spine directed forward in
shape of cusp near base of process on lower margin.

Opercular dermal valve present, formed by outgrown branchiostegal
membranes supported by elongate rays, and continues backward up to
base of pectoral fins. Gill opening in form of narrow slit located laterally
on head near upper end of base of valve.

1 species along the Pacific coast of Japan, in the Sea of Japan (Pos’et),
and in the Yellow Sea.

1. Draculo mirabilis Snyder, 1911—Weever (Figure 161)

Draculo mirabilis Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 40, 1911: 545
(Tomakomai, Hokkaido). Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 42, 1912: 447, pl.
61, fig. 2. Lindberg, Tr. Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 18, 1955: 385-388.
Zhang et al., Ryby Zaliva Bokhai..., 1955: 179, fig. 114. Arai, Japan. J.
Ichthyol., 18, 1, 1971: 33-35, fig. 5.

32193. Pos’et, in Peter the Great Bay. December 6, 1948. O.B.
Mokievskii. 1 specimen.

_ Since this species is very rare, we provide a description of our
specimen.

*In S. ijimai only (see Figure 185)—General Editor.

208

262

Dil3pAg4: Pils: Valo d:

Head and anterior part of trunk flat and broad; body depth slightly less
than width; caudal part of body compressed laterally, especially in region
of caudal peduncle; height of latter 3 times width. Skin thin, smooth,
especially on head. Margins of nostrils slightly raised. Mouth
semisuperior, small; posterior margin of upper jaw does not reach vertical
from anterior margin of eye; both sides of lower lip with group of fairly
long papillae originating from center, which resemble teeth or festoons of
fimbria directed not downward but upward in direction of upper jaw.
Teeth small, arranged in narrow bands on jaws; vomer and palatines
without teeth. Gill openings very narrow, located laterally on head near
upper end of base of transparent dermal process, i.e., opercular valve_
supported by rays of branchiostegal membranes which extend to base of
pectoral fin. Preopercular bony process with 4 large odontoid spines on
upper margin, and 1 small spine directed forward on lower margin. Lateral
line mediolateral, with sparse wide-set pores, and distinctly visible
throughout length from occiput to caudal fin. Line slopes downward
above middle of pectoral fins and continues further along middle of body.
Short branches proceed from main lateral line; one of the larger branches
originates near base of dorsal fin and is directed backward and upward on
dorsal surface of caudal peduncle, where it fuses with branch of opposite
side; two other branches fuse on occiput; one branch on each side
originates near head with another branch proceeding from it toward
margin of operculum.

Dorsal and anal fins originate at vertical from immediately behind
vent; predorsal distance slightly less than postdorsal. Middle rays of both
fins almost equal in height, constituting 1/3 head length; posterior rays
of anal fin when folded extend slightly beyond base of caudal fin. Caudal
fin slightly rounded, and not pointed as indicated by Snyder, but
otherwise corresponds to his figure (Snyder 1912, pl. 61, fig. 2).
Pectoral fins pointed, continue beyond vertical from origin of dorsal and
anal fins. Longest ray of pelvic fin the penultimate (fourth branched ray),
and not the last ray as mentioned by Snyder; fin free, fused with neither
pectoral fin nor skin of trunk.

In our specimen preserved in alcohol, the basic background color was
chocolate-brown, on which minute dark spots were distinctly visible and
scattered along dorsal surface of body, tail, and rays (upper) of dorsal,
caudal, and partly pectoral fins. Description of larvae and young fish
already published (Kobayashi and Abe, 1963).

Standard length of our specimen 36 mm.

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan reported from Pos’et (Lindberg, 1955:
386), where it was caught in the sandy littoral zone. In the Yellow Sea
reported for the southwest coast of the Korean Peninsula, Cholla Pukdo

263

‘(rI61 ‘Uosdwoyy pue Ueplof) WW CE, WIBUET ‘snoiuax sdyjyoimudjo> ‘ZOT ens

.

907

209

264

Province (Mori, 1952: 133) and for Beidaihe in Liodun Bay (Zhang et al.,
1955: 179). In Japan known from the Pacific coast of Hokkaido, where it
was caught on the sandy coast near Tomakomai, east of Muroran.

[Genus Calymmichthys Jordan and Thompson, 1914]°

Calymmichthys Jordan and Thompson, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 6, 4,
1914: 296 (type: C. xenicus Jordan and Thompson).

Differs from other genera of the family in thin dermal fold on side of
body (not shown in drawing given by authors), which extends from apex
of pectoral fin up to base of caudal fin. Japanese authors mistook this
fold for a second lateral line. Conical process of upper jaw quite typical,
which projects out near corner of mouth and is directed downward (Figure
162). Gill opening equal in size to pupil and located near upper corner
of operculum.

1 species, C. xenicus Jordan and Thompson, 1914, known from the
Pacific coast of Japan.

2. Genus Callionymus Linné, 1758—Dragonets

Callionymus Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. X, pt. I, 1758: 249 (type: C.
lyra Linné).

Calliurichthys Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1903: 941
(type: C. japonicus Jordan and Fowler).

Two dorsal fins. First dorsal with 3-4 weak spines, second with 9-11
rays. Body and head extremely flat. Opercular valve, conical process of
upper jaw, and longitudinal dermal fold below lateral line not present.
Gill opening located on dorsal side of head. Spine in form of cusp directed
forward present on lower side of bony process of preopercle; upper side
of process minutely serrate or with large bent spines tapering to a point,
or terminates in a hook. Soft rays of dorsal fin simple, only last ray
branched. Last ray of pelvic fin connected through membrane with base
of pectoral fin.

Many species. In waters of Japan 16 species known, of which 10
reported from the Sea of Japan.

Key to Species of Genus Callionymus’

1 ( 4).. Preopercular bony process saber-shaped, straight, with pointed
tip; upper margin minutely dentate or serrate (Figure 159, A).
2 ( 3). 2 bony, radially tubercular plates or processes behind eyes on

°This genus is included in the synonym of Diplogrammus Gill, 1865 (Schultz et al., 1960:
399).
’From Ochiai et-al., 1955, with additions.

209

= ea

cp tee 8

5 (0),

265

ho
)

Figure 163. Callionymus japonicus. Head, dorsal view. No. 22851. Japan.

upper surface of head (Figure 163); space between plates
covered with smooth skin.* Second dorsal fin with 9 and anal fin
with 8 soft rays (last ray in both fins bifurcate). First dorsal fin
with black spot between 3rd and 4th rays; first 2 rays of this fin in
male elongate, filamentous (Figure 166). Thorax of male with
atk SPGt: Wh ou) a dea aie 1. C. japonicus Houttuyn.
Upper surface of head smooth or two plates of tubercles barely
defined, touch each other, and distinguishable in dry specimen
under high magnification. Second dorsal fin and anal fin with 9
rays each. First dorsal fin without black spot; all rays in adult fish
elongate (Figure 167). Lower side of head in male light-
GODT. a2 shes chk es nde ot 2. C. doryssus (Jordan and Fowler).
Preopercular bony process with falcate tip; upper margin armed
with three or more large curved spines (Figure 159, B).
Second dorsal fin with 8 and anal fin with 7 soft rays (last
ray in both fins bifurcate). Additional branch not present on
dorsal side of caudal peduncle connecting lateral lines of
opposite sides of body. Eyes relatively moderate in size, about
25% of head length.’ Male, in distinction from female, with
filamentous rays in first dorsal fin (Figure 168). .............
ET ae Sae eRRORRN AS Orie 3. C. calliste Jordan and Fowler.

8In Callionymus variegatus Temminck and Schlegel from southern Japan, plates fused

into single structure.

°The closely related species, C. phasis Giinther, known from off the coast of Ehime

Prefecture, is distinguished by larger eyes—33% of head length.

209

210

266

Figure 164. Callionymus punctatus. Connection of lateral lines on upper
surface of caudal peduncle. No. 23580. Japan.

Gnu):

TCS):

Bae

9 (10).

10 ( 9).

P25:
12 (13).

13 (12).

14 (15).

15 (14).
16 (17).

This

Second dorsal and anal fin with 9 soft rays each (last ray
in both fins bifurcate). Additional branch present on dorsal side
of caudal peduncle connecting lateral lines of opposite sides of
body (Figure 164).”°

Preopercular bony process fairly stout, with 5-6 pointed
spines along upper margin. Head flat, its width more than length.
First dorsal fin of male with dark pattern of numerous dense
broken lines and dots (Figure 170), and in female with minute
dark Spots: (Rigune ii IAs) cee ye ae) ee 4. C. planus Ochiai.
Preopercular bony process rather thin, with 3-4 pointed spines
along upper margin. Head moderately flat, width equal to less
than length.

Last spine of preopercular bony process serrate (Figure 173,
a). Male with 2 middle rays of caudal fin distinctly elongate.
gh ge tag Re NAN a ali A Seana i Ae 5. C. kaianus Ginther.
Last spine of preopercular bony process not serrate. Rays
of caudal fin not elongate, but if so almost all and not just middle
2 elongate.

Genital papilla elongate (male) (Figure 165, A).

Rays of caudal fin (middle 5) elongate-filamentous. Rays of
first dorsal fin (except second ray) highly elongate-filamentous
CEispre yi ye ee 6. C. flagris Jordan and Fowler.
Rays of caudal fin filamentous (not elongate or only slightly
SO).

Rays of first dorsal fin not elongate. In male upper margin
of membranes of first dorsal fin with characteristic coloration in
form of narrow black stripe of crescent-shaped spots (Figure 176,
A), and in female with oval black spots on membrane between
Sedsand 4th rayst (Pigure: 176, Bye... oe uses eee an a
pall, sipmbed ns Mabel ga tndema dames Men dad bei) AO he, 7. C. punctatus Richardson.
All or some rays of first dorsal fin elongate-filamentous.
Only first ray of first dorsal fin elongate-filamentous; other
rays without notable elongation (Figures 177 and 178, A);

connection is not shown in most illustrations.

210

211

17 (16).
18 (21).

19 (20).

20 (19).

21 (18).

22 (11).

23 (30).

267

Figure 165. Difference between male and female of Callionymus. No.

23580. Tsuruga.

Urogenital papilla: A—male; B—female.

blackish spot present on membrane behind last ray.........

We ca addee Si SOLED o Le 8. C. lunatus Temminck and Schlegel.
All rays of first dorsal fin more or less elongate-filamentous.
Anterior 2 rays of first dorsal fin longer than others. Membrane
between rays of first dorsal fin same height or even lower than
membrane between rays of second dorsal fin. Diameter of eye
equal to or slightly less than snout length.

Three middle rays of caudal fin longer than others (Figure
179). Posterior rays of dorsal and anal fins continue up to base of
caudal fin and even slightly further. Large black spots not
present on first dorsal fin; anal fin dull or black, with numerous
ODMduC SINUOUS While MUMNCS) C0 Ss co.cc aes hans samed.

He cr erm 2) 2th FS 9. C. beniteguri Jordan and Snyder.
Caudal fin uniformly rounded (Figure 181). Posterior rays of
dorsal and anal fins do not reach base of caudal fin. Several
blackish spots present on first dorsal fin; anal fin light-colored
DUE OULGE GUAR GIE DIACW, SPONGE Ss cued cca ak cee cedae ca

Ths Ra Se . 10. C. valenciennesi Temminck and Schlegel.
All rays of first dorsal fin very highly elongate (Figure
182); membrane between rays almost twice higher, than mem-
brane between rays of second dorsal fin; membrane of last ray
slightly attached to base of first ray of second dorsal fin.
Diameter of, evermore than snout length.....)............ 2.

ALR ICN Pee ane Ae OMe sf 11. C. virgis Jordan and Fowler.
Genital papilla very short or rudimentary (female) (Figure
165, B).

Last rays of dorsal and anal fins when latter folded against
body, do not reach base of caudal fin.

212

268
24 (25).

25 (24).

26 (29).
27 (28).

28 (27).

29 (26).

30023)

HLHG2):

32 (31).

Rays of first dorsal fin more or less elongate-filamentous,
first ray longest, and when fin folded against body, reaches base
of second dorsal fin (Figure 175). Anal fin pale..............
ny Se AN ae nee ab de 6. C. flagris Jordan and Fowler.
Rays of first dorsal fin not elongate except first ray, which
does not reach, or barely reaches base of first ray in second dorsal
fin.

First dorsal fin uniformly dark (Figure 178, B).

Eyes moderate in size; their diameter almost equal to snout
length. Weak dark stripe continues along midpoint of anal fin

Chigure 7 Sk) yee an. 8. C. lunatus Temminck and Schlegel.
Eyes fairly large; their diameter more than snout length.
Anal fin with dark stripe. ...11. C. virgis Jordan and Fowler.

First dorsal fin with dark crescent-shaped spot on membrane
between second and third ray; similar spot but larger on
membrane between 3rd and 4th rays (Figure 184). ..........
SAE TAG eT aiaSs eet phy 12. [C. kitaharai Jordan and Seale].
Last rays of dorsal and anal fins in adults’’ when fins
folded against body, reach base of caudal fin. Anal fin dull.

First dorsal fin with numerous very large dark speckles and
large white spots on membranes between Ist and 3rd rays
(Figure 180, A); rest of fin uniformly dark.......: 9 Sees
heats) cuatisbaca: cE eee ate 9. C. beniteguri Jordan and Snyder.
First dorsal fin with large blackish spot on membrane between
3rd.and) Ath) rays ((Pigune: (vi6oiB)o 29.0. SOL es
BRC MM Oe MME Rte: We AE 9E/2 9) 3 7. C. punctatus Richardson.

1. Callionymus japonicus Houttuyn, 1782—Japanese Dragonet

(Figure 166)

Callionymus japonicus Houttuyn, Verh. Maatsch., Wet. Harlem, 20,
1782: 311 (Nagasaki). Ochiai et al., Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., V, 1, 1955:
98 (synonyms).

Callionymus reevesi Richardson, Voy. Sulphur, Fishes, 1844: 60, pl.

36, figs.

1-3 (Canton).

Callionymus longicaudatus Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica,
Poiss., 1845: 151, pl. 79A, fig. 1 (Nagasaki).

Calliurichthys japonicus, Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25,
1903: 942, fig. 2. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 154, fig. 456 (color
diagram). E

Tn females 37 and 74 mm long examined by us, rays of the dorsal fin, and more so the
anal, did not reach base of the caudal fin, although these specimens undoubtedly belong to
C. punctatus on the basis of the typical spot on the first dorsal fin and other characters.

269

(Sp81 ‘[9821yog pur yourmway) urder “ww ogz y8u07 ‘JouoseIp asaueder

—snojuodnl snuduoyjvy “99 ] ainsi

8 4

270

1568. Japan. 1863. Maksimovich. 1 specimen.

22851. Nagasaki. February-March, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 10 specimens.

22852. Kagosima. February 21, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 2 specimens.

D IV, 9-10; A 8-9; P 18-21 (19.5) (Ochiai et al., 1955). In our 13
specimens with a standard length of 70-180 mm: D IV, 9; A 8.

Preopercular bony process strong, pointed, straight (Figure 159, A),
equal in length to diameter of eye; upper margin of process serrate or
minutely dentate. This species differs from other species with a similar
process in presence of 2 well-separated radially tubercular bony processes
on top of head. In male, first two rays of first dorsal fin filamentous,
much longer than head, but distinctly shorter than twice its length. Bright
black spot occurs between 3rd and 4th rays. Four middle rays of caudal
fin also large, elongate, and almost equal to snout-to-vent length. In
female, rays of first dorsal fin short and tips not filaments. Middle rays of
caudal fin elongate, longest shorter than snout-to-vent length. Sexual
dimorphism distinctly developed only in fish longer than 90 mm (standard
length). Radially patterned bony tubercles on upper side of head in young
fish poorly developed or absent.

Length, to 420 mm (Ochiai et al., 1955).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Pusan (Mori, 1952: 133);
Aomori (Katoh et al., 1956: 22); Wakasa Bay (Takegawa and Morino,
1970: 382); and San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 22). Along the Pacific coast
of Japan recovered from the central southern part of Honshu (Matsubara,
1955: 712); South China Sea (Zhu et al., 1962: 727); northeast coast of
Australia, near Queensland and Indian coast to the Persian Gulf
(Beaufort and Chapman, 1951: 54).

2. Callionymus doryssus (Jordan and Fowler, 1903) (Figure 167)

Calliurichthys doryssus Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25,
1903: 945, fig. 4. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 154, fig. 455.

Callionymus doryssus, Ochiai et al., Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., V,
1, 1955: 102 (synonyms).

22848. Tsuruga. September 3, 1917. V. Rozhkovskii. 1 specimen.

22849. Misaki. April, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 5 specimens.

22850. Nagasaki. February 17, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1 specimen.

D IV, 9; A 9-10; P 18-20 (19.2) (Ochiai et al., 1955).

In our specimens with a standard length of 43-110 mm: D IV, 9; A 9.

Differs from C. japonicus in presence of 9 rays in anal fin and skin
naked on head, without or with very poorly developed tubercles. In male,
first ray of first dorsal fin very long, longer than twice head length,
and when fin folded to body almost extends beyond end of base of second
fin; second and third rays of first dorsal fin gradually reduce in length.
First dorsal fin without black spot. Caudal fin distinctly longer than

‘(€Q6L ‘Jo[MOY pure Uepsos) ueder “Ww Og, YIBUST ‘snsstiop snuduoljjoD “L9{ 21N3I4 €1Z

214

272

head. In female, rays of first dorsal fin although elongate-filamentous
much shorter than head length. Caudal fin moderate, slightly longer than
head length. Eyes of young fish fairly large, their diameter longer than
snout. Rays of first dorsal fin not elongate in female [sic], with filamentous
tips in male.

Length, to 184 mm (Ochiai et al., 1955).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Hakodate (Snyder,
1912: 446); Aomori (Jordan and Fowler, 1903: 947); Toyama Bay
(Katayama, 1940: 24); Tsuruga Bay (Shmidt, 1913b: 141); Wakasa Bay
(Takewaga and Morino, 1970: 382); and San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 23).
In the Yellow Sea found off Cheju-do Island (Uchida and Yabe, 1939: 13).
Along the Pacific coast of Japan found from Sangaru Strait to Nagasaki

’ (Matsubara, 1955: 712).

3. Callionymus calliste Jordan and Fowler, 1903 (Figures 168 and 169).
Callionymus calliste Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1903:
954, fig. 8 (Misaki). Shmidt, Tr. Tikhookeansk Kom. Akad. Nauk SSSR,
1931: 143, fig. 26. Ochiai et al., Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., V, 1, 1955: 104.

22859. Misaki. April 11, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 7 specimens.

D IV, 8; A 7; P 17 (Ochiai et al., 1955). In our 7 specimens with a
standard length of 36-62 mm: D IV, 8; A 7; P 17. Differs from closely
related species with curved preopercular bony process in smaller number
of rays in second dorsal (8) and anal (7) fins versus 9 and 9 respectively,
and absence of additional branch in lateral line on dorsal side of caudal
peduncle. Female differs significantly from male (Figures 168 and 169).

Length, to 100 mm (Jordan and Fowler, 1903).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Otaru (Katoh et al.,
1956: 321) and San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 22). Along the Pacific coast

‘of Japan— Misaki (Matsubara, 1955: 712) and Nagasaki (Katoh et al., 1956:

a2)

4. Callionymus planus Ochiai, 1955 (Figure 170)

,Callionymus planus Ochiai et al., Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., V, 1,
1955: 106 (Aichi Prefecture).

DilV, 93) AQP 211s 10:

Differs from other species with apically curved (not straight)
preopercular process in shape and size of same. Process in this species
very thick, broad, and with larger number of pointed spines (5-6 versus
3-4) along upper margin (Figure 171). Furthermore, pelvic fins with
rather characteristic broad base, insert in front of posterior margin of
preopercle. Color of first dorsal fin of male and female also serves as a
distinguishing character.

Length, to 135 mm (Ochiai et al., 1955).

‘(€O61 “J9|MO4 pure uepior) ueder “Wu cg YISUET “ale ‘a7S1JJ]D9 snwudAuoljjvD “gg{ 21N3I4 SIZ

i aod mas +55 da
= gC > Saree te — ;
———4 Soe so ala * "eee ‘ri Os tae
Sanam we esa
= a he
5; b

‘(SS6I “Ie 19 leIyoO) wu 3) nai
leryoO) L
86 WIsUs] plepurig ‘oe ‘snuvjd snuduoyjog ‘QL { 31 3
] , !

. —_

——
_—— a,
= TE ar = =

917

217

Zi

275

5 mm B

Eb E

Figure 171. Callionymus planus (Ochiai et al., 1955).
A—head of male, dorsal view; B—first dorsal fin, female; C—preopercular
process, female; D—same, male; E—anal fin, female.

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Wakasa Bay (Takegawa
and Morino, 1970: 382). Known from the Pacific coast of Honshu in Aichi
Prefecture and in Kishu Province (Matsubara, 1955: 712).

5. Callionymus kaianus Ginther, 1879 (Figure 172)

Callionymus kaianus Giinther, Rep. Challenger Exp., Zool., 6 (1879)
1880: 44, pl. 19, fig. 6 (Japan). Weber and Beaufort, in: Beaufort and
Chapman, Fish. Indo-Austr., Arch., IX, 1951: 66, fig. 12. Ochiai et al.,
Publ. Seto,Mar. Biol. Lab., V, 1, 1955: 111, figs. 8, 9.

D IV, 9; A 9; P 18-21 (19.5); C 10.

Differs from other species with curved preopercular process in
presence of small serration on posteriormost spine (Figure 173, a) and
highly enlarged middle two rays of caudal fin.

Length, to 171.5 mm (Ochiai et al., 1955).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Tsushima Islands (Arai
and Abe, 1970: 91). Pacific coast of Japan in the south up to Indonesia
(Matsubara, 1955: 713).

6. Callionymus flagris Jordan and Fowler, 1903
(Figures 174 and 175)

Callionymus flagris Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1903:
952, fig. 7 (lokogama). Ochiai et al., Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., V,

‘(SS6I “Te 19 leo) URdes ‘Ww 16 ISU] PlepuLI ‘o]e “SnUDIDY snUAUOI]]DD “ZL{ 24IN3IA RIZ

par

277

‘(C061 ‘19[MOJ pue Ueplor) Uedef “WW OT] YISUa] piepuRIg susv/f snuduoljvD “pLI o1nsiy

‘UoleUap—e sajeWaj ‘uly [epPNeo—J ‘ayewWoy ‘uly [eUe—g ‘o[eWoj ‘Ul [esIOP JsIIJ—q ‘oleu ‘awWes—> ‘o[eWoy ‘ssao01d 1e[noJadosid—g pue vy

‘(SS6I “Ie 10 IeIYIQ) Snuvivy snuduoljoD ‘¢/] 91NBI4

617

617

220

278

————!
F ——___ 10 mm
3mm

. Figure 175. Callionymus flagris (Ochiai et al., 1955).

A-—dorsal fin, male; B—same, female; C—anal fin, male; D—same, female;
E—preopercular process, female; F—same, male; G—caudal fin, female;
H-—same, male.

1, 1955: 114, fig. 11 (synonyms). Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 153,
fig. 453 (color figure). Zhu et al., Ryby Yazhno-Kitaiskogo Morya, 1962:
125, fe S87:

23120. Obama. N. Grebenitskii. 1 specimen.

D IV, 7-9 (8.8); A 9-10 (9.1) (Ochiai et al., 1955).

In our specimen with a standard length of 102 mm: D IV, 9; A 9.

Males of this species, as in other closely related species, usually with
9 rays each in second dorsal and anal fins, and an additional branch in
lateral line on dorsal side of caudal peduncle. This species differs from
others, however, in presence of 6 greatly elongate-filamentous middle
rays of caudal fin, as well as elongate rays of first dorsal fin (excluding
short second ray). It differs from C. calliste in larger number of rays
in second dorsal (9 versus 8) and anal fins (9 versus 7), as well as presence
of an additional branch on dorsal side of caudal peduncle, connecting
lateral lines of both sides of body. Females differ from males in elongation

218

279

of second ray of first dorsal fin and first ray when fin folded to body
reaching base of second dorsal fin.

Length, to 190 mm (Jordan and Fowler, 1903).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Hakodate (Snyder, 1912:
447); Aomori, Tsuruga (Jordan and Fowler, 1903: 952, fig. 7); Sado Island,
Toyama Bay (Katoh et al., 1956: 321); and San’in region (Mori, 1956a:
22). South China Sea (Zhu et al., 1962: 725). Not found in the Yellow
Sea, but possibly occurs there since listed in the fauna of the South
China Sea (Zhu et al., 1962: 725) and in the fauna of the Korean
peninsular coast (Chyung, 1961: 2). Found along the Pacific coast of Japan
from Aomori to Nagasaki (Jordan and Fowler, 1903: 952).

7. Callionymus punctatus Richardson, 1846 (Figure 176)

Platycephalus punctatus (only name given).””

Callionymus japonicus (non Houttuyn) Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist.
Nat. Poiss., 12, 1837: 299 (specimen of Langsdorf, Japan).

Callionymus punctatus Richardson, Rep. British Assoc. Adv. Sci., for
(1845) 1846: 210 (specimen of Langsdorf, according to Cuvier and
Valenciennes, 1837). Boeseman, Revision. .., 1947: 132, 133 (Nos. 2079b
and 1011). Ochiai et al., Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., V, 1, 1955: 116, fig. 12
(synonyms, bibliography).

Callionymus richardsoni Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., 6, 1854:
414 (Nagasaki). Jordan and Hubbs, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 10, 2, 1925: 317.
Shmidt and Lindberg, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1930: 1150. Shmidt, Izv.
Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1931: 122; Tr. Tikhookeansk, Kom. Akad. Nauk SSSR,
2, 1931: 143. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 153, fig. 451 (color
figure).

Callionymus valenciennesi (non Temminck and Schlegel) Jordan and
Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1903: 950, fig. 6 (=C. punctatus, see
Boeseman, 1947: 132); and others.

1226. Japan. 1862. V. Schlegel. 1 specimen.

22855. Nagasaki. January-February, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 6 specimens.

22856. Misaki. April, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 5 specimens.

22991. Tsuruga. September, 1917. V. Rozhkovskii. 6 specimens.

22992. Tsuruga. September, 1917. V. Rozhkovskii. 1 specimen.

23118. Nagasaki. December, 1897. A. Bunge. 4 specimens.

23119. Obama. March 18, 1903. V. Rozhkovskii. 1 specimen.

23563. Tsuruga. August, 1917. V. Rozhkovskii. 2 specimens.

23580. Tsuruga. September, 1917. V. Rozhkovskii. 6 specimens.

28313. Nagasaki. March. 1901. V. Rozhkovskii. 6 specimens.

D IV, 8-10 (9.0); A 8-10 (9.0); P 17-22 (19.2); C 10 (Ochiai et al.,

Name given on label of specimen from Japan presented by G.H. Langsdorf to the Berlin
Museum.

220

222

280

S

DHiva P
\ : e YS

5 mm

Figure 176. Callionymus punctatus (Ochiai et al., 1955).

A—dorsal fin, male; B—same, female; C—caudal fin, female; D—same, male;
E—anal fin, male; F—same, female; G—preopercular process, male; H—same,
female.

1955). In our 20 specimens with a standard length of 12 to 174 mm: DIV,
8 (4 specimens), 9 (13), 10 (3); A 8 (2)-9 (18); P 17 (16)-18 (4).

Included in group of species with terminally curved preopercular
bony process, additional branch of lateral line on dorsal side of caudal
fin, and higher number of rays in anal/fin (not 7, but 8-10). Males of
this species characterized by absence of filamentous rays of caudal fin.
First dorsal fin also without elongate-filamentous rays.

In adult females last rays of dorsal and anal fins, when fin folded to
body, extend to base of caudal fin; in females 31 and 74 mm long these
rays shorter and an important character in their identification is the
characteristic large oval black spot on membrane of dorsal fin between
3rd and 4th rays. Nature of coloration of fins in male and female shown in
Figure 176, A-F.

Length, to 222 mm (Ochiai et al., 1955).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Pusan (Mori, 1952: 132);
Hakodate (Ochiai et al., 1955: 117); Sado Island (Honma, 1952: 132);
Niigata (Honma and Kitami, 1970: 71); Tsuruga (Shmidt and Lindberg,
1930: 1150); Wakasa Bay (Takegawa and Morino, 1970: 382); and San’in
region (Mori, 1956a: 22). In the Yellow Sea reported from the Gulf of
Chihli (Bohai). Along the Pacific coast of Japan distributed from the
central part of Honshu southward (Matsubara, 1955: 714). South China
Sea (Zhu et al., 1962: 724). Coasts of northern Australia (Johnson, 1971:
115).

223

224

281

8. Callionymus lunatus Temminck and Schlegel, 1845

(Figures 177 and 178)

Callionymus lunatus Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss.,
1845: 155, pl. 78, fig. 4 (Nagasaki, male): Ochiai et al., Publ. Seto Mar.
Biol. Lab., V, 1, 1955: 120, fig. 14 (synonyms). Abe, Enc. Zool., 2., Fishes,
1958: 152, fig. 450 (color figure).

22854. Kyushu Island, Pacific coast. Pepraaty, Rony: P.Yu. Shmidt. 3
specimens.

22857. Nagasaki. February, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1 specimen.

D IV-V, 8-10 (9.0); A 8-9; P 18-21 (19.7); C 10 (Ochiai et al., 1955).
In our 4 specimens with a standard length of 100-123 mm: DIV, 9; A 9;
Poros 10:

In males of this species only first ray of first dorsal fin highly
elongate and black spot located on membrane of last ray. In females first
ray of first dorsal fin only slightly elongate and spot not present in
fin (Figure 178, B); diameter of eye almost equal to snout cena

Length, to 210 mm (Abe, 1958: 152).

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known from Pusan (Mori, 1952: 132);
from Hakodate to Nagasaki (Jordan, Tanaka and Snyder, 1913: 374); Sado
Island (Honma, 1952: 225); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 24); Wakasa
Bay (Takegawa and Morino, 1970: 382); and San’in region (Mori, 1956a:
22). Along the Pacific coast of Japan found everywhere around Hokkaido
and Honshu (Matsubara, 1955: 713).

9. Callionymus beniteguri Jordan and Snyder, 1900

(Figures 179 and 180)

Callionymus beniteguri Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 23,
1900: 370, pl. XVII (Tokyo). Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25,
1903: 956. Ochiai et al., Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., V, 1, 1955: 123, figs. 16,
17 (synonyms). Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 152, fig. 449 (color
figure).

D IV, 8-9; A 9; P 18-22 (19.8); C 10 (Ochiai et al., 1955).

In males the first two rays of first dorsal fin elongate. Three middle
rays of caudal fin equal in length and distinctly longer than others.
Posterior rays of second dorsal and anal fins in adult males and females
reach base of caudal fin. Females with black spot in membrane between
3rd and 4th rays and membrane itself dark (Figure 180, A). i

Length, to 250 mm (Abe, 1955).

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known from Otaru, Hakodate, Aomori
(Jordan and Fowler, 1903: 956); coasts of Akita Prefecture (Ochiai et
al., 1955: 124); Sado Island (Honma, 1952: 226); Maidzuru (Ochiai et al.,
1955: 124); Wakasa Bay (Morino, 1970: 382); and San’in region (Mori,
1956a: 22). In the Yellow Sea reported from the Gulf of Chihli (Bohai)

282

‘(Sp81 ‘TeseTYos pue yourwuloy) uedef “Ww cc] YIZUE] plepuLig ‘snivUN] snuduoljDD ~LL] 21N3I4

G6

222

283

Figure. 178. Callionymus lunatus (Ochiai et al., 1955).

A-—dorsal fin, male; B—same, female; C—caudal fin, male; D—same, female;
E—anal fin, male; F—same, female; G—preopercular process, male; H—same,
female.

(Zhang et al., 1955: 182). Near the Pacific coast of Japan found from
Hokkaido to Nagasaki (Matsubara, 1855: 714). Also noted for the coast of
China (Zhu et al., 1963: 387).

10. Callionymus valenciennesi Temminck and Schlegel, 1845
(Figure 181)

Callionymus valenciennesi Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica,
Poiss., 1845: 153, pl. 78, fig. 3 (Nagasaki). Ochiai et al., Publ. Seto Mar.
Biol. Lab., V, 1955: 126.

D IV, 9; A 9 or 8; VI, 5; P 18; C 10 (Temminck and Schlegel, 1845).

Differs from C. beniteguri by rounded caudal fin, shorter posterior
rays of second dorsal and anal fins, which do not reach base of caudal
fin, and presence of blackish spots on first dorsal fin.

Length 155 mm, based on figure (Temminck and Schlegel, 1845).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan probably absent, since all earlier
records according to Ochiai et al. (1955: 114, 116) and our data, belong
either to C. flagris or C. punctatus. However, 15 years after the
work of Ochiai, this species was reported from Wakasa Bay Taker awve and
Morino, 1970: 382).

11. Callionymus virgis Jordan and Fowler, 1903 eon 182 and 183)

Callionymus virgis Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1903:
957, fig. 9. Ochiai et al., Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., V, 1, 1955: 126,
figs. 18, 19. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 153, fig. 452 (color figure).

284

(SS6I “Ie 19 lemy9Q) ueder ‘ww OCI WISU2] Pilepurig WnZaj1ueq sniuduoljoD “6LI 2IN3I1y

€CC

224

227

285

10 mm A D.

‘ 2mm
‘
Figure 180. Callionymus beniteguri (Ochiai et al., 1955).

A-—dorsal fin, female; B—caudal fin, female; C—preopercular process, female;
D-same, male.

36448. Yellow Sea, Tsingtao. June 7, 1957. E.F. Gur’yanova. 1
specimen.

D IV, 8-10 (9); A 8-10 (9); P 17-21 (19); C 10 (Ochiai et al., 1955).
In our specimens: D IV, 10; A 10.

A fairly characteristic feature of the male in this species is a very
high membrane between the elongate-filamentous rays of the first dorsal
fin; its height almost twice exceeds height of membrane between rays of
second dorsal fin. Diameter of eye less than snout length.

Length 110 mm (Abe, 1955).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Wakasa Bay and the
coastal prefectures Kyoto and Hyogo (Ochiai, 1955: 127) and San’in
region (Mori, 1956a: 22). Along the Pacific coast of Japan known from
Misaki and Koti (Matsubara, 1955: 714). Reported from the coast of China
in the East China Sea (Zhu et al., 1963: 386). Our specimens from
Tsingtao.

12. [Callionymus kitaharai Jordan and Seale, 1906] (Figure 184)
Callionymus kitaharai Jordan and Seale, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 30,
1906: 148, fig. 6 (Nagasaki). Ochiai et al., Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., V,
1, 1955: 129. Zhang et al., Ryby Zaliva Bokhai..., 1955: 181.
36447. Yellow Sea, Tsingtao. June 23, 1957. P.V. Ushakov. 7 specimens.
D IV, 9; A 9 (Jordan and Seale, 1906).
Length of head 3.55 times and depth 9 times in standard length; eyes

‘(Sp8I ‘Te8eTYoS pue YourmMUMo]) ueder wu QZ] YIZUS] plepuRIg ysauUaloUajvA SnuduOlJYD “[gT eINBIA S77

Figure 182. Callionymus virgis. Standard length 55 mm. Japan (Jordan and Fowler, 1903).

226

227

228

288

7mm

Figure 183. Callionymus virgis (Ochiai et al., 1955).

A-—dorsal fin, male; B—same, female; C—caudal fin, male; D—same, female;
E—preopercular process, female; F—same, male.

2.5 times and snout 3 times in head length. Preopercular bony process
with 4 bent spines on upper margin and one spine directed forward on
lower margin. Distance between tips of preopercular processes of opposite
sides equal to head length. Depth of head equal to diameter of orbit. Head
pointed toward front. Mouth small, with small teeth. Gill openings in
form of small opening near upper margin of opercular bone. First dorsal
fin low; first ray longest, barely exceeding diameter of eye; fin triangular;
subsequent rays reduce gradually. Length of pectoral fin 1.4 times, pelvic
fins 1.5 times, and caudal fin 1.1 times in head length (Jordan and Seale,
1906: 148).

Described on the basis of 1 specimen about 40 mm long, caught in
Nagasaki Harbor.

Our collection from Tsingtao included 7 small specimens (L 20-25
mm), which almost completely correspond to the description of C.

289

(9061

‘

a[eog pue Uepios) Uedes “WW QP YISUS] PlepuLIS WDuDYDIIyY Snwduol]DD

we — mae.
=

p8I einsiy

8CC

229

290

kitaharai: DIV, 9 (5 specimens)-10 (2 specimens); A 9 (7 specimens). The
teeth on the bony process of the preopercle in our specimens fully
correspond to the characteristic shape and arrangement in the type
specimen of this species.

Length, to 82 mm (Zhang et al., 1955).

Distribution: Not found in the Sea of Japan. In the Yellow Sea known
from off the coast of Liaoning, Hebei, and Shantung Provinces (Zhang et
al., 1955: 182). Reported from the western coast of the Korean Peninsula
(Mori, 1952: 132). Our specimens from Tsingtao. For the Pacific coast
of Japan reported from Nagasaki (Matsubara, 1955: 714), from where it
was first described.

3. Genus Synchiropus Gill, 1859—Mandarin Dragonet

Synchiropus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 11 (1859) 1860: 129
(type: Callionymus lateralis Richardson, design. by Jordan, 1919: 290).
Fowler, Synopsis..., 12, 1959: 92. Beaufort and Chapman, Fish. Indo-
Austr. Arch., [X, 1951: 70. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
ql

Head and body cylindrical but slightly flat toward front and compressed
in caudal part. Preopercular bony process without spine directed toward
tip of snout on lower margin. Opercular dermal valve formed by
overgrown branchiostegal membrane not present. First dorsal fin with 4
slender spines; second dorsal fin with 8-9 rays, all rays except first
branched; anal fin with 7-8 rays, of which only last ray branched, others
unbranched. Last ray of pelvic fin attached by membrane with base of
pectoral fin. Caudal fin cut truncate or barely rounded (Fowler, 1959: 92).

About ten species in the tropical and subtropical parts of the Indian
and Pacific oceans. 5 species off the coast of Japan, of which 2 found
in the Sea of Japan.

Key to Species of Genus Synchiropus

1 (2). Pectoral fins with 18 rays. Rays of spiny dorsal fin almost equal in
length, and membrane between rays deeply notched. Second
dorsal fin with 5 broad oblique dark stripes. Bases of dorsal fins
touchweachwothern es. 26% 1. S. ijimai Jordan and Thompson.

2 (1). Pectoral fins with 19-21 rays. Rays of spiny fin not equal in length,
first ray very high, and subsequent rays reduce gradually; mem-
brane between rays without deep notches. Second dorsal fin very
high with 6 narrow stripes brick-red in color. Bases of dorsal fins
WIDE =SeUMIR ne hasnt 2. S. altivelis (Temminck and Schlegel).

‘(p16] ‘UOsdwoy] pue uepsor) ueder “Ww cg YIBUE] PIepuR}S WOWIf sndosyoudy ‘Cg{ s1n3I4

0£C

‘(Sp8I ‘Te89TYoS pue yourwmwmoe]) ueder ‘ww Qc] yISUs] pIepuLIg “syjaaujy sndosyoudy gg] 91n31q 1€Z

N
loa)
N

232

293

1. Synchiropus ijimai Jordan and Thompson, 1914 (Figure 185)

Synchiropus ijimae Jordan and Thompson, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 6, 4,
1914: 295, pl. 36, fig. 1 (Misaki).

Synchiropus ijimai, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 711.

DIV) 8:.A 7;-P 18i Vie Ss Li 18-20,

Distinguishing characters of this species are: close-set bases of dorsal
fins, deep notches in membrane between rays of first dorsal fin, length
of rays in this fin almost equal, and broad oblique dark strips on second
dorsal fin.

Length 65 mm (Jordan and Thompson, 1914).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from the coast of Hokkaido
Island (Ueno, 1971: 83). Described from Misaki.

2. Synchiropus altivelis (Temminck and Schlegel, 1845) (Figure 186)

Callionymus altivelis Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss.,
1845: 155, pl. 79, fig. 1 (Nagasaki). Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus., 25, 1903: 948.

Synchiropus altivelis, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 716.
Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 152, fig. 448 (color figure).

22903. Nagasaki. January, 1901. P. Shmidt. 2 specimens.

D IV, 8; A 7; P 19; V I, 5 (Temminck and Schlegel, 1845).

By IV, e2uAl ge P 20221: V1, SfAbe, 1958).

DV wee. Pr 20-28 1. 3 ( NG. 22905).

The characters of this species distinguishing it from the other 4
Japanese species are: dorsal fins wide-set; very high first ray of first dorsal
fin; height of subsequent rays reduces gradually; second dorsal fin high,
all its rays almost equal in height to first ray of first dorsal fin.
It differs from S. lineolatus (Cuvier and Valenciennes) in larger number
of rays (19-21 versus 15) in the pectoral fin. Using the number of rays
in the Japanese species as a character for differentiation, as done by
Matsubara (1955: 715), can hardly be considered appropriate. In our
specimens of S. altivelis (No. 22903) the pectoral fins had 20-21 rays; the
same number has also been reported by Abe (1958: 152), although 19 rays
were reported for the type specimen and drawn in the figure. These
differences in number of rays in the pectoral fins notwithstanding, it is
clear that our specimens conform to the drawing given by Abe for this
species. Another good distinguishing peculiarity is the red color of live
fish. Biology of the species described by Akazaki (1957).

Length, to 240 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: For the Sea of Japan reported from Pusan (Mori, 1952:
133) and San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 23). Along the Pacific coast from
the central part of Honshu southward (Matsubara, 1955: 716). Hainan
Island (Zhu et al., 1962: 729).

6. Suborder Siganoidei

232 Pelvic fins with two spines, inner and outer ones, with 3 soft rays between
them. Prepalatine bone present, attached to maxilla in front of palatine.
Nasals touch and firmly connect with mesethmoid. Anterior margin of
mesethmoid ahead of vomer; mesethmoid entirely ahead of lateral
ethmoids; middle plate. originating from it extends backward to form
internasal septum (similar to many members of Physostomi). Pelvic bones
unique. Anal fin with 7-9 spines. Lower end of postcleithrum connected
through strong fibrous ligament with anterior end of first radial of anal fin
(Berg, 1940: 319).

1 family. Warm waters of the Indian and Pacific oceans.

CLIX. Family SIGANIDAE—Rabbitfishes

Body oblong, compressed laterally, covered with very minute, slightly
elongate, thin cycloid scales. Sides of head more or less covered with
scales. Lateral line simple and complete. Each side of snout with two
nostrils. Suborbital stay absent. Mouth small, terminal, nonprotractile.
Premaxilla without ascending process; jaws with one row of minute
incisor-shaped teeth, compressed from sides, with one or more additional
small cusps. Dorsal fin with 13 strong spines, slightly flat toward front; tips
of rays when fin folded against body, directed alternately to both sides.
A spine situated ahead of fin projects forward through the skin of the
nape. Anal fin with 7 spines and 9 branched rays; soft part of fin equal
in spread and shape to soft part of dorsal fin. Each pelvic fin with two
spines, one on outer side, and the other on inner side; latter connected
through membrane with skin of abdomen; 3 branched rays occur between
spiny ones. Pelvic fins attached behind base of pectoral fins. Caudal fin
truncate, with notch, or forked. Vertebrae 23. Pseudobranch well
developed (Beaufort and Chapman, 1951: 95).

2 genera in Indian and Pacific oceans and eastern Mediterranean Sea.
One genus recorded off the coast of Japan and also known from the Sea
of Japan.

1. Genus Siganus Forskal, 1775—Rabbitfishes

Siganus Forskal, Descript. Animal., 10, 1775: 25 (type: Scarus rivulatus
Forskal). Beaufort and Chapman, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., IX, 1951: 95
(synonyms).

UI
ovays

295

Figure 187. Siganus fuscescens—dark rabbitfish, with pelvic fin straightened. Standard length 220 mm. Japan (Temminck and Schlegel,

234

1842).

233

296

Characteristics of the genus given in description of the family. A closely
related genus of this family, Lo Seale, 1906,’ differs in an elongate
tubular snout, which is normal in the genus Siganus, i.e., without distinct
elongation.

Eastern part of the Mediterranean Sea (Norman, 1957: 378), Indian
and Pacific oceans. Many species, of which 14 recorded off the coasts
of Japan, of which 1 known in the Sea of Japan.

1. Siganus fuscescens (Houttuyn, 1782)—Dark Rabbitfish (Figure 187)

Centrogaster fuscescens Houttuyn, Verh. Holl. Maatsch. Weetensch.,
20, 2, 1782: 333 (Japan).

Amphacanthum fuscescens, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.,
10, 1835: 115 (1456). Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss.,
1842: 127, ph 68stieal,

Teuthis fuscescens, Giinther, Cat. Fishes British Mus., 3, 1861: 321.

Siganus fuscescens, Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902:
560. Beaufort and Chapman, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., IX, 1951: 110. Abe,
Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 122, fig. 358.

22950. Tsuruga. August 30-September 8, 1917. Rozhkovskii. 2
specimens, juv.

D XIII, 10; A VII, 9; P 17; VI, 3 I[(Beaufort and Chapman, 1951).

In our specimens 44 and 86 mm long the pores of the lateral line are
well developed, numbering 44, including the pores on the caudal
peduncle. About 30 scales occur between the lateral line and the bases of
the middle rays in the spiny part of the fin. Anterior nostril without valve.

S. fuscescens differs from other species with the last spine of the
dorsal fin equal to or shorter than the first ray of this fin, in
fewer scales (25-30 versus 18-23 in transverse rows between lateral line
and middle rays of dorsal fin), and absence of valve in anterior nostril.
Color of our specimens uniformly dark chocolate-brown.

Length, to 350 mm.

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from off Sado Island (Honma,
1963: 22); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 15); near Tsuruga (Shmidt and
Lindberg, 1930: 1144); off coasts of San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 29); and
off Tsushima Islands (Arai and Abe, 1970: 95). In the Yellow Sea found in ~
the Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955: 185). Along the Pacific
coast from Tokyo southward (Matsubara, 1955: 966) to Aus:.aa and the
Indian Ocean (Beaufort and Chapman, 1951: 113).

'This genus is considered a synonym of Siganus-Teuthis (Tyler, 1970: 121).

In Figure 358 in Tomiyama and Abe’s work (1958) the last spine of the dorsal fin is
distinctly longer than the first and its color highly variegated. In all probability this is a
different species.

233

235

7. Suborder Acanthuroidei—
Surgeonfishes

Posttemporal connected with skull through suture. Parasphenoid
separates mesethmoid from vomer. Mesethmoid entirely in front of lateral
ethmoids. Anal fin with 2-3 spines. Pelvic fins with 1 spine and 2-5
branched rays (Berg, 1940: 320).

Pelvic fins distinctly more than half length of pectoral fins and inserted
partly under base of pectoral fins. Spine or lanceolate process present
along each side of caudal peduncle, or scales covering body very small,
almost not visible to naked eye, but impart notable roughness to skin
and give the impression of short bristles.

2 families. Both from warm seas, especially among coral reefs.

Key to Families of Suborder Acanthuroidei

1 (2). Prickly spines, lanceolate processes, tubercles, or plates present
along sides of caudal peduncle. Teeth incisor-shaped and arranged
in single row. Scales small, bristle-like. Spines of dorsal fin without
PILATE RAGUISH OUNCES ooo ict os aes aiid omg mas CLX. Acanthuridae.

2 (1). Prickly spines, lanceolate processes, tubercles, or plates absent
along sides of caudal peduncle. Teeth bristle-like, elongate, and
protrude notably. Scales very small, bristle-like. Some spines of
dorsal fin highly elongate with filamentous tips..... [Zanclidae].

CLX. Family ACANTHURIDAE—Surgeonfishes

Body oblong, compressed laterally, often fairly deep. Caudal peduncle
with one or more spines or bony plates. Eyes moderate in size, set high.
Mouth small, with small jaws, usually located below median line of body.
Premaxilla slightly protractile, but not very movable. Jaws with one row
of incisor-shaped teeth. Palatines without teeth. Each side of head with
2 nostrils. Gill rakers poorly developed. Pseudobranch large. Swim
bladder large, posteriorly bifurcate. Intestine long. Vertebrae 21-23 (8-
9 + 12-14). Scales very small, firmly attached to skin. Lateral line
continuous and reaches base of caudal fin. One dorsal fin with strong
spines; soft part of fin larger than spiny part. Anal fin similar to dorsal fin,
but with fewer spines. Pectoral fins moderate in size (Fowler and Bean,
1929: 199).

236

298

Herbivorous tropical fishes, often brightly colored. Very dangerous,
since spines on caudal fin inflict painful wounds. More than 10 genera’
in tropical and subtropical waters. 8 genera off coast of Japan, of which
3 represented in the Sea of Japan. 5

Key to Genera of Family Acanthuridae

1 (2). Caudal peduncle with very sharp lanceolate spine concealed
in deep pit (Figure 188), but erectile and extrusile; when spine
retracted in pit, detected with difficulty. Teeth fixed, broad, flat,
lobate, each with 6 to 10 cusps.’ Pelvic fins with 5 branched rays.
Dorsal fin with 6-9 spines. Scales with spinules at posterior end
directed not upward, but sideways....... 1. Acanthurus Forskal.

2 (1). Caudal peduncle with bony bucklers, with fixed tubercles with
crestate process or pointed spine in center. Young fish without
such bucklers.

3 (4). One or two bony bucklers on each side of caudal peduncle. Anal
fin with 2 spines; peivic fins with 3 soft rays. Adult fish with horn
on forehead protruding forward.............. 2. Naso Lacépéde.

4 (3). Three or more bony bucklers on each side of caudal peduncle.
Anal fins with 3 spines; pelvic fins with 5 soft rays. Adult fish
without horn on forehead protruding forward. ..................
ASC AE Bars BOOS UTE Tn MERE eR Fiori ot 3. Prionurus Lacépéde.

1. Genus Acanthurus Forskal, 1775—Surgeonfishes

Acanthurus Forskal, Descript. Animal., 10, 1775: 59 (type: Teuthis
hepatus Linné). Beaufort and Chapman, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., IX,
19512133) ibyler Proc eAcads) Nat Sem 12202719 710s Sar

Hepatus Gronow, Zoophylac., 1763: 113 (not binomial) (type: Teuthis
hepatus Linné). Fowler and Bean, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 100 (8), 1929:
207 (synonyms).

Body oblong, oval or moderately oval, never very deep. Teeth fixed,
strong, lobate, each tooth with 6 to 10 cusps. Spines in dorsal fin 6-9. Soft
dorsal and anal fins short. Caudal fin usual, with small or distinct notch.
Pointed lanceolate spine on caudal peduncle concealed in pit but extrusile
(Fowler and Bean, 1929).

Differs from closely related genera in extrusile lanceolate spine on

Tyler (1970: 87) considers only six genera valid and presents their osteological characters
in his work.

2From Fowler and Bean, 1929: 200, with additions.

3Teeth of genus Ctenochaetus movable, elongate, narrow, and serrate only on one side
(Figure 189, B). Scales of the genera Zebrasoma and Paracanthurus with minute erect needle-
like spines.

299

’

235 Figure 188. Shape of spines on caudal peduncle in the genus Acanthurus.
No. 23350. Japan.

each side of caudal peduncle, lobate teeth on jaws not movable and
without petiolate base as in the genus Crenocheatus Gill, 1885 (Figure 189,
B); pelvic fins with 5 soft rays and not 3 as in the genus Paracanthus
Bleeker, 1863; dorsal fin with 6-9 spines, and not 3-5; dorsal and anal fins
low, and not high; caudal fin crescent-shaped, and not truncate as in the
genus Zebrasoma Swainson, 1839.

Many species, mostly inhabiting coral reefs. About 15 species off the
coast of Japan, of which only one species known from the Sea of Japan.

1. Acanthurus triostegus (Linné, 1758)—Banded Surgeon (Figure 190)
Chaetodon triostegus Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758: 274 (India).
Acanthurus triostegus, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 10,

1835: 197. Beaufort and Chapman, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., Ix, 1951: 144

(synonyms). Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958, fig. 373 (color figure).

236 Figure 189. Shape of teeth in fishes of Acanthuridae (Tyler, 1970).

A—Naso; B—Ctenochaetus; C—other genera.

~
(oa)
N

Figure 190. Acanthurus triostegus—banded surgeon. Japan (Matsubara, 1955).

23

fo]

301

Hepatus triostegus, Fowler and Bean, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 100 (8),
1929: 249 (synonyms).

23350. Yaeyama, Ryukyu. FebraneyeMath. P. Shmidt. 2 specimens.

D IX, 22; A III, 19; P Il, 13; 7. 7. 140-155 (Fowler and Bean, 1929:
251).

Differs from other species in pale margin around mouth of lower jaw;
smaller number of soft rays in fins [D 22 (23) versus 24-29 and A 19-20
versus 23-27]; typical coloration in form of 5 narrow black vertical stripes,
the first of which passes through the eye; and caudal peduncle with dark
spot on upper and lower margins.

Length, to 210 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Sado Island (Honma,
1952: 221) and Toyama Bay and San’in region (Katoh et al., 1956: 325).
Pacific coast of Japan from Tiba Prefecture and southward to Ryukyu,
Hawaiian Islands, Taiwan (China), the Philippines, Melanesia, Polynesia,
Australia, and South Africa (Matsubara, 1955: 953).

2. Genus Naso Lacépeéde, 1802—Unicorn Fishes’ .

Naso Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 3, 1802: 104 (type N. fronticornis
Lacépéde = Chaetodon wnicornis Forskal). Fowler and Bean, Bull.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 100 (8) 1929: 263 (synonyms). Tyler, Proc. eee Nat.
Sei, wees 2, 1970: 87.

Body oblong, compressed laterally. Caudal peduncle with one or two
large rigid, bony, crestate plates in adult fish, none in young fish [in a
fish 50 mm long (No. 9547) these plates were present]. Head of adult
fish with horn protruding forward above eyes, which elongates with age
and is absent in young fish. Dorsal fin with 6-7 spines and anal
fin with 2; small anterior spiny ray absent in contrast to other genera
of this family. Pelvic fins with 1 spine and only 3 soft rays (Fowler and
Bean, 1929).

Two more genera are known from the Pacific coast of Japan, which
have 2 fixed bony plates on each side of the caudal peduncle. In the genus
Cyphomycter Fowler and Bean, 1929 adult fish have a _ swelling,
compressed laterally, which resembles a crest on the upper side of the
snout instead ofa horn. In fishes of the genus Callicanthus Swainson, 1839
neither young nor adult fish have either a horn or crest. These genera are
considered subgenera of the genus Naso, but aaa treats them as
independent genera.

Indian and Pacific oceans. Many species. 2 species of the subgenus
Naso known from the coasts of Japan, 1 of which is reported from the Sea
of Japan.

240

302

1, Naso unicornis (Forskal, 1775)—Single-Horned Unicornfish

(Figure 191)

Chaetodon unicornis Forskal, Descript. Animal., 10, 1775: 63 (Jidda,
Red Sea).

Naso unicornis, Fowler and Bean, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 100 (8) 1929:
264: fig. 16 (synonyms). Beaufort and Chapman, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch.,
IX, 1951: 173 (synonyms). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
956. Abe. Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 122, fig. 360 (color figure).

1195. Japan. 1862. Schlegel. 1 specimen.

9547. Tokyo. 1891. Bunge. 1 juv.

Divi: 303° Ath 282) PM Ss Vole

Differs from the other Japanese species of unicorn fish, N. brevirostris,
in a longer snout (Figure 192, A) that protrudes much beyond the horn
in younger fish; only in adult fish does the horn protrude forward in
line with the snout tip. The horn in N. brevirostris even during early
stages protrudes forward the same distance as the snout, and subsequently
protrudes considerably beyond the snout tip (Figure 192, B).

In adult specimens filamentous elongation of the marginal rays of the
caudal fin has been reported. In our specimen with a standard length of
240 mm, such elongate rays were absent.

Length, to 700 mm (Abe, 1958: 122).

Distribution: Reported from the coast of Yamaguti Prefecture (Yoshida
and Ito, 1957: 266), which on the northside is washed by the waters of
the Sea of Japan. Matsubara (1955: 956) indicated distribution of this
species from the central part of Honshu southward, considering both
coasts—Pacific and Sea of Japan. Reported from the Korean Strait and near
Thonen in the Browton passage (Mori, 1952: 134). In the south found to
Indonesia and the Indian Ocean to S. Africa (Matsubara, 1955: 956).
Islands of the Pacific Ocean north to the Hawaiian Islands (Beaufort
and Chapman, 1951: 175).

3. Genus Prionurus Lacépéde, 1804—Sawtails

Prionurus Lacépéde, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 4, 1804: (205) 211
(type: P. microlepidotus Lacépéde). Fowler and Bean, Bull. U.S. Nat.
Mus., 100 (8) 1929: 287. Tyler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 122, 2,
1970: 87. pert

Xesurus Jordan and Evermann, Rep. U.S. Fish Comm., 21, 1895 (1896):
421 (type: Prionurus punctatus Gill).

This genus is characterized by a larger number of bony bucklers on the
caudal peduncle, not 2 but 3-6 on each side. In other respects this genus
is very close to Naso except that adult fish do not have a horn protruding
forward on the forehead, anal fin with 3 spines versus 2, and pelvic fin
with 5 soft rays versus 3.

303

Naso unicornis—single-horned unicornfish. Japan (Abe, 1958).

Figure 191.

- 239

1929).

nd Bean,

ut (Fowler a

Figure 192. Change in

240

shape of horn on sno

A—Naso unicorn

is; B—Naso brevirostris

242

3 305

A few species known from the Pacific Ocean near the coast of America,
and one species from the coast of Taiwan (China), Ryukyu, and Japan.
Also found in the Sea of Japan.

\

1. Prionurus microlepidotus Lacépéde, 1804—Small-Scaled Sawtail

(Figure 193).

Prionurus microlepidotus Lacépéde, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 4,
1804: (205) 211 (without indication of locality). Fowler and Bean, Bull. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 100 (8) 1929: 287. Abe. Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 122, fig.
539 (color figure).

Prionurus scalprum Cuvier and aynicuc hc Hist. Nat. Poiss., 10,
1835: 298 (Japan). Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., 1845:
129, pl. 70.

Xesurus scalprum Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902:
556.

22628. Nagasaki. January 9-10, 1901. P. Shmidt. 3 specimens.

D IX, 22-23; A III, 22-23; P 17; V I, 5; bucklers on caudal peduncle
4: 7. J. 33-35. In small specimens (147 mm) lateral line discernible
but less distinct than in adults (265 and 285 mm), especially in posterior
part. In large fish, course of lateral line distinct in form of dark
spots the same color as the bucklers against a general body background
of dark chocolate-brown.

Length 285 mm.

Distribution: In the Sea of dona known from Primor’e (Novikov, 1957:
245); Pusan (Mori, 1952: 134); near Sado Island (Honma, 1963: 22);
Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 15); Echigo Province (Honma, 1957: 109);
San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 23); and Tsushima Island (Arai and Abe,
1970: 95). Reported from Cheju-do Island (Mori, 1952: 134). Along the
Pacific coast from Tiba Prefecture southward as well as from Taiwan
(China) and Ryukyu (Matsubara, 1955: 957). Our collection comprised
specimens (in addition to No. 22628) from Nagasaki (No. 7516), lokogama
(No. 8478), and Ohama (No. 23065).

[Family ZANCLIDAE—Moorish Idols]

Body deep, highly compressed laterally. Caudal peduncle without
prickly spines. Mouth small. Teeth on jaws very long, thin, resemble
bristles. Palatines without teeth. Hard thick bones on top of head form a
median frontal process present in adults but absent in juveniles.
Preopercle unarmed. Branchiostegal rays 4. Pyloric caeca 14. Intestine
long. Vertebrae 22, of which 13 caudal. Scales small and rough. Dorsal fin
one; spines in dorsal fin 7; third ray and subsequent ones with long
filamentous tips. Anal fin similar in position and shape to dorsal fin, but

306

Figure 193. Prionurus microlepidotus—small-scaled sawtail. Length 155 mm. Japan (Temminck and Schlegel, 1845).

241

243 Figure 194. Zanclus cornutus—Moorish idol. Length 155 mm. No. 22330. Okinawa
Islands.

without filamentous rays. Caudal fin broad, with very weak fork.
Pectoral fins short; pelvic fins pointed (Fowler and Bean, 1929: 195).

1 genus in the Indian and Pacific oceans. Also distributed in Japan.
Also possible in the Sea of Japan.

243

308

[Genus Zanclus Cuvier, 1831—Moorish Idol]

Zanclus Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 7, 1831: 102 (type: Chaetodon
cornutus Linné). Fowler and Bean, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 100 (8) 1929: 196.

Characteristics given in description of family.

Two species found off the coasts of Japan. Z. cornutus (Linné) and
Z. canescens (Linné).

[Zanclus cornutus (Linné, 1758)—Moorish idol] (Figure 194)
- Chaetodon cornutus Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758: 273 (eastern India).

Zanclus cornutus, Weber and Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 7.
1936: 170. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 947. Abe, Enc.
Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 127, fig..375 (color figure). |

22330. Okinawa. 1929. Awaya. 3 specimens.

39325. Hawaiian Islands. 1968. V. Fedorov. 2 specimens.

39483. Hawaiian Islands. 1968. V. Fedorov. 1 specimen.

D VI, 40-41; A III, 31-35.

Two species of the genus Zanclus—canescens and cornutus—described
by Linnaeus are very similar to each other, especially the juveniles;
in the adult of Z. cornutus the spiny process in front of the eyes was
taken as a distinguishing character, which is absent in young fish of
Z. canescens. The sharp differences between these species are described
by Weber and Beaufort (1936: 173), who clarified problems in their
identification. A distinguishing character, first mentioned by Bleeker, is

Figure 195. Shape of snout.

A—Zanclus cornutus; B—Zanclus canescens.

309

the presence of a bent prickly spine in Z. canescens in the anterior part of
the preorbital, which is located above the posterior end of the maxilla
(Figure 195, B). It should be noted that Z. canescens, in addition to this
character, differs from Z. cornutus in shorter snout, absence of a chocolate-
brown spot bordered by a dark stripe at the apex of the snout,
and smaller dimensions—up to 80 mm. There is one specimen of Z.
canescens in our collection (No. 3622, Caroline Islands, Martens) in which
these peculiarities are well developed.

Length, more than 200 mm.

Distribution: Not found in the Sea of Japan. Known from the southern
coast of Japan southward to Australia, and westward in the Indian Ocean
up to the coast of eastern Africa (Weber and Beaufort, 1936: 172).

8. Suborder Trichiuroidei

244 Maxillae attached to non-protusile premaxillae. Bases of rays in caudal

fin do not overlap hypural. Pectoral fins set low (Berg, 1940: 320).

Maxillae very firmly attached to non-protusile premaxillae, but jaws
and teeth not fused together. Premaxillae form process protruding
forward. Mouth not protractile. Caudal fin often absent and, if present,
very small, although sometimes with deep notch or slightly forked, and its
rays not hard. Body ribbonlike and, if moderately elongate, then head
length significantly (twice) larger than maximum body depth, and snout
without highly elongate process formed by maxillae. Caudal peduncle
usually without keels.

Two families in pelagic waters of the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific
oceans, north to Japan and the Sea of Japan.

Key to Families of Suborder Trichiuroidei

1 (2). Body elongate but not ribbonlike. Caudal peduncle and fin well
developed. Division between spines and soft rays of dorsal fin
distinct. Pelvic fins sometimes absent, when present with 1 spine
and 5 (or less) soft rays. Vertebrae less than 500: co
ete Grlidse Page a aS oe Het a MER ERR ed eae CLXI. Gempylidae.

2 (1). Body ribbonlike. Caudal peduncle poorly developed, low; caudal
fin rudimentary, forked, or completely absent. In dorsal fin
sometimes difficult to detect division between spines and soft rays.
Pelvic fins rudimentary or absent. Vertebrae 100-160..........
EE Ge a acs Ae OAR SU aa NEVER Ap ed OR CLXII. Trichiuridae.’

CLXI. Family GEMPYLIDAE’—Snake Mackerels

Oblong or elongate body, compressed laterally. Dorsal fins two, usually
with bases connected, and with deep notch; first fin spiny and base much
longer than base of second fin. Anal fin similar to soft dorsal fin. Pelvic
fins sometimes well developed, sometimes very small, reduced to a single
spine, or even absent. Vertebrae from 31 (25 +6) to 53 (28 +25).

12 genera in tropical and subtropical seas at great depths. In Japan
9 genera, of which 1 genus is known from the Sea of Japan and another

'Lepidopidae, accepted by some authors (Tucker, 1956: 77) as a subfamily of
Trichiuridae, differs in presence of pelvic fins, albeit they are very small.

? Anatomical description and analysis of the relationships within this family have been
given by Matsubara and Iwai (1958: 23-54, 14 figs.).

245

311

Figure 196. Different types of lateral lines in fishes of Gempylidae

(Matsubara and Iwai, 1958).

Genera in parentheses belong to Scombridae: A—Lepidocybium; B—
Epinnula, Neoepinnula (Grammotorcynus),; C—Promethichthys; D—(Scom-
beromorus); E—Rexea, Mimasea, Gempylus; F—Ruvettus (Scomber).

for the southern coast of the Korean Peninsula. However, since fishes
of this family are found very rarely and have been poorly studied, only
genera found off the coasts of Japan are included in the key below.

Lt 2)
245
2 ( 1).

ahi).

4 ( 3).

5 (10).
6 ( 9).

C8).

Key to Genera of Family Gempylidae’

Keel on each side of caudal peduncle. Lateral line single,
indistinctly expressed, highly curved, zigzag, almost reaching
Pack as wel as. OCU GP IStTery GOLA). 46 2. Uicud Maw even eve

TA REE aS OL pcs A [Lepidocybium Gill, 1862].’
Keels absent on caudal peduncle. Lateral line less curved,
not zigzag.

Belly with keel. Scales spinescent; /. /. poorly developed,
almost without curve (Figure 196, F). V I, 5.................
ete lee Bh). rs Mere Aue A [Ruvettus Cocco, 1829].°
Belly without keel. Scales smooth: /. /. well developed, with
curve or double.

Pelvic fins developed, I 5. Finlets absent.

Body fusiform, its depth about 1/4 standard length. Lower lateral
line passes near lower contour of body (Figure 196, B). Snout
does not protrude significantly ahead of anterior process of
premaxilla.

Vomer with one to three teeth on each side. Two lateral lines

3From Matsubara and Iwai, 1952: 195.
*See Munro, 1950: 37, fig. 2. Widely distributed; in Japan found near the Pacific coast.
°Tropical and subtropical waters.

312

Sar).

246 9.(. 6).

O25):
G2),

12 (11).

13 (14).

14 (13).
249 15 (16).

originate together near upper corner of gill opening (Figure
197). Dorsal fin originates behind vertical from upper end of
gill opening. Spiny rays of dorsal fin weak or flexible. Pelvic fins
reduced, 2.4 to 3.3 times in head length. Inner surface of gill
rakers in angle of first gill arch armed with 2 rows of minute
spines. Surfaces of oral and gill cavities black................
Af aa emreme ft [Neoepinnula Matsubara and Iwai, 1952].°
Vomer without teeth. Two lateral lines originate at vertical
from posterior margin of preopercle and branch at vertical
between Sth and 6th spiny rays of dorsal fin (Figure 198). Spiny
rays of dorsal fin fairly strong and prickly. Pelvic fins well
developed, 1.3 times in head length. Inner surface of gill rakers
in angle of first gill arch not armed with spines. Surface of oral
and seillcavities: palen ib a4. Val aoe [Epinnula Poey, 1854]’
Body elongate (depth 1/10 of standard length). Palatines without
teeth. Lower lateral line passes along middle of body (Figure
196, E). Snout distinctly protrudes ahead of anterior process of
premaxilla (Figure 199)......... .[Mimasea Kamohara, 1936].°
Pelvic fins reduced or absent. Finlets always present.

Body highly elongate; its depth 12 times in standard length.
Finlets 5-7, pelvic fins small, I 4-I 5; soft rays distinguishable
with difficulty without using lens. Maxilla concealed for most |
part under preorbital. Gill rakers in angle of gill arch small,
triangular. Snout large, protrudes ahead of anterior process of
premaxilla. Two lateral lines; both originate at vertical from
angle of gilltopening (Figure: 200)) yo. eee ee

Sihad SERRA EMOREAU sn simak [Gempylus Cuvier, 1829].’
Body moderately elongate; depth less than 9 times in standard
length. Finlets usually 2. Pelvic fins absent or in young fish
represented by single spiny ray. Posterior margin of maxilla free,
not concealed under preorbital. Gill rakers in angle of first gill
arch I-shaped. Snout does not protrude or only slightly so ahead
of anterior process of premaxilla.

Lateral lines 2 (Figure 196, E). Pelvic fins absent in adult
fish; in young fish represented by spine.... 1. [Rexea Waite].
Lateral line 1. Pelvic fins usually present.

Dagger-shaped spine and small spine present behind vent.
Lateral line almost straight (Figure 201); each pore of lateral line

Pacific coast of Japan and Gulf of Mexico (Grey, 1960: 214),
1Carribean Sea. Pacific coast of Japan.

8Pacific coast of Japan.

°Tropical seas. Pacific coast of Japan.

313

(ZS61

«

I@M] PU PILQNs}e) WW ep] YIZUE| psepuris

$1]DJUa140 DJNUUIda0AaN

L6l 91ns14

9b

314

Figure 198. Epinnula magistralis. Standard length 188 mm (Matsubara and Iwai, 1952).

247

315

‘posiejue uly o1Ajad—g ‘MOaIA [elo}e[—V

“

TRA] pure vIeGNS}e) WW ggp YISUE] plepuLIS ‘suadias snjdAdmay “~nz IN3I4

‘(ZS61

(ZS6I ‘TeM] pue vIeQns}e) WW YT YISUI] piepuLIg ‘MWOsOlUaD] DasDWIFW “66{ 21NBI4

am ane .
riper hrlpcilk Lictit hte eerie?
toe °) — sears
y

8r7

L¥T

316

‘(ZS6I ‘EMI pue vIegns}e) WW 66[ YIZUST prepur}g ‘sadiy snjojvan

LY 4
LY,
A ha

10? eunsiq

SVC

a1

Figure 202. Branches of lateral line in fishes of Gempylidae (Matsubara and

Iwai, 1952).

A-—in anterior part of Nealotus tripes; B—in bent part of Promethichthys

16 (15).

prometheus; C—on lower side behind bent part in Promethichthys
prometheus.

with one oblique branch directed upward (Figure 202, A). Scales
not embedded in skin............ [Nealotus Johnson, 1865].'°
Free spines not present behind vent. Lateral line distinctly
curves toward front above pectoral fin (Figure 196, C); each pore
of lateral line behind curve in anterior part with two oblique
branches, upper and lower (Figure 202, C). Scales embedded in
Ln Bg PY Ea Mee lial 2. Promethichthys Gill.

1. [Genus Rexea Waite, 1911]

Rexea Waite, Proc. New Zealand Inst., 2 (1910), January 18, 1911: 49
(type: R. furcifera Waite = Gempylus solandri Cuvier). Beaufort and
Chapman, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., IX, 1951: 201. Matsubara and Iwai,
Pacitie Sci., 6, 3, F852: 205.

Jordanidia Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1911: 527 (type: J. raptoria

Snyder).

Body slightly oblong, fusiform. Scales small, cycloid, deciduous. Mouth
large, with one row of dagger-shaped teeth on each jaw and a few large

'0Rastern part of the Atlantic Ocean. Pacific coast of Japan.

\

AS)

318

canines in front. Teeth arranged in one row on palatines. Vomer without
teeth. Dorsal fins two, their bases touching; first with 17-18 spines
and second with two unbranched and 13-15 branched rays. Anal fin with
two unbranched and 11-14 branched rays; anal fin similar to second
dorsal fin in shape. Two finlets situated behind second dorsal and anal fin
and separated from fins and from each other. Pectoral fins roundish.
Pelvic fins rudimentary, distinguishable with difficulty, or completely
absent in adult fish. Caudal fin bifurcate. Lateral line continues from
upper end of gill opening along body side below bases of dorsal fins up to
middle of base of soft dorsal fin or to its end; at vertical from membrane
between 5th and 6th spines, branch proceeds from upper lateral line and
extends downward and backward along middle of body, reaching almost
to base of caudal fin. Pseudobranch present (Beaufort and Chapman,
19512200):

One species. Found in the southwestern part of the Pacific Ocean off
the coasts of Japan, China, Australia, and New Zealand.

1. [Rexea solandri (Cuvier, 1831)] (Figure 203)

Gempylus solandri Cuvier. In: Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat.
Poiss., 8, 1831: 215 (New Zealand).

Thyrsites prometheoides Bleeker, Acta Soc. Sci. Indo-Néerl., 1, 1856
(1855): 42 (Amboina).

Jordanidia raptoria Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 40, 1911 (May 26):
527; Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 42, 1912: 410, pl. 52, fig. 2 (Japan).

Jordanidia prometheoides, Shmidt, Tr. Tikhookeansk. Kom. Akad.
Nauk SSSR, 2, 1931: 41, fig. 5. .

Rexea solandri, Whitley, Austr. Mus. Rec., 17, 3, 1929: 120, pl. 33,
fig. 2. Matsubara and Iwai, Pacific Sci., 6, 3, 1952: 204, fig. 8.

22455. Kagoshima. March, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. Eight specimens.

D XVI-XVIII, I, 15-1642; A I, 14-164+2; P 13-14; V I (0);
branchiostegal rays 7 (Matsubara and Iwai, 1952: 204). In our specimens:
D XVIII, HI, 14-1542; A I, 1442.

Characteristics of species given in description of genus.

Length, up to 400 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: Not found in the Sea of Japan, but known from the
Korean Strait, south of Pusan (Mori, 1952: 134). Pacific coasts of Japan
and south up to Australia and New Zealand (Matsubara, 1955: 535).

2. Genus Promethichthys Gill, 1893

Prometheus (Quoy and Gaimard, Ms) Lowe, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, |
2, 1841 (type: P. atlanticus); nom. praeocc.
Promethichthys Gill, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., 6, 1893: 115, 123 (type:

319

Prometheus atlanticus Lowe =Gempylus prometheus Cuvier). Jordan
and Evermann, Fishes N. and M. Amer., 1, 1896: 882.

Body oblong, thin, fusiform. Mouth small, with two strong canines in
anterior part of each jaw. Spiny dorsal fin long, connected with soft
and fairly high fin. Two finlets behind dorsal and anal fins. Pectoral fins
inserted fairly low. Caudal peduncle without keel. Pelvic fins represented
by one pair of small spines. Dagger-shaped spine not present behind
vent. Preopercle not armed, except in young fish. Lateral line single,

' forms a bend under the anterior part of dorsal fin. Scales very small,

252

smooth. Predatory fishes of high seas, attaining moderate dimensions
(Jordan and Evermann, 1896: 882).
One species. Also found in the Sea of Japan.

1. Promethichthys prometheus (Cuvier, 1831)—(Figure 204)

Gempylus prometheus Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 8, 1831: 213, 222 (St.
Helena Island).

Promethichthys prometheus, Shmidt, Tr. Tikhookeansk Kom. Akad
Nauk SSSR, 2, 1931: 39. Matsubara and Iwai, Pacific Sci., 6, 3, 1952: 209.
Grey, Copeia, 3, 1953: 139, fig. IC.

22489. Tokyo. March 15-26, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt.

22489a. Misaki. April 1, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt.

D XVIII-XIX, 18-20 + 2; A II, 16-18 +2 (Abe, 1958).

In our specimens from Japan 230 to 440 mm long, D XVIII, II, 17-
19 + 2; II, 14-15 +2.

Characters given in descripition of genus.

Length, to 600 mm (Abe, 1958: 215).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from the coast of San’in region
(Mori, 1956a: 23). Tropical and subtropical waters of the Atlantic and
Pacific oceans. Coast of Japan (Matsubara, 1955: 536).

CLXII. Family TRICHIURIDAE—Cutlassfishes
(Trichiuridae + Lepidopidae Tucker, 1956)

Spiny part of dorsal fin always distinctly pronounced"; in the genus
Diplospinus longer than soft part, and in the genus Aphanopus only
very slightly longer (individal specimens). Some rays of anal fin, if
not all, split, soft, support fin membrane (Diplospinus, Aphanopus,
Benthodesmus, Lepidopus, Evoxymetopon, Assurger), but sometimes
highly reduced or completely absent (Trichirus, Lepturacanthus,
Eupleurogrammus). Two rays located before anal fin immediately behind
vent; anterior ray very small and posterior enlarged to various degree and
shaped like a small leaflet or keeled scute, sometimes like a strong spine.

In some genera it is difficult or even impossible to Uetect the place of transition from
spiny to soft part in the dorsal fin.

Figure 203. Rexea solandri. Standard length 242 mm (Matsubara and Iwai, 1952).

250

Figure 204. Promethichthys prometheus, Standard length 110 mm (Matsubara and Iwai, 1952).

250

321

Pelvic fins of some genera and possibly in all species with these fins, in
form of scaly spine and rudimentary soft ray difficult to distinguish. Spines
of dorsal fin and their basal and interneural bones always correspond to
number of vertebrae; soft rays may be twice number (Diplospinus),
slightly more (Aphanopus, Benthodesmus), or correspond to number of
vertebrae (in remaining genera). Vertebrae vary from 34 + 24 = 58 (Dip-
lospinus) to 53 + 103 = 156 (Benthodesmus simonyi) or 41 + 151=192
(Eupleurogrammus muticus) (Tucker, 1956: 75).
3 subfamilies, 10 genera. Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific oceans.

Key to Genera of Family Trichiuridae”

1 ( 2). Occipital region of head almost at same level as preorbital
region; Sagittal crest of frontals absent (Figure 205, A)
(subfamily Aphanopodinae). Dorsal fin with more than 120 rays.
Base of spiny dorsal fin constitutes half length of base of soft fin.
Caudal fin present....... 1. Benthodesmus Goode and Bean.”

GC.
253 Figure 205. Depth of preorbital region of head in relation to depth of
occipital region in various genera of Trichiuridae (Tucker, 1956).

A—Aphanophus; B—Lepidopus; C—Evoxymetopon;,; D—Trichiurus.

"From Tucker, 1956: 77.
'3Rays fewer in dorsal fin of Diplospinus Maul, 1948 (72-73) and Aphanopus Lowe, 1839
(91-95), both of which are deep sea genera.

9 (10).

253) 100"'9).

. Occipital region of head distinctly higher than preorbital;

frontals with sagittal crest developed in occipital region, which
sometimes continues to preorbital region (Figure 205, B-D).

. Pelvic fins, although very small, present. Lateral line with

very weak curve anteriorly and extends almost along middle of
body; distance from lateral line to ventral profile in region of
vent much larger than half distance from lateral line to dorsal
profile. Lower posterior margin of preopercle convex (subfamily
Lepidopinae).

. Caudal fin present.
. Dorsal fin with 87-93 rays. Body depth 12-13 times in its

Leng bhiaicg: ie: ists sul meas 2. [Evoxymetopon (Poey) Gill].

. Dorsal fin with 120 rays. Body depth 20-28 times in its length.

a Ada nd Cae erica pe ONE es c-SP ae o 3. [Assurger Whitley].

. Caudal fin absent. Body depth 14-18 times in its length. ...

AR HMO it re dra st Ot OR RUE 4. [Eupleurogrammus Gill].

. Pelvic fins absent. Lateral line with fairly sharp curve and

passes near ventral profile of body; distance from lateral line to
ventral profile in region of vent less than half distance from
lateral line to dorsal profile. Lower posterior margin of
preopercle more or less concave. Caudal fin always absent
(subfamily Trichiurinae).

Spine of anal fin located behind vent very small, less than
diameter of pupil; other rays of fin indistinguishable externally.
Eyes fairly large» 5 to 7 times in “head length. ..:23....070 2 :
PIS ES oe TEI tars OR a MMMM IL MN 5. Trichiurus Linne.
Spine of anal fin hardly noticeable, equal to half diameter
of eye; fin rays penetrate skin and protrude on surface in form of
prickly spinules. Eyes small, 6.7 to 10.0 times in head length.
Jyh AONE CRON an Ee RLS [Lepturacanthus Fowler, 1905]."*

1. Genus Benthodesmus Goode and Bean, 1882

Benthodesmus Goode and Bean, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 4, 1882: 379
(type:. Lepidopus elongatus Clarke). Tucker, Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist., 4,
3, 1956: 85.

Body greatly elongate; body depth 22 to 34 times in standard length.
Vertebrae 47-53 + 75-103 = 123-156. Dorsal fin with 39-46 spines and
80-108 soft rays. Base of anterior part of dorsal fin equal to half length
of base of posterior part of dorsal fin. Two spines behind vent; anterior
spine very small and almost indistingujshable in adult fish, posterior

\47 epturacanthus savala (Cuvier, 1829). Indian and Pacific oceans, north to the East
China Sea. Japan? (Beaufort and Chapman, 1951: 193).

255

323

spine in form of cordate scute with median keel. Anal fin with 70-76
unbranched rays or with only 25 rays. Pelvic fins in form of 1 scaly spine
and one reduced soft ray. Caudal fin present, but very small and bifurcate
(Tucker, 1956: 87).

Three species in the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific oceans; one of them
in the Sea of Japan.

1. Benthodesmus tenuis (Giinther, 1877) (Figure 206)

Lepidopus tenuis Giinther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4, 20: 437; Challenger
Reps. Zool., 22, 1887: 37, pl. 7, fig. B (35°11’ N, 139°28’ E, Sagami
Bay, Japan).

Lepidopus aomori Jordan and Snyder, J. Coll. Sci. Univ. Tokyo, 15, 2,
1901: 303 (Aomori, Japan).

Benthodesmus tenuis, Tucker, Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist., 4, 3, 1956: 89,
fig. 9.

D 120-133; A i+ 1+ 70-76; vertebrae 123-131 (Tucker, 1956: 88).

Differs from other species of this genus in location of pelvic fins slightly
ahead of vertical from anterior end of base of pectoral fin and lateral
line; width of pectoral fins less than 1/15th length.

Length, to 2 m (Jordan and Snyder, 1901a).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from the Japanese coast of
Hokkaido (Ueno, 1971: 80); Hakodate and Aomori (Jordan and Snyder,
1901a: 303). Pacific coast of Japan, Hawaii, Tahiti (Matsubara, 1955: 536).
Tropical part of the Atlantic Ocean, Gulf of Mexico (Tucker, 1956: 88).

2. [Genus Evoxymetopon (Poey) Gill, 1863]

Evoxymetopon Poey. In: Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1863: 227
[type: E. taeniatus (Poey) Gill, 1863]. Tucker, Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
43, 1956: ‘97.

Body elongate, maximum depth 12 to 13 times in total length. Upper
profile of head convex from snout tip to origin of dorsal fin; interorbital
space convex. Caudal fin present. Orbit large, 5 to 6 times in head length.
Dorsal fin with 10 spines and 77:soft rays; first spine is sometimes equal
to head length. Spine behind vent resembles keeled scute. In anal fin
anterior rays, if present, barely protrude out of skin, but posterior
rays, about 20, well developed and act as support for fin. Pelvic fins
present, scale-like, located at a distance equal to diameter of eye behind
posterior end of base of pectoral fin (Tucker, 1956: 99).

1 species. Known from the Atlantic, Pacific, and probably Indian
oceans.

1. [Evoxymetopon taeniatus Poey, 1863] (Figure 207)
Evoxymetopon taeniatus Poey, in: Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.,

324

f}

(9S6T “JOYONL) WW Tp] YISUS] prepuLig ‘snivjuan} uodojawmdxorg *1 QZ 9INTIJ

BOOT T ye

: Fata OS GREAT NASI spine en nate
NAMA LAN IM Tate YD Lae Nez eP colt ee Lage

"atate" ae in

‘

‘(9S61 JOYONL) Wu 16¢ YISUS] pIepurig ‘sinual snwsapoyjuag ‘gojZ SINS

TO ai los ae tmneE zLeLD
P<

<LLQVQT TTT ITIL ITI ELIT DTI

a SS
(Le

<q | ]
AU aS. &iy a
ae 5 8 : ae
ss fant ee Soe ee EZ Za ee <

vST

Ey 3 re. . sy, A

257

325

1863: 228 (Havana, Cuba), Tucker, Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist., 4, 3, 1956:
99. fig. Lt. ;

D X, 77; A 19 (Tucker, 1956).

Characters given in description of genus.

Length, to 2 m (Tucker, 1956).

Distribution: Not found in the Sea of Japan, but known from Kojedo
Island, which is slightly west of Pusan (Mori, 1952: 135). Described from
the Carribean Sea and off Cuba (Havana). Report for Scotland erroneous
since, according to Tucker, the Hoy specimen is a species of Trachypterus
or Regalecus. From, the Indian Ocean (Mascarene Islands, Mauritius),
Evoxymetopon poeyi Giinther, 1887, has been described, which was
included by Tucker under the synonymy of E. taeniatus with a question
mark.

3. [Genus Assurger Whitley, 1933]

Assurger Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus., 19, 1933: 84 (type: Evoxymetopon
anzac Alexander).

Body extremely elongate: head length 12 times and maximum depth
28 times in total length. Eyes small, 8 times in head length. Posterior
margin of opercle rounded. Pelvic fins small, scale-like, located under
posterior half of pectoral fins. Caudal fin present (Tucker, 1956: 106).

1 species, coast of Australia and known from the southern coast of the
Korean Peninsula.

1, [Assurger anzac Alexander, 1916] (Figure 208)

Evoxymetopon anzac Alexander, J. Roy. Soc. W. Austr., 2, 1916: 104,
pl. 7 (western Australia). Kamohara, Sci. Rept. Kochi Univ., 3, 1952:
31, fig. 26.

Assurger alexanderi (nom. emend.) Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus., 19,
1933: 84 (western Australia).

Assurger anzac, Tucker, Bull. Brit. Nat. Hist., 4, 2, 1956: 107, fig. 16.

D ca 120; A 144+; C 17; P 12; branchiostegal rays 7 (Tucker, 1956).

Description given in characters of family and in key.

Length, to 1,415 mm (Tucker, 1956).

Distribution: Not reported from the Sea of Japan, but known off
Komun’do Island near the southern coast of the Korean Peninsula (Mori,
1952: 135). Pacific coast of Japan off Shikoku Island (Tosa Bay, City
of Koti), southwest Australia (Matsubara, 1955: 537).

4. [Genus Eupleurogrammus Gill, 1863]

Eupleurogrammus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1863: 226 (type:
Trichiurus muticus Gray).

258

326

In external appearance and absence of caudal fin quite similar to the
genus Trichiurus, but differs from it in presence of pelvic fins, albeit
very small and rudimentary, and lateral line with curve and passing near
ventral profile of body.

2 spécies, one known from the waters of the Yellow Sea. |

1. [Eupleurogrammus muticus (Gray, 1831)] (Figure 209)

Trichiurus muticus Gray, Zool. Misc., 1, 1831: 10 (India).

Eupleurogrammus muticus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1863:
226. Tucker, Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist., 4, 3, 1956: 105, fig. 15.

D Ill, 143-147; A 1 +14 120-121; vertebrae 191-192 (Tucker, 1956).

Differs from E. intermedius (Gray, 1831) in larger number of rays in
dorsal fin (not 111, but 123-131) and vertebrae (not 157-162, but 191).

Length, to 617 mm (Tucker, 1956).

Distribution: Not found in the Sea of Japan, but reported from ,
Yamaguti Prefecture which partly borders the Sea of Japan. Reported
from Napho in the Yellow Sea (Mori, 1952: 135). Pacific coast of Japan,
China, Indonesia, and the Indian Ocean (Matsubara, 1955: 537).

5. Genus TJrichiurus Linne, 1758—Cutlassfishes

Trichiurus Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758: 246 (type: T. lepturus
Linné). Tucker, Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist., 4, 3, 1956: 113 (synonyms).

Body greatly elongate, ribbonlike, caudal part pointed. Caudal fin
absent. Pelvic fins absent. Scales absent. Head elongate and pointed.
Occipital region of head distinctly above preorbital region. Mouth large,
with large dagger-like teeth. Lower posterior margin of subopercle more
or less concave. Lateral line with sharp curve and passes along lower
margin of body at some distance from it, near vent, which is less than half
distance up to upper margin of body. Diameter of eye 5 to 7 times in the
head length. Rudimentary spine of anal fin located behind vent very small,
less than diameter of pupil; other rays of fin not discernible as concealed
in skin.

One widely distributed species, also found in the Sea of Japan.

1. Trichiurus lepturus Linné, 1758—Cutlassfish (Figure 210)

Trichiurus lepturus (part) Linné (ex Artedi), Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758:
246 (South Carolina). Tucker, Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist., 4, 3, 1956:
114, fig. 18 (synonyms). Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes 1958: 214, fig. 636.

Clupea haumela Forskal, Descript. Animal., 1775: 72 (Red Sea).

Trichiurus lepturus japonicus Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica,
Poiss,, 1844-002) Pl. 54 (Capan)s a

22457. Pusan. March 28, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt, 3 specimens.

25183. Syauhu Inlet, Primor’e. 1934. G.U. Lindberg, 5 specimens.

327

(9S61 ‘JOYONL) Ww {1g YIBUD] PrepULIg ‘snaNW snuwoIZOInajdnq “607 21NBIA

ee S

—$—$-———— cs
ae ett aaa

SQ

Yy

(9S61 “HONONL) W C77 YASUE] prepuLIg ‘DnzZUD JaBinsspy “gQz 2INTIY

I OT—=nQn EDENTON

Miya

—J

9S7

329

31378. Yellow Sea, Dalyan City (Dal’nii). September 4-10, 1946. V.G.
Gnezdplov, 2 specimens.

35597. Yellow Sea, Bikou. May 26, 1952. Academy of Sciences, China.
2 specimens.

35599. Yellow Sea, Chefoo. June, 1956. Academy of Sciences, China. 2
specimens.

D III, 137 (D 120-140); A i+ 1 105-108; vertebrae 39-40 + 123-128 =
162-168. Body depth 14.4-21.0 times and head length 7.0-9.4 times in
body length; eye 5 to 7 times in head length (Tucker, 1956).

Length, to 1.5 m (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan found along the continental coast
beginning from Nelma (about 40° N) (Shmidt and Taranetz, 1934: 592) ©
and southward: Olga Bay (Popov, 1933a: 141); Petrov Island (No. 20183);
Peter the Great Bay (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 114); Pusan (Shmidt,
1931b: 42); Tsushima Island (Arai and Abe; 1970: 88); along the coast
of Japan from Hokkaido (Ueno, 1971: 80) and south to Sado Island
(Honma, 1952: 143); San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 23); and Fukuoka Pre-
fecture (Jordan and Hubbs, 1925: 222). In the Yellow Sea reported
from the Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955: 187) and Nampho and
Inchon (Jordan and Metz, 1913: 27). This species, the only representative
of the genus, is distributed in the tropical and subtropical waters of the
Pacific, Indian, and Atlantic oceans.

258

9. Suborder Scombroidei'

Maxillae firmly attached to nonprotusile premaxillae, which in some
representatives form a more or less long xiphoid process produced
forward. Mouth nonprotractile. Branchiostegal membranes not attached
to isthmus. Caudal fin always present, well developed, crescent-shaped or
highly notched, with hard rays (bases of rays completely overlap

‘ hypurals). Body fusiform, head length almost equal to maximum body

259

depth, if larger, not more than 1.5 times; if body elongate, then xiphoid
process present and produced anteriorly. Caudal peduncle strong, with
one to three keels on each side (Lindberg, 1971: 122).

In recent years considerable attention has been given by Soviet authors
to the study of scombroids (Zharov et al., 1961, 1964; Svetovidov, 1964;
Martinsen, 1965; Zharov, 1967; Parin, 1967) as well as researchers in
other countries (Jordan and Evermann, 1926; Fraser-Brunner, 1949, 1950;
Bullis and Mather, 1956; Jones and Silas, 1962, 1963; Collette and Gibbs,
1963; Iwai, Nakamura and Matsubara, 1965; Merrett and Thorp, 1965;
Collette, 1966; Nakamura and Iwai, 1968).

Considering the present status of the composition of this suborder, we
shall examine three families under it: Scombridae, Istiophoridae, and
Xiphiidae. Members of all three families have been found in the Sea of
Japan.

Members of genera of these families are either pelagic and mainly
predators, living mostly in open parts of the ocean, or neritic and found |
above the slope of large depths. They are all capable of actively moving
great distances in search of food and generally move very fast. To pounce
on a prey they sometimes attain very high speeds, not possible for other
fish species. Constant movement is essential to their life pattern; with
cessation of movement respiration stops since the movement causing the
gill operculum to open is associated with alternate bending of the body
left and right in the process of oscillating the caudal fin. Water always
enters the gill cavity through an open mouth in the course of forward body
movement. Movement at high speed and over great distances consumes

The family Thunnidae, assigned by Berg (1940: 333) to the order Thunniformes, is close
to the family Cybiidae of Scombroidei. The Japanese ichthyologist Matsubara (1955) defined
several gradual morphological transitions among members of Scombridae, Cybiidae, and
Thunnidae and hence considered them merely subfamilies of Scombridae (Gastero-
chisminae, Scombrinae, Acanthocybiinae, and Sardinae), with which we do not agree.

*Maxillae also firmly attached to premaxillae in Scaridae and Oplegnathidae of the
suborder Percoidei, but the jaw teeth in these families fuse to form a beak.

‘Sjo[UlJ [eUB—] ‘sjo[UTJ [esIOp—s ‘yidap sfounped
[epneo jsvo[—y :Mef Joddn jo yyuUe|—H ‘aha jo JojaWeIp—q ‘Ja[Uy Jo WYySIay—O ‘uy [eue Jo 1YSIOY—N ‘uy [esIop puodsas Jo 1Y4SIOyY—W
‘Uy [BSIOP JO 1YsI9Y—T ‘Uy Jepnes Jo saqoy Jo sd usaMjaq souR\sIP—y ‘Ul [esIOP puodes Jo aseq Jo YIBU|—L SUT] [esIOP ISI] JO aseq
Jo yj8ue|—] uy [e10}00d Jo y3uUe|—H ‘yidep Apog WnwWIxewW—Dy ‘sur o1Ajod Jo ulZIJO 0} yyBUeT—Y ‘a0URISIP [euRoId—g ‘ul [esIOp puooes
Jo aseq JO UISIIO 0} Y}BU2|—q ‘UY [e10}DEd Jo aseq Jo UISIIO 0} YIZUS[—| ‘yI3UE] peoy—g ‘UY [epned Jo AvI o[PpIw Jo aseq 0} YIBUE| YIOJ VY

‘(0961 “SBII§ PUB soUOL) IaploIqWiodg JapsJoqns 9y} JO sIoqWioW JO sjUNWoINseaW Jo poyjewW ZuNnoidep weiseiq

‘TIZ ens 09¢

Ly !
BZ es SUES NS
Ss Lj VFA 4 sirens ENS yi

| iia

——

261

332

considerable energy. Such a mode of life is closely linked with their
unique morphological and physiological characteristics (Zharov, 1967:
vale)

The biology of members of the suborder Scombroidei has been studied
by Rass (1965a, 1965b), Osipov (1968a), and Gorbunova (1965a, 1965b,
1965c). Descriptions and figures of the larvae and juveniles have been
given by Sun’ Tszi-Zhen’ (1960), Ehrenbaum (1924), Strasburg (1960),
Matsumoto (1961), and Zhudova (1969). Parin (1967) has examined the
dependence of scombroids on the abiotic factors of their environment and
is convinced that the maximum variation among these fishes is seen in
the Indian and Pacific Oceans. In his opinion, the present geographic
center of distribution of the suborder is in the Indo-Pacific which,
probably, also corresponds to the initial center of formation of the group.

Let it be noted hear that all the measurements of the suborder
Scombroidei given in the text were taken by the method depicted in
Figure 211 (Jones and Silas, 1961: 372), which is generally followed by
ichthyologists.

Key to Families of Suborder Scombroidei’*

1 (2). Snout not produced forward to form an elongate rostrum or bill.
Pectoral fins usually inserted high. Pelvic fins with one spine and
iMyetSOlt Taysucaghs (3. Ain Tee Oe CLXIII. Scombridae.

2 (1). Snout produced forward to form an elongate rostrum or bill formed
by premaxillae and nasals. Pectoral fins inserted low. Pelvic fins
with three rays each, or fins completely absent.

3 (4). Body distinctly elongate, flat on sides, covered with scales.
Teeth small, but retained throughout life. Pelvic fins present. Two
to three keels on each side of caudal peduncle. Base of first dorsal
fin long, distinctly more than half body length and close to base of
second dorsal fin. Snout in form of elongated process, almost round
im CHOSS SECON: f by 4.104. 5, eRe eee CLXIV. Istiophoridae.

4 (3). Body less elongate, slightly fusiform, not covered with scales.
Teeth not retained in adults. Pelvic fins absent. One keel on each
side of caudal peduncle. Base of first dorsal fin short, distinctly less
than half body length, and widely separated from base of second
dorsal fin. Snout long, sword-shaped , with sharp margins, and not
round but depressed in cross section. ........ CLXV. Xiphiidae.

CLXIII. Family SCOMBRIDAE-—Mackerels

Body elongate, fusiform, moderately compressed laterally. Caudal
peduncle with two small keels on each side between lobes of caudal fin

3From Lindberg, 1971: 180.

262

333

and usually with large keel anterior to them also. Body covered with
minute scales or posteriorly naked; a unique, more or less developed
corselet of enlarged scales located in anterior part. Lateral line slightly
curved or sinuous, often with transverse branches. Adipose eyelid present
or absent. Two dorsal fins, more or less separated from each other or
contiguous. Anal fin with one to three spines. The last rays of the second
dorsal and anal fins are separate and appear like small fins. Pectoral fins
inserted high. Pelvic fins thoracic, with one spine and five branched rays.
Teeth minute or large, conical or more or less laterally compressed,
sometimes knife-shaped on jaws. Sometimes teeth present on palatines
and vomer. Gill rakers present or absent, few. Vertebrae 31-66
(Svetovidov, 1964: 384). ;

About 13 genera.’ Tropical, subtropical, and partly temperate seas.
Most members very important in world fisheries (Lindberg, 1927; Rass,
1948, 1960, 1965; Lindberg, 1971).° Eight genera known from the Sea
of Japan.

Key to Genera of Family Scombridae

1 (16). Teeth on jaws weak, conical.

2 (11). Interpelvic process separated from each other and from fins
(Figure 212, A, B). Dorsal fins contiguous or slightly apart, with
distance between them not more than diameter of eye.

3 ( 6). Body completely covered with scales. Scales of corselet and
lateral line usually larger than other scales of body.

4 ( 5). Body rounded in cross section, not compressed laterally. Dark
longitudinal stripes not present along upper half of body. Vomer
and palatines with minute villiform teeth. Vertebrae 39-41.
SHE Abed ty AR aaa Bess Poe we 1. Thunnus South.

5 ( 4). Body slightly compressed laterally. From 5 to 10 narrow

dark longitudinal stripes present in upper half of body. Vomer
without teeth; palatines with one row of strong conical teeth.
Mestebrasradinegai AUS Ale i 2. Sarda Cuvier.
3). Body naked except for corselet and lateral line.
8). Dorsal fins contiguous. Upper margin of first dorsal fin
siraiehiwial! dara eis v shan edt: [Gymnosarda Gill, 1862]’

8 ( 7). Dorsal fins not contiguous. Upper margin of first dorsal fin

concave.

6 (
fet

‘Generic composition of this family analyzed by Collette (1962, 1966).

Biological and technological characteristics of many scombroids given by Osipov and
Myaksha (1961).

SFrom Matsubara (1955: 514), with additions.

TRound in the Kara Sea and near Australia, Indonesia, and Japan.

334

262 Figure 212. Pelvic fins (Collette and Gibbs, 1963).

A—Thunnus; B—Euthynnus and Katsuwonus; C—Auxis; D—Scomber;
E—Scomberomorus; a—interpelvic process.

9 (10). Teeth present not only on both jaws but also on palatines;
sometimes also on vomer. Vertebrae 39. Longitudinal blae®
stripes on lower part of body absent.:...... 0. .2.00b. see ae
hel eases ihn io wee rete 3. Euthynnus Jordan and Gilbert.

10 ( 9). Teeth only on jaws. Vertebrae 41. Three to five distinct
longitudinal black stripes in lower part of body. .............
1 gids Lede Oa RI “A tap as ee naa ra ene gies es «tiga 4. Katsuwonus Linné.

11 ( 2). Interpelvic process single (Figure 212, C, D) or each merged

| with adjoining fin (Figure 212, E). Dorsal fins wide-set, distance
between them more than diameter of eye.

12 (143). Body not completely covered with scales; corselet well
developed. Posterior part of caudal peduncle with well-
developed median keel and small keels at base of caudal fin.
Vomer with teeth, palatines without teeth. Vertebrae 39.....
PEIN Uae AL AN Ene OM eee CA ERSTE WD ARrhiod ARORC 5. Auxis Cuvier.

13 (12). Body completely covered with scales; corselet either poorly
developed or absent. Posterior part of caudal peduncle without
median keel, only with two small keels. Vertebrae 31.

14 (15). Vomer and palatines with teeth. Gill rakers moderately long

263

335

and slender, their number on lower arm of first gill arch less than
35. Body fusiform, depth less than head length..............
LePase crete eur SUIS SESS Re ee 6. Scomber Linné.

15 (14). Vomer and palatines without teeth. Gill rakers very long,
broad, their number more than 35. Body compressed laterally,
depin/aimost equal to head tenet ee tls ea 2
OBA IY 258 [Rastrelliger Jordan and Dickerson, 1908].°

16 ( 1). Teeth on jaws strong, distinctly compressed laterally, almost
triangular or knife-shaped.

17 (18). Lateral line bifurcates behind head (under first dorsal fin);
one branch continues along top of back, the other along lower
part of belly. Maxilla posteriorly does not extend beyond vertical
from“anterior ‘margin of ey¢: Vertebrae 317 Pye eee.) SA.
DUS RRR eek, OE eee ep ap [Grammatorcynus Gill, 1862].’

18 (17). Lateral line single, does not bifurcate.

19 (20). Gill filaments do not form network. Gill rakers few. Spines
in dorsal fin 14-20. Vertebrae 40-51. Snout much smaller than
remaining part of head......... 7. Scomberomorus Lacépéde.

20 (19). Gill filaments form network. Gill rakers absent. Spines in
dorsal fin 25-26. Vertebrae 64. Snout same length as remaining
part of head. ... 8. Acanthocybium (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

1. Genus Thunnus South, 1845

Thynnus Cuvier, Régne Anim., 2, 1817: 313 (type: Scomber thynnus
L.) (preocc.).

Orcynus Cuvier, Régne Anim., 2, 1817: 314 (type: Scomber germo
Lacépéde) (preocc.).

Thunnus South. In: Smedley, Rose and Rose (eds.), Encyclopaedia
Metropolitana, 25, 1845: 620 (type: Scomber thynnus L.). Kishinouye, J.
Coll. Agr. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 3, 1923: 433 (description). Fraser-Brunner,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (12), 3, 1950: 142 (synonyms, review of species).
Svetovidov, Ryby Chernogo Morya, 1964: 386. Gibbs and Collette, Fish.
Bull. Fish Wildlife Serv., 66, 1, 1966: 97 (Synonymy, analysis of species
and subspecies composition).

Germo Jordan, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 40, 1888: 180 (type:
Scomber alalunga Gmelin).

Parathunnus Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agr. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 3, 1923: 442

8Distributed in the Indian Ocean and western part of the Pacific Ocean (Zharov et al.,
1961: 19).

*Known from the Kara Sea, off the coasts of Java, Celebes, Ryukyu, the Philippines,
Marshall, and Hawaiian Islands, as well as the coast of Australia (Beaufort and Chapman,
1951: 216).

264

336

(type: Thunnus mebachi Kishinouye = Thynnus obesus Lowe). Rivas,
Ann. Mus. Civico Storia Nat. Giacomo Doria, 72, 1961: 126.

Neothunnus Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agr. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 3, 1923: 445
(type: Thynnus macropterus Temminck and Schlegel = Scomber albacares
Bonnaterre). Rivas, Ann. Mus. Civico Storia Nat. Giacomo Doria, 72,
1961: 126,

Kishinoella Jordan and Hubbs, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 10, 2, 1925: 219
(type: Thunnus rarus Kishinouye = Thynnus tonggol Bleecker).

Body moderately elongate, entirely covered with scales, usually
enlarged along lateral line and in anterior part, and forms an armor
(corselet). Lateral line usually slightly sinuous. Caudal peduncle with
large median keel on each side and two small keels on upper and lower
sides at posterior end of median keel (between caudal lobes). Dorsal fins
contiguous or separated by space shorter than diameter of eye. Inter-
pelvic process large, not fused, and forms two processes posteriorly
pointed. Ring of infraorbital bones incomplete, without canal in system of
lateral line. Teeth on jaws small, arranged in one row, conical; those on
palatines and vomer villiform. Gill rakers short, not more than 30 on
lower half of first gill arch. Vertebrae 39-41. Swim bladder present or
absent. This genus, like other closely related genera, characterized by
strong development of cutaneous vascular system connected with vascular
network in lateral muscles of body, in parts adjoining vertebral column on
both sides. Vascular network also present on inner side of liver and in
hemal canal (Svetovidov, 1964: 386).

Soviet literature has periodically been enriched with studies on the
biology and fishery of tunas (Isipov, 1928; Rumyantsev and Kizevetter,
1949; Metelkin, 1957; Moiseev, 1957; Osipov, 1960, 1965a, 1965b, 1966,
1967, 1968a, 1968b, 1968c, 1968d, 1970; Zharov et al., 1961, 1964;
Martinsen et al., 1965; Zharov, 1966; Shabotinets, 1968). In recent years a
large volume of literature has appeared on the biology and migration of
tunas by tagging (Mather, 1963a, 1963b; Brock, 1965; Fink, 1966; Kask,
1966; Mather. and Bartlett, 1966; Yamanaka, 1966a, 1966b). Interesting
work has also been undertaken on the larvae and juveniles (Yabe and
Ueyanagi, 1962; Jones and Kumaran, 1963; Matsumoto, 1966; Scaccini,
1966); tropnic relationships, feeding, and behavior (Talbot and Penrith,
1963; Thomas and Kumaran, 1963; Waldron and Ring, 1963; Magnuson,
1966; Sivasubramaniam, 1966; Uecyanagi, 1966a; H. Nakamura, 1969);
and oceanic distribution of tunas depending on biotic and abiotic factors
[Shepers, 1935; Godsil, 1945; Nakamura and Yamanaka, 1959; Hamre,
1963; Blackburn, 1965; Nakamura, 1966, 1969; Postel, 1969; Frey (ed.) ~
1971]. Analysis of the taxonomy of this genus, and anatomy, morphology,
and biology of tunas are also available (Clothier, 1950; Watson, 1963;
Mather, 1963a, 1963b; Iwai and Nakamura, 1964b). The bibliography

265

337

compiled by the World Scientific Meeting on the Biology of Tunas
deserves special mention (see: Proceedings..., 1964).

7 widely distributed species.'® Tropical and subtropical seas in the
Atlantic, Pacific, and indian oceans. 3 species known from the Sea of
Japan, and another 2 from adjacent waters. Japanese ichthyologists (Iwai
et al., 1965), noting that the external characters of tunas vary with
age, have developed three keys of species of this genus; one is based
on external characters and the other two on anatomical features. These
authors have given much importance to the species-dependent structural
peculiarities of the olfactory organ and consider it possible to identify
subspecies through this feature.

1. Key to Species of Genus. Thunnus
(Based only on external morphological characters;
Iwai et al., 1965: 25)

1 ( 4). Length of pectoral fin less than 4/5 head length; tip does
not reach vertical from origin of second dorsal fin.

2 ( 3). Keel of caudal peduncle yellow. Length of pectoral fin 4.4
146 times body length wiyeccdaw i ked. basal a Mehl
Po et ‘Peau. aaoyel Cua. Shia dat [Ie maccayii: (Castelnau; 1872)]."

3 ( 2). Keel of caudal peduncle black (translucent in immature fish).
Length of pectoral fin 4.6 to 6.0 times in the body length. .
Neokutecey anes Olt hee Le CR, BL oe ol 1. T. thynnus (L.).

4 (1). Length of pectoral fin more than 4/5 head length; tip
either slightly shorter than vertical from origin of second dorsal
or extends slightly beyond it.

5 ( 6). Posterior margin of caudal fin with white border. Pectoral
fins very long, almost reach vertical from second dorsal finlet.
else eat. Te Agee tesco 030: 2. T. alalunga (Bonnaterre).

6 ( 5). Posterior margin of caudal fin without white border. Pectoral
fins in adult fish long but do not reach vertical from first dorsal
finlet.

7 (10). Gill rakers on first gill arch 25-33.

8 ( 9). Body stout, its depth greater than longitudinal cleft of tail.
Second dorsal and anal fins not very long. Anal fin originates
behind midpoint between posterior margin of operculum and
posterior end of caudal keel. Eyes and head large...........
MEAP apiis UR teren. et ai rs La ee. ei 3. [T. obesus (Lowe)].

Oyapanese (Iwai et al., 1965) and American ichthyologists (Gibbs and Collette, 1966a,
1966b), on the basis of analyses of proportions of hody parts, skeleton, seismosensory system,
and structure of internal organs, have convincingly demonstrated that there are only seven
species in the genus Thunnus.

"Widely distributed in the southern part of the Pacific Ocean from New Zealand to Peru
(Iwai et al., 1965: 34).

338

9 ( 8).

LOR Qi):
Io 2).

ies Gy

Li@2);

129):

Body fairly slender, its depth less than longitudinal cleft
of tail. Second dorsal and anal fins distinctly elongate. Anal fin
originates ahead of midpoint between posterior margin of
operculum and posterior end of caudal keel. Eyes and head
comparatively small. 0). i000... 4. T. albacares (Bonnaterre).
Gill rakers on first gill arch 19-25.

Finlets of live fish not yellow (dorsal finlets of live fish
bluish and anal finlets dark gray), turning yellow only after
death. Origin of second dorsal fin behind midpoint between
snout tipsand (end of caudal*peduncle..41) 6. 3201. c. 2a eee
so BISSEAU ERE) ORs a [T. atlanticus Lesson, 1830].
Finlets of live fish yellow. Origin of second dorsal fin near
midpoint between end of snout and posterior end of keel of
caudal/pedincle se: Jy ee Aree 5. T. tonggol (Bleeker).

2. Key to Species of Genus Thunnus
(Based on internal and anatomical characters;
Iwai et al., 1965: 25)

. Closed hemal arch appears on 10th vertebra. Blood vessels

well developed on ventral side of liver.

. Parasphenoid narrow. First hemal spine distinctly broad and

TAA SS AE eto Me oles ha he ke et tent ee 2. T. alalunga.

. Parasphenoid wide. First hemal spine not compressed.
. Alisphenoid bone extends below center or orbit and distinctly

attached to parasphenoid in adult fish........ 1. Th. thynnus.

. Alisphenoid bone externds in center of orbit but distinctly

not attached to parasphenoid in adult fish..... [Th. maccoyii].

. Closed hemal arch appears on 11th vertebra. Blood vessels

absent or if present on ventral surface of liver, only at edges.

. Blood vessels on ventral side of liver present only at edges.

Inferior foramina very small. Posthemal zygapophysis short...
peak Gh apt te ens gL aceh ah anata! MeL sIel ao a MER RAI Rey Stun 3. Th. obesus.

. Blood vessels on lower surface of liver absent. Inferior foramina

large. Posthemal zygapophysis long, spine-shaped.

. Depression present in center of lower surface of

ParasphenOcd seis) OM May Lee eee Sa [Th. atlanticus].

. Depression absent in center of lower surface of parasphenoid,

surface flat.
Swim) bladgenm presenta. .cuse ue eee Gemeee. aid 4. Th. albacares.
Swim bladderiabsemt.s) 726 S220 sete Ree 5. Th. tonggol.

Distributed in the Atlantic basin within the limits of the subtropical, partly temperate,
and tropical regions (Zharov et al., 1964: 9).

266

B59

Figure 213. Longitudinal section of the nasal cavity of Thunnus (Iwai et

al., 1965).

A-—anterior nostril; B—posterior nostril; C—olfactory rosette; D—nasal
cavity; E—additional nasal sac; F—premaxilla bone; G—nasal bone; H—
frontal bone; I—lachrymal bone; J—posterior end of maxilla bone; K—

sclera.

3. Key to Species of Genus Thunnus
[Based on structure of olfactory organ,
(Figure 213); Iwai et al., 1965: 28]

Olfactory rosette with outer fleshy process (Figure 214, A, B).
Mucosal folds not reaching outer part of olfactory rosette
Ag 2 CEI Sk ICI aT Seno ae NO ORB 2. Th. alalunga.

. Mucosal folds in outer part of olfactory rosette noticeable

although not significant (Figure 214, B)......... [Th. obesus].

. Olfactory rosette without outer fleshy process (Figure 214,

C-G).

. Margins of mucosal folds usually entire, not serrate (Figure

214, C, D).

. Margins of mucosal folds in nasal cavity smooth (Figure 214,

CR AUC e ee tray os ok es win tase eos se 1. Th. thynnus.

268

268

34]

7 ( 6). Margins of mucosal folds in adult fish with fine serrations
Giguere ae DD) RL Sto Gee a, et Zh [Th. maccoyiil.

8 ( 5). Margins of mucosal folds not even and serrate to different
degrees (Figure 214, E-G).

9 (10). Margins of all mucosal folds in nasal cavity highly serrate
(Figure 214, E). First gill arch with 27—34 gill rakers. ......
AU eee Re Ais: oo Ue 4. Th. albacares.

10 ( 9). Margins of mucosal folds with poorly defined serrations. Gill
rakers 19-25.

11 (12). Margins of mucosal folds slightly sinuate (Figure 214, F). ..
Bey Sale t (e" GERS OARS 8 Tiaras 0 An ae Cab 5. Th. tonggol.

12 (11). Margins of mucosal folds highly sinuate (Figure 214, G)....
PEE oa) adie A NS Re hs, . Beer e 2 e gi [Th. atlanticus].

1. Thunnus thynnus orientalis (Temminck and Schlegel, 1844)—Oriental

Bluefin Tuna (Figure 215)

Thynnus orientalis Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss.,
1844: 94 (Japan).

Orcynus schlegelii Steindachner. In: Steindachner and Déderlein,
Beitrige..., 3, 1884: 10, pl. 3, fig. 1 (Tokyo).

Thunnus thynnus, Jordan and Evermann, Fish. N. and M. Amer., 1896:
870. Walford, Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley, 1937: 7, pl. 34 (color figure).
Godsil and Byers, Calif. Fish and Game, Fish Bull., 60, 1944: 88, fig.
48 (anatomy). Fraser-Brunner, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 12, 3, 1950: 143,
fig. 4. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 515. Zharov et al.,
Tuntsy..., 1961: 25, fig. 8 (description, synonyms, common names).
Collette and Gibbs, Edit. U.S. Nat. Mus., 5, 1963: 38, pl. 10. Osipov
et eal PUESY, cy « bobo 19. ie oO ee Osipoy et al., Tuntsyied
Mecheobraznye..., 1964: 10. Martinsen et al., VNIRO, 1965: 1-122, figs.

==

wN

Figure 215. Thunnus thynnus orientalis—Oriental bluefin tuna (Iwai et al., 1965).

269

342

9, 10 (synonyms, description, map of distribution). Iwai et al., Misaki Mar.
Biol. Inst., Spec. Rep., 2, 1965: 31, fig. 16 (detailed list of synonyms).

Thunnus orientalis, Kishinouye, Proc. Sci. Fisher, Assoc. Tokyo, I,
19152 7, pli, fig: 99. Kishinouyes.) Coll, Agric) Univ) Tokyarwss
3, 1923: 437, figs. 3, 21, 43, 44, 50. Metelkin, Promysel Tuntsvov, 1957:
I

Thunnus thynnus orientalis, Serventy, Austr. J. Mar. and Freshwat.
Res., 7, 1956: 11. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 221, fig. 665 (color
figures of adult and young specimens). Jones and Silas, Indian J. Fish.,
7, 2, 1960: 381, fig. 8. Gibbs and Collette, Fish. Bull. U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Serv., 66, 1, 1966: 117 (description, synonyms). Parin
Scumbrievidnye Ryby, 1967: 91 (description, maps of distribution).

D XIII-XV, 14; dorsal finlets 8-9; A 13-15; anal finlets 7-8; P
31-38; I. 1. about 230; gill rakers 9-16 + 21-28, total 32-43."

Body depth 3.2 to 4.3 times in its length. Head length 3.2 to 3.5 times
in body length. Caudal part of body fairly long, caudal peduncle slender.
Body covered with minute cycloid scales, only in region of pectoral fins
are scales in form of large elongate plates. Lateral line well marked, with
curve above pectoral fin. Pectoral fins short, 4.8 to 6 times in body length.
Height of first and second dorsal fins about equal. Second dorsal and
anal fins similar in size and falciform; in specimens more than 200 cm
in length, these fins markedly elongate. Eyes of adult fish small. Mouth
large; posterior margin of maxilla continues beyond vertical from anterior
margin of eye. Both jaws with minute conical teeth. Fleshy processes in
outer part of olfactory rosette not developed; mucosal folds well defined,
without notch along margin (Figure 214, C). Membrane of first dorsal fin
yellow; second dorsal and anal fins grayish-yellow. Finlets grayish-yellow
with black margin. Back dark blue, ventral surface silvery-white. Keel
on caudal peduncle black. Body sides of young fish with more than 10 pale
transverse stripes. Vertebrae 18 + 21 =39 (Iwai et al., 1965: 31).

Differs from Atlantic bluefin tuna, T. thynnus thynnus (L.), in larger
maximum body dimensions and larger maximum weight (Zharov et al.,
1961).

Fecundity more than one million eggs (Zharov et al., 1961). First
spawning at three years of age when length about 100 cm and weight
about 20 kg (Osipov et al., 1963). Spawning also known in waters of the
Sea of Japan (Osipov, 1968c: 8).

The biology of bluefin tuna has been studied numerous times (Esipov,
1928; Shepers, 1935; Schaefer and Marr, 1948; Shimada, 1951la, 1951b;
Metelkin, 1957; Mather and Schuck, 1960; Osipov, 1960, 1968c; Zharov et
al., 1961; Genovese, 1962; Orange and Fink, 1963; Osipov et al., 1963;

137 harov and associates (1961) report: D (X) XII-XIV (XV) (12) 13-14 (15), 8-10; A 12-
14, 7-9; P 31-33; V 6; gill rakers 9-13 + 21-26.

270

343

Robins, 1963, 1966; Zharov, 1965; Martinsen et al., 1965; Clemens, 1966;
Flittner, 1966; Nakamura and Matsumoto, 1966; Shingu, 1966; Ueyanagi,
1966c; Parin, 1967; Clemens and Flittner, 1969). Many researchers have
studied the anatomy and morphology (Starks, 1910, 1911; Kishinouye,
1923; Godsil and Byers, 1944; Godsil and Holmberg, 19503; Morice, 1953a,
1953c; Honma, 1956; Iwai and Nakamura, 1964a; Iwai et al., 1956).
Dependence of body weight and length on age have also been analyzed
(Roedel, 1953; Bell, 1963, 1964; Phelan, 1966; Yukinawa and Yabuta,
1967). But the larvae of this fish have not received adequate attention
(Matsumoto, 1961; Yabe, Ueyanagi and Watanabe, 1966). Interesting
information on the initiation of tuna fishing in the Far East seas is given by
Oral (1926).

Weight, up to 700 kg.

Length, up to 3.5 m (Osipov, 1968c: 8).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Vladimir Bay (Taranetz,
1935: 90); Peter the Great Bay (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 207); Pos’et
Bay (Rumyantsev, 1950: 160); southern coast of Sakhalin (Parin, 1967:
91); west coast of Hokkaido (Ueno, 1971: 79); Sado Island (Honma, 1952:
143; 1963:18); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 8); and San’in region (Mori,
1956a; 23). Reported from the Sea of Okhotsk (Ueno, 1965c: 3); southern
Kuril Islands (Parin, 1967: 91). Found off southern coast of Korean
Peninsula (Mori, 1952: 173). Widely distributed in waters of the Pacific
and Indian oceans (Nakamura and Warashina, 1965: 9).

2. Thunnus alalunga (Bonnaterre, 1788)—Albacore (Figure 216)

Scomber pinnis pectoralibus longissimus Cetti, Amfibi et pesci di
Sardegna. Sassari, 1777: 191-193.

Scomber alalunga Bonnaterre, Tableau encyclopédique et méthodique
des trois régnes de la nature. Ichthologie. Paris, 1788: 139 (original
description, based on Cetti) (Mediterranean Sea).

Germo alalunga, Jordan and Evermann, Fish. N. and M. Amer., 1896:
871 (description, synonyms). Osipov et al., Tuntsy i Mecheobraznye...,
1964: 67. Zharov et al., Tuntsy..., 1961: 28, fig. 9 (description,
synonyms). Martisen et al., Tuntsy..., 1965: 10, fig. 3 (description,
synonyms).

Thunnus germo, Kishonouye, J. Coll. Agric. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 3, 1923:

434, figs. 20, 46, 52. Godsil and Byers, Calif. Fish and Game, Fish Bull.,
60, 1944: 70, figs. 36-47.
_ Thunnus alalunga, Fraser-Brunner, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 12, 3, 1950:
143, fig. 5. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 516. Abe, Enc.
Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 222, fig. 658. Jones and Silas, Indian J. Fish.,
7, 2, 1960: 382, fig. 9. Iwai et al., Misaki Mar. Biol. Inst., Spec. Rep.,
2, 1965: 28, fig. 13. Collette and Gibbs, Edit. U.S. Nat. Mus., 5, 1963:
bye

270

271

344

Figure 216. Thunnus alalunga—albacore (Iwai et al., 1965).

D XIIIJ-XIV, 14-16"; dorsal finlets 7-8; A 14-15; anal finlets 7-8;
P 31-34; squ. 120; gill rakers 7-10 + 18-22 = 25-31.

Body fusiform, its depth 3.6 to 4 times in its length. Head large (3.1
to 3.6 times in the body length). Caudal peduncle comparatively short,
narrows sharply toward caudal fin. Body covered with minute cycloid
scales. Scales on thorax in form of large plates but pectoral armor or
corselet indistinct. Lateral line above pectoral forms smooth arch.
Pectoral fins usually very long (2.2 to 3 times in body length). Height of
first and second dorsal.fins about equal. Anal fin almost same in size as

‘second dorsal fin. Mouth large; posterior margin of oral slit extends

beyond vertical from anterior margin of eye. Teeth on jaws arranged in 1
row, minute and conical. Fleshy processes in outer part of nasal rosette
present; margins of olfactory folds with serrations (Figure 214, A).
Membrane of first dorsal fin yellow. Finlets pale yellow with black border.
Posterior margin of caudal fin with white border. Back deep blue, belly
silvery-white’> (Iwai et al., 1965: 28).

Liver trilobate, middle lobe largest; large number of blood vessels on
ventral side of liver (Morice, 1953b; Iwai et al., 1965).

Albacore attain sexual maturity at the age of five or six years, when
the body length reaches 90 to 95 cm. Fecundity, about three million eggs.

Many authors have studied the anatomical characters of the albacore
(Kishinouye, 1923; Godsil and Byers, 1944; Iwai et al., 1965; I. Nakamura,
1965), and have determined its age on the basis of skeletal structure

47 harov and associates (1961: 29) report: D XIII-XV, 11-15; dorsal finlets 7-9; A 13-15;
anal finlets 7-8; gill rakers about 27 (9 +18).

'‘SComparative characteristics of albacore from the Indian and Pacific oceans have been
given by Kurogane’ (1959).

345

and scales (Otsu and Uchida, 1959a; Bell, 1962), spawning period, sexual
maturity, and nature of spawning (Otsu and Uchida, 1959b; Otsu and
Hansen, 1962; Yoshida, 1965; Kikawa and Ferraro, 1967). The oceanic
distribution of larvae and juveniles has also been analyzed (Marchal,
1963; Nakamura and Matsumoto, 1966; Higgins, 1967).

Several researchers have studied the biology and behavior (Thompson,
1917; Otsu, 1960; Alverson, 1961; Clemens, 1961, 1962, 1966; Zharov et
al., 1961; Radovich, 1962; Otsu and Uchida, 1963; Yoshida and Otsu,
1963; Walters and Fierstine, 1964; Clemens and Craig, 1965; Fink, 1966;
Otsu and Yoshida, 1967; Parin, 1967; Osipov, 1968c; Rothschild and Yang,
1970). Albacore feed on small fishes, including Pacific saury, which
constitutes about 50% of its diet (McHugh, 1952), squids, and planktonic
crustaceans. The stocks of albacore in the central and especially the
northern parts of the Pacific Ocean have not been studied sufficiently
(Graham and McGary, 1961).

The food quality of the flesh of albacore ranks higher than that of all
other tunas. Maximum weight, 45 kg.

Length, to 1.5 m’® (Martinsen et al., 1965: 12).

Distribution: Rarely found in the Sea of Japan (Matsubara, 1955: 516).
Known from the southern coast of the Korean Peninsula (Mori, 1952:
173). In the Sea of Okhotsk found near the southern Kuril Islands (Ueno,
1971: 79). In the northern Pacific Ocean found up to 45° N. Widely
distributed in warm seas throughout the world (Iwai et al., 1965: 29)."’

3. [Thunnus obesus (Lowe, 1839)—Bigeye Tuna] (Figure 217)

Thynnus obesus Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 7, 1839: 78 (Madeira).

Thynnus sibi Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., 1844: 97,
pl. 50 (Japan). Beaufort and Chapman, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., IX, 1951:
222 (synonyms, description). Rivas, Ann. Mus. Storia Nat. Genova, 72,
1961: 135 (synonyms).

Parathunnus mebachi Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agric. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 3,
1923: 442, figs. 4, 22, 47, 49. Godsil and Byers, Calif. Fish and Game,
Fish Bull.,-60, 1944: 105, fig. 59 (description, anatomy).

Parathunnus sibi, Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 221, fig. 657.

Parathunnus obesus, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 516.
Zharov et al., Tuntsy..., 1961: 30, fig. 10 (description, synonyms).

Thunnus obesus, Fraser-Brunner, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 12,3, 1950: 144,
fig. 6 (description, synonyms). Rivas, Ann. Mus. Storia Nat. Genova, 72,

'6Sometimes size more than 1.5 m in length and weight greater than 45 kg (Zharov et al.,
1961).

‘Maps of distribution of albacore have been published by Martinsen and associates
(1965: 13, Figure 4) and Parin (1967), but the Sea of Japan not included in the area of
distribution of this species.

272

272

346

1961: 133 (description, synonyms). Collette and Gibbs, Edit. U.S. Nat.
Mus., 5, 1963: 40 (description, comparison with closely related species).
Iwai et al., Misaki Mar. Biol. Inst., Spec. Rep., 2, 1965: 34, fig. 19
(synonyms, description). Gibbs and Collette, Fish. Bull. U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Serv., 66, I, 1966: 109. Nakamura, Bull. Misaki Mar. Biol. Inst.,
Kyoto Univ., 8, 1965: 18 (anatomy). Parin, Skumbrievidnye Ryby...,
1967: 99. Osipov, Okeanskie Pelagicheskie Ryby, 1968: 10, fig. 3.

Parathunnus obesus mebachi, Jones and Silas, Indian J. Fish., 7,
2, 1960: 383, fig. 10, B (description).

D XIV-XV, 13-15; dorsal finlets 8-9; A 13-15; anal finlets 8-9; Pe2s
35; squ. 190; gill rakers 7-10 + 18-19 = 26-28.

Body fusiform, thick. Body depth 3.3 to 3.5 times in length. Caudal part
rather short, narrows sharply toward base of caudal fin. Scales small,
cycloid, cover entire body. Pectoral corselet quite distinct in adult
fish, not seen in young fish. Lateral line above pectoral fin curves sharply
upward. Pectoral fins relatively long, 3.9 to 4.2 times in the body length.
In young fish these fins reach a vertical from first dorsal finlet, and
in adult fish almost up the vertical with the origin of second dorsal
fin. Second dorsal fin slightly higher than first, falciform, and similar
in shape and size to anal fin. Eyes relatively large. Mouth large. Teeth
on jaws minute, conical. Fleshy processes developed in outer half of
olfactory rosette; olfactory folds also developed, their margins elongate
and serrate (Figure 214, B).

Membrane of first dorsal fin Brayish: yellow. Secarid dorsal and anal fins
pale yellow with black border.'* Back deep yellow, body sides violet
with yellowish tinge, ventral surface silvery-white. Young fish with grayish
spots on ventral surface.

Figure 217. Thunnus obesus—bigeye tuna (Iwai et al., 1965).

187 harov and associates (1951: 32) state that the finlets are not yellow, but dark, while
Martinsen and associates (1965) add that the caudal and pectoral fins are reddish-black.

273

347

Liver trilobate, middle lobe largest. Blood vessels located along
margins of liver on ventral surface. Vertebrae 18 + 21 = 39 (Iwai et al.,
1965: 34).

The anatomy of this species has been studied by scientists abroad
(Godsil and Byers, 1944; Nakamura, 1965) and the biology studied in the
Soviet Union (Metelkin, 1957; Zharov, 1961; Martinsen et al., 1965; Parin,
1967; Osipov, 1968).

Bigeye tuna move in large schools." It feeds on small fishes and squids. |
The largest congregations of bigeye tuna form at a temperature of 21
to 22°C (Martinsen et al., 1965). Metelkin (1957) has stated that this is the
only tuna species which dwells permanently at a depth greater than 20 m,
but Martinsen has recorded it at depths greater than 200 m. Sexual
maturity is achieved at the age of about three years and a body length of 90
to 100 cm.” Fecundity, 2,900 to 6,300 thousand eggs. Eggs pelagic, small
(1.0 to 1.38 mm). Embryonic development takes place at 28 to 29°C and
continues for about 21 hours (Parin, 1967). A few workers in other
countries have provided information on the larvae and juveniles
(Nakamura and Matsumoto, 1966; Higgins, 1967), and on growth and
sexual dimorphism (Shomura and Keala, 1962).

Maximum weight, 197 kg; information has been published on catches
of bigeye tuna weighing 272 kg (Parin, 1967).

Length, up to 236 cm (Parin, 1967).

Distribution :”' Not found in the Sea of Japan. Known from southern
Kuril Islands (Ueno, 1971: 79). Indicated off the coast of the Korean
Peninsula (Mori, 1952: 173). Abe (1958: 221) has reported wide
distribution from the middle part of Honshu, but Matsubara (1955: 516)
has indicated only the Pacific coast for Japan. In the Atlantic Ocean found
slightly more often north of 40° N. Common in tropical and subtropical
waters of the world oceans (Mather and Gibbs, 1958: 237).

4. Thunnus albacares (Bonnaterre, 1788)—Yellowfin Tuna (Figure 218)

Scomber albacares Bonnaterre, Tableau Encyclopédique et
Méthodique..., Ichthyologie, Paris. 1788: 140 (Madeira).

Thynnus macropterus Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss.,
1844: 98, pl. 52 (young specimen) (Japan).

Neothunnus macropterus, Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agric. Univ., Tokyo, 8,
3, 1923: 445, fig. 45. Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 109.

'Kume (1966) reports the migration of this species, and Torin (1969) its vertical
distribution.

20S exual maturity and spawning of this species havg been described by Japanese
scientists (Kikawa, 1966; Kikawa and Ferraro, 1967), and information on its feeding habits is
available in the work of Maksimov (1969).

IMaps of distribution and places of commercial fisheries published by Parin (1967) and
Martinsen (1965).

274

348

Godsil and Byers, Calif. Fish and Game, Fish. Bull., 60, 1944: 47, fig.
20. Jones and Silas, Indian J. Fish., 7, 2, 1960: 385, fig. 12.

Semathunnus guildi Fowler, Pree. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 85, 1933:
163-164, pl. 12 (Tahiti).

Thunnus macropterus, Beaufort and Cees Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch.,
TX, 1951: 223, fig. 39 (description, synonyms).

Thunnus albacora, Fraser-Brunner, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 12, 3, 1950:
144, fig. 7 (description, synonyms).

Thunnus albacares, Rivas, Ann. Mus. Storia Nat., Genova, 72, 1961: 136
(synonyms). Collette and Gibbs, Edit. U.S. Nat. ,Mus., 5, 1963: 41
(comparison with other species). Iwai et al., Misaki Mar. Biol. Inst., Spec.
Rep., 2, 1965: 36, figs. 20, 21 (detailed list of synonyms, description).
Merrett and Thorp, Ann. Mag. Natur. History, London, 1965: 375. Parin,
Skumbrievidnye. Ryby..., 1967: 102 (synonyms, biology). Zharov,
Zheltoperyi Tunets..., 1970: 1-121 (description of species, synonyms).

Thunnus argentivittatus, Rivas, Ann. Mus. Storia Nat., Genova,
72, 19612 131,

Neothunnus albacora, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1965:
516. Abe, Encl. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 221, fig. 655 (color figure).

‘Martinsen et al., Tuntsy..., 1965: 5, fig. 1 (synonyms).

Neothunnus albacore, Zharov et al., Tuntsy..., 1961: 32 (synonyms,
description).

D XII-XIV, 14-15; dorsal finlets 8-9; A 14-15; anal finlets 8-9; P 32-
35; 7. 1. 220-270; gill rakers 8-11 + 19-24, total 27-34.

, Body more oblong than in other tunas, body depth 3.6 to 4.1 times
in its length. Anal fin shifted slightly forward, caudal part slender
and long. Head not very large (3.1 to 4.0 times in body length). Scales
small, cycloid, cover entire body. Corselet fairly large, better developed
in young fish than in adults (barely distinguishable). Lateral line well
developed, curves twice above origin of pectoral fin. Pectoral fins
comparatively long (3.1 to 4.2 times in the body length), shorter in adults,
and in older fish does not reach vertical from origin of second dorsal fin.
Second dorsal and anal fins of larger fish distinctly elongate. First rays of
adult fish in both fins equal to head length or longer. Eyes comparatively
large. Mouth large. Jaws with minute conical teeth. Fleshy processes
absent on margins of nasal rosettes; olfactory folds distinctly developed,
their margins serrate (Figure 214, D). Membranes of dorsal and anal fins
golden-yellow, finlets with black border. Back deep blue, sides golden,
abdomen silvery. In fish up to 130 cm in length, body sides with sinuous
pattern. Ventral surface of liver without blood vessels. Vertebrae
18 + 21°39 (Iwai et al., 1965: 36),

The anatomy of the yellowfin tuna has been studied rather well
(Kishinouye, 1923; Godsil and Byers, 1944; Iwai et al., 1965; Nakamura,

273

Figure 218. Thunnus albacares—yellowfin tuna (Tomiyama and Abe,
1958).

1965). Its fecundity and the dependence of fecundity on body size have
also been well studied (Joseph, 1963). Other aspects covered in detail
include maturation and spawning (Moore, 1951; Orange, 1961; Kikawa
and Ferraro, 1967; Yuen, 1967), larvae and juveniles (Nakamura and
Matsumoto, 1966; Higgins, 1967), population density and composition
(Godsil and Greenhood, 1951; Hennemuth, 1961; Joseph et al., 1964),
feeding (Nakamura, 1950; Reintjes and King, 1953; King and Ikehara,
1956; Watanabe, 1958; Alverson, 1963), and other biological characters
(Nakamura et al., 1951; Iversen, 1956; Metelkin, 1957; Yabuta and
Yukinawa, 1958; Zharov et al., 1961; Kolesnikov et al., 1961; Mimura and
staff, 1962; Radovich, 1962; Davidoff, 1963; Ronquillo, 1963; Schaefer et
al., 1963; Mimura, 1964; Osipov et al., 1964; Royce, 1964; Martinsen et al.,
1965; Joseph, 1966; Kikawa, 1966; Zharov, 1967, 1970a, 1970b, 1970c,
1970d; Parin, 1967; Osipov, 1968b; Geft, 1970).

Average weight about 50 kg. Rare specimens have weighed up to 200 kg
(Zharov et al., 1964: 16).

Length, up to 170 cm (Iwai et al., 1965: 38).

Distribution:” In the Sea of Japan known from west coast of Hokkaido
(Ueno, 1971: 79); southward (Matsubara, 1955: 516); indicated for Sado
Island (Honma, 1963: 18); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 8); and San’in

2Distribution of yellowfin tuna reported by Martinsen and associates (1965: 8, Figure 2).
Parin (1967: 103) in Figure 21 depicts not only the boundaries of the area of distribution, but
also the areas of commercial catches and the boundaries of spawning in the area of
distribution. Neither author includes the Sea of Japan in the area of distribution of this
species.

275

275

350

region (Mori, 1956a: 23). Found off the south coast of the Korean
Peninsula (Mori, 1952: 174) and farther south up to Ryukyu Islands and
Taiwan (China). Hawaiian Islands (Okada and Matsubara, 1938: 149).
Widely distributed in the Pacific, Indian, and Atlantic oceans (Iwai et al.,
1965: 36).

5. Thunnus tonggol (Bleeker, 1852)—Longtail Tuna (Figure 219)

Thynnus tonggol Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., I, 1851: 356; Verh.
Bat. Gen., XXIV, 1852, Bijdr. Makreelacht. Visschen: 89 (description,
synonyms) (Indonesia).

Neothunnus rarus Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agric. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 3, 1923:
448, figs. 24, 48, 64 (Japan).

Thunnus tonggol, Fraser-Brunner, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 12, 3, 1950:
145, fig. 8 (description, synonyms). Beaufort and Chapman, Fish. Indo-
Austr. Arch., IX, 1951: 224 (synonyms, description). Iwai et al., Misaki
Mar. Biol. Inst., Spec. Rep., 2, 1965: 39, fig. 23 (description, synonyms).
Zhu et al., Ryby Yuzhno-Kitaiskogo Morya, 1962: 766, fig. 620. Collette
and Gibbs, Edit., U.S. Nat. Mus., 5, 1963: 43 (description, comparison
with other species). Gibbs and Collette, Fish. Bull. U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Serv., 66, I, 1966: 65 (systematics, anatomy).

Neothunnus tonggol, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 516.

Kishinoella tonggol, Jones and Silas, Indian J. Fish., 7, 2, 1960: 384,
fig. 11. Zharov et al., Tuntsy..., 1961: 36, fig. 14 (synonyms, description).
Martinsen et al., Tuntsy..., 1965: 27, fig. 11 (synonyms, biology).

D XIII, 14-15; dorsal finlets 8-9; A 13-14; anal finlets 8-9; P 30-35;
I, 1, 210-220; gill rakers 5-8 + 14-17 = 20-25.

Body fusiform, distinctly elongate, body depth 4.0 to 4.6 times in its
length. Caudal part comparatively long. Head relatively small, 3.5 to
4.0 times in the body length. Scales small, cycloid, cover entire body.
Corselet indistinguishable. Lateral line forms double curve above

Figure 219. Thunnus tonggol—longtail tuna (Iwai et al., 1965).

276

351

pectoral fins. Pectoral fins rather long, 4.8 to 6.4 times in body length.
Mouth relatively large. Both jaws with minute conical teeth. Fleshy
processes absent on margins of olfactory rosette; olfactory folds developed
and serrate along margin (Figure 214, F). Unpaired fins yellow. Finlets
with black border. Back deep blue, abdomen silvery-white, body sides
with minute pale spots. Swim bladder absent. Liver trilobate, right lobe
large and highly elongate. Blood vessels absent on ventral surface of
liver. Vertebrae 18 + 21 =39 (Iwai et al., 1965; 39).

Anatomical details of this species have been reported by Soviet and
other researchers (Kishinouye, 1923: 448; Iwai et al., 1965: 39; Martinsen
et al., 1965: 27; Nakamura, 1965: 24).

Detailed descriptions and biology have been furnished by Zharov and
associates (1961), Martinsen et al. (1965) and Jones (1963). Distribution of
larvae and juveniles has been studied by Matsumoto (1966).

Length, up to 100 cm (Iwai et al., 1965: 39).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Wakasa Bay (I.
Nakamura, 1969: 160). Found off the south coast of the Korean Peninsula
(Mori, 1952: 174). Pacific coast of Japan south to Kyushu Island
(Matsubara, 1955: 516). South China Sea (Zhu et al., 1962: 766). Tropical
and subtropical waters of the Indian and Pacific oceans, and south to 37°S
(Martinsen et al., 1965: 27).

2. Genus Sarda Cuvier, 1829—Bonitos

Sarda Cuvier, Régne Animal., ed, 2, 2, 1829: 199 (type: Scomber sarda
Bloch). Jordan and Evermann, Fish N. and M. Amer., 1896: 871.
Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agric. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 3, 1923: 424. Soldatov and
Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 112. Godsil, Calif. Fish and Game, Fish Bull.,
99, 1955: 42. Svetovidov, Ryby Chernogo Morya, 1964: 389.

Body rather elongate, not obese, covered with minute scales, which
form a more or less distinct corselet in the region of the pectoral fins.
Caudal peduncle slender, with strong keel. Head large, pointed,
compressed laterally. Mouth large. Teeth on jaws fairly strong, conical,
noncutting, slightly compressed on sides; such teeth also present on
palatines; vomer and tongue without teeth. Maxilla not concealed under
preorbital. Gill rakers long and strong. First dorsal fin long and fairly low,
with 18-22 spines, that gradually reduce in size posteriorly. Space
between fins short. Second dorsal fin small, followed by 8-9 finlets. Anal
fin similar in shape and size to second dorsal fin. Paired fins small. Lateral
line simple (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 112).

2” or 3 species found in the Atlantic and Pacific oceans. 1 species
known in the Sea of Japan.

23 Godsil (1955) recognizes only 2 species—S. sarda and S. orientalis; in his opinion the
other 5 species proposed by various authors are no more than geographic variations.

PIF

352

1. Sarda orientalis (Schlegel, 1844)—Oriental Bonito (Figure 220).

Pelamys orientalis Schlegel. In:: Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna
Japonica, Poiss., 1844: 99, pl. 52 (Japan).

Sarda orientalis, Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agric. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 3, 1923:
424, fig. 33 (synonyms, description). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor...,
1930: 113 (description, synonyms). Fraser-Brunner, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
12, 3, 1950: 147, fig. 12. Zharov et al., Tuntsy..., 1961: 58 (description,
synonyms).

D XIX, 15+7-8; A 15+45-6; gill rakers 3-4+7-9; vertebrae
25 + 20.

Body elongate, fusiform in adults, but fairly short and compressed
laterally in young fish. Head large, its length 3.25 to 3.50 times in body
length (from tip of snout up to end of keel on caudal peduncle). Mouth
broad; maxilla extends beyond eye. Teeth large, strong, curved; about 16
on upper jaw and 10-13 on lower jaw (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Not only the body shape but also color changes with age.

The anatomy of this species has been studied in detail by scientists
abroad (Starks, 1910; Kishinouye, 1923; Godsil, 1955).

The biology of adults, larvae, and juveniles of oriental bonito has only
been studied in the last decade (Klawe, 1961; Silas, 1962, 1963; Kikawa,
1963; Magnuson and Prescott, 1966).

The oriental bonito is of commercial value. Weight about 3 kg
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Length, up to 1 m (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Pos’et Bay (Tokarev,
1948: 43); west coast of Hokkaido (Ueno, 1971: 79); near Aomori
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 113); Sado Island (Honma, 1952: 142);
Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 8); San’in region (Katoh et al., 1956: 316);
and farther south of central Honshu. Found in large numbers at Kyushu
(Matsubara, 1955: 516). South China Sea (Zhu et al., 1962: 768). Tropical
and subtropical waters of the Pacific, Indian, and Atlantic oceans (Fraser-
Brunner, 1950: 148).

3. Genus Euthynnus Liitken, 1882—Little Tunas

Euthynnus Litken. In: Jordan and Gilbert, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 16,
1882: 429 (type: Thynnus thunnina Cuvier and Valenciennes). Kishinouye,
J. Coll. Agric. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 1923: 456.

Body thick, roundish, with corselet in anterior part. Mouth usually
large; maxilla reaches vertical from center of eye. Teeth better developed
and more numerous than in the genus Katsuwonus; present not only on
jaws but also on palatines and sometimes on vomer; teeth on palatines
arranged in single row. Dark spots on part of back and usually a few gray
spots under pectoral fin (Kishinouye, 1923: 456).

353

‘(ppSl ‘1e89T4yoS puke YourWWeL) uRder “WW QCp YIBUST “OW [RJUSHQ—S1]DIUALO DPIDS “NCC ainsi 917

B é

“hy

_ ao H1// If, Mi

279

354

Several species. In the western part of the Pacific Ocean 1 species with
2 subspecies known, 1 of which is found in the Sea of Japan.

Key te Subspecies of Euthynnus affinis

1 (2). Snout length equal to or less than half length of postorbital

- part of head. Head length about 3 3/4 to 3 5/6 times in the body

length (up to end of caudal keel). Second dorsal fin originates

anterior to vertical from midpoint between margin of operculum

and end of caudal keel........... [E. a. affinis (Cantor, 1850)].”

2 (1). Snout length more than half postorbital part of head. Head length

3 1/4 to 3 1/3 in the body length (up to end of caudal keel). Second

dorsal fin originates at or behind vertical from midpoint between
margin of operculum and end of caudal keel. .................

© oie teeta nih do. c cs ERR crac ie ta -....... 1. E. a. yaito Kishinouye.

1. Euthynnus affinis yaito (Kishinouye, 1923)—Yaito Tuna, (Figure 221)

Thynnus thunnina Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., 1844: 95, pl. 48
(Japan).

Euthynnus yaito Kishinouye, Proc. Sci. Fisher. Assoc., Tokyo, 1, 1915:
22, pl. 1, fig. 15 (Japan). Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agric. Univ., Tokyo,
8, 3, 1923: 457, pl. 30, fig. 54 (synonyms, description).

Euthynnus affinis yaito, Fraser-Brunner, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 12, 2,
1949: 624, fig. 1 (b) (synonyms). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar.,
1955: 517. Schultz et al., Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 202, 2, 1960: 415, pl.
123, C (description).

D XV-XVI, 12-13; 8 dorsal finlets; A 13; 7 anal finlets; gill rakers 8-
10 + 22-24. Upper jaw with 27-30 teeth; lower jaw with 24-27
(Kishinouye, 1923: 458).

Differs from the typical subspecies in longer upper jaw, larger size of
head, and shorter caudal part (Fraser-Brunner, 1949: 625).

Back bluish-black with numerous dark oblique stripes. Belly silvery,
with three or more grayish spots under pectoral fin. Fins black or gray;
pelvic fins partly black, but along margin chalk-white. Black spot under
each eye.

Nongregarious; voracious, feeds on small fishes and plankton. Spawns
in May off Taiwan (China). Flesh with pleasing taste (Kishinouye, 1923).
Biology reviewed by Kikawa (1963) and Williams (1963).

Length, to 1 m (Osipov, 1968c: 13).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from San’in region (Mori,
1956a: 24); Tsushima Islands (Arai and Abe, 1970: 87); and reported from
the central part of Honshu southward (Matsubara, 1955: 517). Cheju-do

Distribution from Taiwan (China) southward: Indonesia, Australia, Indian Ocean
(Matsubara, 1955: 517).

355

‘(€Z6T ‘oAnoulYysry) Ueder Jo vag “WW O99 YI3U9T

‘eun} OVeER—OJIDA SiuLffo snuudying

‘1 euns1d

8L7C

356

Island (Mori, 1952: 174). South China Sea (Zhu et al., 1962: 772); Taiwan
(China); and southwestern part of the Pacific Ocean (Matsubara, 1955:
SWGys

4. Genus Katsuwonus Kishinouye, 1915—Skipjack Tuna

Katsuwonus Kishinouye, Proc. Sci. Fisher. Assoc., Tokyo, 1, 1915: 21
(type: Scomber pelamis L.). Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agric. Univ., Tokyo,
8, 3, 1923: 452. Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 104. Matsubara,
Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 517.

Body thick, roundish in cross section. Teeth present only on jaws, about
40 teeth on each jaw. In this respect Katsuwonus differs from the genus
Euthynnus. Bases of dorsal fins almost contiguous, which differentiates
this genus from Auxis (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930). Studies on the
blood composition of Atlantic and Pacific skipjack tunas (Grinols, 1969)
deserve attention, as they establish interpopulation differences within
the species.

One species. Widely distributed in the subtropical and tropical waters
of the Atlantic, Indonesia, and Pacific oceans. Also known from the Sea
of Japan.

1. Katsuwonus pelamis (Linné, 1758)—Skipjack Tuna (Figure 222)

Katsuwonus pelamis Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758: 297 (tropical seas).
Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agric. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 3, 1923: 453, figs. 5, 14,
19, 25, 52, 57 (synonyms, description). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor...,
1930: 104 (synonyms). Schultz et al., Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 202, 2, 1960:
413 (synonyms, description). Zharov et al., Tuntsy..., 1961: 37, fig.
15 (synonyms, description). Martinsen et al., Tuntsy..., 1965: 15,
fig. 5 (description, synonyms). Parin, Skumbrievidnye Ryby..., 1967:
106.

Euthynnus (Katsuwonus) pelamis, Fraser-Brunner, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., 12, 3, 1950: 152, fig. 19 (synonyms).

Euthynnus pelamis, Beaufort and Chapman, Fish. Indo-Auster. Arch.,
IX, 1951:.217 (synonyms, description).

D XII-XVII, 11-14; 8 dorsal finlets; A 11-15; 7 anal finlets; gill rakers
on first gill arch 15-20 + 36-39; extremely slender (Soldatov and
Lindberg, 1930). Vertebrae 20 + 21 (Abe, 1958). Scales on body only in
region of corselet and along lateral line. Back with light blue hue, sides
and belly white, and lower part of sides with dark bluish-chocolate-brown
longitudinal stripes that extend from pectoral fin up to tail.” Vivid
coloration dulls quickly after death (Roedel, 1953). First dorsal fin
falciform. Swim bladder absent. ?

*5Matsumoto et al. (1969) report that in some specimens of this species such stripes are
absent.

357

280

280

Figure 222. Katsuwonus pelamis—skipjack tuna (Jones and Silas, 1960).

The anatomy of this species has been studied fairly well (Kishinouye,
1923; Godsil and Byers, 1944; Godsil, 1954). Detailed studies have been
conducted by Japanese ichthyologists (Fujino, 1966, 1967, 1969a, 1969b;
Fujino and Kang, 1968a, 1968b; Fujino and Kazama, 1968) on the blood of
skipjack tuna from various regions of the world oceans to determine their
genetic relations.

The skipjack tuna is one of the most warmth-loving and smallest of
tunas. It is generally found in the surface water layers and never
submerges more than 100 m. It forms large schools of up to 50,000 fish.
Spawning takes place throughout the year in batches. The skipjack feeds
on sardines, young fish, squids, mollusks, and small crustaceans
(Martinsen et al., 1965: 16). The biology of this species has been studied
rather well by Soviet specialists (Metelkin, 1957; Zharov et al., 1961;
Osipov et al., 1963, 1964; Martinsen, 1965; Parin, 1967; Osipov, 1968a,
1968c), as well as scientists abroad (Brock, 1954; Rivero and Fernandez,
1954; Matsumoto, 1959; Orange, 1961; Ch. Roux, 1961; Radovich, 1962;
Jones and Silas, 1963; Waldron, 1963; E. Nakamura, 1965; Yao, 1966;
Rothschild, 1967; Inoue et al., 1968; Yuen, 1970).”°

The flesh of skipjack tuna is commercially canned. Weight up to 25 kg
(Osipov, 1968c: 15).

Length, to 1 m (Metelkin, 1957: 5).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from the coast of Hokkaido
(Ueno, 1971: 79); Sado Island (Honma, 1963: 18); Toyama Bay
(Katayama, 1940: 8); San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 23); and southern Kuril
Islands (Ueno, 1971: 79). Cheju-do Islands (Mori, 1952; 174). Along the

**Bibliography on the biology of skipjack tuna published by Klawe and Miyake (1967).

28

—

358

Pacific coast of Japan south of Hokkaido (Matsubara, 1955: 517);
specifically found near Koti Prefecture (Kamohara, 1959: 6). South China
Sea (Zhu et al., 1962: 771) and Indonesia (Weber and Chapman, 1951:
152). Tropical and subtropical seas throughout the world (Matsubara,
1955: S17)

5. Genus Auxis Cuvier, 1829—Frigate Mackerels

Auxis Cuvier, Régne Animal, 2, 2, 1829: 119 (type: Scomber rochei
Risso, 1810 = Scomber thazard Lacépéde, 1802). Jordan and Evermann,
Fish. N. and M. Amer., 1, 1896: 867. Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agric. Univ.,
Tokyo, 8, 3, 1923: 460. Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 104.
Fraser-Brunner, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 12, 3, 1950: 152. Beaufort and
Chapman, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., IX, 1951: 226. Collette and Gibbs,
Edit. U.S. Nat. Mus., 117, 5, 1963: 32.

Body elongate, stout, naked on back, front covered with minute scales.
Scales in pectoral region larger, forming corselet. Snout rather short,
conical, slightly compressed laterally. Mouth relatively small. Jaws equal
in length; teeth very small and mostly arranged in single row. Caudal
portion of body slender, flat, with fairly large keels on each side. First
dorsal fin short, separated from second fin by large space. Second dorsal
and anal fins small, with 7-8 finlets behind each. Pectoral fins and pelvic
fins small. Swim bladder absent. Branchiostegal rays 7. Pyloric caeca
branched. Gill rakers numerous, very long, and slender. Vertebrae 39
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 104).

Found everywhere in tropical and subtropical waters; also known from
the Sea of Japan. The species composition of the genus Auxis needs to
be confirmed by special studies. At present some ichthyologists (Fraser-
Brunner, 1950; Smith, 1950; Beaufort and Chapman, 1951; Jones and
Silas, 1960; Zharov et al., 1961; Martinsen et al., 1965; Osipov, 1968a)
believe that only one species exists—A. thazard Lacépéde. Others
(Kishinouye, 1923; Matsubara, 1955; Collette and Gibbs, 1963; Parin,
1967) recognize, in addition to A. thazard, the species A. rochei (Risso),
which is distributed in the Indian Ocean. A study by Gorbunova (1961b)
confirmed the difference between these species at all stages of
postembryonic development. Matsumoto (1960) believes that in the
waters of the Hawaiian Islands another independent species, A.
thynnoides Bleeker, coexists with A. thazard.

1. Auxis thazard (Lacépéde, 1802)—Frigate Mackerel (Figure 223)
Scomber thazard Lacépéde, Hist. Nat., Poiss., 3, 1802: 9 (New Guinea).
Auxis hira Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agric. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 3, 1923: 462,

figs. 55, 59 (Sea of Japan). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930:

104. é

282

282

359

Auxis maru Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agric. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 3, 1923: 463,
figs. 2, 15, 27, 56, 60 (Yellow Sea). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor...,
1930: 104.

Auxis thazard, Fraser-Brunner, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 12, 3, 1950: 152,
fig. 20. Beaufort and Chapman, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., IX, 1951: 226
(synonyms, description). Smith, Sea Fish. S. Africa, 1950: 298, pl., 65,
fig. 828 (color figure), Zharov et al., Tuntsy..., 1961: 41, fig.
18 (synonyms, description). Martinsen et al, Tuntsy=.., 1965: 32,
fig. 15 (synonyms, description).

D IX-XI, 11-13 + 6-9 finlets; A 12-15 + 6-8 finlets; P 23; gill
rakers 9-10 + 30-36. Sinuous yellow to light blue spots present on back
behind corselet. 3 keels on each side of caudal peduncle similar to other
tunas. First and second dorsal fins short and separated from each other
by space greater than length of base of first fin (Zharov et al., 1961:
42). ;

The biology of this species has not been studied well; only a few
publications are available, and even these provide incomplete information
(Hotta, 1955; Fitch and Roedel, 1963; Uchida, 1963; Williams, 1963,
Yoshida and Nakamura, 1965).

The flesh of the frigate mackerel is edible but not in great demand
(Zharov et al., 1964: 26).

Length, to 400 mm (Martinsen et al., 1965: 33).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 105); Pusan (Mori, 1952: 175); off
Tsushima Islands (Arai and ‘Abe, 1970: 87); west coast of Hokkaido
(Ueno, 1971: 79); Sado Island (Honma and Kitami, 1967: 8); Toyama Bay
(Katayama, 1940: 8); Wakasa Bay (Takegawa and Morino, 1970: 379); and
San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 24). Along both coasts of Japan from
Hokkaido southward (Matsubara, 1955: 518). Known from the Yellow Sea
(Wang, 1935: 399), East China and South China seas (Zhu et al., 1962:

Figure 223. Auxis thazard—frigate mackerel (Fraser-Brunner, 1950).

283

360

770; 1963: 406). Tropical and subtropical waters of the Atlantic, Indian,
and Pacific oceans (Martinsen et al., 1965: 33).

6. Genus Scomber Linné, 1758—Mackerels

Scomber Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1, 1758: 297 (type: S. scombrus
L.). Fraser-Brunner, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3, 26, 1950: 153 (review of
species). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 518. Svetovidov,
Ryby Chernogo Morya, 1964: 397 (synonyms, description).

Pneumatophorus Jordan and Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 5, 1882: 593
(as subgenus, type: S. colias Gmel.=S. japonicus Houttuyn). Soldatov
and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 102 (synonyms, description). Manacop,
Philipp. J. Fish., 4, 2, 1958: 80 (review of species).

Body fusiform, only slightly compressed laterally, completely covered
with minute scales; corselet consists of enlarged scales in anterior part
of body, slightly developed, or absent. Lateral line almost straight,
with short sinuous curve. Caudal peduncle with two small lateral keels
on each side between caudal lobes; oblong middle keel absent. Dorsal fins
separated by wide space, greater than snout length. Interpelvic process
small, fused, forms unpaired pointed appendage (Figure 212, D). Teeth
small and conical on jaws; also present on palatines and vomer. Gill rakers
medium long, thick, not fimbriate, and not more than 35 in the lower half
of first gill arch. Vertebrae (30) 31 (32). Swim bladder present or absent
(Svetovidov, 1964).

Few species. 2 species’’ known from the Sea of Japan.

Key to Species of Genus Scomber®

1 (2). First doral fin with 9-10 spines.” Body compressed laterally.
Ventral surface silvery-white, without spots. ...................
og Ns ANAS hel ont PR re st oes ead BANS ee 1. S. japonicus Houttuyn.

2 (1). First dorsal fin with 11-12 spines. Body not compressed laterally.
Ventral surface with many minute black spots.”...............

pO ty I ae eI HOR a 2. S. tapeinocephalus Bleeker.

1. Scomber japonicus Houttuyn, 1782—Chub Mackerel (Figure 224)
Scomber japonicus Houttuyn, Verh. Holl. Maatsch. Wet., Haarlem., 20,

27Possibly Kishinouye (1923: 403) and Zharov (1961: 13) are right in recognizing only one
species in Japan. Special studies are required to confirm this assumption, however. At
present, we concur in the opinion of the Japanese ichthyologists (Matsubara, 1955: Abe,
1958).

8Erom Matsubara (1955).

Often 9 according to studies conducted by Abe and Takashima (1958).

Judging from the photograph published by Kadzawara and Ito (1953), a series of dark
spots is well developed in S. tapeinocephalus along the median line of the body.

284

36]

2, 1782: 331 (Japan). Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agric. Univ. Tokyo, 8, 3, 1923:
403, figs. 1, 7, 16, 28-30. Fraser-Brunner, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 12,
3, 1950: 153, fig. 21 (synonyms, description). Smith, Sea Fish. S. Africa,
1950: 300, text-fig. 839, pl. 68, fig. 389 (color figure). Okada, Fishes
of Japan, 1955: 134, fig. 124 (description). Matsubara, Fish Morphol.
and Hierar., 1955: 518. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 218, fig. 648
(color figure).

Pneumatophorus australasicus, Manacop, Philipp. J. Fish., 4, 2, 1958:
80, text-figs. 2, 3.

Pneumatophorus japonicus, Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930:
103, pl. 15. Abé, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 218, fig. 647 (color figure).
Zharovy et al., Tuntsy..., 1961: 13, fig. 4 (synonyms and description).

1563. Japan. 1863. Maksimovich. | specimen.

7478. Honshu Island, Pacific coast. 1884. Polyakov. 1 specimen.

9541. Tokyo. 1891. Bunge. 1 specimen. :

38467. Vladivostok. October 23, 1929. E.P. Rutenberg. 3 specimens.

In our specimens 120 to 340 mm long, first dorsal fin has 9 spines, gill
rakers 13 + 1 + 26.

D (VIII) IX-X (XI), (J) II 10-11 4+ (4) 5; A I-III 9-11 +4 (4) 5; P
II (16) 17-19; VI, 5; 7. 1. 200-233; vertebrae 31. Scales 40-60 anterior
to first dorsal fin. Length of head 27.5 to 29.0% of standard length,
of snout 9.0 to 9.5%, upper jaw 10.0 to 11.5%, predorsal distance 35.5
to 37.5%, and prepelvic distance 32.5 to 35.0%. Scales between second
dorsal fin and lateral line 19-26, usually less than 23 (Soldatov and
Lindberg, 1930).

The anatomy of chub mackerel has been described in foreign literature
(Starks, 1910; Hotta, Abe and Takashima, 1958).

In live fish the back is greenish-blue with a metallic hue, with
numerous narrow, sinuous, dark blue transverse stripes; sides white with
yellowish tinge; and belly silvery-white. Warm water, schooling fish;
remains in waters of Primor’e from the beginning of summer up to
autumn. This mackerel lays eggs in water in June up to mid-July and
remains close to the coast at this time (1 to 10 nautical miles out). Feeds
on small crustaceans, squids, and small fishes (Kaganovskii et al., 1947).
Its biology has been studied by many Soviet researchers (Pushkov, 1913;
Pavlenko, 1919; Okhryamkin, 1931; Kaganovskii et al., 1947; Tokarev,
1948; Vedenskii, 1951, 1953, 1954a, 1954b, 1962; Kaganovskii, 1951;
Probatov, 1951; Tyan Ir Khan, 1957; Dekhnik, 1959; Pushkareva, 1960;
Zharov et al., 1961; Zvyagina, 1961; Kundius, 1964; Gorbunova, 1965a,
1965b, 1965c; Berenbeim, 1968; Fedorova, 1968; Vyskrebentsev, 1969;
Sokolovskii, 1970, 1971, 1972; Chigirinskii, 1970; Latysh and Sokolovskii,
1972), and some scientists abroad [Kadzawara and Ito, 1953; Kimuro,
1953; Roedel, 1953; Okada, 1955; Frey (ed.), 1971].

285

362

Fecundity, about 40,000 eggs (Siro Isii, 1947).

The flesh of this mackerel is very tasty.

Length, to 600 mm (Taranetz, 1938).”'

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known from Olga Bay, Peter the Great
Bay (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 102); Pusan (Mori, 1952: 135);
Tsushima Islands (Arai and Abe, 1970: 87), southwestern coast of
Sakhalin (Probatov, 1951: 146); Sea of Japan coast of Hokkaido (Ueno,
1971: 79); Sado Island (Honma, 1952: 143); Toyama Bay (Katayama,
1940: 8); and San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 23). In the Sea of Okhotsk found
off the coasts of Hokkaido and the southern Kuril Islands (Kaganovskii et
al., 1947: 3). Along the Pacific coast of Japan from Hokkaido to Nagasaki
(Jordan and Hubbs, 1925: 212). Off Cheju-do Island. Yellow Sea near the
coast of the Korean Peninsula (Mori, 1952: 135); Gulf of Chihli (Bohai)
(Zhang et al., 1955: 190); throughout the Yellow Sea (Wang, 1935: 394);
Taiwan (China) (Matsubara, 1955: 518). East China Sea (Zhu et al., 1963:
399). North to the northeast coast of Kamchatka (Andriyashev, 1939a:
189) and east to California (Roedel, 1953: 180).

2. Scomber tapeinocephalus Bleeker, 1854—Spotted Mackerel

(Figure 225)

Scomber tapeinocephalus Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., 6, 1854:
407 (Nagasaki). Bleeker, Ichthyol. Japan, 1854-1857: 97, pl. 7, fig. 2.

Pneumatophorus tapeinocephalus Jordan and Hubbs, Mem. Carnegie
Mus., 10, 2, 1925: 212. Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 103.

Pneumatophorus japonicus, Manacop, Philipp. J. Fish., 1958: 84, text-
fig. 4.

Pneumatophorus japonicus tapeinocephalus, Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes,
1958: 218, fig. 647 (color figure).

7508. Nagasaki. 1893. Polyakov. One specimen.

DX ass tA Ope Bodlaer Worley oe

Our specimen with a standard length of 378 mm has 11 spines in the
first dorsal fin, 13 4+1+ 22 gill rakers on the first gill arch, and less
than 200 perforated scales in the lateral line. Scales 24-32 anterior
to first dorsal fin; scales 15-19 between the second dorsal fin and lateral
line.

Body sides below lateral line in adult fish with many black spots;
spots absent in young fish (Abe, 1958).” In very young fish, as pointed
out by Okada (1955: 136), considerable yellow pigment seen along middle
part of tail. Okada reports that spawning of this species takes place

31Mackerel weighing more than 3 kg with a length of 625 mm have been reported from
the coast of California (Roedel, 1953).

32Such spots are prominently depicted in the work of Manacop (1958: 85, text-fig. 4, A) in
fish up to 215 mm in length, and also in the work of Katzawara and Ito (1953).

‘

(861

oqy) ueder joloyovm poayjods—snjpydasouladn] saquorsg “¢zz 91N3Iy S8Z

286

364

in May-July and eggs are similar to those of S. japonicus. Spawning
and larvae have been studied by authors abroad (Tanoue et al., 1960;
Tanoue and Tamari, 1960; Tanoue, 1961).

Length, up to 535 mm (Bleeker, 1854).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from near Pohang (Mori, 1952:
136); west coast of Hokkaido (Ueno, 1971: 79); Hakodate (Soldatov and
Lindberg, 1930: 103); Sado Island (Honma, 1952: 143); Toyama Bay
(Katayama, 1940: 8); and San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 23). Along the
Pacific coast of Japan in Volcano Bay (Hikita, 1950: 7) and farther, from
the central part of Honshu south to Nagasaki. Taiwan (China) (Matsubara,
195520518);

7. Genus Scomberomorus Lacépéde, 1802—Spanish Mackerels

Scomberomorus Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 3, 1802: 292 (type: S.
plumieri Lacépéde). Fraser-Brunner, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 12, 3, 1950:
157 (synonyms). Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 111 (synonyms,
description). Collette and Gibbs, Edit. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1963: 21, pl.
6 (characteristics).

Body elongate, entirely covered with rudimentary scales that do
not form corselet. Head attenuate and small. Mouth large. Strong cutting
teeth on jaws. Vomer and palatines with small teeth. Maxilla not
concealed under preorbital bone. Caudal peduncle with simple keel. Soft
dorsal and anal fins short, similar, sometimes fairly high, falciform.
Pelvic fins small. Fish of warm seas, attractive in shape and color, with the
best taste qualities among food fishes (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930).

Many species. 4 known from the Sea of Japan and 1 from adjacent
waters.

Key to Species of Genus Scomberomorus™

1 (4). Lateral line not sinuous, with one sharp curve. Swim bladder
present.

2 (3). Pectoral fins relatively small, about equal to snout length, with
pointed tip. Many transverse stripes on body sides. ............
BOR el Oar ed ON ea RS al a he 1. S. commersoni Lacépéde.

3 (2). Pectoral fins large, about 1.5 times snout length, with roundish tip.
One or two rows of indistinct round spots on body sides.......
EAE Oe NR er gE SINT 2. S. sinensis (Lacépéde).

4 (1). Lateral line sinuous, with several slight curves. Swim bladder
absent.

5 (8). Tongue with teeth. Maximum body depth more than head length.

-_

33Erom Kishinouye, 1923: 416, with modifications.

288

365

Length of base of first dorsal fin much shorter than length of bases
of dorsal finlets.

6 (7). Body depth only slightly more than head length. ..............
A NCE CL ests. wets 3. [S. guttatus Block and Schneider].

7 (6). Body depth considerably more than head length. ..............
PENS Ee 4S. koreanus (Kishinouye).

8 (5). Tongue without teeth. Maximum body depth less than head
length. Length of base of first dorsal fin about equal to length of
pases Qf Gorsal’ finkets, . a5) ....«<8¥e nen 5. S. niphonius (Cuvier).

1. Scomberomorus commersoni (Lacépéde, 1800)—Barred Spanish

Mackerel (Figure 226)

Scomber commerson Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 2, 1800: 598, 600
(Madagascar).

Cybium commerson, Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agric. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 3, 1923:
416, fig. 36 (synonyms, description).

Scomberomorus commersoni, Fraser-Brunner, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 12,
3, 1950: 161, fig. 34 (synonyms). Smith, Sea Fish. S. Africa, 1950: 301,
pl. 64, fig. 840 (color plate). Beaufort and Chapman, Fish. Indo-Austr.
Arch., IX, 1951: 230 (synonyms, description). Matsubara, Fish Morphol.
and Hierar., 1955: 520. Abe. Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 217, fig. 644
(color figure). Jones and Silas, Indian J. Fish., 8, 1, 1962: 194, fig.
2 (description). Zharov et al., Tuntsy..., 1961: 48, fig. 22 (synonyms,
description). Collette and Gibbs, Edit. U.S. Nat. Mus., 5, 1963, pl. 6.
Osipov, Okeanskie Ryby..., 1968: 56, fig. 37 (description).

D XVI-XVII, 15-17 + 9-10; A 14-17 +4+9-10; P 22-23; gill rakers
1 + 2-3. Back dark blue with silvery hue; body sides silvery with many
dark transverse bars (in young fish elongated transverse spots occur in
place of bars). Sexual maturity is attained in the third year of life
at a body length of about 90 cm. Spawning observed off the northeast
coast of Australia from July to September. Inhabits surface water layer
(Zharov et al., 1961: 48).

Eggs and larval development of Pacific mackerel, their distribution,
and population density of the species have been described by Kramer
(1960) and Jones (1961). Information on the biology of this species has
been published by Smith (1950), Zharov (1961), and Osipov (1968c).
Anatomy of the Spanish mackerel described much earlier by Kishinouye
(1923). 4

This fish predominantly feeds on other fishes. Its flesh is greatly valued
for human consumption. It attains a weight of more than 45 kg (Osipov,
1968c: 56).

Length, to 1.8 m (Osipov, 1968c).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Pusan (Mori, 1952: 136);

‘(€Z61 “eANOUTYSry) ueder Jo vag ‘wi S71 YIsueT [o1oyoew yYstueds posieg—iuosuawwoo SNHLOWOLAQUOIS “977 BINS

L87

366

289

367

Sado Island (Katoh et at., 1956: 316); and south of Yamaguti Prefecture
(Abe, 1958: 217). Entire west coast of the Korean Peninsula (Mori, 1952:
136). South China Sea (Zhu et al., 1962: 755); Taiwan (China), Australia,
Indonesia, and the Indian Ocean (Matsubara, 1955: 520); east to
southwest Africa (Smith, 1950: 300).

2. Scomberomorus sinensis (Lacépéde, 1802)—Chinese Mackerel

(Figure 227)

Scomber sinensis Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 3, 1802: 23 (locality
not indicated).

Cybium chinense Schlegel. In: Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna
Japonica, Poiss., 1944: 100, pl. 53, fig. 1 (Japan). Kishinouye, J. Coll.
Agric. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 3, 1923: 418, figs. 34, 40 (synonyms, description,
and details of anatomy).

Scomberomorus sinensis, Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 111
(synonyms, description). Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 217, fig. 643
(color figure). D’Aubenton and Blanc, Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat., Paris,
2, 37, 2, 1965: 233, figs. 1, 2 (synonyms, classification, and biology).

Scomberomorus cavaila, Fraser-Brunner, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 12, 3,
1950: 160, fig. 33 (synonyms). Zharov et al., Tuntsy..., 1961: 471
(synonyms, description).

D XVI, 15+18; A 16+7*; gill rakers 2 +9.*° Vertebrae 18 + 22.

Upper profile of head concave, head large, pointed. Snout elongate.
Pectoral fins large, rounded at tip. Indistinct round spots along body sides
arranged in one or two rows (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930). Back gray,
sides silvery, spots on sides sometimes absent. Lateral line under end of
first dorsal or second dorsal fin forms sharp, deep, downward curve
(Zharov et al., 1961). Weight up to 80 kg. Anatomy of the species detailed
by Starks (1910) and biology by Zharov (1961) and D’Aubenton and Blanc
(1965).

Length, to 2 m (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from near Pusan (Mori,
1952: 137); Akita (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 111)**; and San’in region
(Mori, 1956a: 23). Along the Pacific coast of Japan known from Tiba
Prefecture (Matsubara, 1955: 520). South coast of the Korean Peninsula,
in China, south coast of Taiwan (Abe, 1958: 217). :

3. [Scomberomorus guttatus Bloch and Schneider, 1801—Spotted Spanish
Mackerel (Figure 228)]
Scomber guttatus Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichthyol., 1801: 23, pl.
5 (Malabar coast).
34D XV-XVI, 14-15 + 7-8; A 16-17 +7; P 1 + 20; VI, 5 (D’Aubenton and Blanc, 1965).

359-3 4 5-9 (Zharov et al., 1961).
36Erroneously given as Akuma-ken.

(S961 “OURTG pue uojUaqny.q) JeleyoRW sseuTYDQ—srsuauIs SNLOWOLAqUoIg “177% 9INBiyq

L8C

(1961

“Ie 49 AOIPYZ) JalayorW ysiuedg poyods—snjyjN3 sniowosaquMozrg “BZZ 91NBIA

So tena

. > 4 : i)

687

290

29

—

370

Cybium guttatum, Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agric. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 3, 1923:
419, fig. 61 (synonyms, description).

Scomberomorus guttatus, Fraser-Brunner, Ann. Mag. Nat., Hist., 12, 3,
1950: 160, fig. 31 (synonyms). Beaufort and Chapman, Fish. Indo-Austr.
Arch., IX, 1951: 232 (synonyms, description). Zharov et al., Tuntsy...,
1961: 53, fig. 29 (synonyms). ;

D XV-XVI, 18-20 + 8-9; A 20 + 8-9; P 20-23; gill rakers 2-3 + 8-12.
Lateral line without sharp curve, slightly sinuous. Length of upper jaw
equal to half head length. Dark spots scattered on body sides. Meat tasty
(Zharov et al., 1961).

Length, to 600 mm (Zharov et al., 1961).

Distribution : Not known in the Sea of Japan. Found in the Yellow Sea
(Wang, 1953: 398). East China and South China seas (Zhu et al., 1962:
756; 1963: 402). Taiwan (China). Tropical and subtropical seas and coastal
waters of the Pacific and Indian oceans in the region of Indonesia
(excluding Australian waters), Sri Lanka (Zharov et al., 1961; 53).
Southeast coast of Africa (Smith 1950; 301).

4. Scomberomorus koreanus (Kishinouye, 1915)—Korean Mackerel

(Figure 229)

Cybium koreanum Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agric. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 3, 1923:
420, fig. 35 (Yellow Sea).

Sawara koreanum, Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 112.

Scomberomorus semifasciatus, Fraser-Brunner, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
1223, 1950: 1s9etig (30 Zharov et al, Tuntsys... [961 253. files 28.

Scomberomorus koreanus, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
520. Zhu et al., Ryby Vostochno-Kitaiskogo Morya, 1963: 403, fig. 302.

D XIV, 19-2149; A 18-21+77; gill rakers 3 +410; vertebrae
20 + 26. Teeth on jaws long and sharp; 16-19 teeth on upper jaw and
13-15 on lower jaw. Teeth on vomer, palatines, and tongue small,
villiform (Kishinouye, 1923).

Off the southwest coast of the Korean Peninsula this species spawns in
July. Feeds on sardines, anchovies, and small crustaceans, and reaches
15 kg in weight. Korean mackerel is a very tasty fish (Okada 1955: 150).

Length, to 1.5 m (Okada, 1955: 150).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan found near Chongjin and Pusan (Mori,
1952: 136). Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955: 194). West coast
of the Korean Peninsula and north coast of Taiwan (China) (Matsubara,
1955: 520). East China Sea (Zhu et al., 1963: 403).

374 patently 8 anal finlets depicted by mistake in the figure given by Okada (1955: 150).

eis

‘(SS6p “epeyO) uedes *
f ‘WW gop YISUEeT ‘Jal
youu URaIOY—SNUDAIOY Sn1owosa
quiorIg “67Z 21N3IA
: 067

Jl

5. Scomberomorus niphonius (Cuvier, 1831)—Sawara, Japanese Spanish

Mackerel (Figure 230),

Cybium niphonium Cuvier. In: Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat.
Poiss., 8, 1831: 180 (Japan). Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agric. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 3,
1923: 421, figs. 6, 9, 32, 41 (synonyms, description).

Scomberomorus niphonius Fraser-Brunner, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 12, 3,
1950: 158. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 520. Zharov et
al., Tuntsy..., 1961: 51, fig. 26 (synonyms, description).

Sawara niphonia, Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 112
(synonyms, description)..

18462. Ussurii Bay. September 17, 1913. Far East Expedition. 1
specimen.

38810. Yellow Sea. June 4, 1956. Institute of Zoology, Academy of
Sciences, China. 2 specimens.

D XIX, 16+ 9; A 16+ 8; gill rakers 3 + 9.

Body elongate, compressed laterally, covered with minute scales,
corselet indistinguishable. First dorsal fin very long. Pectoral fins with
notch on posteroventral margin. Lateral line forms distinctly long gentle
arch. Teeth lanceolate; upper jaw with 25 and lower with 19 teeth. Minute
thin teeth on vomer and palatines poorly discernible but nonetheless
present. Tongue without teeth (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 112).

Many minute spots on body sides. Lateral line without sharp curves but
sinuous, with numerous poorly discernible short branches that originate
at a right angle.

This species dwells in water with a temperature ranging from 10 to
20°C; in summer found in surface layers and in winter moves deeper.
Spawns in April-May in inlets. Flesh very tasty ae et al., 1961).
Reaches 4.5 kg in weight.

Length, to 1 m (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 112).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 112); Pusan (Mori, 1952: 136); Sado Island
(Honma, 1952: 143); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 8); and San’in region
(Mori, 1956a: 23). Along the Pacific coast of Japan from Hokkaido
southward (Matsubara, 1955: 520). In the Yellow Sea found in the Gulf of
Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955: 192), Cheju-do Island (Uchida and
Yabe, 1939: 8). East China Sea (Zhu et al., 1963: 401). Taiwan (China).
Australia (Abe, 1958: 217).

8. Genus Acanthocybium Gill, 1862—Wahoo

Acanthocybium Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 14, 1862: 125 (type:
Cybium sara Bennett). Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agric. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 3,
1923: 410 (description). Beaufort and Chapman, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch.,

293

373

IX, 1951: 227 (description). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
520.

Body elongate, more or less compressed laterally, covered with minute
narrow scales. Snout long, beaklike. Mouth large, teeth on jaws three-
faceted, compressed, immovable, slightly serrate, arranged in one row.
Minute teeth form villiform strip on vomer and palatines. Two dorsal fins:
first long, with 26-27 spines; second short, with 10-11 rays. Anal fin
similar to second dorsal fin, but originates slightly behind vertical from
origin of second dorsal fin. Dorsal finlets 9-10 and anal finlets 8-9.
Vertebrae 23 + 31-33 (Beaufort and Chapman, 1951).

1 species. Known from the Sea of Japan.

1. Acanthocybium solandri (Cuvier, 1831)—Wahoo (Figure 231)

Cybium solandri Cuvier. In: Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.,
8, 1831: 192 (open sea, exact locality not indicated).

Acanthocybium solandri, Kishinouye, J. Coll. Agric. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 3,
1923: 411, figs. 10, 31, 39 (synonyms, description). Fraser-Brunner, Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 12, 3, 1950: 161, fig. 35. Smith, Sea Fish. S. Africa, 1950:
301, pl. 64 (color figure). Beaufort and Chapman, Fish Indo-Austr. Arch.,
IX, 1951: 227 (synonyms, description). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and
Hierar., 1955: 520. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 216, fig. 642 (color
figure). Zharov et al., Tuntsy..., 1961: 46, fig. 20 (synonyms, description).
Jones and Silas, Indian J. Fish., 8, 1, 1962: 192, fig. 1 (description).

D XXV-XXVIIJ, 7-13 + 9-10; A 12-13 + 8-9; gill rakers on first gill
arch absent. Teeth on jaws very strong, cutting’*; vomer with teeth.
Spawning recorded in the Pacific Ocean off Ogasawara Islands (Japan),
and in the Atlantic Ocean in the region of Cape Green and Cape Dakar.
Confined near surface of water. Generally in pairs, rarely in groups,
does not form schools (Zharov et al., 1961).

Color of back, upper part of head, and fins dark; sides and belly light.
Narrow, uneven dark stripes extend along body from head to caudal fin.
Color of dead fish dulls and stripes disappear. Unlike Spanish mackerel
(Scomberomorus commersoni), wahoo is found at some distance from the
shore. It is an active predatory fish. Feeds on squids and fishes. In
Japan consumed raw or fried (Osipov, 1968c).

Length, to 2 m (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan recorded off Pusan (Mori, 1952: 137);
Sado Island (Honma, 1963: 18); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 8); and
San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 23). Along both coasts of Japan from central
part of Honshu south. Kyushu. South coast of the Korean Peninsula.
Taiwan (China). Subtropical and tropical seas of the Pacific and Atlantic
oceans (Matsubara, 1955: 520).

38a be (1958) has reported 50 to 55 triangular teeth on both jaws.

‘(1961 ‘SBIIS pue souof) veg ULWIepuY “WU Z[g YISUST OOYRM—MpuDjOS WnIqdo0YyjUvIP “EZ BINBIA Z6C

eG :

ISO)

294

S72
CLXIV. Family ISTIOPHORIDAE-Sailfishes, Spearfishes

Body distinctly elongate, compressed laterally, and covered with
minute oblong scales embedded in skin. Snout produced in form of
elongate process almost circular in cross section, formed by premaxillary
and nasal bones. Pectoral fins inserted low. Base of first dorsal fin long,
distinctly more than half body length, and close to base of short second
dorsal fin; latter not separate from first dorsal in young fish. First anal fin
with deep notch. Pelvic fins present, with one to three elongate rays.
Caudal fin crescent-shaped with thin but strong rays. Two fleshy keels
along each side of caudal peduncle (Lindberg, 1971: 180).

3 genera, widely represented in all oceans,” all known from the Sea
of Japan.

Key to Genera of Family Istiophoridae”’

1 (2). First dorsal fin distinctly sail-shaped, its height greater than body
depth. Rays of pelvic fins long, falling slightly short of vent....
yeep: fy SOG. 15 dey Se AOS He ee 1. Istiophorus Lacépéde.

2 (1). First dorsal fin not sail-shaped, its height not greater or
slightly more than body depth, equal to, or slightly less. Pelvic fins
of adult fish relatively short, far from reaching vent.

3 (4). Anterior part of first dorsal fin almost equal to body depth.
Nape not highly elevated between vertical of anterior margin of eye
and "origin Gi. dorsab Tins 3. 63.. eck a 2. Tetrapturus Rafinesque.

4 (3). Anterior part of first dorsal fin less than body depth (about
1.5 to 2.0 times in depth). Nape highly elevated between vertical
margin of eye and origin of dorsal fin. .... 3. Makaira Lacépéde.

1. Genus Istiophorus (Lacépéde, 1802)—Sailfishes

Istiophorus Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 3, 1802: 374 (type: Scomber
gladius Broussonet). Morrow and Harbo, Copeia, 1, 1969: 34 (revision
of genus).

Histiophorus Cuvier. In: Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss.,
8, 1831: 291 (correction of name).

One distinguishing feature of this genus is the very high first dorsal
fin in the form of a sail. Rays of pelvic fins very long, almost reaching
vent. Body sides with more than 10 transverse stripes of pale blue spots,
and highly compressed. Keel present on head from vertical line of anterior
margin of eye to origin of first dorsal fin. Skull narrow and thin. Vertebrae
12 +12=24 (Nakamura et al., 1968: 49).

39Comprehensive information on the biology of the family is given by Strasburg (1969)

and on the skeletal structure of sailfishes by Gregory and Conrad (1937).
From Nakamura et al. (1968), with modifications.

296

376

American ichthyologists (Morrow and Harbo, 1969), after analyzing
the morphological and meristic characters of the species of this genus,
think that Jstiophorus comprises a single species, namely, Jstiophorus
platypterus. This species is found in tropical, subtropical, and temperate
waters of the Indian, Pacific, and Atlantic oceans, and exhibits only
insignificant local variations in morphological characters. Also found in
the Sea of Japan.

1. Istiophorus platypterus (Shaw and Nodder, 1792)—Sailfish

(Figure 232).

Xiphias platypterus Shaw and Nodder, Natural. Misc. ..., 1972: 28,
pl. 88 (ndian Ocean).

Histiophorus orientalis, Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica,
Poiss., 1844: 103, pl. 55 (Japan).

Istiophorus orientalis Fowler, Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus., 8, 7 1923: 375.
Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 115 (description).

Istiophorus albicans Nakamura, Iwai and Matsubara, Review of
Sailfish..., 4, 1968: 57, fig. 13. ;

Istiophorus platypterus Nakamura, Iwai and Matsubara, Review of
Sailfish..., 4, 1968: 55, fig. 12. Merrow and Harbo, Copeia, 1, 1969: 34.

I D XLII-XLIII, II D 6-7; in first dorsal fin, first three rays spiny,
next 9 soft, and all subsequent rays spiny. I A 12-15, II A 6-7; anterior
two rays of first anal fin spiny, others soft. P 17-20; V I, 2.

Body considerably elongate (body depth 6.4-7.2 times in its length),
distinctly compressed laterally. Snout long. Scales in form of triangular
plates. Both jaws and:palatines with minute rasp-like teeth. Lateral line
quite distinct, with an upward curve above pectoral fin, and thereafter
straight to caudal fin. Head large (length from tip of lower jaw about
4.3 to 4.8 times in standard length).*’ Keel continues along upper part
of head from vertical line with anterior margin of eye to base of first
dorsal fin. Caudal fin strong, with deep notch. Posterior part of caudal
peduncle with two keels on each side. Pectoral fins long (1.2 to 1.4 times
in head length from tip of lower jaw), with pointed tip. First dorsal fin in
form of sail; second dorsal small, similar to second anal fin in shape and
size. Pelvic fins very long, almost reaching vent. First dorsal fin deep
bluish with minute scattered black spots.” Other fins black to chocolate-
brown, sometimes with bluish stripes; silvery-white stripe passes at base
of second dorsal and second anal fins. Large number of pale bluish spots
seen on body sides, forming more than 10 vertical rows. Back black with

‘ly ength, from tip of upper jaw 3 times in standard length (Soldatov and Lindberg,
1930: 115).

420 vchinnikov (1963) reports considerable variation in color of the dorsal fin of sailfish,
which may even be violet.

‘(8961 “Ie 10 vINWeYeN) YsylIes—sniaydhvjd snsoydonsy ‘z¢z 21n3I4q 66c

: j Ef

297

378

bluish tinge. Sides chocolate-brown with bluish hue. Belly silvery-white
(Nakamura et al., 1968).

Biological characteristics of sailfishes have been described by Soviet
researchers (Zharov et al., 1961; Ovchinnikov, 1963, 1964; Osipov et al.,
1964; Osipov, 1968c) and scientists abroad (Deraniyagala, 1933; Okada,
1955; Ueyanagi, 1963; Merrett and Thorp, 1965; Merrett, 1970). The cycle
of development of sailfishes has been studied by Gehringer (1956) and
Jones (1962). Information on the thyroid gland of these fishes is given by
Honma (1956). Spawning takes place in August-September. Flesh parti-
cularly tasty in summer and autumn (Okada, 1955).

Length, to 3 m (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 116).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 115); Sado Island (Honma, 1963: 18);
Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 9); and San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 24). In
autumn of every year it passes along Tsushima Strait (Nakamura et al.,
1968: 57). Found off south coast of the Korean Peninsula (Mori, 1952:
137)'and Cheju-do Island (Uchida and Yabe, 1939: 8). Along the Pacific
coast of Japan found from Tohoku region to Kyushu; Taiwan (China)
(Matsubara, 1955: 529). East China and South China seas (Zhu et al.,
1962: 758; 1963: 404). The Philippines, Solomon Islands, and Pacific coast
of Mexico (Nakamura et al., 1968: 57). Widely represented in the Indian
and Atlantic oceans, and the central and western parts of the Pacific
Ocean (Morrow and Harbo, 1969: 35).

2. Genus Tetrapturus Rafinesque, 1810—Spearfishes

Tetrapturus Rafinesque, Caratteri..., 1810: 54 (type: T. belone
Rafinesque).

Body oblong, compressed laterally. Minute teeth in bands on jaws and
palatines. First dorsal fin low, but its anterior part in form of high
lobe, height being almost equal to body depth. Second dorsal fin with
7 rays. First anal fin with 12 to 15 spiny-rays. Second anal fin with
6 to 7 soft rays, located under second dorsal fin and similar to it in
shape. Pelvic fins consist of single spine and 1 or 2 soft rays, which
are relatively shorter in adult fish than in young (Beaufort and Chapman,
195i 237):

Five species. Two species known from the Sea of Japan.

Key to Species of Genus Tetrapturus”

1 (6). Rays in posterior part of first dorsal fin almost equal in
height. Vent quite anterior to anal fin. Origin of second anal fin
anterior to vertical with origin of second dorsal fin (Figure 233, A).

43hrom Nakamura et al. (1968).

379

297 Figure 233. Tetrapturus. Shape of dorsal fin, location of vent, and second
anal fin (Nakamura et al., 1968).

A-T. angustirostris; B—T. belone; C—T. pfluegeri.

2 (5). Pectoral fins narrow, short, with acute tip. Less than 2 times in
head length from tip of lower jaw.

3 (4). Snout of adult fish relatively short; space between tips of jaws more

than 4 times in the head length.... 1. T. angustirostris Tanaka.

298 4 (3). Snout in adult fish relatively long; space between tips of jaws about

3 times in the head length (Figure 233, B).................056-

Ee LEG OE EN ean ann Fee Ne [T. belone Rafinesque, 1810]

5 (2). Pectoral fins broad and fairly long, almost equal to length of head ~

itomernor lower Jaw Lrigute 23935. ©) gunk sien. fo. ease

fel, AR Se ie a [T. pfluegeri Robins and Sylva, 1963].”°

4Found in the Mediterranean Sea.
‘Sound in the northwestern part of the Atlantic Ocean.

380

6 (1). Rays in posterior part of first dorsal fin decrease in height
posteriorly. Vent situated immediately before origin of anal fin.
Origin of second anal fin at vertical with origin of second dorsal
fin or behind it.

7 (8). Pectoral fins lobate, broad, with roundish tip. Tips of first

dorsal and anal fins roundish.......... [T. albidus Poey, 1860].*°
8 (7). Pectoral fins keel-shaped, with sharp tip. Tips of first dorsal
and anal yiinvacuteusen ae eek ee ee 2. T. audax (Philippi).

1. Tetrapturus angustirostris Tanaka, 1915—Shortbill Spearfish

(Figure 234)

Tetrapturus angustirostris Tanaka, Fig. and Descrip., XIX, 1915: 324,
pl. 88, fig. 285 (Sagami Bay). Zharov et al., Tuntsy..., 1961: 64
(synonyms). Osipov, Okeanskie Ryby, 1968: ,19, fig. 9 (description).
Nakamura et al., Misaki Mar. Biol. Inst. Kyoto Univ., Spec. Rept., 4, 1968:
59, fig. 15 (synonyms, description).

D XLVU-L, 6-7; A 12-15, 6-7; P 18-19; V I, 2.

Body oblong, highly compressed laterally, relatively low (depth 8.3 to
10.4 times in body length). Snout relatively short. Scales in form of
' sharply serrated plates at margin. Jaws and palatines with small teeth.
Head large (4.2 to 4.7 times in body length). Caudal fin large, with deep
notch, its lobes fairly narrow. Caudal peduncle with two keels. Pectoral
fins inserted low, short (1.6 to 2.3 times in head length from tip of lower
jaw). First dorsal fin originates above posterior margin of preopercle. Second
dorsal and anal fin similar in shape and size. Second anal fin distinctly
anterior to vertical from origin of second dorsal fin. Pelvic fins longer
than pectoral fins. Body shape and ratio of its parts change notably with
age. Membrane of first dorsal fin deep blue, other fins black to chocolate-
brown. Silvery-white stripes at bases of anal fins. Back deep blue. Sides of
body chocolate-brown and light blue, without stripes. Belly silvery-white
(Nakamura et al., 1968).

Length, to 160 cm (Osipov, 1968c: 20).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from off Sado Island (Honma, ~
1952: 144). Found along Pacific coast of Japan (Matsubara, 1955: 527):
confined to Kuro-Shio Current, Taiwan (China), Hawaiian Islands;
northwestern, central and southern parts of the Pacific Ocean; migration
toward coast of California observed (Nakamura et al., 1968: 60).

2. Tetrapturus audax (Phillipi, 1887)—Striped Spearfish (Figure 235)
Histiophorus audax Phillipi, Anal. Univ. Chile, 71, 1887: 34-39 (Chile).
Tetrapturus mitsukurii Jordan and Snyder, J. Coll. Sci. Univ., Tokyo,

LS LOT SOs ev ine

“Found in the northern part of the Atlantic Ocean and in the Mediterranean Sea.

“(9g6] “JR 19 RinWRYRN) Yysyseads podins—xppnp sninidpijay “Sez ainsi4

(8961

~ TT

“Ie 12 PINWeYyeN).Ysysvads [[Iqwoys—sijsossnsuv sninjdvilayl “pez ens

66C

66¢

300

382

Makaira mitsukurii, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
528. Zharov et al., Tuntsy..., 1961: 66, fig. 41 (synonyms, description).

Tetrapturus audax, Nakamura et al., Misaki Mar. Biol. Inst. Kyoto
Univ., Spec. Rep., 4, 1968: 25, 67, fig. 21 (synonyms, description). Parin,
Scumbrievidnye Ryby..., 1967: 110 (synonyms, description).

I D XXXVII-XLII, II D 6; I A 13-18, II A 5-6; P 18-22; V I, 2.

Body depth 5.9 to 7.3 times in its length; body highly compressed
laterally. Snout relatively long (2/3 head length from tip of rostrum). Head
large (head length from tip of lower jaw 3.6 to 3.8 times in body length). In
young fish, pelvic fins longer than pectoral fins, they are shorter in adult
fish. )

Membrane of first dorsal fin deep blue, back blackish-blue, belly
silvery-white. More than 10 cobalt-colored stripes on sides of body. All
fins black to chocolate-brown, sometimes with deep light blue stripes.
Bases of first and second anal fins with silvery-white stripes (Nakamura et
al., 1968).

Biology of this species given in publications by both Soviet and other
authors (Hubbs and Wisner, 1953; Okada, 1955; Zharov et al., 1961; Parin,
1967; Nakamura, 1968; Osipov, 1968c).

Length, to 3 m (Nakamura et al., 1968).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from off Sado Island (Honma,
1952: 144); Toyama Bay (Katayma, 1940: 9); San’in region (Mori, 1956:
24); south coast of the Korean Peninsula (Mori, 1952: 138); and Cheju-
do Island (Uchida and Yabe, 1939: 8). Along the Pacific coast of Japan
found from Hokkaido to south of Taiwan (China) (Matsubara, 1955: 528).
Almost everywhere in temperate and tropical waters of the Indian and
Pacific oceans (Nakamura et al., 1968: 68).

3. Genus Makaira Lacépede, 1803—Marlins

Makaira Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 4, 1803: 688 (type: M. nigricans
Lacépéde).

Genus distinguished by relatively low anterior part of dorsal fin (1.5
to 2 times in body depth) and short rays in the pelvic fins, which do
not reach vertical with tip of pectoral fin. Nape highly elevated.
Vertebrae 11 +13 =24 (Nakamura et al., 1968: 49).

Several species. Two known from the Sea of Japan.

Key to Species of Genus Makaira"’

1 (4). Pectoral fins not rigid, readily folded against sides of body.
2G); sbateral line forms: loaps Chieure 236))).. 23 ee e ce eeeee
SARS Sateen PANES ERRNO hPa cee}. 1. M. mazara (Jordan and Snyder).

47Brom Nakamura et al. (1968), with modifications.

30

30

—_

w

383

3 (2); Lateral line forms cells. .,...... [M. nigricans Lacépéde, 1803]**
4 (1). Pectoral fins rigid, cannot be folded against body; located
perpendicular to body and immovable. Lateral line single......
PT save K West la\'s Yale wi al'ae, Ga ieee Bake ee eae 2. M. indica (Cuvier).

1. Makaira mazara (Jordan and Snyder, 1901)—Striped Marlin

(Figure 236)

Tetrapturus mazara Jordan and Snyder, J. Coll. Sci. Univ., Tokyo, 15,
2, 1901: 305 (Mexico, Japan).
~ Makaira mazara, Jordan and Evermann, Calif. Acad. Sci., 12, 1926: 53,
pl. 11, fig. 2 (description). La Monte, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 107,
1955: 336 (synonyms and description). Zharov et al., Tuntsy..., 1961:
67, fig. 42 (synonyms and description). Nakamura et al., Misaki Mar. Biol.
Inst. Kyoto Univ., Spec. Rep., 4, 1968: 68, fig. 22 (synonyms).

Makaira nigricans La Monte, Marine Game Fishes of the World, 1952:
190. Rass, Tr. Inst. Okeanol. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 80, 1965: 1. Parin,
Scumbrievidnye Ryby..., 1967: 113.

I D 40-44, II D 6; I A 12-15, II A 6-7; P 21-23; VI, 2.

Body depth 4.0 to 4.4 times in its length (from tip of lower jaw up to
keel). Snout long. Lateral line complex, with looping branches; in adult
fish almost indistinct. Pectoral fins inserted low; in fish 1 m long,
pectoral fins relatively short (2 times in head length); in fish 1.9 m long,
almost equal to head length. First anal fin comparatively large, triangular,
with acute tip. Pelvic fins in large specimens shorter than pectoral fins.
Body shape and proportion of its parts change with age (Figure 237). First
dorsal fin blackish with deep bluish stripes; other fins blackish to
chocolate-brown with blue stripes. Silvery-white stripes at bases of first
and second anal fins, back blackish-blue, belly silvery-white (Nakamura et
al., 1968).

Biology of this species given by Zharov et al. (1961), Osipov et al.
(1964), and Parin (1967). .

Length, to 4.35 m (La Monte, 1955).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Toyama Bay (Katoh et al.,
1956: 317) and central part of Honshu southward (Matsubara, 1955: 528).
Off the south coast of the Korean Peninsula (Mori, 1952: 138) and near
Cheju-do Island (Uchida and Yabe, 1939: 8). Subtropical and tropical
waters of the Indian and Pacific oceans (Nakamura et al., 1968: 69).

2. Makaira indica (Cuvier, 1831)—Black Marlin (Figure 238)
Tetrapturus indicus Cuvier. In: Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat.
Poiss., 8, 1831: 286 (Sumatra Island).
Makaira marlina Jordan and Hill. In: Jordan and Evermann, Occ. Pap.

‘8histributed in the Atlantic Ocean.

(2961 “Ie 19 PINWIeyeN) UlpIeW podins—pinvzow vivyoW “g¢Z BINBIY 10€

SITET TIT

of on on |
aoe 6

302 Figure 237. Age-related changes in shape of body and fins in Makaira
mazara (Nakamura et al., 1968).
Body length: A—11.6 mm; B—23.2 mm; C—276 mm; D—792 mm;
E-1.8 m.

386

(8961 “Te 19 eINWeYeN) UNIeUI Youlq—voIpuI DUDyoW “gEz 2INBIq

€0€

304

9 387

Calif. Acad. Sci., 12, 1926: 59 (California). Matsubara, Fish Morphol.
and Hierar., 1955: 528.

Makaira indica, Nakamura et al., Misaki Mar. Biol. Inst. Kyoto Univ.,
Spec. Rep., 4, 1968: 72, fig. 26 (detailed synonymy).

I D 38-42, II D 6-7; I A 13-14, Il A 6-7; P 19-20; V I, 2.

Body depth about 5 times in its length from tip of lower jaw. Snout
long. Lateral line forms neither loops nor cells. Head large (about 4 times
in body length from tip of lower jaw). Pectoral fins almost perpendicular
to sides of body and do not fold against it, contrary to other marlins.
Pelvic fins of adult fish smaller than pectoral fins. Dorsal fin deep blue,
other fins black to chocolate-brown. Sides of body without vertical stripes.
Belly silvery-white. After death, ash-white stripes appear on body
(Nakamura et al., 1968).

Biology described by Marrett and Thorp (1965) and Osipov (1968).

Length, to 4.6 m (Nakamura et al., 1968).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Wakasa Bay (Takegawa
and Morino, 1970: 379) and reported from central Honshu southward
(Matsubara, 1955: 528). Known near the south coast of the Korean
Peninsula (Mori, 1952: 138) and off Cheju-do Island (Uchida and Yabe,
1939: 8). East China Sea. Indonesia. Pacific coast of Central America.
Indian Ocean (Nakamura et al., 1968: 73).

CLXV. Family XIPHIIDAE—Swordfishes

Body elongate, naked in adult fish. Upper jaw highly elongate, sword-
shaped, formed by very long premaxillae and nasals, as well as maxillae,
which are closely connected with them near base of rostrum and
mesethmoid. Lower jaw much shorter than upper. Teeth absent in mouth
of adults. Gill structure unique. Young fish with one long dorsal fin and
one anal fin; with age, each fin divides into 2 fins (Figure 239). First dorsal
fin high, originates on occiput, its height not greater than maximum body
depth; second dorsal fin small, inserted near tail. Longitudinal lateral keel
present on caudal peduncle. Pectoral fins inserted low. Pelvic fins absent
and pelvic bone also not developed. Swim bladder large. Vertebrae 26
(Andriyashev, 1954: 326).

One genus. Known from the Sea of Japan.

1. Genus Xiphias Linné, 1758—Swordfishes

Xiphias Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758: 248 (type: X. gladius L.).
Nakamura et al., Misaki Mar. Biol. Inst. Kyoto Univ., Spec. Rep., 4, 1968:
5 (synonyms). ,

Adult fish without scales and teeth. Pelvic fins and pelvic girdle absent.
One keel each side of caudal peduncle. Base of first dorsal fin in adult

305 Figure 239. Age-related changes in shape of body and fins of Xiphias
gladius (Nakamura et al., 1968).
Body length; A—6.4 mm; B—11.0 mm; C—160 mm; D—240 mm; E—359
mm; F—380 mm; G—554 mm; H—827 mm; I—1.2 m; J—3.0 m.

306

389

fish short; second dorsal fin considerably separated from first. Snout
long, broad, and flat. Body rounded in cross section and almost not
compressed laterally (Nakamura et al., 1968).

One species. Widely distributed; known from the Sea of Japan.

1. Xiphias gladius Linné, 1758—Swordfish (Figure 240).

Xiphias gladius Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758: 248 (“Habitat in Oceano
Europae”). Zharov et al., Tuntsy..., 1961: 60 (synonyms, description).
Merrett and Thorp, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 13, 8, 1965:.377 (synonyms,
remarks). Nakamura et al., Misaki Mar. Biol. Inst. Kyoto Univ., Spec.
Rep., 4. 1968: 52, figs. 10, 11 (synonyms, description).

I D 38-45 (first three rays well developed, spiny), II D 4-5;I A 12-16
(first two rays well developed, spiny), II A 3-4; P 17-19. Body depth
4.5 to 5.3 times in its length from tip of lower jaw. Snout very long.
Lower jaw distinctly shorter than upper; posterior margin of maxilla
extends beyond vertical from posterior margin of eye. Head large (3.7 to
4.3 times in body length from tip of lower jaw). Eyes relatively large.
Lateral line distinct in fish about 1 m long, curves slightly anteriorly and
sinuous throughout length. Pectoral fins inserted very low, relatively long
(1.2 to 1.4 times in head length), falciform, directed backward and
downward. Height of anterior part of first dorsal fin in fish less than 1 m
long greater than body depth; posteriorly relatively reduced. Second
dorsal fin of adult fish small, similar in shape and size to second anal fin,
and located slightly behind vertical from origin of second anal fin. First
anal fin falciform. Caudal fin deeply forked. Body shape and proportions
of body parts change considerably with age (Figure 239). First dorsal
fin deep black. Other fins chocolate-brown with chocolate-brown to black
stripes. Sides of body black to chocolate-brown. Belly light chocolate-
brown. No distinct boundaries between color of other body parts
(Nakamura et al., 1968).

In their key to tunas, Nakamura and associates used the structure of
the nasal rosette to characterize swordfish. In this particular species
the rosette is roundish and consists of 37 to 39 radially divergent olfactory
lamellae, on the surface of which blood capillaries and fleshy processes
are distinctly visible.

Biological characteristics of this species have been described by both
Soviet (Barsukov, 1960; Zharov-et al., 1961; Osipov et al., 1964; Parin,
1967, 1968; Osipov, 1968c; Gorbunova, 1969a; Ochinnikov, 1969) and
foreign ichthyologists (Cheeseman, 1876; Deraniyagala, 1933; Copley,
1936; Nichols and La Monte, 1937; Gudger, 1938; Nakamura, 1955;
Royce, 1957; Jones, 1958, 1962; Yabe et al., 1959; Fitch, 1960; Scheer,
1961; Cavaliere, 1963; Eschmeyer, 1963; de Sylva, 1963; Scott and Tibbo,
1968; Strasburg, 1969). Information on larvae and young fish is available

‘(8961 “Ie 19 BINWILYeN) YsypIoMs—snipys sviydiy ‘Qpz sin31J 90€

307

391

in works from other countries (Nakamura et al., 1951; Yabe, 1951; Jones,
1962; Scott and Tibbo, 1968). The food value of the flesh of this fish has
been assessed by Myaksha (1964).

Length, to 6 m (Golenchenko, 1960).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay*’;
Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 9); and San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 24).°°
Found off the south coast of the Korean Peninsula (Mori, 1952: 138) and
near Cheju-do Island (Uchida and Yabe, 1939: 8). Taiwan (China); the
Philippines; Australia; New Zealand; Hawaiian Islands;.from California
to Peru; Chile; and the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific oceans (La Monte,
1959: 253).

Detailed information on the distribution of this species is reported
by Andriyashev (1954) and La Monte (1955).

49In the Museum of TINRO there is a photograph of a swordfish (taken by V.
Aleksandrov) 402 cm long, which died in the mouth of the Shmidtovka on De’Fries
Peninsula on August 20, 1954.

Parin (1967: 116, fig. 25) in reporting the area of distribution of swordfish in the Pacific
Ocean did not include the Sea of Japan.

10. Suborder Luvaroidei

307 Similar to Scombroidei, but premaxillae are not produced in form of a
rostrum. Epiotics contiguous above supra-occipital. Bases of radials of
dorsal and anal fins fused. Posttemporal very large, fused with supra-
cleithrum. Pelvic bones fused. Vertebrae 23 (Berg, 1940: 323).

Maxillae very firmly attached to rigid premaxillae. Mouth nonprotrac-
tile, small, terminal. Premaxillae not transformed into xiphoid process.
Snout reduced, blunt. Branchiostegal membranes broadly joined to
isthmus. Dorsal fin originates above midpoint of dorsum.

1 family with 1 genus, distributed in pelagic zone of tropical and
subtropical waters, north to Japan and the Sea of Japan.

CLXVI. Family LUVARIDAE—Louvars

Body oblong, laterally compressed. Head moderate in size. Eyes small.
Mouth small. Teeth soft, arranged in rows on jaws. Branchiostegal rays
5. Pseudobranchs present. Body covered with very small granular scales.
One dorsal and one anal fin with unbranched and wide flexible rays. In
adult fish keel present at base of caudal fin. Pelvic fins absent or reduced;
in the latter case consist of 1 spine and 4 soft rays, or one spine
and 2 soft rays, and inserted near vent. Caudal fin deeply forked (Fowler,
1936: 642).

One genus.

1. Genus Luyarus Rafinesque, 1810—Louvars

Luvarus Rafinesque, Caratteri..., 1810: 22 (type: L. imperialis Rafi-
nesque). Fowler, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 70, 2, 1936: 643 (synonyms).
Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus., 20, 5, 1940: 325 (synonyms).

Body elongate, broad anteriorly, laterally compressed, and attenuate
posteriorly. Mouth terminal and small. Teeth soft, arranged in single
row on jaws; also present on palatines and tongue in young fish. Swim
bladder large. Pyloric caeca few. Bones soft and fragile. Scales deciduous.
Longitudinal keel on each side of caudal peduncle in adult fish. Dorsal
fin consists of soft, wide-set rays, which lengthen with age; in adult
fish fin base located only in posterior half of body. Anal fin similar
to dorsal. Pelvic fins tend to change with age, inserted on breast, but
sometimes absent (Fowler, 1936: 643).

One species.

308

SS

393

1. Luvarus imperialis Rafinesque, 1810—Louvar (Figure 241)

Luvarus imperialis Rafinesque, Caratteri..., 1810: 22 (Italy). Fowler,
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 70, 2, 1936: 643 (synonyms). Ueno, Japan
J. Ichthyol., 12, 3/6, 1965: 99-101, fig. 1."

D 22; A 17; P 18; V II; C 25; gill rakers on first gill arch 5 + 13.
Branchiostegal rays S.

Head 4.04, depth 3.10, length from tip of snout to annus 3.60, length
of base of dorsal fin 1.44, and length of anal fin 2.65 times in standard
length. Diameter of eye 6.56, snout 2.56, interorbital-space 2.80, oral
slit 4.72, length of caudal peduncle 2.56, its depth 9.45, length of pectoral
fin 1.08, length of pelvic 10.10, height of longest ray in dorsal fin
1.78, length of keel on caudal peduncle 2.90, length of postorbital part
of head 2.25, and height of occipital crest above eyes 1.75 times in head
length.

Body elongate, oval, highly laterally compressed, deepest at level of
base of pectoral fin, and gradually attenuating posteriorly. Caudal
peduncle very narrow, its minimum depth less than 1/3 length and
notably less than 1/10 body depth. Anterior part of head very high,
resembles crest with highly pointed median keel. Eyes small, rounded, set
below midpoint of depth of head. Snout compressed laterally, rising
almost vertically upward in profile. Mouth small, horizontal. Maxilla
broad and short; lower jaw protrudes slightly forward when mouth closed.
Teeth on jaws small, slightly crestate, arranged in 1 row. Palatines with
narrow band of minute teeth. Tongue and vomer without teeth. Gill rakers
short, wide, bluntly pointed at tips, and with a few minute spines along
inner margin. Head and body covered with minute, very thin, granular,
deciduous scales. Base of dorsal fin occupies posterior part of trunk and
consists of unsegmented rays; however, anterior 10 rays spiny, wide-set,
and situated in narrow groove. First ray of anal fin not elongate. First five
rays of anal fin similar to rays of dorsal, and also situated in groove
(anterior rays D and A not shown in Figure 241). Pectoral fin rather weak,

308

Figure 241. Luyarus imperialis—louvar. Length more than 1 m (Fowler, 1936).

'This publication presents a detailed description of a specimen from Japan which is
reproduced as such here.

309

394

its tip reaching vertical from base of 9th ray of dorsal and Sth ray of anal
fin. Pelvic fins very small. Vent immediately behind pelvic fins. Caudal fin
relatively small, but deeply forked. Each side of caudal peduncle with
horizontal keel. Body color in formalin pale chocolate-brown, with silvery
tinge on sides of belly but not lower surface of anal region and caudal part
of body. Dorsal and anal fins dark chocolate-brown, other fins dull (Ueno,
1965: 99).

Length, to 1,830 mm (Fowler, 1936).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan a specimen (standard length 610 mm)
was found on the coast of Hokkaido, which had been washed ashore
during stormy weather near the city of Ioiti (Ueno, 1965); reported from
Pusan (Matsubara, 1955: 540). This rare fish has been described from the
Mediterranean Sea, and is known from the Atlantic coast of Europe, the
Indian Ocean—Mozambique Strait, and the Pacific Ocean—north to the
Sea of Japan and California (Matsubara, 1955: 540), and south to
Australia, and New Zealand (Philipps, 1941: 231).

11. [Suborder Tetragonuroidei|—
S quaretails

309 Pelvic bones not connected with pectoral girdle. Pelvic fins slightly

310

behind pectoral fins. Esophagus with lateral pharyngeal sacs (Figure 242),
with small papillae. Unique rhombic scales with keels (Figure 243)
arranged in oblique transverse rows; scales of each row closely contiguous
(Figure 244). Dorsal fin long, its anterior part spiny. Swim bladder absent
(Berg, 1940: 323).

Some authors, including Haedrich (1967: 52, 94), include the family
Tetragonuridae, the only family of the suborder isolated by L.S. Berg,
in the suborder Stromateoidei. However, we consider the separation
of this family into an independent suborder sufficiently well founded.
In addition to the characters given by L.S. Berg, it may be pointed out
that even Haedrich (1967: 95, 96) listed several characters which
differentiate Tetragonurus from other genera of the suborder Stroma-
teoidei and recognized that it had possibly branched off long ago during
the process of evdlution from the common stem of this order. Never-
theless it cannot be isolated from the presently extant members of the
order. Tetragonurus shares some similarities with members of the family
Nomeidae, but differs distinctly in structure of pharyngeal sacs and scale
cover. The pharyngeal sacs are highly elongate (Figure 242) and the
papillae on the inner surface poorly ossified and much reduced in size
(Figure 245). The upper pharyngeal bones of the fourth pair are fused with
the bones of the third pair and highly elongate. These elongate bones are
covered with teeth and protrude far inside the pharyngeal sacs (Figure
246), where they no doubt play an active part in macerating food and in
supporting the muscles. Teeth on jaws highly specialized (Figure 247),
with curved tips, close-set, and forming a continuous cutting margin.
Similar teeth found in some species of Psenes, but members of the latter
genus have no teeth on the tongue. In our specimen (No. 39256) of
Tetragonurus cuvieri (standard length 260 mm) teeth were detected on the
tongue after removing the mucus. These teeth were small and moderately
spaced along the margin of the tongue and the sides of its base. An
important distinguishing feature of Tetragonuridae noted by Haedrich is
the absence of tubules in the scales of the lateral line; however, we
observed them in our specimen, even though reduced and partly
concealed by imbricate scales.

1 family, Tetragonuridae, with 1 genus, Tetragonurus.

309 Figure 242. Esophagus with lateral pharyngeal sacs in Tetragonurus cuvieri
(Haedrich, 1967).

310 Figure 244. Arrangement of scales in Tetragonurus cuvieri. No. 39256.

397

310 Figure 245. Papillae of pharyngeal sac in Tetragonurus cuvieri. No, 39256.

310 Figure 246. Upper pharyngeal bones in Tetragonurus cuvieri. No. 39256.

310 Figure 247. Teeth on jaws in Tetragonurus cuvieri. No. 39256.

31

—

398
[Family TETRAGONURIDAE-—Sgquaretails]

Body oblong, thin, rounded on sides. Caudal peduncle thickened,
triangular in cross section, with two keels on each side in posterior part
formed by special scales. Two dorsal fins with 10 to 20 short spines
situated in groove in which rays lie when fin folded. Base of first dorsal fin
almost equal to or longer than base of second dorsal fin. Anal fin with
1 spine connected with soft rays by membrane. Second dorsal and anal
fins opposite each other, almost equal in length at base, and each with 10
to 17 rays. Last ray of pelvic fins attached to abdomen at a distance
almost equal to length of ray; when folded, fin lies in abdominal groove.
Scales moderate in size, ctenoid, with highly developed longitudinal crest,
compactly embedded in skin, and arranged in rings around body. Lateral
line with very gentle arch in anterior part of body, then continues along
middle of body sides and caudal peduncle. Skin thick. Margins of opercle
and preopercle with or without minute serration; operculum thick, with
barely distinguishable spines. Branchiostegal membrane with 5-6 rays.
Mouth fairly large; upper jaw continues beyond vertical from anterior
margin of eye. Vomer, palatines, and usually tongue with teeth.
Supramaxilla absent. Eyes large but without adipose tissue. Vertebrae
43-58 (Haedrich, 1967: 94).

Length of adult fish 300 to 600 mm. Color uniformly dark chocolate-
brown. Oceanic fishes of tropical, subtropical, and temperate seas.

1 genus and 3 species, 2 species known form the Pacific coast of Japan.

[Genus Tetragonurus Risso, 1810—Squaretails]

Tetragonurus Risso, Ichthyologie de Nice, 1810: 345 (type: Tetragonurus
cuvieri Risso). Haedrich, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 135, 2, 1967: 96.

Ctenodax Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 10, 1885: 718
(from: Ctenodax wilkinsoni Macleay = Tetragonurus altanticus Lowe,
1839).

In characterizing Tetragonurus and distinguishing it from genera of
the suborder Stromateoidei, Haedrich mentions a combination of such
characters as: elongate body and caudal peduncle; special scales forming
two keels on each side of caudal peduncle; origin of first dorsal fin barely
or definitely behind base of pectoral fin, with base longer than that of
second fin; thick keel-shaped scales; and unique lower jaw, with strong
ensiform teeth.

3 species, 2 known from the Pacific coast of Japan.

[Tetragonurus cuyieri Risso, 1810—Squaretail] (Figure 248)
Tetragonurus cuvieri Risso, Ichthyologie de Nice, 1810: 345, pl. 10,
fig. 37 (Nice, Mediterranean Sea). Grey, Dana Rep., al. 1955: 24, figs.

vet Hy
HEE}

slug ata Bis

art

saa

a ne
Be pA

2. :
F Se a
wt

=

Be

pees

ce 5

\SELLIER

&. SIR
ni

wale

jay
ty
i)

ZL

A}
ey
oe

'
“a

MAA

u:
f ty
Ry aia a
Arse taactiteg
‘f eat
+ I
fist 3:
sbi!
sre,
i sat?

of Ea

ry AN
pati

nM
alin’
Oh; I

Figure 248. Tetragonurus cuvieri—squaretail. Standard length 230 mm. No. 39256.

311

312

400

1C, 10, 11, 14. Abe, Japan J. Ichthyol., 3, 1, 1953: 42-45; 4, 1-3, 1955:
115, 116. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 576. Tomiyama
and Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 203, fig. 601 (color figure). Haedrich,
Stromateoid Fishes, 1967: 98. /

39256. Atlantic Ocean, 33°34’ N, 02°40’ E. December 5-6, 1968. V.L.
Yukhoy. 15 specimens.

D XV-XXI, 10-17; A I, 10-15; P 14-21 (2); 7. 1. up to beginning
of caudal keels 97-114; vertebrae 52-58 (Grey, 1955).

Most characters of species given in description of family and genus.
One may mention additionally that this species, like T. atlanticus Lowe,
1839, differs well from T. pacificus Abe (1953: 47) in larger number
of rays in first dorsal fin (14-21 versus 10-11), larger number of pores
in lateral line up to beginning of caudal keels (83-114 versus 73-78), -
and number of vertebrae (45-58 versus 40-43). This species differs from
T. atlanticus, with which it is found along the Japanese coast (Abe,
1955: 116), in larger size of adult fish, greater number of pores in lateral
line (97-114 versus 83-95), and greater number of vertebrae (52-58 versus
45-51) (Grey, 1955).

In our specimens (6) of T. cuvieri from the Atlantic Ocean, only 59
vertebrae were seen.

The young of Tetragonurus are generally found in association with
medusae as well as salps (Pyrosoma). In this respect the behavior of
Tetragonurus is similar to that of young fish of the suborder Stromateoidei.
Presumably Tetragonurus feed almost exclusively on coelenterates. and
ctenophores; the large knife-shaped teeth on the lower jaw and the
structure of the mouth are adapted to such food. Quite likely the meat of
these fish is poisonous during the breeding season (Haedrich).

Tetragonurus are typical oceanic fish and, judging from their dark or
even black color, mesopelagic or bathypelagic. They are relatively rare.
Our specimens (15) were removed from the stomach of a whale.

Length, to 400 mm (Abe, 1958).
~ Distribution: Not found in the Sea of Japan, but known near the south
coast of Hokkaido (Abe, 1955: 115); Volcano Bay (Ueno, 1965b: 1);
Pacific coast of Honshu Island in the Fukushima, Tiba, and Kanagawa
prefectures (Abe, 1955: 115; Matsubara, 1955: 576). In the Pacific Ocean
found near the coast of California, Hawaiian Islands, New Zealand, and
southeast Australia; northwest part of the Atlantic Ocean, Mediterranean
Sea (Grey, 1955: 33, fig. 14), and southern part (our catch).

312

313

12. Suborder Stromateoidei

Body oblong, moderately deep or quite deep, and compressed laterally
or rounded. Dorsal fin with one or two bases and spiny rays, although
latter very weak in some species. Anal fin with 1 to 3 spines. Dorsal
and anal fins terminate at same vertical line. Pelvic fins present or absent.
Pectoral fins with 16 to 25 rays. Body covered with scales, but anterior
end of head naked. Scales usually thin, cycloid, caducous, or weakly
ctenoid in some nomeids and in Schedophilus medusophagus. Scales
usually cover base of vertical fins. Lateral line present and represented
by simple tubules. Bony shields or keels absent on caudal peduncle. Well-
developed hypodermal system of mucous canals usually present,
communicating with external media through small pores scattered on
surface of head and body. Eyes very small to large, set on sides of head,
and do not protrude in profile of head. Two nostrils on each side; anterior
nostril roundish, posterior one in form of vertical slit. Teeth on jaws small,
simple, or in form of small canines, more or less arranged in 1 row
compactly or with gaps. Teeth on vomer and palatines present or absent.
Teeth absent on entopterygoid and metapterygoid bones. Small teeth
usually present on inner margins of gill rakers. Gills 4 pairs, with slit
behind fourth gill. Gill rakers 10 to 20 in lower half of second gill arch.
Well-developed pseudobranchs usually present, but absent in Pampus;
rudimentary gill rakers usually present under pseudobranchs. Branch-
iostegal membranes not attached to isthmus except in species of Pampus
(Haedrich, 1967: 45).

This suborder is characteristically distinguished from other suborders
of Perciformes in the structure of: the anterior part of the esophagus,
which is located immediately behind the pharynx (behind the last gill
arch), equipped with processes in the form of lateral sacs, provided with
papillae or longitudinal folds on the inner side, and bearing numerous
simple denticles with stellate or irregularly shaped roots embedded in
the muscular wall of the sacs (Figure 249). Similar esophageal sacs also
present in species of the family Tetragonuridae, but their denticles lack
roots. In addition, the unique nature of the scales and several other
differences prompted us to agree with Berg (1940), who separated this
family into an independent suborder.

Members of the suborder Stromateoidei are typical marine fishes
dwelling in the continental shelf of the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific
oceans. Most are known from tropical and subtropical waters, but some

402

7mm
se!

A,a;8,C

313 Figure 249. Papillae on inner surface of pharyngeal sacs of Stromateoidei
(Haedrich, 1967).

A-—Centrolophidae, Hyperoglyphe; a—same, small papillae; B—Nomeidae, WOE
C—Stromateidae, Peprilus; D—Ariommidae, Ariomma.

found in the Sea of Japan and north to Peter the Great Bay and Hokkaido
Island. 4 families, 3 of which are represented in the Sea of Japan and the
fourth family found off the Pacific coast of Japan.

314

1 (4).

2 (3).

3 (2).

Rich):

5 (6).

6 (5).

403
Key to Families of Suborder Stromateoidei (Haedrich, 1967)'

Two dorsal fins distinct although not entirely separate. First
‘dorsal fin usually with 10 to 20 spines; if less than 10, longest
spine almost equal in length to longest ray of second dorsal fin.
Pelvic fins always present. Vomer and palatines with or without
teeth.

Vomer and palatines with minute, often almost imperceptible
teeth. Caudal peduncle compressed laterally, in cross section not
rectangular, its minimum depth more than 5% of standard length.
Caudal keel absent. Second dorsal and anal fins usually with more
thanehs naysseach:sisue-sail xii... cues CLXVII. Nomeidae.
Yomer and palatines without teeth. Caudal peduncle rectangular
in cross section, its minimum depth less than 5% of standard
length. 2 low lateral keels located on each side of caudal peduncle
near base of caudal fin. Second dorsal and anal fins with 14 to 16
faye eats YS inoe? Pegueteeysie Si. Re es CLXVIII. Ariommidae.
Dorsal fin single, continuous; if two dorsal fins, not distinctly
separate and first fin with less than 10 spiny rays. When spines
present, longest less than half length of longest ray of second dorsal
fin. Pelvic fins present or absent. Vomer and palatines without
teeth.

Pelvic fins always present. Soft rays either absent in anterior
part of dorsal fin, or 1 to 5 weak or 5 to 9 strong spines present. Anal
fin with 15 to 30 rays. Dorsal and anal fins never falciform; bases
rarely equal in size. All teeth on jaws conical. Supplemental
maxilla always present, but in some fish difficult to detect.
Branchiostegal rays seven. Vertebrae 25 to 30 or 50 to 60.....
oe blary con'o, MAROC, LS eueeueueeseusesesees. CLXIX. Centrolophidae.
Pelvic fins always absent in adult fish, and rarely present
in young ones. Strong spines not present in dorsal fin in front of soft
rays, but some species with 5 to 10 discoid processes as tips of
interneural processes which protrude in front of fin. Anal fin with
30 to 50 rays. Dorsal and anal fins often falciform; bases almost
equal in length. Teeth along sides of jaws compressed iaterally.
Supplemental maxilla absent. Branchiostegal rays five to six.
WTGRIAe IU OTe ied or. vas sae ace ate CLXX. Stromateidae.

'Haedrich (1969: 5) described a new family, Amarsipidae, from equatorial waters of the

Indian

and Pacific oceans. The esophageal expansion typical of Stromateoidei is absent, but

the pharyngeal bones armed with well-developed teeth, which are much larger than on the
jaws. The pelvic fins are jugular and notably anterior to the base of the pectoral fins, whereas
in other families of the suborder the pelvic fins are absent or inserted under the base of the
pectoral fins. Small, almost transparent fishes up to 70 mm in length.

315

404
CLXVII. Family NOMEIDAE—Man-of-War Fishes, Driftfishes

Body oblong, sometimes relatively deep, compressed laterally. 2
distinct dorsal fins separated by deep notch. First dorsal fin with about 10
slender spines, which, when fin folded, lie in groove on back; longest spine
almost equal in length to longest soft ray of second dorsal fin. One to three
spines situated anterior to soft rays of anal fin, not separated from
fin itself. Soft dorsal and anal fins located opposite each other and similar
in shape and size; bases concealed in grooves formed by scales. Pelvic fins
of young fish attached to belly by thin membrane and, when folded,
concealed in depression on belly; young of Nomeus and some species of
Psenes have highly enlarged pelvic fins. Scales on body very minute to
very large, cycloid or slightly ctenoid, and caducous. Lateral line based
high, follows profile of back, and often does not continue onto caudal
peduncle. Skin thin. Margins of opercle and preopercle smooth or slightly |
serrate. Branchiostegal rays 6. Mouth small; maxilla rarely reaches under
eye. Jaw teeth small, conical or canine-shaped in some species of Psenes,
arranged in almost 1 row. Vomer and palatines with teeth. Supplemental
maxilla absent. Adipose tissue moderately developed around eyes in most
species. Vertebrae 30 to 38 or 41 to 42. Pharyngeal sacs with papillae in
upper and lower halves. Papillae arranged in five to seven broad
longitudinal bands. Bases of papillae stellate; denticles located on apices
of central stalks (Figure 249, B). Adult fish about 300 mm long, but
species of Cubiceps reach 900 mm. Color from silvery to bluish-
chocolate-brown; some fishes with stripes and spots (Haedrich, 1967: 76).

Oceanic fishes of tropical and subtropical waters of the Atlantic, Indian,
and Pacific oceans. Found in large numbers off the Philippines and near
southern Japan.

Three genera. One represented in the Sea of Japan.

Key to Genera of Family Nomeidae

1 (4). Body elongate, maximum depth usually less than 35% of standard
length. Origin of dorsal fin behind insertion of pectoral fins, or in
young fish above it.

2 (3). Anal fin with 1 to 3 spines and 14 to 25 soft rays. Pelvic fins
inserted at vertical with posterior margin of base of pectoral fin or
behind it. Oval plate on tongue with knob-like teeth. Vertebrae 30
LEO PRS ROMS Un ets lg ARC aaa M28 Si! De oa sean ea Dea [Cubiceps Lowe].

3 (2). Anal fin with 1 to 2 spines and 24 to 29 soft rays. Pelvic fins
inserted anterior to vertical with posterior margin of base of
pectoral fin or at vertical line; in very large specimens possibly
even postoriorly. Oval plate with odontoid processes absent on
CONUS: LIMA I TSE We Aaa eet TE ae Sling fea) [Nomeus Cuvier].

*From Haedrich, 1967: 78.

316

405

4 (1). Body rather deep, maximum depth usually more than 40% of
standard length, but possibly less deep in very large fish. Origin of
dorsal fin before insertion of pectoral fins, or above it in larger
SUECHNIGHS rot. sweet th acek + s's as faa 1. Psenes Valenciennes.

[Genus Cubiceps Lowe, 1843—Cigarfishes]

Cubiceps Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 11, 1843: 82 [type: C.
(Seriola) gracilis Lowe]. Haedrich, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 135, 2, 1967:
78 (description, synonyms).

Differs from other genera of the family Nomeidae in elongate body,
long alate pectoral fins, insertion of pelvic fin on or behind vertical from
posterior margin of base of pectoral fin, presence of scales on top of head,
on cheeks and on operculum, and presence of oval plate with knoblike
teeth on tongue. Found rarely; dwells in open parts of ocean. 8 species.

Two species found in the waters of Japan (Abe, 1959). Not known from

’ the Sea of Japan.

[Cubiceps gracilis Lowe, 1843)’—Longfin Cigarfish] (Figure 250)

Seriola (Cubiceps) gracilis Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 11, 1843:
82 (Madeira Island).

Cubiceps gracilis, Ginther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 2, 1860: 389. Abe,
J. Oceanogr. Soc., Japan, 11, 2, 1955b: 75, figs. 1-4 (description and syno-
nyms); Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 202, fig. 599; Rec. Oceanogr. Works,
Japan, 3, 1959: 225. Haedrich, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 135, 2, 1967: 80,
fig. 26.

Cubiceps squamiceps (non Lloyd) Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and
Hierar., 1955: 579. Abe. Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 202, Fig. 600.

Cubiceps natalensis (non Gilchrist and Bonde) Kamohara, Rep. Kochi
univ... Nat, Sct. .3;) 19Sxe635:

1251. Madeira Island. 1850. Lakhtenberg. 1 specimen.

D IX-XI, I-II 20-22; A II-III, 20-23; P 20-24; gill rakers 8-9 + 1 + 14-
17 (Haedrich, 1967: 80). Our specimens 190 mm long with similar
formula: D X, 22; A 20; P 21.

Length to 1,140 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: Not found in the Sea of Japan. Rather rare fish near
the Pacific coast of Japan and caught away from coasts in the zone of
Kuro-Shio Current. Until 1955 (publication of T. Abe), this species was
reported from the Atlantic Ocean and the Mediterranean Sea.

>The other Japanese species, C. pauciradiatus Giinther, found near the Pacific coast of
Japan (Abe, 1959), differs in smaller number of rays in the second dorsal fin (16-18), anal fin
(14-17), and pectoral fin (18-19), and probably also in size, rarely reaching 160 mm. in
standard length (Haedrich, 1967: 83).

406

Yl

Figure 250. Cubiceps gracilis—longfin cigarfish. Standard length 164 mm (Haedrich, 1967).

316

317

407
[Genus Nomeus Cuvier, 1817—Man-of-War Fishes]

Nomeus Cuvier, Régne Animal., 2, 1817: 315 (type: Gobius gronovii
Gmelin, 1788). Haedrich, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 135, 2, 1967: 81.

This genus differs from other genera of the family Nomeidae in the
following combination of characters: elongate body; black fanlike
pelvic fins attached to belly throughout length of innermost ray by
membrane and fold into groove on belly; abundance of dark spots on body
and fins; and presence of 41 vertebrae. A biological peculiarity of the
young of this monotypic genus is that Nomeus gronovii develops under the
protection of medusa Physalia. |

Temperate and tropical waters of the ocean. Only 1 species known.

[Nomeus gronoyii (Gmelin, 1788)—Man-of-War Fish] (Figure 251)

Gobius albula Meuschen, Zoophylac. Gronov, 3, 1781, No. 278 (non
Gobius corpore, etc. Gronoy, 1763, Zoophylacium: 82, No. 278, America)
(species non binomial). Fowler, Mar. Fishes West Africa, 2, 1936: 1279.

Gobius gronovii Gmelin, Syst. Nat. Linné, 1789: 1205 (Atlantic Ocean,
tropical zone).

Nomeus gronovii, Cuvier, Régne Animal., 2, 1817: 315. Fowler, Mar.
Fishes West Africa, 2, 1936: 660, fig. 296 (description, synonyms).
Haedrich, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 135, 2, 1967: 83.

Nomeus albula, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 579, fig.
186. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 201, fig. 597 (color figure).

D XII, 27; A 28; P 23-24; gill rakers 7 + 1 + 16 (Abe, 1958); vertebrae
15 + 26 =41 (Haedrich, 1967: 83).

Characters of species given in generic diagnosis. Color of live fish:
back bright blue and sides of body with light blue spots on lustrous silvery
background. In specimens preserved in alcohol blue color changes to dark
chocolate-brown. A specimen 225 mm long caught in bottom trawl was
uniformly dark chocolate-brown, indicating that adult fish live near the
bottom (Haedrich, 1967: 83).

Length to 250 mm (Abe, 1958: 201).

Distribution: Not found in the Sea of Japan; reported from waters of
Japan but precise place not pinpointed.

1. Genus Psenes Valenciennes, 1833—Medusa Fishes

Psenes Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 9, 1833: 259 (type: P. cyanophrys
Valenciennes, 1833). Haedrich, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 135, 2, 1967:
84 (description, synonyms).

Icticus Jordan and Thompson, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 6, 1914: 242
(type: I. ischanus Jordan and Thompson, 1914).

Body deep, maximum depth usually more than 40% of standard length,

YW ALYY
“VE
ANKE ay B00
x ae

Le

@,
Ss

\ a
yy
SN

SA

Lm.
Le

Nomeus gronovii—man-of-war fish. Standard length 40 mm (Haedrich, 1967).

Figure 251.

318

319

409

but sometimes less in larger specimens; muscles compact or loose. Body
at base of dorsal and anal fins highly compressed laterally, sometimes
rather translucent. Caudal peduncle short, compressed laterally, and may
be quite slender. Dorsal fins 2, but bases almost contiguous; origin of first
dorsal fin anterior to insertion of pectoral fins, and with about 10 slender
flexible spines; when folded, fin lies in deep groove on back. Rays of
second dorsal fin 18 to 30, almost equal in length to longest ray of first
dorsal fin. Vent slightly anterior to midpoint of standard length. Origin
of anal fin almost at vertical from midpoint of body length; fin with
3 weak spines and 17 to 30 soft rays. Pectoral fins rounded or winglike;
relative length of pectoral fins changes with age. Pelvic fins attached
to belly under posterior part of base of pectoral by membrane’ and fold
into groove on belly; they are relatively long in young fish and reduce
notably with age. Caudal fin deeply forked. Scales small or minute,”
very slightly ctenoid, very slender, deciduous, and cover base of dorsal
and anal fins. Lateral line high, parallel to dorsal profile ending under
base of last ray of second dorsal fin or sometimes extending onto caudal
peduncle. Skin thin. Head length about 30% of standard length. Upper
part of head naked; minute pores present in naked skin; scales on occiput
continue forward almost to anterior margin of eyes. Eyes moderate or
large; thin layer of adipose tissue surrounds them. Nostrils near tip of
highly truncate snout; anterior nostril round, posterior one in form of slit.
Upper jaw extends slightly beyond vertical from anterior margin of eye;
premaxillae not protractile. Preorbital overlaps maxilla when mouth
closed, leaving only its lower part outside. Supramaxilla absent. Teeth on
both jaws arranged in single row, pointed, more minute or sparse in upper
jaw, and larger and more compact on lower jaw. Teeth present on vomer
head and arranged in one row on palatines. Opercle and preopercle thin,
covered with scales, their margins barely serrate or smooth. Operculum
with 2 weak flat spines difficult to discern; angle of preopercle projects
backward slightly, rounded. Gill rakers slender, slightly shorter than gill
filaments, serrate along inner margin, 14 to 19 on lower part of first gill
arch. Branchiostegal rays 6. Vertebrae 13-15 + 18-23 = 31-38 or 15 + 26-
27 = 41-42. Color of specimens preserved in alcohol from chocolate-
brown to yellowish; some species with distinct traces of minute black
spots or longitudinal stripes; unpaired and pelvic fins often darker than
body. Body at base of dorsal and anal fins in Psenes pellucidus translucent
(Haedrich, 1967: 84-85).

Young fish remain in surface layers of the ocean, often found close

‘They are not connected in Figure 252.

Scales of Psenes arafurensis Giinther (1889) fairly large—/. 1. 44 (Tomiyama, 1954: 1010,
Fig. 543).

321

410

to or under flotsam, especially under Sargassum algae floating on surface;
adult fish live in deeper layers.

This genus is widely represented in temperate and tropical parts of
the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific oceans. 6 species known. 3° species
found in the Sea of Japan only near the Pacific coast, and 1 also found
off the Sea of Japan.

1. Psenes pellucidus Liitken, 1880—Medusa Fish (Figure 252)

Psenes pellucidus Liitken, Kon. Denske Vid. Selsk. Skrift. Kj@benhavn.,
5, XII (Spolia Atlantica, 1880: 516, fig. 601) (Surabaja Strait, Java).
Haedrich, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 135, 2, 1967: 88, fig. 28, 30 (synonyms).

Icticus ischanus Jordan and Thompson, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 6, 4,
1914: 242, pl, 27, fig. 4 (Okinawa).

Icticus pellucidus, Tomiyama, Fig. and Descr..., 50, 1954: 1002,
pls. 199, 200, figs. 539-542 (synonyms). Abe, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 3,
6, 1954: 246; Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 200, fig. 598.

D X-XI, I-III 27-32; A II, 26-31; P 18-20; gill rakers 8-9 + 1 + 14-16;
vertebrae 15 + 26-27 (Haedrich, 1967: 88).

According to Haedrich, this meso- and bathypelagic species is
distinguished from other species of this genus by soft muscles, long
dagger-like teeth on lower jaw, dark color, and larger number of soft rays
of dorsal fin (27 to 32 versus 19 to 28) and anal fin (26 to 31 versus 20 to
28), as well as vertebrae (41 to 42 versus 31 to 38).

Length, to 480 mm (Abe, 1954: 246).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Toyama Bay (Katoh et

1., 1956: 318) and San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 24). Reported from the
saa coast of the Korean Peninsula (Chyung, 1961). Off the Pacific coast
of Japan from Kushiro (Abe, 1954: 246) and southward: Kesennuma, Gulf
of Tokyo, Tosa Bay, Yamaguti and Miazaki prefectures (Matsubara, 1955:
578), and Pacific, Indian, and Atlantic oceans.

CLXVII. Family ARIOMMIDAE

Body oblong, sometimes rather deep, rounded or compressed lately
Caudal peduncle short, thin, with two low fleshy lateral keels on each
side. Two dorsal fins: first dorsal fin with 10 to 11 slender spines,
when folded concealed in groove on back; longest spine half length of
soft rays of second dorsal fin. Anal fin with three spines not separated
from fin. Second dorsal and anal fins located opposite each other and
almost equal in basal length and height; each fin with 14 to 15 rays and
bases of fins not covered with scales. Pelvic fins attached to belly by thin

6 Psenes cyanophrys Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1833 =P. kamoharai Abe, Kojima and
Kosakai, 1963 (Haedrich, 1967: 88); Psenes maculatus Liitken, 1880 (Kobayashi, 1961);
Psenes arafurensis Giinther, 1889 (Tomiyama, 1954: 1008).

411

uth
HH i Mi |
ral TATE
tH Was e
« 1 ji! 1] a HTT H | t H
aa i NH wet:
gat iH 4 TAH 1
ST A AE
HU HEE TH BE
LEE Mn ea
UT td id
THR
| i te HR.

5 ‘J }]
ty} ile
1}:

Figure 252. Psenes pellucidus—medusa fish. Standard length 130 mm (Haedrich, 1967).

320

322

412

membrane and when folded concealed in groove on belly. Scales large,
cycloid, thin, and deciduous. Lateral line high, parallel to dorsal profile
and does not extend onto caudal peduncle; tubules of scales in lateral line
sometimes branched. Skin thin. Margins of opercle and preopercle
smooth or minutely serrate. Operculum thin, brittle, with 2 weak ill-
defined, flat spines. Branchiostegal rays 6. Mouth small; maxilla
terminates slightly before eye. Teeth on jaws small, simple or tricuspid,
and arranged in one row. Vomer and palatines without teeth.
Supramaxilla absent. Eyes large; adipose tissue well developed and covers
preorbital bone. Vertebrae 29 to 32. Papillae in pharyngeal sac present
only in its upper part and arranged in same manner as in the family
Stromateidae, and not in bands. In shape, papillae resemble stalks, laden
throughout with teeth; bases of stalks in form of broad round plates
(Figure 249, D). Color from silvery- to bluish-chocolate-brown. Some
species covered with spots (Haedrich, 1967: 88).

Demersal fishes dwelling at great depths in tropical and subtropical
waters of the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific oceans.

One genus.

1. Genus Ariomma Jordan and Snyder, 1904

Ariomma Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 27, 1904: 942 (type:
A. lurida Jordan and Snyder). Haedrich, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 135,
2. 1967: 90.

Paracubiceps Belloc, Rev. Trav. l’Office Péches Marit., 10, 3, 1937:
356 (type: P. ledanoisi Belloc).

Characters of the only genus, Ariomma, given in diagnosis of the family.
This genus is distinguished from other genera of Stromateoidei as follows
(Haedrich, 1967: 91): slender caudal peduncle with lateral keels; rigid,
deeply forked caudal fin; about 15 rays with distinct bases on second
dorsal and anal fins; well-developed adipose eyelid; presence of two
dorsal fins separated by deep notch; and absence of teeth on palatines.

14 species described, but classification of genus needs thorough
revision. One species known in the Sea of Japan and along the coast of
Japan—A. Jurida, although Haedrich (1967: 93) reported A. indica for
southern Japan.

1. Ariomma lurida Jordan and Snyder, 1904 (Figure 253)

Ariomma lurida Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 27, 1904: 942
(Hawaiian Islands). Katayama, Japan J. Ichthyol., 2, 1, 1952: 31, 2 figs.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 579. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2,
Fishes, 1958: 201, fig. 596 (color figure). Ueno, Sci. Rep. Hokkaido Fish
Exp. Sta., 4, 1965: 2, 8, fig. 5. Haedrich, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 135, 2,
1967: 93.

413

Figure 253. Ariomma lurida. Japan (Abe, 1955).

322

323

414

39326. Hawaiian Islands. March 3, 1968. V. Fedorov. 2 specimens.

D X, 1 15; A III, 14; P 22-23; gill rakers 10 + 1+ 20.

2 specimens in our collection with a standard length of 215 mm. A.
lurida differs from the closely related species in the Hawaiian Islands A.
evermanni in larger eyes, constituting 33% of the head length in our
specimens versus less than 30% in A. evermanni. The difference in
number of rays in the pectoral fins is probably not significant since the
results reported by Abe (1958: 201)—P 20-24—reduce the divergence (20-
21 and 25 rays).

A. lurida differs from A. indica (Day, 1870), possibly found off the
south coast of Japan, in larger number of gill rakers (9 + 1 + 20 =30
versus 7 +1+15 =23),.

Length, to 430 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of. Japan found in the coastal waters off
Wakkani at the northwest tip of Hokkaido (Ueno, 1965b). Reported
from the environs of the Hawaiian Islands. Along the Pacific coast of
Japan found near Shikoku Island and Koti region (Katayama, 1952b: 31);
Sagami Bay (Matsubara, 1955: 579); and Tsuruga Bay (Abe, 1954: 222).

CLXIX. Family CENTROLOPHIDAE—Ruffs

Body oblong, sometimes rather deep, usually slightly compressed
laterally. Dorsal fin with one base, but in some species anterior part of fin
represented by short prickly spines, and in others spiny rays weak and
difficult to differentiate from soft rays. Anal fin with 3 spines. Pelvic fins
usually attached to abdomen by thin membrane and when folded lie in
groove on abdomen. Head conspicuously naked on top and usually
covered with small pores. Body scales cycloid and usually deciduous.
Lateral line continues onto caudal peduncle. Margin of preopercle slightly
serrate but smooth-in young fish. Operculum thin, with 2 flat weak spines.
Branchiostegal rays 7. Mouth relatively large; maxilla extends beyond
vertical from anterior margin of eye. Jaw teeth small, conical, almost
arranged in one row; vomer and palatines without teeth. Supramaxilla
present in most species, but absent in Psenopsis. Adipose tissue around
eye indistinct. Vertebrae 25 to 30, except in Icichthys, 50 to 60. Pharyngeal
sacs with irregularly shaped papillae arranged in 10 to 12 longitudinal
bands; teeth situated directly on apex of bony base (Figure 249, a).
Length of adult fish 300 to 1,200 mm. They are deeply pigmented and
without spots (Haedrich, 1967: 53).

Pelagic fishes in open parts of seas near the continental shelf; however,
Psenopsis and Seriolella found in shallows near the coast.

6 genera; 2 found in the Sea of Japan and 1 other in the Pacific waters
of Japan.

415
Key to Genera of Family Centrolophidae’

il wD Spines of dorsal fin weak and gradually transform into soft
rays. Vertebrae 50 to 60.°........ [Icichthys Jordan and Gilbert].

2 (1). Spines of dorsal fin (5 to 9) strong, short, and sharply delineated
from successive soft rays. Vertebrae 25.

3 (4). Soft rays in dorsal fin 19 to 25, in anal fin 14 to 21. Margin
of preopercle serrate. Scales not deciduous. Lateral line forms
smooth arch in front; behind vertical from midpoint of anal fin
extends in straight line to base of caudal fin. Adipose tissue around
CVGN "TGR hERIO Tey oeite es chaise ects. c'ocnctue cise 1. Hyperoglyphe Giinther.

324 4 (3). Soft rays in dorsal fin 27 to 32, in anal fin 22 to 29.

Margin of preopercle smooth or very finely serrate. Scales deci-
duous. Lateral line almost parallels dorsal profile, straightens
behind vertical from base of fins. Adipose tissue around eyes well
VOM so ge ee es ein. oes cece: bea 2. Psenopsis Gill.

[Genus Icichthys Jordan and Gilbert, 1880]

Icichthys Jordan and Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 3, 1880: 305 (type:
I. lockingtoni Jordan and Gilbert). Haedrich, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Mee 2. Lass 65, ‘

Body moderately elongate, maximum depth less than 25% of standard
length. Muscles soft. Caudal peduncle broad, compressed laterally,
moderate in length. Dorsal fin continuous, originates far behind vertical
from base of pectoral fin; weak spiny rays increase gradually in length and
imperceptibly graduate into soft rays; total rays 39 to 43. Mid-dorsal ridge
preceding dorsal fin. Vent almost midbody. Anal fin with three weak
spines originating slightly behind vent; total number of rays in fin 27 to 32.
Dorsal and anal fins with fleshy bases. Pelvic fins small, inserted under
base of pectoral fins, not attached to abdomen by membrane; when
folded, lie in groove on abdomen. Caudal fin broad, slightly rounded or
emarginate. Scales moderate in size, cycloid, not deciduous, and extend
onto fleshy base of vertical fins. Lateral line forms smooth arch in anterior
part of body, then extends in straight line from vertical with origin of anal
fin along side of body and partly continues onto caudal peduncle; judging
from figure (Figure 254), lateral line does not reach base of rays of caudal
fin.

Lateral line with about 120 scales. Skin rather thick. Head about 25%
of standard length; top of head naked, occiput covered with scales. Eyes
moderate in size, not surrounded by adipose tissue. Nostrils located near

7From Haedrich, 1967: 54.

®Centrolophus Lacépéde has 25 vertebrae and thus differs notably from Icichthys Jordan
and Gilbert.

325

416

truncate snout, both rounded. Angle of gape continues slightly behind
vertical from anterior margin of eye. Premaxilla not protractile. Very
small supramaxilla present. Jaw teeth small, pointed, arranged in single
row, close-set; vomer and palatines without teeth. Opercle and preopercle
thin, with weak serration along margins, covered with scales. Operculum
with 2 weak flat spines; preopercle with rounded process. Cheeks covered
with scales. Gill rakers thickened and slightly shorter than gill filaments,
with denticles along inner margin, their number on lower branch of gill
arch about 10. Pseudobranchs small. Branchiostegal rays 7. Vertebrae 50
to 60. Color of specimens preserved in alcohol from rusty to dark
chocolate-brown, with darker fins. Spots absent (Haedrich, 1967: 65).

Parin (1958) listed this genus as a synonym of Centrolophus. However,
according to Haedrich (1967: 67), this genus deserves independent status
based on the following characters: cheeks covered with scales, differences
in structure of caudal skeleton, and greater number of vertebrae (50 to
60 versus 25 in Centrolophus). In addition, Icichthys has a larger
number of rays in the anal fin (27 to 32 versus 23 to 26) and a smaller
number of scales in the lateral line (100 to 130 versus 160 to 230 in
Centrolophus).

2 species. One reported from the northern part of the Pacific Ocean,
and the other from the coast of New Zealand (Haedrich, 1967: 68).

[Icichthys lockingtoni Jordan and Gilbert, 1880] (Figure 254)

Icichthys lockingtoni Jordan and Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 3, 1880:
305-308 (Point Reyes, California). Abe, Bull. Tokai Reg. Fish. Res. Lab.,
37,1973: 27), Haedrich;' Bull, Mus. Comp. Zool, 135, 2. 1967699 tie
15. Ueno, Sci. Rep. Hokkaido Fish. Exp. Sta., 4, 1965: 4.

Schedophilus heathi Gilbert, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 3, Zool.,
1904: 255-271 (California).

Centrolophus californicus Hobbs, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 19, 20, 1929: 460
(Monterey Bay, California).

Centrolophus niger (non Gmelin) Ueno, Bull. Fac. Fish. Hookaido
Univ., 5, 3, 1954: 240. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 577.

Centrolophus lockingtoni, Parin, Vopr. Ikhtiologii, 12, 11, 1958: 168,
fig. 3.

D 39-43; A 27-32; P 18-21; gill rakers 4-6 +1+411-13 (18-21);
vertebrae 56-60 (Haedrich, 1967: 69).

Characters of species given in description of genus. According to
Parin (1958: 170), this species belongs to bathypelagic fauna.

Length to 390 mm (Parin, 1958: 168).

Distribution: Not found in the Sea of Japan, but possibly in waters
of the southern Kuril Islands. Known from the northern part of the Pacific
Ocean near the coasts of northern California and British Columbia, and

Figure 254. Icichthys lockingtoni. Length 390 mm (Parin, 1958).

325

326

418

in the Gulf of Alaska (Abe, 1963: 28); Pacific Ocean east of the Kuril
Islands (44°27’ N, 157°50’ E (Parin, 1958: 168); southern coast of
Hokkaido in Volcano Bay, near Cape Erimo and the City of Kushiro, as
well as near the Pacific coast of Honshu Island in Tsuruga Bay (Ueno,
1965b: 1). Affinity of this species to fishes of amphi-Pacific distribution
(Abe, 1963: 27) dubious, since as a bathypelagic fish it has been found
near the eastern coast of Kamchatka as well as off the Aleutian Islands.

1. Genus Hyperoglyphe Giinther, 1859—Barrelfishes

Hyperoglyphe Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 1, 1859: 337 (type:
Diagramma porosa Richardson, 1845: 26 = Perca antarctica Carmichael,
1818: 501). Haedrich, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 135, 2, 1967: 54.

Ocycrius Jordan and Hubbs, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 10, 2, 1925: 226
(type: Centrolophus japonicus Déderlein. In: Steindachner and Déderlein,
1885: 183).

Body moderately deep, maximum depth about 30 to 35% of the
standard length. Musculature firm. Caudal peduncle broad, moderately
long. Origin of dorsal fin above or slightly behind insertion of pectoral fin,
continuous, with 6-8 short and almost equal-sized strong spines in
anterior part; longest spines half length of longest soft ray—the first among
19 to 25 soft rays of fin. Vent in form of slit located in middle part of body.
Anal fin originates slightly behind vent, with 3 spines and 15 to 20 soft
rays. Pectoral fins in young fish rounded, pointed in adult fish. Pelvic fins
inserted under lower end of base of pectoral fins, connected by membrane to
abdomen, and when folded lie in groove on abdomen. Caudai fin broad,
emarginate or slightly forked in adult fish. Scales cycloid, moderate in
size, somewhat deciduous, and cover bases of dorsal and anal fins. Lateral
line forms smooth arch in anterior part of body, then extends in straight
line along side of body, continuing onto caudal peduncle. Skin moderately
thick. Anterior part of head naked up to occiput. Eyes moderate in size;
adipose tissue almost absent around them. Nostrils large; near tip of blunt
snout; anterior nostril round, posterior one’slit-shaped. Angle of gape
extends beyond anterior margin of eye. Premaxilla nonprotractile.
Supramaxilla present. Jaw teeth small, sharp, arranged in one row; vomer
and palatines without teeth. Opercle and preopercle thin; operculum with
2 weak flat spines, covered with scales, its margin slightly serrate or
smooth; preopercle covered with scales, rugulose, its margin with
numerous fine denticles, and angle slightly protruding and rounded. Gill
rakers slightly longer than gill filaments and minutely serrated along inner
margin. Lower part of gill arch with about 16 gill rakers. Branchiostegal
rays 7. Vertebrae 10 + 15 =25. Stomach in form of simple sac; intestine
long. Color from greenish or bluish-gray to reddish-chocolate-brown.

\

327

419

Back dark, sides and belly lighter in color, sometimes silvery. Head dark,
iris of eye in form of golden ring; operculum often silvery. Unpaired fins
usually darker than body color. Irregular striped pattern and spots
sometime distinctly visible on body. Oral cayity and gill chambers light-
colored. Peritoneum light-colored with minute dark spots. Young fish
found near surface along edge of continental shelf; adults prefer deep
waters, probably dwell near bottom (Haedrich, 1967: 54).

6 species in the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific oceans; | species known
from the Sea of Japan.

1. Hyperoglyphe japonica (Déderlein, 1885)—Japanese Barrelfish

(Figure 255)

Centrolophus japonicus Doderlein. In: Steindachner and Déoderlein,
Denkschr. K. Akad. Wiss., Wien, 49, 1885: 183: Beitrage zur Kenntniss
dar Fische Japan’s, 3, 1884 (1885): 15 (Tokyo).

Ocycrius japonicus, Jordan and Hubbs, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 10, 2,
1925: 226, pl. IX, fig. 4. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 577.

Mupus japonicus, Abe, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 4, 1-3, 1955: 113, figs.
1-2; Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 201, fig. 595 (color figure).

Palinurichthys japonicus, Parin, Vopr. Ikhtiologii, 12, 11, 1958: 166.

Hypereglyphe japonica, Haedrich, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 135, 2, 1967:
58.

22470. Kagoshima, Kyushu Island. February 27, 1901. P. Yu. Shmidt. 2
specimens.

D VII-VIII, 22-26; A III, 17-20; P 21-23; V I, 5; gill rakers 6-
7 +14 15-16; vertebrae 10 + 15 (Jordan and Hubbs, 1925; Parin, 1958;
Haedrich, 1967).

There are 2 specimens in our collection with a standard length of 600
mm, one of which is in excellent condition, and the other slightly
desiccated.

D VII, 23; A III, 18; 7“. 7. 98; gill rakers 6 + 1+ 16. Our specimens
conform well to the detailed description given by Doderlein. Body depth
83%* of the standard length. Diameter of eye slightly more than length
of very blunt snout, but much smaller than wide interorbital space. Keel
on head distinct in both specimens. Supramaxilla mostly concealed under
preorbital bone, but posterior part visible. Opercles weakly serrate.
Lateral line terminates slightly anterior to base of middle rays of caudal
fin, straightening from vertical of first third of anal fin, and not from
vertical of apex of pectoral fin as reported by Jordan and Hubbs (1925:
227), although in their figure it also originates from vertical of first
third of anal fin. Spines of dorsal fin relatively short, equal in height,

*Obviously a misprint in the Russian text. In Figure 255 it appears to be about 38%—
General Editor.

Pie

Figure 255. Hyperoglyphe japonica—Japanese barrelfish. Standard length 415 mm (Jordan and Hubbs, 1925).

326

328

421

and entirely accommodated in groove. In Japan this species constitutes
a small deep-sea fishing enterprise.

Length to 900 mm and more (Okada, 1955: 160).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from the west coast of
Hokkaido in Ioiti and Sutsu (Ueno, 1965b: 2); Sado Island (Honma, 1963:
19); San’in region (Yanai, 1950: 19; Mori, 1956a: 24); and Pusan (Mori,
1952: 139). Found along the Pacific coast of Japan in the central part
of Honshu Island. Pacific Ocean east of southern Kuril , Islands—
44°27' N, 157°50' E (Parin, 1958: 170).

2. Genus Psenopsis Gill, 1862

Psenopsis Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 14, 1862: 127 (type:
Trachinotus anomalus Temminck and Schlegel, 1850: 107). Haedrich,
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 135, 2, 1967: 72.

Body oblong or slightly deep; maximum depth 30 to 45% of standard
length, compressed laterally, but rather thick. Caudal peduncle short,
deep, compressed laterally. Origin of dorsal fin above or slightly behind
insertion of pectoral fin; continuous, with 5 to 7 short and gradually
lengthening spiny rays, and 27 to 32 soft rays; last spine longest, but less
than half length of longest soft ray. Vent slightly anterior to midpoint of
body. Anal fin originates anterior to or slightly behind midpoint of body,
with 3 gradually lengthening spines and 22 to 29 soft rays. Number of
soft rays in dorsal fin never exceeds by more than 5 the number of soft
rays in anal fin. Pectoral fins rounded in young fish and usually elongate
in adults. Pelvic fins inserted right under origin of pectoral fins, connected
to abdomen by membrane, and fold in groove extending up to vent.

Caudal fin slightly forked. Scales small, cycloid, deciduous, and cover
fleshy bases of dorsal and anal fins. Lateral line located moderately
high, parallel to dorsal contour, and continues onto caudal peduncle.
Skin very thin. Head length about 30% of standard length. Upper part of
head naked with distinct minute pores; naked skin does not continue or
may continue beyond occiput. Eyes moderate to large; adipose tissue
surrounds them and continues up to nostrils. Latter moderate in size and
located near tip of truncate snout; anterior nostril rounded and posterior
one slit-shaped. Maxilla extends slightly beyond vertical from anterior
margin of eye. Premaxilla nonprotractile. Upper jaw, when mouth closed,
mostly covered by preorbital. Supramaxilla absent. Jaw teeth minute,
sharp, close-set, arranged in 1 row, and covered with membrane on both
sides; vomer and palatines without teeth. Opercle and preopercle thin,
naked, their margins smooth or very minutely serrate. Operculum with 2
weak flat spines; angle of preopercle in form of rounded process. Gill
rakers about half length of gill filaments, serrate along inner margin,

330

422

about 13 in lower half of) first gill arch; small pseudobranch present.
Branchiostegal rays seven. Vertebrae 10 + 15 =25. Color of specimens
preserved in alcohol chocolate-brown’ or bluish; specimens with deep
body have silvery or whitish tinge. Black spot usually distinct in anterior
part of lateral line. Fins slightly lighter in color than general body
background. Adults confined closer to coast than other members of
Centrolophidae. Caught in shallows near coasts of Japan. Sexually mature
adult fish with standard length to 180 mm (Haedrich, 1967: 72).

This genus is distributed off the coasts of India and northwest
Australia, and the sea frontiers of Southeast Asia north to Japan
(Hokkaido). 3 species; 1 known from the Sea of Japan.

1. Psenopsis anomala (Temminck and Schlegel, 1850) (Figure 256)

Trachinotus anomalus Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss.,
1850: 107, pl. 57, fig. 2 (Tokyo).

Psenes anomalus, Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 2, 1860: 495,

Psenopsis anomala, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 14, 1862: 127.
Kamohara, Scombroidei, Fauna Nipponica, 15, 5, 1940: 186, fig. 96.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 577. Abe. Enc. Zool., 2,
Fishes, 1958: 200, fig. 593 (color figure). Zhu et al., Ryby Vostochno-
Kitaiskogo Morya, 1963: 411, fig. 308. Ochiai and Mori, Bull. Misaki Mar.
Biol. Inst., Kyoto Univ., 8, 1965: 2. _

Psenopsis shojimai Ochiai and Mori, Bull. Misaki Mar. Biol. Inst.,
Kyoto Univ., 8, 1965: 4, fig. 2 (Sea of Japan). Haedrich, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 135, 2, 1967: 75 (considered a synonym of P. anomala).

6506. Tokyo. 1882. A. Shneider. 1 specimen.

22649. Nagasaki. January 10, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 2 specimens.

38133. Tonkinskii Bay. July 22, 1961. E.F. Gur’yanova. 5 specimens.

D V-VII, 27-32; A III, 25-29; P 20-23; gill rakers usually 6 + 1 + 13,
12-15 in lower half of first gill arch, total 18-21; vertebrae 10 +15
(Haedrich, 1967: 75). | ,

In our specimens from Nagasaki with a standard length of 114 to 135
mm: D VII, 29; A III, 27-28; P 21; gill rakers 6-7 + 13; length of pectoral
fin 1.00-1.05 and length of caudal fin 0.90-0.95 times in the head length.
These measurements fully conform to the characters given by Ochiai and
Mori (1965: 2) for P. anomala. These authors have also described a new
species, P. shojimai, whose distribution is restricted to the shoreline
of the Sea of Japan from Henkai-Nada (northern tip of Kyushu Island)
north to Hokkaido.

According to Ochiai and Mori (1965), P. anomala and P. shojimai
differ as shown in the key below:

1 (2). Caudal fin relatively long, equal to or slightly shorter than

°Our specimens preserved in alcohol have a golden tinge.

423

Figure 256. Psenopsis anomala. Length 129 mm (Zhu et al., 1962).

329

33

—

head length; pectoral fins elongate, 0.9 to 1.2 times in head length.
Lateral line 55 to 63 (middle and southern Japan, South China and
Bast(@ hina Seas). Wig Wee mney tatu Sele P. anomala.
2 (1). Caudal fin short, 1.3 to 1.5 times in the head length; pectoral fins
posteriorly rounded, 1.1 to 1.3 times in head length. Lateral line 62
poe] O.. (Tapas nontavee ee ena MRE ee one P. shojimai.

The new species has also been found together with P. anomala in the
coastal waters of Simane Prefecture and Wakasa Bay. The differences
between the two are not significant, consisting only of a different ratio in
length of caudal fin to head length. This single difference is insufficient for
establishing an independent species, and the authors are inclined to agree
with Haedrich, who considered this species a synonym of P. anomala.

This species is commercially important in Japan, and valued as a high
quality fish, especially during summer.

Length, to 300 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Pusan. Along the coast
of Japan near Hokkaido (Ochiai and Mori, 1965: 45); Sado Island (Honma,
1963: 19); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 10); Wakasa Bay (Jordan and
Hubbs, 1925: 226); San’in region (Yanai, 1950: 19; Mori, 1956a: 24); and
Tsushima Strait (Tabeta and Tsukahara, 1967: 298). Along the Pacific
coast from Matsushima Bay southward (Matsubara, 1955: 577). Cheju-do
Island (Uchida and Yabe, 1939), west coast of the Korean Peninsula (Mori,
1956a: 24). East China and South China seas (Zhu et al., 1963: 308).

CLXX. Family STROMATEIDAE-—Butterfishes

Body deep, compressed lateally. One dorsal fin. Sometimes 1-10 flat
bladelike spines and 3-5 slender spines present anterior to dorsal and
anal fins, which gradually lengthen in form of spiny rays situated in
front of soft rays. Dorsal and anal fins almost similar in shape and size,
usually falciform. Caudal fin deeply forked. Pectoral fins long and pointed.
Pelvic fins absent, except in young fish of Stromateus. Scales small,
cycloid, and extremely deciduous. Lateral line high, follows dorsal profile,
and continues onto caudal peduncle. Margins of opercle and preopercle
smooth. Operculum very thin, with 2 short, flat, weak spines. Branch-
iostegal membranes usually not attached to isthmus, but attached in
Pampus. Branchiostegal rays 5-6. Mouth terminal to sub-terminal,
small; angle of gape rarely extends beyond vertical from anterior margin
of eye. Teeth very small, flat on sides, tricuspid, and arranged in 1 row on
jaws. Vomer and palatines without teeth. Supramaxilla absent. Eyes
comparatively small; adipose tissue around them usually poorly
developed. Vertebrae 30 to 48. Papillae in pharyngeal sacs present in
upper and lower halves and not arranged in bands; papillary bases stellate;

425

teeth arranged all along central stalk (Figure 249, C). Adults reach 300
mm in length. Color from silvery to blue; sometimes spots present
(Haedrich, 1967).

Found in water column within the limits of the continental shelf and
bays of tropical, subtropical, and temperate latitudes in the Atlantic,
Indian, and Pacific oceans. 3 genera, one (Pampus) known from the coast
of Japan and the Sea of Japan.

1. Genus Pampus Bonaparte, 1837—Pomfrets:

Pampus Bonaparte, Iconographia..., 3, 2, 1837: 48 (type species
of subgenus: Stromateus candidus Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1833:
391 = Stromateus argenteus Euphrasen, 1788: 53). Haedrich, Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool., 135, 2, 1967:, 108.

Stromateoides Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Nederl.-Indié, 1, 1851: 368
(type: Stromateus cinereus Bloch, 1793: 90=Stromateus argenteus
Euphrasen, 1788: 53).

Chondroplites Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 14, 1862: 126 (type:
Stromateus atous Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1833: 389 = Stromateus
chinensis Euphrasen, 1788: 54). '

Body very deep, maximum depth more than 60% of standard length,
highly compressed laterally, with firm musculature. Caudal peduncle very
short, also compressed laterally. One continuous dorsal fin. Sometimes 5
to 10 flat, bladelike, pointed spines found in front of dorsal and anal fins,
representing slightly outwardly protruding free tips of interneural
processes.'’ In species with such spines, origin of dorsal fin slightly behind
vertical through posterior end of base of pectoral fin; first bifurcate spine
usually located above or slightly ahead of base of pectoral fin. In species
devoid of bifurcate spines, dorsal fin originates above base of pectoral fin.
Anal papilla situated well anterior to midpoint of body in form of slit.
Anal fin originates at vertical from midpoint of body length or slightly
ahead of it, and behind origin of soft rays of dorsal fin. Anteriormost
rays of dorsal and anal fins elongate and often impart falciform shape
to fin; subsequent rays shorter. In species with spines in front of dorsal
fin, rays of posterior 2/3 of fin short and equal in height; anal fin
with highly developed anterior lobe. In species without spines, rays of
posterior 2/3 of fin gradually reduce in length and last ray shortest.
Pectoral fins long, alate; base of fin at an angle of 45° to body axis.
Pelvic fins absent, pelvic bones indistinguishable. Caudal fin consists
of rather rigid rays, deeply forked in fish with spines; lower lobe of
fin often distinctly elongate. Scales very small, cycloid, deciduous,

a large specimens with a standard length of more than 150 mm, these spines are
covered with skin.

332

426

and continue onto base of rays of all fins. Simple tubular scales of lateral
line parallel to dorsal profile of body. Skin thin. Eyes small; adipose
tissue around eyes continues up to nostrils. Nostrils large; anterior
nostril round, posterior in form of long slit, located at tip of blunt
snout above level of upper margin of eye. Mouth subterminal and small;
maxilla rarely extends beyond vertical from anterior margin of eye.
Premaxilla not protractile; maxilla fixed, covered with scales, and
connected with cheek. Supramaxilla absent. Jaw teeth small, arranged in 1
row, flat, and many tricuspid; middle cusp largest, rounded. Vomer and
palatines without teeth. Branchiostegal membranes broadly fused with
isthmus; gill openings in form of straight slit covered with flap of skin.
Gill rakers short, without denticles, rarely sessile. Pseudobranch absent.
Branchiostegal rays 5. Vertebrae 33 to 41.

Color of live fish silvery with light bluish tinge on back. Color of
specimens preserved in alcohol chocolate-brown or light bluish with
silvery or whitish tinge. Dorsal, anal, and caudal fins yellowish with dark
margins (Haedrich, 1967: 199).

The biology of species of this genus, in spite of their commercial value,
has not been studied well. Young fish remain confined to shallow water
and may be found in estuaries. Small mouth with cutting teeth and long
pharyngeal sac suggest feeding on coelenterates. Most of the stomachs
examined confirmed this conclusion, but remains of fish were also found
in the stomach contents.

This genus is widely represented in tropical waters of the continental
shelf from the Persian Gulf to Japan. Members are also found off the
Hawaiian Islands as well as in the Adriatic Sea (Haedrich, 1967: 110).

3 species; 2 known within the limits of the Sea of Japan.

Key to Species of Genus Pampus

1 (4). Dorsal and anal fins falciform; anterior rays highly elongate
and all posterior rays equal in length. Flat spines (5 to 10) occur in
front of fins. i

2 (3). Gill rakers 1-4 48-10. Dorsal fin with 5 to 10 spines and
38 to 43 rays; anal fin with 3 to 7 spines and 34 to 43 rays...
ALi eee EE GNTT RONG, ERs 1. P. argenteus (Euphrasen).

3 (2). Gill rakers 3-6 4+ 12-15. Dorsal fin with 8 spines and 42 to
49 rays; anal fin with 5 to 7 spines and 42 to 47 rays.........
DPE RSE od IS te, oT) RE 2. P. echinogaster (Basilewsky).

4 (1). Dorsal and anal fins not falciform; anterior rays highly elongate
but subsequent rays gradually reduce; last ray shortest. Flat spines
not present in front of fins. Gill rakers 2-3 + 8-11.............
Par eld EN WTR eo aos | Po chinensis. :uphtasenlr

334

427

1. Pampus argenteus (Euphrasen, 1788)—Silvery Pomfret (Figure 257)

Stromateus argenteus Euphrasen, Vetensk. Acad. Nya Hand.
Stockholm, 9, 1788: 49 (Castellum Chinense Bocca Tigris).

Stromateus cinereus Bloch, Naturgesch. Auslandisch. Fische, 9, 1795:
90, pl. 420 (India). Wang, Contr. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China, 10, 9, 1935:
414.

Stromateus candidus Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 9,
1833: 361 (Pondicherry).

Stromateus punctatissimus Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica,
Poiss., 1844: 121, pl. 65 (Nagasaki).

Stromateoides nozawae Ishikawa, Proc. Dept. Nat. Hist. Tokyo Imp.
Mus., 6, 1, 1904: 8 (Kanagawa). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar.,
1955: 579, Zhu et al., Ryby Vostochno-Kitaiskogo Morya, 1963: 407, fig.
305.

- Stromateoides punctatissimus, Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930:
126.

Stromateoides argenteus, Jordan and Metz, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 6, 1,
1913: 28, pl. 5. Zhu et al., Ryby Vostochno-Kitaiskogo Morya. 1963: 408,
fig. 306.

Pampus argenteus, Beaufort and Chapman. In: Weber and Beaufort,
Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., IX, 1951: 92 (synonyms). Abe, Enc. Zool., 2,
Fishes, 1958: 200, fig. 594 (color fig.). Abe and Kosakai, Japan. J.
Ichthyol., 12 (1/2), 1964: 29 (S. nozawae Ishikawa =juvenile P.
argenteus). Ueno, Sci. Rep. Hokkaido Fish. Exp. Sta., 4, 1965: 2. Haedrich,
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 135, 2, 1967: 112, figs. 45, 47.

31360. Yellow Sea, near City of Dal’nyi. September 4-10, 1947. D.G.
Gnezdilov. 13 specimens.

39676. Sea of Japan, Tawaiza Inlet (45°10’ N, 136°50’ E). August
3, 1925. Dobrzhanskii. 1 specimen.

D V-X, 38-43; A V-VII, 34-43; P 24-27; vertebrae 14-16 + 20-25
(Haedrich, 1967: 112); gill rakers from 2 + 8 to 3 + 10 (Abe and Kosakai,
1964: 30).

On the basis of external appearance, this species is difficult to
distinguish from P. echinogaster, which raised doubts about the existence
of two independent species. We have. 33 specimens in our collection.
Pampus sp.: standard length 63 to 130 mm (No. 31360). Externally, these
fish do not differ from each other and only with an analysis of meristic
characters could they be divided into 2 groups on the basis of number of
gill rakers. Specimens of both groups are similar in size (small, medium,
and large).

In the first group of 13 specimens the number of gill rakers [1-4
(average 2.7) + 8-10 (average 9.2)] distinctly differed from the second
group of 20 specimens [3-5 (average 4.4) + 12-15 (average 13.8)]. The

428

‘(pr8I ‘Te89TYos pue Yourwwasy) ueder
“WU 007 INoge YIsUE] Piepuryg yorWOd
AIOATIS—Snajuasin sndupg “1,67 21n31J

336

429

number of gill rakers differed most notably on the lower arch: 8-10
(average 9.2) versus 12-15 (average 13.8). This data accords well with that
of Japanese ichthyologists. Hence fish with a smaller number of rakers
could be included under P. argenteus, and those with a larger number of
rakers under P. echinogaster. It is interesting that the number of flat
bifurcated spines in front of the dorsal fin in fish with a smaller number of
rakers was less [VII (11 specimens) and VIII (2 specimens)] compared to
fish with a larger number of rakers [VI (1 specimen), VIII (1 specimen), IX
(6 specimens), X (9 specimens), XI (2 specimens), and XII (1 specimen)].
On the average the former had 7.2 spines versus 9.6 in the latter. The
difference in the number of soft rays in the vertical fins were less distinct:
D 40-42 (45) (average 41.3); A (36) 39-44 (average 41.1) in P. argenteus;
and D 44-S0 (average 46.9); A 41-46 (average 44.3) in P. echinogaster.
The number of flat spines in front of the anal fin was also less [IV (1
specimen), V (9 specimens), VI (3 specimens)—average 5.1] versus [V (5
specimens), VI (8 specimens), and VII (11 specimens)—average 6.5].

Length to 600 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: According to our survey, in the Sea of Japan it is found
rarely near the Primor’e coast north up to Tawaiza Inlet (45°10’ N);
reported from Peter the Great Bay (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 126);
Pusan (Jordan and Metz, 1913: 28); along the coast of the Sea of Japan—
Otaru on Hokkaido (Ueno, 1965b: 2); Sado Island (Honma, 1952: 144);
Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 10); San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 24). In the
Yellow Sea found off the south and west coasts of the Korean Peninsula
(Mori, 1952: 139); Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1957: 195) and
Chefoo (Wang, 1935: 414-415). Along the Pacific coast of Japan from the
central parts of Honshu Island southward (Matsubara, 1955: 579). Pacific
and Indian oceans from Japan to the Persian Gulf (Haedrich, 1957: 112).

2. Pampus echinogaster (Basilewsky, 1855) (Figure 258)

Stromateus echinogaster Basilewsky, Ichthyographia Chinae Borealis,
1855: 223 [Gulf of Chihli (Bohai)].

Stromateoides echinogaster, Jordan and Metz, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 6,
1, 1913: 28, pl. 5. Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 124.

Pampus echinogaster, Abe and Kosakai, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 12 (1/2),
1964: 29. Haedrich, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 135, 2, 1967: 112.

22468. Pusan. March 28, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1 specimen.

35592. Yellow Sea. May, 1956. Academy of Sciences, China. 2
specimens.

39677. Yellow Sea, near City of Dal’nyi. September 4-10, 1946. V.G.
Gnezdilov. 2 specimens. |

39678. Yellow Sea, 34°00’ N, 123°00’ E. January 19, 1958.

39679. Nel’ma Inlet, 47°40’ N, 139°15’ E. July 17, 1958. Kamernitskaya.
3-specimens. 3

(E16 ‘ZI9W pPue UepIOs) WW Ep] YISUST “WazspsoulyIe sndwpg “gsZ 91N3Ii4 SEE

431

336 Figure 259. Pampus chinensis—Chinese pomfret. Length 126 mm (Zhu et al., 1962).

39763. East China Sea, 30°45’ N, 124°42’ E. March 1, 1958. 2 spcimens.

39764. Yellow Sea, 34°00’ N, 123°00’ E. January, 1958. 1 specimen.

D VIII-X, 42-49; A V-VII, 42-47; P 24-25; vertebrae 14-15 + 24-26
(Haedrich, 1967: 112); gill rakers from 3 + 12 to 5 + 15 (6 + 14) (Abe and
Kasakai, 1964: 30).

As detailed in the characters of P. argenteus, 20 specimens of P.

337 echinogaster (with many rakers) were distinguished by the following

meristic characters: D (VI) VIII-XII, 44-50; A V-VII, 41-46; gill rakers 3-
5 4+ 12-15.

Length to 320 mm (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 126).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan, according to our survey, found rarely
off the Primor’e coast north to Nelma Inlet (47°40' N); reported from
Peter the Great Bay (Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 124); and Pusan (No.

432

22468). In the Yellow Sea—Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) (Basilewsky, 1855: 223);
Port Arthur, Namp’o (Jordan and Metz, 1913: 28). Along the Pacific coast
reported from Tokyo (Abe and Kosakai, 1964: 29). China, the Korean
Peninsula, and Japan (Haedrich, 1967: 112).

[Pampus chinensis (Euphrasen, 1788)—Chinese Pomfret] (Figure 259)

Stromateus chinensis Euphrasen, Vetensk. Acad. Nya Hand.
Stockholm, 9, 1788: 53 (Gastellum Chinense Bocca Tigris).

Stromateoides sinensis, Zhu et al., Fishes of the South China Sea, 1962:
762, fig. 617; 1963: 409, fig. 307.

Pampus chinensis, Beaufort and Chapman, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., IX,
1951: 94. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1, 1955: 580. Haedrich,
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 135, 2, 1967: 111, fig. 44.

35855. Hainan Island, Haikou, mouth of river. May 26, 1958. D.V.
Naumov. 6 specimens.

35856. Hainan Island, northern part. 1958. B.E. Bykhovskii and L.F.
Nagibina. 1 specimen.

D 43-50; A 39-42; P 24-27; vertebrae 14 + 19 (Haedrich); gill rakers
2-3 + 8-11 (Zhu et al.).

In our collection 6 specimens had a standard length of 22 to 30 mm and
1 specimen of 73 mm. D 48-49; A 43 (3 specimens). This data completely
conforms to the characters reported for this species by Haedrich. In our
specimens neither the young nor the adult have flat bifurcate spines (a
typical feature of other species of this genus) in front of the dorsal
fin, nor do they exhibit even rudimentary structures of such spines. We
paid special attention to this character because Zhu et al. (1963: 409-410)
indicated the presence of 4-5 such spines in young fish, which become
concealed in the skin in adult fish.

Length to 143 mm (Zhu et al., 1963: 410).

Distribution: Absent in the Sea of Japan; also not known from the coast
of Japan. In the East China Sea reported from Taiwan (China) and farther
along the southeast coast of Asia up to the India Ocean (Matsubara, 1955;
Haedrich, 1967).

13. Suborder Gobioidei'

337 Spiny dorsal fin, if present, consists of one to eight flexible spiny
rays. Pelvic fins below pectoral fins with one large flexible spiny ray and
four to five branched rays, serving as a suctorial disk, and often fused and
modified into a sucker. Occasionally, these rays absent as in Expedio
(Figure 32). Parietals absent. Opisthotics large, reaching basioccipitals.
Infraorbitals nonossified or absent. Gap present in-between preopercle,
symplectic, and quadrate. Swim bladder usually absent. Coastal fishes
of tropical, warm, and temperate seas; some species found in fresh waters
(Berg, 1940: 325).

A large number of works have been published in recent years on the
suborder Gobioidei. Particularly interesting studies with reference to
fishes of the Sea of Japan and adjacent waters comprise those on the
osteology of fishes of the family Gobiidae by Akihito (1963, 1967b, 1969,
1971), the sex characters of 25 species of gobies by Arai (1964), and an
analysis of the scales, taxonomy, and ecology of Japanese gobies by
Takagi (1963, 1966a, 1966b, 1966c).

Seven families. Five families represented in the Sea of Japan and
adjacent waters.

443 Addendum: A detailed classification of the suborder Gobioidei
has been published by Miller (1973, J. Zool., London, 171, 3, 397-434,
11 figs.). We came to know of this work after the present book had gone
to press.

338 Key to Families of Suborder Gobioidei, Order Perciformes

1 ( 8). Dorsal and anal fins not confluent with caudal fin, except
in Caragobius.’ ~
2 ( 7). Two dorsal fins, separate or with deep notch between them;
rarely single short fin in posterior half of body.
3 ( 4). Pelvic fins separate, close-set, often approximate, but not
united and do not form a sucker.
4 ( 3). Pelvic fins united, and usually form a sucker, except in Expedio
(Figure 320).
5 ( 6). Eyes not movable, but if so, then bases of pectoral fins normal,
‘Several authors have recently included the families Eleotridae and Periophthalmidae
within the family Gobiidae. However, since the purpose of the present book is to provide keys
for fishes in a limited water area, it appears more convenient to consider these families as

independent taxonomic units.
Recorded off the Philippines (Herre, 1927: 287).

443

338

434

not thickened, and not highly muscular; fins not used for

RANVIER A Ps seria as aia i CLXXII. Gobiidae.
6 ( 5). Eyes movable. Bases of pectoral fins highly muscular and fins
WSEOBfOR) Crawling: twee). 2. ....... CLXXV. Periophthalmidae.

7 ( 2). Dorsal fin single, without notch. Lower jaw protrudes notably
forward. Chin enlarged and constitutes part of upper profile of
head. Dorsal fin with not more than 25 rays. ...............
sai are gud age ad’) AaB her eat EAL a a Tere eet a [Kraemeriidae].°

8 ( 1). Dorsal and anal fins confluent with caudal fin. Dorsal fins
fused, without notch.’

9 (10). Pouchlike cavity in opercular region (Figure 324) situated
above gill cavity. Body elongate... CLXXIII. Trypauchenidae.

10 ( 9). Opercular region without such pouchlike cavity. Body
highily elongate: gee open es Meee ae CLXXIV. Gobioididae.

CLXXI. Family ELEOTRIDAE-Sleepers

Pelvic fins separate, not fused into disk. Ascending branch of palatine
directly joined with prefrontal behind origin of maxillary process.
Mesopterygoid narrow, but well developed. Scapula and coracoid well
developed; radial elements located on scapula and coracoid, as well as
between them. Vertebrae 24-28 (Berg, 1949: 1055).

Marine, brackish, and fresh-water fishes, widely distributed in
temperate and tropical regions.

More than 80 genera. Four genera known from the Sea of Japan and the
occurrence of another quite possible.

Addendum: In the region of Niigata and Sado Island in the Sea
of Japan, a fresh-water member of this family has been reported—
Odontobutis obscura (Temminck and Schlegel)—by Honma and Tamura
(1972) (Revised list of the gobioid fishes from waters adjacent to Niigata
and Sado Island in the Sea of Japan, Bull. Niigata Pref. Biol. Soc. Educ., 8,
33-38, 7 figs.).

Key to Genera of Family Eleotridae

1 (4). Preopercle with one or more spines.

2 (3). Angle of preopercle with single strong spine directed downward,
sometimes concealed in skin. Head flat on dorsal side. Body
anteriorly cylindrical and posteriorly slightly compressed laterally.
Ram meet eT PRIA WHO rn SH NUNIT Dove dag tes ONL Sea 1. Eleotris Gronow.

3Indian and Pacific oceans; Amami Islands (Ryukyu). (Matsubara and Iwai, 1959).

+Family Microdesmidae, known from the Central American and west African coasts,
differs from the family described here in a reduced anal fin that extends forward to not far
from midpoint of the body (Reid, 1936; Gosline, 1955).

339

340

435

3 (2). Angle of preopercle with one to six spines directed backward.
Head as well as body highly compressed laterally. .............
Dee Pe sc aso a’ou gse-b agatha nae RR OE ELS 2. [Asterropteryx Riippell].

4 (1). Preopercle without spines.

5 (6). Chin with long flat barbel and a few (two to three) short barbels.
Second dorsal fin with 24-26 branched rays, and anal fin with 24

PAYS, oyu ols asa t:rlge SIO Rn eS 3. Vireosa Jordan and Snyder.
6 (5). Chin without barbels. Second dorsal fin with less than 20 branched
rays.

7 (8). Pelvic fins long and narrow, longer than head. Scales large;
lateral line with not more than 30 scales. Second dorsal and anal
fins with not more than 11 branched rays. ... 4. Eviota Jenkins.

8 (7). Pelvic fins short, about half head length. Scales small; lateral
line with about 100 scales. Second dorsal and anal fins with more
than, 1S ibranche@erays tat oa aes 5. Parioglossus Regan.

1. Genus Eleotris Gronow, 1763

Eleotris Gronow, Zoophylaceum, 1763: 83 (type: Gobius pisonis
Gmelin). Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10, 1953: 292. Akihito,
Japan. J. Ichthyol., 14, 4/6, 1967: 135-166.

Body oblong or elongate, cylindrical anteriorly, laterally compressed
posteriorly, covered with 42 to 70 rows of scales. Scales in posterior
part of body ctenoid, and in anterior part in front of first dorsal fin
and on head cycloid. Head dorsally flat and covered with scales
beginning at interorbital space or behind eyes; sides of head
completely or partly flat. Eyes small. Mouth oblique; lower jaw
protrudes forward. Jaws with several rows of teeth; teeth in outer row
enlarged, canines absent. Tongue rounded. Angle of preopercle with
curved spine sometimes concealed in skin. Ventrally, gill openings do not
extend far anteriorly; interbranchial space broad. Dorsal fins separate;
first dorsal fin with 6 rays; second with one unbranched and 8-9 branched
rays. Caudal fin elongate (Koumans, 1953: 292).

Tropical seas; some species enter rivers.

Serveral species. Four species in Japan.’ One species known from the
Sea of Japan.

1. Eleotris oxycephala Temminck and Schlegel, 1845 (Figure 260)

Eleotris oxycephala Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss.,
1845: 150, pl. 77, figs. 4, 5 (Sea of Japan). Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr.
Arch., 10, 1953: 299 (description, synonyms).

Eleotris balia Jordan and Seale, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 29, 1905: 526,
fig. 6 (Siangan (Hong Kong?)).

SAkihito Prince, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 14, 4/6, 1967a: 135-166, 31 figs.

436

‘(SP8I ‘Tes9yog pure yourwwoey) ueder -vjpydaadxo s14joayyq

‘09% e1N3Iy

6£E

341

437

7017. China, Fujian. 1884. Polyakov. 4 specimens.

D VI, 18; A I, 8; P 16; 7. 1. 50-55 (Koumans, 1953),

Differs from other large-scaled species with less than 60 scales in lateral
line, in presence of scales on snout and larger number of rows of scales
from tip of snout to origin of dorsal fin (60 versus 45 to 40).

Mode of life described by Japanese researchers (Dotu and Fujita, 1959:
191).

Length to 270 mm (Dotu and Fujita, 1959).

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known from marine and fresh waters
(Tomiyama, 1936: 42); San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 24). In the Yellow Sea
indicated for Cheju-do Island (Mori, 1952: 140). From the shores of Japan
to southern China (Matsubara, 1955: 812).

2. [Genus Asterropteryx Riippell, 1828]

Asterropterix Ruppell, Atlas, Reise Nord Africa Fische, 1828: 138 (type:
A. semipunctatus Rippell).

Asterropteryx Ginther, 1861: 132 (type: A. semipunctatus Riippell).
Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10, 1953: 289 (synonyms).

Body slightly elongate, compressed laterally, and covered with large
ctenoid scales (/. /. about 25). Head also compressed laterally, curved
in profile. Dorsal surface covered with scales, as are areas behind eyes,
cheeks, and gill covers. Mouth slightly oblique. Teeth arranged in several
rows; outer teeth enlarged. Lower jaw with one canine on each side. Angle
of preopercle with 1-6 strong spines directed backward. Ventrally, gill
openings do not continue forward; interbranchial space broad. Base of
first dorsal fin contiguous with base of second dorsal fin. First dorsal
fin with 6 unbranched rays; second dorsal fin with 1 unbranched and 9-11
branched rays. Anal fin with 1 unbranched and 8-11 branched rays.
Caudal fin often rounded (Koumans, 1953).

Two species. One possibly occurs in the Sea of Japan.

1. [Asterropteryx semipunctatus Riippell, 1828] (Figure 261)

Asterropteryx semipunctatus Ruppell, Atlas, Reise Nord Africa Fische,
1828, pl. 34, fig. 4 (Red Sea). Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936:
40, fig. 2. Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10, 1953: 290, fig. 73
(description, synonyms).

D VI, I 9—11; A I, 8—10; P 17; J. l.. 24 (Koumans, 1953).

Differs from the closely related species, A. ensiferus (Bleeker, 1865),
known from the Sulu Sea (Indonesia), in presence of 3-5 short spines
instead of one at angle of preopercle. Body of live fish with large
irregularly shaped transverse blackish to chocolate-brown spots. Almost
every scale with small, rounded purple-blue brilliant spot.

Mode of life described by Japanese researchers (Dotu and Mito, 1963:
10).

438

A—preopercular spine.

Length to 60 mm (Tomiyama, 1936).

Distribution: This species has not been found in the Sea of Japan,
but is known from Oita Prefecture and Bungo Strait (Tomiyama, 1936:
40), and hence its occurrence in the waters of the Sea of Japan is probable.
In the Pacific Ocean known from Tokyo (Hatidze Island) south to
Indonesia and farther west to the Red Sea (Matsubara, 1955: 812).

s

3. Genus Vireosa Jordan and Snyder, 1901

Vireosa Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901 (1902): 38

(type: V. hanae Jordan and Snyder, 1901). Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr.
Arch., 10, 1953: 364.

Body slightly elongate, compressed laterally, and covered with minute
separated cycloid scales partly embedded in skin. Head naked, relatively
short, its anterior part blunt and roundish. Eyes fairly large. Chin with
one relatively long flat barbel and three short barbels. Mouth large,
almost vertical; some teeth elongate; minute canines present. Pelvic fins
completely separate, each with one spine and four soft rays. Caudal fin

342

439

with a few elongate-filamentous upper and lower rays. Rays of dorsal fin
not elongate; first dorsal fin with 6 rays, and second with 25. Anal fin
with long base. Gill openings broad, interbranchial space narrow; gill
rakers long and slender; pseudobranchs present (Jordan and Snyder,
1901c).

Indonesia and Japan. One species. Also known from the Sea of Japan.

1. Vireosa hanae Jordan and Snyder, 1901 (Figure 262)

Vireosa hanae Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901: 38,
fig. 1 (Misaki, Japan). Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10, 1953: 365,
fig. 90 (synonyms). Tomiyama, Fig. and Descr., Fish of Japan, 58, 1958:
1200, pl. 233, figs. 589, 590.

D VI, I 24-26; A I, 24: P 21; V I, 4 (Koumans, 1953).

Characters given in description of genus. Color of live fish
characterized by specific red spot against bluish-green background at base
of pectoral fin and longitudinal brick-red stripe above anal fin.

Length, excluding caudal filaments, up to 130 mm (Koumans, 1953).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Toyama Bay (Tomiyama,
1936: 50). Reported from the Korean Peninsula—Thonen (Mori, 1952:
146). Along the Pacific coast of Japan from Misaki southward. Reported
from Djakarta, Java (Koumans, 1953: 366).

4. Genus Eviota Jenkins, 1902

Eviota Jenkins, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., 22, 1902 (1903): 501 (type:
E. epiphanes Jenkins). Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10, 1953: 316.

Body slightly elongate, compressed laterally, covered with fairly large
scales (sqgu. 22-28). Head also slightly compressed laterally and naked.
Eyes large. Mouth oblique. Jaw teeth arranged in several rows, outer teeth
large. Dorsal fins separate or contiguous only at bases. First dorsal
fin with 6 rays, second with 8-10; anal fin with 1 unbranched and 7-9
branched rays. Pelvic fins narrow and long; rays fimbriate. Caudal fin
rounded. Very small fishes (Koumans, 1953).

Indian and Pecific oceans, predominantly among coral reefs. Large
number of species. About 10 species near the coasts of Japan. One species
in the Sea of Japan.

1. Eviota abax (Jordan and Snyder, 1901) (Figure 263)

Asterropteryx abax Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901
(1902): 40, fig. 2 (Misaki).

Eviota distigma Jordan and Seale, Bull. Bur. Fisher., 25, 1905 (1906):
389, fig. 79 (Pago Pago, Samoa). Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10,
1953: 319 (description, synonyms).

440

‘(1061 ‘J9pAug pue uepsor) Ww ¢¢ YIBUD] pIepULIg “xYgGD DJOIAg “¢gz oINBIA

cN
aN ON!

an

<._

: LMM WD ! 7 jp

344

345

44]

Eviota abax, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 815, fig. 315.
Zhu et al., Ryby Yuzhno-Kitaiskogo Morya, 1962: 779, fig. 630.

D VI, 1 9-10; A I, 8; 7.7. 24 (Zhu et al., 1962).

Differs from other species in 1 spine and four soft rays in pelvic fins,
color, and presence of two black spots at base of pectoral fin.

Mode of life, reproduction, and sexual dimorphism detailed in
publications by Japanese researchers (Dotu, Arima and Mito, 1965: 41).

Length to 45 mm (Abe, 1958), usually smaller.

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Sado island (Honma,
1963: 21) and near Tsushima Islands (Arai and Abe, 1970: 94). Reported
from Japan from the central part of Honshu southward (Matsubara, 1955:
815). Known near Cheju-do Island (Mori, 1956a: 146). Oceania,
Indonesia, and Indian Ocean (Koumans, 1953: 320).

5. Genus Parioglossus Regan, 1912

Parioglossus Regan, Trans. Linn. Soc. London (2 ser.), 15, 2, 1912:
302 (type: P. taeniatus Regan). Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10,
1953: 363.

Body highly compressed laterally, covered with very small scales. Head
also highly compressed laterally. Mouth protractile, very oblique. Each
side of premaxilla with 3 canines in outer row, teeth in inner row small;
each side of lower jaw with 3-5 canines; lateral teeth minute, arranged
in one row. Gill openings do not continue forward ventrally. Dorsal fins
separate. I D 6, II D I, 16-17; A I, 15-17; VI, 4 (Koumans, 1953),

Indian Ocean, north to Japan. One species in the Sea of Japan.

1. Parioglossus dotui Tomiyama, 1958 (Figure 264)

Parioglossus taeniatus Dotu (not Regan), Sci. Bull., Fac. Agric., Kyushu
Univ., 15, 4, 1956: 489, 3 figs. (near Fukuoka).

Parioglossus dotui Tomiyama, Fig. and Descr. Fish of Japan, 57, 1958:
1179, pl. 230, fig. 582 (Nagasaki).

D VI, 17; A I, 18; P 18; VI, 4; C 13; squ. ca 110 (Tomiyama, 1958a).

This species differs from the similar P. rainfordi (from Australia)
in number of rays in first dorsal fin (6 versus 5) and presence of a
longitudinal fleshy fold in front of this fin.

Mode of life described by Dotu (1956: 489).

Length to 36 mm (Tomiyama, 1958a).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from the environs of Fukuoka
(Dotu, 1956: 489) and Tsushima Islands (Arai and Abe, 1970: 94). Pacific
coast of Japan (Tomiyama, 1958a: 1179).

442

Figure 264. Parioglossus dotui. Standard length 36 mm (Zhu et al., 1962).

344

443

345

443
CLXXII. Family GOBIIDAE—Gobies

Pelvic fins, if present, fused and modified into suctorial disk. Eyes
immovable. Palatines T-shaped with branch at end for articulation with
frontals. Mesopterygoid rudimentary or absent. Scapula absent in adult
and radial elements of skeleton of pectoral fins on clavicle, only lower part
touching coracoid. Vertebrae 25-34 (Berg, 1949: 1060). Dorsal and anal
fins not fused with caudal. Dorsal fins separate or with deep notch
between; rarely single but short dorsal fin located in posterior half of
body. Eyes immovable, but if movable, base of pectoral fins not thickened
and not used for climbing.

Marine, brackish, and fresh-water fishes of temperate and tropical
regions.

Over 200 genera. Five subfamilies and nearly 50 genera reported from
the Sea of Japan. ’

Addendum: The photocopy sent by Takagi of his work in Japanese
(Studies of Gobioid Fishes in Japanese Waters: Comparative Morphology,
Phylogeny, Taxonomy, Distribution, and Bionomics, 1963: i-v + 273 pp.)
could not be used unfortunately, since it was received after this volume
had gone to press.

Key to Subfamilies of Family Gobiidae

1 ( 2). Body ovoid, compressed laterally. Teeth with single cusp,
arranged in several rows on both jaws. Two. dorsal

[Oe recess Somat tune De ae vie et ar ae, Se ea a [Gobiodontinae].°
2 ( 1). Body oblong (sometimes very much so), and not compressed
laterally.

3 (4). Teeth in outer row of both jaws tricuspid. ...............+..
PAVE ahh RRNA Mee PRE © |. eT COTA ge an AYES oho 1. Tridentigerinae.

4 ( 3). Teeth with single cusp, at least on lower jaw.

5 ( 8). Teeth on lower jaw in more than one row.

6 ( 7). First dorsal fin well developed, with 6 or more unbranched
TANS OSE PU cee ia thre VRE Ranh helnie GD OK SEL eels 2. Gobiinae.

7 ( 6). First dorsal fin absent or reduced and with less than 6
Marpranened fays. cos UIE feo ee ane 3% 3. Luciogobiinae.

8 ( 5). Teeth on lower jaw in one row.

9 (10). Second dorsal fin with long base. Teeth on lower jaw not vertical
MCE PRUIETTLLY SLATE. Sac Goins deals ore ce sass 4. [Apocrypterinae].

10 ( 9). Second dorsal fin with short base. Teeth on lower jaw vertical.
Ses SRR Ny AR ee SO eS oa ae a 5. Sicydiaphinae.

6South of Tokyo. Not found in the Sea of Japan.

346

444.

1. Subfamily Tridentigerinae

Body oblong. Teeth in outer series of each row tricuspid, their middle
cusp larger than lateral ones. Isthmus broad. Body covered with ctenoid
scales. Dorsal fins separate. Second dorsal and anal fins with relatively
short bases, not fused with caudal fin. Pelvic fins attached to belly only
by bases, remaining partly free (Fowler, 1961: 234).

Key to Genera of Subfamily Tridentigerinae

el’ (2), “BATVEIS: 2DSCHL vast per ute teem isles 1. Tridentiger Gill.

2 (1). Barbels present in large number on jaw or on lower side of head.
a ape AT et i ACN es UR adh Aten raat 2. Triaenopogon Bleeker.

1. Genus Trideptiger Gill, 1858

Tridentiger Gill, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, 7, 1858: 16 (type:
Sicydium obscurum Temminck and Schlegel). Fowler, Quart. J. Taiwan
Mus., 14, 3-4, 1961: 234.

Body slightly compressed laterally. Head broad, slightly flat dorsally.
Cheeks dilated. Eyes wide-set. Mouth slightly oblique; lower jaw
protrudes forward slightly. Teeth well developed, arranged in 2 rows on
each jaw; teeth in outer row tricuspid; middle cusp larger than
lateral; teeth in second row small, pointed, with single cusp. Tongue
roundish toward front. Barbels absent. Gill openings reduced. Body
covered with relatively large ctenoid scales. First dorsal fin with 6 rays,
second with 10 to 13 rays. Caudal fin rounded, similar to pectoral fin.
Pelvic fins joined and well developed; funnel behind them not fused with
belly (Fowler, 1961).

Three species along coasts of Japan as well as in the Sea of Japan and
the Yellow, East China, and South China seas. Two species reported
from the Sea of Japan.

Key to Species of Genus Tridentiger

1 (4). Transverse rows of scales 34-46. Two dark longitudinal stripes
not present on sides of body.

2 (G).. Nape and ‘belly covered with scales... 5.4: .cn..0%) lesa
Ba Are APS var, 1. T. obscurus Temminck and Schlegel.

3 (2). Nape and belly naked. ....... [T. nudiventris Tomiyama, 1934].°

4 (1). Transverse rows of scales 48-62. Two dark longitudinal stripes
along sides ‘of body... ../.. 2.2.0. 4088 2. T. trigonocephalus (Gill).

™Mucus should be removed from the skin to detect scales in specimens preserved in
alcohol.
8Ariake Bay, south of Kyushu Island.

347

348

445

1. Tridentiger obscurus (Temminck and Schlegel, 1845) (Figure 265)

Sicydium obscurum Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss.,
1845: 145, pl. 76, fig. 1 (rivers in the Gulf of Nagasaki).

Tridentiger obscurus, Berg, Ryby Presnykh Vod..., 3, 1949: 1102,
fig. 833. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 92, fig. 268 (color figure).
Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 3-4, 1961: 235 (description, synonyms). Zhu
et al., Ryby Yuzhno-Kitaiskogo Morya, 1962: 817, fig. 663.

16972-16982. Mouth of Tumintsyan River. June-September, 1913. A.I.
Cheiskii. 28 specimens.

D VI, I 10-12; A I, 9-11; sqgu. 34-37 (Berg, 1949).

Rays of first dorsal fin filamentous, especially in males. Color dark;
head with a few minute light spots. First rays of each dorsal fin with
4 sharp dark spots. Second dorsal and anal fins white along margin. Caudal
fin membrane black. White (orange in live specimens) patch near base of
pectoral fin and dark spot near upper margin of base. In young fish
sometimes an indistinct narrow dark stripe present along sides,
disappearing with age (Berg, 1949: 1103).

Mode of life described by Dotu (1958a: 343).

Length to 135 mm (Berg, 1949).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay and
Tumintsyan River (Berg, 1949: 1103); near Wonsan and Pusan (Mori,
1952: 147); Hokkaido (Okada and Ikeda, 1938); Aomori, Niigata and
Tsuruga (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c: 113); Sado Island (Honma, 1952:
225); San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 25); and Tsushima Islands (Shibata,
1968: 26; Arai and Abe, 1970: 72; Tomodo, 1970: 199). In the Yellow Sea
from Cheju-do Island, Inch’on (Mori, 1952: 147); Gulf of Chihli (Bohai)
(Zhang et al., 1955: 216). Pacific coast of Japan, Ryukyu Islands
(Matsubara, 1955: 821), South China Sea (Zhu et al., 1962: 817).

2. Tridentiger trigonocephalus (Gill, 1858) (Figure 266)

Triaenophorus trigonocephalus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 10,
1858: 17 (China). ~

Tridentiger bifasciatus Steindachner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss., 83, 1, 1881:
190 (Strelok Inlet near Vladivostok).

Tridentiger bucco Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901:
113 (Misaki, Tokyo).

Tridentiger marmoratus Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), 15, 1905: 17,
pl. 2, fig. 2 (Inner Sea of Japan).

Tridentiger trigonocephalus, Berg, Ryby Presnykh Vod..., 3, 1949:
1103, fig. 834. Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 3-4, 1961: 236, fig. 66a.
Zhu et al., Ryby Yuzhno-Kitaiskogo Morya, 1962: 817, fig. 664.

6609. Vladivostok. 1883. Polyakov. 2 specimens.

17812. Liman of Amur River near Chomi Island. August 13, 1910. V.K.
Soldatov. 6 specimens.

446

(7961 “I@ 19 NYZ) WW po YIBUOT ‘sninasgo sa3yUuapUy “697 2INBIA LYE

Ce SERIA SS es Oe ey
RHA Fae

K
, he ay Wy

CAS KY

“ff

FEEL LEELA EG
EZ M IE oi
Lx segs Sey ERRATA
OA 7-4 SE NGAP 5 OS
LLEZIEID

447

21330. Viadivostov. 1910. V.K. Soldatov. 6 specimens.

22832. Nagasaki. March, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt.

22834. Misaki. April 11,.1901. P.Yu. Shmidt.

35625. Yellow Sea. May 26, 1956. Academy of Sciences, China. 2
specimens.

36429. Yellow Sea, Tyantsin. June 11, 1957. E.F. Gur’yanova. 1
specimen.

D VI, I 12-14; A I, 10-11; sgu. 52-53 (Berg, 1949).

Dark stripe in middle of body from tip of snout to base of caudal
fin. Another similar but broader stripe above first continues along bases
of dorsal fins. In older fish these stripes are sometimes indistinct.
All fins, except pelvic fins, with rows of brown stripes. Sides of head and
ventral surface with minute light-colored more or less rounded spots on
brown background. Dark, curved stripe present near base of pectoral fin.
Second dorsal and anal fins with white edging along margin. Suborbital
series of cutaneous papillae does not reach forward to midpoint of eyes
(Berg, 1949).

Mode of life described by Dotu (1958: 343).

Length to 110 mm (Berg, 1949).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Berg, 1949: 1103); Wonsan (Shmidt, 1931b: 136); Pusan (Mori and
Uchida, 1934: 20; Yamagata Prefecture (Matsubara, 1955: 821); near Sado
Island (Honma, 1963: 22); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 23); San’in
region (Mori, 1956a: 25); near northern coast of Kyushu (Tabeta and
Tsukahara, 1967: 299); and Tsushima Islands (Arai and Abe, 1970: 92). In
the Yellow Sea—Inch’on (Jordan and Starks, 1905: 210); Gulf of Chihli
(Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955: 217); Chefoo (Wang and Wang, 1935: 197-
198). The Philippines (Herre, 1927: 283, 285), East China Sea (Zhu et al.,
1962: 817).

2. Genus Triaenopogon Bleeker, 1874

Triaenopogon Bleeker, Arch. Néerl. Sci. Nat., 9, 1874: 312 (type:
Triaenophorichthys barbatus Ginther). Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 3-4,
1961: 239.

Close to Tridentiger, but differs in presence of several rows of short
barbels on head, one row under eye above upper jaw, second row along
posterior margin of upper jaw, third row along posterior margin of
preopercle, and fourth row along margin of lower jaw. Opercle with a few
isolated barbels. Teeth arranged in 2 rows on each jaw; teeth in outer row
tricuspid, in inner row with one pointed cusp. First dorsal fin with 6 rays,
second dorsal fin with 11 rays (Fowler, 1961).

One species in the waters of China, the Philippines, and Japan. Known

350

448

from the Yellow Sea and the southern part of the Sea of Japan (Tsushima
Strait).

1. Triaenopogon barbatus (Ginther, 1861) (Figure 267)

Triaenophorichthys barbatus Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 3, 1861:
90 (China).

Triaenopogon japonicus Rendahl, Arkiv Zool., 16, 1924: 27 (Japan).

Triaenopogon barbatus Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 3-4, 1961: 239, fig.
68 (description, synonyms). Zhu et al., Ryby Yuzhno-Kitaiskogo Morya, ©
1962: 819, fig. 665.

35622. Yellow Sea. May, 1956. Academy of Sciences, China. 2
specimens.

D VI, I 10-11; A I, 9-10; sgu. 36/14 (Fowler, 1961).

Characters given in description of genus.

Mode of life described by Dotu (1957: 261).

Standard length, to 98 mm (Jordan and Snyder, 1910c).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Tsushima Islands
(Tomiyama, 1936: 97). In the Yellow Sea near Ionamp’o (Mori, 1952: 147)
and Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955: 219). Along the Pacific
coast of Japan from Tokyo southward (Matsubara, 1955: 821). The
Philippines (Herre, 1927: 281), East China Sea (Zhu et al., 1963: 415) and
South China Sea (Zhu et al., 1962: 819).

2. Subfamily Gobiinae

Body elongated to varying degrees. Head from small to moderate in
size. Eyes well developed, normal in shape. Teeth simple and cusps
without notch. Teeth of upper jaw arranged in 1 or more rows, teeth of
lower jaw arranged in 2 or more rows. Vomer sometimes with a few teeth.
Gill openings moderate or broad. Scales moderate or small in size. Snout
and interorbital region naked. Body naked in some genera. Head with
large number of cutaneous papillae, often arranged in rows or individual
groups. Two dorsal fins well separated or divided by deep notch. Rays of
first dorsal fin unbranched, flexible, and sometimes with elongate tips.
Second dorsal fin larger than first. Sometimes upper rays of pectoral fin
unattached. Pelvic fins completely or almost completely fused and
attached only by bases (Fowler, 1961: 93).

Generally small fishes. Species numerous, widely distributed, and
found along coasts.

Taxonomically the subfamily Gobiinae has been very poorly analyzed.
The Japanese ichthyologist Takagi (1963) revised the gobies of Japan in
terms of mucous canals, pores, and cutaneous papillae.’ Unfortunately we

°The significance of these organs in the systematics of fishes was recognized even in the

1920’s and 30’s (Berg, 1949: 1060). Il’in (1927) provided a key to gobies of the Azov and Black
seas, in which these organs were used for differentiation.

——

saec
——

Figure 266. Tridentiger trigonocephalus. Standard length 45 mm (Jordan and Snyder, 1913).

449

ils abe
weldyate ty

1 ii
Ri
mt ANE

xy

hy AY
AWA ae
Viel gs

Figure 267. Triaenopogon barbatus. Standard length 98 mm (Jordan and Snyder, 1901).

349

351

450

did not have this publication at our disposal. Interesting studies have been
conducted by Akihito, who divided the Gobiidae into 4 groups on the
basis of differences in the nature of arrangement of mesopterygium,
postcleithrum, branchiostegal rays, pectoral fins, cleithrum, and infra-
orbital bones. -

Widely distributed in all warm seas, rarely found in rivers. About 200
genera with a very large number of species. About 40 genera with 100
species known in Japan, of which 13 genera with more than 30 species are
found in the Sea of Japan.

Addendum: The genus Suruga Jordan and Snyder, 1901 has not been
considered by us in the key to genera of the subfamily Gobiinae because
the work of Honma and Tamura was received too late (see addendum to
the family Eleotridae). This monotypic genus is close to Acanthogobius
Gill in lacking free upper rays in the pectoral fins, but differs from it in a
short snout and nonfimbriate border of the pelvic disc [not pectoral lobe
as in Russian—Editor]. Suruga fundicula Jordan and Snyder is found in the
waters of Niigata and Sado Island.

Key to Genera of Subfamily Gobiinae

1 6). Barbels not present on head, not even a single pair; also
absent on sides of head, under jaws, and symphysis of lower jaw.
2 ( 9). Tongue anteriorly rounded or straight; if with very weak
notch, upper jaw does not extend beyond eyes.
6). First dorsal fin with 6 rays.
5). Length of postorbital part of head shorter than 2/3 length of
CAGE SE TEE SR ie Ree de Ae Le 1. Gobius Linné.
5 ( 4). Length of postorbital part of head equal to or more than 2/3
length of head. Transverse rows of scales 85 to 140..........
PURAOR teh sel aS, SUR SP Laie Ba 2. Cryptocentrus Ehrenberg.
6 ( 3). First dorsal fin with (7) 8 rays or more.
7 ( 8). Pectoral fins without free upper rays. Border of pelvic disk

3 (
ale

MAMTA 4 4 ig iat ie are kere 3. Acanthogobius Gill.
8 ( 7). Pectoral fins with free upper rays. Border of pelvic disk
SOOT rN lac Gch ee ae a 4. Pterogobius Gill.

9 ( 2). Tongue anteriorly with deep notch; if notch not very deep,
upper jaw long and extends beyond eyes.

10 (11). Transverse rows of scales 25-40. Lower jaw protrudes forward
Tita DHL Vaeer se Shae aC ee yahoo 5. Glossogobius Gill.

11 (10). Transverse rows of scales 50-100.

12 (15). Pectoral fins without free upper rays.

13 (14). Seismosensory canal of head consists of 3 parts: supraorbital,
middle (near posterodorsal margin of orbit), and postorbital
(OE SH Te 0 MRPs Cho) MMR ONO Rey la AUP a aig ale aE 6. Gymnogobius

451

o>
a em
2» at.

sree
ote <-@.
ers
aS
ay :
ens
& <
<

4
oe

8B

351 Figure 268. Head of Gymnogobius macrognathus (Berg, 1948).
A-—lateral view; B—dorsal view.

14 (13). Seismosensory canal of head consists of only the middle part
(near posterodorsal margin of orbit) (Figure 269) ... 7. Chloea.

15 (12). Pectoral fin with free rays. Posterior part of interorbital
space without pores.’ ....0...2....... 8. Chasmichthys Jordan.

16 ( 1). Barbels present on head; located on chin, or lower jaw, or
below head, or only one very short barbel on each side of
symphysis [in fishes with long low body (Figure 270)].

352 Figure 269. Head of Chloea castanea Figure 270. Barbel (A) near symphysis of
(Berg, 1949). lower jaw in Synechogobius hasta.

A-—lateral view; B—dorsal view.

352

452

17 (18). First dorsal fin with 5-6 rays. Chin with many small barbels
along margin of lower jaw. ... 9. Parachaeturichthys Bleeker.”

18 (17). First dorsal fin with 7-9 rays.

19 (20). First dorsal fin with 7 rays. Head flat. Teeth arranged more
or less obliquely. Lower surface of head with very large number
Of barbelse. ees, Hunts 10. Lophiogobius Giinther.

20 (19). First dorsal fin with 8-9 rays. Head not depressed. Either
a single pair or more than 10 to 12 barbels on each side of head.
Teeth vertical.

21 (22). A single pair of barbels near symphysis (Figure 270). Body depth
2°timies: inheadlenethwgen). . ase. ‘11. Synechogobius Gill.

22 (21). More than one pair of barbels. Body depth distinctly less than
2 times in head length.

23 (24). 3 pairs of barbels. Caudal fin rounded or pointed, but not

trMcatesa cay a ee aa ie 12. Chaeturichthys Richardson.
24 (23). 10 pairs of barbels. Caudal peduncle truncate, its length less
than length of head......... 13. Sagamia Jordan and Snyder.

1. Genus Gobius Linné, 1758—Gobies

Gobius Linné, Syst. Nat., 10th ed., 1758: 262 (type: G. niger Linné).
Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 59 (synonyms).

Ctenogobius Gill, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, 6, 1858: 374, 430
(type: C. fasciatus Gill). Fowler, Synopsis..., 13, 3-4, 1960: 104.

Rhinogobius Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., II, 1859 (1860): 143
(type: R. similis Gill).

Coryphopterus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 15, 1863: 263 (type:
C. glaucofraenum Gill).

Acentrogobius Bleeker, Arch. Néerl. Sci. Nat., 9, 1874: 321 (type Gobius
chlorostigma Bleeker). Fowler, Synopsis..., 13, 3-4, 1960: 141. :

Zonogobius Bleeker, Arch. Néerl. Sci. Nat., 9, 1874: 323 (type: Gobius
semifasciatus Kner =Gobius semidoliatus Val.). Fowler, Synopsis...,
13, 3-4, 1960: 150.

Bathygobius Bleeker, Arch. Néerl. Sci. Nat., 13, 1878: 54 (type: Gobius
nebulopunctatus Valenciennes). Fowler, Synopsis..., 13, 3-4, 1960:
101. :
Mugilogobius Smitt, Ofvers. K. Vet. Akad. Forh. Stockholm, 56, 1899:
543 (Jordan, The Genera of Fishes, 1963: 487). Fowler, Synopsis...,
13, 3-4, 1960: 155.

10A goby (Paleatogobius uchidae Takagi g.n. et sp. n. 1957: 118, fig. 6) has been described
from the estuaries of rivers near the City of Fukuoka on Kyushu Island, which has barbels on
the lower side of the head, but differs from members of the genus Parachaeturichthys in a
notched tongue. Mode of life described by Dotu (1957: 97).

353

443

453

Species of this genus have often been separated as independent genera,
then listed as synonyms. The presence of overlapping characters and the
absence of detailed taxonomic analysis compels us to agree with Japanese
ichthyologists (Tomiyama, 1936; Tomiyama and Abe, 1958) and accept
the status of this genus as proposed by them.

Included in this genus are fishes lacking barbels on the lower side of
the head, having a rounded tongue or a very weak notch at the end,
possessing 6 rays in the first dorsal fin, 9 rays in the second, and having a
reduced postorbital part of the head (shorter than 2/3 head length).

Many species, of which 8 and, possibly, one other are found in the Sea
of Japan."’

' Key to Species of Genus Gobius

1 ( 2). Anterior nostril located close to upper lip and resembling
conical tubule directed ventrally toward lip..................
Cee Oo te: SAL Ok Me MNS Be 1. G. abei (Jordan and Snyder).

2 ( 1). Anterior nostril located at some distance from upper lip, and

if resembling tubule, then directed dorsally..

3 ( 4). Anterior half of body with about 7 white vertical stripes,
clearly visible against dark background of body. .............
Sy See Bae 2. G. semidoliatus Cuvier and Valenciennes.

). Anterior half of body without white vertical stripes.

). Upper lip definitely does not form anterior margin of snout.
Dark weriicalspipe located: URGET -CYES yee is 2. Beh’. Sootaye ae we
EE OE: 3. G. ornatus campbelli (Jordan and Snyder).

5). Upper lip definitely forms anterior margin of snout.

8). Pectoral fins with free upper rays....... 4. G. fuscus Riippell.

7). Pectoral fins without free upper rays.

0). Sides of head not entirely naked: scales more or less cover upper
part of operculum. Scales about 30. Dark spot above base of
pisctotal fitig i: anche ae at ah i eed EE thot eee es

bak AER SBE). 9 BE 5. [G. caninus Cuvier and Valenciennes].

10 ( 9). Sides of head naked.

11 (14). Snout short and more or less equal to diameter of eyes.

12 (13). Occipital region covered with scales. Dark longitudinal stripe

located under eyes. Snout blunt. Upper jaw equal to diameter of
2 RINT Ge Sr retnnaie Aee g , - 6. G. pflaumi Bleeker.

''Honma et al, (1972: 53) have indicated another species in the Yamagata Prefecture, the
Sea of Japan, Crenogobius dotui Takagi, 1957, described for the first time from a rivermouth in
Saga Prefecture.

Addendum: Rhinogobius brunneus (Temminck and Schlegal) has been reported for the
region of Niigata and Sado Island. This species was identified as Glossogobius giuris brunneus
(Temminck and Schlegel) before Takagi’s work was published (see addendum to the family
Gobiidae).

354

454

13 (12). Occipital region naked. Dark stripe under eyes absent. Snout
- pointed. Upper jaw 2 times length of eye diameter..........

TOU Oe eM ees Up ME MeS tea: Aya 7. G. gymnauchen Bleeker.

14 (11). Snout long, almost 2 times or even longer than eye diameter.
15 (16). Scales in longitudinal row 30. Scales of occiput continue
almost up to eye. Snout and sides of head marked with zigzag

stripes that vary in shape............... 8. G. giurinus Rutter.

16 (15). Scales in longitudinal row 35 or more. Scales on occiput do
not continue behind upper margin of corner of preopercle. Snout

and sides of head without zigzag stripes....................--
Waa Nea MOU Ea este DaG: similis (Gill) Jordan and Snyder.

Ibs Gobius abei (Jordan and Snyder, 1901) (Figure 271)

Ctenogobius abei Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901:
55, fig. 5 (Wakanoura, Japan).

Tamanka bivittata Herre, Gobies..., 1927: 224, pl. 17, 4 (Hainan
Island).

Gobius abei, Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 74. Abe, Enc. Zool.,
2, Fishes, 1958: 101, fig. 295.

Mugilogobius abei, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 832,
fig. 323. Zhang et al., Ryby Zaliva Bokhai..., 1955: 201, fig. 127.
Fowler, Synopsis..., 13, 3-4, 1960: 160, fig. 31.

D VI, 9; A 9; P 16; squ. 36-41 (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c).

A characteristic feature of this species is the location of the anterior
nostril near the upper lip and the shape of its conical tubule directed
ventrally toward the lip. In the first dorsal fin rays 2-4 elongate. Occiput
and upper operculum covered with weak ctenoid scales, smaller than on
body. Light-colored median stripe in posterior part of body bordered
dorsally and ventrally by dark stripes. Caudal fin with flabelliform narrow
dark stripes.

Length to 60 mm (Abe, 1958)

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Toyama Bay (Tomiyama,
1936: 74) and Tsushima Islands (Arai and Abe, 1970: 93). In the Yellow
Sea indicated for the Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955: 201).
Along the Pacific coast of Japan from the central part of Honshu
southward; Ryukyu Islands and along the coast of China to Hainan
Island (Matsubara, 1955: 832).

2. Gobius semidoliatus Valenciennes, 1837 (Figure 272)

Gobius semidoliatus Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 12, 1837: (1)
67 (New Hebrides).

Zonogobius boreus Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 36, 1909: 605; 42,
1912 S99 Mp So tig So.

455

‘(1061 “19PpAUg puke UeplOs) WW g¢ YISUA] PIepURIS ‘agv-snigoyH

SRN
ly
| : vi

Se oe os a? wo da ©,

»,
we +e fa «Rec S Aa 5 Bme 3 te 4 3

“AS

355

443

354

456

Zonogobius semidoliatus, Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10, 1953:
149, pl. 36. Fowler, Synopsis..., 13, 3-4, 1960: 150, fig. 26.

2612. Red Sea. 1872. Klunzinger. One specimen.

Addendum: Honma and Tamura (see addendum to the family
Eleotridae) have reported Zonogobius boreus Snyder, 1909 for the region
of Niigata and Sado Island. This species differs from Z. semidoliatus in the
red to chocolate-brown body color of live fish and the presence of more
than 7 white stripes on the head, of which 2 are narrow; the last stripe
continues from the occiput downward, cutting through the base of the
pectoral fin.

D VI, 19; A I, 9; squ. 22-25 +3 (Fowler, 1961).

In this species and in closely related forms included in the genus
Zonogobius, the border (membrane at base of pelvic fins) is poorly
developed or almost absent. Color unique: 6-7 light-colored transverse
stripes occur on head and anterior part of body.

Matsubara (1955: 826) separated two independent species, considered
a single species by Koumans (1953). The difference between the two lies
in coloration. Z. boreus is red to chocolate-brown in life. Head with
about 7 white transverse stripes (2 narrow), and last stripe continues
from occiput through base of pectoral fins (Tomiyama and Abe, 1958, fig.
304). Z. semidoliatus is dark red in anterior part of body, including
head, with 7 or more distinct broad transverse white stripes in anterior
part of body (Tomiyama and Abe, 1958, fig. 305). The characters reported
by Matsubara are very similar and hardly suffice to distinguish two
species. Judging from the drawings provided by Tomiyama and Abe, the

356

457

rays in the first dorsal fin of Z. semidoliatus have long free tips and
pigmentation occurs in the rays of all fins; perhaps, however, this is a
sexual character of the male.

Length to 35 mm (Abe, 1958),

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from the north at Hyoton
and Mukoze Banks (Ouchi and Ogata, 1960: 183: Ouchi, 1963: 129): Pusan
(Mori, 1952: 142); Sado Island (Honma, 1956: 21). Cheju-do Island;
Pacific coast of Japan and Ryukyu Islands (Matsubara, 1955: 826). Indian
Ocean and the Red Sea (Koumans, 1953: 150).

3. Gobius ornatus campbelli (Jordan and Synder, 1901) (Figure 273)

Ctenogobius campbelli Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24,
1901: 62, fig. 8 (Wakanoura, Japan).

Gobius ornatus campbelli, Tomiyama, Japan. J. Lool, “eT SV9SGR 72.
Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 101, fig. 296. .

D VI, 11; A 10; P 18; sgu. 26/9 (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c).

Shape of snout characteristic for species; anterior margin protrudes
slightly ahead of upper lip or located at same level. Anterior. nostril
distinctly separate from upper lip. Margin of pelvic fins entire. About
10 rows of scales in front of dorsal fin. Dark vertical stripe under eye.

Length to 90 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known in the south near Tsushima
Islands (Arai and Abe, 1970: 93). Matsubara (1955: 831) has indicated
the central part of Honshu southward; usually this would include the
coast of the Sea of Japan. Yellow Sea (Wang and Wang, 1935: 177) and
south to Indonesia (Matsubara, 1955: 831).

4. Gobius fuscus Riippell, 1828 (Figure 274)

Gobius fuscus Riippell, Atlas Reise N. Afr. Fische, 1828: 137 (Red Sea).
Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 63. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes,
1958: 103, fig. 302.

Gobius poecilichthys Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901:
52, fig. 4 (Misaki).

Bathygobius fuscus, Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10, 1953: 187,
fig. 45 (description, synonyms). Fowler, Synopsis. .., 13, 3-4, 1960:
102, fig. 4. Zhu et al., Ryby Yuzhno-Kitaiskogo Mca 1962: 788, fig.

638.

23393. Okinawa Island. January, 1927. P.Yu. Shmidt. 2 specimens.
D VI, 10-11; A 9-10; P 19-20; sgu. 38-40; scales in transverse row
11-13; scales in front of first dorsal fin 24 or fewer (Koumans, 1953).
Differs from other species in free upper rays of pectoral fin, average
number of scales in front of dorsal fin about 20, and not 30 or 10.
Length to 120 mm (Koumans, 1953).

458

é LSE
(1061 JepAUg pu UepIOL) WW gy YIZUS] pIepuLig ‘snosnf sniqoyH PLT 9INsIy

=e ToS TF

Seg Oe San
So OS

=> fore Owes

J8n ves Ye

====> F is oe
Sri aes Seb een s— --

Pore

359

459

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Wakasa Bay (Takegawa
and Morino, 1970: 383); Tsushima Island (Arai and Abe, 1970: 92); and
central part of Honshu southward to the Indian Ocean (Matsubara, 1955:
827).

5. [Gobius caninus Valenciennes, 1837] (Figure 275)

Gobius caninus Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 12, 1837: (65) 86 (Java).
Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1 1936: 70.

Coryphopterus bernadoui Jordan and Starks, Proc..U.S. Nat. Mus., 28,
1905: 207, fig. 9. .

Rhinogobius caninus, Herre, Gobies..., 1927: 186, pl. 13, fig. 4.

Acentrogobius caninus, Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10, 1953: 61,
fig. 16 (synonyms).

Vaimosa canina, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 829.

Acentrogobius caninus, Fowler, Synopsis..., 13, 3-4, 1960: 145,
figs. 23, 24 (synonyms).

D VI, 10; A 10; sgu. 30/9 (Koumans, 1953).

Characters given in key. Scalesonupper part of operculum. Dark spot
located above base of pectoral fin.

Length to 132 mm (Koumans, 1953).

Distribution: Not found in the Sea of Japan. Reported from rivers of
the Korean Peninsula (Mori, 1952: 141), but also known: from marine
waters (Tomiyama, 1936). Okinawa and the Korean Peninsula south to
Indonesia (Matsubara, 1955: 829) and Sri Lanka (Koumans, 1953: 61).

6. Gobius pflaumi (Bleeker, 1853) (Figure 276)

Gobius pflaumi Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen., 25, 1853: 42, figs. 3, 18
(Nagasaki). Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 66.

Ctenogobius virgatulus Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24,
1901: 63, fig. 9 (Misaki).

Coryphopterus virgatulus, Jordan and Starks, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 28,
1905: 206.

Ctenogobius chefuensis Wu and Wang, Contrib. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc.
China, Zool. ser., 8, 1, 1931: 6, fig. 4 (Chefoo).

Rhinogobius pflaumi, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 830.

Ctenogobius pflaumi, Fowler, Synopsis..., 13, 3-4, 1960: 107
(synonyms).

13096. Wonsan. June, 1900. P.Yu. Shmidt. 6 specimens.

22984. Tsuruga. August 25, 1917. V. Rozhkovskii. 4 specimens.

30309. Peter the Great Bay. 1907. Brazhnikov. 1 specimen.

36414-36419. Yellow Sea. June, 1957. Expedition to China. 30
specimens.

D VI, 11; A 11; P 16; squ. 26; scales in transverse series 9 (Jordan
and Snyder, 1901c).

460

(1061 ‘19pAug pue UeplOs) WW Q¢ YIZUE] piepurj}g JUunDyd snigoH ‘91/7 91N3BI4 SSE

‘(S061 ‘SYi¥1g Pue URpPIOF) WW YO YISUE] prepuR}S “snulUDI snigoH “¢/z 91N3I4 8S

ree
SEIN
CRE,
LER
2
AV pha aay vom ae ROOTS:
et AP ae — at,

qa Se

WSS

362

46]

Differs from other species in short snout, equal to diameter of eye;
occiput covered with scales; stripe under eye; four dark spots along sides
of body equal to eyes or slightly smaller; pelvic fins almost equal to length
of pectoral fins, but terminate far froma base of anal fin. Head naked except
for small part of occiput.

Length to 80 mm (Tomiyama, 1936).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 420); near Wonsan, Pohang, and Pusan
(Mori, 1952: 142); near Tsushima Islands (Arai and Abe, 1970: 92); coast of
Japan from Aomori (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c: 65); Sado Island (Honma,
1952: 225); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 22); Tsuruga (Shmidt and
Lindberg, 1930: 1149); San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 23); and even farther
south. In the Yellow Sea reported from the Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) Zhang
et al., 1955: 202) and Chefoo (Wang and Wang 1935: 180). Along the
Pacific coast of Japan from Miyagi Prefecture south to the Philippines
(Matsubara, 1955: 830).

7. Gobius gymnauchen (Bleeker, 1860) (Figure 227)

Gobius gymnauchen Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sci. Indo-Néerl. Japan, 6, 1860:
84, pl. 1, fig. 2 (Tokyo). Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 67,
fig. 21 (synonyms). Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 102, fig. 300.

Ctenogobius gymnauchen, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24,
1901: 58, fig. 6. Fowler, Synopsis..., 13, 3-4, 1960: 111, fig. 8.

36413. Yellow Sea. June 3, 1957. Expedition to China. 1 specimen.

D VI, 10; A 10; squ. 23-27 (Abe, 1958).

This species differs from the closely related species G. pflaumi in
a pointed snout versus blunt, length of upper jaw, absence of scales on
occiput, and dark stripe under eye.

Length to 100 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from the coast of Hokkaido
(Ueno, 1971: 87); Tohoku region (Tomiyama, 1936: 67); Sado Island
(Katho et al., 1950: 324); Tsuruga (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c: 58); San’in
region (Honma, 1956: 22); and Tsushima Islands (Arai and Abe, 1970: 92)

8. Gobius giurinus Rutter, 1897 (Figure 278)

Gobius giurinus Rutter, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1897: 86 (Shantou,
China). Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 102, fig. 299.

Ctenogobius hadropterus Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24,
1901: 60, ‘fig.’ 7. ;

D VI, 9; A 9; P 19; squ. 28/9 (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c).

This long-snouted goby differs from the other long-snouted species,
G. similis, in having large scales covering occipital region almost up to
eyes. Snout and sides of head with zigzag pattern. Four to five dark spots

(1061 ‘topAug puke UvpIO“) WU cg YIZUS] pIepuLig ‘uayanvuuds snigoy “1,17 2IN3I4 09¢€

463

arranged along middle line of body sides that do not continue onto back.

Mode of life described by Dotu (1961: 120).

Length to 120 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: Predominantly a fresh-water fish but in the Sea of Japan
reported from Oshoro Bay (Kobayashi, 1962: 259). Known from near Sado
Island (Honma, 1952: 225); San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 24); Tsushima
Islands (Shibata, 1968: 26). Yellow Sea (Wang and Wang, OE 176).

South China (Matsubara, 1955: 831).

9. Gobius similis (Gill, 1859) (Figure 279)

Rhinogobius similis Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1859: 145 (near
Shimoda, Japan). Berg, Ryby Presnykh Vod..., 3, 1949: 1077, fig. 1078.

Ctenogobius similis, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 23,
1901: 759, fig. 35; 24, 1901: 56.

Gobius similis, Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 68, fig. 22,.
A and B (synonyms). Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 102, fig. 298.

Rhinogobius bergi Lindberg, Tr. Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk, SSSR, 3, 1936:
402, figs. 7, 8 (Maikhe River, Peter the Great Bay).

Rhinogobius similis lindbergi Berg, Ryby Presnykh Vod..., 3, 1949:
1078, figs. 810-812 (lower course of Amur River).

D VI, 9; P 19; sgu. 31/11 (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c).

Long-snouted goby with small scales covering occipital region but not
behind upper posterior corner of preopercle. Sides of head without zigzag
dark stripes. Pelvic fins distinctly shorter than length of pectoral fins.

Length to 100 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: Fresh-water fish of river basins of the Sea of Japan
and the Sea of Okhotsk, Hokkaido Island (Ueno, 1971: 87); basin of the
Pacific Ocean in Japan, Ryukyu Islands, and Taiwan (China); also found
in estuaries of rivers.

2. Genus Cryptocentrus Ehrenberg, 1837

Cryptocentrus Ehrenberg. In: Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat.
Poiss., 12, 1837: 111 (type: Gobius cryptocentrus ‘Cuvier and
Valenciennes). Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 1-2, 1961: 53.

Body moderately elongate, compressed laterally. Head compressed
laterally, large, blunt, attenuates upward. Snout convex, equal in length to
diameter of eye. Eyes close-set and high. Mouth broad, slightly oblique;
lower jaw protrudes slightly. Upper jaw extends beyond eye. Teeth on
jaws arranged in several rows, enlarged in outer rows; pair of canine-
shaped teeth on lower jaw at end of series. Bony part of interorbital space
narrow, about 1/4 diameter of eye. Gill openings broad, isthmus narrow.
Inner margin of pectoral girdle without fleshy processes. Transverse rows

464

ar
Ay Ae

ee SS
we
SS8S2=s00 o
a rtd
BEGeSan
went
=.
s
==

aan

2 a

Foe re
Bae. "=

és a0 EEE
DEP San
N Seen |
Mgieen
re Pr

wives
Gime

<<

a

Sanne
BE
ia *SH5. “ee sas =
5 eSa0 ee
re asa!
v5

==
—

rer

Soe
oe aaee=
aaasessese soe

—pt
es
‘ae’

ay

3:8 Sasa NY
CHET x
g BS

WS

aay
<¢ Vhe'|
ey

"8
des
Ss 4

Figure 278. Gobius giurinus. Standard length 52 mm (Jordan and Snyder, 1901).

361

Figure 279. Gobius similis. Standard length 60 mm (Tomiyama, 1936).

361

363

465

of scales 85 to 140. Scales on anterior part of body cycloid and in caudal
part sometimes ctenoid. Head behind eyes covered with scales or naked,
as is occiput. Dorsal fins separate. First dorsal fin with 6 rays, second
dorsal with 11 to 21 rays, and anal fin with 20 to 22 rays. Caudal fin
pointed. Pectoral fins without free rays on upper side. Pelvic fins united
and elongate (Fowler, 1961).

Indian and Pacific oceans. Several species. One from waters of the
Sea of Japan.

1. Cryptocentrus filifer (Valenciennes, 1837) (Figure 280)

Gobius filifer Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 12, 1837: (80) 106 (Indian
Ocean).

Cryptocentrus filifer, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24,
1901: 72, fig. 12. Wang and Wang, Contrib. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China,
Zool., ser. 11, 6, 1935: 182, fig. 14. Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1,
1936: 82. Koumans, 1953: 86, fig. 17. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958:
99, fig. 290. Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 1-2, 1961: 57, fig. 35. Zhu
et al., Ryby Vostochno-Kitaiskogo Morya, 1963: 423, fig. 319.

22817. Nagasaki. February 17, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1 specimen.

22818. Pusan. March, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1 specimen.

22985. Tsuruga. August 28-September 5, 1917. V. Rozhkovskii. 6+
specimens. oe

D VI, 11; A 10; squ. 100 (Abe, 1958).

Differs from C. fontanesi, recorded off Kagoshima, as well as other
Japanese species of this genus in fewer number of rays in second dorsal
fin (11-12 versus 14-16) and anal fin (10-12 versus 15-17). Differs from
other species also in very small scales (more than 85 transverse rows)
compressed body, and black spot in anterior part of first dorsal fin near its
base.

Length to 150 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan repoted from Ulsan (Mori, 1952: 144);
Pusan (Shmidt, 1931b: 131); Sado Island (Honma, 1952: 225); Toyama
Bay (Katayama, 1940: 22); Tsuruga (Shmidt and Lindberg, 1930: 1149);
coast of Yamaguti Prefecture (Yoshida and Ito, 1957: 268) and Tsushima
Islands (Arai and Abe, 1970: 93). In the Yellow Sea—Gulf of Chihli
(Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955: 203), Chefoo (Wang and Wang, 1935: 182).
Along the Pacific coast of Japan from the central part of Honshu
southward. Coast of China south to Siangan (Hong Kong) (Zhu et al.,
1963: 423); Indonesia (Koumans, 1953: 86).

3. Genus Acanthogedius Gill, 1859

Acanthogobius Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 11, 1859: 145 (type:
Gobius flavimanus Temminck and Schlegel). Fowler, Synopsis..., 14,
3-4, 1961: 208.

466

a - - -
4 = S
oes

filifer. Standard length 75 mm (Matsubara, 1955).

Figure 280. Cryptocentrus

364

365

365

467

Figure 281. Figure of arrangement of cephalic sensory pores and
cutaneous papilla system in fishes of the family Gobiidae (Berg, 1949).

A-—suborbital series of cutaneous papillae.

Figure 282. Arrangement of cephalic sensory pores and cutaneous papilla
system in fishes of the genus Acanthogobius (Berg, 1949).

Aboma Jordan and Starks. In: Jordan, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 2,
5, 1895: 497 (type: A. etheostoma Jordan and Starks).
Sagamia Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901: 100 (type:

§. russula Jordan and Snyder).

Body oblong, posteriorly slightly compressed laterally. Head elongate,
its profile rounded. Snout fairly long, longer than diameter of eye. Eyes
close-set, almost in middle part of head. Mouth moderate in size, oblique;
jaws equal. Teeth moderate in size, arranged in several rows on both jaws.
Tongue blunt or slightly notched. Anterior nostril with very short tubule.
Width of interorbital space less than 1/2 diameter of eye. Gill openings
continue slightly forward ventrally. Isthmus rather broad. Branchiostegal
rays 5. Fleshy processes absent on inner-side of pectoral girdle. Mucous
canals extend from corner of mouth up to preopercle and along lower jaw
up to posterior margin of preopercle. Body scales medium in size, and
smaller on cheeks. Dorsal fins separate; first with 7-9 rays, second with
14-15 rays. Anal fin with 12-14 rays.””. Pectoral fin without free rays in

2 4canthogobius lactipes: D VIII, 11-12; A 10-11.

468

365

upper part; base of fin covered with scales. Caudal fin blunt, slightly
shorter than length of head (Fowler, 1961).

Berg (1949: 1062, 1075) recognized the independent status of the genus
Aboma, listing the following differences from the genus Acanthogobius:
Aboma with longitudinal, curved suborbital series of cutaneous papillae
(Figure 281). Dorsal muscles do not reach eyes. Second dorsal fin with not
more than 10-11 rays (including unbranched rays); anal fin with I 7-10
rays. Sides of head naked. Acanthogobius, instead of longitudinal, curved
suborbital series of cutaneous papillae, with oblique series extending
from posterior margin of eye forward and ventrally (Figure 282). Dorsal
muscles continue upward almost to eyes. Second dorsal fin with 14-15
rays; anal fin with 12-13 (14) rays. Occiput and part of sides of head
covered with scales.

East China and South China seas, Yellow Sea, and waters of Japan.
Several species. Two known from the Sea of Japan.

Key of Species of Genus Acanthogobius

1 (2). Transverse rows of scales 35-40. Head naked...................
bi Jaiku Biya S emai: SAAR ca net a Care 1. A. lactipes (Hilgendorf).
2 (1). Transverse rows of scales 55-75. Upper part and part of sides
ofvheadvcovercdwithiasealesis tc ss pee a ae aes

1. Acanthogobius lactipes (Hilgendorf, 1878) (Figure 283)

Gobius lactipes Hilgendorf, Sitzber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin, 1878:
109 (Tokyo).

Aboma lactipes, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901: 67,
fig. 10. Wang and Wang, Contrib. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China, 11, 6, 1935:
180, fig. 12. Berg, Ryby Presnykh Vod..., 3, 1949: 1080. Zhang et
al.,Ryby Zaliva Bokhai..., 1955: 204, fig. 129. Zhu et al., Ryby Vostochno-
Kitaiskogo Morya, 1963: 429, fig. 326.

Aboma lacticeps (error), Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
836.

Aboma tsushimae Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 23, 1901:
759 (Tsushima Islands). Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24,
190M 69 hige, the

Acanthogobius lactipes, Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 84. Abe,
Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 98, fig. 288. Fowler, Synopsis..., 14,
3-4, 1961: 210, figs. 54, 55. 5

22204. Vladivostok. October, 1927. E.P. Rutenberg. 1 specimen.

22816. Genzan. June, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1 specimen.

23106. Sonon Bay, Chosomman Bay. May 6, 1897. A. Bunge. 1
specimen.

469

(1061 ‘“JepAUg PUL ULPIOL) WU QO, YIBUaT PIEpURIg “sadson)

seo : ts
. os, wens . r
ae Sw XE ANT:
Fy PHS Xs Neel
: muy
> > ho.) ery
~~ . y e ean <4 "
> f Re Ae a fa
-- ix; » 4 ¥ Pa © f " ae we
: = a: \/. by “
= 88 = r . ee ess a B's Reet
= a b pi AA:

an
Me SON; . s * z
Beas Cn Als y A PRES
ae ira A R ¢:-- {sil F
Pa Mes aan i FE C rele se 5
Sui ee Ss 0c Pe BAe
F ne EY PS RS
x : 7 xy 1:49
9: eg) /s'4
hy J / +,

snigosoyjuvop “gz 21N3I4

99¢

367

470

25471. Mouth of the Sidemi River, Peter the Great Bay. July 11, 1929.
A.Ya. Taranets. 2 specimens.

25481. Pos’et, Peter the Great Bay. August 10, 1928. A.Ya. Taranets.
More than 6 specimens.

37287. Pos’et, Peter the Great Bay. July 20, 1962. O.A. Skarlato. 4
specimens.

38744. Pos’et, Peter the Great bay. 1967. A.N. Golikov. 2 specimens.

D VIII, 11-12; A 10-11; squ. 35-40 (Abe, 1958).

In addition to larger scales, this species differs from A. flavimanus
in having fewer rays in the second dorsal fin (11-12 versus 13-15) and
anal fin (10-11 versus 12).

Mode of life described by Dotu (1959: 196).

Length to 90 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 421); near Wonsan (Shmidt, 1931b: 31);
Shestakov Port—40° N (Shmidt, 1931a: 119); Pusan (Mori, 1952: 145);
Tsushima Islands (Arai and Abe, 1970: 93); Aomori (Jordan and Snyder,
190 1c: 67); Sado Island (Honma, 1963: 22); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940:
23); San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 25). Sea of Okhotsk—mouths of rivers and
lakes of Hokkaido Island (Hikita, 1952: 15). Yellow Sea—Gulf of Chihli
(Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955: 204); Chefoo (Wang and Wang, 1935: 180).
East China Sea—near coasts of China.

2. Acanthogobius flavimanus (Temminck and Schlegel, 1845) (Figure
284) .
Gobius flavimanus Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss.,

1845: 141, pl. 74, fig. 1 (Nagasaki).

Acanthogobius flavimanus, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24,
1901: 98. Wang and Wang, Contrib. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China, 11, 6, 1935:
191, fig. 20. Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 85. Berg, Ryby
Presnykh Vod..., 3, 1949: 1076, figs. 808, 809. Zhang et al., Ryby Zaliva
Bokhai..., 1955: 206, fig. 130. Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 3-4, 1961: 212,
fies SO.85 1

Gobius stigmathonus Richardson, Voy. Sulphur. Fishes, 1844: 147
(Canton).

Acanthogobius stigmathonus, Jordan and Metz, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 6,
11914) NOS 2572

Aboma snyderi Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25, 1902: 575,
fig. (Aomori, young specimen).

13094. Wonsan. June, 1900. P.Yu. Shmidt. 6 specimens.

22203. Peter the Great Bay. September, 1927. E.P. Rutenberg. 2
specimens. !

22823. Pusan. March, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 4 specimens.

471

SRR RO

x)

f Z “ e ‘
ey nt CL a. = Sot aor a: t a
Sei el rey p eas ¥ A
Ooh TACO ei? Wie ee i
K : Dor: Ty ee sy
KT m NI EES a aim ge
SD b oe Bis Wk Ds
rs ~ be s
h f

Bey Fev
OY) nee
NS

Figure 284. Acanthogobius flavimanus. Standard length 160 mm (Zhang et al., 1955).

< IY

366

368

472

22895. Wonsan. June, 1900. P.Yu. Shmidt. 3 specimens.

23839. Pos’ét, Peter the Great Bay. October 1, 1925. Institute of
Geography. 3 specimens. ;

32583. Wonsan. June 20, 1900. P.Yu. Shmidt. 3 specimens.

36406. Yellow Sea, Tsingtao. June 18, 1957. EZIN. 2 specimens.

36407. Yellow Sea, Chefoo. June 28, 1957. EZIN. 1 specimen.

D VIII, 14-15; A 12-13 (14); squ. 47-54. Operculum covered with
scales in upper part; cheeks with very few scales, which are very small,
sometimes almost imperceptible, especially in young fish. Throat covered
with small scales. Scales on ‘dorsal surface of head continue to eyes.
Base of pectoral fin covered with scales. Series of papillae “b” almost
reach mouth. Eyes set high. Pelvic fins do not reach vent; pectoral fins
reach vertical from posterior end of first dorsal fin. Collar (border) of
pelvic disk without small lobe. Corner of mouth reaches vertical from
anterior margin of eye. Lips not broadened toward corner of mouth.
Dorsal fins separated by distance less than longitudinal diameter of eye.
Head length 28.5 to 30.7% of standard length. Width of flat forehead less
than longitudinal diameter of eye. Body yellowish, laterally with some
dark spots, particularly sharp at base of caudal fin; series of minute dark °
spots on dorsal fin; zigzag stripes on caudal fin, almost imperceptible in
lower third; pectoral fin dusky, with dark spots at base; operculum with
dark spots; oblique dark spots on snout continue from eye to mouth (Berg,
1949).

Mode of life of this rather large species described in detail by Japanese
researchers (Miyazaki, 1940: 159; Dotu and Mito, 1955: 153; Imamura
and Hashitani, 1957: 45).

Length to 250 mm (Berg, 1949).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Peter the Great Bay
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 428); Wonsan and Pusan (Shmidt, 1913b:
134); Hakodate and Aomori (Jordan and Snyder, 1901: 98); Sado Island
(Honma, 1952: 225); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 23); San’in region
(Mori, 1956a: 25); Simonosaka (Jordan and Thompson, 1914: 289); and
Tsushima Islands (Arai and Abe, 1970: 93). Yellow Sea—Gulf of Chihli
(Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955: 206); all coasts of the Korean Peninsula (Mori,
1952: 145); and Chefoo (Wang and Wang, 1935: 191). Pacific coast of
Japan from Hokkaido southward (Matsubara, 1955: 836).

4. Genus Pterogobius Gill, 1863

Pterogobius Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 15, 1863: 266 (type:
Gobius virgo Temminck and Schlegel). Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 3-4,
1961: 203.

Body moderately elongate, slightly compressed laterally. Head not flat,

369

473

rounded, and broad in region of eyes. Width of interorbital space and
snout length equal to diameter of eye. Eyes set in anterior part of head.
Mouth moderate in size, slightly oblique, terminal; lower jaw protrudes
more or less. Tongue rounded or truncate. Teeth moderate in size, outer
ones larger; teeth on lower jaw continue only up to half its length and
last teeth larger. Barbels absent. Nostrils not tubular. Gill openings
moderate in size, separated by wide isthmus or continue slightly
forward ventrally. Body covered with very small cycloid or ctenoid
scales, 65-135 transverse rows. Cheeks completely naked or with small
areas covered with scales. Occiput and thorax covered with scales. First
dorsal fin with 8 rays, sometimes elongate in males. Bases of second dorsal
and anal fins long, each fin with 20-30 close-set rays. Caudal fin
moderately long, bluntly rounded. Pectoral fin with free silky upper rays
(Fowler, 1961: 203).
Seas of China and Japan. Four species from the Sea of Japan.

Key to Species of Genus Pterogobius

1 (4). Second dorsal fin with 20-22 rays. Transverse rows of scales
66-80. Inner margin of pectoral girdle smooth, without crest or
collar [= fleshy ridge—Ed.].

2 (3). Color pale reddish; sides of body with 6-8 transverse yellow
narrow stripes, width of stripe less than eye diameter..........
LAREN EIA hie Meer steer nam, ey on, a 4 1. P. zonoleucus Jordan and Snyder.

3 (2). Color violet; sides of body with 6-7 transverse dark-colored,
fairly broad stripes, equal to diameter of eye, which continue
behind dorsal and anal fins and are bordered by narrow yellow
BLEIPCS! ... ccs cwdets tek eee eRe e 2. P. elapoides (Giinther).

4 (1). Second dorsal fin with 25-28 rays. Transverse rows of scales
100 or more. Inner margin of pectoral girdle with fleshy crest or
collar [= fleshy ridge—Ed.].

5 (6). Five deep black transverse stripes located on pale, almost white

background of body, their width almost equal to diameter of eye.
PBR is kth & Cokes ee Rice 3. P. zacalles Jordan and Snyder.

6 (5). Large number of longitudinal red, blue, green, and dove-blue
stripes on light bluish background of body, as well as on head, sides
DiGO YANG MOteAl ANG ATMM MS ts oo es. os barca’ oo wow sheds eee ee
SR eG A Ra a, SA 4. P. virgo (Temminck and Schlegel).

1. Pterogobius zonoleucus Jordan and Snyder, 1901 (Figure 285)

Pterogobius zonoleucus Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24,
1901: 94, fig. 19 (Misaki). Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 86.
Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 97, fig. 285. Fowler, Synopsis...,
14, 3-4, 1961: 204, fig. 51.

AT4

—< :
2 3

‘3
A
ye )
oe

=

ve

Figure 285. Pterogobius zonoleucus. Standard length 70 mm (Jordan and Snyder, 1901).

367

S71

475

D VIII, 20; A 19; squ. 66 (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c).

This short-snouted species has a unique color pattern: 6-8 yellowish
stripes, in width less than diameter of pupil, located on pale reddish
or brick-red background.

Comments on reproduction given by Japanese researchers (Tsutsumi
and Dotu, 1961: 149),

Length to 90 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known from Pusan (Mori, 1952: 144);
Sado Island (Honma, 1963: 22); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 24); San’in
region (Mori, 1956a: 25). Along the Pacific coast of Japan from Misaki
southward (Matsubara, 1955: 837).

2. Pterogobius elapoides (Giinther, 1871) (Figure 286)

Gobius elapoides Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1871: 665,
pl. 63, fig. D (Japan ?).

Pterogobius elapoides, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24,
1901: 90. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 97, fig. 284. Fowler,
Synopsis..., 14, 3-4, 1961: 205, fig. Sla.

Pterogobius daimio Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901:
91, fig. 17 (Misaki).

Pterogobius elapoides elapoides, Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936:
86.

22821. Misaki. April 11, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. More than 6 specimens.

22822. Pusan. March 30, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. More than 6 specimens.

D VII, 20-23; A 19-22; P 19-22; squ. 77-91 (Jordan and Snyder,
1901c—P. elapoides + P. daimio).

This species differs from the previous one in elongate snout and color.
Sides of body with 6-7 transverse dark stripes located on violet
background, equal in width to diameter of eye. Stripes bordered by narrow
yellow stripes; one such stripe located under eye.

Mode of life described by Japanese scientists (Dotu and Taatswiet
1959: 186).

Length to 110 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan reported from Pusan (Shmidt, 1931b:
133); Hakodate, Aomori (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c: 90); Sado Island
(Honma, 1963: 22); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 23), San’in region
(Mori, 1956a: 25); Yamaguti Prefecture (Yoshida and Ito, 1957: 268);
Tsushima Islands (Arai and Abe, 1970: 93). Cheju-do Island (Mori, 1952:
144). Along the Pacific coast of Japan from Tohoku region (Honshu
Island) southward (Matsubara, 1955: 837). Presence indicated for Siangan
(Hong Kong). St. John Island (Tomiyama, 1936: 86; see Smitt, 1896: 196),
but Chinese ichthyologists (Zhu et al.) do not mention this species.

S37/3)

476

3. Pterogobius zacalles Jordan and Snyder, 1901 (Figure 287)

Pterogobius zacalles Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901:
93, fig. 18 (Misaki). Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 86. Abe,
Ene. Zool2 2) Fishes, 195829972 fey 285.

D VII, 25-27; A 25-27; squ. 100 (Abe, 1958).

Five deep black transverse stripes, almost equal in width to diameter
of eye, located on very pale, almost white background of body.
Anteriormost stripe located under origin of first dorsal fin and reduced; 3
stripes under base of second fin, and fifth stripe at base of caudal fin.
Sometimes a semispherical dark stripe borders posterior margin of caudal
fin. Absence of stripes on head a characteristic feature.

Length to 150 mm (Tomiyama, 1936).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan recorded from Otaru and Ioiti on
Hokkaido (Ueno and Abe, 1968: 37); Tohoku region (Okada and
Matsubara, 1938: 371); Sado Island (Honma, 1952: 225); Toyama Bay
(Katayama, 1940: 23). Along the Pacific coast of Japan from Tohoku
region southward (Matsubara, 1955: 837); and Nagasaki (Tomiyama,
1936: 86).

4. Pterogobius virgo Temminck and Schlegel, 1845 (Figure 288)

Gobius virgo Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., 1845:
143, pl. 74, fig. 4 (Nagasaki).

Pterogobius virgo, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901:
88. Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 86, fig. 34. Abe. Enc. Zool.,
2, Fishes, 1958: 96, fig. 282. Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 3-4, 1961:
206, fig. 52.

22820. Misaki. April 11, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. More than 6 specimens.

D VIII, 26-28; A 26-28; squ. 130 (Abe, 1958).

Differs from other species of this genus in having longitudinal rather
than transverse stripes on head, sides of body, and on dorsal and anal
fins, as well as very minute scales.

Length to 170 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Sado Island (Honma,
1963: 22); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 23); San’in region (Mori, 1956a:
25); and Tsushima Islands (Arai and Abe, 1970: 93). In the Korean Strait
near Thonen. Along the Pacific coast of Japan from Misaki south to
Nagasaki (Matsubara, 1955: 837).

5. Genus Glossogobius Gill 1862

Glossogobius Gill, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, 7, 1858-1862
(1862): 46 (type: Gobius platycephalus Richardson, 1846 = Gobius giuris
Buchanan-Hamilton, 1822). Fowler, Synopsis..., 13, 3-4, 1960: 127.

Figure 286. Pterogobius elapoides. Standard length 85 mm (Jordan and Snyder, 1901).

370

7, P2625
Sareea

Stee

ihe
See

ers
ee

So: x

Figure 287. Pterogobius zacalles. Standard length 80 mm (Jordan, Tanaka and Snyder, 1913).

370

478

Body oblong, cylindrical in anterior part, and compressed laterally in
caudal part. Head flat and pointed. Snout 1.5 to 2.0 times longer than
eye. Eyes located in anterior half of head. Upper jaw extends backward
but not beyond vertical from midpoint of eye. Mouth slightly oblique;
lower jaw protrudes slightly. Teeth on both jaws arranged in several rows,
some teeth enlarged, not equal in size, wide-set, and curved. Tongue
with notch. Anterior nostril a short tube. Width of interorbital space
from 1/3 to 3/4 diameter of eye. Gill openings broad, continue forward
ventrally. Isthmus narrow. Inner margin of pectoral girdle without fleshy
processes. Scales ctenoid, 25-40 transverse rows. Mucous canals continue
from mouth up to posterior margin of operculum; one canal passes
obliquely under opercle. Dorsal fins separate; first dorsal fin with 6 rays,
second with 7-11 rays. Caudal fin oblong, sometimes pointed toward
back. Pectoral fins without free rays on upper side, base covered with
scales. Pelvic fins fused into long suctorial disk (Fowler, 1960).

Several species in the Indian Ocean and western part of the Pacific
Ocean. One species reported from the Sea of Japan.

1. Glossogobius olivaceus (Temminck and Schlegel, 1845) (Figure 289)

Gobius oblivaceus Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss.,
1845: 143, pl. 74, fig. 3 (Japan).

Gobius fasciato-punctatus Richardson, Voy. Sulphur., Fishes, 1844: 145,
pl. 62, figs. 13, 14 (Canton).

Glossogobius brunneus (non Temminck and Schlegel) Jordan and
Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901: 74. Tanaka, Ann. Zool. Japan., 6,
4, 1908: 251. :

Glossogobius giuris brunneus, Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936:
88. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 838. Abe, Enc. Zool.,
2Risies y 195s. 9oLuiE 02 Silk

Glossogobius olivaceus, Akihito, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 13, 4/6, 1966:
73, figs 1-27.

1990. Japan. Salmin. 1 specimen.

D VI, (9) 10 (11); A (8) 9 (10); squ. 31-34 (Akihito, (1966).

Differs from Glossogobius giuris (Hamilton), according to Akihito,
in dark spots on occiput, dorsal part of body,” and fin membranes.
Differences between this species and Glossogobius giuris have been
detailed by Akihito (1966).

Length to 200 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Hakodate Gordan and
Snyder, 1901c: 74); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 23); San’in region
(Mori, 1956a: 25); and Tsushima Islands (Shibota, 1968: 26). In the Sea of

These spots are not depicted in Figure 289, which was drawn from figure of this
species given by Temminck and Schlegel (1845, pl. 74, fig. 3).

479

Sa
ra

‘(Sp81 ‘leSeTyog pu Yourwumey) Wu ce] YIBUa] prepuRIg “snaovAyO SnIgoBOsso/H “6Rz 24NBII

\
i
|

i

‘(9€61 “BWeRAIWO]L) WW YE] YISUD] plepURIS ‘OSuIA SnIgoZO1a1g *Qgz 2INBIA

“des

yANeS Mise...

FL tu,

CLE

CLE

374

480

Okhotsk reported from Aniva Bay (Tanaka, 1908). Not known from the
Yellow Sea, but reported from the East China Sea (Zhu et al., 1963: 420).
Pacific coast of Japan (Akihito, 1966).

6. Genus Gymnogobius Gill, 1863

Gymnogobius Gill, Proc. Acad. Sci. Philad., 1863: 269 (type:
macrognathus). Taranetz, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 193%: 397. Berg, ee
Presnykh Vod..., 1949: 1073.

Body covered with minute ctenoid or cycloid scales arranged in 65-95
transverse rows. First dorsal fin usually with 6-8 simple rays rarely
5; second dorsal fin with 11-13 and anal fin with 10-14 rays. Vertebrae
33-38. Sides of head naked. Barbels absent. Mouth large, its corners
reaching vertical from posterior margin of eye or extending beyond it.
Lower jaw usually protrudes forward. Tongue notched in front. Upper rays
of pectoral fins not silky. Teeth on jaws arranged in several rows. Canines
absent. Caudal fin moderately long. Isthmus narrow. Anterior nostril
slightly elongate. Canals and pores of seismosensory system present |
(Figure 268). Suborbital series of cutaneous papillae present; vertical
suborbital rows of cutaneous papillae absent; 3 horizontal rows present.
Snout with two longitudinal rows of papillae. Supraorbital sensory canal
consists of three parts: one above eye, second near its posterodorsal
margin, and third behind eye above preopercle. Supraorbital canals on
right and left sides not joined (Berg, 1949).

Some explanation is required with regard to the genus Gymnogobius. It
has been listed among the synonyms of Chaenogobius Gill, 1859, the type
species of which is Chaenogobius annularis Gill (Gill, Ann. Lyceum
Nat. Hist., 1858-1862, 7: 12). As indicated by Taranetz (1934: 398),
not this species but a second species Ch. megacephalus Fowler was
reported by contemporary ichthyologists. Ch. megacephalus most prob-
ably belongs to a different genus. Takagi (1966b: 29) has written that the
fish included by Tomiyama under Ch. annularis should be included under
Ch. castaneus, and not considered a synonym of Ch. annularis. In this
context Takagi described a new genus, Rhodonichthys, with Gobius laevis
Steindachner, 1879 as the type species.

Takagi (1966a, 1966b) attempted to clarify the chaos (his term!)
enmeshing the classification of Chaenogobius annularis Gill.
Unfortunately, his publication of 1963 was not available to us.

Seven species reported from the waters of Japan, the Yellow Sea,
southern part of the Sea of Okhotsk, and the Pacific coast of Japan.

Key to Species of Genus Gymnogobius
1 ( 2). Lower jaw slightly shorter than upper. Body depth 6.6 to 7.4

8 ( 7).

9 (10).
375 10 ( 9).

BE (i2 ys

P2514):

481

times in standard length. Diameter of eye 5.1 to 7.9 times in head
length, Head .and body: highly, flattened)... 4. 066 ec50. 6.0...
COREE RAAS. sv iu.cd 5 gid btecadinan ove ¢ ACMGuS ete 1, G. raninus Taranetz.

. Lower jaw protrudes beyond upper.
. Body low, 6.4 times in standard length. Diameter of eye 4 times

in head length. D VII, 12, A 13; /. /. 80. Dark longitudinal band
of spots extends along sides of body. ............ Mee Tabet 6 ahs"s 2
PMS Be, 4 iis 0. xt Pepa 2. [G. nigripinnis (Wang and Wang)].

. Body deeper, 4.7 to 5.8 times in standard length.
. Lower jaw reaches vertical from middle or posterior margin

of eye, but not beyond it. D (V) VI (VID, 11-12 (13); A 10-12;
squ. 66-80..... ben aie 3 5 3. G. macrognathus (Bleeker).

. Lower jaw extends distinctly beyond vertical from posterior

margin of eye.

. Mouth superior; tip of lower jaw at level of upper profile

of head. Fins and branchiostegal membranes black...........
hha Sah ton SM oe a 4. [G. nigrimembranis (Wu and Wang)].
Mouth almost superior; tip of lower jaw on horizontal line with
lower margin of eye or pupil.

Length of pectoral fin, measured from upper end of fin base
of its tip, equal to length of base of second dorsal fin. ......
Pete a Eee CONE tn oS te cee ie tls 5. G. bungei (Schmidt).
Length of pectoral fin, measured from upper end of fin
base to its tip, distinctly shorter than length of base of second
dorsal fin.

Length of pectoral fin equal to length of base of anal fin.
Transverse rows of scales 85-95. Vomerine processes absent or
poorly developed. Eyes fairly small, about 7 times in head
Romeenioes 0, . lac teen 6. G. mororanus (Jordan and Snyder).
Length of pectoral fin distinctly shorter than anal fin base
length. Transverse row of scales 65-78. Vomer with two distinct
processes directed ventrally and located opposite lobes of
tongue. Eyes relatively large, 4 times in head length.........
yak ES « «sah Ai ahs Dhar ea 7. G. heptacanthus (Hilgendorf).

1. Gymnogobius raninus Taranetz, 1934 (Figure 290)

Gymnogobius raninus Taranetz, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1934: 398
(Peter the Great Bay). Berg, Ryby Presnykh Vod..., 1949: 1075.

Chaenogobius cylindricus Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 92,
fig. 39 (Hiroshima).

25485. Mouth of Sidemi River, Peter the Great Bay. July 11, 1929.
A.Ya. Taranetz. 1 specimen.

35325.-Sea of Japan, Olga Bay. N.I. Tarasov. 1 young specimen.

S17

482

D VI, 13-12; A 12-(10); 7. 7. 77-87; P 18.

Gill rakers short, 4+9-10 on first arch. Head aapieesed \ in adult
and young fish. Body cylindrical in anterior part. Head 3.5 to 3.7 and
body depth 6.6 to 7.4 times in standard length. Eyes 5.1 to 7.9 times
in head length. Upper’jaw long, distinctly continues beyond eye.
Pelvic fins distinctly longer than snout (Taranetz, 1934).

Length to 67 mm (Taranetz, 1934).

Distribution : In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay. Ch.
cylindricus described from Hiroshima.

2. [Gymnogobius nigripinnis (Wang and Wang, 1935)] (Figure 291)

Chlosa nigripinnis Wang and Wang, Contrib. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China,
Zool, ser. Uy Gh 1935: 187) tie (Chietoo);

Chaenogobius nigripinnis, Fowler, Synopsis...
fig. 42.

D VII, 12; A 13; P 19; squ. ca 80. Head length 3.6 and body depth 6.4
times in standard length. Depth of caudal peduncle 3.4, eye diameter 4.0,
shout length 3.5, interorbital space 5.1, and maxilla 1.7 times in head
length (Fowler, 1961).

Body oblong, fairly thin. Caudal peduncle compressed laterally, rather
long, length twice its depth. Head long, slightly flattened anteriorly
and compressed laterally in posterior part. Eyes large, located along sides
of head, closer to tip of snout than to gill opening. Interorbital space
broad, only slightly less than diameter of eye and slightly concave. Snout
short, broad, its tip almost blunt. Nostrils well separated; anterior
nostril behind upper lip, posterior one in front of eye. Mouth very broad,
oblique; lower jaw protrudes forward; maxilla extends distinctly beyond
vertical from posterior margin of eye. Teeth small, simple, arranged in
narrow bands on both jaws. Tip of tongue with distinct notch. Gill
openings continue slightly forward; isthmus narrow. Gill rakers long and
thin, more than half diameter of eye, 13 on lower branch of gill arch. Body
covered with very small and slightly ctenoid scales, except for breast
and occiput which, like head, are naked.

Dorsal fins well separated; first dorsal fin quite short and when
adpressed, does not reach origin of second dorsal fin; latter originates
slightly in front of vertical from vent, its rays slightly shorter than rays of
first dorsal fin. Anal fin originates at a vertical from third ray of
dorsal fin and continues backward from it or slightly beyond. Caudal
and pectoral fins rounded. Pelvic fins rather long and extend backward
almost to vertical from end of pectoral fin.

Color of fish preserved in formalin dark gray in upper part and
lighter on lower part. Sides with row of longitudinal or irregular spots
arranged in form of more or less longitudinal stripe. Back with numerous

14 e261 ane

‘(S€6l “SUBM PUL BULA) WW Op YIZUS] Plepurig ‘syuusdi3Iu snigosouuldy [67 91N3I4 OLE

‘(9¢6[ ‘PWRAIWO]) WW ¢¢o YI3UI] PIepURIS ‘snulUDs snIqoSoumAD "067 INsIy OLE

BAER SARA Sen Na |

Reet CER Cus

PUR REE SG om AE SSS) =
BAe NG NSU eee

a, 7
CLL
LESS
, Ss We seer Re
OQ be i
rs KES ASCH

a:

TAME ON A

MOONEE : AY CLE
Qa Leone OST ON TONS

484

\

minute black spots forming reticulate pattern. Head dark; dark spot
located in front of eye; lower surface of head blackish. First dorsal fin dark,
almost blackish, especially in posterior part; second dorsal fin darkish,
with dark border along margin. Caudal fin blackish underneath; anal fin
dark with black stripe along margins; pelvic fins dark; and pectoral fins
lighter in color, with a few darkish stripes. G. raninus is close to
Ch. mororana and Ch. heptacanthus, but differs from them in larger
size of mouth and darker fins (Wang and Wang, 1935: 187).

Standard length 40 mm (Wang and Wang, 1935).

Distribution: Not found in the Sea of Japan. Described from Chefoo
in the Yellow Sea.

3. Gymnogobius macrognathus (Bleeker, 1860) (Figure 292)

Gobius macrognathos Bleeker, Acta Soc. Sci. Indo-Néerl., 8, 1860: 83,
pl. I, fig. 1 (Tokyo).

Chaenogobius macrognathus, Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 89,
fig. 37.

Chaenogobius macrognathos, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
24) WOT Ss 76y fie a3

Chloea aino Shmidt, Ryby Vostochnykh Morei..., 1905: 207 (Aniva
Bay).

Chaenogobius urotaenia Hilgendorf, Sitz. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin,
1878: 108 (Tokyo). Takagi, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 2, 1, 1952: 14, 22, fig. 2.

Gymnogobius macrognathus, Berg, Ryby Presnykh Vod..., 1949: 1073,
figs. 804-807.

16967. Peter the Great Bay, mouth of Tumyntsyan River, August 12,
1913. A.I. Cherskii. 4 specimens.

26102. Primor’e, mouth of Kvandagau River. August 27, 1934. G.U.
Lindberg. 6 specimens.

26105. Primor’e, Prebrazheniya Inlet. September 26, 1934. G.U.
Lindberg. 1 specimen.

26109. Primor’e, Kvandadan. September 27, 1934. G.U. Lindberg.
More than 6 specimens.

38008. Primor’e, Petrov Island. 1961. Yu.I. Orlov. 5 specimens.

D (V) VI (VID, 11-12 (13); A 10-12; squ. 66-80. Gill rakers on first
arch 9-12. Vertebrae 33-34. Head length 2.75 to 3.50 times in standard
length. Head length in young fish 28 to 31.5% and in adult fish 29.5 to
34% of standard length. In juvenile fish with a standard length of 40
to 50 mm, head flat and cheeks inflated. Eye diameter 1.5 to 1.75 times
in forehead width and 5 times in head length.

Head dorsally and laterally naked. Body covered with small cycloid or
ctenoid scales (both types of scales often found on sides of body in the
same specimen). Scales behind occiput and on breast very small; scales

379

485

on belly minute and caducous. Distance between vertical from origin of
anal fin and end of last vertebra constitutes 85 to 92% of predorsal
distance. Dorsal fins separate. Anal fin originates at vertical from third or
fourth ray of second dorsal fin. Second dorsal and anal fins flexible and do
not reach caudal fin. Brownish spots on head, body, and fins. First dorsal
fin with dark spot near tip of last unbranched ray. Ontogenetic variation
and sexual dimorphism rather pronounced. Upper jaw of males much
longer than in females, continues beyond vertical from posterior margin of
eye. Head flat (Berg, 1949: 1074).

Tomiyama (1936: 90) reported that, in the opinion of Koumans, the
description of this species (Figure 293) given by Jordan and Snyder
(1901c: 76) is not identical to the description given by Bleeker, and
therefore he included the fish described by these authors under this name
as well as those mentioned by Berg (1949: 1073) under Chaenogobius
annularis urotaenia, a fresh-water fish. According to our data, specimens
of G. macrognathus from Peter the Great Bay are found in rivers as well as
marine waters. Hence, like L.S. Berg, we have tentatively included these
fish under Gymnogobius macrognathus. However, the need for a detailed
analysis of species of Gymnogobius is obvious. As mentioned earlier, such
an attempt was made by the Japanese ichthyologist Takagi (1952, 1966a,
1966b).

Mode of life described by Dotu (1955: 367).

Length to 157 mm (Berg, 1949).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 423); Wonsan and Pusan (Mori, 1952: 143);
Sea of Japan coast of Hokkaido (Ueno, 1971: 88); Oshoro Bay (Kobayashi,
1962: 259); Sado Island (Honma, 1952: 225); San’in region (Mori, 1956a:
25); and Tsushima Islands (Arai and Abe, 1970: 93). In the Yellow Sea
reported from the Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955: 210). In the
Sea of Okhotsk reported from rivulets of Aniva Bay (Shmidt, 1950: 128).

4. [Gymnogobius nigrimembranis Wu and Wang, 1931] (Figure 294)

Gobius (Chaenogobius) nigrimembranis Wu and Wang, Contrib. Biol.
Lab. Sci. Soc. China; Zool. ser., 8, 1, 1931: 4, fig. 3 (Chefoo). Fowler,
Synopsis..., 14, 1-2, 1961: 70.

D VI, 13-14; A 12-13; P23; squ. 82. Head length 3.8 to 4.0, body depth
5.6, and length of caudal peduncle 4.9 to 5.2 times in standard length.
Snout length equal to diameter of eye, 4.1 to 4.3 times in the head length.
Pectoral fins 1.4, pelvic fins 1.6, caudal fin 1.2 to 1.4, maximum depth
of caudal peduncle 3.0 to 3.4, longest ray of first dorsal fin 2.3, and
longest ray of second dorsal fin 2.0 to 2.1 times in head length. Width of
interorbital space 1.3 to 1.5 times in the eye diameter.

Body compressed laterally; maximum body depth at vertical from

Figure 292. Gymnogobius macrognathus. Length 80 mm (Berg, 1949).

378

Figure 293. Gymnogobius macrognathus. Standard length 90 mm (Jordan and Snyder, 1901).

378

381

487

origin of dorsal fin. Head equal in height and width, 1.8 to 2.0 times in
head length. Snout broad and blunt. Lower jaw long; profile of chin
convex; mouth subterminal, very deep; end of upper jaw extends beyond
vertical from anterior margin of eye. Teeth arranged in several rows, those
in outer row not distinctly enlarged; canines absent. Interorbital space flat.
Nostrils separate; anterior nostril in form of tubule. Branchiostegal
membranes attached to isthmus at vertical from posterior margin of
preopercle; gill rakers elongate, longer than gill filaments, 15 to 16 in the
lower part of anterior arch.

Dorsal fins separate; distance between them 3 times in head length.
Second dorsal fin, slightly apart from first dorsal, its origin closer to base
of caudal fin than to eye; rays in middle part longest. Pectoral fins
without free rays in upper part and do not reach vertical from end of
base of first dorsal fin. Pelvic fins connected but not fused with belly,
and continue almost three-fifths distance to anus. Anal fin originates
slightly behind vertical from origin of second dorsal fin; tips of last
rays of both fins reach same vertical line, but not half length of caudal
peduncle. Caudal fin rounded. Scales very minute; occiput covered with
scales; cheeks and throat naked.

Color of fish preserved in formalin greenish-gray; back and occiput
with reticulate chocolate-brown pattern. Lateral body surface with 5 pairs
of transverse chocolate-brown stripes—two pairs in trunk region and three
pairs in caudal. Branchiostegal membranes, pelvic fins, and anal and first
dorsal fins black; second dorsal and caudal fins dark; caudal fin with
a few light-colored transverse stripes (Wu and Wang, 1931).

Length to 61 mm (Fowler, 1961).

Distribution: Not found in the Sea of Japan. Found in the Yellow Sea
and described from Chefoo.

5. Gymnogobius bungei (Schmidt, 1931) (Figure 295)

Chloea bungei Schmidt, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR, ser. 7, 1, 1931a: 119,
fig. 5 (Hinnam, Sea of Japan).

23107. Hinnam, Korean Peninsula. May 5, 1897. A Bunge. 3
specimens.

D VII, 13; A 13; P 21; squ. 85. Head 3.4, body depth 5.3, and depth
of caudal peduncle 12.0 times in standard length. Diameter of eye 5.1,
interorbital space 5.5, snout 3.4, and length of upper jaw 1.8 times in
head length. Body moderately compressed laterally. Head same width as
body, but less deep, fairly long, and pointed. Eyes set high along sides
of head; upper margin protrudes somewhat above head profile. Inter-
orbital space slightly less than diameter of eye. Mouth large, oblique;
maxilla long, extends beyond vertical from posterior margin of eye by
distance equal to diameter of pupil. Lower jaw protrudes slightly. Three

488

IIE

ee,

ve

Ze

\\ : oS fee
i" Re? es eS es, Ly
\ Vssic acer
: Rosy Swe OQ
\ 2 oS

ee
4
VAs»)
CRAY)
; By,
A Soe
. y eos
ee oS
Haat reas eSos
. ¥ ‘ oS S2
[ Sears
Fen So oc
em Saavecesseeey
ped SOS REI LES Se
: Cx
3 ON ii
v i eS
oy
S: t H Bo y) =e A
SEES HE). een
: 0852041 HE =<) io
Rye este H eee 29) Sos A
a ke : é aN ay el és oe ‘|
24 a, : * Anta abe & y) Sl

K)
yy

Figure 294. Gymnogobius nigrimembranis. Standard length 61 mm (Wu and Wang, 1931).

380

Figure 295. Gymnogobius bungei. Standard length 57 mm (Shmidt, 1931).

380

489

rows of pores under eye. Tongue with deep notch. Gill opening continues
up to upper margin of base of pectoral fin. Gill rakers long and thin, 5 + 14
on first gill arch. Anterior nostril in form of short tubule. Head and
occiput entirely naked. Body covered with moderately small scales. Dorsal
fins well separated; rays of first dorsal fin, when folded, do not reach
origin of base of second dorsal fin. First dorsal fin high in anterior
part; height 2.5 times in head length. Pectoral fins rounded, 1.7 times
in head length. Caudal fin bluntly rounded. Pelvic fins slightly longer
than pectoral fins. Color of fish preserved in alcohol yellowish, with large
number of chocolate-brown dotlike spots scattered on dorsal side of body
and head. Branchiostegal membranes dark chocolate-brown. Pectoral fins
yellowish; caudal fin chocolate-brown. Both dorsal fins with chocolate-
brown dotlike spots, darker on first dorsal fin than on second. Pelvic and
anal fins blackish (Schmidt, 193la: 119-120).

In the opinion of P.Yu. Shmidt, this species is very close to Chloea
mororana Jordan and Snyder found off Muroran (Hokkaido). It differs
from this species in shorter head, larger scales, shorter maxilla, and
darker color of branchiostegal membranes and dorsal and pectoral fins.

_ This species was later included in the list of synonyms of Ch. mororana,

(Tomiyama, 1936: 92; Fowler, 1961: 69), but differs from Ch. mororana, in
addition to color, in greater body depth (as mentioned in the key).
Taranetz (1934: 398) paid no attention to the greater body depth of the
type specimens, considered color an ontogenetic character, and included
this species as a synonym of Ch. mororana.

Length to 70 mm (Shmidt, 1931a).

Distribution: One specimen from Hinnam (Shestakov coast) in
Chosonman Bay in the Sea of Japan. ;

6. Gymnogobius mororanus (Jordan and Snyder, 1901) (Figure 296)

Chaenogobius mororana Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24,
1901: 80, fig. 14 (Muroran, Hokkaido). Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958:
93; Gee 77.

Chaenogobius heptacanthus mororana, Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1,
1936: 92.

Gymnogobius mororanus, Taranetz, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1934: 398,
ftnt.

22172. Vladivostok. October 1, 1927. E.P. Rutenberg. 5 specimens.

40951. Shikotan Islands. August 24, 1947. E.P. Rutenberg. 2 specimens.

Body low, its depth 6.25 times in standard length, moderately
compressed laterally. Head slightly flat. Eyes set high; interorbital space
flat. Snout pointed. Mouth very large; upper jaw extends beyond vertical
from posterior margin of eye by a distance equal to diameter of eye; lower
jaw protrudes beyond upper. Tongue with deep notch in front. Gill rakers

382

383

490

5 + 19 on first gill arch. Anterior nostril in form of tubule. Body covered
with small scales, 26 scales in transverse series; head and occiput without
scales (Jordan and’ Snyder, 1901c).

Differs from the closely related species Ch. nigrimembranis (Wu and
Wang) in absence of black coloration of fins and branchiostegal
membranes.

Length to 70 mm (Tomiyama, 1936).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from the northeast
coast of the Korean Peninsula (Mori, 1952: 143) and the Sea of Japan coast
of Hokkaido (Ueno, 1971: 88). Along the Pacific coast from Mororan to
Matsushima Bay and Tokyo (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c: 82).

7. Gymnogobius heptacanthus (Hilgendorf, 1878) (Figure 297)

Gobius heptacanthus Hilgendorf, Sitzber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin,
1878: 110 (Tokyo).

Aboma heptacanthus, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24,
1901: 70.

Chloea sarchynnis Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901:
82, fig. 15 (Wakanoura).

Gymnogobius sarchynnis, Taranetz, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1934: 398. .

Chaenogobius heptacanthus heptacanthus, TYomiyama, Japan. J.
Ichthyol. 7) 1o19362/9 1

Chaenogobius heptacanthus, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar.,
1955: 839. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 95, fig. 278.

22173. Vladivostok. October 1, 1927. E.P. Rutenberg. 1 specimen.

25524. Tafuin, Peter the Great Bay. July 14,1924. G.U. Lindberg. More
than 6 specimens.

25457. Gaidamak, Peter the Great Bay. July 16, 1924. G.U. Lindberg. 3
specimens.

29618. Peter the Great Bay. May 18, 1914. A.I. Cherskii. 2 specimens.

35624. Yellow Sea. Chefoo. June 6, 1956. Academy of Sciences, China.
2 specimens.

36408. Yellow Sea, Tsingtao. June 24, 1957. E.F. Gur’yanova. 2
specimens.

D VIII, 13; A 13; P 20; squ. 70/20. Head length 3.6 and depth 5.5 times
in standard length. Depth of caudal peduncle 3, eyes 4, snout 3.3, and
maxilla 1.8 times in head length.

Body rather elongate, slightly compressed laterally. Head long and
pointed. Eyes set along sides of head. Interorbital space almost equal to
diameter of eye. Snout slightly longer than diameter of eye. Mouth large
and oblique; lower jaw protrudes slightly beyond upper. Maxilla very
long, extends beyond posterior margin of eye, much farther from corner of
mouth, with posterior third free. Teeth simple, very small, thin, arranged

491

rota esa
SRS ;

Figure 296. Gymnogobius mororanus. Standard length 60 mm (Jordan and Snyder, 1901).
Figure 297. Gymnogobius heptacanthus. Standard length 38 mm (Jordan and Snyder, 1901).

382
382

492

in, form of narrow bands on both jaws. Tongue with very deep notch.
Vomer with prominent lobes that protrude downward, each facing
anterior lobes of tongue. Gill openings continue forward over moderate
length; width of isthmus about equal to snout length. Papillae not
present along inner margin of pectoral girdle. Gill rakers on first arch
6+ 14, long, and slender. Head without barbels, naked. Body covered
with minute, weakly ctenoid scales, except for breast and occiput. Dorsal
fins well separated; rays of first dorsal fin short and thin; rays of second
dorsal and anal fins longer than in first dorsal fin, but when folded
terminate far from base of caudal fin. Anal fin located under base of
second dorsal fin; when folded, extends backward slightly farther than
second dorsal fin. Caudal fin bluntly rounded or almost truncate.
Pectoral fins pointed; upper rays not separated from fin. Pelvic fins not
attached posteriorly. Sides of body with row of 15 or more minute dark
spots, some of which fuse. Upper part of body with weakly expressed
reticulate pattern. Dark stripe continues in front from eye. Snout dark.
Spinous dorsal fin with small dark spot posteriorly. Soft dorsal fin with
minute dark spots arranged in 2 horizontal rows; anal fin with traces of
dark color; lower half of caudal fin dark. Pectoral and pelvic fins without
dark color (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c).

Length to 65 mm (Tomiyama, 1936).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay

_ (rivers) (Taranetz, 1937b: 150); near Wonsan and Pusan (Mori, 1952: 143);

384

Sea of Japan coast of Hokkaido (Ueno, 1971: 88); Sado Island (Honma,
1952: 225); Niigata (Jordan, Tanaka and Snyder, 1913: 352); Toyama Bay
(Katayama, 1940: 23); Wakasa Bay (Takegawa and Morino, 1970: 383);
Samin region (Mori, 1956a: 25); north coast of Kyushu (Tabeta and
Tsukahara, 1967: 299). In the Pacific Ocean from the central part of
Honshu southward (Matsubara, 1955: 839). Yellow Sea (Wang and Wang,
1935: 186); Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955: 211).

7. Genus Chloea Jordan and Snyder, 1901

Chloea Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901: 78 (type:
Gobius castaneus O’Shaughnessy) Berg, Ryby Presnykh Vod..., 1949:
1071.

Body covered with moderate-sized or minute scales arranged in 53-69
transverse rows. Sides of head naked. Corners of mouth extend only up to
vertical from anterior margin of eye. Tongue notched anteriorly. First
dorsal fin with 6-8 unbranched rays, second dorsal with 10-12, and anal
fin with 10-12. Swim bladder present. Supraorbital sensory canal consists
only of part located above posterior margin of eye; anterior and posterior
parts replaced by papillae. Curved series of papillae located under eye;

493

cheeks without transverse series of papillae, but with several longitudinal
rows (Figure 269) (Berg, 1949).

Sea of Japan, Yellow Sea, and southern part of the Sea of Okhotsk.
Japan.

1. Chloea castanea (O’Shaughnessy, 1875) (Figure 298)

Gobius castaneus O’Shaughnessy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, 15, 1875:
145 (Nagasaki).

Chloea castanea, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901:
79. .

Chloea nakamurae Jordan and Richardson, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 33,
1907: 265, fig. 3 (Japan, Echigo Province, Niigata Prefecture).

Chaenogobius macrognathus (non Bleeker) Berg, Ezegodn. Zool.
Muzeya Rossiisk Akad. Nauk, 19, 1914: 560 (in part).

Chloea senbae Tanaka, Zool. Mag., 28, 1917: 228 (see: Jordan and
Hubbs, 1925: 307).

Chloea laevis (non Steindachner, 1879) Shmidt, Tr. Tikhookeansk.
Kom. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1931: 132, fig. 22.

Chloea castanea, Taranetz, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1933: 2, 1934: 398;
Tr. Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 4, 1936: 517, figs. 9, 10. Berg, Ryby
Presnykh Vod..., 1949: 1072, fig. 801.

1629. Hakodate. 1863. Maksimovich. More than 6 specimens.

1630. Hakodate. 1863. Maksimovich. More than 6 specimens.

23174. Aniva Bay, Busse Inlet. August 21, 1961. P.Yu. Shmidt. More
than 6 specimens.

D VI-VIII, 10-12; A 10-12; sgu. 53-69; vertebrae 35-37. Head length
28 to 30% and body depth 18.5 to 20.6% in standard length. Sides and back
with minute brown irregular shaped spots; spots on sides tend to form
longitudinal row (Taranetz, 1934).

Mode of life described by Dotu (1954: 133).

Length to 50 mm (Taranetz, 1934).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Taranetz, 1934: 398); Wonsan, Ulchgin (Mori, 1952: 15); southwest
Sakhalin, west coast of Hokkaido (Ueno, 1971: 88); Hakodate, Aomori,
Akita, Fukui (Jordan and Hubbs, 1925: 307); Niigata and Tsuruga (Jordan
and Snyder, 1901c: 79); Sado Island (Honma, 1952: 225); Toyama Bay
(Katayama, 1940: 23); Wakasa Bay (Takegawa and Morino, 1970: 383);
San’in region (Yanai, 1950: 22); and Tsushima Islands (Arai and Abe,
1970: 93). In the Yellow Sea reported from Mokp’o (Mori, 1952: 15). In the
Sea of Okhotsk found near Notoro on Hokkaido (Hikita, 1952: 15).

8. Genus Chasmichthys Jordan, 1901
Chasmichthys Jordan, Amer. Naturalist., 35, 1901: 941 (type:

386

494

Saccostoma gulosus Guichenot, 1882). Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 1-2, 1961:
49,

Chasmias Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901: 761 (ype:
C. misakius Jordan and Snyder) (preocc.).

Body fairly slender, moderately elongate. Broad flat head; eyes wide-
set. Mouth large, horizontal; lower jaw shorter than upper. Upper jaw
extends beyond eyes. Broad tongue slightly notched anteriorly.’ Teeth on
jaws arranged in bands. Barbels absent. Gill openings restricted to body
sides. Pectoral girdle without fleshy processes. Body covered with very
small cycloid scales arranged in 58 to 90 transverse rows. Dorsal fins short;
first dorsal fin with 6 rays, second dorsal with about 11, and anal fin
with 10 to 11. Caudal fin rounded. In pectoral fin upper rays with free
tips. Pelvic fins fused, short and broad (Fowler, 1961).

Coasts of Japan. Two species. Both species known from the Sea of
Japan.

Key to Species of Genus Chasmichthys

1 (2). Transverse rows of scales 70 to 80. Pectoral, dorsal, and
caudal fins with pattern of dark stripes. Body without numerous
small white spots. Dark spot size of eye occurs on base of caudal
ET oe SS ah eb ae gaa 1. C. dolichognathus (Hilgendorf).

2 (1). Transverse rows of scales 85 to 90. Only dorsal fins with pattern
of dark stripes. Body with numerous very small white spots. Dark
spot not present on’ base of caudal fin, 1.47.9)... fasten eee
UA du i ap tan ce Rae ORNL IN EAN RE ENALY iS Se 2. C. gulosus (Guichenot).

1. Chasmichthys dolichognathus (Hilgendorf, 1878) (Figure 299)
Gobius dolichognathus Hilgendorf, Sitzber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde,
Berlin, 1878: 108 (Tokyo).
Chasmias dolichognathus, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24,
1901: 84, fig. 16. LET
Chasmichthys dolichognathus dolichognathus, Tomiyama, Japan. J.
Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 93. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 94, fig. 274.
~ Chasmichthys dolichognathus, Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar.,
1955: 839, fig. 326. Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 1-2, 1961: 49, fig. 32.
22819. Misaki. April 11, 1901. P. Yu. Shmidt. More than 6 specimens.
22987. Tsuruga. August 26, 1917. V. Rozhkovskii. 1 specimen.
D VI, 11; A 10; squ. 70-80 (Abe, 1958).
Differences from the closely related species C. gulosus or even
subspecies given in the key.
Length to 70 mm (Abe, 1958).

4Fowler indicated rounded, but Jordan and Snyder (1901b: 769) described the tongue as
very broad, slightly notched. In our specimens the tongue is slightly notched.

HAM
HH

SR OOS ay,
Sai oa
i.

ww

sep

1,
Py

3;
i,

Figure 298. Chloea castanea. Standard length 40 mm (Berg, 1949).

385

495

Figure 299. Chasmichthys dolichognathus. Standard length 50 mm (Matsubara, 1955).

385

387

388

496

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Wonsan, Pusan (Mori
1952: 144); Hakodate (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c: 84); Sado Island
(Honma, 1952: 225); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 23); Tsuruga (Shmidt
and Lindberg, 1930: 1149); San’in region (Mori, 1956a: 25); and Tsushima
Islands (Arai and Abe, 1970: 93). Along the Pacific coast of Japan from
Hokkaido to Nagasaki, to Tanega Island (Matsubara, 1955: 839).

2. Chasmichthys gulosus (Guichenot, 1882) (Figure 300)

Saccostoma gulosum Guichenot. In: Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philomath.,
Paris, 7, 6, 1882: 171 (Japan).

Chasmias misakius Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 23, 1901:
761, pl. 36 (Misaki).

Chasmichthys dolichognathus gulosus, Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1,
1936: 93. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 93, fig. 273.

Chasmichthys gulosus, Jordan and Starks, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 28,
1905: 208. Wang and Wang, Contrib. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China, 11, 6,
1935: 189, fig. 18. Matsubara, Fish. Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 839.
Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 1-2, 1961: 81, fig. 33.

22819. Misaki. April 11, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 6 specimens.

D VI, 11; A 10; squ. 85-90 (Abe, 1958).

Characters given in key to species.

Length to 130 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Wonsan, Pusan (Mori,
1952: 144); Hakodate (Jordan and Snyder, 1901b); Sado Island (Honma,
1952: 225); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 23); San’in region (Mori,
1956a: 25; Yamaguti Prefecture (Tomiyama, 1936: 93); Kyushu coast
(Tabeta and Tsukahara, 1967: 299); and Tsushima Islands (Arai and Abe,
1970: 93). In the Yellow Sea—Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955:

- 208); Cheju-do Island (Uchida and Yabe, 1939: 13); and Tsingtao (Wang

and Wang, 1935: 189). Along the Pacific coast of Japan from Tohoku
region everywhere southward (Matsubara, 1955: 839).

9. Genus Parachaeturichthys Bleeker, 1875

Parachaeturichthys Bleeker, Arch. Néerl. Sci. Nat., 9, 1874: 325 (type:
Chaeturichthys polynema Bleeker). Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 3-4, 1961:
223%

Body moderately elongate, slightly compressed laterally. Profile of
head round, not flat. Snout longer than eye.'° Eyes close-set, located
in anterior part of head. Mouth slightly oblique, moderate in size; lower
jaw protrudes slightly. Tongue blunt. Teeth simple, arranged in bands

15Tn the figure given by Zhu (see Figure 301) the snout length is equal to the eye length
and the pores on the head are not close-set.

389

497

on both jaws; enlarged in outer series but true canines not present. One
open pore on each side of snout, one pore in middle of interorbital space,
one on each side behind eyes, and several along upper and posterior
margin of preopercle. Many small barbels present on chin along lower
jaw. Width of interorbital space equal to half diameter of eye. Nostrils
without tubules. Gill openings do not continue forward ventrally.
Branchiostegal rays 4. Isthmus broad. Body covered with rather large
ctenoid scales arranged in 29 to 32 transverse rows. Scales do not extend
onto interorbital space anterior to posterior part of snout and on cheeks’°;
scales on head and on anterior part of body cycloid, posteriorly ctenoid.
Dorsal fins separate; 6 rays in first dorsal, 11 to 13 in second dorsal, and
9 to 11 in anal fin. Pointed caudal fin longer than head; black spot in
upper part of fin base. Free rays not present in upper part of pectoral fins
(Fowler, 1961).

One species in the Indian Ocean and western Pacific Ocean; also known
from the Sea of Japan.

1. Parachaeturichthys polynema (Bleeker, 1853) (Figure 301)

Chaeturichthys polynema Bleeker, Verh. Batavia Genoots., 25, 1853: 44,
fig. 4 (Nagasaki).

Parachaeturichthys polynemus, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus., 24, 1901: 103.

Parachaeturichthys polynema Herre, Gobies..., 1927. Tomiyama,
Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 94. Koumans, Fish Indo-Austr. Arch., 10, 1953:
37, fig. 8. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 840. Abe, Enc.
Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 92, fig. 272. Zhu et al., Ryby Vostochno-Kitaiskogo
Morya, 1963: 426, fig. 322.

D VI, 10-11; A 10; sgu. 27-30 (Abe, 1958).

Characters given in description of genus.

Length to 100 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Tsuruga (Jordan and
Snyder, 1901c: 104). Not reported from the Yellow Sea. From the coast of
southern Japan south to Indonesia and farther west to East Africa
(Matsubara, 1955: 840).

10. [Genus Lophiogobius Ginther, 1873]

Lophiogobius Ginther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, 12, 1873: 241 (type:
L. ocellicauda Ginther). Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 3-4, 1961: 226.

Ranulina Jordan and Starks, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 31, 1906: 522 (type:
R. fimbriidens Jordan and Starks).

Body rather elongate, almost cylindrical, with a very slender caudal

'6Scales shown on cheeks in Figure 301,

498

Figure 300. Chasmichthys gulosus. Standard length 100 mm (Jordan and Snyder, 1901).

387

Parachaeturichthys polynema. Standard length 95 mm (Zhu et al., 1962).

Figure 301.

387

499

peduncle. Head large, flat. Snout length equal to 3 times diameter of
eye; eyes set in anterior half of head. Mouth broad, oblique, extends
beyond eye; lower jaw protrudes slightly. Teeth in outer series rather
large, slanted, rarely deep-set, and jut out entirely from under lips;
inner second row comprises smaller pointed teeth with cusps directed
inward. Large broad tongue with almost truncate tip. Palatines smooth.
Sides of head covered with papillae and lower side with very large number
of barbels from chin to posterior margin of preopercle. Width of
interorbital space 3 times greater than diameter of eye. Gill openings
broad. Isthmus narrow. Branchiostegal rays 5. Transverse rows of scales 36
to 40. Head behind eyes, preopercle, and opercle covered with ctenoid
scales. Inner margin of pectoral girdle without fleshy processes. Dorsal
fins well separated; first dorsal with 7 and second dorsal with 15 to 17 rays.
Caudal fin moderate in size, slightly pointed. Large pectoral fins almost
equal to head length, their bases without scales, and upper rays without
free tips. Pelvic fins rather large, not attached to belly posteriorly (Fowler,
1961).
East China and yellow seas. One species.

1. [Lophiogobius ocellicauda Giinther, 1873] (Figure 302)

Lophiogobius ocellicauda Giinther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), 12, 1873:
241 (Shanghai). Herre, Gobies..., 1927: 272, pl. 22, fig. 1. Tomiyama,
Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 94. Matsubara. Fish Morphol. and Hierar.,
1955: 840. Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 3-4, 1961: 227, fig. 62. Zhu et
al., Ryby Vostochno-Kitaiskogo Morya, 1963: 427, fig. 323.

Runulina fimbriidens Jordan and Starks, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 31, 1906;
523, fig. 3 (Port Arthur). Jordan and Metz, Mem Carnegie Mus., 6, 1, 1913:
58, fig. 57.

D VII, 16-17; A 17-18; squ. 38-40 (Fowler, 1961).

Characters of species given in description of genus.

Length to 115 mm (Zhu et al., 1963).

Distribution: Absent in the Sea of Japan. In the Yellow Sea known from
the Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955: 212); Port Arthur (Fowler,
1961: 228); and Namp’o (Mori, 1952: 148). In the East China Sea off the
coasts of Tszyansi Province (Zhu et al., 1963: 427).

11. Genus Synechogobius Gill, 1862

Synechogobius Gill, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, 7, 1862: 146
(type: Gobius hasta Temminck and Schlegel). Fowler, Synopsis...,
14, 3-4, 1961: 214.

Actinogobius Bleeker, Arch. Néerl. Sci. Nat., 9, 1874: 319 (type: Gobius
ommaturus Richardson).

Body moderately elongate, compressed laterally. Head cylindrical.

39

500

Snout twice diameter of eye. Eyes set in anterior half of head. Mouth
almost horizontal; jaws equal in size. One very short barbel’’ on each side

_ of symphysis of lower jaw. Teeth on both jaws in 2-3 rows; canines absent.

390

—

Tongue rounded. Mucous canal continues along lower jaw up to posterior
margin of preopercle. Nostrils without tubules. Gill openings slightly
broader than base of pectoral fin. Isthmus broad. Inner margin of pectoral
girdle without fleshy processes. Body anteriorly covered with cycloid
and posteriorly with ctenoid scales. Transverse rows of scales 70 to 90.
Thorax and belly covered with scales. Scales also present on head behind
eyes. Dorsal fins separate; first dorsal with 8 to 9 rays, second dorsal
with 18 to 20, and anal fin with 15 to 17. Caudal fin long, pointed.
Pectoral fins without free rays on upper side, bases covered with scales.
Pelvic fins fused, rather long (Fowler, 1961).

East China and South China seas and waters of Japan. One species also
reported from the Sea of Japan.

1. Synechogobius hasta (Temminck and Schlegel, 1845) (Figure 303)

Gobius hasta Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., 1845:
144, pl. 75, fig. 1 (Nagasaki).

Synechogobius hasta, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24,
1901c: 102. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 836. Fowler,
Synopsis..., 14, 3-4, 1961: 215 (synonyms and description).

Acanthogobius hasta, Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1 1936: 85.
Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958: 98, fig. 286.

Gobius ommaturus Richardson, Voy. Sulphur, Fishes, 1845: 146, pl. 55,
figs. 1-4 (mouth of Yangtze Changjiang River).

Acanthogobius ommaturus, Herre, Gobies..., 1927: 266.

Actinogobius ommaturus, Koumans, Fish Indo-Austr. Arch., 10, 1953:
peak.

35576. Yellow Sea, Sinjung. May, 1956. Academy of Sciences, China. 1

_ specimen.

36404. Yellow Sea, Changjiang. June 12, 1957. E.F. Gur’yanova. 1
specimen.

36405. Yellow Sea, Tsingtao. June 24, 1957. E.F. Gur’yanova. 3
specimens.

D VIII-IX, 19-21; A 16-18; squ. 80-90 (Abe, 1958).

Characters given in description of genus.

Length to 242 mm (Herre, 1827).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Pusan. Yellow Sea—Gulf
of Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955: 207); Namp’o (Mori, 1952: 145);
Inch’on (Mori and Uchida, 1934: 20); Chefoo (Wang and Wang, 1935:
193); East China and South China seas (Zhu et al., 1963: 431-432).

'Barbels lobate.

:

Figure 302. Lophiogobius ocellicauda. Standard length 95 mm (Zhu et al., 1963).

390

501

Figure 303. Synechogobius hasta. Standard length 192 mm (Herre, 1927).

390

392

502
12. Genus Chaeturichthys Richardson, 1844

Chaeturichthys Richardson, Voy. Sulphur, Fishes, 1844: 54 (type: C.
stigmatias Richardson). Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 3-4, 1961: 219.

Body moderately long. Head broad and rounded in profile. Eyes close-
set. Mouth moderate in size, slightly oblique. Teeth sharp, arranged in 2
rows on each jaw, larger in outer series; teeth close-set, immovable,
curved, and directed obliquely inward. Tongue blunt. Gill openings
continue forward ventrally. Isthmus narrow. Body covered with mo-
derate-sized, cycloid, easily shed scales. Cheeks covered with scales.
Lower jaw with 3 small barbels on each side. Dorsal fins long; first dorsal
with 8 rays, second dorsal with 14 to 25, and anal fin with 18 to 21. Caudal
fin more or less pointed,”® its upper and lower rays highly reduced.
Pectoral fins without free rays (Fowler, 1961).

Several species in the seas of China and Japan. Three species reported
from the Sea of Japan. ;

Key to Species of Genus Chaeturichthys”’

1 (4). Second dorsal fin with 14 to 17 rays, anal fin with 13 to 14.
Transverse rows of scales 35 to 40. Fleshy papillae absent along
inner margin of pectoral girdle.

2 (3). Transverse rows of scales about 35. Rounded caudal fin with
four to five dark stripes concentrically arranged. Marine .......
1 RE ER MAN, ca Pe ale Ries 1. C. sciistius Jordan and Snyder.

3 (2). Transverse rows of scales usually slightly more than 40. Caudal
fin elongate, without stripes of uniform dark or gray color. Marine
and brackisht waters ili: e ee ae 2. C. hexanema Bleeker.

4 (1). Second dorsal fin with 21 to 25 rays, anal ‘fin with 18 to 20.
Transverse rows of scales 47 to 50. Inner margin of pectoral girdle
with 3, fleshy papillae (Figure 304) 2... Sco eo. ee

1. Chaeturichthys sciistius Jordan and Snyder, 1901 (Figure 305)

Chaeturichthys sciistius Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24,
1901: 107, fig. 22 (Hakodate). Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936:
94. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 840. Abe, Enc. Zool.,
2, Fishes, 1958: 93, fig. 271. Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 3-4, 1961:
220.

Suruga fundicula Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901:
96, fig. 20 (Sagami Bay). Ouchi and Ogata, Rep. Japan. Sea Reg. Fish.
Res. Lab., 6, 1960: 183.

'8Caudal fin of Ch. sciistius rounded.
'9From Matsubara, 1955: 840.

391

503

Figure 304. Fleshy papillae on inner margin of pectoral girdle of
Chaeturichthys stigmatias.

22829. Misaki, April 2, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1 specimen.

D VIII, 14-15; A 12-13; P 20-23; squ. 31-36 (Jordan and Snyder,
1901c). :

Abe has reported 40 to 45 transverse rows of scales (squ.) for this
species; therefore, the main differences from C. hexanema are: presence
of 4-5 concentrically arranged stripes on caudal fin and dark spot with
diameter more than eye in posterior part of first dorsal fin.

Mode of life described by Japanese researchers (Okada and Suzuki,
1955: 112).

Length to 75 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Pohang (Mori, 1952:
146); Hakodate, Aomori, Tsuruga (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c: 108); Sado
Island (Honma, 1963: 22); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 23). Along the
Pacific coast of Japan up to Kyushu (Matsubara, 1955: 840).

2. Chaeturichthys hexanema Bleeker, 1853 (Figure 306)

Chaeturichthys hexanema Bleeker, Verh. Batavia Genootsch, 25, 1953:
43, fig. 5 (Nagasaki). Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 94. Matsubara,
Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 840. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2, Fishes, 1958:
92, fig. 270. Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 3-4, 1961: 221, fig. 60. Zhu
et al., Ryby Vostochno-Kitaiskogo Morya, 1963: 429, fig. 325.

Chaeturichthys hexanemus Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24,
1901: 106.

32986. Tsuruga. September 3-9, 1917. V. Rozhkovskii. 3 specimens.

36421. Yellow Sea. June 7, 1957. AN SSSR. 4 specimens.

36422. Yellow Sea. June 18, 1957. AN SSSR. 1 specimen.

D VIII, 17; A 13-14; squ. 40-46 (Abe, 1958).

Differs from Ch. sciistius in more pointed and elongate caudal fin of
dark color, absence of transverse concentric stripes on caudal fin, and
light-colored first dorsal fin, without dark spot on base and with darkened
upper margin.

504

7a
irs

ae
Whee

Figure 305. Chaeturichthys sciistius. Standard length 67 mm (Jordan and Snyder, 1901).

393

RA)

nee

FED
ae
Las
Seavees 7. =z =S
=Ss=o
aera retin Soe
= 3 “
a SD
ur Fo
et A

Figure 306. Chaeturichthys hexanema. Length 84 mm (Zhu et al., 1963).

393

394

505

Mode of life described by Japanese researchers (Dotu, Mito and Ueno,
1955: 359).

Length to 200 mm (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Pusan (Mori, 1952: 146);
Hakodate, Aomori (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c: 107); Sado Island (Honma,
1952: 225); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 23); Tsuruga (Shmidt and
Lindberg, 1930: 1149). In the Yellow Sea—Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang
et al., 1955: 215). Everywhere in waters of Japan (Matsubara, 1955: 840).
China (Zhu et al., 1963: 429).

3. Chaeturichthys stigmatias Richardson, 1844 (Figure 307)

Chaeturichthys stigmatias Richardson, Voy. Sulphur, Fishes, 1844: 55
(without indication of locality). Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
24, 1901: 105. Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 95. Matsubara, Fish
Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 841. Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 3-4, 1961:
222, fig: 61. Zhu et al., Ryby Vostochno-Kitaiskogo Morya, 1963: 428,
fig. 324 :

36423. Yellow Sea, Tsingtao. June 8, 1957. Exped. ZIN AN SSR. 1
specimen.

36424. Yellow Sea, Tsingtao. June 28, 1957. Exped. ZIN AN SSR. 1
specimen.

36425. Yellow Sea, Tsingtao. May 25, 1957. Exped. ZIN AN SSR. 4
specimens. ;

D VIII, 21-22; A 19-20; P 21-23; squ. 48-50 (Zhu et al., 1963).

Differs from other species of this genus in larger number of rays in
dorsal and anal fins, and presence of 3 fleshy papillae along inner margin
of pectoral girdle (Figure 304).

Length to 210 mm (Zhu et al., 1963).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Tsushima Islands
(Tamodo, 1970: 199). In the Yellow Sea—Gulf of Chihli (Bohai)
(Zhang et al., 1955: 214); lonamp’o (Mori, 1952: 146); and Chefoo (Wang
and Wang, 1935: 194).

13. Genus Sagamia Jordan and Snyder, 1901

Sagamia Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901: 100 (type:
S. russula Jordan and Snyder). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar.,
1955: 84.

Ainosus Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901: 109 (type:
A. geneionema Hilgendorf).

This genus is close to Chaeturichthys, differing from it in larger
number of very small barbels (about 10 pairs on lower jaw versus 5 pairs),
free rays in upper part of pectoral fin, blunt caudal fin, and narrower
isthmus.

One species near coasts of Japan. Also known from the Sea of Japan.

396

506
1, Sagamia geneionema (Hilgendorf, 1879) (Figure 308)

Gobius geneionema Hilgendorf, Sitzber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin,’
1879: 108 (Tokyo).

Ainosus geneionemus, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24,
1901: 109,

Sagamia russula, Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901:
100, fig. 21 (Misaki).

Sagamia geneionema, Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 95.
Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 841. Abe, Enc. Zool., 2,
Fishes, 1958: 92, fig. 269.

Ainosus geneionema, Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 3-4, 1961: 225.

6458. Tokyo. 1882. Snyder. Two specimens.

22826. Misaki. April 9, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 6 specimens.

22830. Misaki. April 11, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 3 specimens.

22831. Nagasaki. June 14, 1901. P.Yu. Shmidt. 1 specimen.

23110. Nagasaki. November 26, 1897. A. Bunge. 1 specimen.

D VIII, 16; A 14; P 20; squ. 62. Head length 3.5 and depth 4 times
in standard length. Depth of caudal peduncle 3, snout 3.2, and upper jaw
3 times in head length. Diameter of eye equal to snout length. Mouth
Oblique, jaws equal; upper jaw does not protrude and extends to
vertical from anterior margin of orbit. Teeth simple, arranged in 2 distinct
rows on each jaw; teeth of outer row enlarged; posterior teeth on lower jaw
resemble canines. Gill openings continue slightly forward. Gill rakers on
first arch 2 + 9. Lower jaw and anterior part of throat with 24 thin barbels;
longest barbels sometimes shorter than diameter of pupil. Four rows of
minute pores located on cheek under eye. Head naked except for occiput
and upper margin of operculum, which are covered with minute scales.

Fins large. Dorsal fins separate. Caudal fin truncate. Pectoral fins
pointed, their upper rays with silk-like tips.

Middle of sides of body with 6-7 large dark spots; series of similar
spots located below this row. Upper part of head and body with small
elongate spots with blurred outline. Suborbital space and cheeks with 4
oblique dark spots. Dorsal fin with 3-4 dark stripes. Membrane between
last two rays of first dorsal fin with black spot. Caudal fin with transverse
stripes (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c: 109).

The barbels in our specimen No. 22826 were very small and difficult to
discern; upper rays of pectoral fin with free tips. These rays are not
shown in the figure given by Abe. In other respects our specimen fully
conforms to the description of Ainosus geneionemus given by Jordan and
Snyder (1901c: 109).

Length to 90 mm (Abe, 1958).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Sado Island (Honma,
1963: 22); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 23); and Tsushima Islands (Arai

_

i
at

2
LY
Se

ONS Se.

Figure 307. Chaeturichthys stigmatias. Standard length 124 mm (Zhu et al., 1962).

395

LU

Ne cavuennieliaiiy, My)
OLR iyy 1
Ree LLL a7
A A yertinertireny, Wy
My Me

Figure 308. Sagamia geneionema. Standard length 90 mm. Japan (Abe, 1958).

395

397

508

and Abe, 1970: 93). In Japan from the central part of Honshu southward
(Matsubara, 1955: 841). Cheju-do Island (Mori, 1952: 147).

3. Subfamily Luciogobiinae”’

First dorsal fin absent or reduced; rays less than 5 (usually 3). Teeth
on lower jaw arranged in several rows. Body naked or covered with minute
scales embedded in skin. Head flat; cheeks inflated. Soft dorsal and anal
fins generally moderate in length. Pelvic fins ppg tat absent in
the genus Expedio.

Seven genera, mostly found along the shores of China and Japan. All
seven reported from the Sea of Japan.

1 ( 6).
2 ‘(rop:

oEG2):
4°(-5).

SiG).

Sq):

SUEY
10 (11).

Key to Genera of Subfamily Luciogobiinae

First dorsal fin present, with 3 unbranched rays.

Body relatively deep, about 5 times in its length depth more
or less equal to length of postorbital space. Origin of first dorsal
fin at vertical with middle of pectoral fin. Scales well developed
in posterior part of body, extending up to base of pectoral fin in
formror narrowrsitipes. we... .. 1. Astrabe Jordan and Snyder.
Body low, its depth more than 9 times in its length; depth less
than length of postorbital space. Origin of first dorsal fin
distinctly behind pectoral fin. Body almost naked or scales
present on caudal peduncle and above lateral line.

Body depth about 10 times in length. Origin of second dorsal
fin almost at vertical with origin of anal fin; bases of fins almost
equal. Mouth large, slightly more than diameter of eye. ....
GENTE es Ca ea re RE EN 2. Clariger Jordan and Snyder.
Body depth about 14 times in length. Origin of second dorsal
fin notably anterior to origin of anal fin; base of anal fin much
shorter than base of second dorsal fin. Mouth very short, almost
equal toydiameter iof eyes. aii. io. 0. oe ee

Ce

1). First dorsal fin absent.
. Isthmus narrow; gill openings continue forward cone

Posterior margin of maxilla not concealed in skin...........
Wears) Soe. EO. RR Rm tens Se 4. Leucopsarion Hilgendorf.
Isthmus broad; gill openings do not continue forward ventrally.
Posterior margin of maxilla concealed in skin.

Pelvic fins present, moderate in size.

Posterior part of body as well as anterior part without scales.
5. Luciogobius Gill.

ee

20Rowler, 1961: 228 (with additions).

509

11 (10). Posterior part of body covered with scales..... 6. Inu Snyder.
Pat Searels LOS, AbSCNt. >... <s.i'.s0nlox et evadnee 7. Expedio Snyder.

1. Genus Astrabe Jordan and Snyder, 1901

Astrabe Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901: 119 (type:
A. lactisella Jordan and Snyder).

Body robust, caudal peduncle deep. Teeth on both jaws simple; canines
absent; teeth absent on vomer. Gill openings do not continue forward
ventrally; isthmus broad. Two low fleshy lobes on inner margin of pectoral
girdle. Head naked; skin distinctly wrinkled. Scales small, embedded in
skin, cover posterior part of body and continue up to base of pectoral fin
in a narrow strip. Dorsal fins separate; first dorsal fin with 3 rays,
second dorsal with 11, and anal fin with 10; all three fins covered with
thick skin. Upper rays of pectoral fins simple, with free tips. Pelvic fins
I 5, all connected; fins not attached to belly posteriorly. Color dark,
with distinct white spots (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c).

One species found off the coasts of Japan; also known from the Sea of
Japan.

1. Astrabe lactisella Jordan and Snyder, 1901 (Figure 309)

Astrabe lactisella Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901:
119, fig. 26 (Misaki).

D Ill, 11; A 10; P 24 (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c).

Characters given in description of genus and in key to genera.

Length to 55 mm (Tomiyama, 1936: 53).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known off Sado Island (Honma, 1963:
22) and in Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 22). Pacific coast of Japan
(Matsubara, 1955: 842).

2. Genus Clariger Jordan and Snyder, 1901

Clariger Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901: 120 (type:
C. cosmurus Jordan and Snyder).

Externally similar to Luciogobius, but differs in presence of short
spinous dorsal. fin consisting of three thin unbranched rays. Body
elongate, head broad and flat. Cycloid scales present in small number only
on caudal peduncle (sometimes absent). Several small barbels present
(sometimes) under eyes (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c).

Three species found off the coasts of Japan. One species reported from
the waters of the Sea of Japan.

1. Clariger cosmurus Jordan and Snyder, 1901 (Figure 310)
Clariger cosmurus Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901:

510

yisue] piepurjyg ‘sninwmsoo sa8uvj,Q “Q{¢ sindI4q
I 86€

‘(1061 ‘I9pAug pue uepios) Wu /¢

W

A \\

\

‘(1061 ‘1epAus pue u WU
epl
p1of) 8Z YISUS] Plepur}s “‘Yjjasyon] aqousp “EYE 21n3
In3iy
: 86E

comers ==t:
CSRS roan thLeit er

398

399

as

121, fig. 27 (Misaki). Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955: 843,
fig. 366 A, B.

Differs from other species in presence of traces of minute cycloid
scales along axis of caudal peduncle which continue forward in form of
single row up to origin of first dorsal fin. Typical color: back pale, sides
with broad longitudinal stripe with wavy margins. Five small barbels
under eye.

Length to 40 mm (Tomiyama, 1936: 54).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Hakodate (Snyder, 1912:
444): Sado Island (Honma, 1970: 72); Toyama Bay (Katayama, 1940: 22);
and near Tsushima Islands (Arai and Abe, 1970: 93).

3. Genus Eutaeniichthys Jordan and Snyder, 1901

Eutaeniichthys Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901: 122
(type: E. gilli Jordan and Snyder).

Body elongate, compressed laterally, covered with rudimentary scales
embedded in skin. Head short. Mouth small, slightly oblique; chin does
not protrude forward. Teeth simple. Isthmus broad. Barbels absent.
Dorsal fins wide-set; first dorsal with 3 rays, second dorsal with 17, and
anal fin with 12. Base of second dorsal fin much longer than that of anal fin
and originates much anterior to origin of anal fin. Pelvic fins well
developed; caudal fin slightly pointed (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c).

One species found off the coasts of Japan; also known from the Sea of |
Japan.

1. Eutaeniichthys gilli Jordan and Snyder, 1901 (Figure 311)

Eutaeniichthys gilli Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901:
122, fig. 28 (Tokyo). Tomiyama, Fig. and Descr., Fishes Japan, 58, 1958:
1206, pl. 234, fig. 591 (Sakata, Yamagata Prefecture, Sea of Japan).

DU 18; Alt.

Body very long and thin; depth 11 times in body length; head 6.5 times
in body length. Snout blunt, almost equal to diameter of eye; jaws equal.
Eyes directed slightly upward. Interorbital space narrow. Mouth oblique,
oral opening continues to vertical from anterior margin of pupil. Teeth
simple, curved, arranged in 2-3 rows on each jaw; canines absent. Gill
openings do not continue forward ventrally. Fleshy lobes absent on inner
margin of pectoral girdle. Barbels absent on head. Head naked (Jordan
and Snyder, 1901c). '

Mode of life described by Dotu (1955a: 338).

Length to 50 mm (Tomiyama, 1936).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from brackish waters of

21Honma et al. (1972: 53) have reported this species for Yamaguti Prefecture in the Sea
of Japan.

401

512

Yamagata, Toyama, and Yamaguti prefectures (Tomiyama, 1958c: 1206);
Pusan (Mori, 1952: 145); and Tsushima Islands (Tomoda, 1970: 199). In
the Yellow Sea—Masan (Mori, 1972: 145); Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang
et al., 1955: 222). Pacific coasts of Japan (Matsubara, 1955: 842).

4. Genus Leucopsarion Hilgendorf, 1880

Leucopsarion Hilgendorf, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss., Berlin, 1880: 340
(type: L. petersi Hilgendorf). Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
24, 1901: 125.

Body elongate, compressed laterally, without scales, transparent. Head
short, depressed; cheeks slightly dilated. Eyes slightly convex. Mouth
rather large, conical, oblique. Teeth simple. Barbels absent. Tongue
without notch. Isthmus narrow. Gill openings continue forward ventrally.
Spinous dorsal fin absent. Soft dorsal fin moderate in size, well separated
from short caudal fin. Anal fin longer than dorsal fin and originates well
ahead of it. Pectoral fins rather long. Pelvic fins very small, completely

_ connected, and form scaly disk in which rays are difficult to discern. Shape

of disk .as in Gobius, but fins not so well developed (Jordan and Snyder,
1901c).

Small transparent fishes found in estuaries of Japan. One species. Also
known from the Sea of Japan.

1. Leucopsarion petersi Hilgendorf, 1880 (Figure 312)
Leucopsarion petersi Hilgendorf, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss., Berlin, 1880:

| -340 (southern Japan). Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901:

P25 ticle

25798. Okama, Wakasa Bay. March, 1935. Kobayashi. 1 specimen.

D 13; A 17; P 15 (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c).

Description given in characters of genus and in key to genera.

Length to 55 mm (Tomiyama, 1936: 54).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known off Pusan (Mori, 1952: 147);
Sado Island (Honma, 1963: 22); Toyama Bay (Mori, 1956a: 25); San’in
region (Katoh et al., 1956: 323); north coast of Kyushu Island (Tabeta and
Tsukahara, 1967: 299); and Tsushima Islands (Shibata, 1968: 27; Tomoda,
1979: 199). Near the Pacific coast of Japan from Aomori to Kagoshima
(Matsubara, 1955: 843).

Se ‘Genus Luciogobius Gill, 1859

Luciogobius Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 11, 1859: 146 (type:
L. guttatus Gill). Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 3-4, 1961: 230.

Body elongate, moderately compressed laterally, not covered with
scales. Head long, low, flat; cheeks dilated. Eyes set in upper half of head.

‘(1061 ‘JepAUS pue ULpIO“F) WW g¢ YIZUD] PIepURIg ‘WS1ajad UOolDSdoINaT ‘Z{¢ 21NBI4

Dees

SS
=> pew eses—-.
_Sare— 2808 -=-—
Ses =

se=

‘(1061 ‘JepAuUg pue uvplofs) WW gz YIZUI] PIepUuRIg 17/13 sdylyriuaving “[[¢ 2nN3iy 00r

402

514

Mouth fairly large, conical; mouth slightly oblique. Outer row of teeth
on lower jaw continues only up to half its length; teeth usually arranged
in several rows. Teeth of outer row on upper jaw enlarged; canines absent.
Barbels not present. Tongue with notch in front. Width of interorbital
space and length of snout almost equal to diameter of eye. Gill openings
do not continue forward and separated by broad isthmus. Inner margin of
pectoral girdle without fleshy lobes. Spinous dorsal fin absent. Soft dorsal
fin with 10 to 15 rays; base often rather short and located opposite anal
fin; latter with 11 to 12 rays. Caudal fin short, rounded, not confluent
with anal and dorsal fins. Pectoral fins fairly large, upper rays without
filamentous tips. Pelvic fins very short, small, their rays difficult to
discern; fused, fins form round disk. Color dark (Fowler, 1961).

The taxonomy of this genus has been poorly analyzed. We therefore
provide a brief description of all the species known in Japan, using the
latest information given by the Japanese ichthyologist Arai (1970).

Eight species. Small gobies from the silted coast of the Sea of Japan,
the Yellow Sea, and the East China Sea, as well as from estuaries of rivers,
caves, and wells. Six species known in Japan, two of which live in caves
and wells. Four species known from the Sea of Japan.

|

Key to Species of Genus Luciogobius”

. Eyes normal and readily visible.

. Dorsal fin with 11 to 17 rays, anal with 12 to 17 rays. Pectoral fins
with free rays.

3 ( 4). D 11-13; A 12-15; vertebrae 34-38. Pectoral fin with one free

(2 BRE s CONR AIS SEE Pes eae ACS SRRIeLe e ee | aio ML 1. L. guttatus Gill.
4 ( 3). D 15-17; A 15-17; vertebrae 39-40. Pectoral fin with three to
Seven thee Taysass +h SIRE Ma EMR oer Bice 2. L. grandis Arai.

5 ( 2). Dorsal fin with 7 to 10 rays, anal with 8 to 10. Pectoral fin
without free rays.

6 ( 7). Vertebrae 42; D 7-9; A 8-10. Pelvic fins small, lobate. Body
depth 10-12" times in, Standard Jength 9... 7...) o).0eeeee eee
IA CAE OT 2) ULTRA MRM Ae URL GR A ar gO 3. L. elongatus Regan.

7 ( 6). Vertebrae 32; D 8-10; A 9-10. Pelvic fins normal, rounded.
Body depth 8.0 to 9.5 times in standard length.............. :
Michio g/t GEER: ERMA So eS RU eee A 4. L. saikaiensis Dotu.

8 ( 1). Eyes reduced. Dorsal fin high, with 10 to 11 soft rays. Body
without minute dark spots. Benthic or cavernicolous fishes.

9 (10). Eyes small, covered with skin. Body length 13 times its depth
and 5 times length of head. Body pallid with distinct pigment as
well'as palercalon-yve toe deat es aes [L. pallidus Regan].

From Dotu, 1957a: 70; Arai, 1970: 203 (with additions).

515

10 ( 9). Eyes rudimentary. Body length 9 times its depth and 3.5 times
length of head. Pigment absent on body ... [L. albus Regan].

1. Luciogobius guttatus Gill, 1859 (Figure 313)

Luciogobius guttatus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 11, 1859:
146 (Simoda, Idzu Province). Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
24, 1901: 123, fig. 29. Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 51, fig.
10A. Soldatov and Lindberg, Obzor..., 1930: 431. Berg, Ryby Presnykh
Vod..., 3, 1949: 1124. Matsubara, Fish Morphol. and Hierar., 1955:
844, fig. 308. Fowler, Synopsis..., 1961: 230, fig. 65. Arai, Bull.
Nat. Sci. Mus., Tokyo, 13, 2, 1970: 203.

22835. Misaki. April 11, 1901. P.Yu. Schmidt. 6 specimens.

36410. Yellow Sea, Tsingtao. May 23, 1957. E.F. Gur’yanova. 1
specimen. :

36411. Yellow Sea, Tiang-tsin. June 13, 1957. O.A. Skarlato. 1
specimen.

36412. Yellow Sea, Tsingtao. June 23, 1957. Exped. ZIN AN SSSR. 2
specimens.

39724. Kunashir Island, Golovnino. June 28, 1969. A.N. Golikov. 11
specimens.

40065. Peter the Great Bay, Sobol Inlet. August 24, 1928. N.S.
Khranilov. 9 specimens.

40949, Shikotan Island. August 2, 1949. Poletika. 1 specimen.

D 11-13; A 12-15 (Arai, 1970).

Differs from other species of the genus, in addition to well-developed
eyes, in presence of | free ray in pectoral fin. Specimens in our collection
fully conform to these characters. Length to 95 mm (Tomiyama, 1936).
Mode of life described by Dotu (1957b: 93).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan known from Peter the Great Bay
(Soldatov and Lindberg, 1930: 431); Pusan (Mori, 1952: 142); Otaru
(Tomiyama, 1936: 51); Hakodate (Jordan and Snyder, 1901c: 124); Sado
Island (Honma, 1963: 22): Toyama Bay (Mori, 1956a: 42); and Tsushima
‘Islands (Arai and Abe, 1970: 94). In the Yellow Sea—from Masan and
Cheju-do Island (Mori, 1952: 142). Along the Pacific coast of Japan from
Hakodate to Nagasaki (Shmidt, 1931b: 137).

2. Luciogobius grandis Arai, 1970 (Figure 314)

Luciogobius grandis Arai, Bull. Nat. Sci. Mus., Tokyo, 13, 2, 1970:
199, figs. 1, 2 (Tsushima Islands).

D 17 (15-17); A 16 (15-17); P (15-17); V I, 5; vertebrae (without
hypurals) 40 (39-40) (Arai, 1970).

Differs from other species of the genus in: 1) larger number of

404

443

404

516

vertebrae (39-40); 2) presence of 3 to 7 rays with free tips in pectoral fins;
3) larger number of rays in dorsal fin (15-17) and in anal fin (15-17); 4)
smaller size of orbit (2.3 to 3.6 times in interorbital space); 5) nature
of arrangement of pores on head (Figure 315); and 6) larger body dimen-
sions.

Length to 93.6 mm (Arai, 1970),

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Fukui (Fukui Prefec-
ture), Ullyudo Island (Dajelet) in the southern part of the sea, and near
Tsushima Islands (Arai). Along the Pacific coast of Japan from Izu
Province.

3. Luciogobius elongatus Regan, 1905

Luciogobius elongatus Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) 15, 1905: 23
(Inland Sea of Japan). Jordan and Hubbs, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 10, 2
1925: 309 (Noo). Arai, Bull. Nat. Sci. Mus., Tokyo, 13, 2, 1970: 203.

Addendum: Under the synonymy of this species L. guttatus guttatus
Tomiyama should also be included (Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 52,
fig. 10, B).

D 7-9; A 8-10; vertebrae 42 (Arai, 1970).

Differs from L. guttatus in lower body, depth 10 to 12 times or even
more in body length (versus 6.5 to 9.0 times); smaller head length, 7
to 8 times in body length (versus 4 to 5); and smaller number of rays
in the dorsal fin (7 to 9 versus 11 to 13) and in the anal fin (8 to 10
versus 12 to 15).

Standard length to 42 mm (Arai, 1970).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan found in Primor’e (Soviet Gavan)
(Popov, 1933a: 148). In Japan known from the Inland Sea (Regan, 1905:
23):

?

4. Luciogobius saikaiensis Dotu, 1957 (Figure 316)

Luciogobius saikaiensis Dotu, J. Fac. Agric. Kyushu Univ., 11, 1, 1957:
69, fig. 1 (Amakusa Islands off Kyushu). Arai, Bull. Nat. Sci. Mus. Relaer
13 29 10 2030

D 8-10; A 9-10; P 18; vertebrae 32 (Arai, 1970). )

Body cylindrical anteriorly and posteriorly moderately compressed
laterally. Head broader than-body, flat, and muscles on sides and top bulge
so much that depression formed behind occiput. Interorbital space broad,
slightly concave, with narrow transverse fleshy crest. Upper jaw continues
posteriorly to vertical with posterior margin of eye. Mouth almost vertical
anteriorly, but horizontal posteriorly. Teeth very small, arranged in
narrow bands on both jaws. Five fleshy barbels under eye, and one larger
barbel in front of eye; pair of barbels on snout. Head and body entirely
naked. Membranes of dorsal and anal fins fleshy. Color in alcohol

517

“(016

“MOIA [P19}v[—g {MOIA [esIOP—VW

] ‘Ie1y) Sipuvss snigozoigmnT ‘s{¢ o1n314

‘uly o1Ajed jo adeys—g ‘uy jeiojoed jo adeys—y

(OL61 ‘WelW) SIpuDss snigosolomnT ‘p{¢ a1n3I4

€0P

405

406

518

blackish, with white spots; fins light-colored with dark stripes (Dotu,
1957a).

Mode of life described by Dotu and Mito (1958: 419).

Length to 41 mm (Dotu, 1957a).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Tsushima Islands (Dotu
and Mito, 1958: 424). Described from the coast of Amakusa Islands and
reported from Nagasaki region (Dotu, 1957a).

5. Luciogobius pallidus Regan, 1940 (Figure 317)

Luciogobius pallidus Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (11) 5, 1940: 462-465
(Shimane Prefecture, Japan). Arai, Bull. Nat. Sci. Mus., Tokyo, 13, 2,
1970: 203.

Luciogobius guttatus guttatus (non Gill), Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool.,
(od. 19 2GseS ities Isp.

D 10-11; A 11; vertebrae 33-34 (Arai, 1970).

This species and the next, L. albus, are found in caves or at the bottom
of wells; as such, they are almost devoid of eyes and more or less colorless.
Dorsal fin higher compared to that in L. guttatus and L. elongatus.
L. pallidus differs from L. albus in presence of transparent pigment
on body and lesser body depth, which is about 13 times in body length,
and head 5 times in body length versus 3.5 times in L. albus.

Standard length to 34 mm (Arai, 1970).

Distribution: In the basin of the Sea of Japan known from Shimane
Prefecture, and from the Pacific side of Japan in Wakayama and Koti
prefectures (Matsubara, 1955: 844).

6. Luciogobius albus Regan, 1940 (Figure 318)

Luciogobius albus Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (11), 5, 1940: 462-465
(Shimane Prefecture, Japan). Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936255
fig. 10, C. Arai, Bull. Nat. Sci. Mus., Tokyo, 13, 2, 1970: 203.

D 10; A 10; vertebrae 30 (Arai, 1970).

Differences between this species and L. pallidus given in description
of latter.

Mode of life described by Dotu (1963: 1).

Standard length to 30 mm (Arai, 1970).

Distribution: In the basin of Sea of Japan known from Shimane
Prefecture, where it dwells in caves.

6. Genus Inu Snyder, 1909

Inu Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 36, 1909: 607 (type: I. koma Snyder,
1909). es

Similar to the genus Luciogobius Gill, but differs in the presence
of minute cycloid scales in the posterior part of the body.

Two species. One known from the limits of the Sea of Japan.

519

‘(OCG ‘BUIRAIWIO]) WU Op 0} YISUOT ‘snpijjod sniqosojonT

“LIE ens

40

co

520

1. Inu koma Snyder, 1909 (Figure 319)

Inu koma Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 36, 1909: 607 (Misaki); 42,
1912: 445, pl. 60, fig. 2.

Luciogobius koma, Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 52.

D 11; A 12 (Snyder, 1909).

Differs from the closely related species [. ama (Snyder, 1909) in
distinct but small crests or folds on head and back anterior to fin; folds
located along sides of shallow depression at median line of back. Folds
also present in J. ama but far less distinct.

Length to 40 mm (Tomiyama, 1936: 53).

_ Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Fukui Prefecture
(Matsubara, 1955: 843); San’in region (Katoh et al., 1956: 323); and Pusan
(Matsubara, 1955: 843). Pacific coast of Japan (Tomiyama, 1936: 53).

7. Genus Expedio Snyder, 1909

Expedio Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 36, 1909: 606 (type: Expedio
parvulus Snyder, 1909).

Differs from the genera Luciogobius and Inu in absence of pelvic
fins.

One species, known from the Sea of Japan.

1. Expedio parvulus Snyder, 1909 (Figure 320)

Expedio parvulus Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 36, 1909: 606 (Misaki);
42, 1912: 445, pl. 61, fig. 1. Matsubara, Fish Morphol, and Hierar., 1955:
845. Dotu, J. Fac. Agric. Kyushu Univ., 11, 1, 1957: 75.

Luciogobius parvulus, Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 51. Arai,
Bull. Nat. Sci. Mus., Tokyo, 13, 2, 1970: 203.

D 10; A 10 (Snyder, 1909).

This goby resembles the longer specimens of Luciogobius guttatus, but
differs from them in absence of pelvic fins.

Length, 37 mm (Snyder, 1909).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Fukui Prefecture
(Matsubara, 1955: 845). Described from Misaki.

4. Subfamily Apocrypteinae

Body distinctly elongate. Head compressed laterally, covered for the
most part with scales on top and sides. Teeth on upper jaw arranged in
1 row; teeth of lower jaw not vertical, but slightly horizontal. Each
side of symphysis of lower jaw with one upwardly pointed canine. Scales
cycloid. Base of second dorsal fin elongate. Pelvic fins completely fused,
attached only at base to belly. Gill openings narrow and moderate in size
(Koumans, 1953: 246).

‘(Z16| ‘IapAus) Wu L¢ YISUeT Prepur}S ‘snjndivd oipadxq “gz¢e 91n3i4 LOV

LOv

‘(9¢6| ‘eWeAIWO]) WU c¢ YIBUE] PrePUL}g ‘sng]D snigosoIINT “gIE 2INBIA LO

AWN

—=S

3 il ag

52

Indian Ocean and western part of the Pacific Ocean. Eight genera. Two
recorded from Yellow Sea; one species acclimatized in the Sea of Japan.

Key to Genera of Subfamily Apocrypteinae

1 (2). Lower free eyelid absent. Height of first dorsal fin equal
to or less than length of base........ 1. [Apocryptodon Bleeker].
2 (1). Lower free eyelid present. Height of first dorsal fin distinctly
more than length of base. .... 2. Boleophthalmus Valenciennes.

1. [Genus Apocryptodon Bleeker, 1874]

Apocryptodon Bleeker, Arch. Néerl. Sci. Nat., 9, 1874: 327 (type:
A. madurensis Bleeker). Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr., 10, 1953: 253.

Body distinctly elongate, not compressed anteriorly, but laterally
compressed posteriorly; covered with easily shed cycloid scales (squ. 40-
78). Head slightly flat anteriorly. Scales on head behind eyes large, as also
on body; scales present along sides of head, under eyes, on cheeks and on
gill covers. Interorbital space narrow, less than eye diameter, and snout —
length slightly more. Nostrils not tubular. Mouth almost horizontal, jaws
equal. Teeth on both jaws arranged in 1 row, canine-shaped on upper jaw
and truncate or bicuspid on lower jaw and arranged horizontally. Pair
of canines located behind symphysis of lower jaw. Upper jaw with notch
in which anterior end of lower jaw fits. Tongue rounded, almost
completely fused with lower surface of oral cavity. Gill openings almost
same size as width of pectoral fin base; isthmus broad. Inner margin of
pectoral girdle without fleshy lobes. Dorsal fins close-set; first dorsal with
6 unbranched rays, second dorsal with 1 unbranched and 22 to 27
branched rays; anal fin with 1 unbranched and 21 to 27 branched rays.
Pelvic fins fused, rather long. Rays of pectoral fins without free
filamentous tips; bases of pectoral fins covered with scales. Caudal fin
slightly pointed (Koumans, 1953: 253).

From India to Japan; brackish waters, enters rivers. Several species.
Absent in the Sea of Japan, but one species found in the Yellow Sea.

1. [Apocryptodon madurensis (Bleeker, 1849)] (Figure 321)

Apocryptes madurensis Bleeker, Verh. Batavia Genoots., 22, 1849: 35
(Madura Island, Indonesia).

Apocryptodon bleekeri Day, Fishes India, 1878: 300, pl. 64, fig. 3 (India).
Zhang et al., Ryby Zaliva Bokhai..., 1955: 221, fig. 141.

Apocryptodon madurensis, Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10, 1953:
254, fig. 63 (description, synonyms).

D VI, 23; A 23; P 22; J. 1. 50-55 (Koumans, 1953).

Characters given in description of genus.

409

410

In

Mode of life described by Japanese researchers (Uchida, 1932: 109;
Dotu, 1961b: 133).

Length to 77 mm (Koumans, 1953).

Distribution: Absent in the Sea of Japan. In the Yellow Sea found near
the coast of Shantung Province (Zhang et al.). South Japan, Indonesia,
India (Matsubara, 1955: 845).

2. Genus Boleophthalmus Valenciennes, 1837

Boleophthalmus Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. poiss., 12, 1837: 198 (type:
Gobius boddaerti Pallas). Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10, 1953:
237.

Body distinctly elongate, compressed laterally, covered with cycloid
scales becoming larger posteriorly (60 to 100 and more). Head slightly
flat; skin on head warty, entirely covered with scales or scales rudimen-
tary. Eyes very close-set, movable, moving over dorsal profile of head;
lower eyelid well developed. Snout blunt, its length equal to diameter of
eye. Mouth slightly oblique. Jaws almost equal. Teeth on both jaws
arranged in 1 row; teeth of upper jaw conical, some anterior teeth canine-
shaped; teeth on lower jaw arranged slightly horizontally, thickened, and
apically curved. Each side of symphysis with one curved canine. Tongue
with straight cut, almost entirely fused with lower surface of oral cavity.
Barbels absent on head. Gill openings located obliquely, their size equal
to width of pectoral fin base. Isthmus broad. Inner margin of pectoral
girdle without fleshy lobes. Dorsal fins separate or contiguous at bases.
First dorsal with 5 unbranched rays, second dorsal with 1 unbranched and
22 to 27 branched rays. Anal fin with 1 unbranched and 23 to 26 branched
rays. Pelvic fins fused, rather long. Pectoral fins without filamentous rays;
base muscular, covered with scales. Caudal fin asymmetrical, upper half
slightly longer than lower half (Koumans, 1953).

Differs from the genus Scartelaos Swainson, 1839 in absence of sharp
teeth and distinctly developed, albeit small and rudimentary scales, as
well as absence of barbels on lower side of head.

Indian Ocean and western part of Pacific Ocean. Several species.

- Acclimatized in the Sea of Japan. One species known from the limits of

the Yellow Sea.

1. Boleophthalmus pectinirostris (Linné, 1758) (Figure 322)
Apocryptes chinensis Osbeck, Amoen Acad., 1754: 20, fig. 23 (Canton).
Prelinnaean.
Gobius pectinirostris Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1, 1758: 264 (Canton).
Boleophthalmus chinensis, Zhang et al., Ryby Zaliva Bokhai..., 1955:
229. fig. 147.

524

no

o
ay

LY)

eoth
SESS

ree 516 oF

ry x) Sty
“y

29.9,

)
ns

:

Se

ai
LY
3

Figure 321. Apocryptodon madurensis. Length to 55.6 mm (Zhang et al., 1955),

A

409

Figure 322. Boleophthalmus pectinirostris. Length to 85 mm (Zhang et al., 1955).

409

_

520

Boleophthalmus pectinirostris, Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10,
1953: 261 (synonyms, description). Zhu et al., Ryby Vostochno-Kitaiskogo
Morya, 1963: 435, fig. 331.

1229. Japan. 1862. Schlegel. 1 specimen.

D V, 24-27; A 24-27; P 17-20; /. J. ca 100 (Koumans, 1953).

Differs from other species known in the western part of the Pacific
Ocean in presence of bluish spots on dorsal fins and absence of oblique
stripes on sides of body. In our specimens third ray of first dorsal fin
almost reaches end of base of second dorsal fin.

Mode of life described by Enami and Dotu (1961).

Lenght to 176 mm (Enami and Dotu, 1961).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan not found up to 1950, but later
acclimatized in the estuary of the Tatar River near Fukuoka, where it has
adapted quite well (Enami and Dotu, 1961: 141).

' 5. Subfamily Sicydiaphinae

Body elongate and covered with scales or naked. Gill openings not very
broad, except in Aphia; isthmus broad. Two dorsal fins; base of second
fin almost not elongate. Pelvic fins connected, sometimes only at base,
and sometimes completely fused with belly. Sometimes teeth present on
lower lip. Teeth on lower jaw simple and arranged in single row. Upper
jaw also with one row of teeth, behind which sometimes several rows
concealed in gums. Head elongate, snout and cheeks naked (Koumans,
1953: 219). Examined under a lens, teeth of upper jaw found to be tri- or
bicuspid or bifurcate (Fowler, 1961: 241),

_ Several genera, widely distributed. One genus recorded from Japan,
members of which are found in fresh waters and in estuaries.

1. Genus Sicyopterus Gill, 1860

Sicyopterus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1860: 101 (type: S.
stimpsoni Gill). Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10, 1953: 220).

Differs from other genera of this subfamily in pelvic fins fused and
forming suctorial disk attached to belly. Body covered with scales. At
least 1 canine located behind symphysis on each side of lower jaw
(Koumans, 1953).

Fresh waters and mouths of rivers in the Indian Ocean and western part
of the Pacific Ocean. Several species. One species found in estuaries
of the Sea of Japan.

1. Sicyopterus japonicus (Tanaka, 1909) (Figure 323)

Sicydium japonica Tanaka, J. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ., Tokyo, 27, 8, 1909;
22 (Tosa, Shikoku Island, Japan); Fig. and Descr..., XII, 1913: 203,
pl. 56, figs. 209-211; pl. 58, fig. 215.

412

526

Sicyopterus japonicus, Fowler, Synopsis..., 14, 3-4, 1961: 242,
fig. 69 (synonyms, description).

D VI, 11; A 11; P 19; squ. 59 (Fowler, 1961).

Characters of this only species found in the Sea of Japan and near Japan
given in description of family and genus.

Length to 165 mm (Tomiyama, 1936: 99)

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan found in mouths of rivers. In Japan
from central Honshu south to Taiwan (China) (Matsubara, 1955: 847).
Cheju-do Island (Mori, 1952: 146).

CLXXIII. Family TRYPAUCHENIDAE

Body elongate, covered with quite large cycloid scales. Head naked.
Pelvic fins fused and forming disk, sometimes deeply incised, almost up
to base. Dorsal fin single; unbranched rays distinguishable. Eyes small.
This family differs from Gobiidae mainly in the presence of pouchlike
cavity at upper margin of operculum, which is separate from the gill cavity
(Figure 324). |

Five genera. Indian Ocean and western part of the Pacific Ocean. In the
Sea of Japan one genus, in the Yellow Sea another genus.

Key to Genera of Family Trypauchenidae

1 (2). Pelvic fins completely fused, form distinct disk. Canines present.
Ale. rise a 15 4 gl Waa aN mated ted fe 1. [Trypauchen Valenciennes].

2 (1). Pelvic fins incompletely fused, with deep notch on posterior
matgin: of diskCanines: absent’). genes ener eae
obs. Seas tam OL Taal hepato a 2. Ctenotrypauchen Steindachner.

1. [Genus Trypauchen Valenciennes, 1837]

Trypauchen Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 12, 1837: 152 (type: Gobius
vagina Schneider). Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10, 1953: 277.

Body distinctly elongate, compressed laterally, covered with cycloid
scales. Head compressed laterally, naked, with median crest on occiput.
Eyes small. Mouth very oblique; lower jaw protrudes anteriorly. Teeth
on both jaws arranged in 2-3 rows; teeth of outer row highly enlarged
and canine-shaped. Tongue rounded. Gill openings not very broad;
isthmus broad. Inner margin of pectoral girdle without fleshy lobes.
Pouchlike cavity present on upper margin of operculum, which is separate
from gill cavity. Barbels not present on head. Dorsal fin single, with 6
simple and 41 to 49 branched rays. Anal fin with 40 to 46 rays. Both fins
confluent with caudal fin. Pelvic fins small; each with 1 simple and 5
branched rays; fins fused, forming small disk. Pectoral fins also small.
Caudal fin slightly pointed (Koumans, 1953).

413

S27
About 3 species. One species reported from the Yellow Sea.

1. [Trypauchen vagina (Bloch and Schneider, 1801)] (Figure 324)

Gobius vagina Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichthyol., 1801: 73
(Tranqueber, India).

Trypauchen vagina, Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10, 1953: 277
(synonyms, description). Zhu et al., Ryby Yuzhno-Kitaiskogo Morya,
1962: 825, fig. 670. Fowler, Synopsis..., 15, 1-2, 1962: 26 (bibliography).

40032. Tonkinsk Bay. July 9, 1961. E.F. Gur’yanova. 1 specimen.

D VI, 40-49; A I, 39-46; P 15-18; 7. 7. 80-115; J. tr. 21 (Koumans,
1953).

Differs from other species in smaller scales (squ. 80-115 versus 45-65).

Length to 220 mm (Koumans, 1953).

Distribution: Absent in the Sea of Japan. In the Yellow Sea reported
from Chefoo (Wang and Wang, 1935: 203).

2. Genus Ctenotrypauchen Steindachner, 1867

Ctenotrypauchen Steindachner, Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 55, 1867:
530 (type: C. chinensis Steindachner). Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch.,
10, 1953: 281.

Body greatly elongate, compressed laterally, covered with cycloid
scales (about 65). Head compressed laterally, with median crest on
occiput. Mouth very oblique; lower jaw protrudes. Teeth in outer series
enlarged, but no canines present. Pouchlike cavity on upper margin of
operculum separate from gill cavity. Head without barbels. Dorsal fin
single, with 6 simple and about 50 branched rays; anal fin with 44 to 49
rays. Both fins confluent with caudal fin. Pelvic fins connected, but deeply
incised; membrane present at base. Pectoral fins small. Caudal fin
rounded or pointed (Koumans, 1953: 281).

Three species in the Indian Ocean and western part of the Pacific
Ocean. One species recorded from the Sea of Japan, and another from the
Yellow Sea.

Key to Species of Genus Ctenotrypauchen

1 (2). Head relatively short; its length almost equal to body depth
at vertical with origin of anal fin. Pectoral fins fan-shaped......
Mee ee a Tbe. Heh ks RN Lie 2a ie 1. C. microcephalus (Bleeker).

2 (1). Head relatively long; its length much greater than body depth
at vertical with origin of anal fin. Pectoral fins slightly falcate;
upper tays much longer than lower ones.’.......8. 0.0.2 c eee
ch I Le CRSA at So oo. Sete ee 2. [C. chinensis Steindachner].

528

ANY

\\ AY
RY ye
w 3
NY

\ x

‘\'

SS.

\ SN
WES

Figure 323. Sicyopterus japonicus. Length 109 mm (Tanaka, 1913).

411

lyf wy.
ZL

ti
i
2)

Ny
&

ae

a,
Lg
Mla

XY

le,

Vf,
LY
he 4

Cr

P
Ow Kip
Vi
o, 94,
sy

Ny
Q

i?

{ $
~ 35,

eo,
iY?
hh

ie,

"y

eS
NS RY
Sqane

A

hG

ros

VY

Figure 324. Frypauchen vagina. Standard length 117 mm (Zhu et al., 1962).

414

529

Figure 325. Ctenotrypauchen microcephalus. Anterior part of body
(Koumans, 1953).

1. Ctenotrypauchen microcephalus (Bleeker, 1860) (Figure 325)

Trypauchen microcephalus Bleeker, Acta Soc. Indo-Néerl., 8, 1860: 62
(Sungaidare, Indonesia).

Ctenotrypauchen microcephalus, Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10,
1953: 282. :

Trypauchen wakae Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901:
127, fig. 32 (Wakanoura).

D VI, 50; A I, 44-49; P17; /. |. ca 65 (Koumans, 1953).

Body elongate, but relatively deeper compared to C. chinensis; depth
8.75 times in length. Head relatively short, length almost equal to body
depth at vertical with anal fin. Eyes very small, covered with skin. Snout
length 4 times in head length. Mouth very oblique; lower jaw protrudes
forward. Length of maxilla 3 times in head length. Teeth of outer row
enlarged; canines absent. Head, occiput, thorax, and belly naked. Scales
on body cycloid. Dorsal fin single, spiny rays distinct. Pectoral fin
1/3 head length. Pelvic fins short, 4.5 times in head length, connected,
but with deep notch; membrane present at base of fin. Caudal fin
rounded, 7.25 times in body length. Body color red; fins transparent with
reddish tinge (Koumans, 1953).

Mode of life described by Dotu (1958b: 371).

Length to 180 mm (Koumans, 1953).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from Toyama Bay
(Katayama, 1940: 32) and Sado Island (Honma, 1963: 22). In the Yellow
Sea known from Kunsan and Namp’o (Mori, 1952: 149) and Chefoo
(Wang and Wang, 1935: 202). Found from southern Japan to Australia and
South Africa (Matsubara, 1955: 849).

2. [Ctenetrypauchen chinensis Steindachner, 1867] (Figure 326)
Ctenotrypauchen chinensis Steindachner, Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 55,

530

1867: 530, pl. 6, fig. 3-4 (China). Zhang et al., Ryby Zaliva Bokhai...,
1955: 226, fig. 145. Zhu et al., Ryby Vostochno-Kitaiskogo Morya, 1963:
442, fig. 338.

36441. Yellow Sea, Tsingtao. June 3,.1957. Exped. ZIN AN SSSR. 6
specimens.

36442. Yellow Sea, Tsingtao. June 6, 1957. E.F. Gur’yanova. 2
specimens.

36443. Yellow Sea, Tsingtao. June 24, 1957. E.F. Gur’yanova. 1
specimen.

36444. Yellow Sea, Chefoo. June 28, 1957. Exped. ZIN AN SSSR. 6
specimens.

D VI, 50-58; A 42-50; P 14-15; VI, 4; 7. 1. 67-74 (Zhu et al., 1963).

Differences from C. microcephalus given in key. Fowler (1962: 25)
included this species in the synonymy of C. microcephalus; however,
Chinese ichthyologists (Zhu et al., 1963) consider it an independent
species, although in his publication of 1962 Zhu included the specimen of
Zhang et al. (1955) as a synonym of M. microcephalus

Length to 95 mm (Zhu et al., 1963).

Distribution: Absent in the Sea of Japan. In the Yellow Sea reported
from Lyonin, Hebei, and Shangtung provinces (Zhang et al., 1955: 227).
South to Indonesia and the Indian Ocean (Zhu et al., 1963: 442).

CLXXIV. Family GOBIOIDIDAE (TAENIOIDIDAE)—Eel-like Gobies

Body greatly elongate, naked or covered with very small cycloid scales.
Pelvic fins fused and form disk. Dorsal fin single, very long, but with
distinct anterior unbranched rays. Eyes small or indistinguishable.
Isthmus broad. Differs from the family Trypauchenidae mainly in absence
of pouchlike cavity on upper margin of operculum, which is separate from
gill cavity (Taenioninae—Koumans, 1963: 265). 3

Eight genera. Indian and Pacific oceans. One genus reported from the
Sea of Japan, and another from the Yellow Sea.

Key to Genera of Family Gobioididae

1 (2). Pectoral fins much shorter than pelvic fins, about 3 times
in head length. Anal fin with more than 45 rays. Canines not
present behind symphysis of lower jaw. ........55.-.++-ee5 sean
Pec Wee IRMA ome Co ca ds a) aah aaa 1. [Taenioides Lacépéde].

2 (1). Pectoral fins same length as pelvic fins, about 1.5 times in
head length. Anal fin with fewer than 45 rays. Pair of large canines
located behind symphysis of lower jaw. ...............0.++-000:

2. Odontamblyopus Bleeker.

Pe er ee ee ee

416

go!

1. [Genus Taenioides Lacépéde, 1798]

Taenioides Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 2, 1798: 580, 4, 1800: 339
(type: T. hermannianus Lac.). Koumans, Fish. Ando-Austr. Arch., 10,
1953: 269.

Body greatly elongate, compressed laterally, covered with very

Tudimentary scales or naked. Head almost cylindrical in cross section.

Eyes reduced, covered. Mouth almost vertical; lower jaw protrudes
forward. Lips fimbriate. Teeth on both jaws with truncate cusps or bluntly
pointed, arranged in several rows in a band; teeth of outer row enlarged,
more wide-set, and resemble canines. Tongue rounded. Gill openings not
very large. Isthmus same width as base of pelvic fins. Inner margin of
pectoral girdle without fleshy lobes. Head with several row of ridges,
radiating from eyes onto cheeks, gill covers, and lower jaw. Several barbels
present on lower side of head. Dorsal fins fused, with 5 to 6 unbranched
and 38 to 50 branched rays. Anal fin with 45 to 49 rays. Dorsal and anal
fins more or less confluent with fairly long caudal fin. Pelvic fins fused,
large, elongate. Pectoral fins small (Koumans, 1953).

Several species. Not reported from the Sea of Japan. One species
known from the Yellow Sea, off the west coast of the Korean Peninsula—
Mokp’o and Kunsan (Mori, 1952: 148).

1. [Taenioides cirratus (Blyth, 1860)] (Figure 327)

Amblyopus cirratus Blyth, J. Asiat. Soc., Bengal, 29 1860: 147
(Calcutta).

Taenioides lacepedei (non Temminck and Schlegel) Jordan and Snyder,
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 24, 1901: 128, fig. 33 (Wakanoura).

Taenioides snyderi Jordan and Hubbs, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 10, 2,
1925: 310 (Wakanoura).

Taenioides cirratus, Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10, 1953: 270,
fig. 67 (synonyms, description).

D VI, 43-49; A I, 42-47; P 13 (Koumans, 1953).

Differs from other species of this genus in smaller length of head, which
is shorter than distance from base of pelvic fin to vent, and in small
number of teeth on jaws; each side of upper jaw with 5 and not 7 teeth.

Mode of life described by Dotu (1958b: 371).

Length to 300 mm (Koumans, 1953).

Distribution: Absent from the Sea of Japan. In the Yellow Sea known
from Mokp’o and Kunsan (Mori, 1952: 148). From southern Japan south
to the Indian Ocean (Matsubara, 1955: 849).

2. Genus Odontamblyopus Bleeker, 1874
Odontamblyopus Bleeker, Arch. Néerl. Sci. Nat., 9, 1874: 330 (type:

‘(€S6, ‘SURWINOY) WU Ec] YIZUS] plepuLig ‘smjp1UWI9 saploluavy “17¢ sINBIy

Sly

=

2 Sora .
ae = Gas
r=

“(1061 *

JopAus pure UepIO“) WW ¢g WIZUST pIepuLig ‘sisuaulyo uayonvddyous

IQ “97E 9INSIA

civ
N ~*~. \ y SAS XQ %, AX AN XX NNN s
> SS > y Q YW YL \ S % SAMMY Ce SSE
EN KEE & CCE EE (

“{ traits
ZZ EEK CEE ELE OCA SECIS KAS OC OC COCCI CECE CCE

: MATE RE CR |
: SEER ROR EGeeee OCG
: EEC COURIC CECOIC
CEG Ee SREGES, ‘ SRS |

417

533

Gobioides rubicundus Hamilton). Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10,
1953: 274.

Body greatly elongate, compressed laterally, covered with large
number of minute, more or less rudimentary scales. Head compressed
laterally, almost entirely covered with similar scales. Eyes very small,
almost set at top of head. Interorbital space and snout about twice
diameter of eye. Mouth oblique; lower jaw protrudes forward. Teeth on
upper jaw arranged in 2 rows, on lower jaw in front in 3 rows, and on sides
in 2 rows. Teeth in outer rows of both jaws highly enlarged and wide-set,
forming 4 curved canines on each side. Each side of symphysis of lower
jaw with one canine. Tongue truncate at tip. Gill openings broad; isthmus
same width as base of pelvic fin. Inner margin of pectoral girdle without
fleshy lobes. Head with 2 rows of barbels. Dorsal fins fused, with 6 simple
and 34 to 40 branched rays; anal fin with 33 to 38 rays. Dorsal and anal fins
confluent with caudal fin. Pelvic fins fused and elongate. Pectoral fins
same length as pelvic fins. Caudal fin pointed and elongate (Koumans,
1953). .

Found in the Indian Ocean to Japan. Two or more species. One species
in the Sea of Japan.

1. Odontamblyopus rubicundus (Hamilton, 1822)—Eel-like Goby
(Figure 328)
Gobioides rubicundus Hamilton, Gangetic Fishes, 1822: 37, 365, pl. 5,

fig. 9 (estuary of Ganges River).

Amblyopus lacepedei Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss.,
1845: 146, pl. 75, fig. 2 (Japan). Jordan and Hubbs, Mem. Carnegie Mus.,
LO, 2 19253,310.

Taenioides petschilensis Rendahl. Arkiv fiir Zool., Stockholm, 16, 2,
1924: 31 (Gulf of Chihli, Yellow Sea)

Taenioides rubicundus, Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 102, fig.
43 (synonyms).

Odontamblyopus rubicundus, Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 1953:
275, fig. 68 (synonyms and description).

35575. Yellow Sea. May 27, 1956. Academy of Sciences, China. 2
specimens.

35722. Yellow Sea, Tangu. June 13, 1957. P.V. Ushakov. 5 specimens.

35723. Yellow Sea, Tangu. E.F. Gur’yanova. 3 specimens.

40033. Tonkinsk Bay. July 28, 1961. E.F. Gur’yanova. 3 specimens.

D VI, 35-40; A I, 32-39; P 30 (Koumans, 1953).

Each side of mouth with 4 canines in outer series of upper jaw and 4-6
canines on lower jaw. Pair of canines present behind symphysis of lower
jaw. Lower surface of head with 3 barbels on each side, sometimes poorly
distinguishable. Pectoral fins of same length as pelvic fins (Koumans,
1953).

41

co

534

Mode of life of adults and larvae described by Japanese researchers
(Dotu, 1957c: 101; Dotu and Takita, 1967: 135).

Length to 330 mm (Tomiyama, 1936).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan found near Fukuoka (Jordan and
Hubbs, 1925: 310). Inthe Yellow Sea near Ionamp’o (Mori, 1952: 148) and
Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955: 225). South of Japan (Ariake
Bay), China, India (Matsubara, 1955: 848).

CLXXV. Family PERIOPHTHALMIDAE—Mudskippers

Body distinctly elongate. Anterior part of head highly truncate. Body
and head covered with cycloid or weakly ctenoid scales. Eves convex,
protruding above profile of head; lower eyelid well developed. Teeth on
upper jaw arranged in 1-2 rows, on lower jaw in | row. Base of second
dorsal fin only slightly longer than base of first fin. Pectoral fins with
muscular base; fins capable of bending at line of attachment of rays and
used for locomotion outside water. Pelvic fins highly variable in shape;
sometimes completely fused and form disk, sometimes only connected at
bases, and sometimes completely separate without connecting membrane
at base. Gill openings not very broad (Koumans, 1953—Periophthal-
minae).

Found from the west coast of Africa to the Pacific Ocean. Tropical and
subtropical waters. Two genera. One known off the coasts of Japan and
found in the Sea of Japan.

/

1. Genus Periophthalmus Bloch and Schneider, 1801

Periophthalmus Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichthyol., 1901: 63 (type:
P. papilio Bloch and Schneider). Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., 10,
1953: 200.

Body elongate, slightly compressed laterally and covered with minute
(60 to 100) cycloid or weakly ctenoid scales. Head compressed laterally,
completely or partly covered with scales behind eyes, on cheeks and on
opercula. Eyes close-set, convex, and protrude above dorsal profile; lower
eyelid well developed. Snout blunt, approximately as long as eyes.
Anterior nostril in form of tubule located on triangular lobe above upper
lip. Mouth horizontal; jaws almost equal. Teeth arranged in single row on
both jaws, differ in size; anterior teeth more or less canine-shaped.
Tongue rounded, almost completely fused with lower surface of oral
cavity. Gill openings narrow, continue upward not more than 3/4 base of
pectoral fin. Isthmus broad. Dorsal fins not contiguous. First dorsal fin
with 8 to 17 rays, second fin with 1 unbranched and 10 to 14 branched
rays. Pelvic fins either connected only at bases and their marginal rays
completely separate, not forming disk, or rays connected over half their

535

SEF SS
FE Se

rth
Hi
i
)

fine
fn th

Figure 328. Odontamblyopus rubicundus—eellike goby. Standard length 220 mm (Koumans, 1953).

536

Figure 329. Periophthalmus cantonensis. Standard length 51 mm (Zhu et al., 1962).

418

419

337

length by short membrane, or rays connected throughout their length,
forming disk. Base of pectoral fin with highly developed muscles
(Koumans, 1953).

Differs from the genus Periophthalmodon Bleeker, 1874 in teeth on
upper jaw arranged only in one row and not in two.

About 10 species. One species reported from the Sea of Japan.

1. Periophthalmus cantonensis (Osbeck, 1757) (Figure 329)

Apocryptes cantonensis Osbeck, Reise nach China, 1757: 171 (Canton).
Tomiyama, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 1936: 99. Koumans, Fish. Indo-Austr.
Arch., 10, 1953: 204 (remarks). Zhu et al., Ryby Vostochno-Kitaiskogo
Morya, 1963: 434, fig. 330.

36433. Yellow Sea. Tiatsin. June 13, 1957. Exped. ZIN AN SSSR. 10
specimens.

D X-XIV, 12-14; A 12-14; P14; VI, 5; /. /. 85-91 (Zhu et al., 1963).

Species of this genus vary notably and some authors (Tomiyama) have
grouped many species into one. Koumans followed Eggert (Zool.
Jahrbiicher, Abt. Systematic, 67, 1/2, 1935: 29-116, pls. 1-9) by and large,
and reported the occurrence of about 10 species in the waters of Indonesia
and Australia. Since only one species is known from the waters of Japan
and China, we have not listed its differences from the more southern
species.

It should be noted that the name cantonensis Osbeck, 1757 is
pre-Linnaean and, therefore, most probably this species should be named
P. koelreuteri Pallas [Spicilegia Zoologica, Pisces 1769 (1770): 8, pl. 2, figs.
1-3].

Mode of life described by Uchida (1932: 109).

Length to 105 mm (Tomiyama, 1936).

Distribution: In the Sea of Japan reported from coast of Yamaguti
Prefecture (Yoshida and Ito, 1957: 268) and Pusan (Mori, 1952: 149). In
the Yellow Sea found near the west coast of the Korean Peninsula (Mori,
1952: 149), Gulf of Chihli (Bohai) (Zhang et al., 1955: 228). Known from

the coasts of China (Zhu et al., 1962: 829; 1963: 434).

Bibliography *

420 Abe T. 1953. New, rare, or uncommon fishes from Japanese waters. II.
Records of rare fishes of the families Diretmidae, Luvaridae, and
Tetragonuridae, with an appendix (Description of a new species,
Tetragonurus pacificus, from the Solomon Islands), Japan. J.
Ichthyol., 3, 1, 39-47, 7 figs.

Abe, T. 1954. New, rare, and uncommon fishes from Japanese waters. V.
Notes on the rare fishes of the suborders Stromateoidei and
Tetragonuroidei (Berg.), Japan. J. Ichthyol., 3, 3-5, 178; 3, 6, 222,
246.

Abe, T. 1955a. New, rare, or uncommon fishes from Japanese waters. V.
Notes on the rare fishes of the suborders Stromateoidei and
Tetragonuroidei, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 4, 1-3, 113-118, figs. 1-3.

Abe, T. 1955b. Notes on the adult of Cubiceps gracilis from the Western
Pacific, J. Oceanogr. Soc., Japan, 11, 2, 75-79.

Abe, T. 1959. On the presence of at least two species of Cubiceps
(Nomeidae, Pisces) in the path of the “Kuro-Shiwo,” Rec. Oceanogr.
Works, Japan, spec. numb., vol. 3, pp. 225-229.

Abe, T. 1963. Unusual occurrence of several species of boreal, amphi-
Pacific and bathypelagic fishes in Sagami Bay and adjoining waters
during the first half of 1963, a cold-water season in southern Japan,
Bull. Tokai Reg. Fish. Res. Lab., vol. 37, pp. 27-35.

Abe, T. and V. Takashima. 1958. Differences in the number and position
of two kinds of fin supports of the spinous dorsal in the Japanese
mackerels of the genus Pneumatophorus, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 7, 1, 1-
fle

Abe, T. and T. Kosakai. 1964. Notes on an economically important but
scientifically little-known silver pomfret, Pampus _ echinogaster
(Pampidae, Teleostei), Japan. J. Ichthyol., 12, 1/2, 29-31.

Abe, T., S. Kojima and T. Kosakai. 1963. Description of a new nomeid fish
from Japan, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 9, 1/2, 31-35.

Akazaki, M. 1957. Biological studies on a dragonet, Synchiropus altivelis
(T. and S.), Japan. J. Ichthyol., 5, 3/6, 146-152.

Akihito, Prince. 1963. On the scapula of gobiid fishes, Japan. J. Ichthyol.,
hd 1/2. t= 26:

Akihito, Prince. 1966. On the scientific name of a gobioid fish named
“urohaze,” Japan, J. Ichthyol., 13, 4/6, 73-101, 27 figs.

*Some entries incomplete in the Russian text—General Editor.

939

Akihito, Prince. 1967a. On four species of gobioid fishes of the genus
Eleotris found in Japan, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 14, 4/6, 135-166, 31
figs.

Akihito, Prince. 1967b. Additional research on the scapula of gobioid
fishes, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 14, 4/6, 167-182, 4 figs.

Akihito, Prince. 1969. A systematic examination of gobioid fishes based
on the mesopterygoid, postcleithra, branchiostegals, pelvic fins,
scapula, and suborbital, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 16, 3, 93-114, 8 figs.

Akihito, Prince. 1971. On the supratemporals of gobioid fishes, Japan.
J. Ichthyol., 18, 2, 57-64, 2 figs.

Alverson, D.L. 1961. Ocean temperatures and their relation to albacore
tuna (Thunnus germo) distribution in waters off the coast of Oregon,
Washington, and British Columbia, J. Fish. Res. Board, Canada, 18,
6, 1145-1152, ill.

Alverson, F.G. 1963. The food of yellowfin ad skipjack tuna in the eastern

- Pacific Ocean, Bull. Inter-Amer. Trop. Tuna Comm., vol. 7, pp. 295-
396.

Andriyashev, A.P. 1935. Novye dannye o glubokovodnykh rybakh
Beringova morya (New data on deep-sea fishes of the Bering Sea).
Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 4, 1/2, 105-108, fig.

Andriyashev, A.P. 1937. K poznaniyu ikhtisfauny Beringova i Chukot-
skogo morei (On the ichthyofauna of the Bering and Chukchi seas).
Issled. Morei SSSR, vol. 25, pp. 292-355, figs. 1-27, 1 pl.

Andriyashev, A.P. 1938. Obzor roda kruzenshterniella iz sem.
bel’dyugovykh [Krusensterniella Schmidt (Pisces, Zoarcidae)] s
opisaniem novogo vida iz Yaponskogo morya [Review of the genus
Krusensterniella Schmidt (Pisces, Zoarcidae) with a description of a
new species from the Sea of Japan). Vestn. Dal’nevost. Fil. Akad.
Nauk SSSR, 32, 5, 117-121.

Andriyashev, A.P. 1939a. Ob amfipatsificheskom (yaponooregonskom)
rasprostranenii morskoi fauny v severnoi chasti Tikhogo okeana [The
amphi-Pacific (Japanese-Oregon) distribution of marine fauna in the
northern Pacific Ocean]. Zool. Zhurn., 18, 2, 181-195, figs. 1-4.

Andriyashev, A.P. 1939b. Ocherk zoogeografii i proiskhozhdeniya fauny
ryb Beringova morya i sopredel’nykh vod (Zoogeography and Origin
of Fish Fauna of the Bering Sea and Adjacent Waters). Leningrad, 187

pp.

Andriyashev, A.P. 1954. Ryby severnykh morei SSSR (Fishes of the
Northern Seas of the Soviet Union). Moscow-Leningrad, 556 pp.,
300 figs.

Andriyashev, A.P. 1955a. Obzor ugrevidnykh likodov, Lycenchelys Gill.
(Pisces, Zoarcidae) i blizkie formy morei SSSR i sopredel’nykh vod
[Review of eelpouts Lycenchelys Gill. (Pisces, Zoarcidae) and related

540

forms in the seas of the Soviet Union and adjacent waters]. Tr. Zool.
Inst. AN SSSR, vol. 18, pp. 349-384.

Andriyashev, A.P. 1955b. Novye i redkie vidy ryb semeistva bel’-
dyugovykh (Pisces, Zoarcidae) s yugo-vostochnogo poberezh’ya Kam-
chatki (New and rare fish species of the family Zoarcidae from the
southeast coast of Kamchatka). Tr. Zool. Inst. AN SSSR, vol. 21, pp.
393-400, figs. 1-6.

Andriyashev, A.P. and V.M. Makushok. 1955. Argyropterus corallinus
(Pisces, Blennioidei)—novaya ryba bez parmykh plavnikov
[Argyropterus corallinus (Pisces, Blennioidei)—a new fish without
paired fins]. Vopr. Ikhtiologii, vol. 3, pp. 50-53, figs. 1-2.

Aoyagi, H. 1955. Studies on the coral fishes of the Riu-Kiu Islands.
Blenniidae, Zool. Mag., 64, 3, 76-83, ill. .

Arai, R. 1964. Sex characters of Japanese gobioid fishes. (I), Bull . Nat.
Sci. Mus. Tokyo, 7, 3, 295-306.

Arai, R. 1970. Luciogobius grandis, a new goby from Japan and Korea,

Bull. Nat. Sci. Mus. Tokyo, 13, 2, 199-205, pl. I, figs. 1-4.

Arai, R. 1971. Record of the dragonet, Draculo mirabilis Snyder, from
Hokkaido, Japan, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 18, 1, 33-35, 5 figs.

Arai, R. and T. Abe. 1970. The sea fishes of Tsushima Island, Japan.
Mem. ‘Nat. Sci. Mus. Tokyo. 3. Natural History of the Islands of
Tsushima, no. 2, pp. 83-100, pls. 17-18. ;

Arnold, D.C. 1956. A systematic revision of the fishes of the teleost
family Carapidae (Percomorphi, Blennioidea), with descriptions of
two new species, Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Zool., 4, 6, 15-307, 20
figs.

- Ayres, W.O. 1854-1857. Description of new species of Californian fishes,
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 1, pp. 23-77.

Barsukov, V.V. 1954. O smene zubov u zubatok (sem. Anarhichadidae)
[Teeth modification in wolf-fishes (Anarhichadidae)]. Dokl. Akad.
Nauk SSSR, 95, 4, 897-899, ill.

Barsukov, V.V. 1959. Sem. zubatok (Anarhichadidae) [Wolf-fishes
(Anarhichadidae)]. Fauna Rossii, Ryby, 5, 5, 1-171, figs. 1-42, pls. I-
XXil.

Barsukov, V.V. 1960. Skorost’ dvizheniya ryb (Speed of fish movement).
Priroda, vol. 3, pp. 103-104.

Basilewsky, S. 1855. Ichthyographia Chinae borealis, Nouv. Mem. Soc.
Imper. Natur. Moscow, vol. 10, pp. 215-263, 9 pls.

Bean, T.H. 1894 (1893). Description of a new blennioid fish from
California, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 16, pp. 699-701, 1 fig.
Beaufort, L.F. and W.M. Chapman. 1951. Percomorphi (concluded),
Blennoidea. In: Fishes of the Indo-Australian Archipelago, edited by

Weber and Beaufort, 1951, vol. IX, 484 pp., 89 figs.

541

Bell, R.R. 1962. Age determination of the Pacific albacore of the
Californian coast, Calif. Fish and Game, 48, 3, 39-48, figs. 1-6.
Bell, R.R. 1963. Preliminary age determination of bluefin tuna, Thunnus

thynnus, Calif. Fish and Game, 49, 4, 307.

Bell, R.R. 1964. Weight-length relationship for bluefin tuna in the
California fishery, 1963, Calif. Fish and Game, 50, 3, 216-218.
Belloc, G. 1937. Note sur un poisson comestible nouveau de la céte
occidentale d’Afrique (Paracubiceps ledenoisi nov. gen., nov. sp.),

Rev. Trav. l’Office Péches Marit., 10, 3, 353-356, 4 figs.

Berenbeim, D.Ya. 1968. Vliyanie temperatury vody na sroki neresta
atlanticheskoi i tikhookeanskoi skumbrii (Effect of water temperature
on the spawning period of Atlantic and Pacific mackerels). Tr.
‘Kaliningradsk. Tekhn. Inst. Rybn. Prom., vol. 20, pp. 53-69.

Berg, L.S. 1940. Sistema ryboobraznykh i ryb, nyne zhivushchikh i
iskopaemykh (Classification of present and fossil ichthyoids and
fishes). Ezhegodn. Zool. Muzeya Akad. Nauk SSSR, 5, 2, 87-517, figs.
1-190.

Berg, L.S. 1948-1949. Ryby presnykh vod SSSR i sopredel’nykh stran. Izd.
4-e (Fresh-water Fishes of the Soviet Union and Adjoining Countries.
4th ed.). Tr. Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR, pt. 1: 466 pp, 281 figs.; pt.
2: pp. 469-925, figs. 288-674; pt. 3: pp. 929-1382, figs. 675-946; map.

Blackburn, M. 1965. Oceanography and the ecology of tunas. Oceanogr.
and Marine Biol. London, vol. 3, pp. 299-322.

Bleeker, P. 1854. Fauna ichthyologicae japonicae species novae, Nat.
Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., vol. 6, pp. 395-426.

Bleeker, P. 1854-1857. Nieuwe nalezingen op de ichthyologie van Japan,
Verh. Bat. Gen., vol. 26, pp. 1-132.

Bloch, M.E. 1795. Naturgeschichte der ausldndischen Fische, vol. 9,
pp. 1-192; Oder Allgemeine Naturgeschichte der Fische, vol. 12, pp.
1-192. Berlin.

Boeseman, M. 1947. Revision of the fishes collected by Burger and von
Siebold in Japan, Zool. Meded. (Leiden), vol. 28, pp. 1-242, pls. 1-5.

Bonaparte, C.L. 1837. Iconographia della fauna italica, per le quattro
classi degli animali vertebrati, 3, 2, Pesce. Roma.

Briggs, J.C. and F.H. Berry. 1959. The Draconettidae—a review of the
family with a description of a new species, Copeia, 2, pp. 123-133.
Brock, V.E. 1954. Some aspects of the biology of the aku, Katsuwonus

pelamis, in the Hawaiian Islands, Pacif. Sci., 8, 1, 94-104.

Brock, V.E. 1965. A review of the effects of the environment on tuna,
Spec. Publ. Internat. Commiss. North-West Atlant. Fish., vol. 6, pp.
75-92.

Bullis, H.R. and F.J. Mather. 1956. Tunas of the genus Thunnus of the
northern Caribbean, Amer. Mus. Novitates, vol. 1765, pp. 1-12.

542

Calkins, T.P. and W.L. Klawe, 1963. Synopsis of biological data on black
skipjack, Euthynnus lineatus Rishinouye, 1920, FAO. Fish. Repts.,
2, 6, 130-146.

Cavaliere, A. 1963. Studi sulla biologia a pesca di Xiphias gladius L..,
Boll. Pesca, Piscicolt. e Idrobiol., 18, 2, 143-170.

Chapman, W.M. and L.D. Townsend. 1938. The osteology of Zaprora
silenus Jordan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 11, 2, 89-117, figs. 1-10.
Cheeseman, T.F. 1876. Notes on the swordfish (Xiphias gladius), Trans.

New Zeal. Inst., vol. 8, pp. 219-220.

Chigirinskii, A.I. 1970. Raspredelenie ikry i lichinok stavridy i skumbrii
v Vostochno-Kitaiskom more (Distribution of the eggs and larvae of
horse mackerel in the East China Sea). Sb. Iss/edovaniya po Biologii i
Promyshlennoi Okeanografii. Vladivostok, pp. 67-77.

Chyung, M.K. 1961. I/lustrated Encyclopedia: The Fauna of Korea. 2.
Fishes. Ministry of Education, Korea (Seoul), vol. IV, 861 pp., 311 pls.
(72 col.), text-figs. (in Korean).

Clemens, H.B. 1961. The migration, age, and growth of Pacific albacore
(Thunnus germo), 1951-1958, Calif. Fish and Game, Fish Bull., vol.
115, pp. 1-128, 56 figs.

Clemens, H.B. 1962. A model of albacore migration in the North Pacific
Ocean. FAO. World Sci. Meet. Biol. Tunas, La Jolla, USA, sec. 4a, 5,
exp. paper 31, pp. 1-12.

Clemens, H.B. 1966. Tagging experiments on albacore and bluefin tuna in
the North Pacific. Proc. the Eleventh Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7.

Clemens, W.A. and’G.V. Wilby. 1961. Fishes of the Pacific coast of
Canada, Bull. Fish. Res. Bd., Canada, pp. 1-443, figs. 1-281, pl. 1.

Clemens, H.B. and R.A. Iselin. 1962. Food of Pacific albacore in the
California Fishery. FAO. World Sci. Meet. Biol. Tunas, La Jolla, USA,
sec. 5. exp. paper 30, pp. 1-13.

Clemens, H.B. and W.L. Craig. 1965. An analysis of Californian albacore
fishery, Calif. Fish and Game, Fish Bull., vol. 128, pp. 1-301,-176 figs.

Clemens, H.B. and G.A. Flittner. 1969. Bluefin tuna migrate across the
Pacific Ocean, Calif. Fish and Game, 55, 2, 132-135, 2 figs.

Clothier, Ch.R. 1950. A key to some southern California fishes based
on vertebral characters, Calif. Fish and Game, Fish Bull., vol. 79,
pp. 1-83, pl. 23, text-figs, 1-21.

Collette, B.B. 1962. A preliminary review of the tunas of the genus
Thunnus. In: Pacific Tuna Biology Conference August 14-17, 1961,
Honolulu, Hawaii, U.S. Fish and Wildl. Surv., Spec. Sci. Rep., Fish.,
vol. 415, no. 24.

Collette, B.B. 1966. The genera of scombrid fishes. Proc. the Eleventh
Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7

543

Collette, B.B. and R.H. Gibbs. 1963. Preliminary field guide to the
mackerel and tuna-like fishes of the Indian Ocean (Scombridae). Edit.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 5, Rotoprint, pp. 1-48, ill.

Copley, H. 1936. The swordfish of the Indian Ocean, Ceylon Sea Anglers
Club Quart., vol. 1, pp. 19-23.

Cuvier, G. and A. Valenciennes. 1833. Histoire naturelle des poissons.
Paris, vol. 9, 512 pp.

Cuvier, G. and A. Valenciennes. 1837. Histoire naturelle des poissons.
Paris, vol. 12, 508 pp.

D’Aubenton, F. and M. Blanc. 1965. Etude systématique et biologique de
Scomberomorus sinensis (Lacépéde, 1802), Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat.,
Paris, 2nd ser., 37, 1, 233, figs. 1-5.

Davidoff, E.B. 1963. Size and year class composition of catch, age and
growth of yellowfin tuna in the eastern tropical Pacific Ocean, 1951-
1961, Bull. Inter-Amer. Trop. Tuna Comm., 250, 8, 201.

Dekhnik, T.V. 1959. Razmnozhenie i razvitie yaponskoi skumbrii
Pneumatophorus japonicus (Houttuyn) u beregov yuzhnogo Sakhalina
[Reproduction and development of chub mackerel Pneumatophorus
japonicus (Houttuyn)]. Jssled. Dal’nevost. Morei SSSR, 6, 2, 97-108,
figs. 1-3.

Deraniyagala, P.E. 1933. The Istiophoridae and Xiphiidae of Ceylon,

_ Spolia Zeylon, vol. 36, pp. 137-142.

Dotsu [Dotu], Y. 1954. On the life history of a goby, Chaenogobius
castanea O’Shaugnessy, Japan. J. Ichth., 3 (3/4), 5, 133-138, 4 figs.

Dotsu [Dotu], Y. and T. Takita. 1967. Induced spawning by hormone
operation, egg development, and larvae of blind gobioid fish,
Odontamlyopus rubicundus, Bull. Fac. Fisher. Nagasaki Univ., vol. 25,
pp. 135-144, 3 figs. :

Dotsu [Dotu], Y., S. Arima and S. Mito. 1965. The biology of eleotrid
fishes Eviota abax and Eviota zonura, Bull. Fac. Fisher. Nagasaki
Univ., vol. 18, pp. 41-49, 3 figs., 1 pl.

Dotu, Y. 1955a. On the life history of a gobioid fish, Eutaeniichthys
gilli Jordan and Snyder, Bull. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, vol. 16-19, pp.
338-344, 6 figs.

Dotu, Y. 1955b. The life history of a goby, Chaenogobius urotaenia (Hilg.),
Sci. Rep. Fac. Agric. Kyushu Univ., 15, 3, 367-374.

Dotu, Y. 1957a. A new species of goby with a synopsis of the species of
the genus Luciogobius Gill and its allied genera, J. Fac. Agric. Kyushu
Univ., 11, 1, 69-76, 1 pl.

Dotu, Y. 1957b. The life history of the goby Luciogobius guttatus Gill,
Sci. Bull. Fac. Agric. Kyushu Univ., 16, 1, 93-100, 6 figs.

Dotu, Y. 1957c. On the bionomics and life history of the eellike goby,

544

Odontamblyopus rubicundus (Hamilton), Sci. Bull. Fac. Agric. Kyushu
Univ., 16, 1, 101-110, 9 figs.

Dotu, Y. 1957d. The bionomics and life history of the goby Triaenopogon
barbatus (Giinther) in the innermost part of Ariake, Sci. Bull. Fac.
Agric. Kyushu Univ., 16, 2, 261-274.

Dotu, Y. 1958a. The bionomics and life history of two gobioid fishes,
Tridentiger undicervicus and Tridentiger trigonocephalus (Gill) in
the innermost part of Ariake Sound, Sci. Bull. Fac. Agric. Kyushu
Uniy., 16, 3, 343-358, 7 figs.

Dotu, Y. 1958b. The bionomics and larvae of the two gobioid fishes,
Ctenotrypauchen microcephalus (Bleeker) and Taenioides cirratus
(Blyth), Sci. Bull. Fac. Agric. Kyushu Univ., 16, 3, 371-380, 4 figs.

Dotu, Y. 1959. The life history and bionomics of the gobiid fish Aboma
lactipes (Hilgendorf), Bull. Fac. Fisher. Nagasaki Univ., vol. 8, pp.
196-201, 3 figs., pl. 19.

Dotu, Y. 196la. The bionomics and life history of the gobioid fish
Rhinogobius giurinus (Rutter), Bull. Fac. Fisher. Nagasaki Uae vol.
10, pp. 120-125, 2 figs. pl. 16.

Dotu, Y. 1961b. The bionomics and life history of the gobioid fish
Apocryptodon bleekeri (Day), Bull. Fac. Fisher. Nagasaki Uniy., vol.
10, pp. 133-139, 2 figs. pl. 28.

Dotu, Y. 1963. On the blind gobioid fish, Luciogobius albus Regan, Zool.
Mag., Tokyo, vol. 72, pp. 1-5, 3 figs.

Dotu, Y. and S. Mito. 1955. On the breeding habits, larvae, and young
of a goby, Acanthogobius flavimanus (Temm. et Schl.), Japan. J.
Ichth., 4, 4 (5, 6), 153-161, 5 figs.

Dotu, Y. and S. Mito. 1958. The bionomics and life history of the gobioid
fish Luciogobius saikaiensis Dotu, Sci. Bull. Fac. Agric. Kyushu uniy.,
16, 3, 419-426, fig. 1, pl. 20.

Dotu, Y. and S. Fujita. 1959. The bionomics and life history of the eleotrid
fish Eleotris oxycephala Temm. et Schl., Bull. Fac. Fisher. Nagasaki
Uniy., vol. 8, pp. 191-196, pl. 18.

Dotu, Y. and T. Tsutsumi. 1959. The reproductive behavior in the gobiid
fish Pterogobius elapoides (Gunther), Bull. Fac. Fisher. Nagasaki
Univ., vol. 8, pp. 186-190, fig. 1, pl. 16.

Dotu, Y. and S. Mito. 1963. The bionomics and life history of the eleotrid
fish Asteropteryx semipunctatus Ruppell, Bull. Fac. Fisher. Nagasaki
Univ., vol. 15, pp. 10-16, 3 figs., 1 pl.

Dotu, Y., S. Mito and M. Ueno. 1955. The life history of a goby,
Chastirishthys hexanema Bleeker, Sci. Bull. Fac. Agric. Kyushu Cran’
15, 3, 359-365, 33 figs.

Duncker, G. and E. Mohr. 1939. Revision der Ammodytidae, Mitt. Zool.
Mus. Berlin, 24, 1, 8-31, 4 figs.

545

Ehrenbaum, E. 1924. Scombriformes, Rep. Danish Oceanogr. Exped.,
1908-1910, 2, Biology, A, 11, 1-42, figs. 1-10.

Einarsson, H. 1951. The postlarval stages of sand eels (Ammodytidae) in
Faeroe, Iceland, and W. Greenland waters, Acta Natur. Islandica,
Reykjavik, 1, 7, 1-75, 54 figs., 2 pls.

Enami, A. and Y. Dotu. 1961. Transplantation of the gobioid fish
Boleophthalmus chinensis (Osbeck) from the inner part of Ariake
Sound to Fukuoka City, Bull. Fac. Fisher. Nagasaki Univ., vol. 10, pp.
141-147, pls. XIX-XXI.

Eschmeyer, W.N. 1963. A deep-water-trawl capture of two swordfish
(Xiphias gladius) in the Gulf of Mexico, Copeia, 3, p. 590.

Esipov, B.V. 1928. O tuntsakh (The tunas). Ukrain’skii Mislivets’ta
Ribalka, vol. 1, pp. 67-68.

Euphrasen, B.A. 1788. Beskrifning Pa trenne fiskar, Vetensk. Akad. Nya
Handl. Stockholm, vol. 9, pp. 51-55, pl. 9.

Fedorova, L.P. 1968. Nekotorye dannye o morfologicheskikh osobenno-
styakh i raspredelenii ikry i lichinok vostochnoi skumbrii (Some
observations on the morphological peculiarities and distribution of
the eggs and larvae of the Japanese mackerel). Rybnoe Khozyaistovo,
vol. 4, pp. 14-15.

Fink, B.D. 1966. Tuna tagging in the eastern tropical Pacific Ocean. Proc.
the Eleventh Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7.

Fitch, J.E. 1960. Swordfish, Xiphias gladius, Calif. Fish and Game, pp.

. 63-64, 2 figs.

Fitch, J.E. and P.M. Roedel. 1963. A review of the frigate mackerels
(genus Auxis) of the world, FAO, Fish Repts., 3, 6, 1329-1342.
Flittner, G.A. 1966. Bluefin tuna in the North Pacific Ocean. Proc. the

Eleventh Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7.

Fowler, H.W. 1933. Description of a new long-finned tuna (Semathunnus
guildi) from Tahiti, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. 85,
pp. 163-164, pl. 12. .

Fowler, H.W. 1936. The marine fishes of West Africa, Bull. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist., 70, 2, 607-1493.

Fowler, H.W. 1943. Description and figures of new fishes obtained in
Philippine seas and adjacent waters by the U.S. Bur. Fish. Steam.
Albatross. Contrib. to the biology of the Philipp. arch. and adjc.
waters, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 100 (14, 1), 53-91, figs. 4-25.

Fowler, H.W. 1958-1962. A synopsis of the fishes of China, Quart. J.
Taiwan Mus. Part VIII. Blennioid and related fishes, 1958, 11, 3-4,
147-339, figs. 1-47; 1959, 12, 1-2, 67-97, 9 figs.; Part IX. Gobioid
fishes, 1960, 13, 3-4, 91-161, figs. 1-31; 1961, 14, 1-2, 49-87, figs. 32-
50; 3-4, 203-250, figs. 51-71; 1962, 15, 1-2, 1-77, figs. 72-92.

546

Fowler, H.W. and B.A. Bean. 1929. The fishes of the series Capriformes,

Ephippiformes, and Squamipennes, collected by the U.S. Bur. Fish.
_ Steam. Albatross chiefly in Philipp. seas and adjc. waters, Bull. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 100, 8, 1-352, figs. 1-25.

Franz, V. 1910. Die japanischen Knochenfische der Sammlungen Haberer
und Doflein, Abhandi. Math.-Phys. Klasse. Akad. Wiss., 4 supple.,
vol. 1, pp. 1-135, pls. 1-11.

Fraser-Brunner, A. 1949. On the fishes of the genus Euthynnus, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist.,(12) 2, 622-627, 2 text-figs.

Fraser-Brunner, A. 1950. The fishes of the family Scombridae, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist.,(12) 3, 131-163, figs.

Frey, H.W. (ed.). 1971. California’s living marine resources and their
utilization, California Fish and Game, pp. 1-148 (82-92).

Fujino, K. 1966. Instructions for collecting blood and serum samples from
tuna fish, FAO, Fish. Circ., no. 26, pp. 1-5.

Fujino, K. 1967. Review of subpopulation studies on skipjack tuna, Proc.
West. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., vol. 47, pp. 349-371.

Fujino, K. 1969a. Atlantic skipjack tuna genetically distinct from Pacific
specimens, Copeia, 3, pp. 626-629, 2 figs.

Fujino, K. 1969b. Skipjack subpopulation identified by genetic charac-
teristics in the western Pacific. Proc. Coop. Study Kuroshio and Adjac.
Reg. Symp. Honolulu, Hawaii, 29, 1968.

Fujino, K. and T. Kang. 1968a. Serum esterase groups of Pacific and
Atlantic tunas, Copeia, 1, 56-63.

Fujino, K. and T. Kang. 1968b. Transferring groups of tuna, Genetics,
vol. 59, pp. 79-91.

Fujino, K. and T. Kazama. 1968. The “Y”-system of skipjack tuna blood -
groups, Vox Sanguinis, 14, 5, 383-395.

Geft, V.N. 1970. Dannye po biologicheskoi Kharakteristike i raspro-
deleniyu zheltoperogo tuntsa v priekvatorial’noi chasti Tikhogo
okeana (On the biological characteristics and distribution of yellowfin
tuna in the equatorial Pacific). In: Sb. [ss/edovanie Biologii i Promy-
shlennoi Okeanografii. Vladivostok, pp. 49-57.

Gehringer, J.W. 1956. Observations on the development of the Atlantic
sailfish [stiophorus americanus (Cuvier) with notes on an unidentified
species of istiophorid, Fish. Bull. Fish and Wildlife Serv., 57, Fishery
Bull., vol. 110, pp. 139-171.

Genovese, S. 1962. Sul regime alimentare di Thunnus thynnus (L.), Boll.
Pesca, Piscicolt. e Idrobiol., vol. 15, p. 2.

Gibbs, R.H. and B.B. Collette. 1966a. Comparative anatomy and
systematics of tunas, genus Zhunnus, Fish. Bull. U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Serv., 66, 1, 65-130, 35 figs.

547

Gibbs, R.H. and B.B. Collette. 1966b. The species of tunas. Genus
Thunnus. Proc. the Eleventh Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7.

Gilbert, C.H. 1904. Notes on fishes from the Pacific coast of North
America, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 3, Zool., 3, 9, 255-271, pls. 25-
29.

Gilbert, C.H. 1905. Fishes collected by the U.S. Fish. Steam. Albatross
in southern California in 1904, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 48, 2075, 305-
380, pls. 14-22, 24 figs.

Godsil, H.C. 1945. The Pacific tunas, Calif. Fish and Game, 31, 4, 185-194,
figs. 56-61.

Godsil, H.C. 1954. A descriptive study of certain tunalike fishes, Calif.
Fish and Game, Fish Bull., vol. 97, pp. 411-413.

Godsil, H.C. 1955. A description of two species of bonito, Sarda orientalis
and S. chiliensis and consideration of relationships within the genus,
Calif. Fish and Game, Fish Bull., vol. 99, p. 42.

Godsil, H.C. and R.D. Byers. 1944. A systematic study of the Pacific tunas,
Calif. Fish and Game, Fish Bull., vol. 60, pp. 1-131, figs. 1-71.
Godsil, H.C. and E.K. Holmberg. 1950. A comparison of the bluefin
tunas, genus Jhunnus, from New England, Australia, and California,

Calif. Fish and Game, Fish Bull., vol. 77, pp. 1-55, 15 figs.

Godsil, H.C. and E.C. Greenhood. 1951. A comparison of the populations
of yellowfin tuna, Neothunnus macropterus, from the eastern and
central Pacific, Calif. Fish and Game, Fish Bull., vol. 82, pp. 1-32.

Golenchenko, A.P. 1960. Mech-ryba (Swordfish). Priroda, vol. 4, p. 115.

Gorbunova, N.N. 1965a. O nereste skumkrievidnykh ryb (Pisces,
Scombroidei) v _Tonkinskom zalive Yuzno-Kitaiskogo morya
[Spawning of scombroids (Pisces, Scombroidei) in the Gulf of Tonkin
of the South China Sea]. Tr. Inst. Okeanol. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 80,
pp. 165-176.

Gorbunova, N.N. 1965b. O nakhozhdenii lichinok skumbriovidnykh ryb
(Pisces, Scombroidei) v vostochnoi chasti Indiiskogo okeana [Distri-
bution of the larvae of scombroids (Pisces, Scombroidei) in the
eastern part of the Indian Ocean]. 7r. Inst. Okeanol. Akad. Nauk
SSSR, vol. 80, pp. 32-35, 2 figs.

Gorbunova, N.N. 1965c. Srokii usloviya razmnozheniya skumkriovidnykh
tyb (Pisces, Scombroidei) [Periods and conditions of reproduction of
scombroids (Pisces, Scombroidei)]. Tr. Inst. Okeanol. Akad. Nauk
SSSR, vol. 80, pp. 36-61.

Gorbunova, N.N. 1969a. Raiony razmnozheniya i pitanie lichinok mech-
tyby [Xiphias gladius L. (Pisces, Xiphiidae)] [Areas of reproduction
and feeding of the larvae of swordfish, Xiphias gladius L. (Pisces,
Xiphiidae)]. Vopr. Ikhtiologii, 9, 3, 474-488.

548

Gorbunova, N.N. 1969b. O dvukh tipakh lichinok makerelevidnogo tuntsa
roda Auxis (Pisces, Scombroidei)[Two types of larvae of the frigate
mackerel, genus Auxis (Pisces, Scombroidei)]. Vopr. Ikhtiologii, 9
6, 1036-1046.

Gosline, W.A. 1955. The osteology and relationships of certain gobioid
fishes, with particular reference to the genera Kraemeria and
Microdesmus, Pacif. Sci., 9, 2, 158-170.

Gosline, W.A. 1960. Hawaiian lava-flow fishes, pt. 4. Snyderidia canina
Gilbert, with notes on the osteology of ophidioid families, Pacif. Sci.,
14, 4, 373-381.

Gosline, W.A. 1963. Notes on the osteology and systematic position of
Hypoptychus dybowskii Steindachner and other elongated Perciformes
fishes, Pacific Sci., 17, 1, 90-101, 8 figs.

Gosline, W.A. 1968. The suborders of perciform fishes, Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus., 124, 3647, 1-78 (17-28, 65).

Graham, J. and J. McGary. 1961. Investigation of the potential albacore
resource of the central North Pacific, Comm. Fish. Rey., 23, 11, 1-7,
ill.

Gratsianov, V.I. 1907. Opyt obzora ryb Rossiskoi imperii v sistema-
ticheskom i geograficheskom otnoshenii (Attempt at a taxonomic and
geographic review of fishes from the Russian empire). Tr. Otdela
Ikhtiologii Russkogo Obshchestava Akklimatizatsii Zhivotnykh i
Rastenii, vol. 4, pp. i-xxx+1-567.

Gregory, W.R. and G.M. Conrad. 1937. The comparative osteology of
swordfish (Xiphias) and sailfish Ustiophorus), Amer. Mus. Novitates,
vol. 952, pp. 1-25, 12 figs.

Grey, M. 1953. Fishes of the family Gempylidae, with records of
Nesiarchus and Epinnula from the western Atlantic and descriptions
of two new subspecies of Epinnula orientalis, Copeia, 3, pp. 135-141.

Grey, M. 1955. The fishes of the genus Tetragonurus Risso, Dana Rep.,
vol. 41, pp. 1-75, 16 figs.

Grey, M. 1960. Description of a western Atlantic specimen of
Scombrolabrax heterolepis Roule, and notes on fishes of the family
Gempylidae, Copeia, pp. 210-215, 8 figs.

Grinols, R.B. 1969. Atlantic skipjack tuna, genetically distinct Pacific
specimens, Copeia, 3, pp. 626-629.

Gudger, E.W. 1938. Tales of attacks by the ocean gladiator: How the
swordfish Xiphius gladius wrecks occasional vengeance by spearing
the dories of the fishermen who persecute him, Proc. U.S. Nat. Hist.,
vol. 41, pp. 128-137. -

Guitart, N.D. 1964. Biologia pesquera dei Emperador o Pez de Espada,
Xiphias gladius Linnaeus (Telostomi: Xiphiidae en las Aguas de

b)

549

Cuba), Acad. Ciencias Republica Cuba. Poeyana Instituto de Biologia,
ser. 2, 1, 37, figs. 1-16, pls.

Haedrich, R.L. 1967. The stromateoid fishes: Systematics and a
classification, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Univ., Cambridge,
135, 2, 31-139, 56 figs.

Haedrich, R.L. 1969. A new family of aberrant stromateoid fishes from
the equatorial Indo-Pacific, Dana Rep., vol. 76, pp. 1-14, 10 figs. -

Hamre, J. 1963. Size and composition of tuna stocks, FAO. Fish. Rep.,
3, 6, 1023-1039.

Hennemuth, R. 1961. Year class, abundance, mortality, and yield per
recruit of yellowfin tuna in the Eastern Pacific Ocean, 1954-1959,
Bull. Inter-Amer. Trop. Tuna Comm., 6, 1, 3-32, ill.

Herre, A.W. 1927. Gobies of the Philippines and the China Sea, Bureau
of Science. Manila. Monograph., 23, 1, 1-352, 6 figs., pls. 1-30.
Herzenstein, S. i890. Ichthyologische Bemerkungen aus dem Zoologis-
chen Museum der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften,
Meélanges Biologiques Tirés du Bulletin de |’Académie Impériale des
Sciences de St. Pétersbourg, vol. XIII, 1, 113-126; 2, 1890, 127-141; 3,

1892, 219-235.

Higgins, B.E. 1967. The distribution of juveniles of four species of tunas
in the Pacific Ocean. FAO. Proc. Indo-Pac-Fish. Council., Bangkok, 12
Sess., sect. 2, pp. 79-99, figs. 1-2.

Hikita, T. 1950. Notes on the fish fauna of Volcano Bay in Hokkaido. I,
Sci. Rep. Hokkaido Fish. Hatchery, 5, 2, 1-13.

Hikita, T. 1952. Notes on the fishes and aquatic animals found in Lake
Notoro in Hokkaido, Sci. Rep. Hokkaido Fish. Hatchery, 7, 1/2, 1-18,
3 pls.

Hikita, T. and T. Hikita. 1950. On a new wrymouth fish found in Japan,
Japan. J. Ichth., 1, 2, 140-142, fig. 1.

Hobbs, K.L. 1929. A new species of Centrolophus from Monterey Bay,
California, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 19, 20, 460-461.

Honma, Y. 1952. A list of the fishes collected in the province of Echigo,
including Sado Island, Japan. J. Ichth., 2,3, 138-145; 2, 4-5, 220-229.

Honma, Y. 1954-1957. On the rare bottom fishes found in the vicinity of
Echigo Province and Sado Island in the Sea of Japan. I, J. Fac. Sci.
Niigata Univ., 1954, 2, 1, 1-5; II—1. c., 1955, 2, 2, 45-48; III-1. c.,
1957, 2, 4, 103-109, 6 figs.

Honma, Y. 1955-1957. A list of the fishes found in the vicinity of Sado
Marine Biological Station. I, J. Fac. Sci. Niigata Univ. (2), 1955,
2, 2, 49-60; II-1. c., 1956, 2, 3, 79-87; III—1. c., 1957, 2, 4, 111-116.

Honma, Y. 1956. On the thyroid gland of the sailfish, Histiophorus
orientalis (Temminck and Schlegel), Bull. Japan. Soc. Sci. Fish., 21,
9, 1016-1018, 2 figs.

550

Honma, Y. 1957. On the pituitary gland of a northern Japanese blenny,
Stichaeus grigorjewi Herzenstein, Japan. J. Ichth., 5, 3-6, 93-98,
figs. 1-2.

Honma, Y. 1963. Fish fauna (Agnatha, Chondrichthyes, Osteichthyes) of
Sado Island, Sea of Japan, Publ. Sado Mus., vol. 5, pp. 12-32.

Honma, Y. and Ch. Sugihara. 1963. A revised list of the blennioid and
ophidioid fishes of the suborder Blenniina obtained from the waters
of Sado Island, including the area of Yamagata Prefecture, Sea of
Japan, Bull. Sado Mus.; vol. 11, pp. 5-9.

Honma, Y. and T. Kitami. 1967. A list of the fishes found in the vicinity
of Sado Marine Biological Station. IV, Sci. Rep. Niigata Univ., Ser.
D (Biol.). vol. 4, pp. 59-74, figs. 1-10.

Honma, Y. and T. Kitami. 1970. List of fishes in the vicinity of Sado
Mar. Biol. Stat., Sci. Rep. Niigata Univ., ser. D (Biol.), vol 7,
pp. 63-86.

Honma, Y.R., R. Mizusawa and M. Okiyama. 1972. Further additions to
“A list of the fishes in the province of Echigo, including Sado Island.”
IX. Bull. Biogeograph. Soc. Japan, 28, 4, 47-57.

Honma, Y. et al. 1955-1972. Further additions to “A list of the fishes
collected in the province of Echigo, including Sado Island.” I, Japan.
J. Ichth., 1955, 4, 4-6, 212-217, 2 figs.; II—1. c., 4, 4-6, 218-222;
IlI—1. c., 4, 4-6, 223-228; IV—1. c., 1956, 1-2, 59-60; V—1. c., 1957,
6, 4-6, 109-112; VI—1. c., 1959, 7, 5-6, 139-144; VII—1. c., 1962, 9,
1-6, 127-134; VIII—1. c., 1966, 14, 1-3, 53-61; IX. Bull. Biogeograph.
Soc. Japan, 1972, 28, 4, 47-57.

Hotta, H. 1955. Seasonal distribution and growth of the frigate mackerel
Auxis tapeinosoma Bleeker along the Pacific coast of Japan, Bull.
Tohoku Reg. Fish. Res. Lab., vol. 4, pp. 120-126.

Hotta, H., T. Abe and Y. Takashima. 1958. Notes on the head bones of
Japanese mackerels of the genus Pneumatophorus, Bull. Tohoku Reg.
Fish. Res. Lab., vol. 12, pp. 101-105, 2 figs.

Hubbs, C.L. 1927. Notes on the blennioid fishes of western North America.
Papers Michigan Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 7 (1926), 351-394.

Hubbs, Cl. 1944. Species of the circumtropical fish genus Brotula, Copeia,
3, pp. 162-173.

Hubbs, Cl. 1952. A contribution to the classification of blennioid fishes
of the family Clinidae, with a partial revision of the eastern Pacific
forms, Bull. Stanford Univ., Ichth., 4, 2, 42-165, figs. 1-64.

Hubbs, Cl. 1953. Revision and systematic position of blennioid fishes
of the genus Neoclinus, Copeia, 1, pp. 11-23, figs. 1-16.

Hubbs, C.L. and R.L. Wisner, 1953. Food of marlin in 1951 off San Diego,
California, Calif. Fish and Game, 39, 1, 127-133, fig. 1, pl. 1.

551

IV’in, B.S. 1927. Opredelitel’ bychkov (fam. Gobiidae) Azovskogo i
ch:nogo morei [Identification of gobies (family Gobiidae) from the
Azcv and Black seas]. Tr. Azovsko-Chernom. Nauchno-Prom. Eksp.,
vol. 2, pp. 126-143, 1 pl. fig.

Imamura, T. and S. Hashitani. 1957. On the food habits of four fishes
in Marsh Hinuma, Bull. Fac. Lib. Arts. Ibaraki Univ. Nat. Sci., vol.
7, pp. 45-56. ;

Inoue, Motoo, Amano Ryohei, Iwasaki Yukinoba and Yamauti Minoru.
1968. Studies on environments alluring skipjack and other tunas. II.
On the driftwoods accompanied by skipjack and tunas, Bull. Japan.
Soc. Sci. Fish., 34, 4, 283-287.

Ishigaki, T. and Y. Kaga. 1957. Fishery biological studies of sandlance
(Ammodytes personatus Girard) in waters around Hokkaido. I.
Especially on the structure of the population, Bull. Hokkaido Reg.
Fish. Res. Lab., vol. 16, pp. 13-38.

Ishikawa, A.C. 1904. Notes on some new or little-known fishes of Japan.
I, Proc. Dept. Nat. Hist., Tokyo Imp. Mus., 6, 1, 1-17, 7 pls.

Ito, Shoichi. 1970. Marine fauna of Teradomari coast, Niigata Prefecture,
Bull. Niigata Pref. Biol. Soc. Educ., vol. 6, pp. 21-36.

Iversen, E.C. 1956. Size variation of central and eastern Pacific yellowfin
tuna, U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish., 174:00 [sic].

Iversen, R.T.B. 1962. Food of albacore tuna, Thunnus germo (Lacépéde)
in the central and northeastern Pacific, U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv.
Fish. Bull., 62, 214, 459-481.

Iwai, T. 1963. Sensory capulae found in newly hatched larvae of Blennius
yatabei Jordan and Snyder, Bull. Japan. Soc. Sci. Fish., vol. 29, pp.
503-506, 2 figs.

Iwai, T. and I. Nakamura. 1964a. Branchial skeleton of the bluefin tuna,
with special reference to the gill rays, Bull. Nisaki Mar. Biol. Inst.,
Kyoto Univ., vol. 6, pp. 21-25, 1 fig.

Iwai, T. and I. Nakamura. 1964b. Olfactory organs of tunas with special
reference to their systematic significance, Bull. Misaki Mar. Biol.
Inst., Kyoto Univ., vol. 7, pp. 1-8, 3 figs.

Iwai, T., J. Nakamura and K. Matsubara. 1965. Taxonomic study of tunas,
Misaki Mar. Biol. Inst., Kyoto Univ., Spec. Rep., vol. 2, pp. 1-51,
figs. 1-24.

Jensen, A.S. 1952. Recent finds of Lycodinae in Greenland waters, Medd.
Greenland, 142, 7, 1-28, 2 pls.

Johnson, C.R. 1971. Revision of the callionymid fishes referable to the
genus Callionymus from Australian waters, Mem. Queensland Mus.,
16, 1, 103-140, 26 figs.

552

Jones, S. 1958. Notes on eggs, larvae, and ‘juveniles of fishes from Indian
waters. I. Xiphius gladius Linnaeus, Indian J, Fish., 5, 2, 357-361.

Jones, S. 1961. Notes on eggs, larvae, and juveniles of fishes from Indian
waters, Indian J. Fish., 8, 1, 107-120, figs. 1-15.

Jones, S. 1962. Distribution of larval billfishes (Xiphiidae and Istio-
phoridae) in the Indo-Pacific with special reference to the collections
made by the Danish Dana Expedition. Proc. Symp. Scombroid Fishes,
Mar. Biol. Ass. India, pt. I, pp. 483-498.

Jones, S. 1963. Synopsis of biological data on the northern bluefin tuna
Kishinoella tonggol (Bleeker) 1851 (Indian Ocean), FAO. Fish. Rep.,
vol. 2, pp. 862-876.

Jones, S. and E.G. Silas. 1960. Indian tunas. A preliminary review with
a key for their identification, Indian J. Fish., 7, 2, 369-393, 15 figs.

Jones, S. and E.G. Silas. 1962. On fishes of the subfamily Scombero-
morinae (family Scombridae) from Indian waters, Indian J. Fish., 8, 1,
189-206, 9 figs. ‘

Jones, S. and M. Kumaran. 1963. Distribution of larval tuna collected
by the Carlsberg Foundation’s Dana Expedition (1928-1930) from
the Indian Ocean, FAO. Fish. Rept., 3, 6, 1753-1774.

Jones, S. and E.G. Silas. 1963. Synopsis of biological data on skipjack
Katsuwonus pelamis (L.) 1758 (Indian Ocean), FAO. Fish. Rep., 2, 6,
663-694.

Jordan, D.S. (1902) 1903. Supplementary note on Bleekeria mitsukurii and
on certain Japanese fishes, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 26, pp. 693-696,
3 figs. 1 pl.

Jordan, D.S. and B.W. Evermann. 1896-1900. Fishes of North and Middle
America, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 47, 1-4, ccxiv, 1-3313, pls. 1-392.

Jordan, D.S. and B.W. Evermann. 1926. A review of the giant
mackerellike fishes, tunnies, spearfishes, and swordfishes. Occasion.
Papers. Calif, Acad. Sci., vol. 12, pp. 1-113, figs.

Jordan, D.S., B.W. Evermann and H.W. Clark. 1930 (1928). Check list of
fishes and fishlike vertebrates of North and Middle America north of
the northern boundary of Venezuela and Colombia, Rep. U.S.
Comm. Fisher., 2, 1, 1-670.

Jordan, D.S. and H.W. Fowler. 1902a. A review of the Chaetodontidae
and related families of fishes found in the waters of Japan, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., vol. 25, p. 560.

Jordan, D.S. and H.W. Fowler. 1902b. A review of the ophidioid fishes
of Japan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 25, pp. 743-766, figs. 1-6.
Jordan, D.S. and H.W. Fowler. 1903. A review of dragonets
(Callionymidae) and related fishes of Japan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,

vol. 26, pp. 939-959.

553

Jordan, D.S. and C.L. Hubbs. 1925. Records of fishes obtained by D.S.
Jordan in Japan, 1922, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 10, 2, 93-346, 7 pls.

Jordan, D.S. and C.W. Metz. 1913. A catalog of the fishes known from the
waters of Korea, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 6, 1, 1-65, 65 figs. pls. 1-10.

Jordan, D.S..and A. Seale. 1906. Descriptions of six new species of fishes
from Japan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 30, pp. 143-148, 6 figs.

Jordan, D.S. and J.O. Snyder. 1900. A list of fishes collected in Japan
by Keinosuke Otaki and the United States Fish Commission Steamer
Albatross, with descriptions of fourteen new species, Proc. U.S. Nat.

_ Mus., vol. 23, pp. 335-380, IX-XX.

Jordan, D.S. and J.O. Snyder. 190la. Descriptions of nine new species
of fishes contained in museums of Japan, J. Coll. Sci. Univ., Tokyo,
15, 2, 301-311, pls. XV-XVII.

Jordan, D.S. and J.O. Snyder, 1901b. List of fishes collected in 1883
and 1885 by Pierre Louis Jouy and preserved in the United States
National Museum, with descriptions of six new species, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., vol. 23, pp. 739-769, figs. 31-38.

Jordan, D.S. and J.O. Snyder. 1901c. A review of the gobioid fishes of
Japan, with descriptions of twenty-one new species, Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus., vol. 24, pp. 33-132, 33 figs.

Jordan, D.S. and J.0. Snyder. 1902a. A. review of the blennioid fishes
of Japan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 25, pp. 441-504, figs. 1-28.

Jordan, D.S. and J.O. Snyder. 1902b. Oncertain species of fishes confused
with Bryostemma polyactocephalum, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 25, pp.
613-618, figs. 1-3.

Jordan, D.S. and J.O. Snyder. 1904. Notes on the collections of fishes
from Oahu Island and Laysan Island, Hawaii, with descriptions of four

_ hew species, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 27, pp. 939-948.

Jordan, D.S. and E.Ch. Starks. 1895 (1896). Fishes of the Puget Sound,
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (2), 5, 2, 785-855, pls. 57-63.

Jordan, D.S. and E.C. Starks. 1905. On a collection of fishes made in
Korea by Pierre Louis Jouy, with descriptions of new species, Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 28, pp. 193-212.

Jordan, D.S. and S. Tanaka. 1927. Notes on new and rare fishes of the
fauna of Japan, Ann. Carnegie Mus., 17, 3/4, 385-394, pl. 34.
Jordan, D.S., S. Tanaka and J.0. Snyder. 1913. A catalogue of the fishes

of Japan, J. Coll. Sci. Univ., Tokyo, 33, 1, 1-431, 396 figs.

Jordan, D.S. and W.F. Thompson. 1914. Record of the fishes obtained in
Japan in 1911, Mem. Carnegie Mus., 6, 4, 205-313, pls. 24-42, 87 figs.

Joseph, J. 1963. Fecundity of yellowfin tuna (Thunnus albacares) and
skipjack (Katsuwonus pelamis) from the eastern Pacific Ocean, Bull.
Inter-Amer. Trop. Tuna Comm., 7, 4, 257-292, figs. tbls.

554

Joseph, J. 1966. Distribution and migration of yellowfin tuna. Proc.
the Eleventh Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7.

Joseph, J.F., G. Alverson, B. Fink and E.B. Davidoff. 1964. A review of
the population structure of yellowfin tuna, Thunnus albacares, in the
eastern Pacific Ocean, Bull. Inter-Amer. Trop. Tuna Comm., vol. 9,
pp. 55-112.

Kadzawara and Ito. 1953. Obraz zhizni Scombridae (Mode of life of
Scombridae). Fisher. Sci. Japan. ser. 7, pp. 1-131, 17 figs. (in
Japanese).

Kaganovskii, A.G. 1951. Migratsii skumbrii (Pneumatophorus japonicus)
v Yaponskow more [Migrations of chub mackerel (Pneumatophorus
japonicus) in the Sea of Japan]. Izv. Tikhookeansk Nauchno-Issled.
Inst. Rybn. Khoz. i Okeanografii. Vladivostok, vol. 35, pp. 61-79, figs.
1-4,

Kaganovskii, A.G., P.A. Starovoitov and I.V. Kizevetter. 1947. Skumbriya
(The Mackerel). Moscow. ;

Kamohara, T. 1938. Gemplyidae of Japan, Annot. Zool. Japan., 17, 1,
45-50, pl. Ill, figs. 1-4.

Kamohara, T. 1940. Scombroidei (exclusive of Carangiformes), Fauna
Nipponica, 152, 5, 1-225, figs. 1-102.

Kamohara, T. 1954. A review of the family Brotulidae found in the waters
of prov. Tosa, Japan, Rep. USA Mar. Biol. Stat., 1, 2, 1-14.

Kamohara, T. and T. Yamakawa. 1965. Fishes from Amami-Oshima and
adjacent regions, Rep. USA Mar. Biol. Stat., 12, 2, 1-27.

Kask, J.L. 1966. Future problems in tagging experiments on tunas and
billfishes. Proc. the Eleventh Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7.

Katayama, M. 1940. A catalogue of the fishes of Toyama Bay, Toyama
Haka Butsugaku-Koishi, vol. 3, pp. 1-28.

Katayama, M. 1941. A new blennioid fish from Toyama Bay, Zool. Mag.,
So h2s Soi=593 Wi hie

Katayama, M. 1943. On two new ophidioid fishes from the Sea of Japan,
Annot. Zool. Japan., 22, 2, 101-104, 2 figs.

Katayama, M. 1952a. Record of the fishes of northern Japan obtained off
Tajima, Bull. Educ. Yamaguchi Uniy., 2, 1, 1-7.

Katayama, M. 1952b. A record of Ariomma lurida Jordan and Snyder from
Japan, with notes on its systematic position Japan. J. Ichth., 2, 1,
31-34, 2 figs.

Katoh, G., I. Yamanaka, A. Ouchi and T. Ogata. 1956. Progress report
of cooperative research on trawl fishery resources in the Sea of Japan,
Bull. Japan Sea Reg. Fish. Res. Lab., vol. 4, pp. 1-330, figs. 1-148.

Khikita, T. and M. Khirosi [Hikita, T. and M. Hirosi]. 1952. Fishes of the
northwestern part of the Sea of Japan. Kom. po Issl. Ryby Promyshl.
Sey. Chasti Yaponskogo Morya. Otaru, pp. 1-70, 15 figs. (in Japanese).

555

Kikawa, S. 1962. Studies on the spawning activity of the Pacific tunas
Parathunnus mebachi and Neothunnus macropterus, by the gonad
index examination, Occ. Rep. Nankai Reg. Fish. Res. Lab., 1.

Kikawa, S. 1963a. Synopsis of biological data on bonito Sarda orientalis
Temminck and Schlegel, 1842, FAO. Fish. Rep., 2, 6, 147-156.

Kikawa, S. 1963b. Synopsis on the biology of the little tuna Euthynnus
yaito Kishinouye, 1923, FAO. Fish. Rep., 2, 6, 218-240.

Kikawa, S. 1966. Spawning potential of bigeye and yellowfin tuna. Proc.
the Eleventh Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7.

Kikawa, S. and M.G. Ferraro. 1967. Maturation and spawning of tunas in
the Indian Ocean. FAO. Proc. Indo-Pacific Fisher. Congress, 12 Sess.
Honolulu, vol. 2, pp. 65-78, figs. 1-6.

Kimuro. 1953. Migration of chub mackerel Pneumatophorus japonicus
(Houttuyn) on the basis of results of tagging in Japanese waters, Bull.
Japan. Soc. Sci. Fish., 19, 4, 415-423 (in Japanese).

King, Joseph E. and IJ. Ikehara. 1956. Comparative study of food of
bigeye and yellowfin tuna in the central Pacific, U.S. Fish. and Wildl.
Serv. Fish. Bull., 57, 108, 61-85.

Kishinouye, K. 1915. The tunnies, Proc. Sci. Fisher., Assoc. Tokyo, 1,
1, 1-24, pls.

Kishinouye, K. 1923. Contributions to the comparative study of the so-
called scombroid fishes, J. Coll. Agric. Univ., Tokyo, 8, 3, 293-475,
pls. 13-34, 26 text-figs.

Kitakata, M. 1957. Fishery biological studies of sandlances (Ammodytes
personatus Girard) in waters around Hokkaido. 2. On the age and
growth, Bull. Hokk. Reg. Fish. Res. Lab., vol. 16, pp. 39-48, 5 figs.,
pl.

Klawe, W.L. 1961. Notes on larvae, juveniles, and spawning of bonito
(Sarda) from the eastern Pacific Ocean, Pacific Sci., 15, 4, 487-493.

Klawe, W.L. and M.P. Miyake. 1967. An annotated bibliography on the
biology and fishery of the skipjack tuna Katsuwonus pelamis of the
Pacific Ocean, Bull. Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission, La
Jolla, California, 12, 4, 139-363.

Kner, R. 1868. Folge neuer Fische aus dem Museum der Herren Joh. Cas.
Godeffroy und Sohn in Hamburg, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss., 58, 1, 293-356,
figs. 1-9.

Kobayashi, K. 196la. Primary record of Psenes maculatus Liitken from
the Notrth Pacific, Bull. Fac. Fish., Hokkaido Univ., 11, 4, 191-194.

Kobayashi, K. 1961b. Young of the wolf-fish Anarhichas orientalis Pallas,
Bull. Fac. Fish. Hokkaido Univ., 12, 1, 1-4, ill.

Kobayashi, K. 196lc. Larvae and young of the sandlance Ammodytes
hexapterus Pallas from the North Pacific, Bull. Fac. Fisher. Hokkaido
Uniy., 12, 2,.111-120, 2 figs.

556

Kobayashi, K. 1962. Ichthyofauna of Oshoro Bay and adjacent waters,
Bull. Fac. Fisher. Hokkaido Uniy., 12, 4, 253-264, 1 fig.

Kobayashi, K. and T. Ueno. 1956. Fishes from the northern Pacific and
from Bristol Bay, Bull. Fac. Fish. Hokkaido Univ., 6, 4, 239-265, figs.
1-9

Kobayashi, K. and K. Abe. 1963. Studies of the larvae and young of fishes
from the boundary zones off the southeastern coast of Hokkaido,
Japan, Bull. Fac. Fish. Hokkaido Univ., [?], pp 165-179, 11 figs.

Kolesnikov, V.G., Yu.A. Torin and N.Z. Khlystoy. 1961. O vliyanii
okeanologicheskikh uslovii no respredelenii zheltoperogo tuntsa
(Effect of the oceanological conditions on the distribution of yellowfin
tuna). Balt. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. i Okeanografii
(BaltNIRO), vol. 7, pp. 31-34.

Koumans, F.P. 1953. Gobioidea. In: Fishes of the Indo Australian
Archipelago, edited by Weber and Beaufort, vol. 10, pp. 1-423, 95 figs.

Kramer, D. 1960. Development of eggs and larvae of Pacific mackerel and
distribution and abundance of larvae 1952-1956, Fish. Bull., 60, 174,
393-439, ill.

Kume, S. 1966. Distribution and migration of bigeye tuna in the Pacific
Ocean. Proc. the Eleventh Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7.

Kun, M.S. 1951. Pitanie skumbrii vy Yaponskom more (Food of mackerel
in the Sea of Japan). Izv. Tikhookeansk. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Morsk.
Rybn. Khoz. i Okeanografii. Vladivostok, vol. 34, pp. 67-79, figs. 1-3.

Kun, M.S. 1954. Osobennosti pitaniya segoletok i vzrosloi skumbrii
(Peculiarities in feeding of fingerlings and adult mackerel). Jz.
Tikhookeansk, Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Rybn. Khoz. i Okeanografii.
Vladivostok, vol. 42, pp. 95-108, figs. 1-5.

Kundlius, M. 1964. Raspredelenie, povedenie i sposoby lova skumbrii v
severo-zapadnoi chasti Tikhogo okeana (Distribution, behavior, and
methods of mackerel fishing in the northwestern part of the Pacific
Ocean). Rybnoe Khozyaistvo, vol. 12, pp. 9-13, figs. 1-4.

Kurogane, K. 1959. Morphometric comparison of the albacore from the
Indian and Pacific oceans, Rec. Oceanogr. Works Japan, 5, 1, 68-84,
ill.

La Monte, F.R. 1955. A review and revision of marlins of the genus
Makaira, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 107, 3, 319-358, 9 pls.
Latysh, L.V. and A.S. Sokolovskii. 1972. Materialy o pitanii lichinok,
val’kov i molodi skumbrii (Scomber japonicus Houttuyn) v zone
techniya Kuro-Sivo [On the food of larvae, fingerlings, and fry of chub
mackerel (Scomber japonicus Houttuyn) in the zone of the Kuru-
Shima Current]. Sb. Issledovanie Biologii Ryb i Promyehlennoi

Okeanografii. Viadivostok, pp. 114-120.

557

Lindberg, G.U. 1927. Promyslovye ryby Dal’nego Vostoka i ikh
ispol’zovanie (Commercial fishes of the Far East and _ their
utilization). Tr., 1-i Konf. po Izuch. Proizvod. Sil Dal’nego Vostoka.
Khabarovsk-Vladivostok, vol. 4, pp. 19-59.

Lindberg, G.U. 1936. Materialy po rybam Primor’ya (Data on fishes of
Primor’e). Tr. Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 3, pp. 393-407, figs.
1-10,

Lindberg, G.U. 1937. O sistematike i resprostranenii peschanok roda
Ammodpytes (Pisces) [Systematics and distribution of sand eels of the
genus Ammodytes (pisces)]. Vestn. Dal’nevost. Fil. Akad. Nauk SSSR.
Vladivostok, vol. 27, pp. 85-93.

Lindberg, G.U. 1938. O novykh rodakh i vidakh ryb sem. Blenniidae
(Pisces), blizkikh k rodu Anoplarchus [New genera and species of
fishes of the family Blenniidae (Pisces), close to the genus
Anoplarchus). Tr. Gidrobiol. Eksp. Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR na
Yaponskom More. Moscow-Leningrad, vol. 1, pp. 499-514, figs. 1-6.

Lindberg, G.U. 1947. Predveritel’nyi spisok ryb Yaponskogo morya
(Preliminary list of fishes of the Sea of Japan). Izy. Tikhookeansk.
Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Rybn. Khoz. i Okeanografii. Vladivostok. vol.
25, pp. 125-206.

Lindberg, G.U. 1955. O nakhozdenii rybki-drakochika Draculo mirabilis
Snyder (Pisces, Callionymidae) v zalive Pos’et u Vladivostoka
[Occurrence of Draculo mirabilis Snyder (Pisces, Callionymidae) in
Pos’et Bay off Vladivostok]. Tr. Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 18,
pp. 385-388.

Lindberg, G.U. 1971. Opredelitel’ i kharakteristika semeistv ryb mirovoi
fauny (Keys and Characteristics of the Fish aaa in World Fauna).
Leningrad, 470 pp., 986 figs.

Lindberg, G.U. and G.D. Dul’keit. 1929. Materialy po rybam
Shantarskogo morya (Data on fishes of Shantar Islet). Jz.
Tikhookeansk. Nauchno-Prom. St. Vladivostok, 3, 1, 1-140, ill., map.

Lindberg, G.U. and A.P. Andriyashev. 1938. Obzor'geograficheskikh form
dal’nevostochnogo bychka IJcelus spiniger Gilb. (Review of the
geographic forms of Icelus spiniger Gilb.). Tr. Gidrobiol. Eksp. Zool.
Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR na Yaponskom More. Moscow-Leningrad, vol.
1, pp. 515-525, figs. 1-4.

Lindberg, G.U. and M.I. Legeza. 1959. Ryby yaponskogo morya ‘i
sopredel’nykh chastei Okhotskogo i Zheltogo morei. I: Amphioxi,
Petromyzones, Myxini, Elasmobranchii, Holocephali (Fishes of the
Sea of Japan and Adjacent Parts of the Sea of Okhotsk and the Yellow
Sea. I: Amphioxi, Petromyzones, Myxini, Elasmobranchii, Holo-
cephali). Moscow-Leningrad, vol. 1, 207 pp., 108 figs.

558

Lindberg, G.U. and M.I. Legeza. 1965. Ryby yaponskogo morya i
sopredel’nykh chastei Okhotskogo i Tsheltogo morei. II. Teleostomi.
XII. Acipenseriformes—XXVIII. Polynemiformes (Fishes of the Sea
of Japan and Adjacent Parts of the Sea of Okhotsk and the Yellow Sea.
II: Teleostomi. XII. Acipenseriformes—XXVIII. Polynemiformes).
Moscow-Leningrad, vol. 2, 391 pp., 324 figs.

Lindberg, G.U. and Z.V. Krasyukova. 1969. Ryby Yaponskogo morya i
sopredel’nykh chastei Okhotskogo i Zheltogo morei. III. Teleostomi.
XXIX. Perciformes. 1. Percoidei (XC. Sem. Serranidae—CXLIV. Sem.
Champsodontidae) [Fishes of the Sea of Japan and Adjacent Parts of
the Sea of Okhotsk and the Yellow Sea. III: Teleostomi. XXIX:
Perciformes. 1 Percoidei (XC. Family Serranidae—CXLIV. Family
Champsodontidae)]. Leningrad, vol. 3, 480 pp., 431 figs.

Lindberg, G.U. and Z.V. Krasyukowa [Krasyukova]. Fishes of the Sea of
Japan and the Adjacent Areas of the Sea of Okhotsk and the Yeilow
Sea. Part III. Teleostomi. XXIX. Perciformes. 1. Percoidei (XC. Fam.
Serranidae—CXLIV. Fam. Champsodontidae). Jerusalem, 498 pp. 431
figs.

Lindberg, G.U. et al. 1959. Spisok fauny morskikh vod Yuzhnogo
Sakhalina in Yushnykh Kuril’skikh ostrovov (Fauna of the marine
waters of southern Sakhalin and the southern Kuril Islands). Jssled.
Dal’nevost Morei SSSR, vol. 6, pp. 173-257 (Ryby, pp. 247-256).

Lowe, R.T. 1843. Notices of fishes newly observed or discovered in
Madeira during the years 1840, 1841, and 1842, Proc. Zool. Soc.,
London, vol. 11, pp. 81-95.

Macleay, W. 1885. A remarkable fish from Lorde Howe Island, Proc.
Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. 10. pp. 718-720.

Magnuson, J.J. 1966. a comparative study of the function of continuous
swimming. Proc. the Eleventh Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7.

Magnuson, J.J. and J.H. Prescott. 1966. Courtship, locomotion, feeding,
and miscellaneous behaviour of Pacific bonito (Sarda chiliensis),
Animal Behaviour, 14, 1, 54-67, ill.

Maksimov, V.P. 1969. Pitani bol’sheglazogo tunstsa (Thunnus obesus
Lowe) i mech-ryby (Xiphias gladius L.) vostochnoi chasti tropicheskoi
Atlantiki [Food of bigeye tuna (Thunnus obesus Lowe) and swordfish
(Xiphias gladius L.) from the eastern part of the tropical Atlantic]. 7r.
Atlant. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. i Okeanografii, vol.
25, pp. 87-99.

Makushok, V.M. 1958. Morfologicheskie osnovy sistemy stikheevykh i
blizkikh k nim semeistv ryb (Stichaeoidae, Blennioidei, Pisces)
[Morphological basis for the classification of pricklebacks and closely
related fish families (Stichaeoidae, Blennioidei, Pisces)]. Tr.. Zool.
Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 25, pp. 1-129, figs. 1-83.

559

Makushok, V.M. 196la. Dopolnitel’nye dannye po morfologii i Sistema-
tike krivorotov (Cryptacanthodidae, Blennioidei, Pisces) [Additional
data on the morphology and classification of wrymouths (Cryptacan-
thodidae, Blennioidei, Pisces)]. Tr. Inst. Okeanol. Akad. Nauk SSSR,
vol. 43, pp. 184-197, figs. 1-4.

Makushok, V.M. 1961b. Nekotorye osobennosti stroeniya seismosen-
sornoi sistemy severnykh blenniid (Stichaeoidea, Blennioidei, Pisces)
[Some structural peculiarities of the seismosensory system of
northern blenniid fishes (Stichaeoidea, Blennioidei, Pisces)]. Tr. Inst.
Okeanol. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 43, pp. 225-269, figs. 1-9.

Makushok, V.M. 196l1c. Gruppa Neozoarcinae i ee mesto v sisteme
(Zoarcidae, Blennioidei, Pisces) [The Neozoarcinae group and its
place in classification (Zoarcidae, Blennoidei, Pisces)]. Tr. Inst.
Okeanol. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 43, pp. 198-224, figs. 1-6.

Manacop, P.R. 1958. A preliminary systematic study of the Philippine
chub mackerels, family Scombridae, genera Pneumatophorus and
Rastrelliger, Philipp. J. Fish., 4, 2, 79-101.

Markina, A.D. 1959. Nekotorye dannye po biologii stikheye Grigor’eva
(Some notes on the biology of Grigorev’s prickleback). J/zy.
Tikhookeansk. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Rybn. Khoz. i. Okeanografii.
Vladivostok, vol. 47, p. 188.

Marschal, E. 1963. Description des stades postlarvaires et juveniles
de Neothunnus albacora (Lowe) de 1’Atlantique tropico-oriental,
FAO. Fish. Rep., 3, 6, 1797-1811.

Martinsen, G.V., I.G. Smyslov and V.E. Tishin. 1965. Tuntsy, ikh
biologiya, promysel i obrabotka. Obzor (Tunas, Their Biology,
Fishery, and Processing. A Review). VNIRO, Moscow, 122 pp., 50
figs.

Mather, F.J. 1963a. Tunas (genus Thunnus) of the western North Atlantic.
Part II. Description, comparison and identification of species of
Thunnus based on external characters, FAO. Fish. Rep., 3, 6, 1155-
1457:

Mather, F. 1963b. Tunas (genus Thunnus) of the western North Atlantic.
Part III. Distribution and behavior of Thunnus species, FAO. Fish.
Rep., 3, 6, 1159-1161.

Mather, J. and R.H. Gibbs. 1958. Distribution of the Atlantic bigeye tuna,
Thunnus obesus, in the Caribbean Sea, Copeia, vol. 3, p. 237.
Mather, F.J. and H.A. Schuck. 1960. Growth of bluefin tuna of the
western North Atlantic, U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull., 61,

179, 39-52, 17 figs.

Mather, F.J. and M.R. Bartlett. 1966. Results of tagging experiments on
tunas and billfishes conducted by the Woods Hole Oceanographic
Institution. Proc. the Eleventh Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7.

560

ae K. 1932. A new blennioid fish from Tyosen, Bull. Japan. Soc.
SW HISHig sae 2. L351. fist

nae ed K. 1936, A new and a rare ophidioid fish from Japan, J. Imper.
Fish. Inst., 31, 2, 115-118, figs. 1-2.

Matsubara, R. 1943, Ichthyological annotations from the depth of he Sea
of Japan. I. On a new blennioid fish, Leptoclinus triocellatus, J.
Sigenkagaku Kenkyusyo, 1, 1, 37-40, fig. 1, pl. 1.

Matsubara, K. 1950. Identity of the wrymouth fish Lyconectes ezoensis
with Cryptacanthoides bergi, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 1, 3, 207.

Matsubara, K. 1953. On a new pearlfish, Carapus owasianus, with notes
on the genus Jordanicus Gilbert, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 3, 1, 29-32,
ill.

Matsubara, K. 1955. Fish Morphology and Hierarchy. Tokyo, 1605 pp., 267
text-figs., 135 pls., 461 figs. (in Japanese).

Matsubara, K. and T. Iwai. 195la. On an ophidioid fish, Petroschmidtia
toyamensis Katayama, with some remarks on the genus Petro-
schmidtia, Bull. Japan. Soc. Sci. Fish., Tokyo, 16, 12, 104-111, 5 figs.

Matsubara, K. and T. Iwai. 1951b. Lycodes japonicus, a new ophidioid
fish from Toyama Bay, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 1, 6, 368-375, ill.

Matsubara, K. and T. Iwai, 1952. Studies on some Japanese fishes of the
family Gempylidae, Pacific Science, 6, 3, 193-212, 12 figs.

Matsubara, K. and A. Ochiai. 1952. Two new blennioid fishes from Japan,
Japan. J. Ichthyol., 2, 4-5, 206-213, figs. 1-2.

Matsubara, K. and T. Iwai. 1958. Anatomy and relationships of the
Japanese fishes of the family Gempylidae, Mem. Coll. Agric. Kyoto
Univ. Fisher. ser., Spec. no., pp. 23-54, 14 figs.

Matsubara, K. and T. Iwai. 1959. Description of a new sandfish, Kraemeria
sexradiata, from Japan, with special reference to its osteology, J.
Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 49, pp. 27-32, 3 figs.

Matsumoto, W.M. 1959. Descriptions of Euthynnus and Auxis larvae from
the Pacific and Atlantic oceans and adjacent seas, Dana Rept., 9, 50,
1-34.

Matsumoto, W.M. 1960. Notes on the Hawaiian frigate mackerel of the
genus Auxis, Pacific Sci. Univ. Hawaii, 14, 2, 173-177, 3 figs.
Matsumoto, W.M. 1961. Collection and descriptions of juvenile tunas

from the central Pacific. [sic]

Matsumoto, W.M. 1966. Identification of tuna larvae. Proc. the Eleventh
Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7.

Matsumoto, W.M. et al. 1969. Pacific bonito (Sarda chiliensis) and
skipjack tuna (Katsuwonus pelamis) without stripes, Copeia, Dt Ops
397-398.

Matsumoto, W.M. et al. 1972. On the clarification of larval tuna

561

identification, particularly in the genus Thunnus, Inter-Amer. Trop.
Tuna Comm., Fish. Bull., 70, 1, 1-17, figs. 1-6, 5 tabs.

McAllister, D.E. 1968. Evolution of branchiostegals and classification
of teleostome fishes, Bull. Nat. Mus. Canada, vol. 221, pp. 1-239, 21
pls.

McAllister, D.E. and R.J. Krejsa. 1961. Placement of prowfishes,
Zaproridae, in the superfamily Stichaeoidae, Nat. Hist. Mus.,
Canada, vol. 11, pp. 1-4.

McHugh, J.L. 1952. The food of albacore (Germo alalunga) off California
and Baja, California, Bull. Scripps Inst. Oceanogr., Univ. Calif., 6,
4, 161-172, figs. 1-4.

Merrett, N.R. 1970. Gonad development in billfish (Istiophoridae) from
the Indian Ocean, J. Zool. London, vol. 160, pp. 355-370.

Merrett, N.R. and C.H. Thorp. 1965. A revised key to scombroid fishes

of East Africa, with new observations on their biology, Ann. Mag.
Natur. Hist., vol. 8, pp. 367-384.

Metelkin, L.J. 1957. Promysel tuntsov (Tuna Fishery). Vladivostok, 63

pp., 22 figs.

Miller, P.J. 1973. The osteology and adaptive features of Phvantobios
aspro (Teleostei, Gobioidei) and the classification of gobioid fishes,
J. Zool. London, vol. 171. pp. 397-434.

Mimura, K. 1964. Synopsis of biological data on yellowfin tuna
Neothunnus macropterus Temminck and Schlegel, 1842 (Indian
Ocean), FAO. Fish. Rep.\ 2, 6, 319-349.

Mimura, K. and Staff, 1962. Synopsis of biological data on yellowfin tuna
Neothunnus macropterus (Indian Ocean). World Sci. Meet. Biol.
Tunas, Calif., Spec. Synopsis, no. 10, pp. 2-14.

Miyazaki, J. 1940. Studies on the Japanese common goby, Acanthogobius
flavimanus (T. and S.), Bull. Japan. Soc. Sci. Fisher., 9, 4, 159-180
(in Japanese)

Moiseev, P.A. 1957. O biologicheskikh osnovakh rybmego khozyaistva v
zapadnvi chasti Tikhogo okeana (Biological basis of fisheries in the
western part of the Pacific Ocean). Dokl. II Plenuma Kom. Rybokhoz,
Issled. Zapadnoi Chasti Tikhogo Okeana, pp. 5-24.

Moore, H.L. 1951. Estimation of age and growth of yellowfin tuna
(Neothunnus macropterus) in Hawaiian waters by size frequencies,
U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull., 52, 65, 133-149.

Mori, T. 1952. Check list of the fishes of Korea, Mem. Hyogo Univ. Agric.,
1, 3, 1-228.

Mori, T. 1956a. Fishes of San-in District, including Oki Islands and its
adjacent waters (southern Sea of Japan), Mem. Hyogo Univ. Agric., 2,
3, 1-62.

562

Mori, T. 1956b. On the bottom fishes of Yamato Bank in the central Sea
of Japan, with descriptions of two new species, Sci. Rep. Hyogo Univ.
Averic. 22, NGG SCI. 129-02),

Mori, T. and K. Uchida. 1934. A revised catalogue of fishes of Korea,
J. Chosen Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 19, pp. 1-23 (in Japanese).

Morice, J. 1953a. Essai systématique sur les familles des Cybiidae,
Thunnidae et Katsuwonidae, poissons Scombroides, Rev. Trav. Off.
Péches Marit., 18, 1, 35-63, 10 figs.

Morice, J. 1953b. Un caractére systématique pouvant servir a séparer
les espéces de Thunnidae atlantiques, Rev. Trav. Off. Péches Marit.,
18, 1, 65-74, figs. 1-6.

Morrow, J. E. and S.J. Harbo. 1969. A revision of the sailfish genus
Istiophorus, Copeia, vol. 1, pp. 34-44, figs. 1-15.

Munro, I.S.R. (1948) 1950. The rare gempylid fish Lepidocybium
flavobrunneum (Smith), Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, 60, 3, 31-41, 1
pl., 3 text-figs.

Myaksha, A.F. 1964. Tuntsy in mech-ryba kak promyshlennoe syr’e
(Tunas and swordfishes as raw material for fish processing). Izv.
Tikhookeansk. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Rybn. Knoz. i Okeanografii.
Vladivostok, vol. 55, p. 197.

Nakamura, E.L. 1965. Food and feeding habits of skipjack tuna
(Katsuwonus pelamis) from the Marquesas and Tuamotu Islands,
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc., 94, 3, 236-242.

Nakamura, E.L. 1969. A review of field observations on tuna behavior,
FAO. Fish. Rep:, 2, 62, 59-68.

Nakamura, E.L. and W.M. Matsumoto. 1966. Distribution of larval tunas
in Marquesan waters, U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull., 66, 1,
1-12, figs 1-5.

Nakamura, H. 1950. The food habits of yellowfin tuna (Neothunnus), U.S.
Fish. and Wildl. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep., Fish., 23.

Nakamura, H. 1955. Report of investigation of spearfishes of Formosan
waters, U.S. Fish. and Wildl. Serv., Spec. Rep., Fish., vol. 153, pp.
1-46.

Nakamura, H. 1966. Biological studies of tunas and sharks in the Pacific
Ocean. Proc. the Eleventh Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7.

Nakamura, H. 1969. Tuna distribution and migration, London Fish. News,
76 pp., ill.

Nakamura, H. and H. Veins, 1959. Relation between the distribution
of tuna and the ocean structure, J. Oceanogr. Soc. Japan., 15, 3, 1-2.

Nakamura, H. et al. 1951. Notes on the life-history of the swordfish
Xiphias gladius, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 1, 4, 264-271, figs. 1-4.

Nakamura, I, 1965. Relationships of fishes referable to the subfamily

563

Thunnidae on the basis of the axial skeleton, Bull. Misaki Mar. Biol.
Inst. Kyoto Univ., vol. 8, pp. 7-38, ill.

Nakamura, I. 1968. Juveniles of the striped marlin Tetrapturus audax
(Phillip), Mem. Coll. Agric. Kyoto Uniy., vol. 94, pp. 17-29, figs. 1-8.

Nakamura, I. 1969. Big catches of longiail tuna in Wakasa Bay, Sea of
Japan, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 16, 4, 1960-161. 1 fig.

Nakamura, I. and Y. Warashina. 1965. Occurrence of bluefin tuna,
Thunnus thynnus L., in the eastern Indian Ocean and eastern South
Pacific Ocean, Rep. Nankai Reg. Fish. Res. Lab., vol. 22, pp. 1-20, ill.,
bibl.

Nakamura, I., T. Iwai and K. Matsubara. 1968. A review of the sailfish,
spearfish, marlin, and swordfish of the world, Misaki Mar. Biol. Inst.
Kyoto, Univ., Spec. Rep., vol. 4, pp. 1-95, 26 figs.

Nichols, J.T. and F.R. La Monte. 1937. Notes on swordfish at Cape
Breton, Nova Scotia, Amer. Mus. Novitates, vol. 901, pp. 1-7.
Nielsen, J.G. 1969. Systematics and biology of the Aphyonidae (Pisces,
Ophidioidea). Afhandl..., Kobenhavn Univ. Galathea, Rep. 10, pp.

1-90. Reprint.

Norman, J.R. 1957. A Draft Synopsis of the Orders, Families, and Genera
of Recent Fishes and Fishlike Vertebrates. Edit. British Mus. (Nat.
Hist.), 649 pp.

Novikov, Yu.V. 1957. Sluchai poimki Xesurus scalprum vy vodakh
Primor’ya (Cases of catching Xesurus scaiprum in the waters of
Primor’e). Izv. Tikhookeansk. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Rybn. Khoz. i
Okeanografii. Vladivostok, vol. 44, pp. 245-246.

Ochiai, A., Ch. Arago and M. Nakajima. 1955. A revision of the dragonets
referable of the genus Callionymus found in the waters of Japan, Publ.
Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., V. 1, 96-132, 19 figs.

Ochiai, A. and K. Mori. 1965. Studies on the Japanese butterfish referable
to the genus Psenopsis, Bull. Misaki Mar. Biol. Inst. Kyoto Univ., vol.
8, pp. 1-6, pl. 1, figs. 1-2.

Okada, Y. 1955. Fishes of Japan. Tokyo, 1-434+ 28 pp., 391 figs.

Okada, Y. and H. Ikeda. 1938. Notes on the fresh-water fishes of Tohoku
District in the collection of the Saito Ho-on Kai Museum, Res. Bull.

Saito Ho-on Kai Mus., 15, 5, 85-139, figs. 1-16, pls. 4-7.

Okada, Y. and K. Matsubara. 1938. Keys to the Fishes and Fishlike Animals
of Japan. Tokyo and Osaka, 1-584 pp., 1-113 pls.

Okada, Y. and K. Suzuki. 1954. A new blennioid fish from Japan, Rep.
Fac. Fisher., Pref. Univ. Mie, 1, 3, 227-228.

Okada, Y. and K. Suzuki. 1955. Biometrical studies of the gobioid fish
Chaeturichthys sciistius Jordan and Snyder in the breeding season,
Rep. Fac. Fish. Univ. Mic., vol. 2, pp. 112-123.

564

Okhryamkin, D.J. 1931. Nekotorye vyvody po izucheniyu pitaniya
skumbrii (Some conclusions from a study of the food of mackerals).
Rybnoe Khozyaistvo Dal’nego Vostoka, nos. 1-2, pp. 53-55.

Orang, C. 1961. Spawning of yellowfin tuna and skipjack in the Far East
tropical Pacific, as learned from studies of gonad development, Bull.
Inter-Amer. Trop. Tuna Comm.,.vol. 5, p. 6.

Orang, C.J. and B.D. Fink. 1963. Migration of a tagged bluefin tuna across
the Pacific Ocean, Calif. Fish and Game, vol. 49, pp. 307-309.
Orel, P.Kh. 1926. Tuntsovyi promysel (Tuna Fishery). Sov. Primor’ye,

vol. 5, pp. 59-69.

Oshoro Maru Cruise, 1969. Data Rec. Oceanogr. Obs. Expl. Fish., vol.
13, pp. 361-394. S

Osipov, V.G. 1960. O rasprostranenii, biologii i promysel tikhookeanskikh
tuntsov (Distribution, biology, and fisheries of Pacific tunas). 77.
Soveshch. Ikhtiol. Kom. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 10, pp. 188-194.

Osipov, V.G. 1965a. Osobennosti biologii melkikh tuntsov i perspektivy
i promyslov v vodakh tikhogo ikh vostochnoi chasti Indiiskogo
okeanov (Biological Peculiarities of Little Tunas and Prospects of
Their Fisheries in the Waters of the Pacific Ocean and Eastern Part of
the Indian Ocean). Moscow.

Osipov, V.G. 1965b. Raspredelenie i zapasy krupnykh tuntsov, mecho-
obraznykh i shel’fovykh ryb v vostochnoi chasti Indiiskogo okeana
(Distribution and reserves of large tunas, swordfishes, and shelf fishes
in the eastern part of the Indain Ocean). Sb. Nauchno-Tekhn. Inform.

~ VNIRO, vol. 5, pp. 8-14.

Osipov, V.G. 1966. Rasprostranenie i usloviya obitaniya tuntsov v severo-
zapadnoi chasti Tikhogo okeana (Distribution and living conditions of
tunas in the northwestern part of the Pacific Ocean). Sb. Nauchno-
Tekhn. Inform. VNIRO, vol. 5, pp. 3-8.

Osipov, V.G. 1967. Nekotorye osobennosti rasprostraneniya tuntsov i
drugikh krupnykh pelagicheskikh ryb v Tikhom i Indiiskom okeanakh
(Some peculiarities of distribution of tunas and other large pelagic
fishes in the Pacific and Indian oceans). Avtoref. Kand. Diss.,
Vladivostok.

Osipov, V.G. 1968a. Biologiya i promysel tuntsov i drugikh pelagicheskikh
ryb severo-vostochnoi chasti Indiiskogo okeana (Biology and fisheries
of tunas and other pelagic fishes from the northeastern part of the
Indian Ocean). Tr. Vsesoyuzn. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Morsk. Rybn.
Khoz. i Okeanografii (VNIRO), vol. 44, pp. 300-322, figs. 1-5.

Osipov, V.G. 1968b. O vertikal’nom raspredolenii zheltopergo (Neothun-
nus albacora) i bol’sheglazogo (Parathunnus obesus) tuntsov [Vertical
distribution of yellowfin tuna (Neothunnus albacora) and bigeye tuna
(Thunnus obesus)). Zool. Zhurn., 47, 8, 1192-1197.

565

Osipov, V.G. 1968c. Okeanskie pelagicheskie ryby (Pelagic Ocean Fishes).
Vladivostok, 63 pp., 41 figs.

Osipov, V.G. 1968d. Nekotorye osobennosti raspredeleniya tuntsov i
drugikh. pelagicheskikh ryb v severo-zapadnoi chasti Indiiskogo
okeana (Some peculiarities of distribution of tuna and other pelagic
fishes in the northwestern part of the Indian Ocean). Vopr.
Ikhtiologii, 8, 1 (48), 31-38, figs. 1-6.

Osipov, V.G. 1970. Nekotorye osobennosti biologii i promysla tuntsov i
drugikh pelagicheskikh ryb v severo-zapadnoi chasti Indiiskogo
okeana (Some peculiarities of the biology and fisheries of tuna and
other pelagic fishes in the northwestern part of the Indian Ocean).
Izy. Tikhookeansk Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Rybn. Khoz. i Okeanografii.
Vladivostok, vol. 69, p. 331, figs. 1-11.

Osipov, V.G. and A.F. Myaksha. 1961. Biologicheskaya i tekhnologi-
cheskaya_ kharakteristiki nekotorykh tikhookean-skikh tuntsov i
mechenobraznykh (Biological and technological characteristics of
some Pacific tunas and swordfishes). Rybnoe Khozyaistovo, vol. 1, pp.
53-58.

Osipov, V.G., V.S. Dolbish and I.V. Kizevetter. 1963. Tuntsy (Tunas).
Vladivostok, pp. 1-68.

Osipov, V.G., I.V. Kizevetter and A.V. Zhuravlev. 1964. Tuntsy i
mecheobraznye Tikhogo i Indiiskogo okeanov (Tunas and Sword-
fishes of the Pacific and Indian oceans). Moscow, 74 pp., 16 figs.

Otsu, T. 1960. Albacore migration and growth in the North Pacific Ocean
as estimated from tag recoveries, Pac. Sci., 14, 3, 257-266.

Otsu, T. and K.N. Uchida. 1959a. Study of age determination by hard parts
of albacore from central North Pacific and Hawaiian waters, U.S.
Fish. and Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull., 59, 150, 353-363.

Otsu, T. and K.N. Uchida. 1959b. Sexual maturity and spawning of
albacore in the Pacific Ocean, U.S. Fish. and Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull.,
59, 148, 287-305.

Otsu, T. and R.J. Hansen. 1962. Sexual maturity and spawning of albacore
in the central South Pacific Ocean, U.S. Fish. and Wildl. Serv., Fish.
Bull., 62, 204, 151-161.

Otsu, T. and K.N. Uchida. 1963. Model of the migration of albacore in
the North Pacific Ocean, U.S. Fish. Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull., 63, 1,
33-44.

Otsu, T. and H.O. Yoshida. 1967. Distribution and migration of albacore
(Thunnus alalunga) in the Pacific Ocean. FAO. Proc. Indo-Pac. Fisher.
Council 12th Session, Honolulu, Hawaii, USA. Section 2. Technical
Papers, Bangkok, pp. 49-64, figs. 1-9.

Ouchi, A. 1963. The bottom fish fauna on Hyotan and Mukoze Banks in

566

the northern Sea of Japan, Bull. Japan Sea. Reg. Fish. Res. Lab., vol.
11, pp..129-132.

Ouchi, A. and T. Ogata. 1960. Studies on the animal distribution in areas
closed to trawl fishing in the northern Sea of Japan, Rep. Japan Sea.
Reg. Fish. Res. Lab., vol. 6, pp. 183-189.

Ovchinnikov, V.V. 1963. Parusnik (Sailfish). Rybnoe Khozyaistvo, vol.
11, pp. 7-9.

Ovchinnikov, V.V. 1964. Pitanie parusnika u zapadnogo poberezh’ya
Afriki (Food of sailfish off the African coast). Tr. Atlant. Nauchno-
Issled. Inst. Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. i Okeanografii, vol. 11, pp. 36-44.

Ovchinnikov, V.V. 1969. Migratsii mech-ryby, parusnikov i marlinov
(Migrations of swordfish, sailfish, and marlin). 77. Atlant. Nauchno-
Issled. Inst. Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. i Okeanografii, vol. 25, pp. 210-212.

Ovchinnikov, V.V. 1970. Mech-ryba i parusnikovya (Sword-fish and
Sailfish). Kaliningrad, 105 pp. 40 figs.

Parin, N.V. 1958. Redkie pelagicheskie ryby severo-zapadnoi chasti
Tikhogo okeana (Taractes steindachneri, Palinurichthys japonicus i
Centrolophus lockingtoni) [Rare pelagic fishes from the northwestern
part of the Pacific Ocean (Taractes steindachneri, Palinurichthys
japonicus, and Centrolophus lockingtoni)|. Vopr. Ikhtiologii, 12, 11,
162-170.

Parin, N.V. 1967. Skumbrievidnye ryby otkrytogo okeana (Scombroids of
the open sea). In: Tikhii Okean. Biologiya. Kn. 3. Ryby Otkrytykh Vod.
Moscow, pp. 88-128, figs. 16-29.

Parin, N.V. 1968. Ikhtiofauna okeanskoi epipelagiali (Ichthyofauna of
the Oceanic Epipelagic Zone). Moscow, 185 pp., 56 figs.

Pavlenko, M.N. 1910. Ryby zaliva Petr Velikii (Fishes of Peter the Great
Bay). Kazan’, 95 pp., 13 figs., map.

Pavlenko, M.N. 1919 (1920). Rybolovstvo v zal. Petra velikogo (Fishing
in Peter the Great Bay). Mater. Izuch. Rybolovstva na Dal’nem
Vostoke, vol. 1.

Phelan, J.E. 1966. Bluefin age and growth estimates. Proc. 17th Pacific
Tuna Conf. (Mimeographed).

Philipps, W.J. 1941. New rare fishes from New Zealand, Trans. Proc. Roy.
Soc. N.Z., 71, 3, 231-246 (see Abe, 1953: 42).

Pinchuk, V.I. [n.d]. Ob Alectridium aurantiacum Gilbert et Burke
Komandorskikh i Pseudoalectrias tarasovi (Popov) Kuril’skikh
ostrovov, a takzhe 0 neobychnom ekzemplyare Stichaeopsis epallax
(Jordan et Snyder) [Alectridium aurantiacum Gilbert and Burke of the
Komandor Islands and Pseudoalectrias tarasovi (Popov) of the Kuril
Islands, as well as an unusual specimen of Stichaeopsis epallax
(Jordan and Snyder)]. Vopr. Ikhtiologii, 14, 6 (89), 948.

567

Popov, A.M. 193la. K poznaniya fauny ryb Okhotskogo morya (On the
fish fauna of the Sea of Okhotsk). Issled. Morei SSSR, vol. 14, pp. 121-
154, pls. I-II.

Popov, A.M. 1931b. Tikhookeanskaya zubatka Anarhichas orientalis Pall.
(Pisces), ee sistematicheskoe polozhenie i rasprostranenie, s
zamechaniyami o zubatkakh SSSR [The Bering wolffish Anarhichas
orientalis Pall. (Pisces), its taxonomic position and distribution, with
notes on the wolffishes of the Soviet Union]. Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR,
vol. 14, pp. 380-386, 1 ill.

Popov, A.M. 193lc. O novom rode ryb Davidojordania (Zoarcidae, Pisces)
v Tikhom okeane [A new genus of fishes, Davidojordania (Zoarcidae,
Pisces) in the Pacific Ocean]. Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR. Moscow, pp.
210-215.

Popov, A.M. 1933a. K_ ikhtiofaune Yaponskogo morya (On the
ichthyofauna of the Sea of Japan). Jssled. Morei SSSR. vol. 19, pp.
139-155, figs. 1-5, pls.

Popov, A.M. 1933b. Fishes of Avatcha Bay on the southern coast of
Kamchatka, Copeia, vol. 2, pp. 59-67.

Popov, A.M. 1935. Novyi rod i vid Lycozoarces hubbsi n. sp. (Pisces,
Zoarcidae) Okhotskogo morya [A new genus and species, Lycozoarces
hubbsi n. sp. (Pisces, Zoarcidae) from the Sea of Okhotsk]. Dokl.
Akad. Nauk SSSR, 4 (9), 6/7, 285-286, 1 fig.

Popov, A.M. 1936. O rodakh Davidojordania Popov i Bilabria (Pisces,
Zoarcidae) [The genera Davidojordania Popov and Bilabria (Pisces,
Zoarcidae)]. Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1, 2, 9S.

Postel, E. 1969. Presentation des Thons, Péches Maritime, 48, 1095,
397-415.

Probatov, A.N. 1951. O proniknovenii teplolyubivykh ryb v vody
Sakhalina (Penetration of warm-water fishes into Sakhalin waters).
Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 77, 1, 145-147.

Proceedings of the world scientific meeting on the biology of tunas and
related species. 1964. FAO. Fish. Rep., 4, 6, 1853-2200.

Pushkareva, N.F. 1960. Materialy po plodovitosti i razvitiya polovykh
produktov skumbrii (Data on the fecundity and development of
gonads in mackerel). /zv. Tikhookeansk. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Rybn.
Khoz. i Okeanografii. Vladivostok, vol. 46, pp. 79-84.

Pushkov, P.A. 1913. Ryby promysly Dal’nego Vostoka v 1912 g. (Fishes in
the commercial catches of the Far East in 1912). Mater. Izuch.
Priamursk. Kraya, no. 14.

Radovich, J. 1962. Effects of water temperature on the distribution of
some scombrid fishes along the Pacific coast of North America. FAO
World Sci. Meet. Biol. Tunas, La Jolla, USA, Sec. 4, Exp. Papers, vol.
27, pp. 1-19, figs. 1-12.

568

Rass, T.S. 1936. Sistematisch-morphologische studien tiber zwei
naheverwandte arten: Lumpenus fabricii (C.V.). und Lumpenus
medius Reinh, (Pisces, Blenniidae), Acta Zool., vol. 17, pp. 395-463,
figs. 1-16.

Rass, T.S. 1948. Mirovoi promysel vodnykh zhivotnykh (World Fisheries
of Aquatic Animals). Moscow, 64 pp. 19 figs.

Rass, T.S. 1960. Promyslovo-geograficheskie kompleksy. Atlanticheskogo
i Tikhogo okeanov i ikh sophotavlenie (Comparison of the fishery-
geographic complexes of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans). Tr. Inst.
Okeanol. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 31, pp. 3-17.

Rass, T.S. 1965a. Promyslovaya ikhtiofauna i rybnye resursy Indiiskogo
okeana (Commercial ichthyofauna and fish resources of the Indian
Ocean). Tr. Inst. Okeanol. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 80, pp. 3-31, figs.
1-4 [sic].

Rass, T.S. 1965b. Ryby Indiiskogo okeana i Yugo-vostochnoi Azii (Fishes
of the Indian Ocean and seas of Southeast Asia). Tr. Inst. Okeanol.
Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 80, pp. 1-31, figs. 1-4 [sic].

Regan, C.T. 1912. The classification of blennioid fishes, Ann. Mag. Natur.
History, 10, 57, 265-280, figs. 1-4.

Reid, E.D. 1936. Revision of fishes of the family Microdesmidae, with
description of a new species, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 84, pp. 55-72,
12 figs.

Reintjes, 1.W. and I.E. King. 1953. Food of yellowfin tuna in the central
Pacific, U.S. Fish. and Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull., 54, 81, 91-110.

Richards, S.W., A. Perlmutter and D.C. McAneny. 1963. A taxonomic
study of the genus Ammodytes from the east coast of North America
(Teleostei: Ammodytes), Copeia, vol. 2, pp. 358-377.

Richardson, J. 1844. Fishes in Zool., Voy. Sulphur, vol. 1, pp. 51-150,
pls. 35-63.

Richardson, J. (1845) 1846. Report on the ichthyology of the seas of China
and Japan, Rep. British Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. 15, pp. 187-320.
Risso, A. 1810. Ichthyologie de Nice. F. Schoell, Paris, pp. i-xxxvi+ 1-388,

51 pls.

Rivas, L.R. 1961. A review of tuna fishes of the subgenera Parathunnus
and Neothunnus (genus Thunnus)., Ann. Mus. Storia Nat., Genova,
vol. 72, pp. 126-148. |

Rivero, L.H. and M.J. Fernande. 1954. Estados larvales y juveniles del
bonito (Katsuwonus pelamis), Torreia, vol. 22, pp. 1-14, figs. 1-11.

Robins, J.P. 1963. Synopsis of biological data on bluefin tuna [Thunnus
thynnus maccoyii (Castelnau), 1872], FAO. Fish. Rep., 6, 2, 562-585.

Robins, J.P. 1966. Distribution and migration of southern bluefin tuna,
Thunnus thunnus maccoyii (Castelnau) in the Australasian region.
Proc. the Eleventh Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7.

569

Roedel, Ph.M. 1953. Common ocean fishes of the California coast, Calif.
Fish. and Game, Fish. Bull., vol. 91, pp. 1-184, figs.

Ronquillo, Inocencio A. 1963. A contribution to the biology of Philippine
tunas, FAO. Fish. Rep., 3; 6, 1752.

Rothschild, B.J. 1967. Estimates of the growth of skipjack tuna
(Katsuwonus pelamis) in the Hawaiian Islands, Proc. Indo-Pac. Fish.
Coun., vol. 12, pp. 100-111.

Rothschild, B.J. and M.Y.Y. Yang. 1970. Apparent abundance, distribu-
tion, and migrations of albacore, Thunnus alalunga, on the north
Pacific longline grounds, U.S. Fish. and Wildl. Serv., Spec. Rep.,
Fish., 623, 6, 1-37.

Roux, Ch. 1961. Resumé des connaissance actuelles sur Katsuwonus
pelamis (L.), Bull. Inst. Péches Marit., Maroc., vol. 7, pp. 33-53.

Royce, W.F. 1957. Observations of spearfishes of the central Pacific,
U.S. Fish. and Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull., 57, 124, 497-554, figs. 1-27.

Royce, W.F. 1964. A morphometric study of yellowfin tufla, Thunnus
albacares (Bonnaterre), U.S. Fish. and Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull., 63, 2,
395-443. ;

Rumyantsev, A.I. 1950. Krupnye eksemplyary vostochnogo tuntsa v zalive
Petra Velikogo (Large specimens of Oriental bluefin tuna in Peter the
Great Bay). Izv. Tikhookeansk. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Rybn. Khoz. i
Okeanografii. Vladivostok, vol. 32, pp. 160.

Rumyantsev, A.I. and I.V. Kizevetter. 1949. Tuntsy (Kratkie svedeniya
po bidogii, promyslu i obrabotke tuntsov Tikhogo okeana) (Tunas.
Some Information on the Biology, Fishery, and Classification of
Tunas of the Pacific Ocean). Vladivostok, 63 pp. 24 figs.

Sakamoto, K. (Matsubara) 1930. Two new species of fishes from the Sea
of Japan, J. Imp. Fish. Inst., 26, 1, 15-19.

Sato, S. and K. Kobayashi. 1956. Bottom fishes of Volcano Bay, Hokkaido.
1, A taxonomic study, Bull. Hokkaido Reg. Fish. Res. Lab., vol. 13,
pp. 1-19.

Scaccini, A. 1966. Studio dei caratteri differenziali dei primi’ stadi
in alcune specie di tunnidi, Arch. Zool. Ital., 51, 2, 1053-1061).

Schaefer, M.B., G.C. Broadhead and C.J. Orang. 1963. Synopsis of the
biology of yellowfin tuna [Zhunnus (Neothunnus) albacares
(Bonnaterre), 1788] (Pacific Ocean), FAO. Fish. Rep., 2, 6, 538-561.

Schaefer, M.B. and J.C. Marr. 1948. Contributions to the biology of Pacific
tunas, U.S. Fish. and Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull., 51, 44, 187-196.

Scheer, D. 1961. Neues vom Schwertfisch, Aquarien und Terrarien, vol.
12, pp. 370-372, 2 figs.

Schmidt, P.J. [Shmidt, P.Yu]. 1930. Fishes of the Riu-Kiu Islands, 77.
Tikhookeansk. Kom. Akad. Nauk. SSSR, vol. 1, pp. 19-156, 8 figs. 6
pls.

570

Schmidt, P.J. [Shmidt, P.Yu.]. 193la. A list of fishes collected in Japan

and China by Dr. A. Bunge and N. Grebnitzky. Izv. Akad. Nauk
SSSR, Otd. Mater. i Estestv. Nauk, pp. 101-123, 5 figs.

Schmidt, P.J. [Shmidt, P.Yu.]. 1931b. Fishes of Japan collected in 1901.
Tr. Tikhookeansk. Kom. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 2, pp. 1-176, figs. 1-
30.

Schmidt, P.J. [Shmidt, P.Yu.]. 1936b. On the genera Davidojordania Popov
and Bilabria n. (Pisces, Zoarcidae). C.R. Acad. Sci. USSR. Moscow,
pp. 97-100, 1 text-fig.

Schmidt, P.J. [Shmidt, P.Yu.] and G.U. Lindberg. 1930. A list of fishes
collected in Tsuruga (Japan) by W. Roszkowski. Izv. Akad. Nauk
SSSR, vol. 10, pp. 1135-1150, fig. 1.

Schmidt, P.J. and A.P. Andriashev [Shmidt, P.Yu. and A.P. Andriyashey].
1935. A Greenland fish in the Okhotsk Sea, Copeia, 2, pp. 57-60,
figs. 1-2.

Schultz, L.P. and L.P. Woods. 1948. A new name for Synchiropus altivelis
Regan, with a key to the genera of the fish family Callionymidae, J.
Washington Acad. Sci., 38, 12, 419-420.

Schultz, L.P., W.M. Chapman, E.A. Lachner and L.P. Woods. 1960. Fishes
of the Marshall and Marianas Islands, 2, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol.
202, pp. 1-438, pls. 75-123, figs. 91-132.

Scott, W.B. and S.N. Tibbo. 1968. Food and feeding habits of swordfish
(Xiphias gladius) in the western North Atlantic, J. Fish. Res. Bd.
Canada, 25, 5, 903-919, figs. 1-3.

Serventy, D.L. 1956. The southern bluefin tuna, Thunnus thynnus maccoyii
(Castelnau), in Australian waters, Austr. J. Mar. and Freshwater Res.,
vol. 7, pp. 1-43.

Shabotinets, E.I. 1968. Opredelenie vozrasta tuntsov Indiiskogo okeana
(Determination of age of tunas from the Indian Ocean). Tr. Vsesoyuzn
Nauchno-Issled. Inst Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. i Okeanografii, vol. 64, pp.
374-376.

Shaw, G. and F.P. Nodder. 1792. The Naturalist’s Miscellany or Colored
Figures of Natural Objects, Drawn and Described ... from Nature.
London, 24 vols., 1790-1813.

Shepers, H. 1936. Japan’s Seefischerei. Breslau, 228 pp.

Shibata, Y. 1968. A list of the fresh- and brackish-water fishes of
Tsushima, preserved in the Osaka Museum of Natural History, Bull.
Osaka Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 21, pp. 19-29, 2 figs.

Shimada, B.M. 195la. Contribution to the biology of tunas from the
western equatorial Pacific, U.S. Fish. and Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull. , 52,
62, 112-119.

Shimada, B.M. 1951b. An annotated bibliography on the biology of
Pacific tunas, U.S. Fish. and Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull., 52, 58, 1-58.

wifi

Shingu, C. 1966. Distribution and migration of the southern bluefin tuna.
Proc. the Eleventh Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7.

Shiogaki, M. and Y. Dotsu. 1973a. The spawning behavior of Tripterygion
etheostoma, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 20, 1, 36-41, figs. 1-4.

Shiogaki, M. and Y. Dotsu. 1973b. The egg development and larva rearing
of the tripterygiid blenny, Tripterygion etheostoma, Japan. J.
Ichthyol., 20, 1, 42-46, figs. 1-3.

Shmidt, P.Yu. 1904. Ryby vostochnykh morei Rossiskoi imperii (Fishes in
the Eastern Seas of the Russian Empire). Izd. Russk Geograf.
Obshch., 466 pp., 6 pls.

Shmidt, P.Yu. 1936a. O rodakh Dravidojordania Popov i Bilabria n.
(Pisces, Zoarcidae) [Genera Davidojordania Popov and Bilabria n.
(Pisces, Zoarcidae)]. Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1 (10), 2 (79), 93-96.

Shmidt, P.Yu. 1950. Ryby Okhotskogo mory (Fishes of the Sea of
Okhotsk). Tr. Tikhookeansk. Kom. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 6 pp. 1-
379, 51 figs., 20 pls.

Shmidt, P.Yu and A. Ya.Taranetz. 1934. O novykh yuzhnykh elementakh v
faune ryb severnoi chasti yaponskogo morya (New southern elements
in the fish fauna of the northern part of the Sea of Japan). Dokl. Akad.
Nauk SSSR, 2, 9, 591-595.

Shomura, R.S. and B.A. Keala. 1962. Growth and sexual dimorphism in
growth of bigeye tuna (Thunnus obesus). World Sci. Meet. Biol. Tunas,
La Jolla, California, USA, 2, Exp. Paper, 24.

Silas, E.G. 1962. The taxonomy and biology of the oriental bonito, Sarda
orientalis (Temminck and Schlegel). Symposium on Scombroid Fishes,
pt. 1 pp. 1-26, figs. 7 pl. II.

Silas, E.G. 1963. Synopsis of biological data on oriental bonito, Sarda
orientalis (Temminck and Schlegel), 1842 (Indian Ocean), FAO. Fish.
Rep., 2, 6, 834-861.

Siro, Issi, 1947. Ryby yuzhnogo Sakhalina (Fishes of southern Sakhalin).
Sakhalinsk. Otd. Timhookeansk. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Rybn. Khoz. i
Okeanografii. Vladivostok (translated into Russian by Pak).

Sivasubramaniam, K. 1966. Predators and competitors of tunas. Proc. the
Eleventh Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7.

Smith, H.M. 1902. Description of a new species of blenny from Japan,
Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., pp. 93-94.

Smith, J.L.B. 1948. New clinid fishes from the southwestern Cape (South
Africa), with notes on fishes, Ann. Mag. Natur. History, (11) 14, 732-
736, 2 text-figs.

Smith, J.L.B. 1955a. Fishes of the family Carapidae in the western Indian
Ocean, Ann. Mag. Natur. History, (12) 8, 401-416, 8 figs.

Smith, J.L.B. 1955b. The genus Pyramodon Smith and Radcliffe, Ann.
Mag. Natur. History, (12) 8, 545-550, figs. 1-2.

oi

Snyder, J.O. 1909. Descriptions on new genera and species of fishes from
Japan and Riu-Kiu Island, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 36, pp. 597-610.

Snyder, J.O. 1911. Description of new genera and species of fishes from
Japan and Riu-Kiu Island, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 40, pp. 529-549.

Snyder, J.O. 1912. Japanese shore fishes collected by the United States
Bureau of Fisheries steamer A/batross Expedition of 1906, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., vol. 42, pp. 399-450, pls. 51-61. .

Sokolovskii, A.S. 1970. Nekotorye dannye o vozraste i roste yaponskoi
skumbrii (Scomber japonicus Houttuyn) severozapadnoi chasti
Tikhogo okeana [Some data on the age and growth of chub mackerel
(Scomber japonicus Houttuyn) in the northwest part of the Pacific
Ocean]. Sb. JIssledovanie po _ Biologii Ryb i Promyshlennoi
Okeanografii. Vladivostok, pp. 58-66.

Sokolovskii, A.S. 1971. Nekotorye cherty biologii skumbrii (Scomber
japonicus Houttuyn) severo-zapadnoi chasti Tikhogo okeana [Some
biological peculiarities of chub mackerel (Scomber japonicus
Houttuyn) from the northwest part of the Pacific Ocean]. Iz.
Tikhookeansk. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Rybn. Khoz. i Okeanografii.
Vladivostok, vol. 79, pp. 58-67, figs. 1-5, pls. 2.

Sokolovskii, A.S. 1972. Dinamika chislennosti skumbrii (Scomber
japonicus Houttuyn) v severo-zapadnoi chasti Tikhogo okeana
[Population dynamics of chub mackerel (Scomber japonicus Hout-
tuyn) in the northwest part of the Pacific Ocean]. Sb. Issledovanie
Biologii Ryb i Promyshlennoi Okeanografii. Vladivostok, pp. 161-183.

Soldatov, V.K. 1915. A new genus of Blenniidae from Peter the Great Bay.
Ezhegodn. Zool. Muzeya Rossiisk. Akad. Nauk, vol. 20, pp. 635-637, 1
fig. F

Soidatov, V.K. 1917a. Notes on two new species of Lycodes from the
Okhotsk Sea. Ezhegodn. Zool. Muzeya Rossiisk. Akad. Nauk, vol. 22,
pp. 112-117, 1 fig.

Soldatov, V.K. 1917b. Description of a new species of Krusensterniella
Schmidt. Ezhegodn. Zool. Muzeya Rossiisk. Akad. Nauk. vol. 23, pp.
157-159, 1 fig.

Soldatov, V.K. 1917c. Ona new genus and three new species of Zoarcidae.
Ezhegodn. Zool. Muzeya Rossiisk. Akad. Nauk. vol. 23, pp. 160-163.

Soldatov, V.K. 1927. Note.on two little-known genera and species from
Shantar Islands (Okhotsk Sea). Sb. vy Chest’ Knipovicha. Moscow, pp.
399-404, figs.

Soldatov, V.K. and M. Pavlenko. 1915. A new genus of the family ©
Blenniidae—Kasatkia g. n. Ezhegodn. Zool. Muzeya Rossiisk. Akad. —
Nauk, vol. 20, pp. 638-640, 1 fig.

Soldatov, V.K. and G.U. Lindberg. 1930. Obzor ryb dal’nevostochnykh
morei (Review of fishes from seas of the Far East). Izv. Tikhookeansk.
Nauchn. Inst. Rybn. Khoz., Vladivostok, vol. 5, pp. i-xlvii + 1-576,

o73

figs. 1-76.

Springer, V.G. 1964. Review of “A Revised Classification of Blennioid
Fishes of the Family Chaenopsidae” by J.S. Stephens, Copeia, 3,
pp. 591-593.

Springer, V.G. 1967. Revision of the circumtropical shore-fish genus
Entomacrodus (Blenniidae: Salariinae), Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol.
122, pp. 1-150, pls. 1-30.

Springer, V.G. 1968. Osteology and classification of fishes of the family
Blenniidae, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 284, pp. 1-85, 16 figs., 11 pls.

Springer, V.G. and W.F. Smith-Vaniz. 1972. Mimetic relationships
involving fishes of the family Blenniidae, Smiths. Contr. Zool. Wash.,
vol. 112, pp. 1-36, pls. 1-7.

Starks, E.C. 1910. The osteology and mutual relationships of fishes of
the family Scombridae, J. Morph., Philad., vol. 21, pp. 77-99, figs.
1-2, 3 pls.

Starks, E.C. 1911. Osteology of certain scombroid fishes, Stanford Univ.
(California), vol. 5, pp. 1-41, ill.

Steindachner, F. 1876. Ueber einige neue oder seltene Fischarten aus dem
atlantischen, indischen und stillen Ocean. Ichthyologische Beitrage 5,
Sitzb. Akad. Wiss., Wien, 74, 1, abth., 49-240, 15 pls.

Steindachner, F. 1879 (1880). Ichthyologische Beitrage 8, Sitzb. Akad.
Wiss., Wien, 80, (1), 6, 119-191, figs. 1-3.

Steindachner, F. 1880 (1881). Uber einige Fischarten aus dem noérdlichen
Japan, gesammelt vom Professor Dybowski. (III). Ichth. Beitr. 9,
Stizb. Akad. Wiss., Wien, 82, 1, 1-29, figs. 1-5.

Strasburg, D. 1960. Estimates of larval tuna abundance in the central
Pacific, U.S. Fish. and Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull., 167, 60, 231-250.

Strasburg, D.W. 1969. Billfishes of the central Pacific Ocean, U.S. Fish.
and Wildl. Serv. Biol. Lab. Honolulu, Hawaii, pp. 1-11, figs. 7.

Sun’ Tszi-Zhen’. 1960. Lichinki i mal’ki tuntsov, parusnikov i mech-ryby
(Thunnidae, Istiophoridae, Xiphiidae) tsentral’noi i zapadnoi chastei
Tikhogo okeana [Larvae and juveniles of tuna, sailfish, and swordfish
(Thunnidae, Istiophoridae, Xiphiidae) from the central and western
parts of the Pacific Ocean]. Tr. Inst. Okeanol. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol.
41, pp. 175-191, figs. 1-7.

Suvorov, E.K. 1935. Novy rod i dvo novykh vida ryb semeistva Zoarcidae
iz Okhotskogo morya (A new genus and two new species of fish of the
family Zoarcidae from the Sea of Okhotsk). Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR.
Moscow, pp. 435-440, ill.

Svetovidov, A.N. 1964. Ryby Chernogo morya (Fishes of the Black Sea).
Moscow-Leningrad, 550 pp. 191 figs.

Swainson, W. 1839. Natural History of Fishes, Amphibians, and Reptiles,
vol. 2, pp. 1-452, figs. 1-135.

574

Sylva, D.P. 1963. Billfish round-up, Sea Frontiers, 9, 2, 85-91.

Tabeta, O. and H. Tsukahara. 1967. Ecological studies of fishes stranded
on the beach along the coast of the Tsushima Current. I: Fishes and
other animals recorded during the first half of 1965 in northern
Kyushu, Bull. Japan. Soc. Sci. Fish., 33, 4, 295-302.

Takagi, K. 1952. A critical note on the classification of Chaenogobius
urotaenia and its two allies, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 2, 1, 14-22, 2 figs.

Takagi, K. 1957. Descriptions of some new gobicid fishes of Japan with
a proposition on the sensory line system as a taxonomic character, J.
Tokyo Univ. Fish., 43, 1, 97-126 (in Japanese).

Takagi, K. 1963. Studies of Gobioid Fishes in Japanese Waters: Comparative
Morphology, Phylogeny, Taxonomy, Distribution, and Bionomics.
Tokyo, 1-3+1-273 pp., 1-47 figs. (in Japanese).

Takagi, K. 1966a. Taxonomic and nomenclatural status in chaos for the
gobioid fish, Chaenogobius annularis Gill, 1858. I: Review of the
original description, with special reference to estimation of the upper
jaw relative length as a taxonomic character, J. Tokyo Univ. Fish., 52,
1, 17-27, fig. 1 (in Japanese).

Takagi, K. 1966b. Taxonomic and nomenclatural status in chaos for the
gobioid . fish, Chaenogobius annularis Gill 1858. II: Specific
heterogeneity of C. annularis Gill-:senus Towiyama, with description
of the genus Rhodoniichtys gen. nov., J. Tokyo Univ. Fish., 52, 2, 29-
46, 5 figs. (in Japanese).

Takagi, K. 1966c. Distribution and ecology of gobioid fishes in Japanese
waters, J. Tokyo Uniy. Fish., 52, 2, 83-127, figs. 1-3 (in Japanese).

Takegawa, Y. and H. Morino. 1970. Fishes from Wakasa Bay, Sea of Japan,
Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 17, 6, 373-392.

Talbot, F.H. and M.J. Penrith. 1963. Synopsis of biological data on species
of the genus Thunnus (sensu lato) in South Africa, FAO. Fish. Rep.,
2, 6, 608-646.

Tanaka, S. 1908. Notes on a collection of fishes made by Prof. Ijima in
the southern parts of Sakhalin, Ann. Zool. Japan. 6, 4, 235-254, pls.

Tanaka, S. 1911-1930. Figures and Descriptions of Fishes of Japan,
Including Riu-Kiu Islands, Bonin Island, Formosa, Kuril Islands. Korea,
and Southern Sakhalin. Tokyo, i-xlviiit+ 1-960 pp., 190 pls.

Tanaka, S. 1931. On the distribution of fishes in Japanese waters, J.
Fac. Sci. Imp. Univ., 4, 3 (1), 1-90.

Tanoue, T. 1961. Studies on the relationships between the drifting
distributions of mackerel larvae (Pneumatophorus tapeinocephalus ;
Bleeker) and the environmental factors. II: On the larvae and the sea
conditions in the surface and middle layers around Osumi Islands,
Bull. Japan. Soc. Sci. Fish., 27, 12, 1041-1046, ill.

S15

Tanoue, T. and Tamari. 1960. Studies on the relationships between the
drifting distributions of mackerel larvae (Preumatophorus tapeino-
cephalus Bleeker) and the environmental factors. I: On the larvae
collected and the sea conditions around Osumi Islands, Bull. Japan.
Soc. Sci. Fish., 26, 9, 882-886, figs. 1-4.

Tanoue, T., K. Yoji and T. Yoichiro. 1960. On the spawning season of the
mackerel Pneumatophorus tapeinocephalus Bleeker in three different
regions—East China Sea, Satsunan, and Izu, Bull. Japan, Soc. Sci.
Fish., 26, 3, 277-283, ill.

Taranetz, A.Ya. 1934. Kratkii obzor ryb roda Gymnogobius s opisaniem
odnogo novogo vida i zametkami 0 nekotorykh blizkikh rodakh (Brief
review of fishes of the genus Gymnogobius, with a description of a new
species and notes on some closely related genera). Dokl. Akad. Nauk
SSSR, pp. 397-400.

Taranetz, A. Ya. 1935. Nekotorye izmeneniya v sistematike ryb Sovetskogo
Dal’nego Vostoka s zametkami ob ikh rasprostraneni (Some changes
in the classification of fishes of the Soviet Far East, with notes on their
distribution). Vestn. Dal’nevost. Fil. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 13, pp.
89-101.

Taranetz, A. Ya. 1936. Kratkii obzor rodov sem. Blenniidae, rodstvennykh
Stichaeus, iz Beringova, Okhotskogo i Yaponskogo morei (Brief
review of genera of the family Blenniidae related to Stichaeus from the
Bering Sea, Sea of Okhotsk, and Sea of Japan). Dokl. Akad. Nauk
SSSR, 1, 3 (80), 141-144.

Taranetz, A.Ya. 1937a. K poznaniyu ixbiaeitiels Sovetskogo Sakhalina
(Ichthyofauna of Soviet Sakhalin). Jzy. Tikhookeansk. Nauchno-
Issled. Inst. Rybn. Khoz. i Okeanografii. Vladivostok, vol. 12, pp. 1-
50, figs. 1-7.

Taranetz, A.Ya. 1937b. Kratkii opredelitel’ ryb Sovetskogo Dal’nego
Vostoka i prilezhashchikh vod (Abridged Keys to Fishes of the Soviet
Far East and Adjacent Waters). Izv. Tikhookeansk. Nauchno-Issled.
Inst. Rybn. Khoz. i Okeanografii. Viadivostok, vol. 11, pp. 1-200, 103
figs., map.

Taranetz, A.Ya. 1938a. O novykh nakhodkakh yuzhnykh elementov v
ikhtiofaune severo-zapandnoi chasti Yaponskogo morya (New finds of
southern elements in the ichthyofauna of the northwestern part of the
Sea of Japan). Vestn. Dal’nevost. Fil. Akad. Nauk SSSR. Vladivostok,
28, 1, 113-130, figs. 1-6.

Taranetz, A.Ya. 1938b. Morskie i presnovodnye promyslovye bogatstva
DVK (Marine and fresh-water fishery resources of Far East). Vestn.
Dal’nevost. Fil. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 30, 3, 143-188.

Taranetz, A.Ya. 1958. Opisanie Soldatovia polyactocephala (Pallas),

576

soderzhashcheesya v neopublikovannoi rukopisi A.Ya. Tarantsa “O
rybakh baseina severo-zapadnoi chasti Tikhogo okeana, opisannykh
Pallasom” [Description of Soldatovia polyactocephala (Pallas) in the
unpublished manuscript of A. Ya. Taranets entitled “Fishes from the
Basin of the Northwestern Part of the Pacific Ocean Described by
Pallas”). Cited by Makushok in Jr. Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol.
25, pp. 118-119, fig. 83.

Taranetz, A.Ya. and A.P. Andriyashev. 1934. O novom roda i vide
Petroschmidtia albonotata (Zoarcidae, Pisces) iz Okhotskogo morya
[New genus and species, Petroschmidtia albonotata (Zoarcidae,
Pisces) from the Sea of Okhotsk]. Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 11, 2 (8),
506-512, 2 figs.

Taranetz, A.J. and A.P. Andriashew [Taranets, A.Ya. and A.P.
Andriyashev]. 1935. Vier neue fischarten der Gattung Lycodes Reinh.
aus dem Ochotskischen Meer, Zool. Anz., 112, 9-10, 242-253, figs.
1-7.

Temminck, C.J. and H. Schlegel. 1842-1850. Pisces. In Fauna Japonica,
Poiss. edited by P.F. Siebold. Leiden, pp. 1-323, pls. 1-160.

Thomas, P.T. and M. Kumaran. 1963. Food of Indian tunas; FAO. Fish.
Rep., 3, 6, 1659-1667.

Thompsen, W.F. 1917. Temperature and the albacore, Calif. Fish. and
Game, 3, 4, 153-159.

Tiang Yir Hang. 1957. O skumbrii Koreiskogo zaliva (Mackerels of the
Korean Gulf). Nauchno-Issled. Vodn. Prom. Vostochnykh Morei.
Moscow.

Tokarev, A.K. 1948. Skumbriya yaponskogo morya (Mackerel from the
Sea of Japan). Rybnoe Khozyaistvo, vol. 6, pp. 43-47, figs. 1-2.
Tomiyama, I. 1934. Four new species of gobies of Japan, J. Fac. Sci.

Imp. Univ., Tokyo, 3, 3, 325-334, 4 figs.

Tomiyama, I. 1936. Gobiidae of Japan, Japan. J. Zool., 7, 1, 37-112,
44 figs. .
Tomiyama, I. 1950a. On a Japanese blennioid fish, Dasson elegans

(Steindachner), Zool. Mag., Tokyo, 59, 9, 220, 2 figs.

Tomiyama, I. 1950b. On a Japanese blennioid fish, Blennius yatabei
(Jordan and Snyder), Zool. Mag., Tokyo, 59, 9, 221-222, 3 figs.
Tomiyama, I. 1951. On a Japanese blennioid fish, Dasson trossulus
(Jordan and Snyder), Zool. Mag., Tokyo, 60, 8, 159-161, 7 figs.
Tomiyama, I. 1952a. Additional notes on Dasson elegans (Steindachner)
and Blennius yatabei Jordan and Snyder, Zool. Mag., Tokyo, vol. 61,

pp. 9-10, 2 figs.

Tomiyama, I. 1952b. On a Japanese blennioid fish, Dasson japonicus
(Bleeker), Zool. Mag., Tokyo, vol. 61, pp. 10-12, 2 figs.

= |

Tomiyama, I. 1954a. Icticus pellucidus (Liitken) (Nomeidae). In: Fig.
and Descr. Fishes Japan, vol. 50, pp. 1002-1007, pls. 199, 200, figs.
539-542. ;

Tomiyama, I. 1954b. Psenes arafurensis Giinther (Nomeidae). In: Fig.
and Descr. Fishes Japan, vol. 50, pp. 1008-1011, pl. 201, fig. 543.

Tomiyama, I. 1958a. Parioglossus dotui (new species). In: Fig. and
Descr. Fishes Japan, vol. 57, p. 1179, pl. 230, fig. 582.

Tomiyama, I. 1958b. Vireosa hanae Jordan and Snyder. In: Fig. and Descr.
Fishes Japan, vol. 58, pp. 1200-1205, pl. 233, figs. 589, 590.

Tomiyama, I. 1958c. Eutaeniichthys gilli Jordan and Snyder. In: Fig.
and Descr. Fishes Japan, vol. 58, pp. 1206-1209, pl. 234, fig. 591.

Tomiyama, I. 1958d. Lumpenus macropus Matsubara and Ochiai
(Pholidae). In: Fig. and Descr. Fishes Japan, vol. 59, pp. 1236-1239, pl.
237, fie. S97:

Tomiyama, I. 1959. Secondary sexual characters and supplementary notes
on a Japanese blennioid fish, /stiblennius enosimae (Jordan and
Snyder), Zool. Soc. Japan, Zool. Inst., Tokyo Uniy., 32, 4, 225-228, 3
figs.

Tomiyama, I. 1972. List of the fishes preserved in the Aitsu Marine
Biological Station, Kumamoto University, with notes on some
interesting spacies and descriptions of two new species, Publ.
Amakusa Mar. Biol. Lab., 3, 1, 1-21, 9 figs.

Tomiyama, I. and T. Abe. 1958. Encyclopaedia Zoologica, Illustrated in
Color, vol. 2, Fishes. Tokyo, 306 pp., 912 figs. (in Japanese).
Tomodo, Y. 1970. A preliminary study of the fresh-water fish fauna in
Iki-Tsushima Islands, Mem. Nat. Sci. Mus., Tokyo, vol. 3, pp. 199-

210, 1 pl.

Torin, Yu.A. 1969. Vertikal’noe raspredelenie i temperaturnye usloviya
obitaniya bol’sheglazogo tuntsa (Thunnus obesus) v yugo-vostochnoi
Atlantike [Vertical distribution of, and temperature conditions for,
bigeye tunas (Thunnus obesus) in the southeastern Atlantic]. Tr.
Atlant. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. i Okeanografii, vol.
25, pp. 115-119.

Tsutsumi, T. and Y. Dotu. 1961. The reproductive behavior in gobioid fish
(Pterogobius zonoleucus Jordan and Snyder), Bull. Fac. Fisher.
Nagasaki Univ., vol. 10, pp. 149-154, fig. 1, pl. 22.

Tucker, D.W. 1956. Studies on trichiuroid fishes. 3: A preliminary
revision of the family Trichiuridae, Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. Zool.,
4, 3, 73-130, text-figs. 1-23, pl. 10.

Tyler, J.C. 1970. Osteological aspects of interrelationships of surgeon
fish genera (Acanthuridae), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 122, 2,
87-124, 23 figs.

578

Uchida, K. 1932. Life histories of Boleophthalmus pectinirostris and
Periophthalmus cantonensis, Ann. Rep. Japan. Assoc. Ady. Sci., 7, 2,
109-117 (in Japanese).

Uchida, K. and H. Yabe. 1939. The fish fauna of Saisyu-to (Quelpart
Island) and its adjacent waters, J. Chosen Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 25, pp.
1-16.

Uchida, R.N. 1963. Synopsis of biological data on frigate mackerel [Auxis
thazard (Lacépéde) 1802] (Pacific Ocean), FAO. Fish. Rep., 2, 6,
241-273.

Ueno, T. 1954a. Studies on the deep-water fishes from off Hokkaido and
adjacent regions. I: On a rare fish, Zaprora silenus Jordan, found off
Kushiro, Hokkaido, Japan. J. Ichthyol., 3, 2, 79-82.

Ueno, T. 1954b. First record of a strange bathypelagic species, referable
to the genus Centrolophus (Centrolophidae, Stromateiformes) from
Japanese waters, with remarks on the specific differentiation, Bull.
Fac. Fish. Hokkaido Univ., 5, 3, 240-247, figs. 1-4.

Ueno, T. 1965a. On two rare pelagic fishes, Luvarus imperialis and °
Rachycentron canadum, recently captured at Yoichi, Hokkaido, Japan.
J. Ichthyol., vol. 12, pp. 99-103, 3 figs.

Ueno, T. 1965b. The stromateid fishes (suborder Stromateoidei) captured
from waters of Hokkaido, Sci. Rep. Hokkaido Fish. Exp. Sta., vol. 4,
pp. 1-22, 6 figs. (in Japanese).

Ueno, T. 1965-1966. Ryby v vodakh Khokkaido i prilezhatsikh vod (Fishes
in the Waters of Hokkaido and Adjacent Waters), vol. 1, pp. 1-14, fig.

Ueno, T. 1971. List of the marine fishes from waters of Hokkaido and its
adjacent regions, Sci. Rep. Hokkaido Fish. Exper. Station, vol. 13,
pp. 61-102.

Ueno, T. and K. Abe. 1964. Studies on deep-water fishes from off
Hokkaido and adjacent regions, 3-7, Bull. Hokkaido Reg. Fish. Res.
Lab., vol. 28, pp. 1-22, figs. 1-14.

Ueno, T. and K. Abe. 1968. On rare newly found fighes from waters of
Hokkaido (II), Japan. J. Ichthyol., 15, 1, 36-37.

Ueyanagi, S. 1963. A study of the relationships of the Indo-Pacific
istiophorids, Rep. Nankai,Reg. Fish. Res. Lab., vol. 17, pp. 151-165,
figs. 7Anpis. 2s

Ueyanagi, S. 1966a. Feeding habits of tunas. Proc. the Eleventh Pac.
Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7.

Ueyanagi, S. 1966b. The distribution and migration of the skipjack. Proc.
the Eleventh Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7

Vedenskii, A.P. 1951. Materialy po biologii skumbrii yaponskogo morya
(Data on the biology of mackerel of the Sea of Japan). Jz.
Tikhookeansk. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Rybn. Khoz. i Okeanografii.
Vladivostok, vol. 34, pp. 47-66.

579

Vedenskii, A.P. 1953. Biologiya skumbriya yaponskogo morya (Biology of
mackerel of the Sea of Japan). Avtoref. Kand. Diss., Vladivostok, 24
pp.

Vedenskii, A.P. 1954a. Raspredelenie i povedenie dal’ncvostochnoi
skumbrii v yaponskom more (Distribution and behavior of the Far
East mackerel in the Sea of Japan). Tret’ya Ekol. Konf. Tez. Dokl.
Kiev, vol. 4, pp. 63-64.

Vedenskii, A.P. 1954b. Biologiya dal’nevostochnoi skumbrii v yaponskom
more (Biology of the Far East mackerel in the Sea of Japan). Jz.
Tikhookeansk. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Rybn. Khoz. i Okeanografii.
Vladivostok, vol. 42, pp. 1-94, figs. 1-12.

Vedenskii, A.P. 1962. Sostoyanie zapasov skumbrii i perspektivy ee
promysla (State of the mackerel stocks and prospects of fishery). Sb.
Dokl. II Plenuma Kom. Rybokhoz Issled. Zap. Chasti Tikhogo
Okeana. Moscow, pp. 103-108.

Vyskrebentsev, B.V. 1969. Dannye po biologii skumbrii Scomber japonicus
colias Gmelin zapadnogo poberezh’ya Afriki (On the biology of chub
mackerel Scomber japonicus colias Gmelin from the west African
coast). Tr. Azovo-Chernomorsk. Inst. Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. i Okeano-
grafii, vol. 29, pp. 144-167.

Waldron, K.D. 1963. Synopsis of biological data on skipjack, Katsuwonus
pelamis (L.), 1758 (Pacific Ocean), FAO. Fish. Rep., 2, 6, 695-748.

Waldron, K. and J. King. 1963. Food of skipjack in the central Pacific,
FAO. Fish. Rep., 3, 6, 1431-1457.

Walford, L.A. 1937. Marine Game Fishes of the Pacific Coast from Alaska
to the Equator. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley, California, 205 pp., pls.

Walters, V. and H. Fierstine. 1964. Measurements of swimming speeds of
yellowfin tuna and wahoo, Nature, 202, 4928, 208-209.

Wang, K.F. 1935. Study of the teleost fishes of the coastal region of
Shangtung. II, Contrib. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China, Zool. ser., 10,
9, 393-481, 51 figs.

Wang, K.F. and S.C. Wang. 1935. Study of the teleost fishes of the coastal
region of Shangtung. III, Contrib. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China, Zool.
ser., 11, 6, 165-237, 52 figs.

Watanabe, H. 1958. On the difference in the stomach contents of
yellowfin and bigeye tunas from the equatorial Pacific, Rep. Nankai
Reg. Fish. Res. Lab., 7.

Watanabe, H. and S. Ueyanagi. 1963. Young of the shortbill spearfish,
Tetrapturus angustirostris Tanaka, Rep. Nankai Reg. Fish. Res. Lab.,
vol. 17, pp. 133-136, fig. 1, pls. 2.

Watson, M.E. 1963. Tunas (genus Thunnus) of the western North Atlantic,
pt. I, FAO. Fish. Rep., 3, 6, 1153-1154.

580

Whitley, G.P. 1940. The second occurrence of a rare fish (Luvarus) in
Australia, Rec. Austral. Mus., 20, 5, 325-326.

Whitley, G.P. 1943. Ichthyologial notes and illustrations (pt. 2), Austral.
Zool., 10, 2, 167-187, text-figs. 1-10.

Wilimovsky, N.J. 1956. A new name, Lumpenus sagitta, to replace
Lumpenus gracilis (Ayres) for a northern blennioid fish (family
Stichaeidae), Stanf. Ichth. Bull., 7, 2, 23-24.

Williams, F. 1963a. Synopsis of biological data on little tuna Euthynnus
affinis (Cantor), 1850 (Indian Ocean), FAO. Fish. Rep., 2,6, 167-179.

Williams, F. 1963b. Synopsis of biological data on the frigate mackerel
Auxis thazard (Lacépéde), 1802 (Indian Ocean), FAO. Fish. Rep., 2,
6, 157-166.

Wu, H.W. 1930. On Zoarces tangwangi, a new eelpout from the Chinese
coast, Contrib. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China, Zool. ser., 6, 6, 59-63,
fig.

Wu, H.W. and K.F. Wang. 1931. Four new fishes from Chefoo, Contrib.
Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China, Zool. ser., 8, 1, 1-7, 4 figs.

Yabe, H. 1951. Larva of the swordfish, Xiphias gladius, Japan. J. Ichthyol.,
1, 4, 260-263, fig. 1.

Yabe, H. and S. Ueyanagi. 1962. Contributions of the study of the early
life history of tunas, Occ. Rep. Nankai Reg. Fish. Res. Lab., vol. 1,
pp. 57-72.

Yabe, H.S. Ueyanagi and H. Watanabe. 1966. Studies on the early life
of the bluefin tuna, Thunnus thynnus, and on the larva of the southern
bluefin tuna, 7. maccoyii, Occ. oe Nankai Reg. Fish. Res. Lab., vol.
23, pp. 95-129.

Yabe, H., S. Ueyanagi, S. Kikawa and H. Watanabe. 1959. Study of the life
histor of the swordfish Xiphias gladius Linnaeus, Occ. Rep. Nankai
Reg. Fish. Res. Lab., vol. 10, pp. 107-171. :

Yabuta, Y. and M. Yukinawa. 1958. The growth and age of yellowfin tuna.
Indo-Pacif. Fish. Proc. 7th Session, Bandung, Indonesia. |

Yamanaka, H. 1966a. Abiotic. environment relating to the ecology of
tunas. Proc. the Eleventh Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7.

Yamanaka, H. 1966b. Tagging experiments of tunas by Japanese
scientists. Proc. the Eleventh Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7.

Yanai, T. 1950. Fishes of San’in District, Zool. Mag., Tokyo, 59, 1,
17-22 (in Japanese).

Yao, M. 1966. The distribution and migration of the skipjack. Proc. the
Eleventh Pac. Sci. Congress, Tokyo, 7.

Yoshida, H.O. 1965. New Pacific records of juvenile albacore [Thunnus
alalunga (Bonnaterre)] from stomach contents, Pacif. Sci., 19, 4,
442-450.

581

Yoshida, H.O. 1966. Skipjack tuna spawning in the Marquesas Islands and
Tuamotu Airchipelago, U.S. Fish. and Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull., 65,
2, 497-488.

Yoshida, H.O. and T. Ito. 1957. Fish fauna of the Sea of Japan, J/.
Shimonoseki Coll. Fish., vol. 6, pp. 261-270.

Yoshida, H.O. and T. Otsu. 1963. Synopsis of biological data on the
albacore Thunnus germo (Lacépéde) (Pacific and Indian oceans).
FAO. Fish. Rep., 6, 2, 274-318. ;

Yoshida, H.O. and E.L. Nakamura. 1965. Notes on schooling behavior,
spawning, and morphology of Hawaiian frigate mackerels, Auxis
thazard and Auxis rochei, Copeia, 1, pp. 111-114.

Yuen, H.S.H. 1967. Yellowfin tuna spawning in the central equatorial
Pacific, U.S. Fish. and Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull., 57, 112, 251-264.

Yuen, H.S.H. 1970. Behavior of skipjack tuna, Katsuwonus pelamis, as
determined by tracking with ultrasonic devices, J. Fish. Res. Board
Canada, 27, 11, 2071-2079.

Yukinawa, M. and Y. Yabuta. 1967. Age and growth of the bluefin tuna,
Thunnus thynnus, in the North Pacific Ocean, Rep. Nankai Reg. Fish.
Res... Lab. 23:

Zhang et al. 1955. Ryby zaliva Bokhai, Zheltoe more (Fishes of the Gulf
of Bohai; Yellow Sea). Peking, 353 pp., 260 figs. (in Chinese).
Zharov, V.L. 1965. O temperature tela tuntsov (Thunnidae) i nekotorykh
drugikh ryb otryada okuneobraznykh Perciformes tropicheskoi
Atlantiki [Body temperature of tunas (Thunnidae) and some other
fishes of the order Perciformes from the tropical Atlantic]. Vopr.

Ikhtiologii, 5, 1, 157-163.

Zharov, V.L. 1966. Zavisimost’ raspredeleniya skoplenii tuntsov ot
okeanologicheskoi struktury vod v nekotorykh raionakh tropicheskoi
chasti Atlanticheskogo okeana (Dependence of the distribution of
tuna concentrations on the oceanological structure of waters in some
regions of the tropical Atlantic). Tr. Vsesoyuzn. Nauchno-Issled. Inst.
Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. i Okeanografii, vol. 60, pp. 135-142.

Zharov, V.L. 1967. Sistema skombroidnykh ryb (podotryad Scombroidei,
otr. Perciformes) [Classification of scombroid fishes (suborder
Scombroidei, order Perciformes)]. Vopr. Ikhtiologii, 7, 2, 209-224.

Zharov, V.L. 1970a. Zheltoperyi tunets (Thunnus albacares Bonnaterre)
Atlanticheskogo okeana [Yellowfin Tuna (T7hunnus_albacares
Bonnaterre) of the Atlantic Ocean]. Kaliningrad, 120 pp., 24 figs.

Zharov, V.L. 1970b. Razmery, vozrast i rost zheltoperogo tuntsa (Thunnus
albacares Bonnaterre) Atlanticheskogo okeana [Size, age, and growth
of yellowfin tuna (Thunnus albacares Bonnaterre ) of the Atlantic
Ocean]. Tr. Atlant. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. i
Okeanografii, vol. 25, pp. 19-40, figs. 1-10.

582

Zharov, V.L. 1970c. Razmnozhenie zheltoperogo tuntsa (Thunnus
albacares Bonnaterre) Atlanticheskogo okeana [Breeding of yellowfin
tuna (Thunnus albacares Bonnaterre) of the Atlantic Ocean]. 7r.
Atlant. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. i OG oer vol.
25, pp. 41-62, figs. 1-6.

Zharov, V.L. 1970d. Pitanie zheltoperogo tuntsa (Thunnus albacares
Bonnat.) Atlanticheskogo okeana [Food of yellowfin tuna (Thunnus
albacares Bonnaterre) of the Atlantic Ocean]. Tr. Atlant. Nauchno-
Issled. Inst. Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. i Okeanografii, vol. 25, pp. 62-86.

Zharov, V.L., Yu.L. Karpechenko and G.V. Martinsen. 1961. Tuntsy i
drugie ob”ekty tuntsovogo promysla (Tunas and Other Objects of the
Tuna Fisheries). Moscow, 114 pp., 43 figs. 5 pls.

Zharov, V.L., Yu. Zherebenkov, Yu. Kadil’nikov and V. Kuznetsov. 1964.
Tuntsy i ikh promysel v Atlanticheskom okeana (Tunas and Their
Fishery in the Atlantic Ocean). Kaliningrad, 180 pp., 104 figs.

Zhu et al. 1962. Ryby Yuzhno-Kitaiskogo morya (Fishes of the South
China Sea). Peking, 1184 pp., 860 figs. (in Chinese).

Zhu et al. 1963. Ryby Vostochno-Kitaiskogo morya (Fishes of the East
China Sea). Peking, 642 pp., 442 figs. (in Chinese).

Zhudova, A.M. 1969. Lichinki skombroidnykh ryb (Scombroidei,
Perciformes) tsentral’noi chasti Atlanticheskogo okeana [Larvae of
scombroid fishes (Scombroidei, Perciformes) from the central part of
the Atlantic Ocean]. Tr. Atlant. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Morsk. Rybn.
Khoz. i Okeanografii, vol. 25, pp. 101-108, figs. 1-6.

Zvyagina, O.A. 1961. Raspredelenie ikry skumbrii ...i pelengasa ...v
zalive Petra Velikogo (Distribution of the eggs of mackerel ... and
pelengas ... in Peter the Great Bay). Tr. Inst. Okeanol. Akad. Nauk
SSSR, vol. 43, pp. 328-336, pls. and figs.

Index of Latin Names of
j Genera and Species !*

abax, Asterropteryx 342
— Eviota 342

abei, Ctenogobius 354
— Gobius 353, 354, 355*
— Mugilogobius 354
Aboma 363, 365

— etheostoma 363

— heptacanthus 382

— lactipes 365

snyderi 367

— tsushimae 365
Abryois 104

— azumae 108
Acanthocybiinae 258
Acanthocybium 263, 291
— solandri 292*, 293

Acanthogobius 351, 363, 365, 389

— flavimanus 365, 366*, 367
— hasta 391

— lactipes 365, 366*

— ommaturus 391

— stigmathonus 367
Acantholumpenus 52, 86, 93
— mackayi 85, 93*, 94.
Acanthopsetta 65

— nadeshnyi 60, 93, 149, 164
Acanthuridae 235, 236*
Acanthuroidei 3, 233
Acanthurus 235*, 236

— triostegus 236, 237*
Acentrogobius 352

— caninus 356

aculeatus, Lumpenus 91
affinis, Euthynnus affinis 278
— yaito, Euthynnus 278*
Agarum 104

aino, Chloe 377

Ainosus 394

— geneionema 394

— geneionemus 394

alalunga, Germo 270

— Scomber 270

— Thunnus 265, 266, 267*, 270*

alascanus, Ammodytes 197, 198

albacares, Scomber 263, 273

— Thunnus 265, 266, 267*, 268, 273*

albacora, Neothunnus 273

— Thunnus 273

albicans, Istiophorus 294

albidus, Tetrapturus 298

albonotata, Petroschidtia 164, 165, 166,
168*, 169

albula, Gobius 317

— Nomeus 317

albus, Luciogobius 402, 404, 405, 407*

Alectrias 53, 110, 113, 114

— alectrolophus 110*, 111, 113

— — alectrolophus 110, 111, 112*

— — benjamini 108, 109, 110, 113*

Alectrias benjamini 113

— cirratus 50, 110, 112*

— gallinus 110, 111, 112*

— tarasovi 114

Alectridium 110

— aurantiacum 110, 111, 113

— cerratum 110

— gallinum 111

Alectriinae 46, 53, 108

alectrolophus, Alectrias 110*, 111, 113

— alectrolophus, Alectrias 111, 112*

— benjamini, Alectrias 108, 109, 110, 113*

— Anoplarchus 109*, 110, 111, 113

— — alectrolophus 111

— Blennius 110, 111

aleutiensis, Ammodytes 197, 198, 199

alexanderi, Assurger 255

'Page numbers in bold print indicate description of the given form; page numbers marked

with an asterisk indicate figure.

*Original Russian page numbers have been given in the left margin of the English

translation—General Editor.

584

Allolepis WAN. Wah rl apocrypteinae 406

— hollandi 90, 181, 182*, 183 Apocrypterinae 345

— nazumi 183 Apocryptes cantonensis 419
Allolumpenus 96 — chinensis 410

altivelis, Synchiropus 203*, 229, 231* — madurensis 408

altivelus, Callionymus 229 Apocryptodon 408
Amblyopus cirratus 416 — bleekeri 408

— lacepedei 417 — madurensis 408, 409*
Ammodytes 197 Apodichthyinae 38

— alascanus 197, 198 Apodichthys 37, 38

— aleutiensis 197, 198, 199 arafurensis, Psenes 319

— dubius 198 argenteus, Pampus 332, 333*, 334, 336
— hexapterus 197, 198, 200* — Stromateoides 334
— — hexapterus 199 — Stromateus 331

— japonicus 197, 198, 199 argentivittatus, Thunnus 273
— personatus 197, 198 Ariomma 49, 313*, 321

— tobianus 197, 198 — evermanni 322
Ammodytidae 196, 197 — indica 322
Ammodytoidei 3, 196, 199 : — lurida 321, 322*, 323
Amphacanthum fuscescens 233 Ariommidae 313*, 314, 321
Amphipoda 158 armata, Haplobrotula 190*
amurensis, Asterias 43, 65, 87, 104, 106 — Sirembo 190
Anarhichadidae 15, 17, 22, 47, 49 Artediellus dydymovi 41
Anarhichas 18 — — schmidti 93, 158

— latifrons 48 ascanii, Chirolophis 74

— lepturus 18 q — Blennius 76

— orientalis 18, 19*, 49* Ascoldia 52, 96, 101
Anarhichthys 15, 18, 48 — variegata 101

Andamia 15 — — knipowitshi 102*, 103, 104
Anguilla 186 — — variegata 101, 102, 103
anguillaris, Blennius 86, 93, 94 asiro, Otophidium 192, 193*
— Lumpenus 86, 94 2 aspera, Limanda 60, 93
angustirostris, Tetrapturus 297*, 298, 299* Aspidontus 31 :
Anisarchus 47, 52, 85, 86, 89 — dasson 33

— macrops 89, 90, 91* — elegans 33

— medius 85, 88*, 89, 90* / — japonicus 33

annularis, Chaenogobius 374 — taeniatus 31

— urotaenia, Chaenogobius 377 — trossulus 35, 36
anomala, Psenes 328 Aspidophoroides 76

— Psenopsis 328, 330 — bartoni 66

anomalus, Psenes 328, 329* Assurger 252, 255

— Trachinotus 327, 328 — alexanderi 255
Anoplarchus 46, 53, 109 — anzac 255, 256* Z
— alectrolophus 109*, 111, 113 Asterias amurensis 43, 63, 65, 87, 104, 106,
— — alectrolophus 111 158

anzas, Evoxymetopon 255 Astoronyx loveni 150

— Assurger 255, 256* Asterropteryx 399, 340
aomori, Lepidopus 253 — alax 342

Aphanopodinae 252 — ensiferus 340

Aphanopus 251, 252, 253* — semipunctatus 340, 341*

Aphyonidae 186 Astrabe 396, 397

585

— lactisella 397, 398* Bleekeria 199

atlanticus, Prometheus 251 ’ — viridianguilla 199

— Tetragonurus 312 Bleekeriidae 196, 199

— Thunnus 265, 266, 267*, 268 Blenniidae 15, 16, 27, 28, 38, 115
atous, Strometeus 331 Blenniinae 28

audax, Histiophorus 298 Blenniini 28

— Tetrapturus 298, 299*, 300 Blennioidei 3, 4, 15
aurantiacum, Alectridium 110, 111, 113 Blennius 28, 29
australasicus; Pneumatophorus 283 — alectrolophus 110, 111
Auxis 262, 279, 280, 281 — anguillaris 86, 93, 94
— hira 281 — ascanii 76

— maru 281 — dolichogacter 41

— rochia 281 — gunnellus 38

— thazard 281, 282* — lumpenus 86

— thynnoides 281 Blennius ocellaris 29
Azuma 76 — palmicornis 76

— emmnion 76, 82 — polyactocephalus 76, 83, 84
— japonica 81, 82 — punctatus 55, 56

— wui 77 ‘ — viviparus 131

azumae, Abryois 108 — yatabei 29, 30*
Azygopterinae 53, 119 boddaerti, Gobius 408
Azygopterus 47, 53, 119 Boleophthalmus 408

— corallinus 118*, 119, 120* — chinensis 410

— pectinirostris 409*, 410
borealis, Pandaluseous 93, 149

bapturum, Tripterygion 24, 26* boreus, Zonogobius 354

Barathronus 186 Bothrocara, zesta 184

barbatus, Encheliopus 187 Bothrocarina 121

— Triaenophorichthys 348, 350 brachyrhyncha, Davidojordania 158, 171,

— Triaenopogon 349*, 350 VIZ Ss Ee 76e

bartoni, Aspidophoroides 66 brachyrhynchus, Hadropareia 175

Bathygobius 352 — Lycenchelys 175

— fuscus 356 brashnikovi, Gymnelopsis 178, 179*, 180

belone, Tetrapturus 296, 297*, 298 — Lycodes 158

beniteguri, Callionymus 210, 223*, 224* — Lycodes palearis 157, 158

benjamini, Alectrias alectrolophus 108, brevicauda, Lycodes 141, 143, 161
109, 110, 113* brevipes, Lycodes 155

Benthodesmus 252, 253 — diapteroides, Lycodes 155

— simonyi 252 — ochotensis, Lycodes 142, 155

— tenuis 253, 254* brevirostris, Naso 238, 240*

bergi, Cryptacanthoides 21* Brotula 187, 191

— Rhinogobius 362 — armata 190

— Taurocottus 66 — imberbis 189

bernadoui, Coryphopterus 356 — japonica 187

bifasciatus, Tridentiger 348 — multibarbata 187, 188*

Bilabria 121, 122, 169, 171 Brotulidae 186, 187

— ornata 169*, 170* brunnea, Maynea 183

birulai, Eumicrotremus 90, 160 brunneofasciatus, Lycodes 141, 142

bivittata, Tamanka 354 brunneus, Glossogobius 373

blanchardi, Neoclinus 27 — Glossogobius giuris 373

bleekeri, Apocryptogon 408 Bryolophus 74

586

— lysimus 74

bryope, Calliblennius 27

— Neoclinus 26*, 27

— Zacalles 27

Bryostemma 76

— decoratum 76

— otohime 79

— polyactocephalum 81

— saitone 77, 78*

— snyderi 81

Bryozoichthys 50, 73, 74, 76
— lysimus 52*, 74, 75

bucco, Tridentiger 348
bungei, Gymnogobius 374, 379, 380*
— Chloea 379

burgeri, Dictyosoma 116, 117*

calcarea, Tellina 133

californicus, Centrolophus 324

Calliblennius 27

— bryope 27

Callicanthus 238

Callionymidae 202, 203, 205

Callionymoidei 3, 202, 203

Callionymus 205, 208

— altivelus 229

— beniteguri 210, 223*, 224*

— calliste 209, 214, 215*, 216*, 217

doryssus 209, 212, 213*

— flagris 210, 217, 219*, 220*, 224

— japonicus 203*, 209*, 211, 212, 213*, 218

— kaianus 210, 214, 218*, 219*

= kitaharai 227, 228*

— lateralis 228

— longicaudatus 212

— lunatus 210, 221*, 222*

— lyra 208

— phasis 209

— planus 210, 214, 216*, 217*

— punctatus 209*, 210, 211, 218, 220*, 224

— reevesi 211

— richardsoni 218

— yalenciennesi 203*, 211, 218, 224, 225*

— variegatus 209

— virgis 211, 224, 226*, 227*

calliste, Callionymus 209, 214, 215*, 216*,
217

Calliurichthys doryssus 212

— japonicus 208, 212

Calymmichthys 205, 208

—xenicus 205, 206*, 208

campbelli, Ctenogobius 356

— Gobius ornatus 353, 356, 357*
camtschaticus, Paralithodes 63, 111
candidus, Strometeus 331, 332
canescens, Zanclus 242, 243*
canina, Vaimosa 356

caninus, Acentrogobius 356

— Gobius 353, 356, 358*

— Rhinogobius 356

cantonensis, Apocryptes 419

— Periophthalmus 418*, 419
Caragobius 338

Carapidae 17, 186, 194

Carapus 194

— sagamianus 195, 196
Cardium groenlandicus 90

caryi, Gorgonocephalus 93, 149, 150
castanea, Chloe 384, 385*
castaneus, Chaenogobius 374

— Gobius 384

cataphractus, Icelus spiniger 149
caudimaculatus, Lycodes 141
cavalla, Scomberomorus 288
Cebidichthyinae 122
Cebidichthys 46, 47, 115, 116
Centrogaster fuscescens 233
Centrolophidae 313*, 314, 323, 328
Centrolophus 323, 324

— californicus 324

— japonicus 325, 327

— lockingtoni 324

— niger 324

Centronotus dybowskii 108

— fasciatus 43

— guinguemaculatus 104

— taczanowskii 41

Cepolidae 38

cerratum, Alectridium 110
Chaenogobius 374

— annularis 374

— — urotaenia 377

— castaneus 374

— cylindricus 375

— heptacanthus 377, 382

— — heptacanthus 382

— — mororana 381 .

— macrognathus 377, 384

— mororana 377, 381

— nigrimembranis 379, 381

— nigripinnis 375

— urotaenia 377

‘ chaenopsidae 16, 27

Chaenopsinae 27

Chaetodon cornutus 242

— triostegus 236

— unicornis 238
Chaeturichthys 352, 391, 394
— hexanemus 391, 392, 393*
— polynema 388

— sciistius 391, 392, 393*

— stigmatus 391, 392, 395*
Chasmias 384

— dolichognathus 386

— misakius 384, 386
Chasmichthys 351, 384, 386
— dolichognathus 385*, 386
— — dolichognathus 386

— — gulosus 386

gulosus 386, 387*
chefuensis, Ctenogobius 359
chinense, Cybium 288
chinensis, Apocryptes 410

— Boleophthalmus 410

— Ctenotripauchen 413, 414, 415*
— Pampus 332, 336*, 337

— Stromateus 331
Chionocoetes opilio 158
Chionocoetes opilio 93
Chionocoetes opilio 66, 90
Chiridota 87, 158
Chirolophinae 46, 50, 52*, 73
Chirolophis 50, 76

— ascanii 74

— decoratus 74

— japonicus 52*, 73, 74, 76, 77, 79, 81, 82*
— nugator 74

— polyactocephalus 84

— saitone 74, 76, 77

— snyderi 74, 76, 77, 80*, 81*
— wui 74, 76, 78*

Chloea 351, 384

— aino 377

— bungei 379

— cas#anea 384, 385*

— laevis 384

— nakamurae 384

— nigripiinis 375

— sarchynnis 382

— senbae 384

chlorostigma, Gobius 352
Chondroplites 331

cinereus, Stromateus 331, 332
cirratus, Alectrias 50, 110, 112*
— Ablyopus 416

— Taenioides 415*

587

Clariger 396, 397

— cosmurus 397, 398*

Clinidae 16, 23, 28

Clinini 16

Clinus medius 89

— praecisus 65, 66

Clupea haumela 258

coarctatus, Hyas 87, 164

colias, Scomber 282

colletti, Lycodes 141, 147

commersoni, Scomberamorus 286, 287*,
293

corallinus, Azygopterus 118*, 119, 120*

cornutus, Chaetodon 242

— Zanclus 242, 243*

Coryphopterus 352

— bernadoui 356

— glaucofraenum 352

— virgatulus 359

cosmurus, Clariger 397, 398*

Cottiformes 202

crassus, Icelus uncinalis 4

crispatus, Ctenodiscus 93, 149

Cryptacanthodes 20

Cryptacanthodidae 16, 20

Cryptacanthoides 20

— bergi 21

Cryptocentrus 351, 362

— filifer 363, 364*

— fontanesi 363

cryptocentrus, Gobius 362

Crystallias matsushimae 66, 164

crystallonota, Lycogramma 181

Ctenochaetus 235, 236

Ctenodax 311

— wilkinsoni 311

Ctenodiscus crispatus 93, 149

Ctenogobius 352

— abei 354

— campbelli 356

— chefuensis 359

— dotui 353

— fasciatus 352

— gymnauchen 359

— hadropterus 359

— pflaumi 359

— similis 362

— virgatulus 359

Ctenotrypauchen 412, 413

— chinensis 413, 414, 415*

— microcephalus 413*, 416

Cubiceps 315, 316

588

— gracilis 316*

— natalensis 316

— pauciradiatus 316

— squamiceps 316

Cucumaria 104

— japonica 63, 87, 93, 106, 158

Cumacea 165, 168

Cuvieri, Tatragonurus 309*, 310*, 311*,
312 :

cyanophrys, Psenes 317, 319

Cybiidae 258

Cybium chinense 288

— commerson 286

— guttatum 289

— koreanum 290

— niphonium 291

— sara 291

— solandri 293

cylindricus, Chaenogobius 375

Cyphomycter 238

daimio, Pterogobius 369

Dasson 28, 35

— trossulus 36*

Dasycottus setiger 90, 149

Davidojordania 121, 122, 169, 170

— brachyrhyncha 158, 171, 172, 175, 176*

— jordaniana 171, 172, 173*

— lacertina 171, 172, 174, 175*

— poecilimon 171, 172, 173*, 174

— spilota 171, 172, 176*, 177

Davidojordania spilotus 177

Decapoda 168

decoratus, Chirolophis 74

Delolepis 20

detricus, Gymnocantus 87

Diagramma porosa 325

diaphanocarus, Laptoclinus maculatus 66,
92*

— Plectobranchus 92

diapteroides, Lycodes brevipes 155

diapterus beringi, Lycodes 150

— diapterus, Lycodes 150

— Lycodes 152

— nakamurai, Lycodes 142, 149, 150*

diceraus, Enophrys 60, 63, 65, 164

dictyogrammus, Ozorthe 67

Dictyosoma 47, 53, 115, 116

— burgeri 116, 117*

— temminckii 117

Dinogunellus 55, 59 \

— grigorjewi 59

Diplogrammus 208

Diplospinus 251, 252

Disparichthyidae 186

dolichogaster, Blennius 41

— dolichogaster, Pholis 39, 41, 42*, 43

— Pholis 37, 41

— taczanowskii, Pholis 39, 41, 42*, 43

dolichognathus, Chasmias 386

— Chasmichthys 385*, 386

Chasmichthys dolychognatus 386

— — gulosus 386

Gobius 386

doryssus, Callionymus 209, 212, 213*

— Calliurichthys 212

dotui, Ctenogobius 353

— Parioglossus 344*

Draconetta 203

— xenica 203, 204*

Draconettidae 202, 203

Draculo 205, 207

— mirabilis 204*, 207

droebachiensis Strongylocentrotus 63

dubius, Ammodytes 198

dybowskii, Centronotus 108

— Hypoptychus 197, 201*

— Opisthocentrus 48*, 53*, 96, 103, 104*,
105, 107*, 108

— Pholidapus 108

dydymovi, Artediellus 41

— schmidti, Artediellus 93, 158

echinogaster, Pampus 332, 334, 335*, 336

— Stromateoides 336

— Stromateus 336

Ectocarpus 104

elapoides, Gobius 369

— Pterogobius 369, 370*

— Pterogobius elapoides 369

elassodon robustus, Hippoglossoides 60,
90, 93, 149, 158

elegans, Aspidontus 33 ~

— Omobranchus 33, 34*, 35

— Petroscirtes 33

Eleotridae 337, 338

Eleotris 338, 339

— balia 340

— oxycephala 339*, 340

elongatus, Encheliopus 132, 133

— Lepidopus 253

— Luciogobius 402, 404

— Stichaeus 59

— Zoarces 131, 132*, 134

— Zoarces vivparus 132
Embolichthys 199

— mitsukurii 199, 200*
emmnion, Azuma 76, 82
Encheliophiops 194

— hancocki 194

Encheliophis 194, 195

— sagamianus 195*

— vermicularis 194
Encheliopus barbatus 187

— elongatus 127, 132, 133

— gillii 133

Enedrias 37, 38

— fangi 46

— nebulosus 37, 44, 46
enneagrammus, Ernogrammus 71
— Stichaeus 71
Enneapterygius etheostoma 24
Enophrys diceraus 60, 63, 65, 149, 164
enosimae, Istiblennius 31, 32*
— Salarias 31

— Scartichthys 31

ensiferus, Asterropteryx 340
Entomacrodus 29

— stellifer 31

eous, Pandalus borealis 149
eppalax, Ernogrammus 69

— Stichaeopsis 51*, 54*, 67, 69, 70*, 71
Epinnula 245

— magistralis 247

epiphanes, Eviota 342
Erimacrus isenbeckii 87
Ernogrammus 50, 53, 54, 71
— enneagrammus 71

-epallax 69

— hexagrammus 51*, 54*, 71, 72*, 73*
— storoshi 66

etheostoma, Aboma 363

— Enneapterygius 24

— Tripterygion 73, 24, 25*
Eulophias 47, 53, 120

— tanneri 120*

Eulophiidae 53, 120
Eumesogrammus 49, 65

— praecisus 41, 54*, 65*, 66, 69
Eumicrotremus birula 90, 160
Eupleurogrammus 252, 257

— muticus 252, 256*, 257

— intermedius 257
Eutaeniichthys 396, 399

— gilli 399, 400*

|

589

Euthynnus 262, 277, 279

— affinis 277

— — aftinis 278

='—' vaito 278"

— pelamis 279

evermanni, Ariomma 322
Eviota 339, 342

— abax 342, 343*

— distigma 342

— epiphanes 342
Evoxymetopon 252, 253*, 255
— anzas 255

— taeniatus 245*, 255
Expedio 337, 338, 396, 397, 406, 407*
— parvulus 406, 407*
ezoensis, Lyconectes 21

fabricii, Gunellus 87

— Lumpenus 52*, 85*, 86, 88

fangi, Enedrias 46

— Pholis 39, 45*, 46

fasciato-punctatus, Gobius 373

fasciatus, Centronotus 43

— Ctenogobius 352

— Lycenchelys 157

— Lycodes 157

Lycodes palearis 63, 143, 156*, 157

— Neobythites 191, 192

Pholis 37

Fierasfer umbratilis 194

Fierasferidae 194

filifer, Cryptocentrus 363, 364*

— Gobius 363

fimbriidens, Ranulina 389

flagris, Callionymus 210, 217, 219*, 220*
224

flavimanus, Acanthogobius 365, 366*, 367

— Gobius 363, 367

fontanesi, Cryptocentrus 363

fowleri, Lumpenus 86, 93, 94

fronticornis, Naso 238

fundicula, Suruga 392

furcifera, Rexea 249

Furcimanus nakamurae 149

— taranetzi 152

fuscescens, Amphacanthum 233

— Centrogaster 233

— Siganus 233, 234*

— Teuthis 233

fuscus, Bathygobius 356

— Gobius 353, 356, 357*

590

gallinum, Alectridium 111 — boddaerti 408

gallinus, Alectrias 110, 111, 112* — caninus 353, 356, 358*
Gammaridae 168 — castaneus 384
Gasterochisminae 258 — chlorostigma 352
Gempylidae 244, 245*, 249* — cryptocentrus 362
Gempylus 245, 246 _ — dolichognathus 386

— prometheus 251 — elapoides 369

— serpens 248* — fasciato-punctatus 373

— solandri 249 = filifer 363

geneionema, Ainosus 394 — flavimanus 363, 367

— Gobius 394 — fuscus 353, 356, 357*

— Sagamia 394, 395* — geneionema 394
geneionemus, Ainosus 394 — giurinus 353, 359, 361*
Gengea 123, 180 — giuris 373

— japonica 180* — gronovii 317

Genypterus omostigma 192 — gymnauchen 353, 359, 360*
Geodia 90 — hasta 389, 390

Germo 263 — heptacanthus 382

— alalunda 270 — lactipes 365

germo, Scomber 263 — laevis 374

— Thunnus 270 — macrognathus 377

gilberti, Hemilepidotus 65 — nebulopunctatus 352

— Podothecus 65, 87, 90, 93, 106, 158 — niger 352

gilli, Enchelyopus 133 — nigrimembranis 379, 381

— Eutaeniichthys 399, 400* — olivaceus 373

— Zoarces 131, 133* — ommaturus 389, 391
giurinus, Gobius 353, 359, 361* — ornatus campbelli 353, 356, 357* .
giuris brunneus, Glossogobius 373 — pectinirostris 410

— Glossogobius 373 : — pflaumi 353, 358*, 359

— Gobius 373 — pisonis 339

glacialis maxima, Heliometra 76 — platycephalus 373

gladius, Xiphias 304, 305*, 306* — poecilichthys 356
glaucofraenum, Coryphopterus 352 — semidoliatus 352, 353, 354, 355*
Glossogobius 351, 373 — semifasciatus 352

— brunneus 373 - — similis 353, 361*, 362

— giuris 373 — stigmathonus 367

— — brunneus 373 — vagina 412

— olivaceus 372*, 373 — virgo 368, 371
Glyptocephalus 65 goniurus, Pandalus 93

— stelleri 87 goodei, Ptilichthys 49
Gobiesociformes 202 Gorgonocephalus 66, 87, 90, 149, 158, 164
Gobiidae 337, 338, 345, 350, 365 — caryi 93, 149, 150
Gobiididae 412 gracilis, Cubiceps 316*
Gobiinae 350 — Encheliophis 196
Gobiodontinae 345 — Jordanicus 196

Gobioidei 3, 337, 338 — Leptogunellus 86 ‘
Gobioides rubicundus 416, 417 — Lumpenus 158
Gobioodidae 338, 414 — Seriola 316

Gobius 351, 352, 353 Grammotorcynus 245, 263

— abei 353, 354, 355* grandis, Luciogobius 402, 403*

— albula 317 grigorjewi, Dinogunellus 59

— Stichaeus 48, 53, 55, 59*, 60, 64
groenlandicum, Cardium 90
gronovii, Gobius 317

— Nomeus 317, 318*

guildi, Semathunnus 273

gulosum, Saccotoma 386

gulosus, Chasmichthys 386, 387*

— Chasmichthys dolichognathus 386
gulosus, Saccostoma 384
Gunnellops 38

gunnellus, Blennius 38

Gunnellus fabricii 87

— nebulosus 38, 44

— ornatus 44

gunnellus, Pholis 37, 38, 39
giintheri, Gymnelopsis ocellatus 178
guttatum, Cybium 289

guttatus, Luciogobius guttatus 404

— Luciogobius 401, 402, 403*, 404, 406

— Scomber 289

— Scomberomosus 286, 289*
gymnauchen, Ctenogobius 359
— Gobius 353, 359, 360*
Gymnelina 121, 123

Gymnelis 123

— haemifasciatus 66
Gymnelopsis 121, 123, 178

— brashnikovi 178, 179*, 180

— ocellatus 178, 179*

— ocellatus giintheri 178
Gymnocantus detrisus 87

— herzensteini 87

— sp. 90, 164

Gymnoclinus 50

Gymnogobius 351, 373, 374, 377
— bungei 374, 379, 380*

— heptacanthus 375, 382*

— macrognathus 373, 374, 377, 378*
— mororanus 375, 381, 382*

— nigrimembranis 374, 379, 380*
— nigripinnis 374, 375, 376*

— raninus 374, 375, 376*

— sarchynnis 382

7

Hadropareai 122, 169

— brachyrhynchus 175

— middendorfii 169
Hadropareinae 122
hadropterus, Ctenogobius 359
haemifasciatus, Gymnelis 66
hancocki, Encheliophiops 194
hasta, Acanthogobius 391

591

— Gobius 389, 390

Heliometra glacialis maxima 76

heathi, Schedophilus 324

heinemanni, Lycodes 141, 142

Hemilepidotus giberti 65

Hepatus 236

— triostegus 236

heptacanthus, Aboma 382

— Chaenogobius 377, 382

— Gobius 382

— Gymnogobius 375, 382*

— mororana, Chaenogobius 381

hermannianus, Taenioides 416

herzensteini, Gymnocantus 87

hexagrammus, Ernogrammus 51*, 54*, 71,
(ie

— Stichaeopsis 71

— Stichaeus 71

hexanemus, Chaeturichthys 391, 392, 393*

hexapterus, Ammodytes 197, 198, 200*

Hippoglossoides elassodon robustus 60,
90, 93, 149, 158

hippopotamus, Lycodes 164

hira, Auxis 281

Histiophorus 294

— audax 298

— orientalis 294

hollandi, Allolepis 90, 181, 182*, 183

Holothuria monacaria 196

hopkinsi, Stichaeopsis 47, 48, 67

Hoplobrotula 187, 190, 191

— armata 190*

hubbsi, Lycodes 142

— Lycozoarces 123, 124, 125, 126*

Hyas coarctatus 87, 164

hyperborea, Yoldia 90, 158

Hyperoglyphe 313*, 323, 325

— japonica 326*, 327

Hypoptychidae 197, 199

Hypoptychus 201

— dybowskii 197, 201*

Icelus spiniger 93

— — cataphractus 149

— — intermedius 59, 90

— uncinalis crassus 4
Icichthys 323, 324

— lockingtoni 324, 325*
Icticus 317

— ischanus 317, 319

— pellucidus 319

ijimae, Synchiropus 229, 230*

592

imberbis, Brotula 189

— Sirembo 188*, 189
‘imperialis, Luvarus 307, 308*
indica, Ariomma 322

— Makaira 300, 303

— Tetrapturus 303
intermedius, Eupleurogrammus 275
— Icelus spiniger 90

Inu 397, 406,

— ama 406

— koma 406, 407*

ischanus, Icticus 317, 319
isenbeckii, Erimacrus 87
Isopoda 168

Ictiblennius 28, 29

— enosimae 31, 32

— stellifer 31, 32*
Istiophoridae 259, 261, 293, 294
Istiophorus 294

— albicans 294

— orientalis 294

— platypterus 294, 295*

jaok, Myoxocephalus 87

japonica, Azuma 81, 82

— Brotula 187

— Chirolophis 81, 82*

— Cucumaria 63, 87, 93, 106, 158

— Gengea 180*

— Hyperoglyphe 326*; 327

Percis 93, 158

Scomber 282

— Sicydium 411 me

japonicus, Ammodytes 197, 198, 199

— Aspidontus 33

— Callionymus 203*, 209*, 211, 212, 213*
218

— Calliurichthys 208, 212

— Centrolophus 325, 327

— Chirolophis 73, 74, 76, 77, 79

— Lycodes 141, 143, 144, 145*, 146*

— Mupus 327

— Ocycrius 327

— Omobranchus 33, 34*

— Palinurichthys 327

— Petroscirtes 33

— Pneumatophorus 284

— Scomber 283* 286

— Sicoypterus 411*

— tapeinocephalus, Pneumatophorus 284

— Triaenopogon 350

— Trichiurus lepturus 258

jenseni, Lycodes 141, 143

jordani, Triglops 63, 65, 87, 93, 106, 158

jordaniana, Davidojordania 171, 172, 173*
174

Jordanicus 194, 195

— gracilis 196

— sagamianus 195*

Jordanidia 249

— promethoides 249

— raptoria 249

’

kaianus, Callionymus 210, 214, 218*, 219*

kamoharai, Psenes 319

Kasatkia 50, 52, 96, 99

— memorabilis 53*, 100*

kataharai, Callionymus 227, 228*

Katsuwonus 262, 277, 279

— pelamis 279, 280*

Kishinoella 263

— tonggol 275

knipowitshi, Ascoldia variegata 102*, 103,
104

koelreuteri, Periophthalmus 419

koma, Inu 397, 406, 407*

— Luciogobius 406, 407* \

koreanum, Cybium 290

— Sawara 290

koreanus, scomberomorus 286, 290*

Kraemeriidae 338

Krusensterniella 17, 121, 122, 126, 127

— maculata 127, 128*, 129, 130

— multispinosa 127, 130*

— notabilis 126, 127, 128*, 129, 130

lacepedei, Amblyopus 417

— Taenioides 416

lacertina, Davidojordania 171, 172, 174,
We

lacertinus, Lycenchelys 170, 175

lactipes, Aboma 365

— Acanthogobius 365, 366*

— Gobius 365

lactisella, Astrabe 397, 398*

laevis, Chloea 384

— Gobius 374

lampetraeformis, Leptogunellus 86

lateralis, Callionymus 228
latifrons, Anarhichas 48
Lada 65, 87, 90, 93, 158, 160
ledanoisi, Paracubiceps 321
Lepidocybium 245
Lepidopidae 244, 251

Lepidopinae 252

Lepidopsetta 65

Lepidopus 252, 253*

— aomori 253

— elongatus 253

— tenuis 253

Leptoclinus 15, 16, 17, 52, 85, 91

— maculatus 92, 164

— maculatus diaphanocarus 66, 92*

— — maculatus 92

— triocellatus 98

Leptogunellus lampetraeformis 86

— gracilis 86

Lepturacanthus 252

— savala 253

lepturus, Anarhichas 18

— japonicus, Trichiurus 258

— Trichiurus 257*, 258

Leucopsarion 397, 399

— petersi 399, 400*

Limanda 65

— aspera 60, 93, 149

lindbergi, Lycodes 147

— Rhinogobius similis 362

lineolatus, Synchiropus 229

Lithothamnion 133

lockingtoni, Icichthys 324, 325*

longicaudatus, Callionymus 212

longirostris, Lumpenella 85, 95*

— Lumpenus 95

longissimis, Scomber pinnis pectoralibus
270

Lophiogobius 352, 389

— ocellicauda 389, 390*

loveni, Asteronux 150

Luciogobiinae 345, 396

Luciogobius 397, 401, 406

— elongatus 402, 404*

— grandis 402, 403*

— guttatus 401, 402, 403*, 404, 406

— — guttatus 404

— koma 406

pallidus 402, 404, 405*, 406

parvulus 406

— saikaiensis 402, 404, 405*

Lumpenella 47, 48, 52, 85, 95

— longirostris 85, 95*

— nigricans 95, 96

Lumpeninae 46, 50, 85, 97

Lumpenopsis 52, 96, 97, 98

— pavienko 91, 97, 98, 99*

593

— triocellatus 97, 98, 99*

Lumpenus 52, 86, 89, 92, 95

— aculeatus 91

— anguillaris 86, 94

lumpenus, Blennius 86

Lumpenus fabricii 52*, 85, 86, 87, 88

— fowleri 80, 93, 94

— gracilis 158

— longirostris 95

— mackayi 86, 93, 94

— macrops 90

— medius 86, 89, 90, 93,149, 158, 160

— sagitta $6, 88*

lunatus, Callionymus 210, 221*, 222*

lurida, Ariomma 321, 322*, 323

Luvaridae 307

Luvaroidei 3, 307

Luvarus 307

— imperialis 307, 308*

Lycenchelys 121, 122, 164*, 165, 171

— brachyrhynchus 175

— fasciatus 157

— lacertinus 170, 175

— ornatus 169

— poecilimon 172

spilotus 177

Lycodapodidae 17

Lycodes 121, 122, 139, 140*, 141, 164, 168,
171

— brashnikovi 158

— brevicauda 141, 143, 161

— brevipes 155

— — diapteroides 155

— — ochotensis 142, 155

— brunneofasciatus 141, 142

— caudimaculatus 141, 144, 148*

— colletti 141, 147

— diapterus beringi 150

— — diapterus 150

— — nakamurai 142, 149, 150*

— heinemanni 141

— hippopotamus 142, 164

— hubbsi 142

— japonicus 141, 143, 144*, 145*, 146*

— jenseni 141, 143

— lindbergi 147

— macrochir 141, 142

— macrolepis 142, 153, 154*

— maraena 164

— nakamurai 149

— palearis 87, 157

594

— — brashnikowi 157, 158

— — fasciatus 63, 100, 143, 156*, 157
— — schmidti 143, 158, 159*

— paucidens 163

— perspecillum 158

— raridens 93, 143, 160, 161, 162*, 163, 164
— rassi 164

— sadoensis 142

— schmidti 158, 161

— semenovi 141

— sigmatus 143, 161, 162*

— soldatovi 142, 153, 154*

— sp. 158, 161

— tanakae 60, 90, 93, 143, 159*, 160, 161
— taranetzi 151*, 152

— teraoi 141, 147, 148*

— uschakovi 93, 141, 147, 148*

— vahlii 139

— ygreknotatus 143, 155, 156*
Lycodinae 121, 122

Lycogramma 17, 121, 123, 183, 185
— crystallonota 181

— zesta 183*, 184

Lycogramminae 121, 123
Lyconectes 20

— ezoensis 21

Lycozoarces 121, 122, 123

— hubbsi 123, 124, 125, 126

— regani 123, 124*, 125, 126
Lycozoarcinae 122

lyra, Callionymus 208

lysimus, Bryolophus 74

lysimus, Bryozoichthys 52*, 74, 75

maccoyii, Thunnus 265, 267%, 268

mackai, Acantholumpenus 85, 93, 94*

mackayi, Lumpenus 86, 93, 94

Macoma 158

Macoma calcarea 164

macrochir, Sebastolobus 150

macrognattus, Chaenogobius 377, 384

— Gobius 377

— Gymnogobius 373, 374, 377, 378*

macrolepis, Lycodes 142, 153, 154

macrops, Anisarchus 89, 90, 91*

— Lumpenus 90

macropterus, Neothunnus 273

— Thunnus 273

— Thynnus 263, 273

macroshizma, Monia 106

maculata, Krusensterniella 127, 128*, 129
130

maculatus, Leptoclinus 164

— Leptoclinus maculatus 92

— Lumpenus 92

— Lycodes 144, 148*

— Psenes 319

madurensis, Apocryptodon 408, 409*

magistralis, Epinnula 247

Makaira 294, 300

— indica 300, 303*

— marlina 303

— mazara 300, 301*, 302

— mitsukurii 300

— nigricans 300, 301

Malacocottus zonurus zonurus 41

Maldanidae 158

marina, Zostera 104

marlina, Makaira 303

marmoratum, Sirembo 189

marmoratus, Tridentiger 348

maru, Auxis 281

matsushimae, Crystallias 66, 164

maxima, Heliometra glacialis 76

Mayanea brunnea 183

mazara, Makaira 300, 301*, 302*

— Tetrapturus 300

mebachi, Parathunnus 271

— Thunnus 263

medius, Anisarchus 85, 88*, 89, 90*

— Clinus 89

— Lumpenus 89, 90, 93, 149, 158, 160

medusophagus, Schedophilus 312

megacephalus, Chaenogobius 374 ©

Melletes papillio 66, 111

memorabilis, Kasatkia 53*, 100*

microcephalus, Ctenotrypauchen 413%,
416

— Trypauchen 413

Microdesmidae 338

microlepidotus, Prionurus 240, 241*

middendorfii, Hadropareia 169

Mimasea 245, 246

— taeniosoma 247

misakius, Chasmias 384, 386

mitsukurii, Embolichthys 199, 200*

— Tetrapturus 298

Mollusca 168

monacaria, Holothuria 196

mororana, Chaenogobius 377, 381

— Chaenogobius heptacanthus 381

mororanus, Gymnogobius 375, 381,
382*

Mugilogobius 352

— abei 354

mulleri, Salarias 29

multibarbata, Brotula 187, 188*
multispinosa, Krusensterniella 127, 130*
Mupus japonicus 327

muraena, Lycodes 164

muticus, Eupleurogrammus 252, 256*, 257
— Trichiurus 257

Myoxocephalus 93, 104

— jaok 87

— polyacanthocephalus 60, 87, 149

nadeshnyi, Acanthopsetta, 60, 93, 149, 164

nakamurae, Chloea 384

— Furcimanus 149

— Lycodes 149

nakamurai, Lycodes diapterus 142, 149,
150*

nana, Stichaeopsis 51*, 54*, 67, 68, 70*

— Zostera 104

Naso 236, 238

— brevirostris 238, 240*

— fronticornis 238

— unicornis 238, 239*, 240*

nazawae, Stichaeus 56, 61, 62*, 63, 65*

nazumi, Allolepis 183

Nealotus 245, 249

— tripes 248*, 249*

nebulopunctatus, Gobius 352

nebulosus, Enedrias 37, 44, 46

— Gunnellus 38, 44

— Pholis 37, 44, 45*, 46

Neobythites 38, 187, 190, 191

— fasciatus 191, 192

— nigromaculatus 192

— sivicolus 191*, 192

Neoclinidi 27

Neoclinus 16, 27

— blanchardi 27

— bryope 26*, 27

— stephensae 27

Neoepinnula 245

— orientalis 246*

Neothunnus 263

— albacora 273

— macropterus 273

— rarus 274

— tonggol 275

Neozoarces 17, 115, 121, 122, 134, 135

— pulcher 134, 135, 136*, 137

— steindachneri 135, 136*, 137

Neozoarcinae 121, 122

595

nevelskoi, Ozorthe 69

— Stichaeopsis 51*, 54*, 67, 69, 72*

niger, Centrolophus 324

— Gobius 352

nigricans, Lumpenella 95, 96

— Makaira 300, 301

nigrimembranis, Chaenogobius 379, 381

— Gobius 379, 381

— Gymnogobius 374, 379, 380*

nigripinnis, Chaenogobius 375

— Chloea 375

— Gymnogobius 374, 375, 376*

nigromaculatus, Neobythites 192

niphonia, Sawara 291

niphonium, Cybium 291

niphonius, Scomberomorus 286, 291, 292*

Nomeidae 309, 313*, 314, 315, 316, 317

Nomeus 313*, 315, 317

— albula 317

— gronovii 317, 318*

notabilus, Kruzensterniella 126, 127, 128*,
129, 130

notalensis, Cubiceps 316

nozawae, Stichaeus 90

Stromateoides 334

Nudibranchiata 87

nudiventris, Tridentiger 346

nugator, Chirolophis 74

obesus mebachi, Parathunnus 272

— Parathunnus 271, 272*

— Thunnus 263, 265, 266, 267*, 271, 272*
— Thynnus 271

obscurum, Sicydium 346

obscurus, Tridentiger 346, 347*

ocellaris, Blennius 29

ocellatum, Ophidium 105

ocellatus, Gymnelopsis 178, 179*, 181

— Opisthocentrus 96, 103, 104, 105, 106*
ocellicauda, Lophiogobius 389, 390*
ochotensis, Lycodes brevipes 142, 155

— Opisthocentrus 105

ochriamkini, Stichaeus 54, 56, 60, 62*, 63
Ocycrius 325

— japonicus 327

Odontamblyopus 414, 416

— rubicundus 417, 418*

olivaceus, Glossogobius 372*, 373

— Gobius 373

Omobranchini 28

Omobranchus 28, 29, 31, 33

— elegans 33, 34*, 35

596

— fasciolatus 31

— japonicus 33, 34*

— trossulus 36

—wWekil 33.) 35%

ommaturus, Acanthogobius 391

— gobius 389, 391

omostigma, Genypterus 192

Ophidiidae 186, 192

Ophidiiformes 185

Ophidioidei 3, 17, 185, 186

Ophidium ocellatum 105

Ophiura sarsi 76, 87, 90, 104, 160

opilio, Chionoecetes 66, 90, 93, 158

Opisthocentrinae 47, 52, 53*, 96, 97, 104,
15)

Opisthocentrus 50, 52, 96, 103, 104

— dybowskii 48*, 53*, 96, 103, 104*, 105
107*, 108

— ocellatus 96, 103, 104, 105*, 106

— ochotensis 105

— zonope 96, 103, 104, 106, 107*

Oplegnathidae 258

Orcynus 263

— schlegelii 268

orientalis, Anarhichas 18, 19*, 49*

— Histiophorus 294

— Istiophorus 294

— Neoepinnula 246*

— Pelamys 277

— Sarda 276*, 277

— Thunnus 268

orientalis, Thunnus thynnus 268*

— Thynnus 268

ornata, Bilabria 169*, 170*

ornatus campbelli, Gobius 353, 356, 357*

— Gunnellus 44

— Lycenchelys 169

— Pholis 39, 44, 45*

Ostracoda 165, 168

Otohime, Bryostemma 79

— Chirolophis 74, 77, 79, 80*

— Soldatovia 79

Otophidium 192

= asiro 192, 193*

owasii, Eulophias 120

oxycephala, Eleotris 339*, 340

Ozorthe 67

— dictyogrammus 67

— nevelskoi 69

;

pacificus, Tetragonurus 312
palearis brashnikowi, Lycodes 157, 158

— fasciatus, Lycodes 63, 143, 156*, 157
— Lycodes 87

— schmidti, Lycodes 143, 158, 159*
Paleatogobius uchidae 351
Palinurichthys japonicus 327
pallidus, Luciogobius 402, 404, 405*, 406
palmicornis, Blennius 76

Pampus 312, 331, 332

— argenteus 332, 333*, 334, 336

— chinensis 332, 336*, 337

— echinogaster 332, 334, 335*, 336
— sp. 334

Pandalus, 63

— borealis eous 93, 149

— goniurus 93

papillio, Melletes 66, 111

— Periophthalmus 417
Paracanthurus 235

Paracanthus 236
Parachaeturichthys 351, 388

— polynema 387*, 388

— polynemus 388

Paracubiceps 321

— ledanoisi 321

paradoxus, Psychrolutes 41 .
Paralithodes camtschatica 63, 111
— platypus 87 '

Parathunnus 263

— mebachi 271

— obesus 271

— — mebachi 272

— sibi 271

Parioglossus 339, 344

— dotui 344*

— rainfordi 344

— taeniatus 344

parvulus, Expedio 406, 407*

— Luciogobius 406

paucidens, Lycodes 163
pauciradiatus, Cubiceps 316
pavlenkoi, Lumpenopsis 91, 97, 98, 99*
pectinirostris, Boleophthalmus 409*, 410
— Gobius 410

pelamis, Euthynnus 279

— Katsuwonus 279, 280*

— Scomber 279,

Pelamys orientalis 277

pellucidus, Icticus 319

— Psenes 319, 320

Pennatulidae 150

Perciformes 3, 312, 338

Percis japonica 93, 158

Percoidei 3, 258

Periophthalmidae 337, 338, 417

Periophthalminae 417

Periophthalmodon 419

Periophthalmus 417

— cantonensis 418*, 419

— koelreuteri 419

— papilio 417

Perpilus 313*

personatus, Ammodytes 197, 198

perspecillum, Lycodes 158

petersi, Leucopsarion 399, 400*

Petroschmidtia 122, 164

— albonotata 164, 165, 166, 168*, 169

— toyamensis 165, 166*, 167*

Petroscirtes elegans 33

— japonicus 33

— uekii 35

petschilensis, Taenioides 417

pflaumi, Ctenogobius 359

— Gobius 353, 358*, 359

— Rhinogobius 359

pfluegeri, Tetrapturus 297*, 298

Pholidapus 104

— dybowskii 108

Pholididae 17, 37, 38, 47, 49

Pholinae 38

Pholis 37, 38

— dolichogaster 37, 41

— — dolichogaster 39,41, 42*, 43

— — taczanowskii 39, 41, 42*, 43

— fangi 39, 45*, 46

— fasciatus 37, 38, 39, 42*, 43

— gunnellus 37, 38

— nebulosus 37, 44, 45*, 46

— ornatus 39, 44, 45*

— pictus 38, 39, 40*

— taczanowskii 43

Physalia 317

Physostumi 232

Phytichthys 115, 116

pictus, Pholis 38, 39, 40*

-— Urocentrus 39

pinnis pectoralibus longissimus, Scomber
270

Plagiogrammus 67

planus, Callionymus 210, 214, 216*, 217*

platycephalus, Gobius 373

Platycephalus punctatus 218

platypterus, Istiophorus 294, 295*

— Xiphias 294

SOY

platypus, Paralithodes 87

Plectobranchus 96

— diaphanocarus 92

Pleuronectes quadrituberculatus 149

plumieri, Scomberomorus 286

Pneumatophorus 282

— australasicus 283

— japonicus 284

— — tapeinocephalus 284

— tapeinocephalus 284

Podothecus 63

— gilberti 65, 87, 90, 93, 106, 158

poecilichthys, Gobius 356

poecilimon, Davidojordania 171, 172, 173*,
174

— Lycenchelys 172

Polyacanthocephalus, Myoxocephalus 60,
83, 84, 87, 149

Polyactocephala, Soldatovia 74, 83*, 84*

polyactocephalum, Bryostemma 81

polyactocephalus, Blennius 76

— Chirolophis 84

Polychaeta 168

polynema, Chaeturichthys 388

— Parachaeturichthys 387*, 388

polynemus, Parachaeturichthys 388

porosa, Diagramma 325

praecisus, Clinus 65, 66

— Eumesogrammus 41, 54*, 65*, 66*, 69

Prionurus 236, 240

— microlepidotus 240, 241*

— punctatus 240

— scalprum 240

prometheoides, Jordanidia 249

— Thyrsites 249

Prometheus 251

— atlanticus 251

prometheus, Gemphylus 251

— Promethichthys 249*, 250*, 251

Prometichthys 245, 249, 251

— prometheus 249*, 250*, 251

Psenes 310, 315, 317

— anomala 328

— anomalus 328, 329*

— arafurensis 319

— cyanophrys 317, 319

— kamoharai 319

— maculatus 319

— pellucidus 319, 320*

Psenopsis 323, 327

— anomala 328, 330

598

— shojimai 328, 330

Pseudalectrias 53, 108, 109, 114

— tarasovi 109*, 114, 115

Psychrolutes paradoxus 41

Pterogobius 351, 368, 369

— daimio 369

— elapoides 369, 370*

— — elapoides 369

— virgo 369, 371, 372*

Zacalles 362, 370*, 371

. — zonoleucus 367*, 369

Ptilichthyidae 47, 49

Ptilichthys 48

— goodei 49

pulchellus, Strongylocentrotus 43, 63

pulcher, Neozoarces 134, 135, 136*, 137

pulcherrimus, Stichaeus punctatus 55, 56,
S71, Ds SY

punctatissimus, Stromateus 332, 334

punctatus, Blennius 55, 56

— Callionymus 209*, 210, 211, 218, 220*,
224

— Platycephalus 218

— Prionurus 240

— pulcherrimus, Stichaeus 55, 56, 57*, 58,
59

-- punctatus, Stichaeus 55, 56, 57*, 58

— Stichaeus 54, 56, 61, 64, 65*

Pyramodontidae 186

Pyrosoma 312

quadrituberculatus, Pleuronectes 60, 149

quinquemaculatus, Centronotus 104

rainfordi, Parioglossus 344

raninus, Gymnogobius 374, 375, 376*

Ranulina 389

— fimbriidens 389

raptoria, Jordania 249

raridens, Lycodes 93, 143, 160, 161, 162*,
163

tarus, Neothunnus 274

— Thunnus 263

rassi, Lycodes 164

Rastrelliger 263

reevesi, Callionymus 211

regani, Lycozoarces 123, 124*, 125*, 126

Rexea 245, 246, 249

— furcifera 249

— solandri 249, 250*

Rhinogobius 352

— bergi 362

— pflaumi 359

— raninus 356

— similis 352, 362

— — lindbergi 362

Rhodonichthys 374

Rhynchias 199

richardsoni, Callionymus 218

rivulatus, Scarus 232

robustus, Hippoglossoides elassodon 60,
90, 93, 149, 158

rochei, Scomber 280

rochia, Auxis 281

rubicundus, Gobioides 416, 417

— Odontamblyopus 417, 418*

— Taenioides 417

russula, Sagamia 363, 394

Ruvettus 245

Saccostoma gulosus 384, 386
sadoensis, Lycodes 142
Sagamia 352, 363, 394

— geneionema 394, 395*

— russula 363, 394
sagamianus, Encheliophis 195*
— Jordanicus 195*

sagitta, Lumpenus 86, 88*
saitone, Bryostemma 77, 78*
— Chirolophis 74, 76, 77
saikaiensis, Luciogobius 402, 404, 405*
Salarias 29

— enosimae 31

— mulleri 29

— stellifer 31

Salariinae 15

Salariini 28

sarchynnis, Chloea 382

— Gymnogobius 382

Sarda 262, 276

— orientalis 276*, 277

— sarda 276

sarda, Sarda 276

— Scomber 276

Sardinae 258

sarsi, Ophiurus 76, 87, 90, 104, 160
savala, Lepturacanthus 253
Sawara koreanum 290

— niphonia 291

scalprum, Prionurus 240
scalprum, Xesurus 240
Scartelaos 410

Scartichthys enosimae 31

— stellifer 31

Scarus rivulatus 232

Schedophilus heathi 324
— medusophagus 312
schlegeli, Orcynus 268 ;
schmidti, Artediellus dydymovi 158
— Lycodes 158, 161
— — palearis 158, 159*
sciistius, Chaeturichthys 391, 392, 393
- Scomber 245, 263, 282
— alalunga 270
— albacares 263, 273
— colias 282
— commerson 286
— germo 263
— gladius 294
— guttatus 289
— japonica 282
— japonicus 283*, 286
— pelamis 279
— pinnis pectoralibus longissimus 270
— rochei 280
— sarda 276
— scombrus 282
— sinensis 288
— tapeinocephalus 283, 284, 285*
— thazard 280, 281
— thynnus 263
Scomberomorus 245, 263, 286
— cavalla 288
— commersoni 286, 287*, 293
— guttatus 286, 289*
— koreanus 286, 290*-
— niphonius 286, 291, 292*
— plumieri 286
— semifasciatus 290
— sinensis 286, 287*, 288
Scombridae 245, 258, 259, 261
Scombrinae 258
Scombroidei 3, 4, 258, 260*, 307
scombrus, Scomber 282
Sebastolobus macrochir 150
senbae, Chloea 384
Semathunnus guildi 273
semenovi, Lycodes 141, 142
semidoliatuss, Gobius, 352, 353, 354, 355*
— Zonogobius 354
semifasciatus, Gobius 352
— Scomberomorus 290
semipunctatus, Asterropteryx 340, 341*
Seriola gracilis 316
Seriolella 323
serpens, Gempylus 248*
' Serpulidae 133

599

setiger, Dasycottus 90, 149
shojimai, Psenopsis 328

sibi, Parathunnus 271

— Thynnus 271

Sicydiaphinae 345, 410

Sicydium japonica 411

— obscurum 346

Sicyopterus 410

— japonicus 411*

— stimpsoni 410

Siganidae 232

Siganoidei 3, 232

Saiganus 232

— fuscescens 233, 234*

sigmatus, Lycodes 143, 161, 162*
silensis, Zaprora 22*

similis, Ctenogobius 362

— Gobius 353, 361*, 362
—lindbergi, Rhinogobius 362

— Rhinogobius 352, 362
simonyi, Benthodesmus 252
sinensis, Scomber 288

— Scomberomorus 286, 287*, 288
— Stromateoides 337

Sirembo 187, 189, 190, 191

— armata 190

— imberbis 188*, 189

— marmoratum 189

sivicola, Watasea 191

sivicolus, Neobythites 191*, 192
snyderi, Aboma 367

— Bryostemma 76, 81

— Chirolophis 74, 76, 77, 80*, 81*
— Taenioides 416

soldatovi, Lycodes 142, 153, 154*
Soldatovia 50, 73, 76, 83

— otohime 79

— polyactocephola 74, 83*, 84*
solandri, Acanthocybium 292*, 293
— Cybium 293

— Gempylus 249

— Rexea 249, 250*

sp., Gymnocanthus 90, 164

— Lycodes 158, 161

— Pampus 334

spilota, Davidojordania 171, 172, 176*, 177
spilotus, Davidojordania 177

— Lycenchelys 177

spiniger, cataphractus, Icelus: 149
= Icelus 93

— intermedius, Icelus 59, 90
Spirontocaris 43, 63

600

squamiceps, Cubiceps 316

steindachneri, Hypoptychus 201

steindachneri, Neozoarces 135, 136*, 137

steinegeri, Stelgistrum 66

Stelgistrum steinegeri 66

stelleri, Glyptocephalus 87

stellifer, Entomacrodus 31

— Istiblennius 31, 32*

— Scartichthys 31

stephensae, Neoclinus 27

Stichaeidae 16, 17, 22, 46, 47*, 48, 49*, 55,
86

Stichaeinae 46, 49, 53

Stichaeoidae 47, 48, 53

Stichaeopsis 49, 51*, 67, 71

— epallax 51*, 54*, 67, 69, 70*, 71

— hexagrammus 71

— hopkinsi 47, 48, 67

— nana 51*, 54*, 67, 68, 70*

— nevelskoi 51*, 54*, 67, 69, 72*

Stichaeus 49, 55, 65, 115

— elongatus 59

— enneagrammus 71

— grigorjewi 48, 53, 55, 59*, 60, 64

— hexagrammus 71

— nozawae 56, 61, 62*, 63, 65*, 90

— ochriamkini 54, 56, 61, 62*

— punctatts 54, 56, 61, 64, 65*

— — pilchefrimus 55, 56, 57*, 58, 59

— — punctatus 55, 56; 57*, 58

stigmathonus, Acanthogobius 367

— Gobius 367

stigmatias, Chaeturichthys 392, 395*

stigmatius, Chaeturichthys 391*

stimpsoni, Sicyopterus 410

storoshi, Ernogrammus 66

Strongrylocentrotus pulchellus 43, 63

— droebachiensis 63

Stromateidae 313*, 314, 321, 230

Stromateoidei 3, 309, 311, 312, 313*, 314,
321

Stromateoides 334

— argenteus 334

— echinogaster 336

— nozawae 334

— sinensis 337

Stromateus 330

— argenteus 331

— atous 331

— candidus 331, 332

— chinensis 331, 337

— cinereus 331, 332

— echinogaster 336

— punctatissimus 332, 334
Suberites 104

Suruga fundicula 392
Synchiropus 205, 228, 229
— altivelis 203*, 229, 231*
— ijimai 229, 230*

— lineolatus 229
Synechogobius 352, 398

— hasta 390*

taczanowskii, Pholis 43

— Pholis dolichogaster 39, 41, 42*, 43
taeniatus, Aspidontus 31

— Evoxymetopon 254*, 255

— Parioglossus 344

Taeniodes petschilensis 417

— rubicundus 417

Taenioides 414, 416

‘— cirratus 415*, 416

— hermannianus 416

— lacepedei 416

— snyderi 416

Taenioididae 414

Taenioninae 414

taeniosoma, Mimasea 247

Tamanka bivittata 354

tanakae, Lycodes 60, 90, 93, 143, 159*, 160,
161 2

— Zestichthys 184*, 185

tangwangi, Zoarces 133, 134

tapeinocephalus, Pneumatophorus 284

— Pneumatophorus japonicus 284

— Scomber 283, 284, 85*

taranetzi, Furcimanus 152

— Lycodes 151*, 152

tarasovi, Alectrias 114

— Pseudalectrias 109*, 114, 115

tarsodes, Chirolophis 74

Taurocottus bergi 66

toyamensis, Petroschmidtia 165, 166*,
167*

Tellina calcarea 133

temminckii, Dictiosoma 117

tenuis, Benthodesmus 253, 254* ~

— Lepidopus 253

teraoi, Lycodes 141, 147, 148*

Teuthis 232

— fuscescens 233

— hepatus 236

— Siganus 232

601

Tetragonuridae 309, 310, 313 — Thynnus 269

Tetragonuroidei 3, 309 Trachinotus anomalus 327
Tetragonurus 309, 310, 311, 312 Triaenophorichthys barbatus 348, 350
— atlanticus 312 Triaenophorus trigonocephalus 348
— cuvieri 309*, 310*, 311*, 312 Triaenopogon 346, 348

— pacificus 312 — barbatus 349*, 350
Tetrapturus 294, 296, 297 — japonicus 350

— albidus 298 Trichiuridae 244, 251, 252, 253*
— angustirostris 297*, 298, 299* Ttrichiurinae 252

— audax 298, 299*, 300 Trichiuroidei 3, 244

— belone 296, 297*, 298 Trichiurus 252, 252*, 257

— indica 303 — lepturus 257*, 258

— mazara 300 — — japonicus 258

— mitsukurii 298 Trichiurus muticus 257

— pfluegeri 297*, 298 Tridentiger 346, 348

thazard, Auxis 281, 282* — bifasciatus 348

— Scomber 280, 281 — bucco 348

Thunnidae 258 — marmoratus 348
Thunniformes 258 — nudiventris 346

thunnina, Thynnus 277, 278 — obscurus 346, 347*

Thunnus 261, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267* — trigonocephalus 349*, 346, 348
— alalunga 265, 266, 267*, 270* Tridentigerinae 345

— albacares 265, 266, 267*, 268, 273* Triglops jordani 63, 65, 87, 93, 106, 158
— albacora 273 trigonocephalus, Triaenophorus 348
— argentivittatus 273 — Tridentiger 349*, 346, 348

— atlanticus 265, 266, 267*, 268 triocellatus, Leptoclinus 97, 98

= germo 270 — Lumpenopsis 97, 98, 99*

— maccoyii 265, 267*, 268 triostegus, Acanthurus 236, 237*
— macropterus 273 — Chaetodon 236

— mebachi 263 — Hepatus 236

— obesus 263, 265, 266, 267*, 271, 272* tripes, Nealotus 248*, 249*

— orientalis 268 Tripterygiidae 16, 23

— rarus 263 ; Tripterygion 23*

— thynnus 265, 266, 267*, 268, 269 — bapturum 24, 26*

— thynnus orientalis 268* — etheostoma 23, 24, 25*

— tonggol 263, 266, 267*, 268, 274, 275* trossulus, Aspidontus 35, 36
thynnoides, Auxis 281 — Dasson 36*

Thynnus macropterus 263, 273 — Omobranchus 36

— orientalis 268 Trypauchen 412

— sibi 271 — microcephalus 413

— thunnina 277, 278 — vagina 411*, 412

— tonggol 274 — wakae 413

thynnus orientalis, Thunnus 268* Trypauchenidae 338, 412, 414

— Scomber 263 tsushimae, Aboma 365

— Thunnus 265, 266, 267*, 268

— thynnus, Thunnus 269 uchidae, Paleatogobius 351

uchidai, Zoarchias 138, 139*
uekii, Omobranchus 33, 35*
— Petroscirtes 35

Thyrsites prometheoides 249
toboianus, Ammodytes 197, 198
tonggol, Kishinoella 275

— Neothunnus 275 Ulvicola 37, 38

— Thunnus 263, 265, 266, 267*, 268, 274, umbratilis, Fierasfer 194
SAD unicornis, Chaetodon 238

602

— Naso 238, 239*, 240*

Urocentrus pictus 39

urotaenia, Chaenogobius 377

— Chaenogobius annularis 377
uschakovi, Lycodes 93, 141, 147, 148*

vagina, Gobius 412

— Trypauchen 411*, 412

vahlii, Lycodes 139

Vaimosa canina 356

velenciennesi, Callionymus 203*, 211, 224,
D5

variegata, Ascoldia 101

— knipowtshi, Ascoldia 102*, 103, 104

— variegata, Ascoldia 101, 102*, 103

variegatus, Callionymus 209

veneficus, Zoarchias 137, 138, 139*

vermicularis, Encheliophis 194

Vireosa 339, 341

— hanae 341, 342*

virgatulus, Coryphopterus 359

virgatulus, Ctenogobius 359

virgis, Callionymus 211, 224, 226*, 227*

virgo, Gobius 371

— Pterogobius 369, 371, 372*

viridianguilla, Bleekeria 199

viviparus, Blennius 131

— elengatus, Zoarces 132

— Zoarces 132

wakae, Trypauchen 413
Watasea 191

— sivicola 191

wilkinsoni, Ctenodax 311
wui, Azuma 77

— Chirolophis 74, 76, 77, 78*

xenica, Calymmichthys 205, 206*, 208
— Draconetta 203, 204*

Xererpes 37, 38

Xesurus 240

— scalprum 240

Xiphias 304

— gladius 304, 305*, 306*

— platypterus 294

Xiphiidae 259, 261, 304

Xiphister 115, 116
Xiphisterinae 53, 115, 116

yaito, Euthynnus 278

— Euthynnus affinis 278*
yatabei, Blennius 29, 30*
ygreknotatus 143, 155, 156*
Yoldia 87, 160

— hyperborea 90, 158

Zacalles 27

— bryope 27

zacalles, Pterogobius 369, 370*, 371

Zanclidae 235, 242

Zanclus 242

— canescens 242, 243*

— cornutus 242, 243*

zaprora 22

— silenus 22*

Zaproridae 16, 22

Zebrasoma 235, 236

zesta, Bothracara 184

— Lycogramma 183*, 184

Zestichthys 123, 185

— tanakae 184*,. 185

Zoarces 17, 121, 122, 126, 127, 131

— elongatus 131, 132*, 134

— gillii 131, 133*

— tangwangi 133, 134

— viviparus 132

— elongatus 132-

Zoarchias 17, 122, 137, 138

— uchidai 138, 139*

— veneficus 137, 138, 139*

Zoarcidae 17, 121, 122, 165, 169

Zoarcinae 121, 122

Zonogobius 352, 354

— boreus 354

— semidoliatus 354

zonoleucus, Pterogobius 367*, 369

zonope, Opisthocentrus-96, 103, 104, 106,
107*

zonurus, Malacocottus 41

Zostera 63

— marina 104

— nana 104